vy sie" on 8 atin Sits Peaster Sats Catan de Ct Sie ety orth Seon tenets diacetate byt Soe a fs Raa bahi fi Ges cester ers: aS ‘ ‘ os Pe 5 rt bt ae F Bi Pare ee ' ” HW) ae " hy < ‘ inte b “Pe wr ih ‘s : ieee NT ' th q bh LJ ' Ve ere s e a ehage “a? ijee ; arte : * Tite eye ; em ore Why M : ; eel : ~ marie H 4 “ ' ty * . a fr heey * my 7 i id 7 “™ . . r ea ' y ; Phy ‘ db, a ty ee Sate w > F ht abe . ; pes opens teh re : . i - f ft ‘ie 4 * oreen vy nae tie eo at y f t . are = ; : ’ . 4 . . Ms o : fae Svea ee ees: f ; yeaa oo Sarina td feet nese a 4 ‘ re ’ es re, tig by t od 4 Lies hell and | we Bess Hy dae Pear) ~~ i eh 2 be m el it Deal) heey 4 H ‘ ri } : PUB a pte : aye M! ‘ ‘ on ‘ . f ‘ x ' _ fe » ' ' eee aay ; 2 ee if tin Keke ’ M ’ x ‘ : \ ein! o cbr heat rye Fl ie hae a ee Wy Fe Pete ef oad Par. ’ j 4 ‘a . : 4 Mpa AP bath repent me igi i “ » : f . bis Dict , J te . . ‘ ’ ; i i , ; ’ ‘ ,, a7 ‘ ‘ 1 HD ; yay f a : : tosh! 11S ab ak , aa | ’ . aL ] , iene \ ‘ # p , ie { iy Ce ; . 74 9dr, his ‘ : / . , Sous gt , : e oy Neen , - Angee : a -spter We Anh aos pe hang opm Lait aw ms Det t Pte Beh er - Vi a“ Pet Ee ila Hao) : i applies (aay a ws a +s ee Haat a + uh ’ j ey ‘ : i G , * , “ *t ‘ ays ‘ te i . TFT ye ben : Pics gifts hoe a resit wien Ve a ffet ibe Us Saket bi hy titeensley emp ter Ce idk al ghant =O beurre tah roar tent erat iicted vidi i Meeatnceees tena ens tehetepeahatage 4 ' / Fl ee te ein ras beige vabibatfest toes oy ones aay 3 i oo 3 ¥ . 4 Wes f “ PE ene bos yr ny pelgrdanere hee , ine vise ' | FOR THE PEOPLE | FOR EDVCATION | FOR SCIENCE LIBRARY OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY i ' bah, * OIRS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. MOONS EOE ue es a 3 : ) 2 gu ‘i = i a “ee x 1, Se i MEMOIRS OF THE ASTIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOR. VI. 1916—1925. SIRWILLAMJONES MDCCXLVI-MDCCXCIV PRINTED AT THE Baprist Mission Press. PUBLISHED BY THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, 1, PARK STREET. CALCUTTA. 1925. of ( Lb - \OL1e¥ Aut] DATES OF PUBLICATION. Part I, pp. I-74 * ex ae se .. 18th December, 1916. 7) as PD: 75-150. - sy - - .. 28th July, 1917. » Ail, pp. 167-162 .. oe 4% oe .. 20th October, 1917. » IV, pp. 183-216 .. oe ‘a Ee .. 30th August, 1918. V, pp. 217-320 .. AS ie - .. 11th October, 1918. s Wi, pp. 327-700. ... is < = .. 27th September, 1919. ,, VII, pp. 397-434 -- i. Ss ae .. 24th August, I92I. ,, VIII, pp. 435-460 .. fe Bg = .. 18th April, 1922. IX, pp. 461-530 .. me ee a .. 22nd September, 1924. » &, pp. 531-558, 1-x * oe ae .. 18th November, 1925. LIST OF PLATES. Follow Page Plates i, ii “i a 38 Plate iii Ae a a 4 5 a ee: | = AV - ass a . 100 Plates v, vi os “i es i a oe > Se Plate vii ee a <3 ie ae oe -. 176 > viii ek ae be 5% te Ser a, Tae Ad 216 ae: os Ss as x ss fe se 320 ee at 7 “i a! - i eee Plates xii-xiv 40 os oe ia fe te .. 396 5» XV-Xvii a € & - es 0” ae 5» XViii-xxi a S Ne ese a is .. 460 Plate xxii ae Pe of ae ae e3 .. 530 INSTRUCTIONS FOR BINDING. Volume titles and Introductory Note in front. Plates as they occur in the single parts, each to follow the text of the part to which it refers. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. EDITED BY N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., C.1.E., F.R.S. SEL UT PAYER ete a Ta, ABA SEAM UT ater y a ae i vi Ys ores 2 : 1» 28 a oe INTRODUCTORY NOTE. THE Zoological Collections, which the late Dr. Annandale made during his tour in the Far East, were submitted by him to specialists both in India and abroad. The majority of the groups have already been worked out and the results published ; but a few reports on certain portions of the collection have not yet been received. The death of Dr. Annandale has unfortunately rendered impossible the completion of this volume, and the Council of the Asiatic Society of Bengal has, therefore, decided to close the volume, and to publish any further communications dealing with these collections which may subsequently be received in the ordinary volumes of the “* Memoirs.”’ | It was Dr. Annandale’s intention that the volume should contain much more than a mere taxonomic study of the fauna of the lakes that he visited, namely, Lake Biwa, the Tai-Hu and the Talé Sap. Throughout life his main interest lay in the biological rather than the systematic point of view, and the papers that he himself contributed to the volume are full of observations and notes regarding the relationship of the animal to its environment. He had intended in a final paper to summarize the knowledge that he had gained, and to compare the evolution of the fauna not only in these lakes, but also in the Lake of Tiberias in Palestine and the Chilka Lake and Inlé Lake in India. His conclusions, based as they would have been on a careful study of the lacustrine fauna across the whole width of Asia, would have had the greatest value, and it is deeply regretted that his death has deprived us of what would, undoubtedly, have been the most interesting part of the volume. R. B. SEYMOUR SEWELL, Calcutta, Natural History Secretary (Brology), September, 1925. Astatic Society of Bengai. © er an | Ee a err, 6 7 : : aut of \f - : > 2 ‘$ a f _ »® & : he < i iy ert: Cite of tht let TR 8 i ye nap inbege vaiagal cree ii faeh, On Ue raid ‘aeate ic. sat Wie Sei. toe, nor, =f rm | fit Ete felines A! ipsa le Pye Sia a de ag f An Hadi Se Tal Vote. | fe13 = sie Oe | aise Sete Sarre ies Baru eet? gi) plage ee é ut near y eter sharrii oo') 628 42405 RAIA s ce tl ong fine. yei7 (LR eta he, P vw igloe ST asic hye | Asi + nde So CET) ha ere Che Panes ee at aot eRe ’ ia oe ae fiat “thine é t: eS Pas * a a Cty cae Tk, 2 Me TPS eA ie TD Othe OTT Rae act) = (2 ovine Dyoeee? yet GS RR Biel vig ade vss * web th Mier al pie ed TR outta Oe slic ee thy ie a Mesh th DE f ; é ‘ F 7 4 - | . : VR! Seiviigr TG) TA g ad Ging ai, i \ iene Ley? F Arnie ta & aye yeu l ys @ coo > ) ® "ste pa ew Mont: Gy ae EeNeh Lh as , "lig . we hs het “4 eet oe Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. VI. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. POLYZOA ENTOPROCTA AND CTENOSTOMATA. By N; ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. CONTENTS. Page Introduction ae - if a Pe Sar ey Entoprocta— Key to the family Urnatellidae .. uF - ce ee es Chitaspis, gen. nov. se Be oe : ots : er 16 Ectoprocta— Preparation of specimens of Ctenostomata for microscopic examination ite ap Classification of the Ctenostomata .. ie re oP i 0 Family Alcyonidiidae .. - 2 MA a Bp 7) Family Triticellidae .. Re 5 af, a ee ae Family Vesiculariidae .. Be sf 44 om Be et 75: Family Paludicellidae .. .. &. + De eae Paludicella pentagonalis, sp. nov. .. i 2 ve re) Family Victorellidae .. a 4s as i RP hee: Family Hislopiidae Se . + :. Re te Key to the Genus Hislopta ¥ mn es ¥ et mie Hislopia malayensts, sp. nov. sis Ms . oe eee ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. POLYZOA ENTOPROCTA AND CTENOSTOMATA. (Plate i: ‘plate 11, fies: 1, Ta.) By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of India). The Polyzoa discussed or described in this paper are all from fresh or brackish water. The majority are from the Talé Sap in the north-eastern part of the Malay Peninsula, but a few come from the Tai-Hu in the Kiangsu Province of China. I have also included notes on one Indian form. The following species are to be con- sidered :— — ENTOPROCTA. Chitaspis athleticus, gen. et sp. nov., from the Talé Sap. CTENOSTOMATA. Alcyomdium mytilt, Dalyell, from Indian estuaries, etc. Triticella pedicellata (Alder), from the Talé Sap. Bowerbankia caudata, Hincks, from the Talé Sap and Perak. Paludicella elongata, Leidy, from the Tai-Hu. Paludicella pentagonalis, sp. nov., from the Talé Sap. Victorella bengalensis, Annandale, from the Talé Sap. Hislopia cambodgiensis (Jullien), from the Tai-Hu. Hislopia malayensts. sp. nov., from Jalor in the Malay Peninsula. It will be as well to defer consideration of the biology and distribution of these species until I have been able to deal systematically with the Phylactolaemata and Cheilostomata collected on my tour. All that need be said here is that while the species of Paludicella and Hislopfia are from fresh water, the others on the list are from brackish water. ENTOPROCTA. The only species of Entoproctous Polyzoon represented in my collection was found in brackish water in the Talé Sap on the Gulf of Siam. It represents, an: un- described species and genus of the family Urnatellidae. I take this opportunity to state that my identification ' of a species of -Barentista from the Mutlah R. in the Gangetic delta as B. discreta (Busk) was incorrect. The | Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 205 (1912). 16 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. specimens represent B. gracilis‘ (Sars), as is apparent from Harmer’s detailed des- cription and figures. Family URNATELLIDAE. 1915. Annandale, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 127. In the paper cited I discussed the limits of this family, which I restricted provi- sionally to the genera Urnatella, Leidy and Loxosomatoides, Annandale The dis- covery of a new genus that is evidently allied closely to the latter but yet has certain affinities with Myosoma, Robertson, makes it at any rate probable that Myosoma should also be included. The following key shows the more striking differences be tween these genera :— I. Stalk segmented, each segment heavily chitinized and capable of functioning as a resting bud .. .. Urnatella. II. Stalk not segmented. A. Aboral surface of both stalk and capitulum bear- ing scattered chitinous spines; no chitinous shield on capitulum. Muscles of stalk entering capitulum . Myosoma. B. A chitinous shield, ites TEA on abe: ral surface of capitulum only. 1. Muscles of stalk nearly straight, com- pletely surrounding it, not entering capitulum .. . Loxosomatoides. 2. Muscles of stalk directed hawmeeal aii outwards from the capitulum, confined to oral and lateral surfaces of the stalk, meeting in the lower part of the capitulum with well-defined oblique capitular muscle-bands at an angle .. -Chitaspis (nov.) With the exception of Myosoma,’ the species of these genera have been found only in fresh or brackish water. Uvnatella is fluviatile and is only known from the neighbourhood of Philadelphia, U.S.A. Two species of Loxosomatoides* occur in lagoons and deltaic tracts on the east coast of India, while the new genus Chitaspis is represented by a species from a lagoon connected with the Gulf of Siam. Myo- soma was described from a species found in the sea on the Pacific Coast of North America. | Chitaspis, gen. nov. This genus consists of Urnatellidae with unsegmented stalks and capitular shields like those of Loxosomatoides. The muscles of the stalk, however, emerge from the capitulum ; ner are aie. outwards and downwanas and are chdlined | See Harmer, Siboga- Exp. mon. XXVIIIa, p. 27 (one * Robertson, Proc. California Acad. Sci. (Zool.) II (3), P- 324 (1900). 5 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. II, p. 14 (1908) and Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 128 (1915). Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. ey to the oral and lateral surfaces of the stalk; within the capitulum they meet at an angle with a pair of well-defined oblique muscular bands on each side. TYPE-SPECIES.—Chitaspis athleticus, sp. nov., from the Talé Sap, Gulf of Siam. Closely allied as is the type-species to Loxosomatoides, the arrangement of its musculature is so conspicuously different that a new genus is necessary for its recep- tion. In this point it is different from all other Entoprocta as yet known. In Myo- soma the muscles of the stalk emerge from the capitulum in much the same way, but the oblique body-muscles are much less highly differentiated.! In the resting buds of Urnatella* and Loxosomatoides* oblique strands of muscles occur, but no such struc- tures have been detected in the normal capitulum. The body-muscles described by Ehlers’ in Barentsia (Ascopodaria) are by no means highly specialized and the stalk- muscles do not enter the capitulum. The Ioxosomatidae are so different in other respects that no confusion is possible and discussion as to resemblances and differen- ces in the musculature is unnecessary here. Chitaspis athleticus, sp. nov. (PLE, fie: x) Colony. In the type-specimens the colony consists of a segmented, entirely adherent stolon that branches sparingly on the surface of a stone and gives rise at considerable intervals to single upright polyps. Polypiferous and non-polypiferous segments alternate with some regularity, the latter being by far the longer of the two. The lateral branches are given off, asa rule singly, from polypiferous segments of the stolon. The stolon is flattened below and evenly arched above; it varies somewhat in diameter, but does not exceed 0°082 mm. Both stolon and polyps are covered with a rather thick chitinous investment which varies somewhat in thickness, but is not more than 00041 mm. thick; on the aboral surface of the polyps this ectocyst is modified to form the aboral shield characteristic of the genus and of Loxosomatoides. _ Polyp, Each polyp consists of a short stalk bearing a relatively large capitulum. The stalk is rarely if ever longer than, and as a rule rather shorter than, the capitu- lum. It is relatively very stout and does not taper much above; there is no defined swelling at its base. The capitulum is rather broadly oval as seen from in front or behind ; it is not much compressed. Large capitula are about 0°374 mm. high and 0°272 mm. broad. The diameter of the stalk may be as much as 0°17 mm. at the base. The normal number of tentacles is 18. The aboral shield varies considerably in extent but never encroaches on the oral sutface. When fully developed it covers the whole of the aboral surface, and has well-defined limits. It never bears spines but is ornamented with a minute network of fine ridges that encloses polygonal depressions of somewhat variable size and out- 1 Robertson, Proc. California Acad. Sct. (Zool ) II (3), p 324, pl. xvi, figs. 1-12 (1900). 2 Davenport, Bull. Mus. Comp Zool. Harvard XXIV, p. 24, pl. vi, fig. 57 (1893). 8 Annandale, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 130, fig. 2 (1915). + Ehlers, Abh. Kong. Gesells. Wiss. Gottingen (Math.-Naturw. Kl.) XXXVI, p. 64, pl. iii, figs. 40, 43 (1890), 18 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. elevated at the nodes of the reticulation. The whole structure is very thin; in opaque specimens it has a pale golden colour, which contrasts well with the translu- cent white of the soft parts, though a yellowish tinge is given to the whole organism by the ectocyst. In specimens mounted in Canada balsam it is difficult to see details of the structure of the shield because of its transparency. The oral surface of the capitulum and the whole surface of the stalk is quite smooth. The general anatomy, both in the stalk and in the capitulum, closely resembles that of Loxosomatotdes, except in respect to the musculature. Some polyps in my specimens possess unripe gonads in the form of a broad transverse band interrupted before and behind and lying in the upper half of the capitulum. Musculature. The spincter of the orifice consists of a considerable number (at least 6) of circular strands. The strands that lie externally are more or less inter- Fic. 1.—Chitaspis athleticus, gen. et sp. nov., x 62. A. Oral vor of apolypide. B. Oblique lateral view of another polypide with a bud and part of the stolon. b.m. = capitular muscles. s. = stomach. s.m. = stalk muscles. rupted. The muscles of the lophophore apparently resemble those of Loxosomatoides and there is a well-marked retractor running along the centre of each tentacle. The body-muscles lie mainly in the body-wall. Possibly the outer strand (see fig. I} is entirely superficial, but the inner strand certainly bends inwards above and its upper end is probably attached to the outer wall of the stomach. The muscles of the stalk are directed outwards and downwards from the capitu- lum on the oral surface. They usually form two somewhat divergent groups arranged symmetrically, but this is more clearly the case in some polyps than in others. The lower end of the muscle is situated distinctly above the base of the stalk. I have not been able to detect any trace of muscle-fibres on the aboral face of the stalk or in the rhizome. Type-specimen. No. 7157/7 Z.E.V., Ind. Mus. (Zool. Survey of India): in alcohol. Locality, etc. The island of Koh Yaw, outer part of the Talé Sap (Great Lake) Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 19 on the Gulf of Siam; at the edge of the lake in water of very variable salinity but having a specific gravity (corrected to a standard temperature of 15°C) of 1:00625 at the time when the specimens were taken. ‘The type-specimen was attached to a stone that*had been built into a sea-wall. It was accompanied by colonies of Bower- bankia caudata and of the Cheilostomes Membranipora hippopus and M. bengalensis. ECTOPROCTA. Order Gymnolaemata. Suborder Ctenostomata. Harmer’s recent account of the Ctenostomata of the ‘Siboga’ Expedition ' has done much to elucidate the internal relationships of this very difficult group, and although I have not been able to accept all his conclusions on the families of fresh and brackish water (which naturally do not come fully into view in the consideration of the results of a naval expedition) I must here express my indebtedness to this admir- able work, which has done for the seas of the Malay Archipelago almost as much as Hincks’ British Marine Polyzoa did for those of Great Britain. In saying this I do not of course mean to infer that the Polyzoa of that vast area in the East are as well known as those of British seas were even in Hincks’ time; but there is now a solid foundation on which further study can be based. The suborder is well represented among the Polyzoa of fresh and brackish water in eastern lakes and ponds, but until recently our knowledge of the anatomy of critical genera has been very scanty, mainly owing to the fact that a number of the more important forms, though easily preserved in formalin or alcohol, collapse and become valueless if transferred to oil of cloves or cedar. It is thus very difficult to examine stained specimens under a high power of the micioscope, without the aid of which I find it impossible to ascertain details with certainty. Harmer (op. cit., p. 41) gives elaborate directions, based on the methods put forward by Rousselet, for the mounting of specimens in formalin for microscopic examination, but specimens so prepared, though often both beautiful and useful, cannot be satisfactorily used under really powerful objectives. Moreover, the methods are so elaborate, tedious and costly that it is difficult to mount a sufficiently large number of preparations in the case of variable forms. I find it necessary, in the case of species like those of Vic- torella and Bowerbankia, to examine not several but many preparations and to search in all for details that cannot be seen unless the organisms are stained and rendered transparent, and also, if not flattened, at any rate rendered as flat as may be possible without distortion. For this purpose a simple modification of Rousselet and Harmer’s technique is sufficient, though I cannot say if it is permanent; the preparations will last, in a tropical climate, at least for two or even three years, and possibly for longer. I place the specimens to be mounted, after staining with borax carmine and cleaning in acid alcohol, in a 50% solution of glycerine in 70% alcohol and leave 1 Siboga-Expeditie. Monograph XXVIIIa. The Polyzoa of the Siboga Expedition. Pt. 1. LEntoprocta, Ctenostomata and Cyclostomata (Leiden, 1915). 20 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. them exposed in a shallow dish for 24 hours. They are then transferred to a drop of pure glycerine on a slide, and, if there is any danger of crushing, fragments of a broken cover-slip are arranged round the drop. A complete cover-slip of relatively large size is cleaned and a square or circle of rather thick Canada balsam solution painted round it to the requisite thickness. It is then dropped from a pair of forceps over the glycerine on the slide, the painted side of course being downwards. The glycerine and the balsam are pressed together without mixing. It is always as well at the same time to attempt to mount some specimens in Canada balsam after clearing them in the ordinary way. Ninety per cent or more of such attempts will, in the case of the more delicate tubular species, result in failure; but the few zooecia that do not collapse will prove particularly valuable. I am of course presuming that abundant material is available, and this is usually the case if the investigator be also the collector. In the species of Hislopia and Paludicella (v.e. in the most abundant of the true freshwater Ctenostomata) there is as a rule no difficulty in clearing preparations with oil of cloves, the ectocyst being relatively thick and at the same time more per- meable to oils. ; To understand the Ctenostomata and their classification it is necessary above all things to study the general anatomy of the polypide and in particular of that part of the alimentary canal that lies between the mouth and the stomach. Some confu- sion exists in the terminology of this system, more particularly in reference to the terms ‘‘ oesophagus’’ and ‘‘ gizzard.’’ ‘The former has been applied in two entirely different senses, while the latter has been used indifferently in a morphological and in a physiological sense. It is in the Division Alcyonellea or Carnosa that the simplest and probably the most primitive condition is to be found. In Alcyonidium the mouth opens into a comparatively short funnel-shaped ‘‘oesophagus.’’ The walls of this organ are very thick above and become gradu- ally thinner towards its base, which is defined by a circular valve, the so-called “cardia’’ or, as I prefer to call it, the oesophageal valve. When this valve is open the lumen of the oesophagus is practically continuous with that of the stomach, at any rate when the polypide is expanded. The region that intervenes between the valve and the stomach proper or “‘ pylorus’’ takes the form of a rather stout tube, the walls of which do not differ in essential histological characters from those of the latter. There are apparently no circular muscles in the wall of this region, which may be known as the cardiac region. In the Stolonifera the structure of this part of the alimentary canal seems to be essentially the same as in the Alcyonellea, but in the Paludicellea a progressive differentiation is found in the different families. In the Paludicellidae (fig. 2, A) the only marked changes that occur are that the oesophagus is greatly lengthened and more or less distinctly differentiated into an external thick-walled funnel shaped ‘““pharynx ’’ and a thin-walled oesophagus proper, and that scattered circular muscle- fibres appear in the wall of the cardiac region. Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 21 In the Victorellidae (fig. 2, B) this region is much more highly specialized and consists of three parts. Immediately below the valve there is a comparatively large oval chamber without muscle-fibres, but lined internally with a fine layer of horny substance. Below this there is a short muscular tube, the external wall of which is composed of close-set circular fibres, and finally a relatively long thick-walled glan- dular tube connects the muscular region with the pylorus. In the Hislopiidae (fig. 2, C) still further specialization occurs. ‘Three parts can again be distinguished, but their arrangement and structure are very different from Fic. 2.—Diagram of the oesophageal and cardiac regions of the alimentary canal in certain families of Ctenostomata. A.—Paludicellidae. B.—Victorellidae. C.—Hislopiidae. D.—Vesiculariidae. c. = oesophageal valve m. = mouth. 0. = oesophagus proper. p.= pharynx. s.= stomach. : Cilia are represented by depending sinuous lines, circular muscles by minute circles with a dot in the centre of each, and horny structures in solid black. the corresponding parts in Victorella. The outermost part, immediately below the valve, is a conical thick-walled but non-muscular ‘‘proventriculus.’’ This opens directly into a spherical chamber of large size in which the outer wall is composed of very stout circular miscle-dbres, wiile the liniag consists of a thick layer of horny substance that has in loagitudinal section the appearance of a sharp ridge. The inner surface of this horny lining is perfectly smooth. In preserved specimens the spherical chamber has the appearance of opening directly into the pylorus, but if the living animal be examined in an expanded condition, it will be seen that a narrow ring intervenes, bearing very long and powerful cilia. It is this ring that I regard asa 22 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. third part of the cardiac region. In the Vesicularina, or at any rate in Bowerbankia (fig. 2, D), the general structure resembles that found in His/opia, except that the horny lining of the spherical chamber is broken up into a number of sharp teeth ', and that there are no cilia on the narrow ring that separates the spherical chamber from the pylorus. Thus, in three families, belonging to two different divisions of the suborder, we find a chamber lined with chitin in the cardiac region of the alimentary canal. In the Hislopiidae and the Vesiculariidae this chamber occupies the same position and is probably homologous, though, as we shall see in a moment, it is not analogous. In the Victorellidae it differs both in position and in function and seems to be homo- logous rather with the proventriculus of the other families than with their spherical chamber. If this be so, the spherical chamber of these forms is homologous with the narrow muscular part in Victorella. In Bowerbankia the function of the chamber with the horny teeth is that of a true gizzard. It crushes the food. In Hislopia the function is rather that of a store-chamber; the chitinous lining has very little crushing power and its function is merely to maintain the spherical form of the cham- ber in a position of rest, without preventing a change of shape and consequent dimi- nution of the lumen in muscular contraction.” In Vuzctorella the function of the horny region seems to that of retaining hard particles of irregular shape which might injure the delicate walls of the stomach, the natural food consisting of diatoms with a smooth surface.’ In this summary description I have taken the oesophageal valve as a fixed point, as seems to be justified by a comparative study of the alimentary canal in different groups of Ctenostomata; but the term oesophagus has been applied in A/cyonidium by others not only to that region to which I have confined it, but also to the whole of the alimentary canal between the mouth and the stomach proper. The term ‘“‘gizzard’’ is applicable, in a physiological sense, only to forms like Bowerbankia and Cryptozoon, and it is perhaps best not to use it either for the homologous, but not analogous, structure in Bowerbankia, or for the superficially similar, but neither homologous nor analogous, structure in Victorella. Division ALCYONELLEA. Harmer* in his recent report on the Ctenostomata of the ‘ Siboga’ has revived Gray’s name Carnosa (1841) for this division, on the ground that Ehrenberg’s name Halcyonellea (1839) included Phylactolaemata as well as Ctenostomata. Family ALCYONIDIIDAE. Genus Alcyonidium, Lamx. 19g15. Alcyonidium, Harmer, op. cil., p. 36. ' In the anomalous genus Cyyptozoon, Dendy, which perhaps belongs to this division, the horny layer takes the torm of a,pair of stout quadrangular masses. See Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria (n.s.}, 1, pp. 1-12, pls. i-iti (1889). 2 Annandale, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., PP. 20-202 (1911). 3 Id., tbid., p. 197. + Siboga-Exp., mon. XXVIIIa, p.35 (1915). Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. i) Se) Alcyonidium mytili, Dalyell. (BE cr, fie 2,) 1848. Alcyonidium mytili, Dalyell, Rare and Remark. Anim. Scotland I, p. 36, pl. xi, figs. 1-4. 1906. Alcyonidium mytili, Silberman, Arch. f. Naturg., Jahr. 72, I, p.265, pls. xix, xx. 1915. Alcyonidium mytili, Annandale, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 127. 1915. Alcyonidium polyoum, Harmer, op. cit., p. 37, pl. iii, fig. 1. Harmer says, on the synonymy of this species: ‘‘It is probable that Sarcochi- tum polyoum, Hassall, 1841, is the form assumed by old colonies of A. mytili”’ But mere probability (which in this case is by no means strengthened by an examina- tion of Indian specimens) is a poor excuse for discarding well-known specific names in favour of others much less well known. I did not take A. mytuli on my recent tour, but as I have fairly abundant mate- tial from India it will be well to give in this paper a description of Oriental specimens from brackish water. My specimens are on the shelis of Gastropod molluscs (Purpura or Thais carini- fera and Potamides fluviatilis) from the Chilka Lake and on the skin of a sea-snake (Enhydrina valakadien) from the estuary of the R Hughli. In both cases the colony is extremely thin and transparent and when living was barely visible to the naked eye. In our survey of the Chilka Lake we saw no thickened examples, though we found the extremely inconspicuous films of the typical A. mytili not uncommonly. On shells the outlines of the colonies are obscured by the irregularity of the surface of attachment, but on the seasnake, to which a large number of colonies were attached, they were almost exactly circular. None were more than 2 cm.in diameter. It is probable, however, that these latter colonies were young. The zooecia and poly- pides agree with Harmer’s figure, except that, at any rate in the central part of the colony, the zooecia are much more variable in size and shape, some being very much smaller than others. I figure a single polypide (pl. i, fig. 2) for comparison with that of other species discussed in this paper. In living specimens from the Chilka Lake I found the number of tentacles to be 12 or 14, but in polypides dissected out from a colony from the Gangetic delta it is certainly 16, as Silberman found to be the case in European specimens. Division STOLONIFERA. Family TRITICELLIDAE. - Genus Triticella, Dalyell. 1915. Triticella, Harmer, of. cit., p. 90. Harmer may be consulted for other references. Several, if not all, of the species are probably cosmopolitan, but only two records from Indo-Pacific seas have hitherto been published, viz. Harmer’s (loc. cit.) of T. boeckiz, Sars from Algoa Bay and my own of T. kovenit, Sars from Japan (Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 124). ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Triticella pedicellata (Alder). (Pl Tie 3) 1857. Farella pedicellata, Alder, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. V. p. 24, pl. xiv, figs. 1-3. 1880. Triticella pedicellata, Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 547, pl. Ixxx, figs. 1-3. 1893. Triticella pedicellata, Duerden, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. (3) III, p. 133, pl. v, figs. 3, 5. I found my colonies of this species on the tail of a sea-snake (Enhydris hardwickit) and on the carapace of Limulus moluccanus, taken in both cases in fishing-nets off Fic, 3.—Triticella pedi- cellata, x Qo. Singgora near the mouth of the Talé Sap in January, 1916. The water had at the time a specific gravity (corrected) of 10085. In both cases the colonies accompanied and partly grew over those of the Cheilostome Membranipora hippopus. My specimens agree closely in most respects with Duerden’s description and figures of Irish examples. The rhizome (pl. i, fig. 3) is in an intermediate condition, forming neither a simple branching structure nor a flat plate but having a modified cruciform arrangement. Pairs of opposed lateral branches are given off at irregular intervals and at the meeting place of the four arms thus formed small polygonal flattened plates are budded off from the lateral branches and the main stem in the same plane. It is from these plates that the upright stalks of the zooecia arise. This formation is not mentioned by Duerden, but is shown in his plate (fig. 5). The only point in which I find any actual discrepancy is in the form of the base of the zooecium and in the manner of its attachment to the stalk (see text-figure 3), but the stalk is so delicate that it is liable to be distorted; in many of my specimens it has much the same appearance as in Duerden’s fig. 3. My figure was drawn from a particularly well-preserved zooecium. So far as I am aware, T. pedicellata has not hitherto been recorded from tropical waters, but only from the North Sea and the west of Ireland, where it occurs on shells in moderately deep water. As it was found in the Talé Sap attached to marine ani- mals possessing considerable power of progression, we may suppose that it is not a permanent inhabitant of the lake, but enters brackish water occasionally. Division VESICULARINA. Family VESICULARIIDAE. Genus Bowerbankia, Farre. Bowerbankia caudata, Hincks. (Pl. I, figs: 76; 42): 1880. Bowerbankia caudata and B. gracillima, Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, pp. 521, 525, pl. lxxv, figs. 6-8. 1908. Bowerbankia caudata race bengalensis, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. Il, p. 13. Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 25 1911. Bowerbankia caudata subsp. bengalensis, id., Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., p. 189. 1915. Bowerbankia caudata, id., Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 126. I have already discussed this form so often that it may seem superfluous to return to it again, but it is clear from Harmer’s remarks in his report on the ‘Siboga’ Polyzoa that a detailed description is still called for on my part. Harmer refers to my figure of the zooecium, but I never published one. In the form I call Bowerbankia caudata the colony consists of zooecia arising singly, in pairs or in groups on both sides of a reptant rhizome that branches more or less freely both in a cruciform and in a dichotomous manner. ‘The rhizome may occasionally be free for a considerable part of its length, but is usually adherent and Fic. 4.—Bowerbankia caudata. A.—Two polypides with apparently bifid bases, x 45. B.—Lower part of two other polypides in one of which the base has become attached to a fragment of stone, x 45. C.—Fully expanded poly- pide, x 45. c.=collar. ca. = oesophageal valve. f.=funiculus. g.= gizzard. 7. = intestine. 0. = orifice of zooecium. oe, = oesophagus. ~.=pharynx. py.=proventriculus. 7. = rectum. s. = stomach. never gives rise to upright branches. The zooecia are invariably attached to the side of the rhizome, with the interior of which they communicate by means of a circular or oval aperture of relatively large size in their own wall and in that of the rhizome. Ver- tical partitions, each perforated by a single pore, occur at intervals in the rhizome. In the younger parts of the colony the normal arrangement seems to be that two zooecia arise approximately opposite one another; a partition occurs in the rhizome close to the pair of zooecia in the direction nearest to the centre of the colony, and another at some distance away, near another pair of zooecia, in the opposite direction; but this arrangement is liable to all kinds of irregularities and practically disappears in con- gested parts of the colony, where, for considerable distances, the zooecia are closely packed together on one or both sides of the rhizome and partitions are absent or scat- tered irregularly. There is never any trace of a spiral arrangement of the zooecia. 26 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Lateral branches are usually given off in the neighbourhood of groups of zooecia, but the tips of these branches divide dichotomously in front of the last zooecium (pl. 1, fig. Io). The size of individual zooecia varies greatly both in the same colony and in colo- nies from different localities or growing under different conditions. If the organism is threatened by the deposition of mud in its interstices, as often happens if it is attached to the roots of reeds in muddy estuarine waters, some zooecia are often of very great length without attaining more than normal girth. The following table gives, in millemetres, the length and greatest transverse diameter in the longest zooecium discoverable in four colonies from different localities, the first two of which are situated on different sides of the Malay Peninsula, while the two latter are in the Gangetic delta :— Port Weld. Talé Sap. Calcutta. Port Canning. Length .. oe 1°78 1°02 2°55 O'775 Breadth .. be 0°204 o'lIg 0°255 o'119g The zooecia are always more or less spindle-shaped, tapering both above and at the base, which is usually prolonged below the point of attachment to the rhizome in the form of a pointed process or ‘‘tail.’’ If this tail comes in contact with a hard object it is often expanded into a funnel-like body, concave at the tip, which attaches itself to the object. Its position is sometimes a little eccentric so that it is situated at one side of rather than in the middle line of the main body of the zooecium, the base of which then grows out into a lateral pocket, thus giving the whole structure a bifid appearance (text-fig. 4, A); but the tail never forms a branching radicle. The distal region of the zooecium is subcircular in cross-section. Its ectocyst is faintly and minutely striated transversely, but the striae are often obsolete. The tint of the ectocyst varies greatly ; often it is colourless but sometimes it is stained with yellow or brown. It is always transparent. In both arrangement and number the parietal muscles vary considerably. Some- times they are practically confined to the upper part of the zooecia, while in some zooecia they extend almost to the base (c/. figs. 10 and roa, pl. i). There are always 8 tentacles, which are armed with a sensory bristle at the base, with several horizontal hairs on the outer margin and a bunch of finer hairs at the tip. The alimentary canal resembles that of other species. The diameter of the giz- zard varies with the size of the zooecium (cf. pl. i, figs. 10, roa and 11). B. caudata, therefore, differs from the form described by Waters! and by Harmer? as B. imbricata in the following characters :— (1) The zooecia are more slender and less cylindrical; their base never forms a binding radicle. (2) They are joined to the rhizome by a distinctly lateral communication and never exhibit any approach to a spiral arrangement. 1 Journ. Lin. Soc. XXXI, p. 248, pl. xxv, figs 6-10 (1910). 2 Siboga-Exp., mon. XXVIIIa, p. 70, pl. vii, figs. 15, 16 (1915). Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 27 (3) The rhizome, although it is not always adherent, never gives rise to vertical branches. (4) The number of tentacles is always eight. I find these characters constant in a large series of specimens from Bengal, Madras, Perak and the Talé Sap. In eastern waters B. caudata is characteristic of estuarine tracts in which the water has a lower salinity than that of the open sea. I found the species abundant at Koh Yaw in water of a specific gravity (corrected) of ftom 1°004 to 170085. It occurred (often with Victorella bengalensis) on sticks and stones. I also took a speci- men on a worm-eaten fragment of a wooden pier at Port Weld on the coast of Perak. This place is situated up a creek, some distance from the open sea (Straits of Malacca), but the water is probably almost if not quite as salt as that of the Straits. Division PALUDICELLEA. Igii. Palludicellina, Annandale, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., p. 186. Ig15. Paludicellea, Harmer, Szboga-Exp., mon. XXVIIIa, p. 43. Harmer (oc. cit.) includes in this division the following families: Paludicellidae, Victorellidae, Arachnidiidae and Nolellidae (= Cylindroeciidae, auwct.); whereas I have hitherto included only the Paludicellidae, Victorellidae and Hislopiidae—the last a freshwater family referred to by Harmer only in a foot-note. He supports his views as to the inclusion of certain marine genera with abundant evidence and clears up several anatomical points hitherto obscure, in particular by means of his excellent figures. These show that there is practically no difference in the general structure of the polypide between Cylindvoecium and Victorella. In fig. 19 of his plate iv, for example, it is quite clear that the polypide of Cylindroecium (or Nolella) papuensis possesses a cardiac store-chamber and a well-defined single funiculus. Indeed, now that this evidence on anatomy is available, the grounds on which the family Cylindroecidae is separated from the family Victorellidae become rather flimsy. It is somewhat otherwise with the Arachnidiidae, in which Harmer follows Lop- pens' in placing the freshwater genus Avachnoidea, Moore. His figure of the polypide ot Avachnidium irregulare (op. cit., pl. iii, fig. 6) shows quite clearly that there is neither a proventriculus, nor a spherical chamber, nor a funiculus. This, of course, does not tule Avachnidium out of the division—the alimentary canal is merely in a simple and probably primitive condition; but it does prove that Avachnoidea is by no means closely related to Avachnidium. Arachnoidea I would still retain in the family Hislopiidae on anatomical grounds, for although its anatomy is still imperfectly known, it certainly possesses a spherical chamber closely resembling that of Hislopia. This structure is not clearly indicated either in Moore’s original sketch’ or in Rous- selet’s more elaborate figure,’ but I have seen it without a doubt in specimens mounted by the latter author and in His/opia the horny lining of the gizzard remains 1 Aun. Biol. lacust. 111, p. 150 (1908), % The Tanganyika Problem, p. 290, fig. (1903). 3 Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1907 1), pl. xiv, figs. 5, 6. 28 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. as a fairly conspicuous object even in very badly preserved specimens. There is some reason, therefore, to doubt whether Harmer’s marine species Avachnotdea pro- tecta (op. cit., p. 50, pl. iii, figs. 7-11) is really co-generic, notwithstanding the very close external resemblances, with A. ray-lankestert from Lake Tanganyika. I would, therefore, arrange the families of the Division Paludicellea as follows, basing their classification on the structure of the polypide as well as the form of the zooecium :— I. Alimentary canal of simple structure, cardiac limb of stomach undifferentiated. A. Zooecia broad, flattened, adherent, with the orifice situated on a tubercle or short upright tubule; no funiculus. . Ms .. ARACHNIDIIDAE. B. Zooecia relatively narrow, either entirely verti- cal or bearing a comparatively long, vertical orificial tubule; two funiculi .. .. PALUDICELLIDAE. II. Alimentary canal more highly specialized in the cardiac region. A. Cardiac region of the alimentary canal with an antechamber (always ?) lined with chitin; no proventriculus; adult zooecia vertical and tubular; a single funiculus. 1. Base of zooecia swollen or slipper-shaped VICTORELLIDAE. 2. Base of zooecium sharply constricted off from the false rhizomes by which it is connected with other zooecia .. CYLINDROECIIDAE. B. Cardiac region of alimentary canal with a pro- ventriculus and a spherical chamber lined with thick chitin; no funiculus. Zooecia flattened and adherent, with or without a hich orificiai tubule .. HISLOPIIDAE. Family PALUDICELLIDAE. Genus Paludicella, Gervais. 1887. Paludicella, Kraepelin, Deutsch. Siisswasserbryozoen I, p..g6. 1913. Paludicella, Harmer, Proc. Zool. Soc. London III, p- 441. 1914. Paludicella, Braem, Arch. f. Hydrobiol. IX, p. 456. Recent authors have recognized a single species in this genus, namely Paludicella articulata (Ehrenberg) =P. ehrenbergii, v. Beneden. I have here, however, to revive a second usually relegated to the synonomy of that species and to describe a third— the latter a very distinct form. A fourth species, or what I believe to be a fourth species, occurs in Japan and will shortly be described by Prof. A. Oka. : The genus is probably cosmopolitan but has not yet been found in India, unless Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 29 we accept Carter’s somewhat inconclusive record.' Personally Iam of the opinion that this record refers to a species of Victorella. Paludicella elongata, Leidy. (PL fig: 4.) 1852. Paludicella elongata, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia V, p. 321, pl. —, figs. I, 2. Specimens in my collection from China agree precisely with Leidy’s figures, which, however, show only the outlines of zooecia. The species differs from P. articulata in the following characters :— I. The ectocyst is colourless and very thin, liable to collapse in spirit. 2. The proximal part of the zooecia is much elongated and attenuated, while the distal part, as viewed in profile, is not much deeper than the proximal ; the orificial tubule is relatively short. 3. Young buds reach the full length of an adult zooecium and assume a some- what clavate form before the orifice is developed. 4. The whole of the alimentary canal is stouter than in the common European form, the stomach in particular being much larger; when fully developed, the phyloric part has a broadly elliptical form. The last of these differences I consider the most important. It becomes very ‘clear if fig. 4 on pl. i be compared with the figures already published by Allman,” Kraepelin ,’ Hancock’ or myself.’ In young polypides the stomach is more slender than in those that are fully adult and the main or pyloric portion is slightly contracted in the middle and somewhat pointed at the free extremity, but even in such polypides the organ is relatively more bulky than in European specimens. The only examples of P. elongata I have seen were grow- ing, with the Hydroid Cordylophora lacustris, on the roots of a willow, on shells of Modtola lacustris attached to them in large numbers, and on living shells of a Unionid mollusc (Anodonta woodiana). Inthese specimens there is no trace of vertical branches, but in the colonies on roots many of the zooecia are free and floated loosely in the water In December none of the zooecia contained mature gonads, though immature testis and ovary were found in one. They occupied the same position as in P.articulata. .A single free resting-bud was observed. It was flattened and polygonal and had a thinner shell than is usual in P. Fic. 5.—Paludicella elongata. Part of a colony, x 16. articulata. 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III (3), p. 333 (1859) 2 Mon, Fresh-Water Polyzoa, pl. x (1856). 3 Deutsch. Siisswasserbryozoen I, pl. iii, fig. 104 (1887). 4 Ann. Nat. Hist. V (2), pl. iv (1850). 5 Rec. Ind. Mus. VI, pl. xii, fig. 1 (1911). 30 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Localities.—The species was originally described, with Urnatella gracilis, from the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers near Philadelphia, U.S.A. My specimens were taken in a few feet of water at the mouth of the Moo-Too creek and in the north- west corner of the T'ai-Hu (Great Lake) in the Kiangsu Province of China: December, Igi5. Paludicella pentagonalis, sp. nov. (Pl. 1, tig- 52) The type-specimen of this peculiar little Polyzoon was attached to a piece of stick and was rather deeply buried in crevices between the ridges on the bark. It consisted of a single small colony apparently in a degenerate condition, and only a few of its zooecia and polypides are at all well preserved. I found it impossible, more- over, to gain more than a very general idea of the structure of the organism im situ and only succeeded in extracting and mounting two consecutive zooecia—evidently the two oldest zooecia in the colony—in such a condition as to illustrate their natural relationship one to another. Fortunately these two zooecia, and the polypides they contain, are well preserved, fully mature and in one case about to produce a resting Fic. 6.—Paludicella pentagonalts, sp. nov., x 35. Part of the type-colony seen in oblique lateral view. b.=base of lateral bud. h.=resting bud. bud. Their peculiarities are so well marked that I do not hesitate to accept them as the type of a new species. Colony. ‘The colony as observed consisted of a linear series of zooecia without lateral branches, but it is evident that lateral branches must have existed at some period in the history of the organism as the bases of the lateral buds can still be detected in mounted zooecia. Not more than half a dozen zooecia in all were pre- sent. The colony seems to have arisen from an embryo or bud that gave rise to two zooecia that were orientated in opposite directions (fig. 6). Zooecta. The ectocyst of the zooecia is perfectly colourless and hyaline except on the orificial tubules, on which it is yellowish and considerably thickened. The zooecia are variable in shape and proportions but always flattened, relatively broad and more or less produced and narrowed proximally. They do not exceed 1'2 mm. in length. The orifice is distinctly pentagonal. The orificial tubule is relatively long and subcircular in cross-section below the orifice. Its ectocyst sometimes exhibits a ten- dency to flake in such a way as to produce slender irregular processes that stand up Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 31 vertically above the orifice when the polypide is retracted. Fig. 5a, pl. i, shows the structure of the orifice so far as it can be made out in the material at my disposal. Polypide. The polypide has the structure normal in the genus, but is remark- able for the great length of the slender-walled oesophagus and for the broadly pear- shaped outline of the stomach, which occupies a relatively larger part of the space available in the zooecium. The tentacles are long and slender and probably number 16. The intestine is bulky. Funiculi cannot be seen in my specimen and I have not been able to detect the collar precisely. Musculature. All the muscle-fibres are remarkably stout, especially those of the retractor muscles. The parietal muscles are short and entirely lateral in position. They are variable in number and arrangement. The ‘‘ pyramidal’’ muscles connected with the orifice are attached to the retractile part of the ectocyst very low down and are arranged in three groups, two anterior (distal) and one posterior (proximal). Gonads. One of my mounted zooecia contains a ripe testis. It consists of rather discrete groups of cells situated on the floor of the zooecium proximad of the stomach and some distance from the proximal end of the zooecium (pl. 1, fig. 5). Buds. The position of the primary lateral buds seems to be variable; sometimes they are situated much nearer the proximal end of the zooecium than is usual in P. ehrenbergt or P. elongata. In one zooecium a young resting-bud occurs in the distal part of the zooecium. It consists of a broadly oval mass of rounded cells densely packed with food-granules. The upper surface is smoothly rounded, but below the outline seems to be irregular. A thin chitinous investment has already been deposited round it. The length is 0'1477 mm. and the greatest transverse diameter o'102 mm. ‘The polypide in this zooecium is not markedly degenerate. Type. No. 7194/7 Z. E. V. in the register of the Indian Museum (Zool. Survey of India): mounted in Canada balsam ona slide. Locality. WLampam, at the edge of Patalung R. near its entry into the Tale Sap, Singgora Province, Peninsular Siam: January, 1916: in permanently fresh water. The most striking feature of this new species is its pentagonal orifice, in which it resembles Potsiella erecta, Leidy. From that species, however, it differs entirely in the form of the zooecium, and, so far as can be seen at present, there is no reason for separating it from the genus Paludicella. | Family VICTORELLIDAE. Genus Victorella, Kent. tg11. Victorella, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. IV, p. 193. 1915. Victorella, Harmer, ‘Siboga’-Exp., mon. XXVIIIa, p. 44. Most species of the genus are found habitually in brackish water on or near the coast, but the genus has been recorded from Lake Tanganyika in Central Africa, the Birket-el-Otirun in Egypt and Issyk-kul in Central Asia. Loppens found the common European form (V. pavida, Kent) in marine oyster-beds on the coast of Belgium and 32 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Harmer (op. cit., p. 45) has ascribed to the genus a marine species (V. sibogae) from a depth of o and 32 metres in the Malay Archipelago. All brackish-water species as yet examined have eight tentacles, but V. sebogae has probably more than twenty. Its generic position seems to me doubtful. The genus is evidently cosmopolitan in distribution, but has not as yet been found in America. Definite records now exist from northern Europe, Egypt, Central Africa, Central Asia and India; a specimen was recently taken in the Main Island of Japan by Dr. A. Oka and myself. Victorella bengalensis, Annandale. (Ply, figs: O; 72) 1907. Victorella pavida, Annandale (nec Kent), Rec. Ind. Mus. I, p. 200, figs. 1-4. 1908. Victorella bengalensis, id., Rec. Ind. Mus. I, p. 12, fig. I. 1911. Victorella bengalensis, id., Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., pp. 191, 192, fig. 37 Ape Pp. W707 Bey SE. to11. Victorella continentalis, Braem, Trans. Soc. Nat. St. Petérsb. 1,XII, p. 30, figs. 18-21. 1911. Victorella bengalensis, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VI, p. 197, pl. xiii, figs. 3, 7, 8. 1gt1. Victorella symbtotica, id. (? nec Rousselet), tbzd., p. 197, pl. xiii, fig. 6. 1915. Victorella bengalensis, id., Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 125. This species was abundant on sticks in the Talé Sap off Koh Yaw in January, 1916, in water that varied in specific gravity (corrected) from 1°00625 to 1:008. I can see no specific difference between specimens from India and Siam and others from the salt- lake Birket-el-Otrun in Egypt. The latter seem to me to agree well enough with Rousselet’s figure of V. symbiotica from L,. Tanganyika, but Braem, who has examined examples from both African localities, states that there is a difference (which he refrains from describing) in the alimentary canal between the true V. symbiotica and the Egyptian form. As I have not examined specimens from Tanganyika and as Rousselet does not discuss or figure the anatomy in detail, I can express no opinion on this point, but must content myself with reproducing a draw- ing of the alimentary canal of V. bengalensis (pl. i, fig. 7). V. bengalensis, as I have pointed out else- where, is a very variable form; some colonies have larger zooecia and a thicker ectocyst than Fic. 7.—Victorella bengalensis. others, while environment appears to exert a Central region of the alimentary canal of direct effect on the growth and appearance of Sea lypide:in laretal iow (eneutlye thie colony. With the thickness of the zooecia a = oval chamber with horny lining. c.=thick the development of the parietal muscles is to Dee aaah ie circular muscle. o¢.= some extent correlated. Specimens from Birket- el-Qtrun have very small and delicate zoo- ecia. My Siamese examples on the other hand are particularly well developed in all Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 33 cases ; the length and greatest diameter of the largest zooecia are 2°55 and 0272 mm. In a colony from the neighbourhood of Calcutta the largest zooecia are, however, only 1615 long by 0221 in diameter, while in one from Port Canning, some 30 miles distant, the measurements are 0935 and 0153. These differences appear to be con- siderable if individual colonies are compared, but they disappear completely in a long series of specimens. In all my Siamese specimens the ectocyst is rather thick and has a slight yellow- ish tinge. The parietal muscles, though well developed in some zooecia, are not invariably stronger or more numerous than in specimens from India or Egypt. In some Siamese zooecia, however, they extend further up the zooecia than is usual in Indian examples. Family HISLOPIIDAE. 1911. Hislopiidae, Annandale, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., p. 199. 1g11. Hislopiidae, id., Rec. Ind. Mus. VI, p. 199. Genus Hislopia, Carter. I have now been able to examine ample material of all the forms hitherto des- cribed in this genus with the exception of H. placoides (Korotneff), and on my recent tour was fortunate in discovering a new species which, owing to the transparency of its ectocyst, the study of the anatomy was peculiarly easy. The following key to the species may, therefore, be of some value :— I. Orifice armed with four very long spines we ... HH. placordes. II. Orifice unarmed or bearing four short spines. A. Zooecia in uncongested parts of the colony almost circular, slightly truncated proximally and dis- tally. Ectocyst yellowish, orifice quadrate or subquadrate, usually with four short spines .. H. moniliformis. B. Zooeciain uncongested partsof colony oval or ovoid. i. Ectocyst perfectly hyaline and colourless ; terminal zooecia assuming a fan-like out- line before becoming oval; no orificial spines. e bi “ ii. Ectocyst yellowish; terminal zooecia not passing through a fan-shaped stage. a. Zooecia (at any rate in peripherial parts of the colony) constricted and produced at the proximal end; the margins not noticeably thick- ened ; orificeasarulewithoutspines H. cambodgiensis. b. Zooecia not or very rarely peduncu- late; their margins thickened and chitinized; four short orificial spines frequently present .. A. lacustris. H. malayensts. 34 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST All these species are closely related and in order to identify specimens satisfac- torily it is necessary to examine the peripherial parts of the colony ; the older zooecia, which of course occur towards the centre, are often distorted owing to congestion. The genus Hislopia occurs over a great part of Asia. H. placoides is only known from Lake Baikal and H. monilifornis (originally described in my volume in the ‘Fauna’ as a variety of H. lacustris) from ponds at Calcutta. H. lacustris is widely distributed in northern India and Burma and H.cambodgiensis in Indo-China, Siam and China; while the new species H. malayensis has been found as yet only in a small lake in the Siamese province of Patani in the north-east of the Malay Peninsula. I have recently observed what I take to be remains of a species of Hislopia on shells of the genus Aetheria from tropical Africa, propeply from the Upper Nile; but these cannot be identified specifically. Hislopia cambodgiensis (Jullien). (Pi. Tees 1880. Norodonia cambodgiensis and H. sinensis, Jullien, Bull. Soc. zool. Francz V, pp. 77-79, figs. I found in Chinese specimens, attached (like the types) to shells of freshwater molluscs, that the two forms described by Jullien in the paper cited passed insensibly one into the other, his cambodgiensis representing in fact merely older colonies, or the central congested part of old colonies, of his s¢nensis. I can find no difference between these forms and H. lacustris, the type-species of Hislopia, that would justify generic separation. Indeed, [ have long hesitated whether to regard the differences that do exist as specific or as merely racial. In the collection of the Indian Museum there are specimens of H./acustris on the shells of Unionidae and Viviparidae from jhils (swamps or shallow lakes) in northern Bengal the central or oldest zooecia of which agree almost exactly with those of the same kind in colonies from China. Moreover, the form of the orifice and the development of spines in connection with it. are extremely variable characters in both the Indian and the Chinese forms. But while in the former the young zooecia are rarely if ever pedunculate, in the latter they are invariably so, thus having a very characteristic appearance (see pl.i, fig. 8). Other less important differences are the following :— 1. The colony of H. lacustris invariably forms, when fully developed, owing to profuse lateral budding, a solid pavement or layer, whereas in H. cambodgiensis lateral buds are produced much less sparingly, so that the colony consists of visibly radiating and separate branches. In H. lacustris (and also in H. moniliformis) the margin of the zooecia is thickened and chitinized, whereas in H. cambodgiensis this is not at all or very indistinctly the case. 3. In H. lacustris some at any rate of the zooecia in each colony possess four well-developed but short spines at the four corners of the quadrate orifice, whereas in H. cambodgiensis the orifice is usually subcircular and spines are only occasionally developed in connection with it. i) Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 35 4. The chitinous lining of the gizzard is usually rather thicker in H. cam- bodgiensis than in H. lacustris and the thin-walled oesophagus perhaps rather longer. 5. In H. cambodgiensis the parietal muscles are, at any rate in the older zooecia, more powerful, consisting of more numerous and _ thicker muscle-fibres. Jullien’s description of Norodonia was apparently based on dried specimens, in which the central part of the roof of the zooecia, especially if they be young, asarule collapses, giving a somewhat false idea of the natural appearance. The ectocyst be- comes considerably thicker and darker in old zooecia than in young ones. } The orifice in this species is as a rule rather small and the orificial tubercle very low. The former is in most cases surrounded by an incomplete circular or subcircu- lar horny ring, which is interrupted posteriorly. Occasional zooecia may be found in the older parts of colonies in which the ring is complete and subquadrate. More rately it bears spines at its four corners, but one or more of the spines is usually abortive and I have not seen a case in which four well-developed spines were present. Zooecia developing in the depressions between ridges on the epidermis of Unionid shells are frequently assymmetrical, as in the branch figured on pl.i. The number and the arrangement of the parietal muscles are very variable, as is apparently the case in all species of the genus. ‘The fibres seem to become stouter and more numerous as the ectocyst thickens with age. These muscles do not run parallel to the walls of the ectocyst as in Paludicella, Victorella, Bowerbankia and other more or less tubular forms, but directly from the floor to the roof at some dis- tance from the sides of the zooecium, as in flattened forms such as Alcyonidium. In some cases they form a rather dense mass on either side of the polypide, but in young zooecia they are always very difficult to detect. Localities, etc. Jullien found the two forms here regarded as synonymous on Lamellibranch shells from an island in the Mekong River on the borders of Siam and Cambodia, from the interior of Cambodia and from the neighbourhood of Canton and the province of Ngan-Honi in China. My own examples of the species are on shells from the south-east corner of the Tai-Hu (Great Lake) in the Kiangsu Province of China. They were taken in the chaunel west of the island of Tong-Dong-Ding and in the Moo-Too creek, on a muddy bottom in from 6 to ro feet of water, in December, Ig16. All specimens as yet found have been on the shells of molluscs; my own were on those of Anodonta woodiana (Lea) the animals in which were alive. Hislopia malayensis, sp. nov. (BIOL fig. 9; pla dip isan, 142) The species may be distinguished by the following diagnostic characters. The colony is entirely adherent and of a more or less circular form, consisting of numerous primary branches that radiate from a common centre and give rise occa- sionally at an acute angle to lateral branches in the typical cruciform manner. 36 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Adult zooecia are flattened, oval or ovoid and not or but very slightly peduncu- late. Young terminal zooecia arise in the form of slender, pointed, flattened cylinders, which reach almost their full length and then expand fan-wise at the tip until they take the form of a comparatively long and narrow peduncle supporting a triangular or pentagonal head. The whole structure then gradually expands from in front backwards until the adult oval or ovoid outline is assumed. The ectocyst is hyaline and colourless except round the orifice; the margins of the zooecium are not thick- ened but are surrounded by a narrow rim of flat membrane. The orificial tubercle is low. ‘The orifice is surrounded on three sides by a brownish chitinous rim, which does not bear spines, though it is usually quadrate or subquadrate, and is broadly interrupted posteriorly or proximally. I can find no definite diagnostic characters in the polypide or musculature. Both are admirably displayed in stained and mounted specimens (pl. i, fig. g). Type-specimens. No. 7152/7 Z.E.V., Ind. Mus. (Zool. Survey of India); in alcohol. Locality, etc. Small lake at the base of a limestone hill (Bukit Jalor) in the in- land state of Jalor or Yala in the Siamese province of Patani in the eastern part of the Malay Peninsula. The specimens, which were taken in the first week of Feb- ruary, I916, were growing on a dead palm-leaf that had fallen into the water. Specimens were also taken by Mr. H. C. Robinson and myself at the same place in Ig01. They met with an accident that caused them to dry up and I identified them provisionally as H. lacustris. The colony is as a rule less congested than in H. lacustris and H. cambodgiensis, if more luxuriant in its growth than H. moniliformis. This is mainly because lateral branches are sparingly, but not very sparingly, produced. The successive forms assumed by the young terminal zooecia are most characteristic. In the other species I have seen the buds often attain a considerable length as flattened cylinders, but seem to assume the adult form gradually. Even in H.cambodgiensis, in which adult zooecia are normally pedunculate, I cannot find any state comparable to those marked c, d and e on fig. ra, pl. ii. The parietal muscles are fully developed in this species and vary greatly in num- ber of fibres and in arrangement. In the zooecium figured on pl. i they consist of a number of imperfectly grouped or solitary fibres scattered chiefly on the outer side of the polypide. In specimens preserved in alcohol the roof of the zooecium usually collapses to some extent and consequently these muscles are somewhat distorted or displaced. The homologues of the pyramidal muscles of the orificial tubule in such genera as Paludicella consist of separate fibres grouped in a somewhat indefinite manner on each side of the orifice. It is not uncommon for them to be, as in the figure, mark- edly assymmetrical. : The polypide, as I have already stated, agrees closely with that of H. lacustris, the general structure of which is discussed and figured in the ‘‘Fauna.’’ There is considerable variation in the proportions of the different parts of the alimentary Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. 37 canal. This is due partly to the different states of contraction in which different polypides are killed and partly to changes induced by growth and other physiological conditions. There are apparently about 16 tentacles. In contracted specimens I cannot see the collar. The star-shaped aperture by means of which a zooecium communicates with its parent and daughter zooecia are clearly defined and easily seen in this species (fig. 8A). There is no trace of a funiculus in connection with them. They are always surrounded by wandering cells, which may sometimes be seen actually over the aperture. The rays of the star-like aperture frequently bifurcate so as to produce a Fic. 8.—Hislopia malayensts, sp. nov. A.—Orifice between two zooecia as seen from within distal zooecium, showing wandering cells (x 542). B.—Optical section of wall of circular chamber (x 542). 1 = circular muscle-fibre 2= internal cellular layer. 3 = horny lining of chamber. somewhat complicated figure. At the points at which buds are given off or a daugh- ter zooecium is attached to its parent, the flat marginal membrane is interrupted and a short peduncle is developed to form the actual linking structure. When adjacent zooecia not originally connected are pressed together by the growth of the colony, as in the preparation figured on plate 1, fig. 9, the membrane of the older or more vigorous zooecium often grows over the membrane or over a part of the roof of the younger or less vigorous. The ovaries are scattered round the periphery of the zooecial chamber and each produces several ova. The testes probably occur similarly but are not developed in the preparations I have examined. It is possible that the colonies are unisexual. J Boe.) rt ; OLE > a, Paes hy peste .— + . " a g - a | j r *. a ’ ee b ‘A 4 jh , 5 : 3 ‘ * . ” P55 Batt) : os é; : ‘Faso bite ee = - 7 es a 5 ~ =f . 7 ‘ ee y Pld Zz ' i 122 é ’ s = Ss Bs 0 4) tad ON 4 =} a “1 2 ea , eo ° . ah fs - Shi) ae ao ; a i? H < Byatt mi 53 sv A r ~ » a Ee lae i. : . “s : ey 25717 Sty = < EXPLANATION OF PLATE I: CHITASPIS ATHLETICUS, gen. et sp. nov. Fic. 1.—Lateral view of a part of the type-specimen, showing two polypiferous and parts or the whole of three non-polypiferous segments. One of the polyps has lost its capitulum. x 46°5. ALCYONIDIUM MYTILI, Dalyell. Fic. 2.—Retracted polypide from a specimen on a shell of Potamides fluviatilis from the Chilka Lake in Orissa. x ca. 84. TRITICELLA PEDICELLATA (Alder). Fic. 3.—Part of the rhizome of a specimen from the tail of the sea-snake Enhy- dris hardwickii from the Talé Sap, Peninsular Siam. x Iot. The stalks of the zooecia have been cut off near the base and have probably been somewhat compressed in the process. , PALUDICELLA ELONGATA, Leidy. Fic. 4.—Right lateral view of a zooecium from the roots of a willow tree at the edge of the Moo-Too creek, Tai-Hu, Kiangsu Province, China. (Stained - with borax carmine). xX Cd. 35. PALUDICELLA PENTAGONALIS, sp. nov. Fic. 5.—Left lateral view (slightly oblique) of a zooecium of the type-specimen. (Stained with borax carmine). x 67°5. ,, 5a.—Orifice and adjacent parts of another zooecia from the same colony. (Stained with borax carmine). x ca. 79. VICTORELLA BENGALENSIS, Annandale. Fic. 6.—A group cf zooecia from a colony growing on a stick in the Talé Sap, Peninsular Siam. (Stained with borax carmine). x ca. 34. 5, 7-—Polypide (partly expanded) from colony from Port Canning, Gangetic delta. a—Cardiac antechamber. c—Cardiac limb of stomach. ca = Oesophageal valve. f—=Funiculus. i=Intestine. m = Car- diacmuscle. oe =Oesophagusproper. p= Pharynx. r= Rectum. s = Pyloric limb of stomach. t = Tentacles. HISLOPIA CAMBODGIENSIS (Jullien). Fic. 8.—Terminal part of a branch of a specimen growing on a living shell of Anodonta from the south-east part of the Tai-Hu, Kiangsu Province, Chitia. "3722-56 HISLOPIA MALAYENSIS, sp. nov. Fic. 9.—Zooecium from type-specimen. (Stained with borax carmine). x ca. 34. BOWERBANKIA CAUDATA, Hincks. FIG. 10.—Terminal zooecium of a colony from Port Weld, west coast of the Malay Peninsula. x ca. 34. 5, 1oa.—Another zooecium from the same colony, showing parietal muscles, etc. (Stained with borax carmine). x ca. 34. », I1.—Two zooecia from a colony from the Talé Sap, Peninsular Siam, show- ing the expansion of the “‘ tail’’ to form an organ of adhesion in one zooecium and its almost complete absence in another. x ca. 34. t—Testes. Plate [. Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. VI, 1916. Bemrese, Collo., Derby, D.N. Bagchi, del. ENTOPROCTA anno CTENOSTOMATA. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Photographs of Polyzoa and Sponges from Fresh and Brackish Water in the Malay Peninsula. HISLOPIA MALAYENSIS, sp. nov. Fic. 1.—Type-specimen (nat. size). 1a.—Part of the same enlarged. a, b,c, d, e = young zooecia in different stages of development. +) (The other figures in this plate will be explained in subsequent reports). Mem. As. Soc. BENG. VoL.VI. 1916. m0 oy 7 Vieira 6 Aa MALAYAN SPONGES & POLYZOA . tah a . a ee fo , j . =| a >.) eae - ! ia Ne) 7 a eae eh... ; , Vol. VI ‘ ? 4 THE MOLLUSCA OF LAKE BIWA, JAPAN. By N. Awnanpatn, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. * . Oh. ™ « 1 y —_ > - . » > 7 ‘ my > é 2 a S i= 7 = » ru. or eed * — « 7 - ee Oe ee i ee oa.) ee CONTENTS. Page Introduction Be ; se i ar As Sea List of species ie ne a ae ze 0 pe Systematic Account of the Fauna Family Succineidae .. ae mo ae e eae Family Limnaeidae .. Eng a, BE a Pe Family Melaniidae .. ats a sk fe ae eel Family Hydrobiidae .. fi ve Se Sy Gel es Family Viviparidae .. BS Sig ee as ae Lee Family Valvatidae .. - it aah: Ln me Family Unionidae .. =e ne ie ae i Age Family Cyrenidae .. Bed ie Ss zi ifs, Geographical Distribution Species endemic in the lake + ; ry M4 ae i OE eas Species endemic in Japan oe ae ie ie 2 OSS Species found also on the mainland of Asia .. ee os Score Biological Distribution Physical characters of Lake Biwa fe a oe is? Se Zones of life oak fy Poe on ee -. @S0es Rupicolous forms... ni ie 5th ca a oe Shallow-water forms .. a a Ss . se CREE Deep-water forms .. 5 ar Ry = we BS Deep-water mollusca of European lakes ig zt aie ie), 08 Deep-water fauna of Lake Baikal * * ne =o UB Mollusca of the Lake of Tiberias os oe 5%. tn 108 Non-lacustrine species of the Biwa basin... ie as -« ago Summary and conclusions ae oe es as see pe Bibliography .. te aga ¥. ne ee <4 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. THE MOLLUSCA OF LAKE BIWA, JAPAN. (Plate III.) By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of India). A pamphlet on the Mollusca of Lake Biwa, unfortunately for European readers in Japanese, has recently been published by the Fishery Department of the Shiga Prefecture, which maintains a well-equipped station near Hikoné on the eastern side of the lake. This pamphlet deals with the molluscs primarily from an economic point of view, several species (notably Corbicula viola) having considerable value as food, while others (in particular Hyriopsis schlegeli) are sought mainly on account of their pearls; but it also contains valuable information as to the distribution of various species in the lake and its immediate vicinity, and good photographs of shells are reproduced as well as a valuable map illustrating the local and bathymetric range of commercially useful genera. . I have made use of extracts, which have been trans- lated for me by Dr. T. Kawamura, as well as of the figures and map. The pamphlet recognises only 21 species (8 of gastropods and 13 of lamelli- branchs) as occurring in Lake Biwa and the surrounding pools, ditches and irrigated rice-fields. In the present paper 33 species are accepted as distinct, 15 of gastropods and 18 of lamellibranchs. The reason for this difference is twofold—in the first place it is owing to the discovery of species either new to science or not recorded hitherto from the lake, and secondly to the fact that the anonymous authors of the Japanese memoir have in some cases paid no attention to differences in the shells that recent authorities regard as of specific importance. Mr. H. B. Preston! has described the new species dis- covered in the course of my own investigations or obtained by Dr. Kawamura, while Haas’s as yet incomplete monograph of the Unionidae * has proved of great value in the identification of shells of that family. The new species are either from deep water, in which they were obtained by means of.a small dredge and a D-net on the bottom, or else from the lower surface of stones near the margin—a type of environment very profitable to the collector of Mollusca in lakes. The following is a complete list of the known Mollusca of Lake Biwa according to the nomenclature accepted in this paper; the species whose names are marked with an asterisk are represented in my collection or in that of the late Dr. John 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XVII, pp. 159-163 (1916). 4 Die Unioniden in Chemnitz’s Syst. Conch. Cab. (new. edit.) IX, ii, 2 (1911—). 42 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Anderson. | Both collections have been presented to the Indian Museum, in which the type specimens from my own will be preserved. List of the Aquatic Mollusca of Lake Biwa. GASTROPODA. Fam. Succineidae. Lithotis japonica*, Preston. Fam. Limnaeidae. Limnaca pervia*, v. Martens. Limnaea japonica*, Jay. Choanomphalus japonicus*, Preston. Ch. japonicus var. perstriatulus* , Preston. Planorbis (Gyraulus) biwaénsts ,* Preston. Fam. Melaniidae. Melanta libertina* , Gould. Melania multigranosa*, Bttgr. Fam. Melaniidae (contd.) Melania niponica*, Smith. Melania biwae*, Kobelt. Fam. Hydrobiidae. Bithynia striatula yaponica* , Pilsbry. Fam. Viviparidae. Vivipara japonica*, v. Martens. Vivipara malleata*, Reeve. Vivipara sclatert*, Ffld. . Fam. Valvatidae. Valvata biwaénsis*, Preston. Valvata annandalet*, Preston. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Fam. Unionidae. Hyriopsis schlegelr* (v. Martens). Cristaria plicata* (Leach). Cristarta spatiosa* (Clessin). Pletholophus reiniana* (v. Martens). Anodonta woodiana* (Lea). Anodonta calipygos*, Kobelt. Lanceolaria bilivata* (v. Martens). Lanceolaria oxyrhyncha* (v. Mar- tens). Nodularia japanensis* (Lea). Fam. Unionidae (contd.) Nodularia btwae* (Kobelt). Nodulana veintana*® (Kobelt). Nodularia hiraser*, Haas. Nodularia parcedentata, Haas Pseudodon loomisi, Simpson. Fam. Cyrenidae. Corbicula sandat*, Reinhdt. Corbicula viola*, Pilsbry. Sphaerium heterodon*, Pilsbry. Pisidium casertanum* (Poli). Part I. SYSTEMATIC. GASTROPODA. Family SUCCINEIDAE. Genus Lithotis, Blanford. 1863. Lithotis (subgenus of Succinea), Blanford, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) XII, p. 186. 1914. Lithotis, Gude, Faun. Brit. Ind., Moll. I, p. 457. Except for the Japanese form, the true affinities of which are doubtful, this genus has been recorded hitherto only from the west-central part of Peninsular India. ! See MGllendorff, Jouyn. As. Soc. Bengal LIV (2), PP. 59-68 (1885). Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 43 Lithotis japonica, Preston. (Pl. III, fig. 1.) 1916. Lithotis japonica, Preston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XVII, p. 160, pl. ix, figs. 6, 6a. Colonel Godwin-Austen writes that he is very doubtful of the generic identity of this species with the Indian forms, which seem to be amphibious rather than strictly aquatic in habits. The Japanese mollusc is found clinging tightly to the lower surface of stones in shaliow water. It is not uncommon at Chikubushima, and I took a specimen at Zézé near Otsu. A dead shell was also dredged in the middle of the southern part of the lake. The animal as a rule insinuates itself into small concavities on the surface of the stone in such a way that its shell fits close and becomes extremely inconspicuous. Family LIMNAFIDAE. Genus Limnaea, Lamarck. Limnaea pervia, v. Martens. 1879. Limnaea pervia, Kobelt, Abh. Senckenberg. nat. Ges. XI, p. 389, pl. xv, figs. 5, 6. 1885. Limnaeus pervius, Mdllendorff, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal LIV (2), p. 66. 1886. Limnaeus pervia, Clessin in Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (ed. Kuster) I, pt. XVII, Limnei- den, p. 388, pl. liii, fig. 6. This species appears to be scarcer in the vicinity of Lake Biwa than L. japonica. A small specimen was taken among weeds in shallow water in the southern part of the lake and a larger one in a ditch at Hikoné The species was originally described from N. China and has been recorded from Tokyo (Yedo). Limnaea japonica, Jay. 1879. Limnaea japonica, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 390. pl. xv, figs. 2-5. 1886. Limnaeus japonicus, Clessin, op. cit., p. 382, pl. lii, fig. 6. 1887. Limnaeus japonicus, Méllendorff, op. cit., p. 66. I did not find this species in Like Biwa, but it is abundant in ditches and rice- fields at Hikoné on the eastern shore and doubtless at other places in the neighbour- hood. It is known from Hokkaido and Shikoku as well as from the Main Island of Japan. Genus Choanomphalus, Gerstfeldt. 1909. Choanomphalus, Lindholm in Korotneff’s Wiss. Ergebn. Zool. Exp. Batkal-See TV (Mol- lusken), pp. 8, 93. The genus was at one time regarded as peculiar to Lake Biwa. According to Lindholm, however, it has also been reported from other parts of Siberia, from Thessaly and Macedonia, while there are species attributed to Planorbis from both western Asia and America that may possibly belong to it. 44 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Choanomphalus japonicus, Preston. 1916. Choanomphalus japonicus, Preston, op. cit., p. 160, pl. ix, figs. 2, 2a-2c. 1916. Choanomphalus japonicus var. perstriatulus, Preston, op. cit., p. 161, pl. ix, figs. 1, Ia-Ic. This species and its variety perstriatulus are apparently not uncommon on the lower surface of stones at the south end of Lake Biwa. They are not known from any other locality. Genus Planorbis, Guettard. Planorbis (Gyraulus) biwaensis, Preston. 1916. Planorbis (Gyraulus) biwaensts, Preston, op. cit., p. 161, pl. ix, figs. 3, 3a-3¢. Planorlis (Gyraulus) biwaensis also occurs in considerable numbers, but not very abundantly, on the lower surface of stones at the south end of Lake Biwa and is not yet known elsewhere. Family MELANIIDAE. Genus Melania, Lamarck. Melania libertina, Gould. 1879. Melanta libertina, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 412, pl. xviii, figs. 2-8 ; pl. xix, figs. 2-5, 8. 1879. Melanta retifera, id., op. cit., p. 416. 1874. Melania libertina, Brot in Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (ed. Kuster) I, pt. XXIV (Mel- aniaceen), p. 59, pl. vi, fig. 14. 1874. Melania rettfera, id., op. cit., p. 60, pl. vi, fig. 16. 1902. Melania libertina, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phil. LIV, pp. 119, 120. At least two colour-forms of this species occur in the neighbourhood of Lake Biwa. One of these, which corresponds both in colour, in sculpture and in size with M. retifera, Tryon, is fairly abundant on stones in shallow water at the south end of the lake. A much larger but otherwise similar form occurs in ditches near Sakamoto on the hills above the western shore. In ditches and irrigation channels near the fishery station at Hikoné on the eastern shore I found a large and very dark form, apparently the forma typica of the species. Young specimens of this form differ in colour from retzfera, being not only darker but lacking all trace of reddish bands. The species appears to be distributed throughout Japan, from Hokkaido to Formosa. It has many phases and varieties. Melania multigranosa, Bttg. (Pl. III, fig. 2, A—E.) 1874. Melania niponica, Brot, op. cit., p. 338 (in part), pl. xxxiv, fig. 10a (not 10). 1879. Melanta niponica, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 415, pl. xix, figs. 5-7, 10-14. 1886. Melanta (Semisulcospira) multigranosa, Boettger, Jb. d. Malak. Ges. XIII, p. 7. 1902. Melania multigranosa, Pilsbry, op. cit., pp. 119, 120. This species is one of the commonest molluscs in the lake and occurs both among weeds and on a clean sandy or muddy bottom at practically all depths. We took two large and much eroded shells at a depth of about 41 fathoms; these were the stoutest examples I saw. At some places in the lake, for what reason I am unable to say, Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 45 all the shells appeared to be dwarfed, but the external sculpture is not correlated in any way with environment. ‘The species is extremely variable in this respect. The typical form has been found only in Lake Biwa, but specimens of “ var. minor, Smith,’’ the identity of which is very doubtful, have, according to Brot, been recorded from Formosa by MOllendorff. Melania niponica, Smith. (Pl. III, fig. 3, A, B.) 1874. Melania niponica, Brot, op. cit., p. 338 (in part), pl. xxxiv, fig. ro. 1902. Melania niponica, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 1109. 1902. ?Melania japonica, id., op. cit., p. 120 (? lapsu). Although this species closely resembles M. biwae, Kobelt, it is easily distin- guished by the structure and form of the mouth of the shell (see pl. ITI, figs. 3, A, B) M. niponica is only found on rocks or stones, on which it is very abundant. The typical form occurs with M. libertina on small stones at the south end of the lake, but at Chikubushima and other places where rocks descend vertically into the water to considerable depths, a much larger and more deeply sculptured phase occurs in great abundance. Specimens from small stones on the landing stage at Chikubu- shima provide, however, an almost complete transition between the two phases. The species is only known from Lake Biwa. ; Melania biwae, Kobelt. (PlTIT} figs 43) 1879. Melania biwae, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 416, pl. xix, fig. 9. 1902. Melania biwae, Pilsbry, op. cit., pp. 119, 120. This species is found on the rocks at Chikubushima with M. niponica. It is apparently scarce, but its resemblance to M. niponica has probably led to much confusion. It is only known from Lake Biwa. Family HYDROBIIDAE. Geuns Bithynia, Gray. Bithynia striatula var. japonica, Pilsbry. 1901. Bithynia striatula var japonica, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. UIII, p. 405. 1902. Bithynia striatula var. japonica, id., tbid., LIV, p. 121, pl. ix, figs. 9-12. Two specitnens taken on a stone at the edge of the lake near Zézé agree exactly with Pilsbry’s figure 9 of a specimen from Hidachi. The form is probably not really lacustrine: my examples were taken in a backwater almost separated from the lake. The subspecies is only known from a few localities in the Main Island of Japan, in which it is widely distributed ; Lake Biwa being near the middle of the known .tange. The typical form is found in China and Cambodia. MHeude' says it is com- mon in all the lake systems of the Blue River. | Mém. Nat. Hist. L’Emp. Chinois, 1, Moll. d’eau douce, p. 171, pl. xlii, figs. 11, 11a (? 1882). 46 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Family VIVIPARIDAE. Genus Vivipara, Lamarck. Vivipara japonica, v. Martens. 1879. Paludina japonica, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 404, pl. xi, fig. 1. 1897. Paludina oxytropis var. japonica, lwakawa, Annot. Zool. Japon. I, p. 88, pl. v, fig. 17. 1902. Viviparus japonicus, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. UV, p. 117, pl. ix, fig. 1. 1909. Vivipara japonica, Kobelt in Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (ed. Kuster) I, pt. XXI (2), Paludina, p. 99, pl. xv, figs. 1-4. This is not a lacustrine form, though it may perhaps be occasionally found in the lake. It is abundant in rice-fields near Hikoné Pilsbry records the species from Yamashiro, and Iwakawa from Kikuchu in the north-eastern part of the Main Island. Vivipara malleata, Reeve. 1879. Paludina stelmaphora, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 406, pl. xi, figs. 4, 5. 1897. Paludina stelmaphora, lwakawa, op. cit., p. 85, pl. v, figs. 1-4. 1902. Viviparus malleatus, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 116, pl. ix, figs. 6, 7. 1909. Vivipara malleata, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 104, pl. xv, figs. 8, 9; pl. xvii, figs. 8-13. V. malleata is an inhabitant of small pools of water ; it is very common in those round the Miidera monasteries on the hill behind Otsu. I saw no specimens in the lake. It is widely distributed in Japan, from the extreme north of the Main Island to the Liu-Kiu Is. and Formosa, and is closely related to the Chinese V. stelmaphora, with which it was formerly identified by some authors. Vivipara sclateri, Ffid. 1879. Paludina ingallsiana, Kobelt, (nec Reeve), op. cit., p. 408, pl. x, figs. 14-18; pl. xi, fig. 2. 1897. Paludina ingallsiana, lwakawa, Annot. Zool. Japon. I, p. 86, pl. v, figs. 5-7. 1902. Vuiviparus sclateri, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 118, pl. ix, fig. 4. 1909. Vivipara sclateri, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 102, pl. xvi, figs. 1-9; pl. xvii, figs. 1-5. This is one of the commonest molluscs of the lake, occurring both among weeds and on a bare bottom with M. multigranosa, Corbicula viola, etc. We took specimens at a depth of about 43 fathoms. We have in the Indian Museum specimens from the late Dr. J. Anderson’s Jap- anese collection labelled ‘‘ Paludina pseudoingallsiana, Nevill,’’ but this appears to be a nomen nudum. The known range of the typical form of the species embraces the central part of the Main Island of Japan. There is some doubt as to the varieties that have been described and Pilsbry is of the opinion that V. sclateri may be no more than a variety of V. histricus, which is known from Kagoshima to the south. Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 44 Family VALVATIDAE. Genus Valvata, Miiller. Valvata biwaensis, Preston. (Pl. Ill, fig. 5.) 1916. Valvata biwaensis, Preston, op. cit., p. 161, pl. ix, figs. 4, 4a. V. btwaensis occurs abundantly on a muddy bottom in the deeper part of Lake Biwa. It is not known from any other locality, but does not appear to differ greatly from the only other species (except the closely allied V. annandaler) recorded from Japan. This species (V. japonica, v. Martens), which has not been figured, was des- cribed from a single specimen taken in Hakoné lake, a much smaller but deeper body of water situated near the Pacific coast of the Main Island of Japan not far from Sagami Bay. Valvata annandalei, Preston. (Pl. III, fig. 6.) 1916. Valvata annandalei, Preston, op. cit., p. 162, pl. ix, figs. 5, 54, 50. V. annandale occurs with V. biwaénsis, but not so abundantly. It is perhaps no more than a variety of the other; so far as general form is concerned I have seen many intermediate shells, but the differences in sculpture appear to be constant. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Family UNIONIDAE. Genus Hyriopsis, Conrad. 1900. Hyriopsis, Simpson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXII, p. 578. The genus is widely distributed in the mainland of south-eastern Asia, from Siam to eastern China, and occurs in Borneo. Only one species is found in Japan. Hyriopsis schlegeli (v. Martens). 1879. Unio schlegelt, Kobelt, Abh. Senckenber. nat. Ges. XI, p. 421, pl. xiv. 1900. Hyriopsts schlegelt, Simpson, op. cit., p. 581. This species is fished, chiefly on account of its pearls, at several places on the east side of Lake Biwa in moderately deep water. Itis apparently endemic in Japan, but I cannot find any particulars of its general distribution. Genus Cristaria, Schumacher. 1900. Cristaria, Simpson, of. cit., p. 583. The genus (s.s.) is known from three species, two of which are recorded from Japan. Both of these are represented in my collection from Lake Biwa. One of them occurs also in the Amur district and in China and Cambodia, while the other ts endemic in Japan. The third species (C. herculea, Middendorff) is found in eastern Siberia, the Amur region and north China. The gefus asa whole has, therefore, a more northerly distribution than Hyviopsis. 48 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. rs Cristaria plicata (Leach). (Pl) TH figs. 7,283) 1879. Dipsas plicata (s.s.), Kobelt, op. cit., p. 429, pl. xvi; pl. xviii, fig. I. 1879. Dipsas plicatus, Heude, Conch. Fluv. Nanking V, pls. xxxiii, xxxiv. The species has a considerable synonomy (see Simpson, of. cit.) and appears, to judge from Heude’s plates in the Conch. Fluv. Nanking, to reach a larger size in parts of China ‘ than it does in Lake Biwa. In Japan it is often confused with H. herculea, which does not occur there, and with C. sfatiosa and Pletholophus reiniana. Kobelt’s pl. xvii represents C. spatiosa. The shell of C. plicata undergoes considerable changes in form in the course of its growth. Adult and half-grown specimens are well figured by Kobelt on his plates xvi and xviii; photographs of still younger shells are reproduced (natural size) on pl. III, figs. 7, 8 of this paper. Young individuals were dredged from a depth of over 40 fathoms, but were also found in 5 fathoms. C. plicata has a wide range in north-eastern Asia and occurs also in Cambodia. It is common in Japan, where it is fished for its pearls and as food. Cristaria spatiosa (Clessin). 1879. Ditpsas plicata var. japonica, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 431, pl. xvii. 1900. Cristaria spatiosa, Simpson, op. cit., p. 584. This species seems to be less common in Lake Biwa than C. plicata. We obtained several specimens from a large pool at Komatsu on the western shore of the lake. It is probably a shallow-water form and is only known from Japan. Genus Pletholophus, Simpson. 1900. Pletholophus (subgenus of Cristaria), Simpson, op. cit., p. 585. This group of species is regarded by Simpson as a subgenus of Cristaria, but is distinguished by the vestigial hinge-teeth of its shell. The species occur in Cambodia, Tonkin, China, Formosa and Japan. Pletholophus reiniana (v. Martens). 1875. Cristaria reiniana, v. Martens, Jb. d. Malak. Ges. II, p. 136, pl. iii, fig. 1. 1900. Cristaria reiniana, Simpson, op. cit., p. 585. It is doubtful whether Kobelt’s descri tion and figures (op. cit., p. 432, pl. xii, fig. 4; pl. xxii, fig. 2) represent this species. My own shells are relatively much broader ; superficially they are not unlike those of Cristaria spatiosa. ‘They are from a pool at Komatsu. ‘The true P. rveiniana is found only in Japan. Genus Anodonta, Lamarck. 1900. Anodonta, Simpson, op. cit., p. 620. The genus {s. /.) is widely distributed in the Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions. A few species penetrate into the outlying districts of the Oriental Region, but none ! Shells are used in the neighbourhood of Soochow as bailers in fishing-boats. Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 49 occur in Africa or South America. Both the species to be considered here belong to Simpson’s “‘Group of A. woodiana’’ (op. cit., p. 637), which is confined to Tonkin, China and Japan. Anodonta woodiana (Lea). (Pl. III, figs. 9a, 9d.) 1900. Anodonta woodiana, Simpson, op. cit., p. 637. This species has an extensive synonomy (see Simpson). I am doubtful whether the specimen referred to it by Kobelt (of. cit., pl. xx, fig. 1) really belongs to it and Simpson (0/. cit., p. 630) is not convinced that it occurs in Japan; but I have a specimen from Seta at the south-east of Lake Biwa that is only distinguished from Chinese examples from the Tai-Hu by the darker shade of its epidermis and of the margin of the inner surface. A valve of this specimen is figured on plate III. It was taken with examples of A. calipygos and differs from Kobelt’s figure in being relatively broader,shorter and more tumid, and in having the anterior margin shorter and the posterior part of the shell more produced. A. woodiana is widely distributed in China, Cambodia and Siam. Possibly it also occurs in the Amur region, but it appears to be mainly a southern form. Anodonta calipygos, Kobelt. 1879. Anodonta calipygos, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 435, pl. xix, fig. I. 1900. Anodonta calipygos, Simpson, of. cit., p. 641. This is the common Anodonta of Lake Biwa. I took specimens at Seta and off Komatsu, at both places in shallow water. It is, I believe, common at Hikoné in ditches at the fishery station and is used there for feeding fish; but I have not examined specimens at all closely from that locality. The species is only known from Japan, but the locality of the type-specimen is not stated precisely. Genus Lanceolaria, Conrad. 1900. Lanceolaria (section of Nodularia), Simpson, op. cit., p. 806. tgtt. Lanceolaria, Haas, Die Unioniden in Chemnitz, Syst. Conch-Cab. (new edition) IX, ii (2), P. 43 This genus is peculiar to Tonkin, China, the Amut region and Japan. Two spe- cies occur in Japan, both of which are represented in my collection from Lake Biwa. Lanceolaria bilirata (v. Martens). tg11. Lanceolaria bilirvata, Haas, op. cit., p. 55, pl. iv, figs. 3-5. The species was originally described from Tonkin, but Haas has figured a shell from Japan. I did not distinguish it from L. oxyrhyncha while at Lake Biwa, but subsequently found several specimens in my collection. One was taken in the chan- nel east of Oki-no-shima on a muddy bottom of from 2 to 4 fathoms. 50 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Lanceolaria oxyrhncha (v. Martens). 1861. Unto oxyrhynchus, v. Martens, Mal. Blatt. VII, p. 57. 1879 Unto oxyrhynchus, Kobelt, Abh. Senckenber. nat. Ges. XI, p. 420, pl. xiii, figs. 3, 4. 1900. Nodularia oxyrhynchus, Simpson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXII, p. 807. 1g11. Lanceolaria oxyrhyncha, Haas in Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (new edition) IX, ii (2), p- 53, pl. iv, figs. 1, 2. I have several small specimens from Lake Biwa. The species has been found only in Japan, but its distribution in that country is imperfectly known. Genus Nodularia, Conrad. 1911. Nodularia, Haas, op. cit., p. 65. I follow Haas as to the limits of the genus, from which he excludes all the Indian forms assigned to it by Simpson! and Preston. Thus restricted Nodularia includes only 20 species, all of which are found in Japan, China or the Indo-Chinese countries, or in more than one of these. Nodularia biwae (Kobelt). 1879. Unio biwae, Kobelt, of. cit., p. 425, pl. xv, figs. 2-4. 1g1I. Nodularia biwae, Haas, op. cit., p. 94, pl. ix, figs. 6-8. This species is only known from Lake Biwa, in which it is one of the commonest forms. It is found in water less than 100 feet deep. Nodularia reiniana, Kobelt. 1879. Unio reinianus, Kobelt, of. cit., p. 424, pl. xv, fig. I. 1911. Nodularia reiniana, Haas, op. ctt., Pp. 97; pl. x, fig. <1. According to Haas, this species is widely different from all others except NV. hira- sev, which he thinks may be no more than a lacustrine form of it. Both, however, occur in the lake. I have some reason to think that N. reiniana lives in rather deeper water than N. hivasei, or perhaps on a more muddy bottom, but my evidence is by no means conclusive. The shell of N. veiniana, which is only known from Lake Biwa, seems to be peculiarly subject to erosion in the umbonal region. Nodularia japanensis (Lea). 1879. Unio japanensis, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 423. pl. xii, figs. 1, 2. 1g11. Nodularia japanensis, Haas, op. cit., p. 85, pl. viii, figs. 5-8. Haas has figured specimens from Lake Biwa and from Tokyo (Yedo). The series in my collection from the lake shows great variation both in sculpture and in outline and seems to me to include forms intermediate between the forma typica and the variety yokohamensis, v. Jhering. ‘The latter came from Yokohama, which is only a few miles from Tokyo. The species is common in Lake Biwa. According to Haas it is related to the polymorphic N. douglasiae, various races of which are scattered in China and Japan. | Op. cit., pp. 806-8"7 (1900). + Faun. Bri Ind., Freshu. Moll., pp. 135-148 (1915). ; Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 51 Nodularia hirasei, Haas. tg1I. Nodularia hivasei, Haas, op. cit., p. 95, pl. xiia, figs. 1, 2. The type specimen of this species, which was only described in rgr1r, came from Yamashiro, a short distance south-west of Lake Biwa. It is by no means uncommon in the lake. Family CYRENIDAE. Genus Corbicula, Megerle v. Miihlfedt. 1907. Corbicula, Pilsbry, Annot Zool. Japon. VI, p. 153. Corbicula sandai, Reinhardt. (Pl. III, fig. 12.) 1904. Corbicula sandat, Fischer and Dautzenberg, Miss. Pavie Indo-Chine, ét. div., III, p. 442. 1907. Corbicula sandat, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 157, pl. vii, figs. 17, 18. The name C. sandai is usually applied to the common Corbicula of Lake Biwa , which provides a well-known food-product. I believe this, however, to be incorrect, for I was able to find very few specimens in the lake in which the ribs were not developed on the median portion of the valve—a character that Pilsbry regards as of prime importance in distinguishing C. sandai from his C. viola. The only specimens in my collection that have this character were taken in the channel east of Oki-no- shima at a depth of between 2 and 3 fathoms. They are small, the largest shell being 13 mm. long and 13°3 mm. high. Their outer surface is pale olivaceous stained with black. The inner surface is whitish stained with pale violet on the hinges and with brown on the lower margin. The true C. sandai is not known north of Lake Biwa, but has a wide distribu- tion in the southern islands of Japan proper. It has also been recorded from Tonkin (see Fischer and Dautzenberg). Corbicula viola, Pilsbry. (Pi LLL. tig..52-) 1907. Corbicula viola, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 158, pl. vii, figs. 7-Io. I have no doubt that this is the common species of Lake Biwa, but Pilsbry had not specimens of the largest size before him in drawing up his description. My largest shell is 31 mm. long, 28 mm. high, and 18 mm. thick when the two valves are together. Shells of this size are very asymmetrical and have the posterior end much produced and distinctly truncate. The nymph and the inner surface of the upper cavity often have a peculiar coral-pink colour and the extreme lower margin is tinged with brown. Both the exact shape of the shell and the breadth of the nymph vary considerably. The external surface is stained with black. Small shells are more symmetrical, less brilliantly coloured inside and brighter externally, often bearing concentric and alternating pale and dark bands. 52 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The typical form is found in Lake Biwa at depths of from about 2 to 25 fathoms, as a rule on a sandy bottom. In the deeper part of the lake, on a muddy bottom in about 43 fathoms, I took a few specimens of what appears to be a dwarfed form. The largest shell is rr mm. long, rr mm. high, and 8 mm. thick with the two valves together. It is both relatively shorter and more globose, as well as being more sym- metrical than the typical form; the hinge-structure is identical. I consider these shells dwarfed and not merely young because they are relatively shorter, as well as being thicker, than young shells of the typical form. The colour of the inner surface is also darker. Externally the shells are pale olivaceous green stained with a darker shade and with obscure narrow vertical rays of a reddish tinge. A very peculiar polyzoon of the genus Paludicella is often found growing on the posterior end of the shells of this species, while the sponge Spongilla clementis not in- frequently settles on the same part of the shell and sometimes suffocates the animal by its growth. C. viola is only known from Lake Biwa. Genus Sphaerium, Scopoli. Igor. Sphaerium, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phil. L111, p. 406. According to Pilsbry, all the Japanese species of this genus, of which only four are at present known, belong to the subgenus Calyculina. Sphaerium heterodon, Pilsbry. (Pl Til tie. 135) 1901. Sphaerium heterodon, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 406. I have not been able to refer to the original description of this species in Pilsbry’s Cat. Mar. Moll. Jap., but from the same author’s remarks in the paper quoted above and from the figure given in the pamphlet on the Mollusca of Lake Biwa published by the Shiga Fishery Department, I take the form commonly found in the district to be S. heteorodon. . I did not find any specimens of Sphaerium in Lake Biwa, but obtained a fair series from ditches in the fishery station at Hikoné. The species was orginally des- cribed from the northern part of Kiushu, the most southerly of the larger islands of Japan proper. It has not, so far as I am able to say, been found further north than Lake Biwa. Genus Pisidium, Pfeiffer. 1913. - Pisidium, B. B. Woodward, Cat. Brit. Pisidium Brit. Mus., p. 31. Only two species of this Holarctic genus have as yet been found in Japan, namely P. japonicum,’ Pils. & Hir. from a lake in Hokkaido and P. casertanum (Poli), a widely distributed Palaearctic species of which I obtained specimens in Lake Biwa. | Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. LX, p. 35, fig. 1 (1908). Mollusca of Lake Biwa. - 53 Pisidium casertanum (Poli). (PE TIT fig-‘14,) 1909. Pisidium (Fluminina) dubium, Lindholm in Korotneff’s Wiss. Evgebn. Zool. Exp. Batkal-See, 1V (Mollusken), p. 85, pl. ii, figs. 45, 46. 1916. Pisidiwm casertanum form lacustris, Preston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XVII, p. 162. Shells from Lake Biwa are referred by Preston, apparently in consultation with B. B. Woodward, to the ‘‘ forma lacustris,’ but are said by the latter to be rather more oval than usual. I take it that the ‘‘ forma Jacustris’’ is the phase mentioned by Woodward (op. cil., p. 36) as ‘‘a lake or still water form, which almost amounts to a variety.’’ This phase is characterized as being rounder than the type and more compressed and having the hinge, which is narrower and lighter, less arcuate and with a less pronounced flexure. Of all the numerous phases and races of P. casertanum described by various authors and not regarded by Woodward as even on a level with his ‘‘lake or still water form,’’ shells from L. Biwa resemble most closely those from shallow water (one fath.) in L. Baikal to which Lindholm gave the name P. dubium. They differ only in being a little smaller and a trifle more compressed, and probably in greater fragility and translucency—all characters commonly associated with life in deep water. The following tables illustrate the resemblances and differences so far as measure- ments (given in millemetres) and proportions can. Deep-water Biwa Phase. Shallow-water Baikal Phase (dubium). Length 4°8. 3°6. 3°9. 3°9. 4:0. 4°04. 6:0. 5'9. 5'0. Petters 2. 3°. 3°0. 3°2. 3°3. 3'2. AS. Aon Aa Or uinerdess, 2°00. 1-9. 1°38. 1°9. 2°0. 2°00. On STi Oe Height to length (average) 1: 21 OAs Thickness to height 1: 1°64 be 8 gh Thickness to length 1: 2 FE: 1°88. Two other ‘‘species” from IL. Baikal (P. maculatum and P. trigonoides, Dybows- ki) ' are considered by Woodward as synonymous with P. casertanum. They were both found in 20-60 fathoms and differ notably from P. dubium in their prominent umbones, a feature noted by Clessin’ in deep-water forms of the genus from Swiss lakes but conspicuously absent from the deep-water Japanese specimens. Though Dybowski and Kobelt place these two Siberian forms in different subgenera (P. macu- latum in Fluminina and P. trigonoides in Fossarina) it is by no means certain that they are more than growth-stages of a single form. P. casertanum is very abundant in I,. Biwa at depths greater than about 17 fathoms. It usually occurs on a bare muddy bottom and is found with Valvata biwaensis and V. annandalei. ,. Baikal is the only other Asiatic locality from which any peace of the Sepecies has yet been recorded, but it is wide- eae in Europe. 1 See Kobelt in the new edition of Rossmassler’s Icon. Land-und Siisswasser Moll. X, pp. 32, 33, pl. celxxix, fig. 1807; pl. cclxxxi, fig. 1809 (1903). _ 2 Bull. Soc. Vaudoise Nat. Sci. XIV, p. 240, pl. iii (1877). 54 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Part II. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. The majority of the molluscan genera found in Lake Biwa fall into one of three geographical categories—either they are practically cosmopolitan in distribution, or they. have a wide range in the warmer regions of the world, or else they are found on the mainland and islands of eastern Asia. To the first of these categories belong Limnaca, Planorbis, Bithynia, Vivipara, Sphaerium and Pisidium. The tropical and subtropical genera not restricted in range geographically include only Melania and Corbicula ; while Hyriopsis, Cristaria, Ple- tholophus, Lanceolaria, Nodularia and Pseudodon are characteristically eastern Asiatic. Anodonta and Valvata are essentially Palaearctic genera, though species of the former occur in tropical Asia. The range of Lithotis and Choanomphalus is evidently as yet but imperfectly known. The former has been recorded only from Peninsular India and from Lake Biwa; while the latter, best known from Lake Baikal, occurs also in the eastern Mediterranean region and possibly on the Pacific side of North and South America. Of the cosmopolitan genera it is unnecessary to say more at present: of the two tropical and subtropical genera it may be noted that in both cases the range extends rather further north in eastern Asia than it does in the West. The eastern Asiatic genera seem to represent two elements, one certainly southern and the other possibly northern in origin. The double immigration will become clearer if we consider with these mainland types the Palaearctic genera Valvata and Anodonta, and also Pisidium, the range of which is somewhat anomalous so far as Japan is concerned. Anodonta, it is true, does not provide strong evidence, for some species are widely distributed over the warmer parts of the Far East. Cvistaria, however, appears to be mainly northern; Hyriopsts, Lanceolaria, Pseudodon and possibly Nodularia mainly southern. Valvata is only known in Japan at present from two deep lakes in the Main Island ; its species are found in Europe, Northern Asia and North America, and it is probable that no true representative occurs in the tropics. Pisidiwm, though several species are found in tropical Asia, is only known as yet, so far as the Japanese islands are concerned, from the almost sub-Arctic Hokkaido and from Lake Biwa. It is possible that the small size of the shell has caused it to escape notice in other localities, but the abundance of P. casertanum in the deeper parts of Lake Biwa, though it does not entirely preclude this point of view, is nevertheless opposed to it. The status of Lake Biwa as the meeting place of two lines of migration from the north and from the south respectively will become still clearer when we discuss the distribution of species as distinct from that of genera. It is convenient to consider the species under three headings, to include (1) those that are apparently endemic in the basin of the lake, (2) those that are endemic in the islands of Japan, and (3) those that are found also on the mainland of Asia. They may therefore be listed as ‘‘ Endemic,’’ “‘ Japanese’ and “‘ Mainland.” Omit- ting for the present varieties and local races (subspecies), 33 species of aquatic Mol- lusca are known to occur in the lake and its immediate surroundings. As will be seen Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 55 from the three lists that follow, 11 of these are known only from the basin of Lake Biwa, and 15 from Japan; while 7 have been found also in eastern continental Asia. Endemic. Japanese, Mainland. Lithotis japonica. Limnaea japonica. Limnaea pervia. Choanomphalus japonicus. Melania libertina. Bithynia striatula. Planorbis (Gyraulus) biwa- Vivipara japonica. Cristaria plicata. ensis. Vivipara malleata Anodonta woodiana. Vivipara sclatert. Hyriopsis schlegeli. Cristaria spatiosa. Pletholophus reiniana. Anodonta calipygos. Valvata annandalet. Lanceolaria oxyrhyncha. Nodularia biwae. Nodularia japanensis. Nodularia reiniana. Nodularia hiraset. Corbicula viola. Nodularia parcedentata. Pseudodon loomisi. Sphaerium heterodon. Melania multigranosa. Melania niponica. Melana biwae. Valvata biwaensis. Lanceolana bilirata. Corbicula sandat. Pisidium casertanum. Of the species apparently endemic in the lake two hold a peculiar position on account of the genera to which they belong, viz.. Lithotis japonica and Choanompha- lus japonicus. ‘The shells are, however, in both cases very small and inconspicuous and the animals live concealed on the lower surface of stones, a position in which they may very well have escaped notice in other localities. This is also true of Planorbis (Gyvaulus) biwaensis. Valvata biwaensis and V. annandalei are only found in deeper water than has been investigated in any other Japanese lake. The only other Japanese species of Valvata as yet known (V. japonica, v. Martens) was des- cribed from a single specimen taken, presumably near the margin, in a still deeper lake, that of Hakoné, and the type had probably strayed from deep water. Rela- tives of these species are all from northern latitudes. The remaining six species endemic in Lake Biwa are all fairly large and conspicu- ous forms and, with the possible exception of Melania biwae, are abundant at suit- able spots in the lake. The three species of Melania are closely related and seem to represent a strictly localized group. Pilsbry' has pointed out that a form closely resembling M. multigranosa superficially (WM. reiniana var. hidachiensis, Pilsbry) has probably been derived from another section of the genus by parallel evolution in another part of the Main Island of Japan. Nodularia biwae and Corbicula viola are fairly distinct species, but N. retniana is closely related to an otherwise isolated form (N. /ivaset, Haas) the type of which was found in the same part of Japan but not ina lake. Haas expressed the opinion that N. veiniana was possibly no more than a lacustrine phase of N. hivaser, but the two occur in Lake Biwa and there is no very definite evidence at present that they affect different types of environment. 1 Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. WIV, p. 119, pl. 1x, fig. 2 (1902). 56 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. It is thus clear that there is a distinct endemic element among the Mollusca of Lake Biwa. The apparent strangeness given to this element by the occurrence of two such unexpected genera as Lithotis and Choanomphalus is probably more appar- ent than real, but it is worthy of notice, in reference to the former, that another peculiar genus hitherto regarded as exclusively Indian (Camptoceras') has also been found quite recently inJapan. If the anatomy of the Indian and Japanese forms should prove to be similar, the probability is, in both cases, that gone! species will be found sooner or later in many other parts of eastern Asia. The true Japanese molluscs found in Lake Biwa and its immediate vicinity are not in themselves by any means remarkable, but the distribution in Japan of the different forms is interesting in that it is by no means identical. Unfortunately the range of the Japanese fresh-water Mollusca has as yet been studied in most cases but incompletely. Nodularia hirasei, as has already been noted, is known only from the central part of the Main Island ; Limnaea japonica occurs on the islands of Hokkaido and Shikoku, while Melama libertina and Vivipara malleata are distributed over the greater part of the Japanese Empire, in the one case from Hokkaido, and in the other from the north of the Main Island, to Formosa. It is worth while to consider the distribution of the seven species found on the mainland of Asia in some detail, species by species. The distribution of Limnaea pervia is incompletely known. It was described from China and has been recorded from Tokyo on the Pacific coast of the Main Island of Japan Bithyma striatula appears to be mainly a southern species. It has been recorded from Cambodia and from several localities in central China. The Japanese race (var. japonica, Pilsbry) varies considerably in the very character that distinguishes it from the forma typica, v1z., in the development of the spiral ridges ; it is only known from the Main Island. Cristaria plicata is a very variable species, evidently sensitive to differences of environment ; it has been found in many localities on the mainland of north-eastern Asia including some as far north as the Amur, and also in Cambodia.’ Anodonta woodiana has on the whole a somewhat more southerly distribution, though it has been reported doubtfully from the Amur region; in a south-westerly direction its range extends as far as Siam. Lanceolaria bilivata seems to be a scarce form. It is only known from Cochin- China and Japan and is closely related to the endemic Japanese L. oxyrhyncha. It must be regarded as an essentially southern form, but its precise distribution in Japan is unknown and it has probably been confused with L. oxyrhyncha. Corbicula sandat has a somewhat similar range, but there is definite evidence that it does not occur north of lake Biwa, in which it is not at all common. 1 Preston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XVI, p. 160 (1916). My specimens, which apparently belong to an undescribed species, were obtained for me through the ind offices of Mr. Hirasé by Mr. S. Tetsuaki Kira, who informed me that the species was by no means uncommon at Kogamura in the Osaka district. I kept them alive for some weeks ; they were entirely aquatic in habits, remaining among water-weeds in an aquarium, + Preston, Kec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 280 (1912) Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 57 Pisidium casertanum is a very widely distributed Palaearctic species, extremely variable and therefore burdened with a vast synonomy. On the mainland of Asia it has only been found as yet in Lake Baikal. It may be regarded as distinctly northern in origin. Thus, if we consider these seven mainland species together with those that are endemic either in the basin of Lake Biwa or in Japan as a whole, we find strong evi- dence of the twolines of migration to which I have already referred more than once. Lanceolaria bilivata, Corbicula sandai and possibly Lithotis japonica and Bithynia striatula are southern forms, while Pisidiwm casertanum, the two species of Valvata— it should be noted that these three are deep-water molluscs in Lake Biwa—and pos- sibly Hyriopsis schlegeli and Choanomphalus represent an immigration from the north Part WI. BIOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION. In this section of my paper I propose to consider the distribution of the mol- luscan fauna of Lake Biwa into various life-zones. Before doing so, however, it will be necessary to give a few particulars as to the physical characters of the lake (see map on next page). For these particulars I am indebted largely to a little guide-book in English published by the authorities of the Shiga Prefecture. The geographical statements in the book are, I believe, founded largely on the investigations of the officers of the Prefectural meteorological and fishery stations at Hikoné, to whom I was also indebted for valuable verbal information. Much of this information is otherwise available only in Japanese. Lake Biwa has a superficial area of 269 square miles and a circumference of 144 miles. It is divided into two regions,—a southern region in which the water is shallow and choked with weeds, and a much larger northern region, the greater part of which has a depth of over 200 feet. In this latter region there are two deep depressions of considerable area in which depths of over 250 feet are recorded ; at the deepest point the depth is 320 Japanese feet (—97 metres). In the map on p. 58 the depths are shown in Japanese feet, according to the investigations of the Shiga meteorological and fishery bureaus. The bottom is for the most part muddy, especially near the centre of the lake, but at certain places there are beaches of coarse sand, which extend out into the water for a considerable distance from the shore. In the northern region there are one ot two small rocky islands and at several places, notably near Otsu at the south end of the lake, the margin is covered with small stones and broken pottery, derived mainly from old buildings and the like. The 136th parallel of eastern longitude runs through the lake, while the 35th of northern latitude passes a few miles to the south. The water of Lake Biwa is remarkably clear and free from sedimet. The mean summer temperature near the shore is 33°C. and out in the middle 30°C. In the greatest depths the temperature falls as low as 8°C. at that season. In winter the average temperature is 8°C. It has been calculated that 33 % of the waters of the Physical characters of Lake Biwa. es ae ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. witliz- Sy! SW) Ay z= Fic. 1.—Map of Lake Biwa, showing depths in feet. Scale, ca. 5 miles to the inch. (After maps issued by the Meteorological and Fishery Bureaus of the Shiga Prefecture). Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 59 lake have a summer temperature of over 20°C. On October Ist we found that the temperature of mud brought from 260 feet was 8°C., while that of the air was 22°C. It is thus manifest that the temperature of Lake Biwa varies greatly, as might be expected, with depth as well as with the seasons In a general survey of the Mollusca of Lake Biwa based on field knowledge two facts stand out prominent—firstly that the species which live among stones and rocks are different from those commonly found on a muddy or:sandy bottom, and secondly that certain species only occur in deep water. A more careful scrutiny reveals a third fact—that a few species, though they can hardly be-excluded from the lake-fauna, are not really lacus- trine but frequent pools, ditches, etc. at the edge of the lake. Except in the ease of the rupicolous forms, the lines are not drawn exactly ; shallow-water forms -stray occasionally into deep water and individuals of non-lacustrine species are some- times found in the lake. Nevertheless, the facts stated form a convenient basis for a biological classification of the fauna. At present this classification can be applied to the Mollusca only, but I have the strongest evidence that it will also be found applicable to the lake-fauna as a whole, when it has been completely worked out from a systematic point of view. Zones of life in the lake. The lists below are formed by classifying the Mollusca in accordance with this scheme, under the headings ‘‘ Rupicolous,’’ ‘“‘ Shallow-Water,’’ ‘‘ Deep-Water ’’ and “‘ Non-lacustrine.’ Among Rupicolous species are included those that adhere to small stones. Rupicolous. Shallow-Water. Deep- Water. Non-lacustrine. LITHOTIS JAPONICA. MELANIA MULTIGRANOSA. Melanta multigranosa. | LAIMNAEA JAPONICA. CHOANOMPHALUS JAPON- VIVIPARA SCLATERI. Vivipara sclatert. Melania libertina (typi- ICUS. Hyriopsis schlegelt. VALVATA BIWAENSIS. cal form). PLANORBIS BIWAENSIS Cristaria plocata. VALVATA ANNANDALEI. VIVIPARA JAPONICA. Melania libertina Cristaria spatiosa. Cristaria plicata. VIVIPARA MALLEATA. (dwarfed). Pletholophus reiniana. CORBICULA VIOLA SPHAERIUM HETERODON. MELANIA NIPONICA. Anodonta woodiana. (dwarfed). MELANIA BIWAE. Anodonta calipygos. PISIDIUM CASERTANUM. Bithynia striatula japoni- LANCEOLARIA BILIRATA, ca. LANCECLARIA OXYRHYN- CHA. NODULARIA JAPANENSIS. NODULARIA BIWAE. NODULARIA REINIANA. NoODULARIA HIRASEI. ? Nodularia parcedentata. ? Pseudodon loomist. Corbicula sandat. CoRBICULA VIOLA. In these lists the names of the species particularly characteristic of the different zones are printed in Roman capitals. 60 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. In European lakes the I0o-metre line has been accepted by limnologists as a convenient but conventional boundary between the shallow-water and the deep-water fauna, just as marine zoologists accepted the 100-fathom line. In Lake Biwa no spot is deeper than 320 feet' (about 97 metres) and no consider- able area much deeper than 75 metres, but in practice, though the boundary is not exact, we find that the upper bathymetric limits of the deep-water fauna lie somewhere very near 100 feet (=a little over 310 metres). Limits of ‘‘Deep” and “ Shal- low”’ water. RUPICOLOUS: FORMS: The shores of Lake Biwa are for the most part fat and either sandy or muddy, but towards the northern end of the lake, especially on islands such as Chikubushima, there are rocks that descend abruptly into the water to a depth of at least 20 feet, while both at the same localities and at the south end, the bottom at certain spots is covered close inshore with small stones. In most cases the small stones are of artificial origin, but they seem to have encouraged the assemblage of a somewhat characteristic fauna, consisting, so far as the molluscs are concerned, of small species of gastropods that find a secure hiding place on their lower surface. . Lithotts japonica, Choanomphalus japonicus (with its variety substriatulus) and Planorbis biwaensis are characteristic species of this fauna. Melania niponica and M. biwae do not seek concealment in the same way, but crawl openly on vertical as well as horizontal surfaces and appear to attain their maximum development only on large rocks. The shells of M. niponica found on stones at Otsu are small and much eroded, not exceeding 20 mm. in length and 9'5 mm. in maximum breadth, and their sculpturing is comparatively ill-developed. Shells of the same species found on small stones at Chikubushima are less eroded, but only a little larger and in other respects similar; it is only on the rocky shores of the island and a few similar spots in the northern part of the lake that large and well-developed shells are to be obtained (com- pare figs. 3A and 3B, pl. III). Such shells often reach a length of 32 mm. and a maximum breadth of 14 mm. Looking down through the clear water from a boat one sees enormous numbers of fine examples covering the rocks to a considerable ‘depth. It was only on the rocks at Chikubushima that I obtained specimens of M. biwae. No Lamellibranchiata have been found on rocks or stones in the lake. Melania libertina and Bithynia striatula japonica are not in quite the same bio- logical category as the species discussed above. They are found, the latter in very small numbers only, on stones at the edge near Otsu. The spect- mens of M. libertina are pale in colour and have distinct Species from the lower surface of small stones, .True rupicolous species. Doubtful species. | The difference is so slight (less than 1 metre in 50) that it does not matter whether we use English or Japanese feet. One Japanese foot (shakuw) equals 11°9305 inches. Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 61 reddish bands as in the type of M. retifera, Tryon. They were smaller than speci- mens from the hills on the western side of the lake and from ditches at Hikoné. The shells from Hikoné were much darker. The following are the measurements of large examples from the lake at Zézé, from a ditch at Sakamoto and from a ditch at Hikoné respectively. MELANIA LIBERTINA. Length. Maximum breadth. Condition. Zézé (Lake Biwa) .. eo - EO tats: 8 mm. Tip eroded. Hikoné (ditch) 2 poe) TREY. I2 mm. Tip slightly eroded. Sakamoto (ditch) .. 2. 30 Imm. 12°5 mm. Tip eroded. It is probable, therefore, that M. libertina is not, strictly speaking, a lacustrine species, for it does not attain its full development in the lake. The typical form of Bithynia striatula appears to be, at any rate in central China, a true lacustrine form; it is common in the Tai-Hu of the Kiangsu Province on stones near the margin. I am doubtful, however, whether the Japanese race has the same habits. It has been found at places where there are no large lakes, and my own specimens from Lake Biwa were taken in a kind of backwater. It is very prob- able, therefore, that it should be included among the non-lacustrine forms found close to Lake Biwa and occasionally straying into the lake. There is no evidence that the restricted bathymetric range of the rupicolous species of Lake Biwa is due in any way to depth of water, for the peculiar environ- ment that suits them happens to occur there at the margin or around islands, and any rocks that may have existed in the deeper depressions have long ago been buried in mud. Except where the shore is stony or rocky there are extremely few molluscs to be found in the water less than about ro feet deep. This may be due, partly at any tate, to the careful habits of Japanese fishermen, who do not permit even small animals that they consider edible to escape their notice. SHALLOW WATER FORMS. The nature of the bottom of Lake Biwa, even in comparatively shallow water, - differs considerably, as I have already indicated, in different parts of the lake. The southern region is for the most part muddy and produces so dense a growth of weeds that they are raked into large boats and spread out as manure on the fields. To- wards Seta in the south-east corner, however, considerable quantities of sand are mixed with the mud and the weeds are much less luxuriant. The eastern side of the lake is muddy, while beaches of very coarse sand extend along a great part of the western shore and outwards into water over 100 feet deep. Less variation in the Molluscan fauna is correlated with this variation in environ- ment than might be expected. Limnaea pervia, a scarce species, has only been found among weeds and Corbicula sandai on a bottom of muddy sand, on which C, viola is 62 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. much more abundant than elsewhere'; but, speaking generally, the two common Gastropod species (Vivipara sclatert and Melania multigranosa) are equally abundant whether the bottom be muddy, sandy, or of a mixed nature, whether weeds be pre- sent or absent, at all points between 10 and 100 feet deep. My knowledge of the distribution in the lake of the different species of Unionidae is less exact, for it is difficult in some cases to distinguish the different species and while in Japan I did not fully understand the specific or even the generic differences. It is, moreover, almost impossible to obtain specimens of molluscs that lie buried in mud at the base of a luxuriant growth of water-weeds. It will be well, therefore, to give here a statement as to the actual depths at which the different genera of Lamellibranchiata were dredged by Dr. Kawamura and myself in a living state. Unionidae of Lake Biwa. DEPTHS AT WHICH THE GENERA OF LAMELLIBRANCHIATA WERE DREDGED IN LAKE BIWA. Cristaria 2-3 fathoms ; 41 fathoms. Anodonta 4-7 fathoms; 2-3 fathoms ; 6-7 fathoms ; 5-17 fathoms. Lanceolaria 2-3 fathoms ; 34 fathoms: 5-17 fathoms. Nodularia 14-7 fathoms ; 2-3 fathoms ; 34 fathoms ; 6 fathoms ; 5-17 fathoms. Corbicula 2-3 fathoms; 3} fathoms; 6 fathoms; 6-7 fathoms; 5-17 fathoms, 93-17 fathoms; 17 fathoms ; 41 fathoms. | Pisidium 9-17 fathoms; 31-33 fathoms; 34 fathoms; 41 fathoms; 43 fathoms ; 53 fathoms. In several instances these figures are a little unsatisfactory owing to the sudden slope of the bottom near the shore. This makes it impossible, without apparatus I did not possess, to fix the exact depth at which a specimen was actually taken into the net. It may be stated that all the stations at which depths above and below 100 feet were recorded in the course of a single haul of the net were close inshore, while all those at which the greatest depth recorded exceeded 100 feet were in the middle of the lake. The bottom is always sandy where it descends abruptly. I did not take, or at any rate bring away, specimens of Hyriopsis or Pseudodon, but the former genus is represented in the late Dr. John Anderson’s collection from Lake Biwa by a fine series of shells of H. schlegeli. If my figures in reference to the six genera of Lamellibranchiata be analysed, it becomes quite clear that from a bathymetric point of view Pisidium falls into a different category from the others and cannot be dealt with under the heading ‘‘ Shallow-water Forms,’’ while Cristaria must be considered both as a shallow-water and a deep-water genus. This is not due to a difference in the habits of different species, for young specimens of C. plicata were taken in small numbers from both the depths recorded. My figures also provide definite evidence that the Det range of Corbicula Lamellibranchiata of shallow water. ! One of the most important fisheries for this species is situated near Seta, the Gienice of which enjoy great reputation among Japanese epicures. Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 63 extends in Lake Biwa from between 2 and 3 to 41 fathoms. As will be shown later, shells from the greatest depth are dwarfed and the genus is not common at most places below 100 feet. I obtained no evidence that Anodonta, Lanceolaria, and Nodularia went deeper than about 6 fathoms. These results, imperfect as they are, may be compared with those obtained by the Japanese fishery experts, with which, in most respects, they are in general agree- ment. In the map published in the pamphlet to which I have alluded at the begin- ning of this paper, Corbicula is not shown as occurring at depths much greater than 30fathoms. But the map was prepared largely from a commercial point of view, and from the fact that the authors were apparently unacquainted with the existence of Pisidium and Valvata in the lake it would seem that they did not explore the greater depths. They show Cvistaria as descending to about 30 fathoms, while Nodularia and Lanceolaria, which they did not distinguish one from the other, are represented as most abundant between 6 and Io fathoms. Hyriopsis is recorded by them from comparatively few localities on the east side of the lake, between 6 and 10 fathoms and in quite shallow water. There is no evidence available as to the bathymetric range of Pseudodon in the lake. ‘The single species that occurs (P. loomist) is prob- ably scarce. Taking the Japanese records, which are based on long-continued local investiga- tions, into consideration with my own results, the following facts become evident as to the shallow-water species, 7.¢., those found in depths less than Ioo feet. The majority of the Mollusca found in Lake Biwa occur between 2 and 17 fathoms. From this zone no less than 16 species and g genera have been definitely recorded. The majority of the species (11) belong to the family Unionidae, of which no less than 6 genera are included. With the exception of Cristaria plicata, all the species of this family are apparently true shallow-water forms not occurring below 100 ’ feet. | Although the Unionidae thus predominate so far as number of species is con- cerned, it is probable that the majority of individual molluscs present in the lake belong to the three species Melania multigranosa, Vivipara sclatert and Corbicula viola. None of these species are strictly confined to water shallower than 100 feet. Their precise bathymetric range will, therefore, be considered with that of the deep-water forms. Corbicula sandai has been taken only in shallow water, but it is apparently very scarce in Lake Biwa. ‘The precise distribution of the different species of Unionidae must be left for local obser- vers to elucidate. Predominant species. DEEP-WATER FORMS. In some respects the deep-water fauna of Lake Biwa is more interesting than that of any other zone, for few particulars are available in reference to deep-water forms from other lakes in Asia. I may say now, that when the complete results of my in- vestigations in the Japanese lake are published they will prove that the Mollusca are by no means the only groups in which distinct deep-water forms occur, for this is also 64 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. the case with the Turbellaria,' the Hirudinea, the Amphipoda, the Isopoda and _ pos- sibly the Oligochaeta. On the opposite page particulars are given of my collecting stations in the lake at which Mollusca were obtained from depths greater than roo feet. Of the seven species dredged at these deep-water stations, three (_Vivipara sclatert, Melania multigranosa and Corbicula viola) are abundant in shallow water. The two Gastropods become gradually scarcer as depths over 100 feet are reached, but occur occasionally even at depths of over 250 feet. They make their way most readily into deep water from the abruptly shelving sandy beaches on the western side of the lake. Shells of these species from deep water are not at all dwarfed ; indeed two specimens of M. multigranosa from 36 fathoms, though much eroded, were the stoutest examples taken on my tour. Shells of Corbicula viola from between 100 and 200 feet do not differ materially from those that live between 10 and roo feet, though perhaps they never attain quite so large a size. Specimens, however, from 260 ft. (Sta.8) were not only very small but also more symmetrical and more inflated than normal shells (pl. III, fig. 11). I have given my reasons on p. 52 for regarding these shells as dwarfed and not merely young. Cristaria plicata is not nearly so abundant a species as V. sclatert, M. multigra- nosa and Corbicula viola, but resembles them in being able to live over a wide bathy- metric range. Only a few young individuals were taken in deep water (250 feet). The true deep-water Mollusca of Lake Biwa aré thus reduced to three species, Valvata biwaensis, V. annandalei and Pisidium casertanum. No one of these species probably occurs at depths less or much less than 100 feet = a little over 30 metres = nearly 17 fathoms. From about this point their bathymetric range extends to 320 feet = 97 metres = a little over 53 fathoms, the greatest depth of the lake. They are common at all intermediate depths, but V. annandalei is as a rule less abundant - than the other two. In their small size, in the thinness of the shells and in the pale colour of both shells and soft parts they are characteristic deep-water forms. The two species of Valvata are closely related to one another and are apparently identical in habits. In the shape of the shell V. annandalei is not unlike the common European V. piscinalis (O. F. Miiller), which according to Thiele’ lives in shallow, still or slow-running water on a muddy bottom. The closest ally of the two Biwa species is probably, however, V. (Cincinna) korotneyi, Lindholm,* which was found by Korotneff in Lake Baikal on mud among weeds in only one fathom of water. This species seems to resemble V. annan- dale: in sculpturing and V. biwaensis in shell-form, but is larger and darker than either. Neither species from the Japanese lake is related to those found in deep water either in Lake Baikal or in Europe. The only other representative of the genus as yet known from Japan was described from a single specimen from Hakoné Lake, Species found in both shallow and deep water. Japanese species of Valvata. ! See Ijima and Kaburaki, Annot. Zool. Japon. IX, p. 157 (1916). 2 Thiele in Brauer’s Susswasserfauna Deutsch. XIX (Mollusca), p. 29. fig. 66 (1909). 8 Korotneff’s Wiss. Ergebn. Zool. Exp. Baikal-See LV (Mollusken), p. 73, pl. i, figs. 63-65 (1909). Mollusca of Lake Biwa. ‘(WOOD [[e) wnuvjsasvo unaprstg ‘sisuavaig * A ‘ajvpuvuun vvAID A *(paseurep MoJ) 701A vyNIIQ4OD + (JURpUNqe ATITey Ile) 2a7ppuvuun * 4 pure sisuavarrg vjvAIV A ‘PSOUDASYINU DIUYIaY ‘tdazvjIIS vAvdgIALA (1) mnuny -saspo wnipisig ‘(*Ant z) yasaqyos sasdoud yy “(Moy &) MNUD)AISVI WNIpISig £ (uOUTUTOS Y4Oq) 2za7vpuvuUY * A PUB Sis -uavang vwaJY A ‘(Z) VSOUvABIVINN KINDA J *(MOTAMMOD [[e) MNUYJAaSvI WNLpIs . fo -1q pue wpppuvuun * A ‘sisuavmag vyvaV A ‘(juepunqe Y}0q) 1ayvpuvuun * A PUL SisuavMnIg vIvAIY A ‘TewI0U vjNI1G405 ‘(quepungqe [[e) vjo1 vjna1q40 ‘soskdavo pyuopoup “dds visvjovouvT pue visvjnp -ON ‘1daqvj9s vavdinriy “vuysoqu viIuvja yy ‘(quepunqe |e) wnuvpsasva mnipis “tq ‘01010 VINIIQAOy “vajvpuvuuY vIvAID A ‘DSOUvASYINUL DIUYIayY “l4aqvjIS vavd101 A “BOSNT[OTW. “emorysnq | | ‘pnw ouny “goog ozS | -nyIYD Jo "y “Ss yoxood ysadaaq | ‘S1-x-€ Lr “81S TRas ‘(a4P] Jo appr) JO SjusuIsvry yp pny | ‘JO2J OQe | SYOOY YAY JO “M ‘S of |} | *Cx-xX-1 "9 B19 ‘pnur ouny ‘qoay 0Sz ns}eumoy YO | “S1-x-1 Gre SEC ‘JOUILAJS WIOI] SIop | -UID YIM pnurt Adis sul, ‘poof VOT | -vuTYSNqnyAIyD jo-"M 'N ‘eSsnS yo | “S1-x-z el ae “emYsngrary) pue ‘pnurt fais oun | ‘yaat OOZ—OOI | “yY ouTY Jo ‘WI UaaMyaq doueAsIp £ | “CI-x-z "er. “BIG ec! -qod aug YyIM poxrur pny “yaa OVI “nsjyeuloy YO | “SI-x-1 "Or 26 ‘JaAeIS pue pues sun] ‘Jooy VOL nsjewmoy JO | ‘SiI-x-1 “Vy dea9 mil) mores pue of usamjeq speo/\ ‘pnt ouy our Ayyenpeis “AV Suissed ‘s[Jays YM pues | -yaoz FoI—gS BINGO Jo ysvOD “AA ‘aLOYS UT aso[D | ‘“SI-x-z "CI “BIg *u10}0g ‘yydeq. “UOT}ISOg ‘ayeqd ‘ON uOLyeIg 66 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. which is even deeper than ake Biwa. No particulars are available as to the depth at which it lives, but even if it were taken at the edge, as is most probable, it may have strayed from deep water; it appears to have been captured alive. In Lake Biwa I found a single dead shell of Valvata biwaensis embedded in a sponge growing within a few yards off the shore. V. japonica is stated by von Martens! (who des- cribed it in 1877) to be’ intermediate between the European V. naticina and the North American V. sincera; it is probably related closely to the Biwa forms. The Japanese representatives of this genus may thus be regarded as forms of northern origin. A few species of Valvata may possibly make their way into the tropical parts of Asia, but the only form recorded (with a query as to the genus) from India south of the Himalayas (Valvata? microscopica, Nevill)* belongs to the marine family Cyclostrematidae.* The genus, indeed, is perhaps exclusively Holarctic. The Pisidium found in deep water in Lake Biwa belongs, as is stated above, to the Palaearctic species P. casertanum (Poli). Both shallow-water and comparatively deep-water forms from Lake Baikal are relegated to the synonomy of P. casertanum by Woodward, namely P. maculatum and P. trigonoides, Dybowski* (from 20 to 60 metres) and P. dubium, Lindholm * (from 6 to 8 metres). To judge from the published figures of these forms, Biwa shells resemble P. dubium very closely in lateral outline, but are a little smaller and slightly more compressed; they are more elongate and have the umbones less prominent than either of Dybowski’s “‘species,’’ which, though he places them in different subgenera, are perhaps mere growth-stages of a single phase. European specimens of P. casertanum are usually larger than my Japanese shells, but, even in the lacustrine phase, exhibit great variation both in size and shape. Among the 23 nominal species of Pistdium listed by Zschokke ® as occurring in the lakes of central Europe in water of 30 metres or over, only one (P. ztalicum, Clessin) is included in the synonomy of P. caser- tanum by Woodward, who regards most of the deep-water forms of the genus as of doubtful status but suggests that many are probably forms of P. pusillum (Gmelin). Moreover, it is doubtful whether the P. :talicum from deep water (Lago Maggiore in northern Italy; 80 m.) is absolutely identical with the shallow-water form to which that name has been applied. Zschokke, following Clessin and Forel, classifies two of the twenty-three deep-water species as ‘“Abkommlinge von Pisidium ttalicum”’ (namely P. /uganense and P. locarnense), and six as allied to P. fossarinum, which ac- cording to Woodward is synonymous at any rate in part with P. casertanum. It would be a mere waste of time to attempt to discuss the minute and often inconstant differences between all these forms. Indeed, it is sufficient for the present to say that Japanese deep-water shells of P. casertanum agree in their small size and elong- Deep-water formsof Pisidium, | von Martens, Sb. Ges. nat. Freunde, p. 116 (1877). 2 Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. I, p. 17 (1884). 6 Annandale and Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 347, fig. 3 (1916). + See Kobelt in Rossmassler’s Icon. Land-und Siisswasser-Moll. (new ed.) X, pp. 32, 33, pl. cclxxix, fig. 1807; pl. cclxxxi, fig. 1809 (1903). 5 In Korotnefi’s Wiss. Ergebn. Zool. Exp. Baikal-See TV (Mollusken), p. 83, pl. ii, figs. 45, 46 (1909). 8 Zschokke, Die Tiefsee Fauna d. See Mitteleuropas, p. 157 (Leipzig, 1911). Mollusca of Take Biwa. 67 ate form with those of allied types from deep water in Europe, of which Zschokke (op. cit., p. 162) writes as follows :— “‘Die Tiefenpisidien erscheinen somit als kleine, schwache, unscheinbare Kum- merformen. Mit innen stimmen im allgemeiren Habitus, besonders in der ger- ingen Grobe, der Zerbrechlichkeit der Schale und in der relativ zur Lange sich dehnenden Korperbreite die Gastropoden der profunden Region uberein.’’ There is one point, however, in which the Pisidiuwm of Lake Biwa differs from its Swiss deep-water congeners', namely in its comparatively small umbones. Forms from 20 to 60 metres in Lake Baikal agree with the Swiss forms in this respect, though some at least of the shallow-water forms resemble the Japanese one. If these are the characteristics associated with life in deep water in the case of a naturally thin and small-shelled genus such as Pisidiwm it does not follow necessarily that they would be developed also in shells of a more robust type. Indeed, so far as our scanty evidence goes, it seems that in Corbicula, of which I obtained (v. p. 52 ante) a few dwarfed, shortened, inflated and highly-coloured specimens in 260 feet (together with normal or approxi- mately normal shells of Viviparva and Melania) in Lake Biwa, very different results follow. This is evidently not due to an inability on the part of Corbicula to produce thin-shelled and colourless forms, for in the Whang- poo River below Shanghai, at a depth of between 6'5 and 7°5 metres, just such a form as might be expected on the analogy of Pisidium in deep water occurs not un- commonly. ‘This is evidently Prime’s Corbicula tenuistriata, which was described from an unknown locality, but neither his description” nor Reeve’s figure’ does full justice to its very un-Corbicula-like appearance, with its small, pallid, thin, subtri- agonal shell, which to the naked eye possesses the most delicate transverse concentric striae instead of the usual ridges. The species is, nevertheless, a true Corbicula, for Dr. Ekendranath Ghosh, who has been kind enough to examine my specimens anato- mically, informs me that he can find practically no difference between the soft parts and those of the thick-shelled, highly-coloured C. largillierti common in still water in the same part of China. The peculiarities of C. tenuistriata, though they are similar in many points to those of deep-water forms of Pisidium, ate clearly not due to life in deep water, but are perhaps correlated with life in very stiff mud lying in a strong current beneath very muddy and therefore opaque water; possibly also with a scanty food-supply. It is hard to say what precise factors in deep-water existence —cold, darkness, lack of food, insufficient oxygen, water-pressure, etc.—exert a direct or indirect influence in producing special characters, and it is evident that different factors may have greater effect in some forms of Mollusca than in others. The deep-water molluscan fauna of Lake Biwa may now be compared with that — of other lakes in Europe and Asia. Peculiarities of Corbicula tenutstriata. 1 See Clessin, Bull Soc. Vaudoise Nat. Sci. XIV, p. 240, pl. iii (1877). 2 Pyoc. Zool. Soc. London 1860, p. 322. 3 Conch. Icon. XX (Cyrena), pl. xv, fig. 80 (1878). 68 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR HAST. The deep-water fauna of the lakes of Switzerland and the surrounding countries, thanks largely in the first instance to the work of Forel, is well known; it has been discussed recently in great detail by Zschokke in his book Die Tiefsee Fauna der Seen Mitteleuropas, eine geographisch-faun- istische Studie (Leipzig, 1911), from which the following facts Deep-water Mollusca of European fakes. are taken. Twelve ‘‘species’’ of Gastropoda and twenty-three of Lamellibranchiata have been recorded from depths of 20 metres and over, all the gastropods and the majority of the bivalves coming from at least 50 metres. The lakes are deeper than IL. Biwa and representatives of both groups occur as deep as or deeper than 260 metres. The Gastropoda belong, with two exceptions, to genera also found in the Japan- ese lake. The exceptions are Pyrgula and Neritella: the common genera are Lim- naea, Bithynia, Vivipara and Valvata. Most of these are represented in deep water by single species, but there are three deep-water forms of Limnaea and five of Valvata. How far all these forms are to be regarded as distinct species is very doubtful. The three forms of Limnaea occur between 50 and 260 metres, the single Vivipara at 60 metres and the five forms of Valvata between 60 and 200 metres; the Bithynia is found at 60 metres. Most of the ‘‘ species” are restricted to deep water. In Asiatic lakes generally, so far as my experience goes, species of Limnaea are rarely true lacustrine forms, though they often occur in abundance in pools, ditches and backwaters; while Bithynia is found only at the margin among stones. The absence of these two genera from the deep-water fauna of Lake Biwa depends, there- fore, in all probability on factors other than bathymetric. It is noteworthy that the only gastropods that occur in that lake below 40 fathoms are either intrusive forms from shallow water, which are apparently not affected so far as size is con- cerned, or else belong to Valvata, the genus perhaps best represented in the European deep-water lacustrine fauna. Though the deep-water species from the two conti- nents are not closely related, the peculiarities of the shells are the same. Turning to the Lamellibranchiata of deep water in European lakes, the only genus represented (except for possible stray immigrations of individual Unionidae) is Pisidium, of which, as has already been pointed out, no less than 23 so-called species have been recorded from depths between 20 and 300 metres In dealing with P. casertanum I have said about these all that need be said. Of course all the deep-water Mollusca of central Europe have not been found in any one lake, and further investigations in other Japanese lakes, among which Lake Biwa ranks only fifth in point of depth, are necessary before a proper comparison can be made. It can, however, already be claimed that, allowing for differences in the fauna of two regions so remote from one another, the deep-water lacustrine Mol- ‘lusca of the temperate Far East do not appear to differ materially in general charac- ters from those of the lakes of central Europe, and that at any rate some of the genera represented in deep water in the latter region are also represented at similar depths in Japan. So far as Japan is concerned, there is also evidence Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 69 that the true deep-water forms are of northern origin, but that even warm-water genera such as Corbicula and Melimia can occasionally survive at considerable depths. Very few molluscs have been described from depths as great as or greater than 20 metres in Asiatic lakes, but particulars are available in at least two instances in the Palaearctic part of that continent. These are Lake Baikal in northern Siberia and the Lake of Tiberias in Palestine. Practically no information has been published about the deep-water shells of the lakes of the Oriental Region. The vast area of Lake Baikal, the cold climate in which it is situated and other geographical factors produce conditions very different to those found in a comparatively small and relatively warm lake such as Lake Biwa, but it is interesting to compare the faunas, because both belong, generally speaking, to the eastern part of the Palaearctic Region, Lindholm’s monograph of the Mollusca of Lake Baikal provides abundant material for comparison. In his list of species he includes the Deep-water fauna of Lake : Baikal. names of 89, of which 53 (59°5°/,) have been recorded from 30 metres or over, but of these only 5 (about 5°6°/.) appear to be true deep-water forms, occurring only in water over 100 feet deep. In Lake Biwa the corresponding percentages are 21°2°/, and 9°/,, non-lacustrine species being included in both cases. The warm-water genera Corbicula and Melania are not found in the Siberian lake, in which three endemic genera (Batkalia, Benedictia and Kobeltococklea) occur. eS The Baikal deep-water species are :— Choanomphalus westerlundianus (36 m.) Batkalia flort (96 m.:) B. subcylindnica (53 m.) B. tenuicosta (53 m.) B. wrzesmowskw (50-53 m.) Thus, only one species belongs to a genus represented in the Biwa fauna. More- over, the only species of this genus known in the Japanese lake is found in shallow water close to the margin. It is noteworthy, however, that it attaches itself to small stones, which in Lake Biwa are only present near the shore, and that the deep-water Siberian form was also found among stones. The lake of Tiberias, which lies in latitudes approximately the same as those in which Lake Biwa is situated, but on the other side of Asia, is in some respects more strictly comparable with the Japan- ese lake than Lake Baikal. It is a comparatively warm lake and lies in hilly country, but whereas Lake Biwa is a little over 300 feet above sea- level, the Lake of Tiberias is more than 600 feet below sea-level, A more important difference lies in the fact that the water of the Lake of Tiberias is distinctly brackish and has a peculiar effect on Molluscan shells that apparently renders it impossible for thin-shelled species to survive. Moreover, the Lake of Tiberias is only about 14 miles long and probably at no point more than about 50 metres deep. Its fauna has been Mollusca of the Lake of Tiberias. 70 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. discussed by Theodore Barrois' and by myself*, and so far as the Mollusca are con- cerned our results are in general agreement. The total number of nominal species of Mollusca recorded from the lake is 42— 20 Gastropods, belonging to g genera, and 22 Lamellibranchiata, belonging to 2 genera. The Lamellibranchiata are Umio (s.s.) and Corbicula: the Gastropoda are Limnaea, Physa, Melania, Melanopsis, Pyrgula, Bithymia, Bithinella, Valvata and Neritina (=Theodoxus). The synonomy of the western Asiatic species of Umo is in a most chaotic condi- tion and no less than 17 have been recorded from the Lake of Tiberias, but it is very probable that half of the names are mere synonyms. ‘This is also the case to a less extent with Corbicula, of which 5 have been recorded from the lake. No species of Mollusca has been found in the Lake of Tiberias at depths greater than about 40 metres. Species of Unio are abundant between 10 and 20 metres, less abundant between 20 and 30 metres and scarce at 40. Melania tuberculata has a similar bathymetric range, while the Hydrobiid Pyrgula barroisi has only been taken in a living condition in 25 metres. Only dead shells of the last are found in shallow. water. Strictly speaking, therefore. there appears to be no true deep-water Molluscan fauna in the Lake of Tiberias, a fact that may be due to the chemical peculiarities of the water. Pyrgula barroisi is the only form not found living at spots shallower than 20 metres. From these brief statements it is clear that no lacustrine Molluscan fauna of pre- cisely the same nature as that of Lake Biwa has as yet been fully discussed from any part of Asia; information about the deep-water Mollusca of the lakes of Celebes and Yunnan, where the shallow-water species are fairly well known, would be of the greatest possible interest. In Celebes* particularly most peculiar forms are known among the latter species in lakes that are very deep in places. NON-LACUSTRINE FORMS. I have already given my reasons for classifying certain species of aquatic Mollusca common immediately round Lake Biwa as non-lacustrine and for including Melania libertina in this category. It is of course very probable that all or any of these spe- cies may stray into the lake in floods or at points where backwaters are formed, but, except M. libertina, they do not commonly enter the main body of water. It is im- possible that this is also the case with one or more species of thin-shelled Unionidae that I have included among the shallow-water lacustrine forms. Anodonta, and pos- sibly also Pletholophus, is certainly most abundant at places such as Seta or Komatsu where the lake begins to change into a river or is connected with small pools and backwaters. In ditches at Hikoné only indirectly joined to the lake a species of Ano- | Rév. Biol. Nord France V1, pp. 224-312 (1894). 2 Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (n.s.), XI, pp. 437-476 (1916). 3 See P. and F. Sarasin’s Siisswass.-Moll. Celebes (Wiesbaden: 1898). Mollusca of Lake Biwa. 71 donta is very abundant, but I did not bring away specimens and am not sure that it was not artificially introduced to serve as food for fishes at the fishery station. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. SUMMARY. Twenty-nine species of true aquatic Mollusca are known to live in Lake Biwa, while four others are common in ditches and small pools in the immediate vicinity. The lacustrine species include twelve Gastropoda and seventeen Lamellibranchiata; the non-lacustrine species, three of the former group and at least one of the latter. Of the lacustrine species, eleven (about 38%) are known only from the lake, and eleven others only from Japan; while the remainder (about 24%) occur also on the mainland of Asia. Fighteen (about 12%) of the lacustrine species are found on a muddy or sandy bottom in water less than 100 feet deep, but at least.three of these species also stray into deeper water. Seven species (about 24°%/,) are only found on stones or rocks near the margin. Seven species occur on a muddy bottom in water between too and 320 feet deep, but only three of these (less than 11% of the lacustrine fauna) are true deep-water forms abundant in depths over 260 feet. CONCLUSIONS. Lake Biwa, as might be expected from its geographical position and from what is known of the fauna of Japan generally, seems to be, so far as the Mollusca are concerned, the meeting place of two lines of migration, one from the north, the other from the south. The genera Choanomphalus, Valva'a and Pisidium are essen- tially northern genera, while such species as Nodularia bilirata and Corbicula sandai are southern forms, not known north of the lake. The rupicolous species, including those that adhere to stones, seem mostly to be endemic, but the peculiar stone-loving forms are small, inconspicuous and of furtive habits and may, therefore, have escaped notice elsewhere. Three of the other eighteen shallow-water species are also endemic, and two of the three true deep-water species; but there are no endemic genera —unless the rupi- colous Lithotis japonica should ultimately be proved generically distinct from the Indian species. The true deep-water forms belong to the genera Valvata and Pisidium and are of northern origin. They agree with European deep-water species of the same genera in their small size, pale colouration and fragility of shell, but the Prszdiwm differs from its deep-water allies of both Europe and Siberia in having the umbones small and by no means prominent. The few shells of Corbicula taken in water over 250 feet deep were small, but short, inflated and relatively thick, though a species of the genus (C. tenuzstriata, Prime) that has most of the peculiarities of the deep-water forms of Prszdium ts found in fairly shallow but very muddy water in the Whangpoo River near Shanghai. No very exact comparison is yet possible between the deep-water Mollusca of Japanese lakes and those of the lakes of Europe and of the mainland of Asia, but, in Lake Biwa at any rate, deep-water forms of the two genera (Valvata and Pisidium) 72 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. perhaps predominant in the deep-water lacustrine fauna of Europe, are very abundant in individuals. Though their superficial peculiarities are in most points the same as those of deep-water European forms, the species seem to be related taxonomically rather to shallow-water Siberian forms. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Annandale, N. .. ‘©The Distribution and Origin of the Fauna of the Jordan System with special reference to that of the Lake of Tiberias.’’— Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (n.s.) XI, pp. 437- 476 (1916). Annandale, N., and Kemp, S. .. ‘**Fauna of the Chilka Lake: Mollusca Gastropoda and Lamellibranchiata.’—Mem. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 229-366 (1916). Barrois, T. .. ‘*Contribution a l’etude de quelques lacs de Syrie.’”’—Rév. biol. Nord France V1, pp. 224-312 (1894). Blanford, W. T. .. “* Description of Cremnobates syhadrensis and Lithotis rupt- cola, two new generic forms of Mollusca inhabiting Cliffs in the Western Ghats of India.’’—-Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) XII, pp. 184-187 (1863). Boettger, O. .. “‘Zur Kenntniss der Melanien Chinas und Japans.’’—/b. d. Malak. Ges. XIII, pp. 1-16 (1886). Brot, Age: .. ‘““Die Melaniacen (Melanidae).’’—Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (ed. Kuster) I, abth. xxiv (1874). Se ms .. ‘“Materiaux pour servir a l’etude de la faune profunde du lac Leman. XV—Mollusques.’’—Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sct. . Nat. XIII, pp. rog-114 (1874). | Clessin, S. .. ‘*Die Familie der Limnaeidaeiden enthaltend die Genera Planorbis, Limnaeus, Physa und Amphipeplea.’’—Chem- nitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (ed. Kuster) I, abth. xvii (1886). s .. ‘‘Les Pisidiums de la faune profunde des lacs Suisses.’’— Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. XIV, pp. 240-243 (1877). Fischer, H., and Dautzenberg, Ph... ‘‘ Catalogue des mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de 1’ Indo- Chine orientale.’’—Miss. Pavie Indo-Chine, études diver- ses, III, pp. 390-450 (1904). Forel, F. A. .. “‘ Materiaux pour serviral’etude de la faune profonde du lac Léman.’’—Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. vols. XIII-XVI (1874-1879). Gude, G. K. .. ‘*Mollusca.-II. Trochomorphidae-Janellidae.’’—Faun Brit. ; Ind. (London: 1914). Haas, F... freude. R. P.° +”) Iwakawa, T. Kobelt, W. Lindholm, W. A. Martens, E. von Mollendorff, O. F. von Murray, James Nevill, G. Pilsbry, H. A. Pilsbry, H. A., and Hirase, Y. Mollusca of Lake Biwa. aS ‘““Neue ostasiatische Najaden.’’—Nachrhl. d. Malak Zool. Ges. IQII, pp. 43-47. “‘Die Unioniden.’’—Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (new edi- tion) IX, abth. ii, pt. 2 (1911 — ; incomplete). ““ Conchyliologie fluviatile de la province de Nanking et de la Chine Centrale, pts. 1-10 (1875-85). “Mollusques d’EKau Douce.’’-—Mem. Hist. Nat. VEmp Chin. I, pp. 162-179 (1880-1890). ‘Notes on the Paludina species of Japan.’’—Annot. Zool. Japon. I, pp. 83-92 (1897). “Fauna Japonica extramarina.’’—Abh. Senckenber. Nat. Ges. XI, pp. 284-455 (1879). “Die Gattung Paludina, Yam. (Vivipara, Montfort).’’— Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (ed. Kuster) I, abth. xxi, pt. 2 (1909). ‘* Die Mollusken des Baikal-Sees (Gastropoda et Pelecypoda).’’ —-Korotneff, Wiss. Ergebn. Zool. Exp. Batkal-See IV (1909). ‘‘Bemerkungen zu vorstehender Arbeit.’’—-Jb. d. Malak. Ges. IT, pp. 126-136 (1875). ‘“‘ Uebersicht uber die von den Herren Dr. Fr. Hilgendorf und Dr. W. Donitz in Japan.’’—Sb. Ges. Nat. Freunde 1877, PP. 97-123. ‘‘Notes on Japanese Land and Freshwater Molluscs.’’— Journ. As. Soc. Bengal LIV (2), pp. 59-68 (1885). ‘Biology of the Scottish Locks.’’—John Murray and IL, Pullar, Bathymetrical Survey of the Scottish Freshwater Locks, I (Edinburgh : IgIo). “« Hand List of the Mollusca in the Indian Museum, Calcutta,”’ pt. I, Gastropoda (1878): pt. II (1884); fasc. E (1877). “New Japanese Marine, Land and Freshwater Mollusca.’’-- Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. LIII, pp. 385-423 (190). ‘“ Revision of Japanese Viviparidae, with notes on Melania and Bithynia.’’—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. LIV, pp. I1I5-121 (1902). ‘“On Japanese species of Corbicula.’’-—Annot. Zool. Japon. VI, pp. 153-160 (1907). ‘“‘ Catalogue of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Taiwan (Formosa), with descriptions of new species.’’ —Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pil. I,VII, pp. 720-752 (1905). 74 Pilsbry, H. A., and Hirasé, Y. Preston, H. B. Prime, T. Reeve. Ae Sarasin, P. and F. Simpson; Col: Thiele, Joh. Woodward, B. B. Zschokke, F. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. ‘““New Land and Freshwater Mollusca of the Japanese Em- pire.’’—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. LX, pp. 31-36 (1908). ‘A Catalogue of the Asiatic Naiades of the Indian Mu- seum.’’—Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, pp. 289-308, pl. viii (1912). ‘“Mollusca (Freshwater Gastropoda and Pelecypoda).’’— Faun. Brit. Ind. (loudon : 1915). ‘Descriptions of new Freshwater Shells from Japan.’’— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XVII, pp. 159-163 (1916). ‘“ Descriptions of new shells from the collection of Hugh Cum- ing, Esq.’’—Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1860, pp. 319-322. ‘“Conch. Icon.’’ XX (Cyrena), pl: xv, fig. 80 (1878). “ Die Susswasser-M ollusken von Celebes.”’ (Wiesbaden : 1898) ‘“ Synopsis of the Naiades, or Pearly Freshwater Mussels.’’ — Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXII, pp. 516-935 (1900). ‘* Mollusca, Weichtiere.’’—Brauer, Stisswasserfauna Deutsch- land XIX, pp. I-46 (1909). ‘« Catalogue of the British Species of Pisidium in the collection of the British Museum.’ (london: 1913). ‘Die Tiefseefauna der Seen Mitteleuropas : eine geographische- fauntstische Studie.’ (Leipzig: 1911). EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. SHELLS OF LAKE BIWA. Lithotis japonica, Preston. Fic. 1.—Shell of the type-specimen photographed from above, x 4. From Chikubushima, I. Biwa. Melania multigranosa, Boettger. 2.—Shells from L. Biwa. A—C. Normal shells from shallow water. D. Large, much eroded shell from a depth of 250 feet. FE. Dwarfed shell taken on a sandy bottom with much weed in the Oki- no-shima channel at a depth of between 12 and 20 feet. Melania niponica, Smith. 3.—Shells from L. Biwa. A. Normal shell from near Otsu. B. Shell of large, heavily sculptured type from Chikubushima. Melania biwae, Kobelt. 4.—Shell from Chikubushima. < Valvata biwaensis, Preston. 5.—Shell of type-specimen from deeper parts of L. Biwa, x 4. Valvata annandalei, Preston. 6.--Shell of type-specimen from deeper parts of L. Biwa, x 4. x’) Cristaria plicata (Leach). Fics. 7, 8.—Young shells from L. Biwa. The shell shown in fig. 7 is unfortunately cracked. Anodonta woodiana (Lea). ga, 9b.—Right valve of specimen from Seta, L. Biwa. Corbicula viola, Pilsbry. Fic. 10.—Typical shells from comparatively shallow water. 3 A. Full-grown shell. B. Half-grown shell. 1r.—Dwarfed shell taken in the northern part of the lake at a depth of over 260 feet. Corbicula sandai, Reinhardt. 12.—Small shell from the Oki-no-shima channel. Sphaerium heterodon, Pilsbry. 13.—Shell from a ditch at Hikoné, x 2. Pisidium casertanum (Poli). 14.—Shell of the form /acustris from the deeper parts of L. Biwa. Except when it is otherwise stated, the specimens have been photographed of the natural size. In the case of specimens of Melania chalk was rubbed on the surface before the shell was photographed, in order to show up the sculpturing. Mem. AS. Soc. BENG. VoL.VI. 1916. 9a Photo. by D. Bagch 4 e (CAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. AQUATIC HEMIPTERA FROM THE TALS SAP IN PENINSULAR SIAM. By Co A. PAIWA: ie CONTENTS. Page Introduction St, or bs os ss; a TEs Family Hydrometridae Microvelia (Kirkaldya) sexualis, sp.nov. .. | = ag ah fF Halobates sexualis, Dist. ve a a Fe ie 79 Family Nepidae ‘ Laccotrephes ruber (Linn.) 8 oe bss %. its 80 Laccotrephes griseus (Guer.) Re a pes ons iy 80. Ranatra filiformis, Fabr. ae fe eu os ne 80 Cercotmetus compositus, Montd. .. oe A 7 ane 80 Family Naucoridae Naucoris sordidus, Dist. ae My: 5s os be 81 Family Belostomatidae Sphaerodema rusticum (Fab.) “ie ae ss ae Pee 82 Family Corixidae Micronecta merope, Dist. “i a be Ae “he 82 Micronecta lucina, Dist. se oe “= we ae 82 Family Notonectidae . Anisops, sp. rs oe 3 ae se yl 82 ~ ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. AQUATIC HEMIPTERA. By C. A. Paiva, Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. The water-bugs collected by Dr. N. Annandale, though few in number, con- stitute a very interesting collection. The specimens were all collected either from the inner lake of the Talé Sap system or from small creeks, pools or ditches on the shore of some part of the system. Among them there is a new species of Microvelia (Kirkaldya) represented by a few apterous specimens, one of which isa male. The majority of the remaining species are very widely distributed Oriental forms. Cercotmetus compositus has hitherto been known only from Laos, and Halobates sexualis from the Siamese Peninsular province of Patani. All are true freshwater forms, except the last, which is probably estuarine. In all there are represented six families, nine genera and ten species, besides an immature form of another species. There are two species (2 genera) of Hydro- metridae, four species (3 genera) of Nepidae, two species (I genus) of Corixidae, while the Naucoridae and Belostomatidae have each a single species. The immature specimen belongs to the family Notonectidae. The most interesting feature of the collection is the fact that it includes speci- mens of a new species of the subgenus Kirkaldya (Genus Microvelia), which has hitherto been known only from North America. - Family HYDROMETRIDAE. Subfamily VELIINAE. Microvelia (Kirkaldya') sexualis, sp. nov. One apterous male and four immature females, which I assign provisionally to the same species. From near shore of the lake among flood debris on the shore of the Talé Sap, N. of Patalung River, 16-1-16. ¢. Fulvous, pronotum with a patch of black punctures on the posterior two- thirds ; body and legs clothed with short stiff hairs and a few patches of silvery hairs visible in certain lights. Legs stramineous. Head hairy, convex above, declivous in front and rounded apically ; a dark, cen- tral, longitudinal, subcarinate line on disk; inner margin of eye with a silvery white 1 Canadian Entomologist, XLII, 1910, p. 186. 28 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. band, outwardly margined with fuscous; eyes blackish red, the facets with a silvery tint ; antennae hairy, fuscous, the basal half of the first joint much lighter ; first joint robust, bent slightly outwards, equal in length to the fourth, which is stout, rounded above, flat below and tapering towards the base and apex; second and third joints each shorter than the first or fourth, subequal, slender at their bases and widening towards their apices. Underside of head pale ochraceous; rostrum long, robust, tapering apically and extending nearly to the intermediate coxae, stramineous, the apical joint black and shining. Pronotum fulvous, a number of black punctures arranged in an almost circular patch on the posterior area; a pale, medial, longitudinal carina on disk; lateral and posterior margins rounded; anterior margin concave; exocorium subtriangular, a strongly impressed black line extending from inner angle but not continued to the outer margin ; scutellum subquadrate basal margin concave, apical margin slightly Fic. 1.—Microvelia (Kirkaldya) sexualis. 1. Body of apterous male. x17. 2. Fore tarsus of male. x 22}. 3. Middle leg of male x 22}. 4. Body of immature female. x 17. 5. Fore tarsus of immature female. x 22}. 6. Middle tarsus of immature female. x 22}. sinuate in the centre, lateral angles rounded and clothed with short silvery pubes- cence, basal angles excavated; four black punctures arranged in a square on disk. Sternum flavous, a curved row of contiguous punctures on the propleura, a spot on the mesopleura and a line at the junction of the meso- and metapleura black. Legs very hairy, especially the tibiae, stramineous; femora and tibiae with slightly suffused markings ; apices of tarsi fuscous or black. Abdomen slightly darker than the thorax, apical margins of the dorsal segments slightly blackish, clothed with fine silvery hairs; flat above, narrowing posteriorly with six visible segments, connexivum almost perpendicular slightly sloping out- wards, similar in colour to the abdomen, a patch of silvery hairs at the basal angle. Underside of abdomen and connexivum, light yellowish covered with glistening hairs, the former convex below with a slight, central, longitudinal depression. Stigmata and a lateral spot at the base of each ventral segment black ; segmental margins nar- rowly fuscous. Aquatic Hemiptera. 79 Intermediate femora and tibiae subequal, each equal in length to the 3 apical joints of the antennae together. Posterior femora incrassate, shorter than inter- mediate femora; fore tarsi single jointed, intermediate and posterior two-jointed. Length 2 mm.; breadth between posterior pronotal angles 0°75 mm. 2 (tmmature). Head similar in shape to that of the male, dull fuscous; two light brown patches on front; a central, black, shining, longitudinal carinate line ex- tending along the entire length of the head; upper surface covered with fine erect hairs which are most dense and silvery at the inner margins of the eyes and at the base of the head ; on each side of the medial carina are two very minute black tubercles placed obliquely in front of each eye. These are not visible in the male specimen. Antennae asin male. Underside of head stramineous ; rostrum asin male, but a little shorter, scarcely passing the anterior coxae. Pronotum hairy, dark fuscous brown with three light brown spots on the ante- rior area, broader than long, the anterior margin broadly concave, the posterior margin convex, lateral margins oblique. Mesonotum broader than pronotum, deep- ly centrally impressed by an oblique line; a patch of silvery hairs at each later- al angle; a somewhat large quadrate patch on the disk of the mesonotum, light brown; anterior lateral margins obliquely ascending. Metanotum very narrow, lateral margins oblique; a patch of silvery hairs at each outer angle; entirely dark brown. Sternum entirely pale stramineous, slightly hairy, a thin black line between the pro- and mesopleura; a slightly thicker black line between the meso- and metapleura ; this line is continuous with a black band made up of somewhat large black sub- triangular lateral patches at the bases of the ventral abdominal segments and the stigmatal spots. Legs very much the same as those of the male. Apices of the distal tarsal joints black or fuscous. All the tarsi one-jointed. Abdomen above dark brown, outer margins of segments almost dull black ; very hairy with patches of silvery hairs which are visible in certain lights; connexivum yellowish brown, extending obliquely outwards. Underside of abdomen and connexivum pale yellowish, hairy. Length.—2 mm.; breadth between posterior pronotal angles, I mm. Subfamily GERRINAE. Halobates sexualis, Distant. 1903. Halobates sexualis, Distant, W.L., Fascic. Malay. Zool. I, p. 258, pl. XV, figs. ro, Ioa, rob (¢ and ¢). Three male specimens (one pinned and two in alcohol) from near Pak Payun, Talé Sap, 18-i-16. In Distant’s figure the length of the head appears to be less than the distance between the inner margins of the eyes while in the Siamese specimens the head is longer than broad and is about twice as long as the pronotum. 80 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. As Carpenter! considers the “‘horns’’ of the 8th abdominal segment in the males of Halobates to be of specific importance, an out- line drawing of the ventral apical segments of one of the specimens in alcohol is here reproduced. It will be seen that the ‘‘horns’’ are symmetrical as is the case in H. flaviventris, Esch., but the ‘‘ process’’ on the outer margin, near the middle of each is bluntly produced and the ‘‘horns’’ overlap the egg-shaped 9th Fic. 2.—Halobates sexualis. abdominal segment a little before their apices, which Ventral view of male genitalia. x22}. Ate acutely pointed. Fam. NEPIDAE. Laccotrephes ruber (Linn.). 1906. Laccotrephes ruber, Distant, W. L., Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, III, p. 18. One specimen from a small pool or ditch at the edge of the lake, Talé Sap, Patalung, 14-i-16. Compared with Indian specimens identified by Distant. Laccotrephes griseus (Guer.). 1910. Laccotrephes griseus, Distant, W. L., Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, V (Appen- dix), p. 314. One specimen from a small creek at Pok Raw, Talé Sap, 18-i-16. Compared with Indian specimens identified by Distant. Ranatra filiformis, Fabr. 1906. Ranatra filiformis, Distant, W. L., Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, III, p. 21. Six specimens from a small pool or ditch at the edge of the lake, Talé Sap, Pata- lung, 13-1-16. Compared with Indian specimens identified by Distant. Cercotmetus compositus, Montd. 1903. Cercotmetus composttus, Montandon, A. L., Bull. Soc. Sci. Bucarest, XII, p. 109. Two specimens. One from a small pool or ditch at the edge of the lake, Talé Sap, Patalung, 13-1-16, another from Koh Si Hah, Talé Sap, Singgora Province. I have not been able to compare these specimens with the original description of this species, but on reading Montandon’s discussion on the described species of Cercotmetus on p.63 of Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung. (Budapest, 1909) VII, I have no doubt about their identity. At the time they were collected both specimens were placed in alcohol. Lately I removed one, pinned it and while still wet immersed it in crude benzine where it was allowed to remain till the benzine ceased to be turbid, by which I concluded that all the alcohol had been drawn out of the insect. I then removed it and immediately 1 Carpenter, G. H., Ceylon Pearl Fishevies, V, plate, figs. 5-7 (1906). Aquatic Hemiptera. 81 placed it on a heap of perfectly dry plaster of Paris powder and‘entirely covered it with the same. After it had remained in the plaster for about a couple hours the in- sect was thoroughly dusted with a rather stiff sable hair brush. This treatment pre- vents the hairs on the body and legs from lying flat when specimens are taken out of alcohol and pinned. Apart from the pinned specimen becoming slightly darker than the one in alco- hol, the two do not differ from one another. The colour of the hairs on the apices of the femora, on the tibiae and on the tarsi of the intermediate and posterior legs: is not entirely yellow as it is in the species mentioned by Distant in the Fauna, but it varies according to the colour of the part of the legs to which they are attached, that is those on the yellowish parts are yellowish and those on the darker parts are blackish. There are two parallel rows of hairs on the tibiae of the intermediate and posterior legs. The hairs on the outer parts of the anal appendages are also dark. In the alcohol specimen there are three very small, ¥!6- 3-—Cercotmetus compositus. A 1. Head and thorax. x2. conspicuous, black tubercles on the outer margin of 2. Hindleg. x2. the connexivum, placed almost above the middle of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th abdominal segments respectively. In the dried specimen these tubercles are very indistinct. The points on which I have relied for the identification of these specimens are :— the pronotum is wider posteriorly than anteriorly ; the interocular tubercle is obtuse or blunt, not pointed; the membrane is well-developed, passing the apical angle of the corium.and covering about half the apical abdominal segment; the intermediate fem- ora are longer than the head and pronotum together; the mesosternum is plain, the metasternal carina not reaching it. Family NAUCORIDAE. Naucoris sordidus, Dist. toro. Naucoris sordidus, Distant, W. L., Fawna of British India, Rhynchota, V (Appendix), p. 325, text-fig. 186. One specimen from a small pool or ditch at the edge of the lake, Talé Sap, Pata- lung, I3-i-16. ; This specimen agrees very closely with Distant’s description of N. sordidus, but his figure does not agree with specimens he has identified, especially with regard to the markings on the connexivum, which in the specimens are identically the same as those in the figure of N. vividus (p. 326). I have no hesitation in identifying the Siamese specimen as N. sordidus as the markings on the pronotum resemble those in the figure of sordidus rather than those in that of vivedus. 82 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Family BELOSTOMATIDAE. Sphaerodema rusticum (Fabr.) 1906. Sphaerodema rusticum, Distant, W. L., Fauna\of British India, Rhynchota, III, p. 36, text-fig. 23. One adult and two immature specimens from a small pool or ditch at the edge of the lake, Talé Sap, Patalung. Compared with Indian specimens identified by Distant. Family CORIXIDAE. Micronecta merope, Dist. 1910. Micronecta merope, Distant, W. \., Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, V (Appendix), P- 345, text-fig. 213. One specimen from the mouthof Patalung River at Iampam, Talé Sap, 15 i-16. Compared with Indian specimens identified by Distant. Micronecta lucina, Dist. 1910. Micronecta lucina, Distant, W. L., Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, V (Appen- dix), p. 345, text-fig. 207. Two specimens from the mouth of the Patalung River at Lampam, Talé Sap, 15-i-16. This apparently is a very variable species. The anterior fuscous line on the pronotum in the typical form is broken only in the middle, but in the Siamese speci- mens it is broken up into four or five round spots. This also is the case in two speci- mens taken at light at Madhupur, Bengal, which have been identified by Distant. The length of the head also does not always appear to be nearly half the width be- tween the eyes; in some specimens it is as long, if not longer, than the space between the eyes. Family NOTONECTIDAE. Anisops sp. juv. One specimen from a small pool or ditch at the edge of the lake, Talé Sap, Patalung, 1I3-1-16. eee — .- wry “eane-~ i) oe ee nis aa UATIC OLIGOCHAETA FROM JAPAN AND CHINA. SON, D.Sc., Lt.-Col., I.M.S., Professor of Zoology, Government College, ) Lahore. i ee e al wr 7 Po ee CONTENTS. Page General Remarks sg ee we of 52 cS Fam. Naididae. Chaetogaster annandalet, sp. nov. a se S32 ae esl Fam. Tubificidae. Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. .. as Sa aa Bae 15) Kawamuria japonica, gen. et sp. nov. ahs ee Sie] sae 8G Limnodrilus socialis, Stephenson as 9071: 9074 9017: 9057: gobo 9033-4: 9036: 9039 11371-2 16567-8 go20 a3 4166: go61: go64 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Sara Ghat, E. Bengal Dumukdia Ghat, E. Bengal Khoolna, E. Bengal Nattore, Rajshahi Pusa Calcutta Ballygunj, Calcutta Botanical Gardens, Sibpur, nr. cutta Chandbally, Orissa Godaveri Valley Nova Goa, Portuguese India Marmagoa, 5 y Canara Koppa, Mysore Khandalla, W. Ghats Sasthancotta, Travancore Bycome, Travancore Chalakudi, Cochin State Mangalore .. Ceylon Colombo, Ceylon Samagooting, Assam Dilcoosh, N.E. Cachar .. Tavoy, Burma Mandalay, Burma Hotha, Yunnan Cal- R. A. Hodgart. Mus. Collr. J. Caunter. T. R. Doucett. CG, Patva: J. Anderson. R. Hodgart. J. Anderson. C. H. Dreyer. W. T. Blanford. Capt. F. deMello. S. W. Kemp. Dr. Fy Day. W. M. Daly. W. T. Blanford, and Mus. Collr. N. Annandale. N. Annandale. F. H. Gravely. F. Day. Dr. Kelaart. J. Anderson. Capt. Butler. J. Inglis. R.E.P. Govt. of India. J. Anderson. Yunnan Expdt. Rana rugulosa, Wiegmann. (Plate V, fig. 3). 1835. Rana rugulosa, Wiegmann, N.A. Ac. Leop. XVII, p. 258, pl. xxi, fig. 2. 1878. Rana tigrina, Anderson, Zool. Anat. Res. Yunnan, p. 837 (in part). 1907. Rana tigerina, Stejneger, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 58, p. 139, figs. 127-131. 1910. Rana burkilli, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. V, p. 79. LARVA. 1899. Rana tigrina, Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 892, pl. lix, figs. 2, 2a. Many other references to ‘‘ Rana tigrina’’ probably refer wholly or in part to this frog, the adult of which differs from the true R. figrina in the following characters :— 1. The size is smaller, the total length probably not as a rule exceeding 110 mm.’ and the habit stouter. In large specimens the head seems to be relatively smaller. | A very large male specimen from Bangkok, recently sent me by Dr. Malcolnr Smith, is 117 mm. long. It has the digits remarkably stout and the tips of the toes are almost globular. Dr. Smith, with whom I agree, regards this speci- men as abnormal. Batrachia. E27 2. The snout is less pointed and the convexity of the outlines of the sides of the head as seen from above more marked and more regular. The length of the head is usually less than the breadth. The upper jaw projects very little beyond the lower. 3. The hind limb is shorter, the length of the tibia being in adult frogs con- siderably less than half that of the head and body. ‘The fourth toe is also much shorter. 4. The dark and pale longitudinal stripes and bars conspicuous on the sides of the head and fore quarters of the young R. tigvina are totally absent. The pale mid-dorsal line, however, is sometimes present. There appears to be in the young a pale straight stripe extending from the upper posterior border of the tympanum to the lower anterior border of the orbit. The upper lip is marked with comparatively long vertical dark bars, while the lower lip is white, sometimes with irregular dark bars and bordered below with a dark line or row of spots. The throat is spotted with black | and the spots as a rule extend all over the ventral surface; they are always small and frequently tend to be connected together in such a way as to form a more or less complete reticulation. Larva. From notes that Dr. Boulenger has been kind enough to send me it is clear that the tadpole from Bangkok described by Flower as that of R. tigrina was really that of R. rugulosa. It differs from the larva of the true R. tgvina in its much less flattened body (the abdomen being highly convex), in its strictly terminal mouth and lateral eyes. The armature of the mouth is identical. Dr. Boulenger has kindly sent me a specimen. Distribution. R. rugulosa occurs all over Burma (except perhaps in Arrakan) in continental and northern Peninsular Siam, southern China, Formosa and perhaps the Philippines. The species was described from south-east China. The following specimens are preserved in the Indian Museum :— { Yunnan Expdt.: Capt. 4175: 9008: 9022-3: ) Sladen: Dr. J. Anderson. 9020-1: 9447: 9517 Mandalay, Upper Burma giI21 .. Prome, Lower Burma .. .. Yunnan Expdt. 4164-5 ‘fs .. Hotha, Yunnan ms ae ‘: ; = Se R.E.P., Govt. of India. esag70 = pam oy s LenGsuehis * Pee of Rana burkilli, Annandale. 18293-4: 18316-7 .. Bangkok, Siam ~ .. Dr. Malcolm Smith. PESTO PTS315 =. . Lopburi, Siam ; In addition to these specimens I have examined an adult from Fokien in the Shanghai Museum and one from’ Koh Samuie, an island off the north-east coast of the Malay Peninsula, which Mr. Boden Kloss has kindly lent me. ‘The latter is figured on plate v. Dr. Boulenger has sent me notes on specimens in the British Museum. ! In one specimen sent me for examination by Dr. Smith, the pigmentation of the throat is rather of the nature of a suffusion. 128 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Rana cancrivora, Gravenhorst. (Plate V, fig. iv). 1829. Rana cancrivora, Gravenhorst, Rept. Mus. Zool. Vratisl., p. 41. 1834. ? Rana vittigera, Wiegmann, N.A. Ac. Leop. XVII, p. 255, pl. xxi, fig. i. 1907. Rana tigrina var. angustopalmata, van Kampen in Weber's Zool. Ergebn. Nied. Ost.-Ind. IV, p. 388, pl. xvi, figs. 3b, 3c. 1907. Rana schluetert, Stejneger, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 58, p. 142. 1912. Rana tigerina var. schluetert, Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, XL1V, No. I, p- 64. 1912. Rana tigrina, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Rept., p. 234 (in part, not the figure). LARVA. 1907. Rana tigrina, var. angustopalmata, van Kampen, op. cit., p. 389. 1909. Rana tigrina, id., Natuurk. Tijdsch. Ned.-Ind. 1,X1X, p. 33. The differential characters of this species are as follows:— 1. ‘he size is still smaller than that of R. rugulosa, very large specimens not exceeding go mim. in total length. The habit is intermediate between that of R. rugulosa and R. tugrina. The snout is still blunter than in R. rugulosa, but the sides of the head are as a rule a little straighter. The length of the head is distinctly less than the breadth in large specimens. The nostril is nearer the tip of the snout and the tympanum is more remote from the eye. The vomerine teeth are often less well-developed than in R. tigrina, but seem to be somewhat variable. I have seen specimens in which they agree with those of R. schluetert as redescribed by Stejneger, but this feature is not peculiar to Bornean individuals. 4. The webbing of the feet is much less extensive, largely owing to the margin being distinctly emarginate between the toes. The toes themselves, though not actually pointed, are more slender. 5. There are no pale stripes on the sides of the head and fore quarters even in quite young specimens, but a black band often extends backwards from each nostril over the eye and the tympanum, bending downwards to form a black border to the posterior margin of the latter. Both lips are heavily barred with black and spotted with white. The throat is usually mottled or marbled with brown and the mottling sometimes extends all over the ventral surface. There is often a white spot at the proximal end of the external metatarsal fold and a white line on the internal tarsal margin; otherwise the feet in adult specimens are heavily pigmented. 1S) MW Larva. ‘The larva has been described by van Kampen. According to his account it can hardly be distinguished from that of R. limnocharis. He states that the mouth-parts are identical and the only differential characters he gives are based on proportions and colouration, both of which are variable in the tadpole of R. limno- charts. Batrachia. 129 Geographical Distribution. The species was described from Java and Dr. van Kampen, who has been kind enough to examine the large specimen from Singgora figured on plate V, tells me it cannot be distinguished from Javanese examples. From Mr. Boulenger’s notes it appears that R. cancrivora occurs all over the Malay Archipelago as far east as the Celebes. If I am right in regarding R. vittigera, Wieg- mann, as a synonym, it also occurs in South China and the Philippines. ‘here is a specimen from Mandalay in t:e British Museum, but I have not seen any from Burma myself. Most of the specimens in the Indian Museum are from the Siamese peninsular provinces of Sunkla (Singgora) and Patani. In the country round the Talé Sap or Inland Sea of Singgora R. cancrivora is, in moderately damp places, by far the commonest frog. It is fond of sitting at the edge of ponds or ditches, and sometimes at that of the lake itself, and when disturbed dives into the water and buries itself in the mud at the bottom. Near Singgora it frequents ditches of brackish water and I saw a half-grown frog, which I subsequently captured, leaping into the sea from a rock at the mouth of the lake. The following specimens are preserved in the Indian Museum. I have also ex- amined others from the same localities that have now been distributed to various correspondents, as well as 17 specimens from North Borneo that the authorities of the Sarawak Museum have been kind enough to lend me, and several from Siam. 18185-6: 18123 .. Pools at edge of lake, Patalung, N. Annandale. Talé Sap, Siam. 18180: 18188: 18192 .. Singgora, Siam ee se 1d 18184 ae .. Kaw Deng, opposite Singgora, Siam 18183 ee .. Kaw Ling Soan, nr. Singgora, Siam 18048: 18181 .. Patani, Siamese Malay States 18336 a .. Kuching, Sarawak me .. Sarawak Museum. Zz Zz C.z € C.z Cc on DM ae eae Pi CE sa en Bes tf 4 Ss > e C7 i + (@) S ¢ ¢ | oa ¢ is ‘spisdna | yesiey -B}9TI JOUUT fo} lo@) “eIqhy C.z¢ C.Pe Bo] 204 ope “Bd 9103 0} ynousg Or FI “ynous jo dy 0} dA ‘ojepueuny ‘2772y4ng vuny yo sadky , 1 SS ie ote 6 ‘ysIoyUaARIg) “PYOAIYINVD VPNVY 8 8 £ ZL 8 6 ‘uuRUIssIM ‘FSOTQINY (c 9 TI FI OL Ta “[Lysou 0} DAs 3.6 ies ne | 1 Mi 1 € € 9 9 € !) or it -aoeds [e3qr010} U1 JO T}PIM SE WA Oo CO, ¢ 7 8 9 ¢ 8 L iS Wi KCOL aN USN a “prada roddn JO GIPIM G.€ ¢ | Fr os ¢ C CI FI ¢ 9 FI ei $ 8 gi C1 $ 9 £1 gi 9 6 Ne Weace FE c.g 6 ge Oe 8 ZI ce 9 ¢ 6 gz of 9 6 Qz “Zz 6 TT 6z If 6 oI ze ee VNVa $ 9 Cr C1 9 Z zz oz 6 €x LE LE oI Cr It Cr 6 FI eb Le Son ok ea GE Ze site anata Bu | Sein | gg gor *JUSA OF qnous jo dy y38ue] (e107, & €zZIgr O8TSt OQIQT S8IRt IgIg1 gtogr Of OF OF SOF 'Gr bozgr €6zQ1 & ,o0LCor & 4 O9fo1 & Corr 3. borb & g41g1 8 Oggst TETQI oF IZZQI Or bZi1gt & Llrgr ‘uipned “PNIMDIL VN¥Y Batrachia. 131 FROGS OF THE RANA LIMNOCHARIS GROUP. In this group I include a number of comparatively small frogs, closely related to those of the Rana tigrina group, but distinguished by their less broadly webbed toes and by the presence of an inner metatarsal tubercle on the feet. So far as material before me renders a definite expression of opinion advisable, I believe that three spe- cies may be distinguished, and also three local races subspecifically distinct from the true R. limnocharis. The three species are R. was/, nov., R. limnocharis, Wiegmann and R. brevipalmata, Peters. R. wasl is a form intermediate between the two groups and has hitherto been confused with R. tigrina rather than R. limnocharis, to which it is allied in the struc- ture of its feet. The species occurs side by side with R. limnocharis in N. Borneo, Burma and Assam. The true &. dimnocharis has a very wide range in south-eastern Asia, but has produced certain slightly differentiated local races in mountainous or insular districts. So far as is at present known these races are :— andamanensis (Stol.), which occurs, apparently to the exclusion of the typical form, in the Andaman Islands, but is also found occasionally on the main- land of Tenasserim ; greenit, Boulenger, from the hills of Ceylon; nilagivica, Jerdon, from the Nilgiris and the Shevaroy Hills in South India. Rana brevipalmata was originally described from Lower Burma. Boulenger was inclined to think that there was a mistake in the locality of the type-specimen, as he had only seen the species from the hills of south-western India; but if the tadpole here assigned provisionally to R. brevipalmata is correctly identified, the form cer- tainly occurs in both parts of the Indian Empire. Rana wasl, sp. nov. (Plate V, fig. 5). 1912. Rana tigrina, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 8 (mec. Daudin). Size moderate; habit rather stout ; head long, moderately narrow ; snout narrowly rounded, upper jaw projecting slightly, nostril much nearer tip of snout than eye, interorbital space much narrower than upper eyelid ; limbs moderate, length of the tibia about half that of the head and body. Feet about half webbed, outer meta- tarsal tubercle very minute, inner metatarsal fold present, but by no means strongly developed. Dorsal surface with short longitudinal ridges: small rounded warts or granules present on the sides of the body and sometimes on the back, occiput and loreal region; a transverse fold often running across the dorsal surface of the head immediately behind the eyes. Ventral surface of head and body smooth, of sides somewhat granular. Colouration as in Rana tigrina except that there is no trace of parallel black and white stripes on the head and anterior part of the body. Type. No. 17282 (Rept. Reg. Z.S.I.). 132 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Distribution. I have examined specimens of this frog from North Borneo, the Nicobars, Burma, the Khasi Hills and the extreme east of the Himalayan foothills. Doubtless it will also be found in the Malay Peninsula. In general appearance it approaches R. tigvina, but its alliance with R limnocharis is evident on a close examination. It is the form I referred provisionally to R. tigrina in my account of the Batrachia of the Abor Expedition. The specimen from the Nicobars was identified by Stoliczka as R. tigrina. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 17282 (TYPE) .. Kuching, Sarawak oT .. C. W. Beebe. 3544 Las = Rancoons-- Si .. F. Stoliczka. 9343 4 .. Moolet Range, 4-5000ft., Tenasserim. ‘Tenasserim Expedition. 1894I-2 Sadiya, N.E. Assam .. .. §. W. Kemp (Abor Expdt.). 9416 a .. Cherrapunji, Khasi Hills, Assam .. Lt. Bourne. 8887 ee .. Camorta, Nicobars v8 . ae, kapt. Bugler I'rc. 3.—Feet of R. wasl (A) and R. limnocharis (B). Rana limnocharis, Wiegm. (Plate V, fig. 6; plate VI, fig. 2). 1835. Rana limnocharis, Wiegmann, N. Acta Ac. Leop.-Carol. XVII, p. 255. 1853. Rana agricola, Jerdon, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal XXII, p. 532. 1905. Rana limnocharis, Boulenger, Spol. Zeyl. II, p. 73- 1907. Rana limnocharis, Stejneger, U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 58, p. 127. 1912. Rana limnocharis, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Reft., p- 236. | | | | —— S Batrachia. , 133 LARVA. 1909. Rana limnocharis, van Kampen, Natuurk. Tijdsch. Ned.-Ind. 1,XIX, p. 35. 1916. Rana limnocharis, Smith, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam II, p. 165. I have nothing to add to the excellent descriptions given by Boulenger and Stejneger. The frog has an immense range in south-eastern Asia and I am unable to find any difference between specimens from China, Borneo or Java and the common Indian form, which occurs all over the plains of India, Burma and Ceylon, ascending the Himalayas to an altitude of at least 7,000 ft. and the hills of Burma to one of at least 6,000 ft. It is unnecessary to give a list of the specimens in the Indian Museum, which include examples from China, Java and N. Borneo. Larva. ‘The tadpole has been described by van Kampen and, independently, by Smith. It differs greatly from that of R. tigrina, but closely resembles that of R. cancrivora. I figure a specimen from Madras on plate vi and give on p. 124 an enlarged outline of the mouth-disc. Subsp. andamanensis (Stol.). (Plate V, fig. 7). 1870. Rana gracilis var. andamanensts, Stoliczka (in part), Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XXXIX, Dp: £42. There are two specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum labelled as types of Rana gracilis v. andamanensis, Stoliczka The larget and better preserved of the two undoubtedly belongs to the species subsequently described by Boulenger as Rk. doriaec, but the other, which I select as the type, represents a form suffi- ciently distinct to be recognized as a subspecies or local race of R. limnocharis. I have examined a series of this form from Baratang Island, one of the Andaman group, but it also occurs, apparently as a rarity and certainly with the typical form, in northern Tenasserim, where I captured a specimen, myself some years aoe * This form closely resembles the forma typica except in its small size and peculiar colouration. The dorsal surface of the head and body is of a rich chestnut-brown, while the sides are of a dark brown densely spotted with black. A narrow blackish line, some- times running on a raised ridge or series of longitudinal folds, often separates the _two areas; zig-zag dark bars sometimes run across the back and there is frequently a dark cross-bar between the posterior part of the eyes. The lips are more or less mottled and the throat feebly irrorated. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :—- 3539 (TYPE) Andamans . . se .. F, Stoliczka. 15881-5 whe .. Baratang Island, Middle Andamans B. B. Osmaston. 15887 : 15982 a 5s 16059 i .. Mudon, Tenasserim .. .. N. Annandale. 14319 ae .. Yebyu, Tenasserim .. .. A. R.S. Anderson. 134 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Subsp. greenti, Boulenger. 1905. Rana greentt, Boulenger, Spol. Zeyl. I, p. 73. This form seems to be merely a dwarfed race peculiar to the hill-country of Ceylon. I am unable to say whether its range overlaps that of the typical form or not, but in the small series I have examined there is considerable variation in the degree of degeneracy exhibited by the internal metatarsal tubercle, the partial or complete disappearance of which is very characteristic. The following specimens are preserved in the Indian Museum :— 15748 a .. Punduloya, Ceylon, ca. 4000 ft. .. G. A. Boulenger. 17443-4 Se .. Pattipola, Ceylon, 6200 ft. .. S. W. Kemp. Subsp. nilagirica, Jerdon. 1853. Rana milagirica, Jerdon, Journ. As. Soc..Bengal XXII, p. 532. 1905. Rana nilagirica, Boulenger, Spol. Zeyl. II, p. 73. I have examined a series of specimens from Ootacamund and Coonoor that ex- hibit an almost complete grading in structure between the typical form and Jerdon’s nilagivica. The colouration is, however, characteristic; the dorsal surface much browner than in the typical form and there is a pale streak or spot between the eye and the proximal end of the lower jaw; the lips are dark with comparatively narrow vertical or sloping pale lines. The throat and chest are always more or less densely irrorated with brown atoms. Larva. Tadpoles from the Nilgiris differ from those of the typical form in their extremely small mouth-dise and in other less important characters. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 17158: 17214-5 .. Ootacamund, Nilgiri dist., Madras.. R. B.S. Sewell. 17169-71 < .. Coonoor, 6,000 ft., Nilgiri dist.; Madras .. oa - ¥ 17880 er .. Shevaroy Hills, Madras .. W.R. Sheriffs. Rana brevipalmata, Peters. (? Plate VI, fig. 5). 1871. Rana brevipalmata, Peters, MB. Ak Berl., p. 640. 1905. Rana brevipalmata, Boulenger, Spol. Zeyl. 11, p. 73. LARVA. ? 1904. Lana lininocharis, Ferguson, Journ. Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc. XV, p. 501. This species is probably distinct specifically, but I have seen only one specimen. It was described from Pegu and is stated by Boulenger to occur in the hills of south-western India. Larva. Dr. Boulenger has suggested to me, as I had thought independently, that the tadpole described by Ferguson as that of R. limnocharis is possibly that of this species. It is certainly not that of the true limnocharis. I have examined Batrachia. 135 specimens from Cochin and northern Tenasserim that I believe to be identical with Ferguson’s larva, though they do not altogether agree with his description and figures. An outline of the mouth-disc of a specimen from Cochin is given here and a detailed drawing of the same individual is reproduced on pl. vi. The following specimen is preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :-— 15747 Ps .. ‘Travancore us .. British Museum (Ex.). THE MUTUAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE FROGS OF THE RANA TIGRINA AND R. LIMNOCHARIS GROUPS. At first sight, if only the adult frogs were examined, it might seem that these two groups were quite distinct, if closely allied, R. wasi being in a way a connectant form but actually allied to R. limnocharis rather than to R. tigrina. The larvae how- ever, so far as they are known, apparently fall not into two, but into three different groups and the lines of cleavage do not coincide with those that separate the adults. Unfortunately the larva of R. was/ is unknown, but those of R. tigvina and R. vyugulosa, on the one hand, differ in important characters from those of R. limnocharis and R. cancrivora on the other. The identity of the tadpole of R. brevipalmata is still doubtful, but, if the provisional identification here suggested should prove cor- rect, it differs considerably from those of all the other species. The larva of R. limno- charis milagirica agrees in essential features with that of the typical form of the species, but differs in minor characters. The tadpole of R. imnocharis is by no means highly specialized. Its mouth-parts are of normal form and, in particular, bear a number of rows of teeth that seem to be common in the genus, viz. five. That of R. cancrivora, if we accept van Kam- pen’s identification, only differs from that of R. /imnocharis in colouration and pro- portions, features which are both variable. The tadpole of R. tigrina, on the other hand, has mouth-parts of a rather highly specialized kind, and differs, so far as I know, from all other tadpoles as yet described except that of R. rugulosa in the horny armature of the interior of the mouth; it has also an unusually powerful beak and numerous rows of teeth on the mouth-disc. All of these are probably adaptations for an active predaceous life. The supposed tadpole of R. brevipalmata, on the other hand, has fewer rows of teeth than is perhaps normal in the genus, v7z. three; its beak is rather feeble and its mouth unarmed internally. Unfortunately we know nothing of its habits, but it probably feeds on minute organisms or decayed matter. R. brevipalmata must be dismissed from further consideration in this connection owing to lack of precise information, but there are two interesting points in the adult frogs of R. tigrina and R. cancrivora which seem to bear out the view that they are convergent forms, less closely connected with one another by descent than R. figrina and FR. rvugulosa. On the feet of R. cancrivora there is, as has already been pointed out, no internal metatarsal tubercle and the internal metatarsal fold is perhaps a little less well-developed than is normal in RK. tigrina. At the proximal end of this 136 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. fold, almost in the position in which the tubercle would be present, a distinct white spot can often be detected. In my opinion this spot must be regarded as a vestigial tubercle and indicates immediate descent from a form possessing the tubercle. I can find no spot in this position in specimens of FR. tzgvina or R. rugulosa. The second fact is, that specimens of R. tigvina are occasionally found in India which approximate to R. rugulosa both in form and in colouration. There are two individuals in the collection of the Indian Museum that exhibit this tendency to a marked degree. One is from Orissa and the other from south-western India. More- over, in frogs from Upper Burma there is, to some extent a gradation, between the two species. For these reasons I am inclined to believe that R. tigrina and R. rugulosa are, strictly speaking, no more than two local races of a single species, using the term species in its broadest sense; whereas R. cancrivora is closely connected with R. limnocharts and resembles R. tigvina owing to convergence. R. was is possibly in the strict sense of the phrase a connecting link between the R. limnocharis and R. cancrivora. FROGS OF THE-KANA-LIEBIGIU_GROUE. Key to Rana liebigit AND ALIAJED SPECIES FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 1. Skin of back devoid of minute spinose warts and of elongate non-spinose warts. A. Skin of back smooth or with relatively large, ill-defined prominences: a dark line, pale-edged, usually present along each side of the back: throat suffused with dark pigment ; chest and abdomen pale, immacu- late. Arms and chest unmodified, skin surrounding vent spinose in breeding male oe 5 ak: ne : CAS B. Skin of back more or less warty: no dark dorso-lateral lines; whole of the ventral surface suffused with dark pigment; arms and chest spini- ferous, no spinose skin round vent, in breeding male .. or At. ebign. 2. Skin of back bearing minute scattered warts of a more or less spinose char- acter. (Arms and chest spiniferous in breeding male). A. Habit rather slight; total length not exceeding 60 mm.; dorsal surface mottled; throat and chest minutely spotted, abdomen pale, immacu- late vé B ie f .. R. gammiet. B. Habit stout, total length reaching 85 mm.; dorsal surface uniformly dark: whole of ventral surface covered with an interrupted reticula- tion of dark spots and lines on a pale background se .. RB. sternosignata. 3. Back bearing short oval or linear, non-spinose warts; length not exceeding 40mm. (No structural modifications in breeding male) Fa . .. R. blanfordi. Rana liebigii (Gunther). 1860. Rana liebigii, Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 157, pl. xxviii, fig. A. 1882. Rana liebigti, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. B.M., p. 22, fig. (text in part only). This is the largest and heaviest form of the alliance. ‘To the naked eye it appears more warty than any of the others. There is, however, no trace of spinose cornified ees ee ee oe ee ‘sr 4 Tea aes ak Batrachia. 137 watts on its back. It is also the only species in which the whole of the ventral sur- face is suffused with dark pigment. This pigment is in some specimens marbled. There is always a longitudinal glandular ridge running the whole length of the back on each side. In the young frog in which the tail has not yet disappeared, the ridge is represented by a series of glandular warts. These are quite absent in R. vicina at this same stage. R. liebigit seems to live chiefly at altitudes near the snow-line in the Eastern Himalayas. There is a specimen in the Indian Museum said to be from Ajmere, but this locality is probably incorrect. Rana vicina, Stoliczka. 1871. Rana gammiet (in part), Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XU, p. 21. 1872. Rana vicina, Stoliczka, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 130. 1890. Rana liebigii (in part), Boulenger, Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept., p. 445. 1892. Rana vicina, R. assamensis and R. liebigii (in part), Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, PP- 342, 343, pl. xxiv, figs. 1, 2. 1909. Rana vicina, R. liebigii (in part), Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. II, p. 282. 1912. Rana hebigit, id., Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 8. 1913. Rana liebigii, Boulenger, Rec. Ind. Mus. IX, p. 337. It is to this frog that the name R. liebigii has been most commonly applied in recent years, but it is a smaller, slighter and smoother species than the true R. letbigi and is well distinguished by its coloura- tion by the vestigial or rudimentary nature yh of its lateral glandular folds and by the secondary sexual characters of the male. The type of Sclater’s Rana assamensis has disappeared, but there are specimens in the. Indian Museum that agree precisely with his figure, as well as others that provide a complete transition to the type of Stoliczka’s R. vicina, which is still ex- tant. The latter specimen is soft and faded and the apparent shape of the snout is evidently not quite natural. The dark, pale-edged line down each side of the back usually so conspicuous (see Sclater’s fig. 2) has disappeared, and the feet are Fic. 4.—R. vicina. ~ Y Py wy ore mutilated. Vent of breeding male ( x 2) with papillae ( x 16). The most peculiar features of this species are the condition of the lateral fold and the secondary sexual character of the breeding male. At first sight, especially in specimens preserved in spirit, there often appears to be a well-developed fold, extending all along each side of the back, but a closer examination proves that this is an optical delusion due to the arrange 138 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. ment of the dark lines to which I have already referred. The glandular structure, which is always fully developed, is strictly confined to the anterior third of the back. In the breeding male there is no thickening of the arms and inner finger and no production of spines either on the fore limbs or on the chest, but round the vent there is formed a peculiar cutaneous flap of almost circular outline and covered with small papillae, each of which bears a short retroverted spine (fig. 4). The natural colour of the back is dark brown. The sides, below the dorso- lateral streak, are paler. The throat is faintly suffused with dark pigment, but the belly is yellowish and immaculate. There is usually a dark cross-bar between the posterior extremities of the eye-lids but this is sometimes reduced to a spot on either side. There is a broad dark mark on each side of the head behind the eyes and the lips, and limbs are conspicuously barred. A few indistinctly developed prominences are sometimes present on the back and sides but, speaking generally, the skin is smoother than that of the allied species; it is never spinose except on the anal flap of the male. The species is probably distributed throughout the Himalayas at moderate altitudes ; its range extends eastwards into Assam and probably into Burma. ~ The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— g147 (LY PEN. .. Murree, Punjab ab .. Dr. F. Stoliczka. 9579 in .. Sikhim x Pe .. Maj. Sherwill (A.S.B.). QI72 ap .. Darjiling, E. Himalayas .. J.Gammie. 4292-3 Sr .. Kurseong 5 .. Hi Barlow, Rana gammiei, Anderson. 1871. Rana gammiei (in part), Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XL, p. 21. 1892. Rana liebigi (in part), Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 343. In describing R. gammiei Anderson confused two species, for while one of his type-specimens is undoubtedly an example of R. vicina, the others represents a dis- tinct species closely allied to the one to which Boulenger subsequently gave the name R. blanfordi1. ‘This has naturally led to confusion, to which I fear that I have myself contributed. R. gammiet may be distinguished at once from R. vicina by the presence on its back of small scattered warts each of which bears a minute spinule. The stature is also smaller, the figure slighter and the colouration of the body very different, the dorsal surface bearing numerous large blackish spots and blotches, while both the throat and chest are blotched with dark pigment. The secondary sexual characters of the male are those of R. liebigii and R. sternosignata, and there is no cutane- ous anal flap, though the skin round the vent is distinctly tuberculate in the type. There is a short almost linear longitudinal glandular area in the parotoid region. —_— re —_— a ee a ee ee ——E—————— es Batrachia. 139 Measurements of specimens. No. 9173. N. 18265. Snout to vent 53 mim. 44 mm. Length of head is ae i gee Breadth of head BG". EA No. 9173 is the type, the only specimen in the collection that has the male characters fully developed. A second specimen was recently taken by Dr. F. H. Gravely at Pashok (4,500 ft.) in the Darjiling district. This frog is found in the Tista Valley at altitudes between 4,000 and 6,000 ft. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— Ot73(LYPE) .. .. Darjiling, E. Himalayas 2) can Cersor. 18265 i .. Pashok, 4,500 ft., Darjiling dist., E. Himalayas i J. > 2. Gravely. Rana sternosignata, Murray. 1890. Rana sternosignata, Boulenger, Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 445. There has been no confusion about this species, of which an excellent description has been given by Boulenger. It occurs in Kashmir as well as in Sind and Balu- chistan. : The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 14713: 14715.. ~. Quetta a % vo) Maj.iC.’G: Nurse: 16452 cf .. Srinagar, Kashmir i .. Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc. (Ex.). ; Rana blanfordii, Boulenger. 1905. Rana blanfordii, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVI, p. 640. 1907. Rana vicina, id., Rec. Ind. Mus. I, p. 150. 1909. Rana blanfordii, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. III, p. 282. This species is closely allied to R. gammiei, but is much smaller and of stouter habit and is easily recognized by the different character of the warts on the back ; they are more or less elongated and devoid of spines. The breeding male is also devoid of structural modifications. The colouration closely resembles that of R. gammet. In the western Himalayas, at altitudes from 7,000 to 10,000 ft., this species is very common, it often being the only batrachian that can be discovered readily. The locality of the type-specimen is uncertain. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 15863 ss .. Naini Tal, Kumaon, 6,400 ft. .. N. Annandale. 17222-7 ra a bas P J. A. Taylor. 16080-1 = .. Majkhal, Garhwal dist. .. Mus. Collr. 17892 me fv) sitdla se oA .. Baini Parshad. 15900 a .. Matiana, 8,000 ft., Simla Hills .. N. Annandale. 16362 a .. Near Phagu 9» » » 140 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. SOME FROGS CONFUSED WITH RANA TYTLERI AND RANA ERYTHRAEA, Under this heading I propose to consider the species confused under the names of R. tytlert and R. erythraea in the Fauna of India. In subsequent papers cited in the text Boulenger has pointed out that several of these are distinct. I have also included several allied forms in the same category, as I find great confusion among the specimens of them in the Indian Museum. All these frogs are slender species of moderate size and with well-marked discs at the tips of the digits. The colour of the back as a rule contrasts strongly with that of the sides. KEY TO THE FROGS OF THE Rana erythraca GROUP THAT OCCUR IN BURMA AND THE ISLANDS OF THE Bay OF BENGAL. I. Skin of back more or less granular. A. Granules on back minute, evenly distributed. 1. Granulation even; no pale vertical streak on sides of head; sides of body dark, reticulated with white; ventral surface with dark markings or suffusions .. R. granulosa. 2. Granules on back more minute and more sparsely scat- tered; no pale vertical streak on side of head; sides uniformly dark; ventral surface pale a .. R. nicobariensis. B. Granules on back relatively large, confined to posterior region, scattered, a pale vertical streak between tympanum and eye; sides pale, with a few black spots or streaks ; ventral surface pale R. leptoglossa. II. Skin of back smooth or minutely pitted. A. Web of hind foot not reaching the discs of any of the toes; an outer metatarsal tubercle present on foot. I. Toes not more than half webbed, very long and slender... macrodactyla. 2. ‘Toes more than half webbed, moderate. a. A white ridge or fold extending upwards and for- wards from behind the shoulder to the upper edge of the tympanum R. lateralis. b. Sides of head uniformly dark; a pale longitadingt streak in the middle of the posterior part of the back ae R. tytlen. B. Web of hind foot reaching the discs of all the toes a the fourth. 1. No outer metatarsal tubercle; snout considerably longer than orbit; whole of ventral surface pale .. .. RR. erythraea. z. An outer metatarsal tubercle present. a. Throat darkened, with a pale longitudinal streak, snout considerably longer than orbit .. R. alticola. : b. Throat not darkened; snout barely longer than orbit os os oe .. R. nigrovittata. Rana leptoglossa (Cope). 1868. Hylorana leptoglossa, Cope, Proc. Nat. Sct. Philadelphia, p. 139. To this species I assign three specimens taken many years ago in Pegu by Stoliczka. Batrachia. I 41 The habit of the frog is slight and the hind legs long; the tibio-tarsal articula- tion reaching the snout or beyond; the fingers and toes bear small discs, which are of oval shape; the first finger extends slightly beyond the second; the toes are half webbed, and there are two well-developed metatarsal tubercles on the hind foot. The anterior part of the back is smooth, but there are scattered tubercles on the posterior part and sides; ventral Fic. 5.—R. leptoglossa. surface is smooth; there is a well-developed glan- Head of specimen from Pegu ( x r4). dular lateral fold, a distinct glandule near the gape and another over the shoulder. A rather feeble fold extends obliquely downwards behind the tympanum from the lateral fold to the shoulder glandule. The tympa- num is distinct and nearly as large as the eye. The sides of the tongue are nearly parallel. The colouration is distinctive; the back (in specimens long preserved in spirit) is of a pale livid grey; the sides are rather darker, the hind limbs bear indefinite cross-bars ; the sides of the head are dark brown; a rather broad grey band extends backwards from the tip of the snout to behind the tympanum, while another extends upwards between the eye and the tympanum; the lips are edged with brown, but there are sometimes pale spots on the lower lip; there is an oblique black band on the basal part of the humerus in front and another behind the axilla; sometimes black spots are present on the sides. The species, which was described from near Rangoon, is closely related to R. granulosa, Anderson, from which it may be distinguished by its longer hind limbs, by its colouration and by the smoothness of the skin on the head and anterior part of the body. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 3574-5: 10816 .. Pegu, Ll. Burma ¥: .. F, Stoliczka. Rana tytleri (Theob.). 1868. Hylorana tytlert, Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus., p. 84. 1870. Hylorana tytlert, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XX XIX (2), p. 148, pl. ix, fig. 1. 1890. Rana tytleri (in part), Boulenger, Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 458. 1892. Rana erythraea (in part), Sclater, Prec. Zool. Soc. London, p. 345. 1912. Rana alticola, Annandale (in part), Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 8 (not p. 22). Sclater was certainly mistaken in regarding this species as synonymous with R. evythraea, from which it is distinguished not only by the presence of an inner meta- tarsal tubercle on the feet, but also by the less extensive webbing and by colouration. In the young frog the sides and back are brownish and sometimes spotted, but in the adult they are bright green, without spots ; in spirit the green changes to dark brown or blackish grey, the glandular fold, which extends from the eyes to the base of the hind limbs, is silvery white, and the lower limits of the green region of the sides are diffused by a white line running parallel to it and terminating in front in a 142 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. glandule between the shoulders and the tympanum; there is a faint whitish line in continuation of the lateral fold on the supercilliary region and canthus rostralis. A very characteristic point in the colouration is a white longitudinal streak in the middle of the posterior part of the back; the lateral folds of each side connect with this streak at the posterior extremity. The lips are white, sometimes suffused with a dark pigment, the sides below the lower white line bear numerous dark spots and the ventral surface of the throat, abdomen and sides are often marked with smaller dark spots, which sometimes form a regular suffusion ; the posterior part of the thighs are boldly marked with green or black and white, the limbs are not cross barred. The type (from Dacca) is still in fairly good condition, but faded; it is very much larger than any other specimen I have seen, the total length of the head and body being 61 mm.; the next specimen in point of size, which comes from Tenas- serim, is only 44 mm. long, while the average length of apparently adult specimens from Orissa does not exceed 36 min. The range extends from Tenasserim all round the head of the Bay of Bengal to Orissa. ‘The species is found in the plains. The following is a list of specimens preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 10035 (TYPE) 7 Dacca se Oe .. Lt.-Col. Sykes. 17002-6 aa .. Balighai, nr. Puri, Orissa .. N. Annandale. 2759 a .. Garo Hills, Assam ir .. Maj. H. H. Godwin-Austen. 17277 es .. Selai Kusi, Mangaldai, Assam .. S.W. Kemp. 9404-5 if .. Shway-goo-myo, U. Burma .. Yunnan Expdt. 2084: 10033- ape Peo ae Me .. W. Theobald. 16054-6: 16061-5 .. Mudon, Amherst distric .. N. Annandale. 16071-2: 16074 .. Tenasserim .. 52 eS i Rana granulosa (Anderson). 1871. Hylorana granulosa, Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XU, p. 23.- 1892. Rana granulosa, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 346. 1893. Rana granulosa, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, XIII (2nd. Ser.), p. 333, pl. viii, fig. 2. 1912. Rana granulosa, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 9. This well-marked species is found in north-eastern Assam, Upper and Lower Burma and western Yunnan. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 2789-90: 4009: 10830 (TVRES) 5 .. Sibsagar, Assam - -, §. E. Peal. 16930 ‘ .. Dibrugarh, N.E. Assam ~ .. §. W. Kemp (Abor Expdt.). 8975 a .. Mooleyet, Tenasserim .. .. Tenasserim Expdt. 11844 ie .. Taing, King’s Isle, Mergui .. Mergui Expedt. Rana nicobariensis (Stol.). 1870. Hylorana nicobariensts, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XXXIV, pt. 2, p. 150, pl. ix, fig. 2. 1885. Rana nicobariensis, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) XVI, p. 389. Batrachia. 143 1890. Rana nicobariensis, id., Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 459. 1912. Rana nicobariensis, id., Faun. Malay Penin. Rept., p. 240. A Malay specimen agrees well with the types. R. nicobariensis is a Malayan rather than an Indian species, occurring in the Nicobars, the Malay Peninsula and the Sunda Islands.' In the Malay Peninsula it has always been found in or near caves. My specimens were taken in semi-darkness a short distance within the mouth of the Goah Glap (Dark Cave) near Bisarat. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 2783: 2785-6 (TYPES) .. Nicobars .. # .. F. Stoliczka. 3562-3: 3505-70 .. Nicobars i Pe y 18080 ote .. Goah Glap, Bukit Tapang, Jalor, N. Annandale. Malay Peninsula. Rana macrodactyla (Gunther) 1858. Hylorana macrodactyla, Gunther, Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 72, pl. ii, fig. C. 1864. Hylorana macrodactyla, id., Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 424. 1882. Rana macrodactyla, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. B.M., p. 54. 1890. Rana macrodactyla, id.. Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 455. Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Tonkin and Southern China. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 9406 +e .. Shway-goo-myo, Upper Burma .. Yunnan Expdt. 2698 Se .. Pegu, Lower Burma .. .. W. Theobald. 16073 Ps .. Mudon, Amherst dist., Burma .. N. Annandale. Rana lateralis, Boulenger. 1887. Rana lateralis, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova (2) V, p. 483, pl. viii, fig 2. 1890. Rana lateralis, id., Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 457. 1900. Rana lateralis, Laidlaw, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 886, pl. lvii, figs. 1, 2. 1912. Rana lateralis, Boulenger, Faun. Malay Penin. Rept., p. 239. This species is only known from Tenasserim and the north-eastern part of the Malay Peninsula. The specimens in the Indian Museum have not the fine transverse dorsal folds noted by Laidlaw (1900) in his Malay example. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 2758 ae .. Moulmein, Tenasserim .. .. Purchased. 9525 ae .. Hatsiga, Tenasserim .. .. Tenasserim Expdt. (Limborg). Rana erythraea (Schleg.). 1890. Rana erythraea, Boulenger, Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 460. 1896. Rana erythraea, Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 902, pl. xlv, fig. 2. | The Javanese form (R. javanica, Horst), of which I have minutely examined a specimen, is I believe distinct. See van Kampen in Weber’s Zool. Evgebn. Nederl. Ost.-Ind. 144 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. LARVA 1909. Rana ervthraea, van Kampen, Natuurk. Tijdsch. Ned.-Ind. XIX, p. 35. The species appears to be rare in Indian territory, but is found as far north- west as the north-eastern corner of Assam. It is widely distributed in the nearer islands of the Malay Archipelago and occurs in Siam. The tadpole has been described by van Kampen. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 3963 ee .. Tezpur, N. Assam ‘ .. Maj. H. H. Godwin-Austen. 4841 na .. Taoo, Tenasserim Ae .. Tenasserim Expdt. 17283-4 a _.. Kuching, Sarawak ~ .. C. W. Beebe. 18076-7 a .. Botanical Gardens, Penang .. N. Annandale. 4 Rana nigrovittata (Blyth). 1855. Limnodytes nigrovittatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XXIV, p. 718. 1893. Rana nigrovittata, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, XIII (2nd Ser.), p. 334, pl. viii, fig. 3. LARVA. 1916. Rana nigrovittata, Smith, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, I, p. 42, pl.—. The species is recorded from Tonkin, Burma, Siam and the Malay Peninsula. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— 2085: 2773 (TYPES) .. Pegu, Lower Burma .. .. W. Theobald. 9526: 32 bs .. Meetan, 3,500 ft., Tenasserim .. Tenasserim Expdt. 9523 oe .. Hatsiga, Tenasserim .. he 5 Rana alticola, Boulenger. 1882. Rana alticola, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. B.M., p. 65. LARVA. 1912. Rana alticola, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 22, pl. iv, fig. r. This is evidently a common frog in the Khasi Hills and north-eastern Assam but I have not seen many fresh specimens. It occurs also in Tenasserim. The following specimens are preserved in the collection of the Indian Museum :— i ee Dr. T. C. Jerdon. 10039: I004I-5 .. Khasi Hills, Assam Se i (Types of tea pipiens, Jerdon. 10197-8 ua .. Samagooting, Assam .. .. Capt. Butler. 10470 me: .. Sibsagar, Assam a a (Ss Hy, beaks I044I-3: 10445-50: 10452- 6: 10458-64 .. Cherrapunji, Assam... .. Lt. Bourne. 11370 te .. Dilcoosh, N. E. Assam .. -. AC: Cadell: 4844-6: 9544-9 .. Ashsoon, Tenasserim .. .. Tenasserim Expdt. (0474-8: 10483: 10485-7: 10480-1 wy .. Stream between Ashsoon and Meetan # Mangaldai div., Darrang dist., N.E. Assam, on Bhutan-Assam frontier \s. W. Kemp. Batrachia. 145 MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS OF FROGS. Oxyglossus lima (Gravenh.). 1g12. Oxyglossus lima, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Repft., p. 225. LARVA. 1907. Oxyglossus lima, van Kampen, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Ost.-Ind. IV, p. 384, pl. xvi, fig. I. 1909. Oxyglossus lima, id., Natuurk, Tijdsch. Ned.-Ind. XIX, p. 44. 1916. Oxyglossis lima, Smith, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam I, p. 173, pl... Several specimens were taken at the edge of the Talé Sap and in ditches at. Patalung in the Siamese Peninsular Province of Singgora. Oxyglossus laevis subsp. martensi, Peters. 1912. Oxyglossus laevis, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Rept., p. 225. 1916. Oxyglossis laevis martensi, Smith, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam II, p. 172. LARVA. 1916. Oxyglossis laevis martensi, Smith, op. cit., p. 174, pl.—@. Two specimens were taken in a small pool in the casuarina woods near the town of Singgora. The species is common in situations of the kind on the east coast of Peninsular Siam. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneid. 1912. Rana cyanophlyctis, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Rept , p. 228. I obtained a perfectly typical specimen of this species at the edge of the Talé Sap near the mouth of the Patalung River. The evidence of its occurrence in the Malay Peninsula has hitherto been very doubtful, depending on two specimens from Cantor’s collection, labelled ‘‘ Penang.’’ Rana plancyi, Lataste. 1907. Rana plancyi, Stejneger, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 58, p. Iol. This frog is common round the Tai-Hu Lake in the Kiangsu Province of China, where I obtained several specimens. Rana namiyei, Stejn. 1907. Rana namiyei, Stejneger, op. cit., p. 136, figs. 122-120. This species was described from fully adult specimens from the Liu-Kiu Islands. Stejneger compares it with Rana corrugata and Rana kuhli, but it seems to be most closely related to Rana macrodon, from which it differs in its much less strongly developed palatal teeth. I have examined a half-grown specimen from Kuling in China that seems to belong to the species. It differs from the adult in exactly the same way as half-grown specimens of R. macrodon do, viz. chiefly in the narrower and smaller head and in the comparatively feeble development of the prominences in front of the lower jaw. Otherwise the agreement with Stejneger’s description and figures is complete. Our specimen was obtained in exchange with the Shanghai Museum. 146 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Rana glandulosa, Boulenger. 1912. Rana glandulosa, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Reft., p. 236. A specimen was recently taken by Mr. J. Coggin Brown of the Geological Survey of India at Mongbong, Hsipaw, North Shan States. This, so far as I am aware, is the first record of the species from Burma. Kaloula pulchra, Gray. 1912. Callula pulchra, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Rept., p. 264. 1912. Kaloula pulchra, Barbour, Mem. Mus. Zool. Harvard, xliv p. 71, pl. vii, fig. 29. LARVA. 1916. Callula pulchra, Smith, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, U1, p. 40, pl.——, figs. B1-B3. The correct spelling of the generic name of this species has recently been dis- cussed by Barbour.' I find myself obliged to accept his decision in the matter. K. pulchra, which is one of the commonest forms in the northern part of the Malay Peninsula, is apparently rare in northern India. I have recently examined a living specimen taken by Miss Maud Cleghorn in the outskirts of Calcutta. It differs from all the Malay individuals I have seen in having the pale markings? on the back of a bright red colour instead of dull yellowish Miss Cleghorn tells me that the red fades considerably when the animal is in a disturbed condition. A specimen was recently taken by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher at Pusa; its colour was apparently similar to that of the Calcutta example. A specimen from Celebes figured by Barbour (0p. cit., 1912) seems to have been even paler than Malay examples. I have some remarks to make on the eggs and tadpoles below (p. 152). SOME TADPOLES FROM JAPAN, CHINA, THE MALAY PENINSULA, BURMA AND CEYLON. Under this heading I propose to discuss tadpoles of several frogs and toads from different parts of the Oriental Region, with one species from Japan. ® Rana nigromaculata, Hallowell. (Plate Vi fea) 1882. Rana esculenta var. japonica, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., p. 40. 1907. Rana nigromaculata, Stejneger, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 58, p. 94, figs. 76-80, pl. x, fig. I. On October 15th, 1915, I obtained in Lake Kasumi-ga-Ura on the east coast of the Main Island of Japan a tadpole that I assign provisionally to this species. The ! Barbour, Proc, Acad. Nat Sci., Philadelphia, p. 405 (1909). * I refer to the major markings; some specimens from the Malay Peninsula have small carmine spots on the back, just as some specimens of Bufo melanostictus do. Miss Cleghorn has recently obtained a second specimen near Calcutta similar to the first in colouration. Batrachia. 147 hind legs are represented by small buds, and it seems probable that the animal would have hibernated through the winter before its metamorphosis. My provisional identification is based on its close resemblance to a small series of tadpoles and young frogs from Korea sent by the British Museum under the name Rana esculenta var. chinensis. It differs from Boulenger’s figures of the tadpole of the European R. esculenta in the following points :— I. The head and body are relatively larger and the tail both shallower and shorter. 2. The spiracle is situated rather higher on the body. 3. The papillae and processes on the mouth-disc are more digitiform and not arranged precisely in the Fic. 6.—Mouth-dise of ?R. nigromaculata ( x 12). same manner. 4. The margin of the upper beak is almost straight. 5. The rows of teeth on the upper lip are relatively shorter. Measurements of Japanese tadpole :— Length of body Ap Bt ae jth, - 9 @tbitrn, Breadth of body ... ie a ao ae Length of tail is tt re WePAOT AE: Depth of tail a Mi dig htt Riot Maia Bolkay’s' figures of the tadpoles of Rana esculenta and Rana ridibunda (which is certainly no more than a variety) differ considerably in all these points from Boulenger’s” and it is probable that considerable variation exists. I follow Stejneger in regarding the Japanese and Chinese form allied to R. esculenta as specifically dis- tinct, but the differences are slight in the adult. Rana kuhlii, D.~ 1912. Rana kuhlui, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Rept., p. 229. Capt. F. H. Stewart, I.M.S., has recently sent me a young frog of this species, which he took in a small pool on the Peak of Hongkong. With it he has also sent two tadpoles from the same pool. Of course it is impossible to be certain that these tadpoles belong to the same species, and the specimens are rather shrivelled. It may, however, be as well to describe them, in case others similar to them should be found again in more satisfactory circumstances. ae They closely resemble the larvae of Rana macrodon so far as external appearance and general colouration are concerned, but differ considerably in the structure of the a mouth-parts and in certain minute but important features of the markings. The mouth-dise is ventral and of a transversely oval shape; except in front, it is edged ! Bolkay, Ann. Mus. Nat: Hung. VII, pp. 108, 111; pl. ii, figs. 1 and 2 (1909). 2 Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 604, pl. xlv, fig. 1 (1891). 148 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. and there is a distinct emargination in the centre of the lower margin of the posterior lip. The dental formula is 1: 34+3/1+1:2. The second row of teeth on the upper lip and the first on the lower lip are very slightly interrupted. The beak is black, except at the base of the lower mandible, where it is brownish. The upper beak is narrowly crescentic and minutely serrated. The lower beak, which is much broader, is V-shaped ; it is also serrated. . So far as colouration is concerned, the tadpoles resemble those of R. macrodon in the dark bars on the tail and blotches on the body, but while in the larva of R. macrodon the ventral surface of the body is entirely unpigmented, in the present species it is closely covered with short microscopic hair-like dark lines, which run in all directions without crossing one another. Measurements :— Length of body ue bs ie .. 105 mm. Breadth of body - a = PRUOTL AU Length of tail ‘5 es a pe. CUM Ue Depth of tail i a bbe eco oily Rana macrodon, D. and B. 1912. Rana macrodon, Boulenger, Fauna Malay Peninsula, Rept., p. 233. LARVA. 1899. Rana macrodon, Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 889, pl. LIX, fig. 1. In a small jungle-stream on Penang Island I found in February 1916 a number of young frogs and tadpoles of this species. The older tadpoles agree well with Flower’s figure, but the younger ones are less conspicuously marked. In the uncertain light of the jungle the dark bars and blotches form an excellent protective colouration on a sandy bottom. Tadpoles of R.limnocharis from streamlets on the Peak of Hong- kong closely resembled this species in colouration (except that they were less yellow) and were equally well hidden. The larvae of R. macrodon evidently obtain their food by swallowing large quan- tities of sand, as their intestines are filled with that substance. They probably avoid the rocky parts of the stream in which they live. Measurements :— Length of body ; = ce »./"9"5 Sum Breadth of body es a ee et x Length of tail iE es x Lae i Depth of tail id a2 in okt Aaa Rana labialis, Boulenger. (Plate VI, fig. 5.) 1912. Rana labialis, Boulenger, op. cit., p. 242. LARVA. 1896. Rana labialis, Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 903, pl. xlv, fig. 3. In a small rocky pool at the edge of a stream at the base of the hills near Taiping I found in January 1g16 a number of tadpoles that seem to be identical Batrachia. 149 with those assigned to Rana labialis by Flower. They are, however, in a less advanced stage than the individual figured by him, having the hind legs as mere buds. The caudal fin is lower and more sinuous and the dark markings on the head and body are slightly different. The mouth-parts are, however, identical and the curious patches of granular skin on the dorsal, lateral and ventral surfaces, though variable in size and outline, very similar. The integument was of a bright yellow colour in life. The patches of granular skin are assemblages of ploygonal multicellular glands, each of which is provided with a minute circular orifice, while the whole structure is enmeshed in a network of minute blood vessels. This peculiar tadpole closely resembles that of the Javanese Kana chalconota,' with specimens of which, thanks to the kindness of Dr. van Kampen, I have been able to compare it. Measurements :— Length of body a 9 a 2h T2F a. Breadth of body Me A! os gis ee See Length of tail a ss 3 Pargke e Depth of tail “e is ae i Scape Fic. 7.—Tadpole of R. corrugata. A.—Lateral view of whole animal ( x 3). B.—Mouth-dise ( x 16). Rana corrugata, Peters. 1890. Rana corrugata, Boulenger, Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept., p. 443. A small but nearly complete series of tadpoles and a young frog of this species was found by Dr. F. H. Gravely some years ago in Lady Blake’s Drive near Kandy, Ceylon. They were living in a small rocky pool the water of which was heated to a high temperature by the sun. The head and body is stout, oval and rounded, slightly flattened behind the eyes, which are large and prominent. ‘The nostrils are small, situated laterally, as a rule nearer the tip of the snout than the eye. ‘The spiracle is situated about half way down the body, a little nearer the vent than the eye: it opens directly outwards on a small papilla. The anus is distinctly dextral. The tail is relatively short and deep, regularly lanceolate in outline, not much more than one and a half times as long as i yan Kampen, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Ost.-Ind. IV, p. 392 (1907) and Natuurk. Tijdsch. Ned.-Ind. XIX, Pp. 37- 150 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. the head and body. Both fin-membranes are well-developed and broad. The mouth opens ventrally, but the structures connected with it appear to project forwards in lateral view. The anterior part of the upper lip is devoid of tubercles and forms a kind of hood over the upper beak. There is a conspicuous lateral lobe of triangular outline on each side. The lower lip is lobulate and covered, except in the middle part of the posterior margin, by small but somewhat elongate tubercles. There are three uninterrupted rows of teeth, the formula being 1/2. The anterior row forms a border to the upper lip and is a little longer than the two posterior rows, which are subequal. The beak is extremely massive and prominent; it is entirely black. The upper beak is regularly crescental in shape and has a smooth margin; the lower beak is almost semicircular. The specimens are of an almost uniform darkish black, but have probably been discoloured by the use of some fixative. There are apparently numerous small tubercles or warts on the dorsal and lateral surfaces of the head, but I am not sure that this is not due to bad preservation, the preservative having caused the skin to degenerate to some extent. I am unable, perhaps in consequence of © this circumstance, to detect any muciferous glands. Measurements :— Length of body ae Le a .@. PEO yith: Breadth of body a nr 2 Ae Pee Length of tail a ae ere: fc ee Depth of tail re hg Sc) The peculiar structure of the beak distinguishes this tadpole from all others with which I am acquainted. Microhyla achatina (Boie). (Plate VI, fig. 6). 1912. Miucrohyla achatina, Boulenger, op. cit., p. 261. LARVA. 1916. Microhyla achatina, Smith, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, II, p. 37, pl.— , figs. A1-A4. Smith has recently described this tadpole from Siam. I obtained specimens which agree in all important characters with his figures in a pool in the Botanic Gardens at Penang. ‘The most striking feature is the peculiar structure of the lower lip, which in some respects resembles that of the larva of Mega- lophrys montana and other species of that genus. When the tail is complete it is produced at the tip into a distinct flagellum. The colouration is Fic. 8.—Tadpole of Microhyla achatina. probably variable. In my specimens it appears Mouth-dise as seen from in front. to have been more conspicuous than in Smith’s (see fig. 6, pl. vi); the pale markings on the upper part of the head and body and the fleshy part of the tail were of a golden green colour, those on the membranes quite transparent; the abdomen was iridescent white. 3atrachia. 151 Measurements :— Length of body + a i ecg 8 ca Breadth of body oP Es be oh oa es Length of tail ie ie %, pees 8 Depth of tail + Ae > , os i Se 2 Microhyla berdmorei (Blyth). 1912. Microhyla berdmori1, Boulenger, of. cit., p. 263. LARVA. 1899.. “Transparent tadpoles,” Flower, op. cit., p. 903, pl. LX, fig. 2. It seems probable that Flower’s ‘‘ transparent tadpoles’’ from Penang are those of M. berdmorei, because they agree with those of other species of Microhyla in having a distinct flagellum at the end of the tail,' and because only three species of the genus, so far as we know, occur commonly in the Malay Peninsula at low alti- tudes; these three species are M. ornata, M. achatina and M. berdmorei, and the tadpoles from Penang are very different from those of either of the two former species. I found numerous specimens in the Botanic Gardens at Penang, both in the pool in which those of M. achatina eccurred and in a small cistern in a fern-house. They differ from the specimens examined by Flower in being rather darker and in having the anterior two-thirds of the ventral surface profusely dotted with black pigment cells; but this difference is more marked in the specimens from the pool than in the others. In the specimens from the pool the tail was suffused with bright scarlet. The black streak near the vent is always a very characteristic feature. In the pool the tadpoles were divided iato several shoals, each of which hung level and motionless in mid-water at some distance from the others. In each shoal the heads of all the tadpoles were pointed in one direction. Often the forma- tion was wedge-shaped with several ranks, like that of a flock of wild geese on the wing. The front rank of one shoal was often opposed to or at an angle with that of another. When they were disturbed the tadpoles scattered in all directions, but reassembled almost immediately in their respective shoals. The number of individuals in a shoal varied considerably, but was never much more than about fifty. Measurements :— Length of body Se . 2h ui i aes ra Breadth of body .. be a 7 8 4 Length of tail ae iy: uf a” Eb a Depth of tail Me SS, 23 H 6 vA ! My attention has been drawn to this generic character by Mr. Cc. R. Narayan Rao, 152 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Kaloula pulchra, Gray. (Plate VI, figs. 7, 7a, 70). Both Butler’ and Smith* have observed the oviposition of this species, and the latter has described the adult tadpole, but neither appears to have noticed the pecu- liar form of the eggs, and neither says anything of the young larval stages. Ina period of heavy rain at Christmas, 1915, I was able to note several additional points in the case of frogs breeding in small pools in the Botanic Gardens, Singapore. The eggs, though expelled in a mass, do not adhere to one another. If observed undisturbed on the surface of water, they appear to form a coherent layer, but if stirred up by a stick separate immediately. The ova are spherical, having the upper half black and the lower half white. Their diameter is 1°5 mm. The peculiarity lies in the form of the jelly that surrounds each egg. It is perhaps stiffer than is usually the case in the eggs of frogs and toads, and is not completely spherical; one sur- face being flattened on a considerable area. ‘The balance of the whole egg is such that this flat- tened surface lies immediately below the surface- film of the water and that, however the egg may Fic. 9.—Tadpole of Kaloula pulchra. he disturbed, it always reassumes the same posi- Dorsal view of head and body of a speci- tion almost instantaneously. This seems to be men hatched 24 hours ( x 20). : peed ee advantageous in the case of eggs laid in tem- porary pools of rain-water, which are liable to be greatly enlarged or to form part of temporary torrents owing to flooding. The eggs, instead of being washed away into corners in such circumstances or stranded on dry ground, as would be the case if they adhered together to form a solid and heavy mass, float lightly on the surface without injury and with very little chance of being stranded. I was unable to observe the larva immediately after hatching, but figure 7 on pl. vi and text-fig. 9 represent one 24 hours old. At this stage the mouth is already open, but the anus is still closed and a large amount of yolk still remains in the body-cavity. There are about 7 ‘‘external’’ gill-filaments present on each side. The larval adhesive apparatus is at different stages in different individuals of this age. In the specimen figured it is merely represented by a slight lateral ventral prominence on each side, but in smaller tadpoles from the same batch the promi- nence is entirely ventral and takes the form of a deeply pigmented conical papilla tipped with white. These tadpoles provide no evidence that the structure as a whole has ever been V-shaped or that the two papillae have been concave at the tips. It does not differ, however, materially from the figure of its penultimate stage in R. temporaria or R. agilis figured by Thiele’ in his paper on the “Der Haftapparat der ! Butler, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XV, p. 391. 2 Smith, Journ. Nat. Hist Soc. Siam, Il, p. 40, pl.—, figs. B1-B3. 3 Thiele, Zeitsch. wiss Zool. XLVI, p. 75, pl. x, fig. 6 (1888). ~ Batrachia. 153 Batrachierlarven,’’ except that the tips of the two papillae are more prominent and differentiated in colour. At this stage of the tadpole of K. pulchra there is a broad and prominent fleshy crest on the surface of the head. I do not understand the lines shown crossing the head in Smith’s figure (Bz); there are certainly no transverse groove or rows of glands in the position indicated. Development is very rapid, and though doubtless accelerated or retarded by favourable or unfavourable conditions, probably does not take longer in ordinary circumstances than about a week. I figure three stages of the larva at 24, 36 and 72 hours after hatching. It should be noted that the younger tadpoles are more highly magnified than the older ones. These tadpoles were reared in a small bowl of water and development would probably have been more rapid in normal conditions. Bufo parvus, Boulenger. (Plate VI, fig. 8). 1912. Bufo parvus, Boulenger, op. cit., p. 274. LARVA. 1916. Bufo parvus, Smith, op. cit., p. 42, pl.—, figs. This tadpole also has just been described by Smith. It closely resembles that of Bufo melano- stictus, but can be distinguished readily by the fact that the second row of teeth on the upper lip is continuous or but very slightly interrupted in the middle line. The whole animal is also stouter and the tail considerably deeper. I found a large number of specimens, with Fic. 10.—Tadpole of Bufo parvus. those of Rana labialis, in a small pool at the base Mouth-disc (x 12). of the Taiping hills in February, 1916. Measurements :— Length of body ae i - is REO UME, Breadth of body ee he 9 hts, GS RES Length of tail AS ae ss ae Eolas ts; Depth of tail + sy ‘ss SRC: ee Megalophrys hasseltii (Tschudi). (Plate VI, figs: 8; 9): 1912. Megalophrys hasseltii, Boulenger, op. cit., p. 282. LARVA. 1890. Leptobrachium hasseltit, id., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 37. 1907. Leptobrachium hasseltii?, van Kampen, in Webet’s Zool. Ergebn. Ost.-Ind. IV, p. 408. 1909. Megalophrys hasselti, id., Natuurk. Tijdsch. Ned.-Ind. 1,XIX, p. 27, pl. ii, fig. I. The tadpole of this species appears to be very variable in colouration and pro- portions; the number of interrupted rows of teeth on the lower lip may be either 4 ‘ 154 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. or 5. The variation in colour is perhaps due to local causes. I have specimens of three colour-varieties before me; they differ as follows :— (A) The whole of the head, body and tail is profusely marked with small round black spots not more than a millimetre in diameter. (6) The whole animal is of a pale brown colour with a relatively small number of large black spots and blotches, as a rule of irregular shape, on the dorsal and lateral surfaces. (C) The colour is practically uniform, without dark spots or blotches. The first of these colour-forms seems to be common in the Malay Peninsula, where it has been found at Ipoh in Perak and at the base of Bukit Besar in the Siamese Province of Patani. I have received a specimen from Perak in exchange with the British Museum. Van Kampen records somewhat similar specimens, but with the ventral surface white, from Sumatra. The second form is common in jungle- streams on the Dawna_Hills in Tenasserim, while the third was described by van Kam- pen from Java. He has been kind enough to send me specimens. It is possible that these three forms actually represent distinct species, but this seems to be improbable. The variation in proportions is not correlated with geogra- phical records, and in specimens from the Dawna Hills I found that the tail was frequently shortened by injury, and that it was not always clear, when the wound had healed, to what extent the proportions had been changed. The specimens obtained by Mr. Robinson and myself at the base of Bukit Besar in Igol were living in a fairly deep pool in a small stream in open country, and were observed to rise to the surface from time to time, while in the Dawna Hills Dr. Gravely and I found, on separate occasions, the form with large spots common under stones in very small rapid streams in rather dense jungle. Dr. van Kampen’s spect- aens from Java were found in clear rapid-running brooks. As van Kampen has pointed out, the mouth-parts of this larva do not differ materially from those of the European species of Pelobates as figured by Boulenger. It is all the more remarkable, therefore, that in the Dawna Hills we found in the same part of the same streams a species of Megalophrys-larva in which the mouth had the peculiar funnel-like struc- ture of that of M. montana and other species of the genus. Megalophrys montana, Kuhl. (Plate VI, figs. 10). 1912. Megalophrys montana, Boulenger, op. cit., p. 277. LARVA. 1912. Megalophrys montana, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VILL, p. 30, fig. 1. Measurements :— Length of body nye oe Ae .. Et) Tag, Breadth of body ip as ue rece Length of tail iF a “m i e- Depth of tail Rs Ap x fet ae an — } : ; a | a Batrachia. 155 Further references to this and other similar tadpoles of the genus will be found on p. 28 of the paper cited under my name. I am now acquainted with at least five larvae of this type, from the Himalayan foot-hills, Burma, the Malay Peninsula and Hongkong. They are all very similar in structure and habits, but may perhaps be distinguished by the characters noted below. ? Megalophrys boettgeri (Boulenger). Plate VI, fig. r1. 1899. Leptobrachium boettgeri, Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 171, pl. xix, fig. 3. 1908. Megalophrys boettgert, Boulenger, Prec. Zool. Soc. London, I, p. 420. ? 1912. Megalophrvs kempu, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 20, pl. iii, fig. 5 LARVA. ? 1912. Megalophrys, sp., Annandale, op. cit., pl. iv, fig. ro. I am doubtful whether my M. kemfu from the Abor country is really distinct from Boulenger’s M. boetigert from South China. The only difference lixely to be constant is that in the Abor form the tongue is distinctly notched, whereas it is des- cribed in the Chinese species as being entire. I have had no opportunity to com- pare specimens. In small streams on the Peak at Hongkong, I found a number of tadpoles of the genus which I am unable to distinguish from an unidentified tadpole from the Abor country. They were abundant both in September and December, 1915, but in neither month was I able to find individuals with well-developed limbs. Measurements :— Length of body a 7 ¥ .. O'S, Breadth of body ... * se oa . Length of tail a? BS a veo, « Depth of tail = aa av je Brae. KEY 10 CERTAIN TADPOLES OF THE GENUS MEGALOPHRYS. I. ‘ail nearly 3 times as long as head and body, at least 5 times as long as deep. Upper and lower profiles of tail, for the proximal 3, nearly parallel, straight; dark markings if present minute; ventral surface pigmented .. M. major. II. Tail not more than 2} times as long as head and body. A. ‘Tail at least 5 times as long as deep, tapering gradually and evenly to a very sharp point; sides mottled and spotted; ventral surface pigmented re ce A oO .. M. montana. B. Tail not more than 4} times as long as deep. 1. Ventral-surface white, at most with small spots, dorsal profile of tail arched posteriorly x v2 .. M. parva. 2. Ventral surface pigmented. (a) Dorsal profile of tail distinctly sinuous: sides conspicu- ously spotted or blotched .. . M. robusta. (b) Dorsal profile of tail straight almost to the tip ; Saks practically immaculate .. an .. 2? M. boellgert. aan} ‘ke ie he Tae | i > FIGS. EXPLANATION -OF “PLATE VW. Rana tigrina, R. limpocharis AND ALLIED FORMS. Rana tigrina, Daudin. Ia, 16.—Head of an adult male from Calcutta (x #). 2a.—Head of young frog from Calcutta (nat. size). N A Rana rugulosa, Wiegmann. 3, 34, 30.—Head of adult male from Koh Samui, Siam (x 2). Rana cancrivora, Gravenhorst. 4, 4a, 4b.—Head of adult female from Singgora, Peninsular Siam (x 2). Rana wasl, sp. nov. | 5, 5a.—Head of type-specimen (adult female) from Sarawak (nat. size). Rana limnocharis, Wiegmann. 6, 6a.—Head of adult female of typical form from Java (nat. size). Rana limnocharis var. andamanensis (Stoliczka). 7, 7a.—Head of adult female from Baratang Island, Andamans (nat. size). Mem. As. Soc., BENG., VoL. VI. 1917. wdhary, Del A.C. Cho RMS FO ALLIED AND INA, RANA LIMNOCHARIS 2 iv RANA TIGE ¥ EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. TADPOLES OF EASTERN ASIA. Rana tigrina, Daudin. Fics. 1, 1a.—Two tadpoles of the same age from Calcutta ( x 2). Bre. Showing variation in the position of the nostril and in the outline of the tail. Rana iimnocharis, Wiegmann. 2.—Tadpole from Madras ( x 2). ? Rana brevipalmata, Peters. 3.—Tadpole from Cochin ( x 2 ). ? Rana nigromaculata, Hallowell. 4.—Tadpole from Lake Kasumi-ga-Ura, Japan (x 2). Rana labialis, Boulenger. 5.—Tadpole from near Taiping, Perak ( x 2). Microhyla achatina (Boie). 6.—Tadpole from Penang (x 3). Kaloula pulchra, Gray. 7.—Tadpole hatched about 24 hours, from Singapore ( x 16). 7a.-—Tadpole from the same batch 36 hours old (x 12). 7b.—Tadpole from the same batch 72 hours old (x 4). Bufo parvus, Boulenger. 8.—Tadpole from near Taiping, Perak ( x 3). Megalophrys hasseltii (Tschudi). 9.—Tadpole from the Dawna Hills, Tenasserim (nat. size). Megalophrys montana, Kuhl. 10.—Tadpole from Penang Hill ( x 3). ? Megalophrys boettgeri, Boulenger. 11.—Tadpole from the Peak, Hongkong (x 3). Mem. As. Soc., Bene., Vor. VI. I9I7. : PLATE VI x3 10x 3 : 9 A.C.Chowdhary, Del Photoéravure —Survey of India Offices, Calcutta iat TADPOLES OF EASTERN ASIA. ..* ‘ ae a ~ ® > HIRUDINEA. By Dr. ASAJIRO OKA. a. i a GICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. CONTENTS. Introduction Hirudinidae Whitmanza laevis (Baird) Whitmantia edentula (Whitman). . Myxobdella annandalei, n. g., n. sp. Herpobdellidae Herpobdella testacea (Savigny) Mimobdella japonica, Blanchard Scaptobdella blanchardt, Oka Glossiphonidae Glossiphonia smaragdina, Oka Glossiphonia lata, Oka Placobdella rugosa (Verrill) Hemiclepsis marginata (O. F. Miller) Hemiclepsis casmiana, Oka Hemiclepsis stamensis, n. sp. Ancyrobdella biwae, n. g., 0. sp. .. Ichthyobdellidae Ozobranchus jantscanus, Oka List of the Leeches of Lake Biwa ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. HIRUDINEA. By Dr. Asajiro OKA, Toxyo. (With Plate VII.) The collection of leeches made by Dr. N. Annandale during his trip to Japan, China and Siam, in Ig15 and 1916, was placed in my hands for determination. I heartily thank Dr. Annandale for allowing me the privilege of examining the speci- mens, some of which proved unusually interesting. The material contains fourteen species arranged in ten genera, representing all the four families into which the non-chaetiferous leeches are now divided. They are mostly known forms previously described from Japan or China, only three of the species being new to science. Two of the latter, however, are such peculiar forms that it was found necessary to establish a new genus for each. One of these, Ancyrobdella biwae, n. g., n.sp., is a curious little Glossiphonid, much resembling an Ichthyobdellid in external appearance. It was taken from the bottom of Lake Biwa at a depth of 260 Japanese feet (about 80 meters), and is characterised by the pre- sence of three comparatively large hooks near the tip of an extraordinarily long proboscis. The other one, Myxobdella annandale, n. g., n.sp., is a strange-looking Hirudinid with exceptionally soft body, collected in a small streamlet on the Peak, Hong Kong, about 1000 feet high, and is readily distinguished by the unique character that the furrows separating the somites are decidedly deeper and much more con- spicuous than those separating the annuli. The third new species, a Hemiclepsis from Siam, is interesting in so far as it occupies a position intermediate between that genus and Placobdella. With regard to the generic names of leeches, it should be remarked that a large number of genera now recognized are based solely upon external characters without any regard to internal structure, so that they require a thorough revision when their anatomy has been sufficiently worked out. My own studies on Japanese leeches con- vince me that such a revision would necessarily result in the suppression of numer- ous old genera and the formation of no less new ones, with the corresponding re- arrangement of the species. In the present paper, however, I have intentionally abstained from making any such attempt and have employed the generic designa- tions simply as they are now used. It might perhaps be noticed here that the discrimination of such genera as Placobdella, Blanchard (1893), Mimobdella, Blanchard (x897), and Scaptobdella, Blanchard (1897), from their nearest allies is, in certain cases, a matter of great difficulty, if not of impossibility. 160 ZOOLOGY. .OF THE FAR EAS: The following is a classified list of genera and species represented in the collection :—- HIRUDINIDAE. Whitmania laevis. Myxobdella annandalet, n. g., n. sp. Whi. edentula. HERPOBDELLIDAE. Her pobdella testacea. Scaptobdella blanchardt. Mimobdella japonica. GLOSSIPHONIDAE. Glossiphomia smaragdina. Hemiclepsis casmiana. Gl. lata. H. siamensis, ni. sp. Placobdella rugosa. Ancyrobdella biwae, n. g., 1. sp. Hemiclepsis marginata. ICHTHYOBDELLIDAE. Ozobranchus jantseanus. Fam. HIRUDINIDAE. 1, Whitmania laevis (Baird). Syn. Hirudo laevis, Baird (1869). Leptostoma pigrum, Whitman (1886). Whitmania pigra, Blanchard (1887). Locality. Tong-Dong-Ding creek, Tai-Hu; Dec. 5th, 1915. Two specimens. Both examples are large and of nearly the same size, measuring about 120 mm. in length and 25 mm.in width. They slightly vary in details of marking, one being more profusely mottled with black on the ventral side than the other, which in turn is somewhat darker ventrally than most of the Japanese specimens ; otherwise they agree quite well with the original description of the species. 2. Whitmania edentula (Whitman). Syn. Leptostoma edentulum, Whitman (1886). Locality. Si-Dong-Ding, Tai-Hu. Dec., 1915. One specimen. The single specimen is about 39 mm. long and g mm. wide, and shows most clearly the extremely attenuated shape of the head region characteristic of the species. It differs, however, from most of the Japanese specimens in that the lateral yellowish bands of the dorsal surface, of which there are two on each side, are nearly as distinct as the median one throughout the whole length of the body. In Japanese examples the former are mostly very faint except near the anterior and posterior extremities, so that at first sight the animal appears to have only the median band. Hirudinea. IOI A comparison of a large series of specimens from Japan and China in my own collection shows that the present species is somewhat variable in this respect, the extremes being represented by the usual Japanese form with only one longtitudinal band, and the Chinese form with five longitudinal bands of almost equal breadth which I have provisionally named var. sinica in my collection. ‘The present specimen belongs to the latter group. A specimen from near Tateyama Bay, in the possession of the British Museum and figured by Blanchard in his paper on Asiatic leeches (1896), exhibits a condition just intermediate, the lateral bands being here sufficiently distinct but markedly narrower than the median one. ‘he dark spots on the ventral surface are also variable, being much less numerous in the present specimen,than in most of the Japanese examples. 3. Myxobdella' annandalei, n.g., un. sp. Plate VII, figs. 1—5. There are in the collection three specimens of this very interesting leech. It is allied in many respects to the well-known genus Haemopis (Aulastoma), but differs from this, as well as from all other genera, in having the somites distinctly bounded externally. This is certainly a rare exception among the Hirudinea, in which the metameric structure is, as a rule, completely obliterated by the formation of secondary furrows looking exactly like those separating the somites. As is well known, the fixing of somite-limits has long been the subject of debate and an artifi- cial method of plotting out the somites by assuming the segmental sensillae to be on the first annulus was universally adopted until as late as 1900, when Castle’s important paper on the metamerism of the Hirudinea appeared, in which the author pointed out the inadequacy of this procedure. Were the present form known at the time of Gratiolet (1862), there would have been obviously no discussion about, and no false determination of, the somite-boundaries in this group of annelids. The study of this leech was greatly facilitated by a number of additional examples sent to me by Prof. H. E. Earle, of Hong Kong University, who collected them at my request at the same locality as Dr. Annandale found his specimens. I wish here to express my cordial thanks to Prof. Earle for his kindness in obtaining for me the valuable material. Shape and Dimensions. All three of the specimens are a good deal contracted. They are of nearly the same size, the length measured along the curved dorsum being 26-29 mm. and the greatest width about 9 mm. The shape of the body is much like that of a Haemopis in a contracted state, only with the head end somewhat narrower. Both extremities are bent downwards, especially the posterior, so that the hinder sucker is entirely hidden when the animal is viewed from above. ‘Toward the anterior end the body tapers gradually and ends in the anterior lip of the small oral sucker, which is not marked off from the adjoining region. ‘The dorsal surface is convex throughout, while the ventral side is slightly concave in the greater part of the length. ! wvta mucus, BdeAAa leech. 162 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The thickness of the body at the thickest part is 4.55 mm. The posterior sucker is circular in outline, about 6 mm. in diameter, and not very deep; it is connected with the trunk much in the same way as in the ordinary medicinal leech. External Characters. Undoubtedly the most conspicuous of the external features of this leech is that the body is divided by deep furrows into distinctly bounded somites, each of which is subdivided into annuli by much shallower ones. ‘This is evident both on the dorsal and ventral surface, but more so on the ventral, where the furrows have been made still deeper in consequence of the curvature of the body. In fact, when the animal is seen from this side, the furrows marking the boundaries of somites appear so conspicuous that all others look like mere wrinklings (pl. vii, fig. 5). The skin is on the whole smooth, there being neither papillae nor tubercles to roughen the surface. The segmental sensillae, so constant and regularly arranged in many Hirudinids, could not be detected externally, though such organs were observed here and there in sections. The colour of the specimens preserved in alcohol is a uniform ash-grey without any trace of pattern or streaks. One individual which was somewhat darker than the others was found under a dissecting lens to be mottled all over with minute dots of a darker tint. The details of annulation of one of Dr. Annandale’s specimens are exhibited in pl. vii, figs. r and 2. As stated above, no difficulty is experienced in determining the boundaries of somites, which are very distinct externally. Even near the anterior and posterior extremities, where the somites are shorter and have less number of annuli than in the middle region, the limits are quite obvious. The counting of the annuli is, on the other hand, not so easy, as some of the furrows separating them are found on the dorsal side or at the lateral margins only, so that we have different number of annuli according to how and where we count them. Counted on the dorsal side there are about 108 annuli in front of the posterior sucker. They are grouped into twenty-seven somites as follows:— Somites. No. of annult. NSE ae 8 Me Sh ie Bk im: 2 IVa AP if 2 He yr 32 VE vad ee oe us ts 373 VIN; Wes 4 X—XXI 5 XXII, XXIII ae se rH nie SXTV , KOC, eee 2 ae a aS XXVI : Z XXVII I On the ventral side some of the typical five-ringed somites appear to have one ring less, the first annulus, which is very narrow, being hidden in the deep furrow imme- diately in front of it. ‘Thus, in fig. 3 somites XI and XII are represented as consist- ing of four rings only. Where two consecutive somites have the same reduced num- Hirudinea. 163 ber of annuli, the one further removed from the middle exhibits always a condition approaching the next stage of reduction. For instance, of the somites IV and V the latter is more decidedly biannulate, whereas in IV the furrow separating the annuli is rather faintly developed. VIII and X have likewise one annulus léss on the ventral side, the first and second being fused here except at the margins. Our leech shows, thus, a perfect series of gradations between the uniannulate condition at the extremities and the typical quinqueannulate somites in the middle part of the body. There are five pairs of eyes situated exactly like those of Hivudo or Haemopis, i.e. a pair each on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th and goth ring. The second pair is the largest. They all lie rather deep beneath the surface, so that they could be detected only after clarifying in oil. The configuration of the oral sucker is somewhat peculiar (pl. vii, fig. 3). Itisa small cup-shaped deepening on the ventral side of the head, and is bounded poste- tiorly by a double ring corresponding to the 6th and 7th annuli on the dorsal sur- face. From the bottom of this deepening, near its posterior end, is seen projecting a short papilla-like elevation, upon the summit of which the tiny mouth-opening is situated. In preserved specimens this structure is more or less flattened and looks somewhat like a miniature tongue. The mouth itself is distinctly three-rayed, being composed of a dorso-median and two ventro-laterai slits meeting at the centre. As there is no Gnathobdellid in which the oral sucker shows such a structure, it would be very interesting to investigate the use of this organ in life. Possibly it might rep- resent a sucking apparatus in primitive condition, which, when further developed, would lead to the formation of the tubular proboscis so characteristic of the Rhyn- chobdellida. The genital openings correspond in position exactly to those of Hirudo, i.e. the male opening lies between the 4th and 5th rings of somite XI, and the female be- tween the 4th and 5th rings of somite XII. They are both quite inconspicuous, there being no special elevation or glandular area to indicate their position. In all three of Dr. Annandale’s specimens the clitelium was not developed, although they were all mature as judged from the condition of the genital glands of one dissected. One of Prof. Earle’s specimens showed it tolerably well; it extends, as in AHzrudo, from the third ring of somite X to the second ring of somite XIII, both inclusive. The nephridial pores could not be detected externally in Dr. Annandale’s speci- mens, but in some of Prof. Earle’s examples the position of these opening was indi- cated by the local widenings of the furrows containing them. ‘There are in all seven- teen pairs, as in Hirvudo, the pores being situated in the furrow separating the 2nd and 3rd rings of somites VIII—XXIV. The posterior sucker is attached to the ventral side of somites XXII-XXVII. The anus is located on the dorsal surface of the sucker in a slight transverse furrow just behind the last annulus of the trunk. It is very interesting to notice that in our leech the furrows separating the annuli of a typical somite are not of equal depth, as in all other genera, but form a regular set of four different depths. The deepest furrow is always the one separating the 164 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. third and fourth annuli, the next deepest the one separating the second and third annuli. Then comes the furrow between the fourth and fifth annuli, while that be- tween the first and second is invariably the shallowest of all. When we trace the somites from the middle region towards both extremities it is always the shallowest furrow, i.e. the one separating the first and second annuli, that disappears first, while the deepest one, that between the third and fourth, continues to exist so long as the somite is at all subdivided into annuli. From this we might safely infer that when a somite is biannulate the rings represent I+2-+3 and 4+5 of the typical quinqueannulate somite respectively (a). Similarly, in a triannulate somite the rings are I+2, 3 and 4+5 (b); in a quadriannulate somite they are 1+2, 3, 4 and 5 (c). Diagrams showing stages in the formation of quinqueannulate somite in Hirudinea. (Dotted area indicates the position of nerve-ganglion). This agrees remarkably well with the result obtained from a comparative study of Japanese leeches, which I read at a meeting of the Tokyo Zoological Society several years ago. As TI hope to deal with the subject more fully elsewhere, I confine myself here to state that our new genus with its unique character throws considerable light not only on the external morphology of the Gnathobdellids but of the Hirudinea in general. Internal Anatomy. The alimentary tract resembles, on the whole, that of Haemopis, the only considerable difference being in the size of the jaws. These are very small, only about 0:2 mm. in diameter, and are provided each with two rows of three or four minute denticles along the middle part of the margin. In sections a bundle of ducts of unicellular glands is seen opening on the edge of each Jaw. The stomach, including the lateral sacculations, was found completely filled with a very hard homogeneous mass of a brownish colour, which became opaque white when placed in water. No solid particles, such as residue of aquatic worms, setae, cuticle, etc., were detected in it. I am inclined, therefore, to believe that our leech lives by sucking blood of invertebrate animals. So far as I could count, there are eight pairs of testes, each placed behind and somewhat beneath the lateral sacculation of the stomach. The vas deferens forms a considerable mass of convolutions on each side of the male pore. The female organ seems to correspond in structure to that of Haemopis. Locality. Small streamlet on the Peak, Hong Kong, ca. 1000 ft. Dec. 15, 1915. Hirudinea. 165 Three specimens. ‘‘ Body exceptionally soft. Enormous quantities of mucus pro- duced. Adhering to lower surface of stones.’’ Systematic Position. In spite of the peculiar external appearance this leech be- longs undoubtedly to the distichodont division of the family Hirudinidae, as shown by the presence of two rows of teeth on each jaw. It is closely allied to the genera Haemopis and Semiscolex, and forms together with these a well-defined group. The three genera may be distinguished as follows :— Furrows all alike, jaws with about 30 teeth .. Haemopis. de ae no jaws ns Pe .. Semiscolex. Furrows unlike, jaws rudimentary by .. Myxobdella. It is noteworthy that in specimens of Semiscolex variabilis from Southern Patagonia studied by Percy Moore (1913) the furrows separating the annuli in a somite are of different depths so long as the animal is young, but the inequality disappears when it is full grown. Here too, as in Myxobdella, the deepest furrow is that between the third and fourth annuli, so that there are formed two natural groups of annuli, con- sisting of I, 2 and 3, and 4 and 5 respectively. If carefully examined when young, a similar condition might also be found in some other genera. In the rudimentary condition of the jaws our leech exhibits certain affinity with the African genus Tvematobdella, which, according to the investigations of Johansson (Ig09, 1914) carries rudimentary teeth in a position corresponding to the jaws of the Hirudinids. In other respects, however, this genus shows all the essential characters of Herpodellidae, including the so-called pseudognaths, not found in other families. Fam. HERPOBDELLIDAE. 4. Herpobdella testacea (Savigny). Syn. Nephelis testacea, Savigny, 1820. Nephelis vulgaris, Moquin-Tandon, 1826, partim. Herpobdella octoculata, Blanchard, 1894. Locality. Komatsu, Lake Biwa, ca. 30 ft. Oct. 27, 1915. One specimen. ‘‘ On external surface of living Corbicula shell. Colour. Dark, dull purplish grey, paler towards extremities.”’ This is a very small immature specimen, measuring only 13 mm. in length and 1°5 mm. in width. It has only six eyes instead of eight, the middle ones of the second row being absent. In the identification of this species I have followed Johansson (IgI10) who states that the form commonly known under the name of H. octoculata is in reality H. tes- tacea of Savigny. It may be noticed here that this is the less abundant of the two species of Her- pobdella found in Japan, the other one, H. octoculata, Linné (H. atomaria, Blanchard, 1894) being by far the commonest of all the freshwater leeches of this country. 166 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. 5. Mimobdella japonica, Blanchard (1897). Locality. Komatsu, Lake Biwa, 30-100 ft. Oct. 27, 1915. One specimen ‘Among Corbicula. Colour. Dark purple-brown, with indistinct cross bars on dorsal silaaee.,, The single specimen measures about 40 mm. in an extended condition, and is apparently immature. As the original description of this species given by Blanchard was based upon a very old specimen collected by Siebold, and is naturally somewhat imperfect, I take here the opportunity of supplementing it with a few remarks. The colour in life is greenish, reddish or purple-brown, with indistinct pattern of darker tint on the dorsal surface, pale reddish ventrally. There is a pair of eyes on the second ring placed rather wide apart. When mounted in glycerine, four minute pigment dots or rudimentary eyes become visible on the fifth ring, which are evidently homologous with the posterior row of eyes of Her pobdella. | Each typical somite consists of three large and four small rings. From the position of the nervous ganglion, which lies within one of the larger annuli, it seems very probable that the three large rings are the second, third and fourth annuli of the originally five-ringed somite, and the four small rings correspond to the first and fifth annuli each subdivided into two. Sometimes the second and fourth rings also show indications of subdivision, in which case the somite appears as nine-ringed, as given by Blanchard. The male genital aperture lies in the furrow separating somites XI and XII, the female between the fifth and sixth ring of somite XII. Thus, the pores are separated by a space corresponding to four annuli of the typical five-ringed somite. The clitellum includes twenty-one rings, beginning with the fifth ring of somite X and ending with the fourth ring of somite XIII, both inclusive. It will be seen by comparison that the extent of the clitellum agrees exactly with that of an ordinary Herpobdella. 6. Scaptobdella blanchardi, Oka (1910). Localities. (1) Zeze, under stones near edge of Lake Biwa. Oct. 3, I915. Six specimens. (2) Sta. 13, lower surface of stones at shore of Chikubushima. Oct. 1-3, I9I5. One specimen. These are all small specimens, the largest measuring only 32 mm. in length and 4mm. in width. They are of a pale greyish colour, and differ in no wise from indivi- duals of similar size from other localities. Fam. GLOSSIPHONIDAE. 7. Glossiphonia smaragdina, Oka (1910). Locality. Sta. 13, lower surface of stones at shore of Chikubushima. Oct. I-3, I9gI5. One specimen, Hirudinea. 167 The single specimen is rather small, not much contracted; in life it was of a beautiful green colour characteristic of the species. 8. Glossiphonia lata, Oka (1910). Locahtty. Sta. 13, lower surface of stones at shore of Chikubushima. Oct. 1-3, 1915. Nine specimens. All are much contracted, being pear-shaped or almost circular in outline. The largest specimen measures 6 mm. in length and 5 mm. in width. 9. Placobdella rugosa (Verrill). Syn. Clepsine ornata var. rugosa, Verrill, 1874. Placobdella rugosa, Moor, 190T. Locahty. Zeze, under stones near edge of Lake Biwa. Oct. 3, 1915. One specimen. The single specimen is 17 mm. long and g mm. wide. The number and position of the dorsal papillae agree tolerably well with the figures of this species given by Moore in his report on the leeches of Minnesota (1912). His description of the colour and markings of the living animal applies on the whole, equally well to the present specimen. 10. Hemiclepsis marginata (O. F. Miiller). Syn. Hirudo marginata, O. F. Miller, 1774. Glossiphonia marginata, Moquin-Tandon, 1846. Locality. Near Soochow, Tong-Dong-Ding, Tai-Hu. Dec. 4, 1915. Four speci- mens. The largest specimen measures 12°5 mm. in length and 5 mm. in width, others are somewhat smaller. They were found parasitic on the tortoise Damonta reevesit. 11. Hemiclepsis casmiana, Oka (1910). , Localities. (1) Komatsu, Lake Biwa, ‘‘in shell of Anodonta.’’ Oct. 23, 1915. Seven specimens. (2) Tai-Hu, ‘“‘in Anodonta woodiana and Nodularia douglasiae.” Dec. I, 1915. About twenty specimens. Both Japanese and Chinese specimens are mostly small and immature. Only one example from Komatsu is full grown, and measures 13 mm. in length and 5 mm. in width. 12. Hemiclepsis siamensis, n. sp. Plate VII, figs. 6—8. Shape and Dimensions. ‘The general shape of the body is like that of H. marginata, being rather long and narrow even in contracted condition, but the head is not per- ceptibly broader than the neck. The dorsal surface is strongly convex and the ventral concave, so that in cross section the body is crescentic in outline. The margins are sharply serrated. The largest specimens measure about 15 mm. in length and 4 mm. 168 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. in width. Most of the larger individuals carry numerous young attached to the ventral surface of the body. External Characters. The dorsal surface is quite rough all over, owing to the pre- sence of numerous well developed conical papillae. These are of various sizes and form a transverse row of 22-27 on every ring. There seems, however, to be no regu- larity as to their arrangement longitudinally, so that no well-defined longitudinal rows are formed, such as are characteristic of many species of Glossiphonia and Placobdella. Even the papillae lying about the median line do not form a regular row, some being placed a little to the right and some a little to the left. In each transverse row the papillae are arranged, as a rule, symmetrically, those of the same size occupying corresponding position on both sides of the median line. Posterior to the geni- tal orifices every third annulus has smaller and more numerous papillae than the intervening ones. This is most striking in a few somites in front of the posterior sucker, where the annuli bearing smaller papillae are less than half so broad as those preceding or succeeding them (pl. vii, fig. 7). The ventral surface is entirely smooth. The colour in alcohol is a uniform grey, with a faint brownish streak along the median line of the dorsal surface. On the ventral side it is much paler. Many of the specimens have the lateral margins dotted with brown. Somites I—III are uniannulate, IV and V are biannulate, each being divided into a larger anterior and a smaller posterior annulus (pl. vii, fig. 8). Nineteen somites, VI—XXIV, are triannulate. The three remaining somites, XXV—XXVII, are unt- annulate, and are much narrower transversely than the preceding ones (pl. vii, fig. 7). The total number of annuli is, accordingly, sixty-seven. As shown in the figure, the typical somite consists of three annuli of approximately equal size, the middle one of which bears markedly smaller papillae than the other two (pl. vii, fig. 6). In somites XXIII and XXIV the second annulus is itself very small and carries only minute papillae. As there is no biannulate somite in the posterior region, the transition from the triannulate to uniannulate somite is rather abrupt, causing the last three rings to appear like the peduncle of the sucker. There is apparently a single pair of eyes placed close together in the anterior part of the third annulus. As they are rather large it is possible that each represents two eyes belonging to two consecutive rings fused together. The oral sucker has the usual shape and is rather Jarge, measuring nearly 1°5 mm. across. It occupies the ventral side of the annuli 1-5. The annuli 6 and 7 are fused on the ventral side and form the posterior boundary of the sucker. The mouth opening is placed on the lower surface of the anterior lip a little distance from the margin. The male genital orifice lies between the annuli 25 and 26, i.e. between somites XI and XII. The female pore is situated between the annuli 27 and 28, i.e. between the second and third ring of somite XII. I was unable to find a well defined clitellum in any of the specimens, nor could I detect the external openings of the nephridia. Hirudinea. 169 The posterior sucker is cup-shaped as usual, and measures about 2°5 mm. in dia- meter. It is attached to the ventral side of the last three rings. The anus is placed on the dorsal surface of the hinder sucker immediately behind the last annulus. Internal Anatomy. 'The mouth leads into the usual pharyngeal sac which extends backwards into about somite IX. In it lies the tubular proboscis, into the posterior end of which opens on each side a bundle of unicellular salivary glands. Then follows the stomach produced laterally into seven pairs of coeca, the last of which passes backwards through about fourth somite and ends in somite XXIV. The shape of the coeca is like those of Hemiclepsis marginata, but in quite small specimens the first six are simple, only the last showing ramifications corresponding to the somites. The intestine is produced as usual into four pairs of simple pouches, all enveloped in a sac-like dilatation of the dorsal blood vessel. The nephridia were not traced out fully, nor was the total number counted; the ciliated funnels were found to possess a form characteristic of the family. As to the generative organs I have nothing particular to mention. Both the male and female apparatus show, so far as I could make out, the same structure as those of H. marginata. Locality. Lampam, Patalung, Siam. Jan. 15, 1916. Numerous specimens ‘‘ Parasitic on the tortoise Bellia crassicollis.’’ Systematic Position. I place this species in the genus Hemiclepsis on account of its great resemblance in structure to H. marginata, the type of the genus. It is also closely allied to the genus Placobdella, with which it agrees in almost all of the diag- nostic characters. In fact, the number of eyes and the position of the mouth-open- ing point rather toward a closer affinity with the latter, but the general shape of the body and especially that of the comparatively large oral sucker speak in favour of its inclusion in the former. The difference in the number of eyes can not be looked upon as very important, as in the genus Placobdella the eyes are compound, as they prob- ably are in the present species. The presence of numerous papillae, the position of the genital orifices separated by two annuli, the number and form of the gastric coeca, even the parasitic mode of life with the tortoise as host are the same in both genera. If we except, therefore, the number of eyes, the only distinctive characters would be the position of mouth for Placobdella and the shape of the head for Hemiclepsis. Now, the present species combines both these characters, though not very distinctly: the mouth opening is not at the margin of the anterior lip, but a short distance behind it, nor is the head region so markedly widened as in Hemiclepsis marginata, but only very slightly. Such being the case, I have thought best to regard it as a member of the genus Hemiclepsis occupying a position on the border between this genus and Placobdella. 13. Ancyrobdella' biwae, n.g., n.sp. Plate VII, figs. g—12. This is no doubt the most remarkable leech contained in the collection. It is interesting not only on account of its extraordinary characters, but also because it is ! avxv€a anchor, BéeAAa leech. 170 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. the only representative of the Hirudinea hitherto recorded from the bottom of a deep fresh-water lake of Japan. Shape and Dimensions. In external appearance this leech looks much more like an Ichthyobdellid than a Glossiphonid (pl. vii, fig. 11). The body is very slender, only slightly depressed, and almost cylindrical in the anterior region. It shows a faint constriction about the height of the genital orifices, so that we can distinguish, though not sharply, a neck and a trunk, as in the case of most Ichthyobdellids. The head is wider than the neck and forms a distinct anterior sucker. The skin is irregularly wrinkled all over, and the posterior sucker is very small. These characters led me at first to believe that this was possibly a fresh-water representative of the genus Pontobdella. A careful study of the internal anatomy, however, showed that it be- longed to the family Glossiphonidae. All four of the specimens are more or less curved, but not at all contracted, as is inevitably the case with other Glossiphonids placed in alcohol without narcotizing. The measurements are as follows:— Specimen. Length. Wide. No. I £7. iia 16 mm. No. 2 155 mm. I°5 mm. No. 3 I4 mm. I°5 mm. No. 4 13°5 mm. I°2 mm. The greatest thickness of specimen No. I is about 1'2 mm., the width of the head re- gion 0°7 mm., the diameter of the posterior sucker 0°5 mm. The worm is, thus, more than ten times as long as it is wide, a shape never met with elsewhere in the Glossi- phonidae. In this respect it comes nearer to the genus Piscicola among the Ichthyob- dellidae, which may become twenty times as long as wide when fully extended. In the neck region, which occupies about one-fourth of the whole length, the body is nearly circular in cross section. The trunk, on the other hand, is a little flattened, but still very thick, as the ratio of the breadth to thickness is nowhere greater than 4: 3. In contrast to Pontobdella and Piscicola the lateral margins are not wholly obliterated, but are distinctly visible as an obtuse longitudinal ridge along the greater part of the body. External Characters. ‘The skin is on the whole smooth; neither large tubercles nor small papillae are to be found anywhere. But there are irregular transverse wrinklings all over the surface, which disturb the counting of annuli in some places. Generally there are three to five of rather distinct wrinklings on an annulus besides a number of much fainter ones. This, together with the slender shape of the body, gives the worm an appearance altogether different from an ordinary Glossiphonid. The colour in alcohol is a uniform ash-grey; Dr. Annandale told me that they were of a pale reddish tint when alive. There is no trace of pattern or stripes of other colour. So far as I could count with certainty, there are 68 annuli in front of the hinder sucker. As there are no external characters to depend upon, it was found necessary Hirudinea. 171 to study the internal anatomy in determining the boundaries of somites. A careful investigation of the nervous system of one specimen, which can not be described here in detail, gave the following results :— Somite. No. of annnuli. i ge 8 cal BD § € bis be Ae a Slain IV,V 4) 2 ., Vol. VI, 1917. Plate VIL < Goo oor oe o9ec08 es aS, G209°O S 9206 o Gan is 99a? a Oa Oke ,del. A.Chowdhary,lith. HERO DINEA FROM THE FAR EAST. ; University of) Bon ong ae CONTENTS. Introduction .. = aoa sie Stiliger tentaculatus, sp. nov. = “ oe Pool in which Stiliger tentaculatus was found. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. MOLLUSCA NUDIBRANCHIATA (ASCOGLOSSA). By Str CHARLES Eviot, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., K.C.M.G., C.B. (Principal of the University of Hong Kong). Dr. Annandale has kindly allowed me to examine numerous specimens of a small mollusca found by him in brackish water in the Siamese States on the east coast of the Malay Peninsula. They are referable to the genus Stiliger belonging to the group Ascoglossa. I agree with Pelseneer and others in regarding this group as a subdivision of the Nudibranchiata, although Bergh held the contrary opinion. For the genus Sézliger see especially Bergh, Malac. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft. iti, 1872, pp. 137—144 and id. Beitr. zur Kennt. der Aeolid. v, pp. 12—17. It belongs to the family Hermaeidae, all the genera of which are remarkable for their resemblance to Aeolids. It differs from the other members of the family in having large solid rhinophores which are not grooved or ear-shaped. The cerata are thick and inflated. The genus Evcolania, Trinchese, seems to be practically the same as Stiliger, from which it differs only in having a slight groove on the rhinophores. Another member of the Ascoglossa, namely Alderia modesta, is known to frequent brackish marshes in the British Isles. Dr. Annandale observes that though a careful search was made for hydroids or other coelenterates on which the molluscs might be feeding in the pools in which they were abundant, none were found. It is probable that the Ascoglossa live on the juices of algae which they pierce with their curiously shaped teeth. The fact that the radula is not used for mastication may account for the remarkable feature, charac- teristic of the family, that the front teeth are not broken off and thrown away when they become useless, as happens in most molluscs. Stiliger tentaculatus, sp. nov. The following are the notes on the living animal made by Dr. Annandale :— ‘The shape of the animal was slender; its total length 13 mm. when fully expanded. (The specimens were remarkably uniform in size). The foot was narrow, much produced and sharply pointed behind, the greatest breadth of the sole being 35 mm. ‘The head was slightly convex in front. The rhinophores were slender, nearly straight, pointed, each about 4 mm. long. The oral tentacles, which were situated slightly behind the rhinophores, were double ; the anterior processes were considerably shorter than the rhinophores, but a little longer than the posterior ones, over which they were usually held retroverted in a semicircle. The posterior processes, which curved backwards very slightly and were rather stouter than the 180 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. anterior ones, projected almost at a right angle from the sides of the head ; the width across the head, from the tip of one process to that of its counterpart on the other side, was5 mm. The cerata were broadly lanceolate in outline, circular in cross-sec- tion ; they were not at all inflated at the base but tapered quite gradually from the broadest point, which was situated near the base, to the tip; the total length was not or hardly more than twice the greatest transverse diameter. These structures were very numerous, but were thrown off with extreme readiness. They were arranged on each side of the notum roughly in two alternating rows, those of the outer row being relatively a little more slender than those of the inner row. “The general colour of the animal was translucent olive-green, considerably darker in some individuals than in others. The head and the posterior part of the foot were almost- colourless, the naked part of the back more or less conspicuously marbled—in some individuals it was almost uniform. The cerata were dull transparent green with scattered whitish granular specks that tended to congregate at the tips ; in the centre of each, internally, a more or less contorted dark greenish longitudinal mass was conspicuous. The rhinophores were marked, also internally, with groups of whitish granules at the base and at the tips. The eyes were black. ‘“No nettle-cells were observed, even with the aid of a high power of the micro- scope, in the cerata of living or freshly killed specimens. ‘* Locality.—Pools of brackish water at Singgora, Siamese States, east coast of Malay Peninsula. January 31st, 1916. Specific gravity of water (reduced to a standard temperature of 15° C.) = 1°0085. ‘“The animals were crawling in large numbers on a slimy dark green alga that coated the mud at the bottom of small pools of brackish water. The water was in most places less than a foot deep. A very careful search was made for hydroids or other coelenterates on which they might be feeding, but none were found. The pools had been formed by an overflow from the ‘‘ Talé Sap ’’ (Great Lake) or Inland Sea of Singgora in the rainy season, which was just over. The water must have been of very low salinity to begin with, but the salt was being rapidly concentrated owing to evaporation. ‘‘ A single specimen, not observed alive, was found in the collection, on a hydroid (Bimeria fluminalis) from the Talé Sap near Singgora. Specific gravity of water (reduced as before) I°0040. 30. i. 16.’’ The account given by Dr. Annandale of the relative positions occupied by the rhinophores and tentacles is remarkable, but I understand from a sketch (fig. 1) which he has sent to me and from some further explanations in a private letter that in the living animal the fore part of the head bearing the rhinophores projects above and beyond the mouth—at the upper corners of the mouth are two distinct oral tentacles and below it the anterior margin of the foot is produced into two thin and moderately long processes, which are often held curled over the oral tentacles. If plates representing European forms such as Stiliger bellulus,‘ Placida and Hermaea are | Called Embletonia mariae in Meyer and Mobius, Fauna d. Kieler Bucht. Mollusca Nudibranchiata (Ascoglossa). 181 examined, it will be seen that they show the rhinophores in a similar position, although the arrangement does not look unusual because there are practically no oral tentacles in these animals. Dr. Annandale observes that the various tentacles and processes are greatly distorted in the preserved specimens. It is true that none of them resemble his sketch but still the following details seem clear. The rhinophores are moderately long and moderately stout, though thin compared with the cerata. They seem to be round and smooth, as usual in the genus: they are certainly not auriculate and I could find no clear traces of a groove or channel. In many specimens the oral tentacles have shrivelled up but in some are still visible as distinct pointed processes. In some specimens the anterior margin of the foot appears to be grooved and both the upper and lower edges of this groove to be produced into tentacular processes. Though the precise structure and relation of these parts cannot be determined with certainty, it is clear that the tentacular appendages are more in number and more pointed than in other species of Stiliger, e.g. beilulus. Fic. 1.—Left side of the head. Fic. 2.—One of the cerata. (From drawings made by Dr. Annandale from the living animal.) The cerata still retain the general shape and colour described by Dr: Annandale. They are very easily detached and many specimens are quite bare, but have no scars on the back sufficiently clear to mark the position and number of the detached processes. A complete specimen looks superficially as if it were entirely covered with cerata pointing in all directions, but Dr. Annandale is no doubt right in saying that they are arranged on either side in two alternative rows, that is four rows altogether, there seem also to be smaller cerata placed irregularly outside the rows. The number of cerata in a given longitudinal row is not easy to determine as most of the speci- mens are bent or contracted but probably varies from 12 to 16. The opaque white spots on the cerata are very noticeable and have the appearance of being raised. The hepatic diverticulum within is twisted and covered with knobs but does not ap- ‘pear to be strictly speaking branched. Occasionally three or four very large cerata occur on one animal. It is not plain if this inflation is natural or due to the preserv- ing fluid. Though a complete specimen often looks like an almost circular bunch of cerata, the body is really slender and tapers to a point behind. The pericardium is not very 182 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. prominent. The vent appears to be behind it and the genital orifices to the right of it. The eyes are distinct and set behind the rhinophores and a little to the outside of them. The internal anatomy seems to agree with what is recorded of other species of the genus Stiliger. The greater part of the body cavity is filled with the ramifications of the hermaphrodite gland. There are no jaws and the radula is of the ascoglossan type. The teeth are of the usual spoon-like shape and are not denticulate. There are 7 in the ascending portion of the radula, 11 in the descending and about 7, much broken, in the heap at the bottom. The radula is not spiral and not much bent. The pharynx runs into a pouch (presumably to be regarded as a stomach), which lies across the body rather than lengthwise but gives rise to two longitudinal tubes which run along the sides of the body and communicate with the bases of the cerata by smaller tubes. This species differs from the other known Stiligers, and to the best of my belief from all other members of the family Hermaeidae, in having distinct pointed oral tentacles and tentacular prolongations of the foot. But it does not seem to me necessary to create a new genus for it on that account. LOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. Toxér eae Rigakush, Science College, Imperial University, Tokyo. ie ; oe - mY = f= AON TENTS > a ee te ie atten tae. ARON EASES re Shelfordia annandalei, sp.nov... ss we Shelfordia amara,sp.nov. «. ae HEA INAT ae Key to Polyclads known from Siam. Localities of Polyclads found in Siam. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. BRACKISH-WATER POLYCLADS. By ToK1o KaBurRAKI, Rigakushi, Science College, Imperial University, Tokyo. With one plate and two text-figures. The brackish-water Polyclads serving as basis for the present paper were col- lected by Dr. N. Annandale in January, 1916, in the Talé Sap or Inland Sea of Singgora on the west side of the Gulf of Siam. ‘The collection, though small and consisting of only two species, is highly interesting, representing, as it does, forms closely allied to Shelfordia borneensis, Stummer-Traunfels ', the only known freshwater Polyclad. Before proceeding further, I take this opportunity to express my sincere gratitude to Dr. N. Annandale for the privilege of working at the planarians. I further desire to express my best thanks to Professor I. Ijima for many valuable help given me during the work. Shelfordia annandalei, n. sp. Pl. VIII, figs. 1—5.—Text-fig. 1. This new species is based on twenty-eight specimens, all which were collected from the under side of stones and potsherds on the muddy shore of Koh Yaw Island, Talé Sap near Singgora. Form and size.—According to Dr. Annandale’s notes, the anterior part of body in the living state was broadly rounded but not expanded in front, and the posterior end narrower. ‘The body in the preserved condition is elongate-oval, of a firm consistence and without any sign of tentacles, measuring 7°5—-12 mm. long by 3—5°5 mm. across in the broadest part. The worms in the living state must have shown about the same ratio of dimensions. Coloration.—According to the collector’s notes taken while the worms were living, the dorsal surface of the translucent body was of an uniform olive-greenish colour without any marking. Some of the smaller specimens were somewhat reddish. The ventral surface was much lighter than the dorsal. Eye-spots (text-fig. 1) —Tentacular eye-spots of a somewhat large size occur in two oblong clusters, each consisting of 21-23 eye-spots. In the preserved condition the clusters are separated from each other by a median space, about half as wide as their distance from the frontal margin and about one-third as wide as the distance of either 1 Stummer-Traunfels, R. Ritter, von, 1902. ‘*‘ Eine Siisswasserpolyclade aus Borneo,’’ Zool. Anz., Bd. XXVI> pp. 159-161. 186 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. group from the lateral body-margin of the same side. Scattered in the interspace between them are a sparse number of cerebral eye-spots. Further, numerous mar- ginal eye-spots are found completely around the body, more than one deep in the head region but in a single layer in the more posterior parts. Body-wall (pl. VIII, fig. 3).—The epidermis (ep) consists of ciliated columnar cells which are much higher on the dorsal than on the ventral side, and which are full of minute rhabdites (rh), those on the former side being much more abundant than those on the latter. In the median parts of the ventral surface there exist sometimes no rhabdites at all. Besides, numerous eosinophil glands, deeply imbedded in the paren- chyma, open externally in the narrow submarginal zone of the ventral surface. The basement membrane (bm) is very thick. ‘The dermal musculature, which is ‘TEXT-FIG. 1.—Eye-spots, tentacular, cerebral and marginal, of Shelfordia annandalei. x 30. better developed on the ventral than on the dorsal side, consists of (1) the outermost circular layer (cm') of very delicate and somewhat indistinct nature, (2) the outer longitudinal layer (lm'), (3) the middle circular layer (cm’), of great thickness, (4) the inner longitudinal layer (Im”), and (5) the innermost circular layer (em’). Dorso- ventral fibres (dvm) occur in all parts. Digestive System (P1. VIII, fig. 1)—The mouth (m), situated at the commencement of the middle third of body, opens nearly into the middle of pharynx, which is nearly one-third as long as the body and is provided with about six folds of a moderate size on each side. The main gut (mg) is narrow but of a considerable length, and gives rise to numerous pairs of lateral intestinal branches, the subdivisions of which do not undergo anastomosis. ‘The gut-epithelium is exceedingly poor of Minot’s glands Brackish-water Polyclads. 187 but contains a number of such cells as contain at base numerous homogeneous spherules stainable with eosin. Nervous System (P1. VIII, fig. 4).—In this species the nervous system conforms closely to the type found in Polyclads generally. The brain (br), situated slightly in front of the pharynx, is enclosed in a tough capsule, and is of a kidney-like shape consisting of right and left halves divided by a shallow depression. Anteriorly each half is provided with a heap of ganglionic cells, usually known as Lang’s “ K6rner- haufe” (kh), from which numerous sensory nerves arise. On the ventral side the brain gives rise to six pairs (an, In', In’, In’, In*, pn) of main nerve trunks, of which the last two branch repeatedly and anastomose, bringing about a network extending over nearly the entire ventral side of the body. The remaining nerve trunks also send out some anastomosing branches and finally join the marginal nerve-plexus. Male Gemtal Organs (P1. VIII, figs. 1, 2, 5).—Tyhe testes are situated ventrally in the body. Ductules proceeding directly from them can not be brought under obser- vation. The seminal canals (sc), running backwards along the sides of the hind parts of the main gut, somewhat widen in part and thus serve as accessory seminal vesicles. Posteriorly they gradually narrow and unite into an unpaired median duct, the ejaculatory duct (ed), at a point far in front of the male aperture (#). A true seminal vesicle does not exist. The ejaculatory duct proceeds obliquely backward and up- ward for some little distance and bends sharply round, finally to open at the tip of penis. At the base of penis, it receives the duct of the prostate from the dorsal side. The prostatic duct gradually widens anteriorly and passes over into the prostate proper (pr), which represents an elongate tube running forward in a wavy manner and ending blindly considerably in front of the junction point of seminal canals, much as in Echinoplana celerrima Haswell'. The prostate is internally lined with a non- ciliated epithelium and externally invested with a wall of parenchyma including numerous muscular fibres. In its interior there usually exists a quantity of a finely granular secretion. The penis (p), which is entirely destitute of a stylet or any other special chiti- nous structure, is a small and bluntly conical body, projecting from above vertically into the antrum musculinum. ‘This opens directly to the exterior by the male genital aperture, nearly on the anterior border of the last tenth of body. Female Genital Organs.—As usual the ovaries are dorsally situated, and though there exists an anastomosing system of fine ducts connecting them to the uterine canal, it is difficult to follow this out. The uteri (u), after running closely along the pharyngeal pocket on both sides, unite with each other and form the unpaired uterine duct (uu) in the neighbourhood of the hind end of the main gut; the duct soon joins the median egg-canal (ec). From this junction point the egg-canal extends poste- tiorly to the point of its origin by union of the two accessory vesicles (av) which, lying one on either side of the median line, extend anteriorly up to the level a short 1 Haswell, W. A., 1907. ‘‘ Observations on Australian Polyclads.”” Tvansact. Linn. Soc. London., 2. Ser., Vol. IX, PP. 475-478. 188 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. distance in front of the middle third of body. The accessory vesicles are each a moderately wide tubular body, the wall of which consists of an actively secretory, columnar epithelium, invested on the outside by fairly well-developed muscular layers. The vesicle contains a quantity of granular secretion apparently derived from the epithelial cells. Anteriorly the egg-canal makes an abrupt downward and backward bend and is continued as a long and posteriorly directed vaginal passage (v), supplying with numerous shell glands and running close along the ventral epi- dermis. At a point near the blind end of the prostate, the vaginal passage takes an obliquely upward and backward course, running for some distance close to the dorsal epidermis. It then describes an arch, and finally, without forming a vagina bulbosa, opens to the exterior by the female aperture (¢?) nearly in the middle of the space between the male aperture and the posterior body-end. In one of the specimens the genital openings were found displaced to a remarkable extent towards the left side of the body. Remark.—This remarkable and interesting species seems to be somewhat related to Woodwortha insigms Laidlaw! and W. atlantica Bock,’ but may be distinguished from either chiefly by the absence of tentacles and by the exceedingly prolonged prostate. Decidedly closer seems to be its relation to the freshwater Polyclad, Shelfordia borneensis, Stummer-Traunfels, with which it agrees in all essential points of internal and external characters, except in the absence of a true seminal vesicle and of a penial stylet. In my opinion the difference may well be regarded as being of not more than specific value. The generic diagnosis of Shelfordia, hitherto known by the single species referred to, should then be slightly modified to run somewhat as follows :— Stylochide with elongate-oval body, without tentacles. Marginal eyes in a crowded row or rows running all round the body. Mouth nearly in the centre of the much-folded pharyngeal chamber. Prostate exceedingly prolonged, opening into ejaculatory duct by a distinct duct. With or without true seminal vesicle. Penis armed or not armed. Vagina of great length, having a bilaterally symmetrical ac- cessory vesicle. Shelfordia amara, un. sp. Text-fig. 2. Only a single representative of this second new species of the genus was captured, in a ditch at Singgora. As in the preceding species the body in the preserved condition is elongate-oval, moderately firm in texture, and of a dark olive-brownish colour, lighter on the ventral side. It measures 11 mm. long by 3 mm. across in the broadest part. Tentacles are altogether wanting. Eye-spots (text-fig. 2).—Tentacular and cerebral eye-spots blend together, but the former are somewhat eee than the latter, both being arranged in an irregular ! Laidlaw, F. F., 1904. ‘‘ On the Polyclad Turbellaria collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylod in 1902." Report Ceylon Pearl Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaay by W. A. Herdman. Part II, pp. 128-130. 2 Bock, Sixteen, 1913. ‘‘ Studien iiber Polycladen.” Zoologiska Bidvag fdvu Uppsala. Bd. 2, pp. 142-147. ih itis oe Brackish-water Polyclads. 189 cluster on either side of the median line, as shown in the accompanying figure. In addition there are present small marginal eye-spots in a large number, arranged partly in a row and partly in crowded rows. They do not extend completely round the body, but cease altogether to exist at about the hind border of the anterior third of body. Body-wall.—The epidermis contains a large number of rhabdites, less numerously in that of the ventral than of the dorsal side. The basement membrane is very thin, and the muscles of the body-wall is but feebly developed. Digestive System.—The mouth opens into the centre of the pharynx, which is somewhat less than one-third the length of body and is placed somewhat in front of the middle of the body. The pharyngeal wall is moderately folded. The main gut is long, rather narrow, and possesses numerous pairs of lateral intestinal branches TEXT-FIG. 2.—Eye-spots, tentacular, cerebral and marginal, of Shelfordia amara. x 25. the subbranches of which nowhere undergo anastomosis. In the intestinal wall there exist as usual a large number of Minot’s glands, but the homogeneous spherules observed in the preceding species are not present. Male Genital Organs.—The following description of the genital end-organs may not be quite accurate, since the specimen was unfortunately in a state unfit for close study. The testes are ventrally distributed, chiefly in the middle parts of body. The end parts of the seminal canal of both sides expand into the accessory seminal vesicle, the connection of which with the ejaculatory duct could not be exactly de- termined. The ejaculatory duct, after undergoing much convolution far in front of the penis, pursues a backward course, finally to open at the tip of penis. The penis is a very small, bluntly conical body, projecting into the antrum musculinum. The male aperture is placed near the posterior end of the body. A certain part of the 190 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. convoluted ejaculatory duct gives rise to an obliquely upwardly and backwardly directed tube, which is provided with a thick wall and probably represents the pros- tate. The features of the male end-organs seem to differ remarkably from those of any other species of the genus. Female Genital Organs.—The ovaries are dorsal in position. The end-organs consist of parts closely similar to those of the preceding species. The two uteri unite into a single median uterine duct before joining the median egg-canal. The egg-canal proceeds backward to enter the medial part of the accessory vesicle, which seems to present features similar to those of the same organ of the preceding species. Anteriorly the egg-canal bends abruptly downward and backward, and then takes a posteriorly directed course, in which it is abundantly supplied with shell glands. Un- fortunately I have not been able to observe the further course of the egg-canal and the position of the female aperture. Remarks.—The present species seems to be ee allied to Sh. annandalet, so much so that it may well be referred to the same genus. But it stands distinctly at variance from that species in the arrangement of eye-spots as well as in some points of the genital end-organs, as may be seen from the above description. In conclusion, a few words with regard to the Polyclads hitherto known from Siam. Since the appearance of Collingwood’s memoir', our knowledge concerning the Polyclad-fauna of the Malay Peninsula and vicinity has been augmented by Lang’, Laidlaw*, Bock*, and some others. From among the species described by these authors, the following eight forms have been known to occur in Siam :— (1) Metxnernta furva Bock. (2) Stylochus orientalis Bock. (3) St. orventalis var. splendida Bock. (4) St. hyalinus Bock. (5) Notoplana evansi Laidlaw. (6) N. mortensent Bock. (7) Copidoplana paradoxa Bock. (8) Pseudoceros litovalis Bock. /_——"—_ i The following is a key to all these species and the two described in this paper :— I. Without sucking disc on ventral surface .. ae .. Suborder Acotylea. A. Marginal eye-spots present .. : .. Section Craspedommata. al. Tentacles present. Without accessory rape to vagina. a*. Vagina very long oF 4: os .. Genus Meixneria. 1 Collingwood, V., 1876. ‘On thirty-one species of Marine Planarians collected partly by the late Dr. Kelaart F.L.S., at Trincomalae, and partly by Dr. Collingwood, F.L.S., in the Eastern Seas.” Tvansact. Linn. Soc. London, 2 ser., Zool., Vol. I. 2 Lang, A., 1884. ‘‘ Die Polycladen.” Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel. XI. Monographie. § Laidlaw, F. F., 1903. ‘‘ On a Collection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the Straits of Malacca” (Skeat. Exped., 1899—1900). Proc. Zool. Soc. London. Vol. I. + Bock, sixteen, 1913. ‘‘ Studien iiber Polycladen.”” Zool. Bid. f. Uppsala. Bd. 2. Brackish-water Polyclads. Body oval, of a brownish black colour. ‘Tentacular eye- spots arranged close together on tentacles; cerebral eye- spots in two groups b?. Vagina short ar. ae -spots distributed on icontal margin. *. Body broadly oval, of a greenish brown colour. Tentacular eye-spots confined to the basal parts of tentacles; cerebral eye-spots in two elongate tracts . b*. Body broadly cuneate-oval, with frilled margin, of a yellowish green colour, darker in the median parts. Tentacles large; tentacular eye-spots close together on tentacles; cerebral eye-spots diffuse distributed a’, Without eye-spots on frontal margin. Body broadly elliptical, whitish in colour. Tentacle small; tentacular aud cerebral clusters of eye-spots distinct but few in number x b!. ‘Tentacles absent. With one paired accessory vesicle to vagina a’. Marginal eye-spots completely around body. Body elongate-oval, more broadly rounded anteriorly than posteriorly. Colour generally olive-green, sometimes reddish. Tentacular eye-spots in two somewhat cres- centic clusters ; cerebral eye-spots irregularly distributed b’. Marginal eye-spots confined to the anterior third of body. Body elongate-oval, olive brownish coloured. ‘Tentacular and cerebral eye-spots blend together, both arranged in two irregular clusters B. Marginal eye-spots absent ae a es al. Tentacles present or absent. Accessory vesicle of vagina small and rudimentary a’, Tentacles present. Body broadly oval, of a yellowish gray or yellowish brown colour. Tentacular eye-spots on tentacles; cerebral: eye- spots in two irregular clusters b?. Tentacles absent. Body oval; colour as in the preceding. ‘entacular and cerebral eye-spots in two irregular but distinct groups on each side b!. Tentacles wanting. With accessory vesicle to vagina. Vagina and vaginal duct describing a circle and each opening exter- nally by a distinct aperture : Body elongate, anteriorly Founded susetotls eeica to a point. Colour whitish. Tentacular and cerebral eye- spots blend together .. II. With sucking disc on ventral surface Marginal tentacles present Body oval, of a blackish brown colour, meiotched with sieitless flecks and bordered all round with a double band, the inner chrome-yellow and the outer black IQI 1. M. fulva. Genus Stylochus. 2. St. orientalis. 3. St. ortentalts var. splendida. 4. St. hyalinus. Genus Shelfordia. 5. Sh. annandalet. 6. Sh. amara. Section Schematommata. Genus Notoplana. 7. N. evanst. 8. N. mortenseni. Genus Copidoplany. g. C. paradoxa. Suborder Cotylea. Genus Pseudoceros. 10. P. htorahs. 192 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Localities of the Polyclads found in Siam. | GuLF OF SIAM. | Between Cap | Koh Koh | Koh |Koh Mesan| Lem Liant.|Chang, Kam. |Mesan.| and Ngob. Koh Chuen. Species. x Meixneria furva.. Stylochus orientalis as ie x St. orientalis. var. splendtda. . St. hyalinus oe = be Shelfordia annandalet Sh. amara _ Notoplana evansi _N. mortenseni | Copidoplana paradoxa Be x | Pseudoceros litoralis INLAND SEA. Koh Tyee pingeora. Talé Sap EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fic. 1.—Shelfordia annandalei. Diagrammatic combination figure of an entire worm; dorsal aspect. 16 x. Fic. 2. Ditto. Diagrammatic representation of the genital end-organs in longitudinal section. 60 x. Fic. 3. Ditto. Body-wall in longitudinal section. 300 x. Fic. 4. Ditto. Diagrammatic representation of the brain, as seen from the dorsal side. 140 x. Fic. 5. Ditto. Cross section of body passing slightly in front of the dividing point of the ejaculatory duct into the seminal canals. 150 x. ; ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE EXPLANATION OF PLATE. an anterior nerve trunk. me marginal eye-spots. av accessory vesicle of vagina. mg main gut. bm basement membrane. n nerve. br brain. Ov ovary. ce cerebral eye-spots. p penis. em!, cm?, em® circular muscles. ph pharynx. dvm.. dorso-ventral muscle. pn posterior nerve trunk. ec egg-canal. pr prostate. ed ejaculatory duct. th thabdite. ep epidermis. sc seminal canal. g gut. te tentacular eye-spots. kh “‘ k6rner-haufe.”’ u uterus. Im!, Im? .. longitudinal muscle. un unpaired uterine duct. In}, In?, In, In* .. lateral nerve trunks. Vv vaginal passage. m mouth. Phos: .. male genital aperture. female genital aperture. Memoirs As. Soc. Beng, Vol. VI, 1918. Plate VIII. Kaburaki, del. A.Chowdhary BRACKISH WATER POLYCLADS. a ae aid, i _ a y . f « ¢ 4 on ee pire ' maT. ’ = 7 Ane > he = id > = MWe » 7 Cane & a) } A 4 9 4g Se 7 + 7 ¥ | ~ ; 9 * % +. - > =) +4 x A > al * OGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. Brg SPONGES. By N. ANNANDALE, Disa. Et ACS. Bs. . / . ’ i ' nei as - > : - be , a ~ - Ps —P* © = ' a - ae! . oe - | . a - 2 4 7 7 . Be a> — a a J . a > > a ta ® : ee a. ee Ct) as ser is L se a a 4 pi ~~ ~in - = “fe er a a CONTENTS. 1. Two MARINE SPONGES FROM A CREEK IN THE MALAY PENINSULA. Page Introduction - Bionomics of the two sponges oH ee -. 5 .. 195 Comparison with other cases of Oe se £: = 2 uw OD Systematic Description. Renwera tmplexa, Schmidt 2 - a Ge ae EY Amorphinopsts excavans var. robinsonit, var. nov. ne “p Ries 6 ic) II. ERESHWATER SPONGES FROM JAPAN, CHINA AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. List of Japanese species a ie fa: = “hs .'9) 200 Spongilla inarmata, sp. nov. fe a ae a ive 206 List of Chinese species : Ni: Be ae 7 se) 20K Spongilla micron, Aefendais an - a a aia Spongilla semispongilla (Annandale) os ms ie ee Spongilla geet, sp. nov... - S aie i sy | 202 Spongilla contfera, Annandale o oe oe st - we 20S Spongilla sinensis, Annandale xr ia Ms se ezZog Spongilla stanley1, Annandale ee ait eS “ /- 204 Ephydatia meyent (Cartez) o 2 a “gs is 208 Ephydatia bogorensis, Weber - wis = ig <2 eS Trochospongilla latouchiana, Annandale &: ft * pot OF Trochospongilla sol, sp. nov. a A os - <5 Ug eos List of species from the Malay Peninsula is = <0 207 Spongilla lacustris, auct ,:* 207 Spongilla nana, Annandale a3 xe a a . = 208 Spongilla potamolepis, sp. nov. ¥ ao =P As -» 208- List of the Spongillidae of Asia a re spe Es Bibliography of the Asiatic Freshwater Spies Sais 2 fy sia ae ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. SPONGES. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of India). Plate Il; figs. 3,5; Plate EX: I. TWO MARINE SPONGES FROM A CREEK IN THE MALAY PENINSULA. The two sponges discussed in this note were found growing on the wooden piers of a landing stage at Port Weld in Perak on the east coast of the Malay Peninsula. This place is situated some miles up a narrow creek that opens into the Straits of Malacca, but, so far as I could learn, the water remains quite or almost salt at all seasons and at all states of the tide. The chief biological interest of the sponges lies not in their precise locality but in the fact that they grew high up on the piers imme- diately below high-tide level and were, therefore, exposed daily for considerable periods to the air and to the heat of a tropical sun. Moreover, the water which covered them at high tide was full of finely divided silt. The two species belong to two different genera and families of the Monaxonel- lida, one to the genus Reniera of the family Haploscleridae, the other to the pecu- liar and somewhat anomalous genus Amorphinopsis, which is assigned provisionally to the Axinellidae. The Reniera is a well-known species (R. implexa, Ridley & Dendy) of very wide bathymetric range in the warmer seas, while the Amorphinopsis seems to be no more than a phase or variety of a species (A. excavans, Carter) of which two other forms remarkably different in external structure have already been described from the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal. The most interesting feature of the bionomics of these two sponges is the diver- gence of the means whereby they are able to exist in the peculiar circumstances in which they were found at Port Weld. R. implexa is remarkable in its genus in that the sponge forms masses of more or less finger-shaped and at least partially hollow processes each of which is provided with a large and gaping osculum. Indeed, this is its most constant specific character, for its spicules, which are of one kind only, vary considerably in size and proportions in different specimens. The sponge is thus un- usually cavernous and is able to retain a considerable amount of water in its interior. Were it not for the fact that the species has been found not only in rock-pools and on the walls of a harbour but also in the deep sea, this structural peculiarity might be taken as an adaptation to enable it to resist external desiccation. Possibly it may be correlated with life in muddy water, and even if it has not been evolved in direct 196 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. correlation with life in very shallow water, it must be useful in the circumstances in which the sponge was found at Port Weld. In my Malay specimens the processes are recumbent or semi-recumbent. The other sponge, for which I propose the name Amorphinopsis excavans vat. vobinsonti, is, more strictly speaking, an encrusting sponge. It has a very massive structure in spite of its thinness, but contains relatively broad water-channels run- ning parallel to the surface a short distance below the external membrane. The two other phases of the species already known differ considerably in their mode of life. The forma typica was found growing on, or rather in, rotten coralin the Andamans. It forms a very thin film on the surface of the coral and sends root-like processes down into the burrows of Clionidae, the spicules of which it sometimes incorporates within its own substance. The outgrowths on its external surface are very short and com- pact. The var. digitifera, on the other hand, was found growing on hard rock and had incorporated numerous shells and pebbles, which it had not dissolved or excavated. It formed a mass of short, pointed, somewhat compressed upright branches of rather irregular outline, joined together by means of a relatively thin crust. ‘The longest branches were about 10 cm. long by 4cm. broad. The new variety is almost exactly intermediate between these two forms, consisting mainly of a crust about 5 mm. deep, but bearing numerous short upright processes not more than 3 mm. long. It has no basal root-like outgrowths. Like all the phases of the species it is able to close its oscula and pores very tightly. The large holes shown in the photograph of a fragment reproduced on Pl. II of this volume are due to the burrows of a mollusc in the wood below the sponge, and do not open into the interior of the sponge, which merely grows round them. The two sponges on the landing stage at Port Weld have not, therefore, under- gone any special structural evolution in correlation with the particular dangers to which they are exposed, vz. those of partial disiccation and of muddy water. They possess structural peculiarities that identical or closely related sponges living in totally different circumstances also possess, but these peculiarities are of great use to them in their peculiar environment. Without peculiarities of some kind, indeed, they would hardly have been able to establish themselves in their present habitat. The useful structural features are not the same in the two sponges. In the Remiera the principles adopted are those of receiving water in large empty spaces and of giving a free passage to small particles of inorganic matter through patent channels. In the Amorplinopsis, on the other hand, the open spaces are more restricted, the whole structure more massive and the orifices capable of complete contraction. The two sponges thus afford a parallel to two other cases of a similar nature that I have discussed recently, namely that of Nudospongilla asper and Cortispongilla barvoisi in the Lake of Tiberias ' and that of Tetilla dactyloidea var. lingua and T. limicola in muddy lagoons on the coasts of India and Ceylon.* In both cases we find sponges living in muddy water and adopting divergent means of protection, in one species by decreased size of the aper- 1 Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (u.s.), UX, p. 75 (1913). 2 Mem. Ind. Mus. V. p. 54 (1915). Sponges. 197 tures and even of the channels, in the other by increased size of the apertures and channels. ‘The freshwater sponges, however, and the two species of Tetilla are in each instance closely related forms, not, as in that of the sponges at Port Weld, belonging to different families. In both instances, moreover, the chief danger is that of water containing inorganic particles liable to cause obstruction in the canals of the sponge ; the danger of desiccation hardly entered into the question. Moreover, we know of cases, such as that of Spfongilla alba in the Gangetic delta, in which the adaptations of sponges living in muddy water are physiological rather than structural. Family HAPLOSCLERIDAE. Reniera implexa, Schmidt. 1868. Reniera implexa, Schmidt, Spong. Algier, p. 27. 1887. Rentiera implexa, Ridley and Dendy, “ Challenger’? Rep. XX, Monaxonida, p. 15, pl. i, fig. 4. 1892. SiphonocRalina mollis, Topsent, Rés. Camp. Sci. Monaco 11, p. 66. 1903. Renieva implexa, 1d., ibid. xxv, p. 244. 1905. Reniera implexa, Dendy, Sponges, in Herdman’s Rep. Ceylon Pearl Fish. 111, p. 142. 1914. Reniera implexa, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X, p. 151. This species is variable in the size of its spicules, the structure of its skeleton and the direction of its main growth. A constant specific character is, however, that , the sponge consists of a mass of more or less cylindrical tubes with large oscula at their free extremities and of hollow structure. In typical specimens from the Adriatic and in those from the Azores (of which one is figured by Ridley and Dendy) the tubes are vertical, but in all those I have examined from India and Malayan waters they are recumbent or semi-recumbent. In the collection of the Zoological Survey of India there are examples from three localities, from a rock-pool at Bandra near Bombay, from Madras harbour and from Port Weld. ‘Those from the two Indian localities agree with the specimens from Ceylon described by Dendy as “‘consisting of a few irregularly branched tubes.’ In one from Madras harbour, fixed to a mussel-shell, there-are only two tubes, which are only 2°5 mm. in diameter. Others from Bombay are rather better developed, but the tubes are not more than 5 mm. in diameter. Specimens from Port Weld originally formed a rather dense network covering a considerable area and confused with the growth of the new variety of Amorphinopsis excavans described below. Their tubes are sometimes as much as 7 mm. in diameter but are less regular in shape and uniform in diameter than in some specimens. The following are average measurements of spicules from the three lots of specimens :— Madras. Bombay. Perak. Length of spicule .. 0096 mm. o'rr6 mm. o°152 nim. Greatest breadth of spicule .. 070038 mm. 0°0054 mm. 0°0063 mm. In spite of these considerable differences in size and proportions, the spicules agree in general form, being very sharply and gradually pointed and as a rule slightly bent. 198 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The skeletons of the different specimens exhibit the same variation as has been noted in specimens from other localities. In one from Madras, which was preserved with great care so as to avoid all pressure, the skeleton, as in Schmidt’s original specimens, forms an irregular network of single spicules. On the external surface single spicules also project outwards from the nodes of this network. In examples from Bombay, on the other hand, longitudinal spicule-fibres 4 or even 6 spicules thick are well developed. In the Perak specimens the condition is intermediate, for the longitudinal fibres, though they can be detected, are not at all well defined and have not more than 3 spicules abreast. Ot all known sponges Renieva tmplexa has one of the greatest, if not the greatest of bathymetric ranges. It has been found in shallow water in the Adriatic and on the coasts of India and Ceylon, at various depths, all considerable, up to 450 fathoms in the Atlantic, and now between tide-marks in the Straits of Malacca. Differences in size of spicules or in skeleton-structure are not correlated with depth of habitat, but it is probable that an upright growth is maintained only in very still water. Family AXINELLIDAE. Amorphinopsis excavans, Carter. 1915. Amorphinopsis excavans, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, pp. 467-470, figs. 4, 5. I have redescribed this species, with a new variety, in the paper cited. Here I have to describe a second new variety. var. robinsonii, var. nov. (Plate: Il figs 3 ; plate TEX, ie" a) The sponge formed a layer about 5 mm. thick and of considerable area. It had a greenish-grey colour when alive and is grey in spirit. It is tough and rather elastic, not very hard. The surface is uneven, covered with a network of low ridges which often bear at the nodes short upright conical projections not more than 3 mm. high. These projections have a hirsute appearance under a handlens. No orifices are appa- rent in the preserved sponge but the whole structure is pierced by a number of oval gaps of relatively large size. These, however, are not natural to the sponge but covered the burrows of bivalve molluscs burrowing in the wood to which it was attached. In internal structure the sponge closely resembles the typical A. excavans (op. cit., 1915). Theupright spicule-fibres are well defined and below the external surface are splayed out as shown in fig. ron pl. TX. There is also an irregular skeletal reticula- tion of spicules of various forms and sizes and a distinct external layer of small spicules arranged horizontally in the ectosome. The conical projections on the surface apparently represent conuli in which the orifices are closed by contraction. Large horizontal channels with a circular or horizontally oval cross-section run through the substance of the sponge, especially in the region immediately below the ectosome. There is a stout horny basal membrane. : The normai spicules are of three types and each type is represented among those . Sponges. 199 both of large and of small size. All are smooth. The three types are (1) straight or feeble curved styli, (2) curved amphioxi with a median swelling and (3) curved or geniculate amphioxi without any swelling of the kind. (x) The larger spicules of this type occasionally reach a considerable size and may be as much as 0°548 mm. long; but this is exceptional. They are not less than 23 times as long as broad. The head is not at all dilated but abruptly rounded; the diameter of the spicule is uniform for about ? of its length. The tip is gradually and sharply pointed. The smaller spicules of this type are from 0°15 mm. to 0°3 mm. long and have similar proportions to the larger ones. Occasionally they bear a median swelling. Styli of all kinds are scarce. (2) The proportion of amphioxous spicules with a median swelling is small. I have not been able to find geniculate spicules of this type. Large amphioxi with the swelling are sometimes as much as 0°44 mm. long, but often not more than 0:2 mm. They are from 24 to 25 times as long as broad, omitting the swelling. The extremities are sharply and gradually pointed. (3) The majority of the spicules are of this type, slender, amphioxous, curved or geniculate, without median swelling. The proportions of geniculate spicules is small, but such spicules occur among both the large and the small amphioxi. The length is from 26 to 33 times as great as the maximum breadth and the extremities are sharply and gradually pointed. Abnormal spicules with one extremity angulate are not uncommon among those of larger size. Type-specimen. No. ZEV. 7137/7, Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). Locality. Port Weld, Perak, Malay Peninsula: between tide-marks on a landing- stage in a salt-water creek some miles up from the Straits of Malacca. This sponge is distinguished from the two varieties of A. excavans already des- cribed by Carter (of. cit.; 1887) and myself (op. cvt.; 1915) mainly in external structure. There are, however, slight differences in the spicules. II. FRESHWATER SPONGES FROM JAPAN, CHINA AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. A. JAPANESE SPECIES. The archipelago of Japan is still to a large extent unexplored so far as the Spon- gillidae are concerned and only two of its numerous lakes have been investigated. These lakes are Lake Biwa in the interior of the Main Island and Kasumi-ga-Ura on the Pacific coast of the same island. The sponges of Lake Biwa have recently been discussed in considerable detail by Dr. T. Kawamura and myself, and no species which does not occur in the lake has been found elsewhere in Japan. The only form in which this is the case is the forma typica of Ephydatia mulleri, which has been found at Tokyo, but in neither lake. It will be sufficient here to give a list of the known Japanese species and to publish an adequate diagnosis of a new form incorrectly identi- fied in the former paper. 200 ZOO LOGY OF=THH PAR EAST. List of the Japanese species :— Spongilla (Euspongilla) lacustris, auct. “Spongilla (Eunapius) fragilis, Leidy. Spongilla (Euspongilla) semispongilla Ephydatia miillert (Liebk.). (Annandale). Ephydatia millet vat.japonica (Hilgen- Spongilla (Euspongilla) inarmata, sp. dorf). nov. Heteromeyenia kawamurae, Annandale. Spongilla_ (Stratospongilla) clementis, Annandale. é Spongilla inarmata, sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 2.) 1917. Spongilla aspinosa, Annandale and Kawamura (nec Potts), Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XXXIX, p. 8, pl. ii, fig. x. I have compared a fragment of the sponge.from Lake Biwa noticed by Dr. Kawa- mura and myself under the name Sfongilla aspinosa with an authentic specimen of that species from the United States of America and find the differences much greater than we believed to be the case. It becomes necessary, therefore, to describe the Japanese form as a new species. The sponge forms a thin, very brittle crust and has (dry) a yellowish colour ; the external surface is irregular and pitted, and upright bunches of spicules project through the external membrane in the form of spines. The skeleton forms a close, irregular network in which it is possible to distinguish only ill-defined and relatively broad spicule-fibres. The gemmules lie at the base of the sponge, probably attached to a basal mem- brane, of which only traces remain in the specimen examined. They are fairly numer- ous and vary considerably in size; their outline is often oval. Each gemmule is covered with a rather thick layer of ‘“‘ granular’? pneumatic substance and is enclosed in a regular network of macroscleres, which are sometimes slightly smaller than those of the skeleton. There is a single foraminal tubule, which is not conspicuously curved. The macroscleres are of moderate size, relatively slender, straight or feebly curved, perfectly smooth and sharply pointed at both ends. ‘There are no gemmule- spicules. The flesh-spicules are practically confined to the dermal membrane; they are slender, sharply and gradually pointed at both ends and as a rule somewhat cres- centic in form; they bear short scattered spines on the middle region, but are smooth or almost smooth at the extremities. Measurements of spicules :--— Length of macrosclere a o .» O° 288 ania. Breadth of macrosclere_ oy Jee nee OTe g Length of microsclere a 3 .. °052—'068 mm. Type-spectmen. No. P, 49-1, Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). Locality. lake Biwa, Japan (T. Kawamura: 24-7-15). . i Sponges. 201 This sponge differs from S. asfinosa, Potts in its stouter skeleton-spicules, spined microscleres and stouter and less regular skeleton. It has no relationship to S. szmen- sts, with which we formerly compared it. As it is devoid of gemmule-spicules its precise systematic position is a little uncertain, but as the gemmules possess a well- developed pneumatic layer, it seems best on the whole to place it in the subgenus Euspongilla. B. CHINESE SPECIES. Freshwater sponges are known from only two of the provinces of China, from Yunnan in the west and Kiangsu in the east. From Yunnan three species have been recorded, Spongilla (Euspongilla) lacustris, auct .,S. (Stvatospongilla) clementis, Annan- dale (syn. S. yunnanensis, id.) and Nudospongilla coggim (Annandale). From Kiangsu I am able, thanks largely to the assistance of the Rev. N. Gist Gee of Soochow, to record ten species, of which six are known only from that province. ‘The following is a list of the ten species now known from Kiangsu :— Spongilla (Euspongilla) micron, Annan- dale. Spongilla (Euspongilla) semispongilla, (Annandale). Spongilla (Eunapius) geet, sp. nov. Spongilla (Eunapius) conifera, Annan- dale. Spongilla (Stratospongilla) stanleyr, An- nandale. Ephydatia meyem (Carter). Ephydatia bogorensis, Weber. Trochospongilla latouchiana, Annan- dale. Trochospongilla sol, sp. nov. Spongilla (Stratospongilla) sinensis, An- nandale. Two (E. meyeni and T. latouchiana) of the four species found outside the pro- vince occur in India; E. meyeni has been found also in Sumatra and T. latouchiana in Burma. E. bogorensis was described from the Malay Archipelago, and S. semispongilla ~ from Japan. Genus Spongilla, Lamarck. Subgenus Euspongilla, Vejdovsky. Spongilla micron, Annandale. 1916. Spongilla (Euspongilla) micron, Annandale, Journ. N. China Roy. As. Soc., XLVI, Pp: 49. This species is closely allied to S. alba, Carter and S. semsspongilla (Annandale). From the former it differs in its invariably minute size, in the sub-rotulate form of its gemmule-spicules and in the absence of true flesh-spicules; from S. senmuspongilla it may be distinguished by the entire absence of chlorophyl bodies and by its much more slender macroscleres. ‘The macroscleres are always smooth but often somewhat abnormal in form (see figure). ‘There are no true flesh-spicules but immature gemmule- spicules often occur in considerable numbers in the parenchyma. I regret to say that the original description gives a totally wrong account of the measurements of the spicules owing to the fact that the specimen selected as the type was a mixture of two 202 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. species. The actual length of the skeleton-spicules is about 0°42 mm. and they are about twenty-one times as long as thick. Localities. The Tai-Hu (type-locality) and Soochow (Gee), Kiangsu Province, China. Type-specrmen. ZEV. 7103/7, Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). This sponge grows on the leaves of submerged water-plants. Fic. 1.—Spicules of Spongilla micron, x 250. Spongilla semispongilla (Annandale). 1909. Ephydatia semispongilla, Annandale, Annot. Zool. Jap., VII, p. 107, pl. 11, fig. 2. 1916. Spongilla semispongilla, Annandale and Kawamura, op. cit., p. 5, pl. i, fig. 4. Mr. Gee has sent mea fragment of this sponge from Soochow. It was growing with Ephydatia bogorensis. ‘The species has otherwise been found only in the Main Island of Japan. Subgenus Eunapius, Gray. Spongilla geei, sp. nov. I describe this species from a broken fragment about 40 mm. long. The sponge appears to be massive and of irregular form. It was evidently in a degenerate condi- tion when discovered, and in this state has a greyish colour. The skeleton is very compact, but contains little horny mattet ; both vertical and transverse fibres are well-developed and thick, forming together a fairly regular network. The gemmules are subspherical but a little broader than high, they are small and - very numerous, and are not grouped, but scattered singly through the substance of ys o> Pe rs ~~. : Sponges. 203 the sponge, each closely embraced in the network of the skeleton. ‘The pneumatic layer is thick and uniform, its cells relatively large. There is a single, long, curved, for aminal tubule, lying in a crater-like depression in the pneumatic coat. The gemmule- spicules are scattered among the inner cells of this coat and also on its external surface ; they lie more or less parallel to the surface of the gemmule. The macroscleres are small, stout, smooth, straight or feebly curved, somewhat bluntly and abruptly pointed at both ends. The axial channel can often be detected in them. There are no flesh-spicules. The gemmule-spicules, which are not at all numerous, are small and slender, irregularly spiny and as a rule pointed at both ends. ‘Their spines are always very short. Measurements :— Gemmule es + dae OF 476 -.0°425, Imi, Length of macrosclere — .. o168 — 0-2 Breadth of macrosclere *: 2° 0:016 —"0'024 5; Gemmule-spicules.. a“ .. 0'072 —0'08 =", Locality. Ioen Mong, Soochow, Kiangsu Province, China. (Gee). Type-speciomen. No. P. 50/1, Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). This species resembles Spongilla nitens, Carter from tropical Africa more closely than any other, but the skeleton-spicules are considerably smaller and are pointed in- stead of being rounded at the tips and the skeleton is less massive. Spongilla conifera, Annandale. (Plate IX, figs. 3-5). 1916. Spongilla conifera, Annandale, op. cit., p. 51. The most remarkable features of this sponge are the small size of all its parts and the peculiar structure of the gemmules; this is clearly shown in the figures on pl. IX. Round the base of the gemmule there is often a circle of minute spinelets formed owing to an imperfect development of the pneumatic ceils in this region. I have discovered a few free-microscleres in specimens since the original descrip- tion was published. These microscleres are cylindrical, straight, blunt at the ex- tremities and covered with short spines. Minute smooth amphioxi occur occasionally in the parenchyma, but are probably young macroscleres, also spiny amphioxi and amphistrongli which are apparently adventitious. The macroscleres are occasionally amphistrongylous and vary greatly in size, proportions and outline; they are always smooth. Subgenus Stratospongilla, Annandale. Spongilla sinensis, Annandale. tg10. Spongilla (Stratospongilla) sinensis, Annandale, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 38, p. 183. Mr. Gee has sent me further specimens from Soochow, the original locality, and from Foo Mong in the same neighbourhood. The gemmule-spicules are often very irregular, never spiny. I have nothing else to add to the original description. 204 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR HAST. Spongilla stanleyi, Annandale. 1916. Spongilla (Stratospongilla) stanleyi, Annandale, of. cit., p. 50. This sponge, which has been found as yet only in the Tai-Hu on the lower surfaces of stones and on shells (living) of Vivzpara lapillorum, closely resembles ae | | Fic. 2.—Spicules of Spongilla sinensis, x 250. S. sinensis in structure, but differs in the greater irregularity and habitual spininess of the gemmule-spicules. The two species form a distinct group in the subgenus, differing considerably from any other with which I am acquainted. Fic. 3.—Spicules of Spongzilla stanleyi, x 250. Genus Ephydatia, Lamouroux. Ephydatia meyeni (Carter). 1911. Ephydatia meyeni, Annandale, Fauna Brit. Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., pp. 108, 109, fig. 21. Sponges. 205 Mr. Gee has sent me specimens from Foo Mong, Soochow which undoubtedly be- long to this species. The skeleton-spicules are smooth, but often irregular in outline, the gemmule-spicules as a rule rather stout, the length of the shafts hardly exceeding the diameter of one rotule. Some, however, are considerably longer. The shaft is as a rule smooth, but occasionally bears one or two short spines. The skeleton is com- pact. Bubble-cells are numerous in the parenchyma. The specimens are too fragmentary to permit any statement as to the external form of the sponge. Embryos and young gemmules occur together in a fragment I have examined. Numerous gemmule-spicules lie free in the parenchyma. Ephydatia bogorensis, Weber. 1890. Ephydatia bogorensis, Weber, Zool. Ergebn. Res. Nied. Ost.-Ind., I, p. 33, pl. iv, fig. 11. The sponge forms small irregular masses attached to weeds. In spirit it is of a dirty white colour; it is soft and the texture rather loose; the external surface appears to have been smooth and no large apertures are apparent. Slender horizon- tal spicule-fibres are well-defined, branching freely in the sponge, but the transverse fibres are irregular and ill-defined. I can detect no bubble-cells. The gemmules are small, spherical, densely covered with upright spicules, but with the pneumatic layer feebly developed. There is a single short foraminal tubule. The skeleton-spicules are short, slender and as a rule sharply pointed at both ends. Their outline is irregular and they sometimes bear short scattered spines. The gemmule-spicules are long and have relatively small rotules, which have minutely denticulated and somewhat introverted margins. The shafts bear a considerable number of sharp, moderately elongate spines. ‘These spicules are scattered in con- ' siderable numbers in the parenchyma, as well as surrounding the gemmules. I have compared specimens collected at Soochow by Mr. Gee with one from Java sent me by Dr. Max Weber. There are slight differences in the form and proportions of the skeleton-spicules, but the structure of the skeleton and of the gemmule is identical. E. bogorensis has been recorded from Java and Celebes. It is closely related to E. blembingia, Evans, from the Malay Peninsula. The gemmule-spicules of both species resemble those of Dosilia plumosa, Carter. Genus Trochospongilla, Vejdovsky. Trochospongilla latouchiana, Annandale. 1g1t. Tvochospongilla latouchiana, Annandale, op. cit., pp. 114, 115, figs. 23A, 24. A specimen collected by Mr. Gee at Loean Mong, Soochow agrees with Indian examples, except that the shafts of the gemmule-spicules are a little longer, nearly equalling the diameter of a single rotule. Trochospongilla sol, sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 6.) This sponge is described from a number of dry specimens attached to the lower surface of a stone. They form small oval or circular patches of a pale yellowish 206 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. colour and consists of groups of gemmules covered by skeleton-spicules. No patch is more than 5 mm. long. It is impossible, therefore, to describe the structure of the sponge. The gemmules are firmly attached to the stone and lie closely adjacent to one another ; each is covered by a dome formed of a dense network of single skeleton- spicules, the different domes coalescing at the margin. Each gemmule is nearly spherical, but the upper surface of most of them has collapsed and become concave. In the middle of this surface there is a single curved forminal tubule, which projects through the dome of skeleton-spicules. The skeleton-spicules are very small and relatively slender, sharply pointed at both ends and densely covered with short spines. The gemmule-spicules are minute. Their rotules are relatively large and their shafts short. Both rotules are slightly Fic. 4.—Spicules of Trochospongilla sol; macroscleres, x 250: birotulates, x 780. concave and the upper rotule is slightly smaller than the lower one, the shaft projects upwards as a nob in the middle of the upper rotule; the surface of the rotules is ornamented by straight radiating striae. Measurements :— Diameter of gemmule a n= 0°357 mm. Length of macrosclere ry: ~ o'162—O°3I__,, Breadth of macrosclere ia, + ABE CC) cipal Length of gemmule-spicule 7 Ds. aOR Diameter of lower rotule of geminule- S. America. EPHYDATIA OLCHONENSIS, Svartevsky. L.. Baikal, Siberia. EPHYDATIA GORIAEVII, Svartevsky. L,. Baikal, Siberia. EPHYDATIA BLEMBINGIA, Evans. Malay Peninsula. EPHYDATIA BOGORENSIS, Weber. Java: Celebes : N. China. Genus Heteromyenia, Potts (1881). HETEROMEYENIA KAWAMURAE, Annan- Japan. dale. Genus Dosilia, Gray (1867). DOSILIA PLUMOSA (CARTER) Peninsular India. Syn. Spongilla plumosa, Carter. Genus Trochospongilla, Vejdovsky (1883). TROCHOSPONGILLA LATOUCHIANA, An- Gangetic Delta: Burma: N. China. nandale. TROCHOSPONGILLA PHILOTTIANA, An- Gangetic Delta: Burma. nandale. TROCHOSPONGILLA PENNSYLVANICA. N. America: Peninsular India. (Potts). Syn. Tubella pennsylvanica, Potts. TROCHOSPONGILLA SOL, Annandale. N. China. Genus Tubella, Carter (1881). TUBELLA VESPARIUM, v. Martens. Borneo. TUBELLA VESPARIOIDES, Annandale. Tenasserim, Burma. Genus Corvospongilla, Annandale (1911). CORVOSPONGILLA CAUNTERI, Annandale. Peninsular India. CORVOSPONGILLA ULTIMA (Annandale). Peninsular India. Syn. Shongilla ultima, Annandale. - CORVOSPONGILLA ULTIMA vay. SPINOSA, Malabar Zone. Annandale. CORVOSPONGILLA BURMANICA (Kirk- Burma. patrick) Syn. Spongilla burmanica, Kirk- patrick. CORVOSPONGILLA BURMANICA vay. BOM- Western Peninsular India. BAYENSIS, Annandale. Genus Nudospongilla, Annandale (1913). NUDOSPONGILLA COGGINI (Annandale). W. China. Syn. Shongilla coggint, Annandale. NUDOSPONGILLA SARASINORUM (Weltner) Celebes. Syn. Spongilla(?) sarasinorum, (Weltner.) 214 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR HAST. NUDOSPONGILLA MAPPA, Annandale. Palestine. a NUDOSPONGILLA REVERSA, Annandale. Palestine. NUDOSPONGILLA ASTER, Annandale. Palestine. NUDOLPONGILLA VASTA (Weltner). Celebes. Syn. Spongilla (?) vasta, Weltner. Genus Cortispongilla, Annandale (1913). CORTISPONGILLA BARROISI (Topsent). L. of Tiberias, Palestine. Syn. Potamolepis barroisi, Topsent. ' Genus Pachydictyum, Weltner (Igor). PACHYDICTYUM GLOBOSUM, Weltner. L,. Posso, Celebes. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ASIATIC FRESHWATER SPONGES. [Works cited on pp. 52-60 of the Fauna of British India, Freshwater Sponges, Hy- drotds and Polyzoa (1911) are not cited in this Bibliography. | Annandale, N. .. ‘“‘ Freshwater Sponge from New Guinea”’ :—Nova Guinea (1909). 5 .. “Contributions to the Fauna of Yunnan based on collections made by J. Coggin Brown”’ :—Rec. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 197-198 (IQIO). o .. “Freshwater Sponges in the collection of the United States National Museum, pt. III. Description of a new species of Spongilla from China’: :—Prvoc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 38, p. 183 (1910). - .. ‘Freshwater Sponges in the collection of the United States National Museum, pt. IV. Note on the Freshwater Sponges Ephydatia japonica and its allies’ :—Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 38, pp. 649-650 (1910). ” .. “Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XIII. Specimens collected in the Poona district, Bombay Presidency, by S. P. Aghar- kar” :—Rec. Ind. Mus. VI, pp. 225-226 (I9II). % .. “Freshwater Sponges, Hydroids and Polyzoa”’ :—Faun. Brit. Ind. (1911). % .. “Noteson Freshwater Sponges, XIV. The generic positions of ‘“Spongilla’ ultima” :—Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 99 (1912). e .. “Freshwater Sponges of the Malabar Zone”’ :—Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, pp. 383-395 (1912). .. “Zoological results of the Abor Expedition IV, Porifera’’ :-- Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 67 (1912). i .. “Stray Notes on Ceylon Animals” :—Sfolia Zeylanica, VIII, p. 133 (1912). | 3; .. ‘Notes on some Sponges from Lake Baikal in the collection of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburgh” :—Bull. Acad. Imp. Sct., ser. VI, No. 5, p. 422 (1912). Annandale, N. +) Annandale, N. and Kawamura, T. .. Annandale, N. and Kemp, 8. Dybowsky, W. Sponges. 215 “Notes on some Sponges from Lake Baikal in the collection of the Imperial Aacademy of Sciences, St. Petersburgh’ :—Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sct. St. Petersburgh, pp. 96-101, fig. 1 (1913). “An Account of the Sponges of the Lake of Tiberias, with ob- servations on certain gener of Spongillidae” :—Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (N.S.) IX, pp. 37-87, pls. 2-5 (1913). “Note on a Sponge-Larva from the Lake of Tiberias”’ :—Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (N.S.) X, pp. 221-222, pl. vii, fig. 3 (1913). “Further notes on the Sponges of Lake Baikal’ :—Rec. Ind. Mus. X, pp. 137-148 (1914). , “The African Element in the Freshwater Fauna of British India’ :—IXe Congress International de Zoologie tenu a Mon- aco, Sec. IV, pp. 579-588 (1914). ‘““Notes on Freshwater Sponges of the genus Pectispongilla and its allies” :—Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, pp. 171-178 (1915). “Fauna cf the Chilka Lake: Sponges” :—Mem. Ind. Mus. V, No. I, pp. 21-54, pls. 3-5 (1915). “Description of a Freshwater Sponge from the N.W. of Si- beria”’ :—Mem. Ac. Imp. Sci. VIIle, X XVII, No. 9, pp. 1-3 (1915). “The Distribution and Origin of the Fauna of the Jordan River System” :-—Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (n. s.), pp. 437-476 (I915). “Freshwater Sponges from the T’ai Hu (Great Lake) of the Kiangsu Province, China” :—Journ. North China Branch Roy. As. Soc. X1,VII, pp. 49-52 (1916). “Sponges, Hydrozoa and Polyzoa of the Inlé Lake”’ :—Rec. Ind. Mus. XIV, pp. 75-79 (1918). “The Sponges of Lake Biwa”’ :—Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Um. Tokyo, XXXIX, pp. I-27, pls. 1-2. “Observations on the Invertebrate Fauna of the Kumaon Lakes, with special reference to the Sponges and Polyzoa”’ :— Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, pp. 129-145 (1912). “Mittheilungen iiber Spongien,”’ 1, 11:—Zool. Anz. I, p. 30 (1878). “Studien tiber die Spongien des Russischen Reiches mit beson- derer Berticksichtigung der Spongien-Fauna des Baikal- Sees”? :—Mem. Ac. Sci. St. Petersburgh, XXVII (7), No. 6, pp. 1-71 (1880). “Some remarks upon the variability in the form of Lubomir- skia baicalensis and upon the distribution of the Baikal 216 Dybowsky, W. Evans, R. Kawamura, T. Kemp, 5S. Korotneff, A. Martens, E. von. . Miklucho-Maclay, N. Soukotschoff, B. Svartschevsky, B. A. Topsent, E. Vejdovsky, F. Weber, Max. Weltner, W. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR TEAL Sponges in general’ :—Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), XIV, pp. 29-34 (1884). “Monographie der Spongilla sibtrica”’ :—SB. Ges. Dorp. VII, pp. 64-75 and 137-139 (1884). “A description of Ephydatia blembingia, with an account of the formation and structure of the gemmule”’ :—Quart. Journ. Micr. Sct. (N.S.) XLIV, pp. 71-109, pls. i-iv (1907). See Annandale, N. and Kawamura, T. See Annandale, N. and Kemp, S. “Faunistische Studien aur Baikalsee’’ :—Bziol. Centrbl. XXTI, Pp. 305-311 (1907). “Kin Stisswasserschwamm aus Borneo”’ :—Arch. Naturg. Ber- lin, XXXIV, pp. 61-64, pl. 1, fig. r (1868). “Uber einige Schwamme des Nordlichen Stille Oceans und des Hismeeres”’ :—Mem. Ac. Sct. St. Petersburgh, XV (7), No. 3, pp. 1-24 (1870). “Some new forms of sponges collected in the Baikal Lake, Eastern Siberia” :—Tvav. Soc. Nat. Sct. St. Pétersbourg, XXV, pp. I-11 (1895). “O ghubkakh Baikalskago ozera (Sur les Spongiaires du Lac de Baikal)” :—Zapiski kiev. Obshch. Jesh. XVII (2), pp. lx-xlv, pl. r (1901); ‘‘Materialy po faunye ghubok Baikalskago _ozera”’: t.c. pp. 329-351, pls. i1i-vi. “Sur une Eponge du Lac de Tibériade,”’ etc. :—Rev. biol. Nord. Franiée V, pp. 85-91 (1892). “Sur une Ephydatie (Ephydatia fluviatilis, Auct.) du Lac de Houleh”’ :—Jbid., pp. 326, 377 (1892). “Description d’une variété novelle d’eponge d’eau douce (Ephydatia fluviatilis, Auct. vat. syriaca, Tops.) :—Rouen. Bull. Soc. Amis Sct. Nat., pp. 1-5 (1909). “Observations on some freshwater Sponges” :—Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) XV, pp. 14-18. “‘ Spongillidae des Indischen Archipels,”’ “‘ Zoologische Ergebmisse einer Reise in Niederlandisch Ost-Indien” 1, pp. 30-47 (r8g0-I). ‘« Stisswasserspongien von Celebes (Spongilliden-studien, iv) ”’ :— Arch. Naturg. Berlin, XVII, (1) (Special number), pp. 187- 204, pls. vi, vii (I90T). “ Spongillidae des Issyk-kul- Sees und des Baches bei Dschety- Ogus”’ :—Tvav. Soc. Nat. Sci. Pétersbourg, Zool., pp. 57-76 (Loma: ~ A N SaS eS eee — iia Dm —— —— EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Amorphinopsis excavans var. robinsonii, var. nov. | Fic. 1.—Thick hand-section of the outer parts (x 11), showing the spicule- fibres, the external layer of small macroscleres and the wide hori- zontal channels. Spongilla inarmata, sp. nov. Fic. 2.—Gemmule in its cage of skeleton-spicules, x 75. Spongilla conifera, Annandale. Fic. 3.—Part of the skeleton of a sponge as seen from above, magnified. Fic. 4.—-Lateral view of a gemmule, x I12. Fic. 5.—Oblique section of a gemmule, x 112. Somewhat diagramatic. Trochospongilla sol, sp. nov. Fic. 6.—Gemmules as seen from above, x 75. PLATE IE (This plate was issued with part I of the present volume in December, 1916.) Amorphinopsis excavans var. robinsonii, var. nov. Fic. 3.—A schizotype from Port Weld, showing lacunae in the sponge over the mouths of the burrows of boring molluscs. Nat. Size. Spongilla lacustris, auct. Fic. 4.—A fragment from Pak Payum on the Talé Sap. Nat. Size. Spongilla potamolepis, sp. nov. Fic. 5.—Type-specimen from Lampam on the Talé Sap. Somewhat reduced. Memoirs As. Soc. Beng., Vol. VI, 1918. D. Bagchi del. ors ni rz a 4 Pes; d) Gh A y Lal. Wx tA pa ieAN Mile ASIST, med \ ¥ = SN . SS Sh Nall Plate IX. LOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. a CRUSTACEA DECAPODA AND STOMATOPODA. re By StanuEy Kemp, B.A., F.A.S.B. INTRODUCTION Decapoda BRACHYGNATHA Rhynchoplax introversus, Kemp * exiguus, Kemp Gelasimus annulipes, Latreille Dotilla wichmanni, de Man Tympanomerus deschampsi, Rathbun Camptandrium sexdentatum, Stimpson .. Grapsus strigosus (Herbst) .. Metopograpsus messor (Forskal) a maculatus, Milne-Kdwards a quadridentatus, Stimpson Varuna litterata (Fabricius) Eriochewr japonicus (de Haan) on sinensis (Milne-Edwards) “t leptognathus, Rathbun Pyxidognathus deianiva, de Man Sesarma quadratum (Fabricius) 3 haswell1, de Man i anderson, de Man.. aA edwardsi, de Man .. » intermedium (de Haan) » adehaant, Milne-Kdwards “A taeniolatum, White sitamense, Rathbun Ka foxt, sp. nov. tear Bs » politum, de Man Helice tridens (de Haan) Clistocoeloma mergutense, de Man Potamon (Potamon) denticulatum (Milne- Edwards) granulatum (de Man) stoliczkanum {Wood- Mason) ”? ” ? ? 9» * anacoluthon, sp. nov. (Geotelphusa) dehaani (White) Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) tridentata (Milne-Edwards) Paratelphiisa Peanaiclpnasay convexa, de Man. ot Paratelphusa_ (Paratelphusa) incerta (Lanchester) .. CONTENTS. Page 221 Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) germaini (Rathbun) Paratelphusa (Liotelphusa) Baia de Man) Myomentppe granulosa (A. Milne- Edwards) Pilumnus quadridentatus, de Man Scylla serrata (Forskal) Neptunus pelagicus (Linn.) . ; Charybdis crucifera (A. Milne- Edwards) n affinis, Dana BE callianassa (Herbst) OXYSTOMATA Ebalia heterochalaza, sp. nov. Philyra sexangula, Alcock = olivacea, Rathbun .. Dorippe astuta, Fabricius PAGURIDEA Clibanarius padavensis, de Man mE longitarsis (de Haan) Diogenes avarus, Heller ‘THALASSINIDEA Upogebia (Upogebia) heterocheir, Kemp.. CARIDEA Palaemon carcinus, Fabricius lanchester1, de Man nipponensts, de Haan asperulus, von Martens sundaicus, de Man ( ? Heller).. elegans, de Man neglectus, de Man.. pilimanus, de Man a lampropus, de Man Leander annandalei, Kemp . modestus, Heller semmelinki, de Man potamiscus, Kemp. . as paucidens (de Haan) Palaemonetes sinensis (Sollaud) Alpheus paludicola, Kemp .. Caridina propinqua, de Man ai nilotica, subsp. gracilipes, de Mani). spt subsp. macrophora, nov. bed 99 9? > »” ”? Page 247 248 249 249 250 250 250 250 250 250 252 253 253 254 254 254 254 255 257 258 259 261 264 265 267 267 268 208 2608 270 270 272 273 274 275 277 220 CONTENTS. e Page | Page Caridina brachydactyla, subsp. peninsula- Penaeopsis monoceros (Fabricius) a ris, NOV. oo oe Fee # affinis (Milne-Edwards) - 204 fr gracilirostris, de Man .& §§282 é bi dacamaes (Milne-Edwards) 294 ” gracillima, Lanchester -» 285 _ Acetes indicus, Milne-Edwards ae 2S 2 denticulata (de Haan) -. 286 ,. erythvaeus, Nobili .. . 205 » 5 subsp. sinensis, nov. 287 », japonicus, Kishinouye “5: ae ” laevis, Heller . -» 289 Lucifer hanseni, Nobili Ep 26" 66 = serrata, Stimpson .. eee) * webert, subsp. sumatrensis, die Man ae 2028 | Stomatopoda Paratya compressa (de Haan) -- 203 | Squilla scorpio, Yatreille .. 7s Ae 2ge ” ” subsp. improvisa, Kemp 293 a a var. immaculata, Kemp.. 297 PENAEIDEA , nepa, Latreille (Bigelow) 2 et, ae Penaeus indicus var. merguiensis,de Man 293 » ‘nterrupta, Kemp .. -. | waoy a cavinatus, Dana .. oun 204 » vaphidea, Fabricius iy Geeo7 > ) ‘ » ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. DECAPOD AND STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEA. By STaNLEY Kemp, B.A., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Zoological Survey of /ndia. The collection of Decapoda and Stomatopoda made by Dr. Annandale during his recent tour is one of very great interest and I am much indebted to him for the op- portunity of examining it. It contains ninety-five species and subspecies all of which were obtained in fresh or brackish water. The chief value of the collection lies in the precise information it affords regard- ing the environment of the different species. Little attention has been paid to this matter hitherto; when doubts arise as to the habitat of a particular form, the pub- lished accounts generally prove valueless and even where the most exact details of the locality are given no reference is asa rule made to the salinity of the water. In consequence, the number of forms which have succeeded in establishing themselves in fresh water has probably been much under-estimated ; in the collection under con- sideration members of no less than twelve genera and subgenera were found living far beyond the reach of tidal influence. The principal object of Dr. Annandale’s tour. was the investigation of the faunas of three lakes situated in eastern Asia,—Lake Biwa in Japan, the Tai Hu in the Kiangsu province of China, and the Tale Sap on the east coast of Peninsular Siam ; maps and brief descriptions of these are given in the Introduction to this volume. The collection of Crustacea was, however, not restricted to the lakes ; specimens were obtained in various parts of Japan, at three localities in China and at a number of places in the Malay Peninsula. The Japanese collection contains examples of nine species and one subspecies, namely :— Eriochewy japonicus (de Haan). Leander paucidens (de Haan). Sesarma dehaant (Milne-Edwards). Caridina denticulata (de Haan). Helice tridens, de Haan. Paratya compressa (de Haan). Potamon (Geotelphusa) dehaani (White). a ,, subsp. improvisa, Kemp. Palaemon nipponensis, de Haan. Acetes japonicus, Kishinouye. Helice tridens and Acetes japonicus probably came from water that was slightly brackish ; all the remainder were found in pure fresh water. The only Decapods actually found in Lake Biwa are the three prawns Leander paucidens, Caridina den- ticulata, and Paratya compressa, but the crabs Eviocheiy japonicus and Potamon de- haant are said to enter the lake at times. 222 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Since 1849, when the concluding part of de Haan’s magnificent work on Japanese Decapod Crustacea was published, a considerable number of important papers on the same subject have appeared, notable contributions having been made by Doflein, Miss Rathbun, de Man and Balss. The present collection does not in consequence make any striking addition to our knowledge of the non-marine forms, though it has been possible to demonstrate the existence in the main island of Japan of two distinct races of Xiphocaridina (more correctly Paratya) compressa. Compared with Japan, China is from a carcinological point of view almost un- known and the collections from this country are in consequence of very great interest. Sixteen species were found in three distinct localities, all having been obtained in pure fresh water. Tat Hu LAKE, KIANGSU PROVINCE. Rhynchoplax introversus, Kemp. Palaemon nipponensis, de Haan. Enocheir sinensis (Milne-Edwards). Fs asperulus, von Martens. Potamon (Potamon) denticulatum (Milne- Leander modestus, Heller. Edwards). Caridina denticulata, subsp. sinensis, nov. SHANGHAI AND THE WHANGPOO RIVER. Tympanomerus deschampsi, Rathbun. Sesarma dehaam, Milne-Edwards. Eniochetr sinensis (Milne-Edwards). Leander annandaleit, Kemp. >, leptognathus, Rathbun. » modestus, Heller. Sesarma intermedium (de Haan). Palaemonetes sinensis (Sollaud). Caridina nilotica subsp. gracilipes, de Man. THE PEAK, HONGKONG. Potamon (Potamon) anacoluthon, sp. nov. Caridina serrata, Stimpson. It will be noticed that nine genera are represented in this collection, a very large number when it is remembered that all were found in fresh water. Three species and one subspecies had not previously been described ; of these the Rhynchoplax is interest- ing in view of itshabitat, while the Leander is of considerable importance in that it repre- sents a type intermediate between Henderson’s very remarkable L. tenuipes and the more normal members of the genus. Tympanomerus deschampsi, Eniochew leptogna- thus and Palaemonetes sinensis are species only recently discovered ; but our know- ledge of Palaemon asperulus, Leander modestus, and Caridina serrata has hitherto rested on descriptions made more than fifty years ago. Caridina nilotica subsp. gracilipes is recorded far to the north of its previously known range and evidence is brought forward to show that the Chinese form of Cavidina denticulata differs sufficiently from that found in Japan to warrant subspecific recognition. The only species in Dr. Annandale’s collections common to both China and Japan are Sesarma dehaani and Palaemon mpponensis. The collection from the Tale Sap, a lagoon connected with the Gulf of Siam by means of a comparatively narrow channel, contains the largest number of species, Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 223 forty-seven forms being represented. At the mouth of the Patalung river and in the inner of the two lakes of which the Tale Sap is composed, the water was fresh at the time when the collection was made and probably remains so throughout the year. In the channel between the two lakes and in the outer lake it was brackish, specific gravities falling between 1:0015 and 1°0085.! The following species were obtained in these two regions :— PATALUNG RIVER AND INNER LAKE OF TALE SAP. Fresh water. Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) germaini —Palaemon elegans, de Man. (Rathbun). Candina propinqua, de Man. Palaemon carcinus, Fabricius. e gracillima, Lanchester. . lanchestert, de Man. < nilotica, subsp. macrophora, nov. OUTER LAKE OF TALE SAP AND CHANNEL BETWEEN LAKES. Brackish water. Rhynchoplax exiguus, Kemp. Dornippe astuta, Fabricius. Gelasimus annulipes, Latreille. Clhibanarius longitarsis (de Haan). Dotilla wichmanni, de Man. Diogenes avarus, Heller. Camptandrium sexdentatum, Stimpson. Upogebta (Upogebia) heterocheiy, Kemp. Grapsus strigosus (Herbst). Palaemon carcinus, Fabricius. Metopograpsus messor (Forskal). ‘ sundaicus (Heller), de Man. 5 maculatus, Milne-Edwards. Alpheus paludicola, Kemp. Varuna litterata (Fabricius). Caridina propinqua, de Man. Sesarma quadratum (Fabricius). gvacillama, Lanchester. os haswelli, de Man. Penaeus indicus, var. merguiensis, de Man. 53 taemolatum, White. yy | earinains, Dana. # stamense, Rathbun. Penaeopsis monoceros (Fabricius). Pilumnus quadnidentatus, de Man. " affimis (Milne-Edwards). Scylla serrata (Forskal). - brevicornis (Milne-Edwards). Neptunus pelagicus (Linn.). Acetes indicus, Milne-Edwards. Charybdis cructfera (A. Milne-Edwards). 5, japonicus, Kishinouye. is affinis, Dana. Lucifer hansent, Nobili. is callianassa (Herbst). Squilla scorpio, Latreille. Ebalia heterochalaza, sp. nov. 7 5 var. immaculata, Kemp. Philyra sexangula, Alcock. » nepa, Latreille (Bigelow). olivacea, Rathbun. », mterrupta, Kemp. Squilla rabhidea, Fabricius. » It is probable that a considerable number of the brackish-water forms are merely casual or seasonal immigrants to the lake and do not inhabit it permanently; the fact 1 Nearly all the species were found in water the specific gravity of which varied from 1°0035 to 1°0085 (corrected). 224 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. that the specimens were all collected at one season renders it impossible to de- termine the precise status of individual species in this respect. It is none the less possible to institute a comparison with the Decapod and Stomatopod fauna of the Chilka Lake on the Orissa coast of the Bay of Bengal. The two lagoons are in many respects closely similar: both are shallow, with a muddy bottom, both are connected with the sea and it is practically certain that in the outer part of the Tale Sap, as in the Chilka Lake, the salinity of the water varies considerably at different times of the year. One essential difference must be noted,—that in no part of the Chilka Lake does the water remain permanently fresh ; but this discrepancy may be obviated by considering for comparative purposes only the fauna of the outer lake of the Tale Sap. Of the forty-one species of Decapods and Stomatopods which we regarded as permanent inhabitants of the Chilka Lake fifteen were found in the Tale Sap, namely :— Camptandrium sexdentatum, Stimpson. Alpheus paludicola, Kemp. Varuna litterata (Fabricius). Canidina propinqua, de Man. Scylla serrata (Forskal). : Penaeus carinatus, Dana. Neptunus pelagicus (Linn.). Penaeopsis monoceros (Fabricius). Clibanarius longitarsis (de Haan). i. affinis (Milne-Edwards). Diogenes avarus, Heller. Lucifer hansent, Nobili. Upogebia (Upogebia) heterocheir, Kemp. Squilla scorpio, Latreille. Squilla scorpio var. immaculata, Kemp. The majority of these are species of very wide distribution, found in the open sea as well as in backwaters, and are consequently of little importance for comparative purposes. The occurrence of Campitandrium sexdentatum, Upogebia heterocheir, Alpheus paludicola and Caridina propinqua appears, however, to indicate a real relationship between the two faunas; it is also noteworthy that the species of two Oxystome genera found in the Tale Sap are closely allied to those obtained in the Chilka Lake. The fauna of the Tale Sap, like that of the Chilka Lake, has little in common with that of the Gangetic Delta, though the delta occupies a position intermediate between the two lagoons so far as the coast-line is concerned. The Tale Sap collection is not rich in undescribed species but in a number of cases considerable additions are made to our knowledge of the geographical distribu- tion. The collection also contains a number of species found about fifty miles to the south-east of the Tale Sap in the Patani river, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States. These specimens belong to sixteen species and were all obtained in water that at the time of their capture was quite fresh; the situation in which they were found was, however, subject to tidal influence and there can be no doubt that all the species are at times brought into contact with brackish water. The following forms were found in the Patani river :— Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 225 Varuna litterata (Fabricius). Leander potamiscus, Kemp. Pyxidognathus deianiva, de Man. Candina propinqua, de Man. Sesarma edwardsi, de Man. - brachydactyla, subsp. peninsu- stamense, Rathbun. lavis, nov. ”) Clistocoeloma merguiense, de Man. = gracilivostris, de Man. Palaemon carcinus, Fabricius. 4 webert, subsp. sumatrensis, de * sundaicus (Heller), de Man. Man. % lampropus, de Man. Acetes erythraeus, Nobili. Acetes japonicus, Kishinouye. A number of these species were also obtained in the Tale Sap. The most interest- ing are the scarce Pyxidognathus deianira, the Leander and the subspecies of Cavridina brachydactyla,.a species that in its typical form is known only from Celebes, Flores and Saleyer. In ditches in the vicinity of the Patani river Parvatelphusa germaini (Rathbun) was found. Dr. Annandale also made a small collection at Penang. Six species were obtained on the island, for the most part in a hill stream in the Botanical Gardens, and six at the mouth of the Prai river on the mainland opposite Penang ; the latter were found in water of considerable salinity. The species are :— PENANG ISLAND. Sesarma sp. Leander potamiscus, Kemp. Potamon (Potamon) stoliczkanum (Wood- Caridina brachydactyla, subsp. peninsu- Mason). Be lavis, nov. [Man. Palaemon neglectus, de Man. Caridina weberi, subsp. sumatrensis, de MoutH OF PRAI RIVER. Metopograpsus maculatus, Milne-Edwards. Chbanarius padavensis, de Man. = quadridentatus, Stimpson. Leander semmelinki, de Man. Mvyomenppe granulosa (A. Milne-Ed- Acetes erythraeus, Nobili. wards). In addition there are single examples of Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) incerta, Lan- chester, from the Singapore Botanical Gardens and of Sesarma andersoni, de Man, from Kantan in Trang. To my account of this extensive collection I have added a description of a very interesting Grapsid (Sesarma foxi) presented to the Indian Museum by Mr. B. H. Buxton and obtained at the unusual altitude of 2000 ft. on Langkawi I. off the west coast of the Malay Peninsula. Reference is also made to a Javanese collection of Decapods, comprising six species, kindly obtained for us by the late Dr. W. C. Hos- sack. All these had already been recorded from the island by Dr. J. G. de Man. In dealing with certain groups of species concerning which our knowledge was more than ordinarily deficient, I have found it advantageous to work through portions of 226 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. the undetermined material lying in the Indian Museum and to present the results con- currently with those derived from Dr. Annandale’s collection. The literature of the subject being so widely scattered I have found that a great economy in time is effected by this procedure, and the conclusions reached are, I believe, of much greater value than if either collection had been examined separately. The groups treated in this manner are (i) the Hymenosomatidae, (ii) the species of Leander allied to L. styliferus, Milne-Edwards, (iii) the Atyid genus Paratya (= Xiphocaridina) and (iv) the Penaeid genus Acetes. On these groups separate reports, including descriptions of a fumber of the new species, have been already published in Vol. XIII of the Records of the Indian Museum. . Dr. Annandale has generously presented a complete set of the specimens he ob- tained, together with the types of the new species and subspecies to the collection of the Zoological Survey of India (Indian Museum). Family HYMENOSOMATIDAE. In the course of his tour Dr. Annandale obtained two species of this interesting family, both apparently new. Descriptions of these forms have been published in Vol. XIII of the Records of the Indian Museum in a paper devoted mainly to the elucidation of the Indian representatives of the family. In this paper I have attempted a revision of the genera and have pointed out that the Indian species referred by Alcock to Hymenicus should more properly be grouped under Stimpson’s Rhynchoplax. Dana’s Hymenicus is in my opinion synonymous with White’s Hal- carcinus. It is unfortunate that both Dr. Tesch and I should have been occupied with this family at the same time without knowledge of each other's work. Tesch’s report on certain crabs obtained by the ‘Siboga’ Expedition, published only five months after my own paper, also contains a revision of the genera of this family. In the applica- tion of Rhynchoplax we are, for the most part, in agreement'; but Tesch retains Hymenicus as a distinct genus and in less important details our work shows a number of discrepancies. Rhynchoplax introversus, Kemp. 1917. Rhynchoplax introversus, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII. p. 262, figs. 11a-c. This species, which is readily distinguished from any other by the peculiar form of the lateral border of the carapace, is based on two specimens obtained in the Tai-Hu lake in China, living in water that is quite fresh at all seasons of the year. The only other Hymenosomatid known from fresh water beyond the reach of all tidal influence is Halicarcinus lacustris (Chilton)* which has been recorded from Australia, New Zealand and Norfolk I. ! Dr. Tesch places Hess’s H. Kveffti and Haswell’s H. rostrata under Rhynchoplax. According to my views both these species are to be referred to Halicarcinus or, if it really be distinct from the latter, to Hymenicus. This is certainly true of Haswell’s species of which I have seen specimens. 2 Chilton, Trans. N. Zealand Inst., XLIV, p. 128 (1912). Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. apd: Rhynchoplax exiguus, Kemp. 1917. Khynchoplax exiguus, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p 260, fig. ro. A very small species without any strongly marked characteristics. ‘Ten specimens were found by Dr. Annandale in the outer part of the Tale Sap, on the mainland opposite the western end of Koh Yaw. They were living in lumps of turf that had fallen into the lake owing to the undermining of the banks. The specific gravity of the water was about 1°00625. Family OCYPODIDAE. Subfamily OCYPODINAE. Genus Gelasimus, Latreille. Gelasimus annulipes, Latreille (Milne-Edwards). 1900. Gelasimus annulipes, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, L.XIX, p. 353. 1915. Gelasimus annulipes, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 221. A colony of this abundant species was found by Dr. Annandale at Kaw Deng at the mouth of the Tale Sap. The claws of large males were of a pale dull yellow colour in life. No specimens were observed more than a few hundred yards within the mouth of the lake, the water being practically as salt as that of the Gulf of Siam. Subfamily SCOPIMERINAE. Genus Dotilla, Stimpson. Dotilla wichmanni, de Man. 1892. Dotilla wichmannt, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Niedevland. Ost -Ind., UU, p. 308, pl. xviii, fig. 8. 1895. Dotilla wichmanni, de Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., VIII, p. 577. 1910. Dotilla wichmanni, Rathbun, Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift.(7), Naturvid. og Math., V, p. 324. 1918. Dotilla wichmanni, Tesch, Decap. Brachyur. ‘ Siboga’-Exped., 1, p. 45. A large number of specimens were obtained at Kaw Deng at the mouth of the Tale Sap on the opposite side of the channel from Singgora. The series includes some very fine individuals with carapace nearly 8 mm. in length and consequently much larger than any of de Man’s original spezimens, none of which exceeded 5 mm. In males between 6 and 8 mm. in length the carapace bears three large angular projections on either side ; two of these are situated, one behind the other, on the outer side of the deep groove that borders the lateral margin, while the third, which is more spinose in character and possesses a corneous apex is situated on the side-wall, immediately beneath the small tooth that defines the upper and outer limit of the orbit (text-fig. 1). These projections are not seen in females or small males. In large males, also, there is a short but high ridge on the inner face of the carpus, situated close to the meral articulation and easily visible in dorsal view. There is no 228 . ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. great difference between large and small specimens in the form of the fingers of the chela, the largest examples possessing merely a low crest in the middle of the dac- tylus. - De Man compares this species with D. sulcata and remarks (p. 311) ‘‘ Das ster- num ist uberall glatt und zeigt nicht die ftir D. fenestrata characteristischen, durch- sichtigen stellen ; wahrend aber die einzelnen segmenten bei D. sulcata leicht convex erscheinen, sind sie bei der neuen Art stark abgeflacht oder leicht concav, sowie deut- lich gerandert.’” On comparing the species with D. myctiroides it is, however, evident that the slightly concave areas that occur on each sternal segment and occupy nearly the whole of the space between the legs and the abdomen are true ‘tympana’ and that so far as the sternum is concerned the difference between D. wichmanm and Hilgendorf’s D. fenestvata rests merely in the number of segments on which ‘“tympana’ are found. ‘ Fic. 1.—Dottila wichmanni, de Man. Adult male. Dr. Annandale notes that the ‘runs’ made by this species are not so carefully constructed and the pellets of sand not so tidily arranged as is the case with the species found living on the western side of the Bay of Bengal. Dotilla wichmanni has not hitherto been recorded from Indian waters, but has, however, recently been obtained in the Andaman Is. ‘The specimens, none of which are of large size, were found living on the sandy shores of Corbyn’s Cove South, not far from Port Blair. The species has been reported from Celebes, Makassar and Atjeh in Sumatra (de Man), the Talaut Is. (Tesch) and from the coast of Koh Kong in the Gulf of Siam (Rathbun). * Genus Tympanomerus, Rathbun. Tympanomerus deschampsi, Rathbun. 1914. Tympanomerus deschampsi, Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLVI, p. 356, pl. xxxii, pl. xxxiii, fig. 1. i Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 229 A single female with carapace 9} mm. in breadth was obtained by Dr. Annandale at the edge of the Whangpoo R., 5 to 10 miles below Shanghai. It was found ina burrow above the water-line in mud which was rapidly hardening. The water in the river at the point where the specimen was taken is quite fresh at all seasons. The species is readily distinguished from T. stapletont, de Man, by the characters given by Miss Rathbun ; it has been recorded from Shanghai, where the type speci- mens were obtained, and from Korea. Subfamily MACROPHTHALMINAE. Genus Camptandrium, Stimpson. Camptandrium sexdentatum, Stimpson. 1907. Camptandrium sexdentatum, Stimpson, Smiths. Misc. Coll., XLIX, p. 138, pl. xvii, fig. 4. 1915. Camptandrium sexdentatum, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 236, pl. xii, fig. 6. 1918. Camptandrium sexdentatum, Tesch, Decap. Brachyur. ‘ Siboga’-Exped., I, p 65, pl. v, fig. 3. Dr. Tesch has recently redescribed this species. In the account which I pub- lished in 1915 I placed the genus in the Grapsidae and in the subfamily Varuninae, being under the impression that it was remotely allied to Eviocheiy. Dr. Tesch, who has had the advantage of examining an adult male, considers that it belongs to the Ocypodidae and to the subfamily Macrophthalminae and is not distantly related to Paracleistostoma. With this view I concur. _ Two females of this rare species, with carapace 7:2 and 67 mm. in breadth, were found by Dr. Annandale in the Tale Sap. They are a trifle smaller than the dead female found in the Chilka Lake (v. Kemp, Joc. cit., text-fig. 13) ; the sculpture of the carapace is crisper, the transverse ridge on the branchial and cardiac regions being more sharply defined and the antero-lateral teeth more prominent. The specimens were found in the channel opposite Singgora on a bottom of mud and dead shells at a depth of 44 metres and in the middle of the outer lake, N. of Koh Yaw, ona bottom of sticky mudat a depth of 24 metres. The specific gravity of the water in the former locality was 1':00625 and in the latter 1:0035 (corrected). The species has been recorded from Hong Kong (Stimpson), the Bay of Batavia (Tesch), the Chilka Lake, Orissa (Kemp) and Ennur backwater, Madras (Kemp). Family GRAPSIDAE. Subfamily GRAPSINAE. Genus Grapsus, Lamarck. Grapsus strigosus, (Herbst). 1900. Grapsus strigosus, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, (XIX, p. 393. A single dead specimen with carapace 34 mm. in breadth was found at the mouth of the Tale Sap. The species is probably not an inhabitant of the lake. 230 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Genus Metopograpsus, Milne-Edwards. Metopograpsus messor, (Forskal) Milne-Edwards. 1900. Metopograpsus messor, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1,XIX, p. 397. 1918. Metopograpsus messor, Tesch, Decap. Brachyur. ‘ Siboga’-Exped., I, p. 79. Two dead specimens were found at Kaw Deng at the mouth of the Tale Sap. The carapace of the largest is 20 mm. in breadth. Metopograpsus maculatus, Milne-Edwards. 1900. Metopograpsus maculatus, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, L,X1X, p. 398. 1918. Metopograpsus maculatus, Tesch, Decap. Brachyur. * Siboga’-Exped., I, p. 80. Two examples of this species, including an ovigerous female with carapace 22 mm. in breadth, were obtained at the mouth of the Prai River, on the mainland opposite Penang ; they were living under stones on a mud flat exposed at low water. Two others were found under stones on the shore of Koh Yaw in the outer lake of the Tale Sap. The specific gravity of the water at the latter place (corrected) was I'00625. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, Stimpson. 1858. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sct. Philadelphia, p. 102. 1883. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., V, p. 158. 1895. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, de Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., TX, p. 76, fig. 16. 1g01. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, Nobili, Boll. Mus. Torino, XVI, no. 397, p. 3. 1907. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, Stimpson, Smiths. Misc. Coll., XL1X, p. 115, pl. xvi, fig. 2. 1910. Metopograpsus quadridentitus, Rathbun, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. (7), naturvid. og math., V, p. 325. 1918. Metopograpsus quadridentatus, Tesch, Decap. Brachyur. ‘ Siboga’-Exped., I, p. 79. Five specimens were found in company with M. maculatus at the mouth of the Prai River near Penang. In the largest example, a male with carapace 20°5 mm. in length and 24°75 mm. in breadth, the chela precisely resembles the figure given by de Man (loc. cit., 1895). M. quadridentatus has not so far been found in Indian waters. It has been re- corded from Macao (Stimpson), Amoy (de Man), ‘ Malacca’ (de Man), Borneo (Nobili) and from the east coast of the Gulf of Siam (Rathbun). Subfamily VARUNINAE. Genus Varuna, Milne-Edwards. Varuna litterata (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards. 1900. Varuna littervata, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XIX, p. 401. 1915. Varuna litterata, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 232. Several specimens were obtained in the outer lake of the Tale Sap, at and near Singgora and at Koh Yaw. They were found in fishermen’s nets, under stones on the shore, and in pools and ditches. The specific gravity of the water in which they were taken varied from about 1-004 to 1:0085 (corrected). Crabs of this species were also taken in the Patani River, fifty miles to the south-east of the Tale Sap, in water that was quite fresh, though subject to tidal influence. o Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. oaF Genus Eriocheir, de Haan. Eriocheir japonicus (de Haan). 1835. Grapsus (Eniocheir) japonicus, de Haan, in Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 59, pl. xvii. This is the common edible crab of the main island of Japan and is sold in large numbers at Kyoto. It is said to be migratory in habit, making its way towards the sea or into lakes after heavy rain. ‘There is a specimen in the Otsu laboratory from the southern end of Lake Biwa, but Dr. Annandale was unable to find examples in the lake in October and November 1915. Young and half-grown specimens were abun- dant in the main channel of the Yodo River, just above Osaka, at the beginning of December. ‘The species does not appear to have been found in the sea ; it has occa- sionally been recorded from brackish water, but is almost always found in water that is quite fresh. Four very large specimens obtained in the Kyoto market and said to have come from Echizen province to the north of Lake Biwa yield the following measurements (in mm.) :— of 2 2 Length of carapace a un OS 82 67 66 Greatest breadth of carapace ee te gI aE 72 Length of chelipede we Te 130 76 75 Length of chela be toMipybte 2 82 43 43 Breadth of chela e Ste IAS 44 22 21 Length of second walking leg ae TS I51 ie) 128 In the largest males the whole palm on both outer and inner sides, except for a small area at the proximal end of the lower surface, is thickly covered with woolly hair, which also invests the anterior margin of the carpus and the base of the dactylus. | In other males, with carapace about 38 mm. in length, the hair is less abundant ; the entire lower surface of the palm is bare, on the inner side there is only a comparatively small patch in the neighbourhood of the finger-cleft and there is very little on the anterior margin of the carpus.’ In males between 11 and 12 mm. in length the chela is apparently nude, but on close inspection is seen to be largely covered with a fine and very close pubescence. In these smallest individuals the carapace is flatter and its antero-lateral margins are straighter than in adults. Eriocheir sinensis (Milne-Edwards). 1854. Eviochirus sinensis, Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, VII, p. 146, pl. ix, figs. I-Ic. 1880. Eriocheir sinensis, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 210. The collection contains a large male and female from Moo-Too, Tai Hu, Kiangsu province, China, and a number of young individuals obtained in the Whangpoo River, between Shanghai and Woosung at depths of 54 to 74 metres. The carapace of the largest specimen is 54 mm. in length. 232 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. In young examples, as in E. japonicus, the antero-lateral borders of the carapace are much straighter than in adults and there is less hair on the hands. Ina male with carapace 15 mm. in length the hair is restricted to the outer surface of the chela and it is completely absent in all specimens under 12 mm.in length. The four teeth on the front are very sharply pointed in adults, but much blunter in young in- dividuals. Eriocheiry rectus ' (Stimpson) is perhaps merely asynonym of this species. It was described from a specimen 0°92 ins. in length and is chiefly characterised by its straighter lateral margins and blunter frontal lobes, thus closely resembling the young of E. sinensis. Dr. Annandale informs me that this is the common edible crab of Shanghai and is to be found on sale in all the village markets round the Tai Hu, where it is chiefly captured in narrow creeks. Doflein* records the species from Shasi on the Yang-tse- kiang, 1300 kilometres from sea, and also from brackish water in the neighbourhood of Shanghai. Eriocheir leptognathus, Rathbun. 1914. Entocheir leptognathus, Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLVI, p. 353, pl. xxxiii, figs. 2,133 To this species I refer a small male with carapace 9'I mm. in length and 9°6 mm. in breadth. It agrees on the whole very well with Miss Rathbun’s description. The edge of the front is almost straight, only very obscurely trilobed, the postero-lateral margins of the carapace are parallel rather than convergent and the hindmost tooth of the antero-lateral border is extremely small and inconspicuous. ‘The outer surface of the palm is bare, as in the type, but there isa dense patch of woolly hair on the inner side, extending on to the base of both fingers. The granulate ridge, anteriorly concave, that runs inwards from the hindmost tooth of the antero-lateral margin is well marked ; it is finer and less elevated than in E. japonicus or E. sinensis and in front of it there is no trace of the comparatively deep depression found in those species. There is, moreover, a noticeable distinction in the size of the eyes. If specimens of similar dimensions be compared it will be seen that the cornea is much smaller in FE. leptognathus than in the two allied species and is decidedly narrower than the basal part of the stalk. The most obvious character in which the species differs from other members of the genus is, however, the presence of only three instead of four teeth on the antero-lateral margin of the carapace ; this feature seems to have escaped Miss Rathbun’s attention though it is clearly shown in her figure. The single specimen was found in company with young E. sinensis in the Whangpoo River, between Shanghai and Woosung at a depth of 54 to 74 metres. It was found in pure fresh water. The female described by Miss Rathbun was 10°6 mm. in length and 11°6 mm. in breadth and was obtained at Shanghai. | Eviochirus rectus, Stimpson, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, X, p. 103 (1858) and Smiths. Misc. Coll., XLIX, p 125 (1907). 2 Doflein, Abhandl. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., XXI, p. 665 (1902). Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 233 Genus Pyxidognathus, A. Milne-Edwards. Pyxidognathus deianira, de Man. 1888. Pyxidognathus deianira, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., XXII, p. 148, pl. x, figs. 4-6. Dr. Annandale obtained a single specimen of this scarce species among the roots of a dead palm trunk in the Patani River, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States. The individual is a male with carapace 9 mm. in breadth. Except for the slightly more acute teeth on the antero-lateral margin of the carapace, the specimen bears the closest resemblance to two smaller males, co-types of the species, that are preserved in the Indian Museum. The species has hitherto been recorded only from Mergui, where it was obtained in mangrove swamps. Subfamily SESARMINAE. Genus Sesarma, Say. Sesarma quadratum (Fabricius). 1887. Sesarma quadrata, de Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., I, p. 683, pl. xvii, fig. 2. 1890. Sesarma quadrata, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., XII, p. 99. 1892. Sesarma quadrata, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Niederl. Ost-Ind., II, p. 328. _ 1895. Sesarma (Parasesarma) quadrata, de Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., 1X, p.182. 1917. Sesarma (Parasesarma) plicata, Tesch, Zool. Meded. Mus. Leiden, III, p. 187 (syn.). Several specimens were found at different places in the outer lake of the Tale Sap (Kaw Keoh, Kaw Deng, Koh Yaw and Singgora) ; they were for the most part found under stones or running on the shore at some distance from the water. All appear to belong to the true S. qguadratum as redefined by de Man. Sesarma haswelli, de Man. 1888. Sesarma haswelli, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 175. 1917. Sesarma (Chiromantes) haswelli, Tesch, Zool. Meded. Mus. Leiden, III, p. 158. A single example of this species, an ovigerous female 16 mm. in breadth, was ob- tained by Dr. Annandale near Singgora. Alcock ' included S. haswelli, along with S. lividum, A. Milne-Edwards, and S. dussumiert, Milne-Edwards, in his synonymy of S. bidens (de Haan), being evidently of the opinion that the five forms distinguished by de Man in 1888 in his “ section C”’ (loc. cit., p. 175) were only based on individual variations of a single wide-spread species. De Man in 1902” dissented from Alcock’s opinion. In the Indian Museum are preserved the type of S. haswelli, other specimens from Mergui originally determined by de Man as S. lwida, a large number of examples examined by Alcock and several additional samples obtained in recent years. On examining this material I find little difficulty in separating it into groups, corresponding to those that de Man and Tesch recognize as distinct species. I have no doubt that Alcock formed a wrong estimate of the variability of the forms in- cluded in the didens-group and that it will be necessary to subject the Indian material to a thorough revision. \ Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, L/XIX, p. 415. 2 De Man, Abkandl. Senck. natur}. Ges., Frankfurt, XXV, p. 538 (1902). 234 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. It should be noted that the specimens from Mergui, recorded by de Man in 1888 under the name S. livida, have since been described by him as a new species—S. onychophora.' Sesarma andersori, de Man. 1888. Sesarma andersoni, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 172, pl. xii, figs. 1-4. 1917. Sesarma (Parasesarma) anderson, Tesch, Zool. Meded.. Mus. Leiden, III, p. 129. A single specimen, with carapace 8-6 mm. in breadth, was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Kantang in Trang, on the west coast of peninsular Siam. It was caught running on the piers of the landing stage above water-level. Sesarma edwardsi, de Man. 1888. Sesarma edwardsi, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 185, pl. xiii, figs. 1-4. 1917. Sesarma (Sesarma) edwardst, Tesch, Zool. Meded. Mus. Leiden, III, p. 147. Two males and one female, the largest with carapace 154 mm. in breadth, were found in the Patani River in the Siamese Malay States. The specimens were obtained in fresh water, but in a locality subject to tidal influence. ; Sesarma intermedium (de Haan). 1865. Sesarma intermedia, Heller, Reise ‘ Novara’, Crust., p. 64. 1918. Sesarma (Sesarma) intermedium, Tesch, Zool. Meded. Mus. Leiden, 11, pp. 162, 243. Two males from Shanghai are referred to this species. The carapace of the larger is 27 mm. in length and 31 mm. in greatest breadth; that of the smaller is 17°5 mm. in length and 20°8 mm. in breadth. In both specimens there is a single well marked tooth on the lateral margin behind the extra-orbital angle, but further back there is scarcely a trace of a rudimentary third lateral tooth, such as has been described in certain Sesavma referred to this species. The crest on the upper margin of the merus of the chelipedes does not possess a subterminal tooth, as in S. tetrvagonum ; the upper surface of the carpus is smooth and its inner margin bears a few small tubercles, but is not toothed. ~The up- per margin of the palm is defined by an obscure and feebly crenulate ridge ; its outer surface shows only the slightest traces of rugosity, but bears the Fic. 2.—Sesarma intermedium (de Haan). pols Lone seaa pe bis by = a. Left chela of a specimen 27 mm. he fingers are smooth except for a slight tubercu- in length. lation on the dorsal surface of the dactylus near its b. Lett cele of aspecimen 175 mm. proximalend. In both specimens the fingers gape, meeting only at the tips, the extent of the gape being very much greater in the larger specimen. 1 De Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., 1X, p. 214 (1895), and X, pl. xxxi, fig. 39. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 235 The walking legs are comparatively slender. The merus in the first pair is about two and a half times as long as broad in the larger specimen, about two and a quarter times in the smaller. In certain respects the two specimens obtained by Dr. Annandale do not entirely agree with the descriptions given by de Man. In the notes published in 1880 he men- tions the existence of traces of a third tooth on the lateral margins of the carapace and remarks that the ambulatory legs agree with those of S. tetragonum, in which species the merus is greatly expanded, that of the first pair being only twice as long as broad. In 1887 he compared the species with the closely allied S. sinensis, Milne- Edwards, distinguishing the latter by the proportionately longer fingers of the chela and more slender meropodites of the walking legs. Dr. Annandale’s specimens seem to some extent intermediate in character be- tween S. intermedium and S. sinensis as understood by de Man. In the comparative slenderness of the walking legs they incline to S. sinensis, in which the merus of the first pair is described as being three times as long as broad (de Man, Joc. cit., 1887, p. 670), while in the proportionate length of the fingers of the chelipedes they appear to agree with S.intermedium. Outlines of the chelae of the two specimens are shown in text-figs.2 a,b. The examples agree very closely with de Haan’s original figure, in which the meropodites of the legs do not appear to be much expanded, and I have little doubt that my identification is correct. The specimens recorded by de Man in 1888 from Mergui as S. intermedia‘ are un- questionably distinct ; de Man has redescribed them under the name S. moeschii.? The larger of the two specimens was obtained by Dr. Arthur Stanley from a creek near Shanghai, the smaller was found dead in a burrow on the banks of the Whangpoo River in the same neighbourhood. Both were from fresh water. The habits of the species appear to resemble those of S. dehaani (infra). The species has been recorded from Japan, the Liu-Kiu Is., Shanghai and Hong- kong. De Haan’s supplementary record from Sourabaya in Java requires confirma- tion. Sesarma dehaani, Milne-Edwards. 1917. Sesarma (Holometopus) dehaant, Tesch, Zool. Meded. Mus. Leiden, III, pp. 143, 238 ubi lit.). PLOT. bie Eames neglecta, Tesch, tbid., pp. 178, 238. Examination of a limited number of specimens from both China and Japan leads me to believe that de Man’s S. neglecta is not specifically distinct from S. dehaani, though it is possible that the name should be retained in a subspecific sense. S. neg- lecta was described from Shanghai, and S.dehaani from Japan, and the differences between the two have recently been summarised by Tesch (oc. cit., p. 145). The material I have examined consists of a large and small male and two females of medium size from the Yodo R., near Osaka (Yoshida coll.), a large male from 1 De Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 182 (1888). . 2 De Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Neiderland, Ost-Ind., II, p. 331, pl. xx, fig. 14 (1892). 236 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Yokohama (Berlin Mus.), a large male from Shanghai (Haberer coll.) and three rather small females from the same locality (Annandale coll.). The carapace in these specimens yields the following measurements (in mm.) :— | S| cS o | wy | 28 ea aay =) i » rs Locality. Sa | eg Sf 23/4 c eQ!asek on alee coals = a Yodo R., nr. Osaka ve lio-e | SEBS 253533050 ; 2 25°04 274 Tagen » 5 d | PING) || PAO) |) Aor? tt gs g | 19:0 | 184] x17°0'| | Yokohama .. ease"? 32501 Gis ey ae | | | \ Shanghai d | 320 || 31°Se) Zorg | | » + oot] 2) TOF. | BOI a zey. | » .- rate 2 TO°O.)) LOW LA: ” se asthe | kag | Tr 2"t 3"6 | It will be seen that as regards the proportion between length and extra-orbital breadth there is scarcely any difference between Japanese and Chinese specimens ; but in large males from Japan the breadth at the base of the penultimate legs is a trifle greater than that at the extra-orbital angles, whereas the reverse is found in the large male from Shanghai. The difference is an extremely small one. In large Japanese specimens the front is much more deeply excavate in dorsal view than in the large male from Shanghai, but this character is variable in smaller specimens from both localities. In the large male from Shanghai the outer surface of the palm is obscurely granulate in its lower half, the upper half being nearly smooth. In the large males from Japan it is coarsely tuberculate both above and below. ‘The vertical row of large tubercles on the inner face of the palm in the latter specimens is represented in example from Shanghai by a number of much smaller tubercles not arranged in a definite row. The collection seems to indicate that while Japanese and Chinese individuals of small or medium size are altogether indistinguishable, large males from the two coun- tries exhibit certain small but possibly constant differences. The material at my dis- posal is not sufficient to indicate the range of normal variation in adults. The specimens from Japan were presented by Dr. S. Yoshida ; they were obtained Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 237 in fresh water in the R. Yodo, above Osaka, where they run about on the piers of landing stages and on embankments at the edge of the river. In the neighbourhood of Shanghai Dr. Annandale found the species common, along with S. intermedia ; though found in fresh water it apparently does not pene- trate so far inland as the Tai Hu. The banks of all the small freshwater creeks at Shanghai and ponds in the same neighbourhood are full of its burrows and large num- bers of crabs may be seen in warm weather running on the mud. In winter they stay inside the burrows, only appearing in exceptionally warm sunny weather. None were seen in December at places where they were stated by residents to be common in summer, but young specimens were obtained by digging in embankments near the Whangpoo River ; probably the burrows of the adults were much deeper. Sesarma taeniolatum, White. 1900. Sesarma taentolatum, Alcock, Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal, L,XIX, p. 419. Numerous specimens, the largest an ovigerous female with carapace 344 mm. in breadth between the outer orbital angles, were obtained by Dr. Annandale in the outer part of the Tale Sap. The ovigerous female was dug from a large and not very deep burrow at the edge of a small freshwater stream near the point where it entered the lake on Koh Yaw. Others were taken on fishing stakes and the piers of a land- ing stage above the water-line. It is probable that the female recorded from Singgora by Lanchester’ under the name Sesarma lafondi, Jacq. and Lucas,’ was in reality an example of this species. Sesarma siamense, Rathbun. 1910. Sesarma (Chiromantes) siamense, Rathbun, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. (7), naturvid. og math., V, p. 328, text-figs. II a-c. Five specimens are in the collection, the largest a full-grown male with carapace 10°2 mm. in length and 11°3 mm. in breadth at the outer orbitalangles. The epibran- chial tooth is bluntly rounded in all the specimens and behind it rudimentary traces of a second tooth are usually visible. ‘The large male has six sharp spinules on the upper edge of the dactylus ; in the females there are four, five or six. The striae on the upper surface of the palm bear a close resemblance to Miss Rathbun’s figure, but the very short distal stria that runs backwards from the dactylar articulation is only visible in one female. The specimens were found among the roots of dead palm trees at Kaw Deng near the mouth of the Tale Sap, on fishermen’s stakes opposite Koh Yaw in the same neigh- bourhood and in the Patani River, south-east of the Tale Sap, in the Siamese Malay States. ‘The water in the first two localities was brackish, its specific gravity varying from 1:004 to 10085 (corrected) ; in the Patani River it was quite fresh when the speci- mens were taken, though probably brackish under certain conditions of tide. | Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, p. 550. 2 Vide Tesch, Zool. Meded. Mus. Leiden, III, p. 164, pl. xv (1917). 238 ZOOLOGY OF. THE FAR EAST. S. siamense was described by Miss Rathbun from the eastern side of the Gulf of Siam, from Koh Kong, Koh Kut and Koh Chick. Sesarma foxi, sp. nov. I take this opportunity of describing a very interesting species of Sesayma ob- tained in 1914 by Mr. B. H. Buxton ata height of 2000 ft. on Gunong Raya, in Langkawi I., N. of Penang. Species of this typically estuarine genus have seldom been recorded from considerable altitudes, though a number have been taken on land some distance from the coast-line. The following list, so far as I am aware, comprises all species of the genus that have been recorded from definite heights above sea-level. Sesarma maculata, de Man. Halmahera, 2000 ft. ‘““ Sesarma maculata,’ Tanchester (? de Man). Bukit Besar, near Patani, Siamese Malay States, 2500 and 3500 ft. Sesarma trapezoidea, Guérin. Halmahera, 2500 ft. Sesarma thelxinée, de Man. Andamans, 800 ft. Sesarma sp. (vide infra, p. 240). Penang, 1200 ft. Fic. 3.—Sesarma foxi, sp. nov. It appears probable that in these places the Sesayma have been able to adopt a strictly terrestrial mode of life and to ascend to considerable altitudes owing to the damp climate that prevails; in the Andamans the entire absence of competitors in the form of Potamonidae is doubtless an important factor. — The carapace in S. foxi is exactly quadrilateral, its length being precisely, or al- most precisely, equal to its breadth ; the lateral margins are strictly parallel, the breadth at the base of the third pair of legs being equal to that at the outer orbital angle. The carapace is slightly convex fore and aft and from side to side and is everywhere distinctly rugose and faintly pitted. A trifoliate gastric areola is distinct and behind it there is a slight prominence on the cardiac region ; these areas are a little smoother Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 239 than the rest of the carapace. ‘The front is abruptly and vertically deflexed and is not visible in dorsal view. When viewed obliquely, the edge is seen to be produced to two broadly rounded lobes on either side of a median excavation. ‘The four post- frontal lobes are sharp-edged and present a straight transverse line; those of the in- ner pair are broader than those of the outer and are separated by a deep mid-dorsal groove that extends to the anterior end of the gastric region. Behind the outermost post-frontal lobes on a level with the inner angle of the orbit there is a small but dis- tinct elevation. The superior margin of the orbit is oblique and sinuous ; the outer orbital tooth is sharp and rather broad, but does not extend so far outwards as the end of the cornea. ‘There are two small epibranchial teeth, both obtuse and inconspi- cuous ; the breadth between the foremost pair is a trifle less than that between the outer orbital angles. The lateral margin of the carapace is defined on either side by a sharp ridge, and the postero-lateral surface, though indistinctly rugose, bears no ob- lique striae, except for one, of considerable length, immediately over the bases of the last two pairs of legs. The chelipedes much resemble those of S. sylvicola, de Man. The upper border of the merus ends in a subrectangular, subterminal lobe ; the inner and outer margins are denticulate, the former being slightly produced near the distal end. ‘The inner surface bears two longitudinal rows of hairs and the outer surface is furnished with a number of conspicuous granules. The upper surface of the carpus is strongly rugose; or its inner margin there are numerous denticles, but no outstanding tooth. The chela, in its general form, al- most precisely resembles that of S. sylvicola. The palm is swollen and strongly tubercu- lar externally, the tubercles being, however, confined to its proximal three-quarters, being absent in the neighbourhood of the finger-cleft, where there is a perfectly smooth, conspicuous depression (text-fig. 4). The tubercles are most closely packed on the upper border and from those which are scattered irregularly over the lower surface a single series, composed of four or five, extends on to the base of the fixed finger. The inner surface much resembles the outer, being sisnilarly tuberculate and having a similar depression near the base of the fingers. It shows no distinct transverse row of tubercles. The fixed finger, except for the few tubercles at the proximal end of its lower margin, is smooth. The dacty- lus is nearly twice the length of the upper border of the palm ; at its proximal end there are numerous small tubercles which extend in a single row a little beyond the middle of its length.- In lateral view from six to eight tubercles are visible. There are occa- sional short, dark brown hairs on the carpus, palm, and at the base of the dactylus. The walking legs are exceptionally slender. The merus in each pair bears a prominent subterminal tooth on its anterior margin; the segment in the penultimate pair is little less than four times as long as broad. ‘The dactylus in the first three Fic. 4.—Sesarma foxi, sp. nov. External view of left chela of male. 240 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. pairs is about five-sixths the length of the propodus, that of the last pair is longer, almost equal to the length of the propodus. On all the legs there are conspicuous slender spinules, not very thickly set, on the carpus, propodus and dactylus; each spinule is dark brown basally and white distally. The abdomen of the male is broad and closely resembles that of S. sylvicola. In colour the carapace of the specimens is of a very dull reddish brown; the chelipedes are pale yellow suffused with pale red on the carpus and palm; the walk- ing legs are deep brown with a fine mottling and dark chromatophores are thickly sprinkled on the abdomen. The species is described from two males which yield the following measurements (in mm):— Length of carapace ey ORs OF Breadth of carapace betaeene outer re angles: <2.1 49:8 98 Breadth of carapace at hase of 3rd walking legs .. 9°8 98 Breadth of front. - ae 50 50 Length of pennies aie legsigu? sRIL22"O 21°5 Length of merus of penultimate walking legs ile eiezi is 73 Breadth of merus of penultimate walking legs i Veo I°9 The species differs from all the allied forms described by de Man in his Report on Max Weber’s expedition to the Dutch East Indies in the shape of the carapace, which is not wider behind than in front; it is allied to S. sy/vicola, from Sumatra, but in addition to the form of the carapace, differs in the tuberculation of the chelae, in the blunter epibranchial teeth and more slender merus of the walking legs. It is also closely related to S. ocypoda, Nobili', from Sumatra, from which it differs in the form of the carapace, in the number of denticles on the dactylus of the chela and in the proportions of the meropodites of the walking legs. Its nearest ally, however, is perhaps S. avanea, Nobili,’ from Nias, in which the carapace is described as ‘“‘ per- fettamente quadrato”’ ; this species is smoother than S. foxz, the tuberculation on the outer face of the chela is obsolete inferiorly and the merus of the walking legs is less slender. The specimens obtained by Mr. Buxton, the types of the species, were found on Gunong Raya in Langkawi I, at a height of 2000 ft. They were collected in moist places under stones or rotten wood at some distance from any stream. At Mr. Bux- ton’s request I have named the species after Mr. Fox of Langkawi I. The types of the species are in the Indian Museum, where they bear the number 9457/10. Sesarma sp. ? I do not venture to name three small specimens of Sesayma obtained by Dr. Annan- dale on Penang Hill in the island of Penang at a height of 1200 ft. The specimens are all young; the carapace of the largest is only 7-5 mm. in length and its chelae do not appear to have assumed their adult form. ! Nobili, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2), XX, p. 513. 2 Nobili, 2b7d., p. 510. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 241 Though the two forms are clearly allied there are many conspicuous differences between these young individuals and S. foxr. The carapace is decidedly broader than long and its lateral margins are posteriorly divergent. The orbital tooth is narrower, the first epibranchial tooth more prominent and a strong ridge runs obliquely inwards and backwards from the rudimentary second epibranchial tooth. The walking legs are much stouter, the merus of the penultimate pair being scarcely more than two and a half times as long as broad. It is possible that these are young examples of the form described by Lanchester from ‘“‘lacom”’ and Bukit Besar as Sesarma maculata, de Man, but they differ notice- ably from de Man’s description, especially in the form of the penultimate segment of the male abdomen. It appears to me exceedingly improbable that the true S. macu- lata, which was described from Flores, can occur in the Malay Peninsula. Sesarma politum, de Man. 1888. Sesarma polita, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XX, p. 189, pl. xiii, figs. 7-9. Three specimens were found at the mouth of the Tale Sap on the shores of Kaw Deng. ‘The largest is a female with carapace 21°5 mm. in length. In the smallest the carapace is only 7°5 mm. long and the second epibranchial tooth is undeveloped. Genus Helice, de Haan. Helice tridens, de Haan. 1894. Helice tridens, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., VU, p. 727. A single male, with carapace 26 mm. in breadth, was presented to Dr. Annandale by Prof. S. Yoshida. It was obtained in brackish water near Osaka in Japan. Genus Clistocoeloma, A. Milne-Edwards. Clistocoeloma merguiense, de Man. 1900. Clistocoeloma merguiense, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1,XIX, p. 429. Two specimens, a male and a female, were obtained by Dr. Annandale in fresh water near the mouth of the Patani River in the Siamese Malay States. The cara- pace of the male is 8:3 mm. in length and 94 mm. in breadth ; that of the female is g°9 mm. in length and 11°8 mm. in breadth. The specimens were found in burrows in wet mud, under the trunk of a dead palm tree. Family POTAMONIDAE. In determining the ten species of river-crabs in the present collection I have followed the classification proposed by Alcock in rgro.' Alcock divides the family into two groups, the Potamoninae and the Gecarcinucinae, mainly on characters drawn from the structure of the mandibular palp. In the former subfamily the ter- minal segment of the palp is “‘ simple, sometimes thickened at the base for the attach- ment of a bunch of hairs,’’ whereas in the latter it is ‘‘ cut into two lobes which em- 1 Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., I, fase. ii, p. 17 (1910). 242 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. brace the incisor-process of the mandible.’ Calman,' whose notes on the point will be read with much interest, has since shown that in certain crabs from Madagascar the form of the palp is in some degree intermediate in character, though it is still quite clear that the species in question belong to the Potamoninae. My own experience with Indo-pacific species tallies with that of Alcock : the distinction between the two groups is absolute and the structure of the palp can easily be made out without dissection. Even if it should be shown in course of time that the two groups intergrade in certain countries, necessitating some nomenclatorial changes in Alcock’s system, the character will none the less retain considerable systematic importance and there is no. doubt that it will prove a very essential factor in all problems connected with the dis- tribution of the family. Alcock’s classification is unfortunately attended by some inconvenience. Prior to 1910, the date when his memoir was published, the structure of the mandibular palp is never mentioned in specific descriptions, with the result that it is frequently impossible to refer a species to its correct genus without actual examination of speci- mens. A case in point has occurred among the species in the present collection. Potamon (Geotelphusa) dehaani (White) from Japan bears a very close external resem- blance to the Javanese crab originally described as Geotelphusa kuhli, so much so that de Man, when instituting the latter species, compared it in detail with the for- mer. The two species have, however, no real affinity; that from Japan is a true Geotelphusa, belonging to the Potamoninae, whereas the Javanese form is a Paratel- phusa, belonging to the subfamily Gecarcinucinae and to Alcock’s subgenus Lvotel- phusa. It is to be hoped that in all future work on the Potamonidae note will be made of the structure of the mandibular palp. Subfamily POTAMONINAE. Genus Potamon, Savigny. 1910. Potamon, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., I, fasc. ii, p. 18. Subgenus Potamon, Ortmann. Potamon (Potamon) denticulatum (Milne-Edwards). 1904. Potamon (Potamon) denticulatus, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VI, p. 260, pL axe to: Fourteen specimens of this species, the largest a female with carapace 49 mm. in breadth, were collected by Dr. Annandale in the Tai Hu, in the Kiangsu province of China. They were obtained from a Chinese fishing boat with examples of Evocheir sinensis and were said to have been caught in a creek opening into the lake. Potamon (Potamon) granulatum (de Man). 1904. Potamon (Potamon) granulatus, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VI, p. 274. An adult female and four young specimens, of which only one is a male, were ob- tained by the late Dr. W. C. Hossack in Java. ! Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, pp. 922-925. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 243 As in the case of the female recorded by Nobili,' the granulation of the carapace appears to be rather less pronounced than in the large male described by de Man,’ though it is far more conspicuous than in any allied species. The extreme develop- ment shown in de Man’s figures is doubtless to be found only in adult males. As de Man has pointed out, the crest of the antero-lateral border is deeidedly shorter than in related forms: in this respect a marked difference exists between P. granulatum and P. andersonianum (Wood-Mason). In the specimens in the present collection, however, the granules on this border are more numerous than is indicated by de Man; they are never less than ten in number and are very irregular in their size and distribution. Potamon larnaudi (A. Milne-Edwards), as Miss Rathbun has shown, is readily dis- tinguished by the greater breadth of the mesogastric area. _ The specimens examined were found in the Government Quinine Gardens at Tijnproean at an altitude of 5600 ft. The carapace of the large female is 41 mm. in breadth and 32 mm. in length. The species has hitherto been recorded only from Tijibodas. Potamon (Potamon) stoliczkanum (Wood-Mason). 1910. Potamon (Potamon) stoliczkanum, Alcock, Cat. Ind. Decap. Crust., I, fase. ii, p. 53. Two small males were obtained by Dr. Annandale in the Botanical Gardens at Penang; they were found under stones in a rapid running stream. There is apparently some variation in the form of the epigastric and post-orbital crests. Those of the larger example do not form an absolutely transverse line, but are a trifle more advanced in the middle than at the sides. In the smaller individual the line formed by the crests is more nearly transverse, almost as much so as in the types. In the larger individual the carapace is 21 mm. in length and 26 mm. in breadth, the length of the second walking leg being nearly 47 mm. P. stoliczkanum has only been recorded from Penang (Wood-Mason) and “Tacom”’ (Lanchester). The specimens recorded by de Man from Mergui, under the name Telphusa stoliczkana, have been referred to P. thagatense, Rathbun. Potamon (Potamon) anacoluthon, sp. nov. The carapace is longer than in most species of the genus, the breadth being only about one-and one fifth times the length. The upper surface is slightly convex fore and aft and from side to side. The usual H-shaped groove is conspicuous, but other- wise the carapace is almost wholly without distinction of regions. The middle por- tion of the cervical groove is indicated by a broad and very shallow depression and between this depression and the antero-lateral limits of the H-shaped groove there is, in both the specimens examined, a small flattened tubercle standing in the middle of a shallow pit. The entire surface, though it has a shiny appearance when dried, is coarsely and evenly punctate, the punctae being sometimes connected by exceedingly 1 Nobili, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2), XX, p. 500 (1900). 2 De Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Nied. Ost-Ind., II, p. 290, pl. xvi, fig. 5 (1892). 244 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. fine grooves, to be seen only under a strong lens. The epigastric crests are promi- nent; their anterior edges are strongly and irregularly rugose and they are separated in the middle by a deep grove which, however, does not extend backwards behind them. The protogastric or post-orbital crests are practically obsolete, being repre- sented merely by a slight roughened declivity separated by a faint transverse depres- sion from the upper orbital margin. Internally the crests are on a line with, and only indistinctly separated from, those on the epigastric region; from this point they slope backwards on either side, completely disappearing before reaching the lateral margin. The upper border of the orbit is practically smooth; the lower margin is beaded and there is a distinct sinus beneath the outer orbital angle. The front is faintly emarginate in the middle and its breadth is contained about two and two- thirds times in that of the carapace. The edge is very finely crenulate and the upper Fic. 5.—Potamon (Potamon) anacoluthon, sp. nov. Male, 17°8 mm. in breadth of carapace, and eggs of female drawn to same scale. surface finely rugose. The epibranchial tooth is very strong and is situated at some distance from the outer orbital angle; the surface in its vicinity is distinctly roughened. The level of the carapace in front of the epibranchial tooth is the same as that behind it. The margin between the tooth and the outer orbital angle is beaded; behind the tooth it is finely denticulate. The postero-lateral walls bear a few fine oblique striae; the lower surface, on either side of the buccal cavern, is covered with short rugae from which small setae arise. The ischium of the outer maxillipedes is traversed longitudinally in its middle by a fine and deep groove; it bears very large punctae, especially near the antero-inter- nal angle. ‘The merus is much broader than long, with raised outer and inner borders and with its antero-external angle rounded off. The basal portion of the exopod reaches to the middle of the merus; the flagellum is very long. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 245 The chelipedes of the male are scarcely longer than the breadth of the carapace. The upper edge-of the merus is granular and terminates in a blunt and obscure sub- terminal lobe. Both inferior margins are granular and the outer surface bears nutm- bers of small rugae arranged transversely. The carpus is rugose above; the internal tooth is very strong and behind and beneath its apex there are one or two conspicuous tubercles. The chela is slender, the depth of the palm being only about one and a half times the length of the upper border. ‘The outer surface is slightly rugose proxi- mally and bears numerous punctae, some of which form a conspicuous, median, longi- tudinal row. ‘The fingers are nearly twice the length of the upper border of the palm; they are strongly fluted and pitted and meet throughout their length when the claw is closed, the tips crossing each other. The second walking legs, which are the longest, are about one and three quarters the length of the carapace. The abdomen of the male is very broad and is irregularly pitted. The segments increase successively in length, that of the sixth being only one third its basal breadth ; the seventh segment is simply triangular, with a slightly sinuous proximal border, and its length is contained about one and three quarter times in its basal breadth. In the female the last abdominal segment is still more broadly triangular, its length being scarcely more than one half its basal breadth. The eggs are extremely large, each being from 2°0 to 2°5 mm. in diameter (text-fig. 5). The species is described from two specimens, a male and a female, the latter ovigerous, but lacking the chelae. In the male the carapace is I14°6 mm. in length and 17°8 mm. in breadth; in the female it is 17°3 mm. in length and I9°9 mm. in breadth. The female in life was dull olive brown with bright red eggs; the male was of a distinctly blue shade of grey, a colour that has not apparently altered after nine months’ preservation in spirit. P. anacoluthon appears in some measure to form a link between the subgenera Potamon and Geotelphusa, agreeing with the former in the presence of a strong epi- branchial tooth and with the latter in the almost complete suppression of the post- orbital crests. It does not seem to possess close affinities with any species hitherto described. The two specimens, types of the species, were found by Dr. Annandale on the Peak at Hongkong, under large stones at the edge of a small stream at an altitude of 1000 ft. They are preserved in the Indian Museum and bear the number 9475/10. Potamon (Geotelphusa) dehaani (White). 1905. Potamon (Potamonautes') dehaanii, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VII, p. 204, pl. xviii, fig. 4. 1907. Geothelphusa Dehaan, Stimpson, Smiths. Misc. Coll., XLIX, p. 112 (nec. syn.). 1916. Potamon (Geothelphusa) Dehaanit, Parisi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sct. Nat., LV, p. 163. The collection contains numerous specimens from Japan. The species was com- mon in hill streams, in ponds and in irrigation channels in the country round Lake | Presumably a clerical error for Geotnelphusa, but repeated in a footnote under Stimpson’s record. 246 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Biwa. It is said to enter the lake itself, but Dr. Annandale could find no specimens there. In wet weather it often travels a considerable distance from water and one individual was found in the streets of Otsu. The precise localities of the specimens are (i) from hill streams and garden paths near Otsu; (ii) from irrigation channels at Hikone on the western shore of L. Biwa; (iii) from hill streams above Sakamoto on the eastern shore of L. Biwa ; (iv) from a small lake at Komatsu on the same shore of the lake. In the largest male, a specimen with carapace 30 mm. in breadth, the right chela is enormously enlarged, 31°5 mm. in length, with very widely gaping fingers. Subfamily GECARCINUCINAE. Genus Paratelphusa, Milne-Edwards. 1910. Paratelphusa, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., I, fase. ii, p. 70. Subgenus Paratelphusa, Wood-Mason. Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) tridentata, Milne-Edwards. 1905. Potamon (Paratelphusa) tridentatus, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VII, p. 234, pl. xi, ae. A number of distinct species were at one time confounded under this name: the series so labelled in the Indian Museum collection contains, in addition to the true P. tridentata, examples of P.convexa, de Man, P. maculata, de Man and P. oxygona, Nobili. In determining this material I have derived much assistance from de Man’s papers, particularly that published in 1879,' as well as from Miss Rathbun’s key and full references to the literature. The specimens of P. tridentata in the present collection are five in number, all collected by the late Dr. W. C. Hossack in Java. There are three males and a female from Buitenzorg Gardens, alt. 300 ft., and one female from Garoet, alt. 3000 ft. The carapace of the largest individual, a female, is 42 mm. in breadth. The species is recorded from Borneo, Java, Sumatra and the neighbouring islands. Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) convexa, de Man. 1905. Potamon (Paratelphusa) convexus, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VII, p. 237. Three specimens were obtained by Dr. Hossack in Java in company with ex- amples of the preceding species. A male and female with carapace respectively 27 and 28°5 mm. in breadth were found in Buitenzorg Gardens and a female of similar size at Garoet. The specimen from the latter locality differs from the others in colour, being rather closely mottled with deep purple on a dull olive ground. P. convexa is known from Timor, New Guinea, Borneo, Java and Nias. ! De Man, Notes Roy. Zool. Mus. Leyden, I, p. 61 (1879). Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 247 Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) incerta (Lanchester). 1905. Potamon (Paratelphusa) incertus, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VII, p. 238 (ubt syn.). Of this species Dr. Annandale obtained a single fine male, with carapace 55 mm. in breadth, in the Botanical Gardens at Singapore. It was found on a wet day ina rubber plantation, sitting at the edge of a burrow in the bank of an irrigation chan- nel. Paratelphusa incerta is very closely related to the Sumatran P. maculata, de Man ; but, so far as I am able to judge from the examination of a single specimen, is not merely a variety of that species as suggested by Nobili.' Compared with a series of P. maculata from Deli in Sumatra, the following differences are apparent :— (i). The carapace is broader and shorter: measured in the middle line the dis- tance from the edge of the front to the cervical suture is conspicuously less than half the greatest breadth of the carapace. In P. maculata these two measurements are ex- actly the same. (ii). An imaginary line joining the tips of the posterior epibranchial teeth is situated rather further forwards than in P. maculata. (iii). The lateral extremities of the post-orbital crests reach a point only a little in front of the middle of the foremost epibranchial tooth and are thus situated further backwards than in the allied form. (iv). The external orbital angle is rather more obtuse and the two epibranchial teeth project outwards more strongly. The distance between the extra-orbital angle and the first lateral tooth is only a little greater than that between the first and second lateral teeth. P. incerta is known only from Singapore and was originally described by Lanches- ter from a specimen found in the Botanical Gardens. The individual recorded by Lanchester from Borneo’ has been referred by Miss Rathbun’ to Nobili’s P. oxygona. Paratelphusa (Paratelphusa) germaini (Rathbun). 1901. Potamon (Paratelphusa) sinense, Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 545. 1905. Potamon (Paratelphusa) germaini, Rathbun, Now. Arch. Mus. Parts (4), VII, p. 246, (ubi cet. syn.), pl. xi, fig. 9. 1906. Potamon (Paratelphusa) sex-punctatum, Lanchester, Fascicult Malayenses, Zool., III, p.,.£20; fig. 2: Dr. Annandale found this species in abundance in ditches and ponds and at the edge of the Tale Sap at Lampam, where the water of the lake is quite fresh. It was common also at Singgora, but apparently does not enter the brackish outer portions of the lake though it occurs in ditches containing water that is slightly saline. It was also common in ditches at Patani and in pools on the sand near the sea. In a very old male, much overgrown with alga, the carapace is 56 mm. in breadth 1 Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, XVI, no. 397, p. 8 (1901). 2 Lanchester, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (7), VI, p. 255, pl. xii, fig. 2 (1900). 3 Rathbun, Joc. cit., p. 239. 248 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. and 44 mm. in length; the chela is 64 mm. in length with very widely gaping fingers. Adults are invariably of a rich reddish crimson colour, stains of which not infre- quently occur on the sternum. The six punctae described by Lanchester in his account of P. sexdentatwm are visible in most of the specimens and four-of them are often rendered conspicuous by their colouration, which, is pale yellow and contrasts sharply with that of the general surface. Young individuals are of a dull olive brown tint. There can be little doubt that the synonymy given above is correct. P. germaini is recorded by Miss Rathbun from many localities in French Indo-China and Siam and also from the islands off the west coast of the Malay Peninsula and (doubtfully perhaps) from Japan. It is evidently the common river crab of the country round the Tale Sap, from which it was recorded by Lanchester under the name Potamon (Paratelphusa) sinense. Subgenus Liotelphusa, Alcock. 1910. Liotelphusa, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., I, fasc. ii, p. 109. Paratelphusa (Liotelphusa) kuhli (de Man). 1883. Geothelphusa Kuhlii, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., V, p. 154. 1892. Geotelphusa Kuhlii, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn Reise. Nied. Ost-Ind., II, p. 288, pl. xv, figs. 3a-c, pl. xvi, fig. 3. 1905. Potamon (Geothelphusa) kuhlit, Rathbun, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (4), VII, p. 208. Other references are supplied by Miss Rathbun. Hitherto the species has invariably been referred to Geotelphusa; in general appearance it bears a very close resemblance to Potamon (Geotelphusa) dehaani (White), and it has been compared in detail with that species by de Man. Examination of the mandibular palp shows, however, that in spite their external similarity there is no close affinity between the two forms. In P. (G.) dehaani the terminal segment of the palp is simple, the species belonging to Alcock’s subfamily Potamoninae. In “Geotelphusa”’ kuhli the terminal segment is formed of two lobes which embrace the incisor-process of the man- dible; the species will therefore find a place in the subfamily Gecarcinucinae of Alcock’s classification and must be referred to the genus Paratelphusa and the subgenus Liotelphusa. It is by no means distantly related to P. (L.) levis (Wood- Mason). Paratelphusa kuhli is represented in the collection by a series of more than thirty specimens of all ages. In her key to the species of the subgenus Geotelphusa, Miss Rathbun lays stress on the presence in this species of a rudimentary epibranchial tooth. The use of this character is, however, likely to prove misleading, for the tooth is entirely absent in a number of the specimens in the present collection, while in all the others only the faintest traces of its presence can be detected. The specimens were found by the late Dr. W. C. Hossack in the Government Quinine Gardens at Tijnproean in Java at an altitude of 5600 ft. The species is only known from Java. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 249 Family XANTHIDAE. Subfamily MENIPPINAE. Genus Myomenippe, Hilgendort. Myomenippe granulosa (A. Milne-Edwards). 1898. Menippe (Myomenippe) granulosa, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XVII, p. 179. Two small specimens, the largest with carapace 18° 5 mm. in breadth, were found at the mouth of the Prai River, opposite Penang, on mud flats left bare at low tide. Subfamily PILUMNINAE. Genus Pilumnus, Leach. Pilumnus quadridentatus, de Man. 1888. Pilumnus seminudus, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 65. 1895. Pilumnus (Parapilumnus) quadridentatus, de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., VIII, p. 537 and IX, pl. xiii, fig. 6. 1906. Pilumnus quadridentatus, Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat., Zool. (9), IV, p. 278. A male and an ovigerous female, 9'3 mm. and 8°8 mm. in breadth respectively, were found in dead shells of Balanus on fishing stakes in the channel off Singgora at the mouth of the Tale Sap. A very young individual, with carapace only 5 mm. in breadth, was also found among mangrove roots near Koh Yaw. In addition to the long hairs on the upper surface of the front and to those which extend inwards in a curved line from the last tooth of the antero-lateral margin, there are two conspicuous setose areas on the gastric region. These are situated further forwards than in de Man’s figure and each is oval in outline and is produced exter- nally forwards and outwards towards the middle of the orbital margin (text-fig. 6). In a specimen from Mergui, one of those identified by de Man in 1888 as P. seminudus, Miers, I can find no trace of these patches; but they are easily removed in cleaning the carapace and leave prac- tically no trace of their existence. Fic. 6.—Pilumnus quadridentatus, The granulation of the outer surface of the palms MEAS of the chelipedes is conspicuous in all the specimens, the RoEge larger granules being arranged in longitudinal rows. De Man notes that in very large males the granules almost completely disappear. In all other respects the specimens agree very closely with de Man’s detailed des- cription. The species is evidently closely allied to P. malardi, de Man,' a form also found in dead Balanus shells, but differs in the shape of the front and the form of the teeth on the antero-lateral margin. . 1 De Man, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXXIX, p. 330(1914) 250 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Family PORTUNIDAE. Subfamily PORTUNINAE. Genus Scylla, de Haan. Scylla serrata (Forskal), de Haan. 1899. Scylla serrata, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, I,XVIII, p. 27. This species is the common edible crab of the Malay Peninsula. Dr. Annandale found it abundant in the outer part of the Tale Sap and young specimens were ob- served in ditches of brackish water and in mangrove swamps. Genus Neptunus, de Haan. Neptunus pelagicus (Linn.). 1899. Neptunus pelagicus, Alcock, Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal, XVIII, p. 34. Very abundant in the outer part of the Tale Sap. Young specimens were taken in the channel opposite Singgora and round Koh Yaw in from 3 to 44 metres, usually among dead shells. Genus Charybdis, de Haan. Charybdis crucifera (A. Milne-Edwards). 1899. Charybdis (Goniosoma) crucifera, Alcock, Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal, XVIII, p. 51. Common at Singgora. Many dead specimens were seen at the edge of the lake. Charybdis affinis, Dana. 1899. Charybdis (Goniosoma) affinis, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, .XVIII, p. 56. Two large specimens, with carapace 67 mm. and 51 mm. in breadth, are in the collection. They are considerably larger than any other examples in the Museum and differ from Alcock’s description in the almost complete absence of the transverse ridge on the cardiac region of the carapace. This character, which is used by Alcock in his key to the Indian species of the genus, is evidently not valid in the case of very large specimens. The specimens were taken in fishing nets at Singgora. Charybdis callianassa (Herbst), A. Milne-Edwards. 1899. Charybdis (Goniosoma) callianassa, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1,XVIII, p. 57. Found with the preceding at Singgora. Tribe OXYSTOMATA. Family LEUCOSIIDAE. Subfamily LEUCOSIINAE. Genus Ebalia, Leach. Ebalia heterochalaza, sp. nov. The carapace is sharply polygonal in outline and is broader than long in the pro- portion of 14 to 13. The lateral and posterior margins are coarsely granulate and Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 251 the postero-lateral border is divided into thirds by two clusters of enlarged and prominent tubercles (text-fig. 7). The grooves and depressed portions of the carapace are smooth and the elevated parts tubercular. The sculpture of the dorsum is much as in E. diadumena, Al- cock, but the grooves are not so deep. The elevations on the gastro-cardiac, in- testinal and branchial regions are coarsely granulate and in the middle of the two former are several very large upstanding tubercles of a pearly appearance and of a size much greater than those on any other part of the carapace. The gastro- cardiac and intestinal elevations are im- perfectly separated from one another by a transverse furrow ; the granules on them are very dissimilar in size. Thefrontis deeply hollowed in the middle line; its antero-lateral portions bear numerous fine denticles. The anterior margin is practically straight, the edge of the epistome being visible in dorsal view. The hepatic facet is well defined ; its lower border is excavate posteriorly and is edged with excep- tionally large tubercles. Its upper margin is defined by smaller tubercles which form a cluster near the middle of its length. The posterior limit of the facet is marked on either side by a large tubercle and the margins between these tubercles and those that define the widest portion of the carapace are straight and posteri- orly divergent. The posterior margin is narrow, slightly sinuous, a little promi- nent at the middle point and with protruding lateral angles. The lower sur- face of the carapace, on either side of the outer maxillipedes, is conspicuously granular. The cornea of the eye is scarcely visible in dorsal view; the orbits are in open communication with the antennular fossae. The margin of the epistome bears two sharp processes separated by a median emargination. The endopod of the outer maxillipedes is very narrow ; the merus is almost ex- actly the same length as the inner border of the ischium. The exopod is only a trifle shorter than the endopod and has a strong outward bulge; it is conspicuously granu- lar and its outer margin is very strongly curved. . The chelipedes in the male are scarcely longer than the carapace. The merus is trigonal with granular edges; it is covered with minute granules on its lower side and with a few near the base of its upper surface. There are minute granules on the car- pus. The upper edge of the palm is roughened and on its lower surface are two finely beaded lines that extend from its base to the tip of the fixed finger. The uppermost of these lines is better defined than the lower and the space between them is smooth. The fingers are heavy and meet only in the distal half of their lengths, where they Fic. 7.—Ebalia heterochalaza, sp. nov. 252 ZOOLOGN- OF THE PAR Aged are provided with teeth; both fingers are obscurely grooved and there are minute asperities on the upper surface of the dactylus. | The walking legs are smooth and slender; in those of the last pair the dactylus is fully one and a half times the length of the propodus. The sternum of the male is granular throughout, the granules being very large and vesiculous opposite the bases of the chelipedes. The abdomen of the male con- sists of four pieces, a transverse basal portion, perhaps partially fused with that which follows, and three distal pieces, the two last being each about half the length of that which precedes them. The basal breadth of the penultimate portion is scarcely less than half its length; there is no median tubercle. The middle parts of all except the ultimate portion are closely covered with minute granules. The species is described from two males with carapace respectively 5:2 and 4°6 mim. in length. Ebalhia heterochalaza appears to be nearly allied to FE. granulata (Ruppell), re- described by Nobili in 1906,' the latter form differs, however, in the granulation of the carapace; the front and orbital margins are smooth and there are enlarged granules on the branchial regions similar in size to those in the middle line. The front in F. granulata is also conspicuously bilobed, there are no granules on the third maxilli- pedes or on the sternum and there isa large tubercle on the penultimate segment of the male abdomen. ‘The last character affords a distinction between E. heterochalaza and E. abdominalis,” in which also the chelipedes are much longer and do not possess longi- tudinal granular ridges on the lower surface of the palm. From E. diadumena, Alcock,’ it differs conspicuously in the shallower sculpture of the carapace and in the presence of a well-defined hepatic facet. The specimens were found at a depth of about 44 metres, on a bottom composed of soft mud with many dead shells, just inside the mouth of the Tale Sap, near Sing- gora. They were obtained in water of low salinity, its specific gravity being about 1°004 (corrected). The two specimens, types of the species, are registered under no. 9426/10 in the Indian Museum books. Genus Philyra, Leach. Philyra sexangula, Alcock. 1896. Philyra sexangula, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc, Bengal, LXV, p. 241, pl. vii, fig. 2 and - (1899) Illust. Zool. ‘Investigator’ Crust., pl. xxix, figs. 6, 6a. 1900. Philyra sexangula, Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 765. A very small male, with carapace only 3°2 mm. in length, was obtained by Dr. Annandale. The sculpture in this individual is more clean-cut than in the larger speci- mens recorded by Alcock. The outline of the carapace is much more sharply angular, 1 Nobili, Ann. Sct. nat , Zool. (9), IV, p. 155, pl. ix, fig. 1 (1906). 2 Nobili, bid., p. 157, pl. ix, fig. 2 (1906). 8 Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, p. 187, pl. vii, fig. 4 (1896). Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 253 = the oblique carinae on the branchial regions are exceedingly strong and in the middle line are five large blunt tubercles of which only traces remain in adults. The chelipedes have the same proportional length as in older examples, but are practically devoid of granules. The specimen was found in the same locality as Ebalia heterochalaza, in water of specific gravity I°004. The species was hitherto known from the Godaveri Coast and Persian Gulf (Al- cock), from the Matlah river in the Gangetic Delta, whence a large female, 9'5 mm. in length, was obtained a few years ago by Dr. J. T. Jenkins, and from Singapore (Lan- chester). Philyra olivacea, Rathbun. 1909. Philyra olivacea, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXII, p. 108. 1gt0. Philyra olivacea, Rathbun, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. (7), nat. og math., V, p. 312, pl. ii, fig. 17, and text-fig. 4. Two specimens, both males, are in the collection; in most respects they agree well with Miss Rathbun’s description. The posterior margin of the carapace, des- cribed as trilobate in the original examples, is merely sinuous with the outer angles prominent. The two oblique lines which run inwards from the postero-lateral mar- gins and converge are exceedingly obscure, though visible in both specimens; they consist merely of a single row of low and widely spaced granules and might easily be overlooked. There is a considerable difference between the two specimens in the form of the angulation of the lower margin of the hepatic facet. In the smaller specimen it is much the more prominent and is quite pale in colour, the remainder of the carapace being a very dark grey. The larger individual is pale in colour throughout. The specimens are respectively 95 and 8:0 mm. in length. One was taken along with the examples of the two preceding species near Singgora, in water of specific gravity 1°004; the other was found in the bottom of a fishing boat at Patani, far to the south of the Tale Sap, and had probably come from Patani Bay. The species was previously known only from the Coast of Lem Ngob on the east- ern side of the Gulf of Siam. Family DORIPPIDAE. Genus Dorippe, Fabricius. Dorippe astuta, Fabricius. 1896. Dorippe astuta, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, p. 280. A specimen with carapace about II mm. in length was found dead near the mouth of the Tale Sap and two smaller individuals were taken in the channel opposite Singgora in water of specific gravity 1'004 (corrected). They were found on a bottom of mud and dead shells at a depth of 4} metres and neither of them carried anything in the last pair of legs. Alcock states on the authority of Giles that it is the custom of this species to carry an inhabited worm-tube. 254 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Tribe PAGURIDEA. Family PAGURIDAE. Subfamily PAGURINAE. Genus Clibanarius, Dana. Clibanarius padavensis, de Man. 1888. Clibanarius padavensis, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 242, pl. xvi, fig. I. Three specimens were found by Dr. Annandale at the mouth of the Prai River, opposite Penang, on mud-flats exposed at low water. They were living in Murex and other marine shells. Clibanarius longitarsis (de Haan). 1887. Clibanarius longitarsis, de Man, Arch. f. Naturgesch., UII, i, p. 441. This species was very abundant at Kaw Deng and in other localities near the mouth of the Tale Sap. All the larger individuals were inhabiting marine shells, but very small ones were usually found in Potamides fluviatilis. Dr. Annandale noted that the legs in living specimens were very deep blue with bright blue longitudinal stripes and that the eyestalks were bright olivaceous brown. Genus Diogenes, Dana. Diogenes avarus, Heller. 1905. Duogenes avarus, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., II, fasc. i, p. 68, pl. vi, fig. 6. Two very small specimens, dredged in the outer part of the Tale Sap, opposite Singgora, appear to belong to this species. Tribe THALASSINIDEA. Family CALLIANASSIDAE. Subfamily UPOGEBIINAE. Genus Upogebia, Leach. Upogebia (Upogebia) heterocheir, Kemp. 1915. Upogebia (Upogebia) heterocheir, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 257, pl. xiii, figs. 6, 7. Two specimens were dredged towards the northern part of the channel connect- ing the inner and outer parts of the Tale Sap near Pak Payum at depths of 33 to 53 metres. They were taken in a thin layer of soft mud overlying a bottom of coarse sand in water of specific gravity 10015 (corrected). One of the specimens is very much damaged ; the other is a male approximately 16 mm. in total length. In this specimen the first peraeopods differ from those of the types in the absence of the subterminal tooth on the upper edge of the merus and in the presence of only one tooth on the upper border of the propodus. The extent of Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 255 the variation in the number of spinules on the legs is thus rather greater than was gathered from examination. of the Indian specimens. The species has hitherto been found only in the Chilka Lake on the Orissa coast of India, where it was obtained in water ranging in specific gravity from 1-000 to 1'0265. DECAPODA NATANTIA., Tribe CARIDEA, Family PALAEMONIDAE. Genus Palaemon, Fabricius. Palaemon carcinus, Fabricius. 1890. Palaemon carcinus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, p. 700, pl. xlvii, fig. 1. 1902. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) carcinus, de Man, Abhandl. Senck. naturf. Ges., XXV, p. 763. 1g10. Palaemon carcinus, Henderson and Matthai, Rec. Ind. Mus., V, p. 281, pl. xv, figs. 1 a-g. 1914. Palaemon carcinus, Cowles, Philippine Journ. Sci., Sect. D, IX, p. 324, pl. i, figs. r, Ia-}. The collection contains numerous specimens of this well-known species from the Malay Peninsula. Three males, which doubtless came from the Patalung river where the water is always fresh, were bought in the market at Lampam and a large number of specimens were obtained from fishermen’s nets at Singgora in the Tale Sap in water of specific gravity varying from I:004 to 1:0085. It is a remarkable fact that all the Singgora specimens, with one exception, are females and that nearly all of them bear eggs. In our investigations on the fauna of the Chilka Lake on the Orissa coast of India, we drew attention to the fact that certain species of Palaemon, P. rudis and P. malcolmsom, visit the lake each year at the period when its waters are at their freshest in order to liberate their young. In the case of P. malcolmsom this migration is undertaken only by the ovigerous females, whereas in P. rvudis the males accompany the females.' It appears that a similar phenomenon occurs in the Tale Sap in the case of P.carcinus. Dr. Annandale found only a single male and very few females without eggs out of many hundreds of specimens examined at Singgora and there can be little doubt that the females migrate to the lake for breeding purposes. The speci- mens were obtained in January at the beginning of the dry season when the water of the outer part of the lake was probably fresher than at other times. The specimens agree well with the published descriptions. The rostrum as a rule extends much beyond the antennal scale, but in one male from LTampam, 168 mm. in total length, reaches beyond this point only by some 5 mm. ‘There are from 12 to 15 teeth on the upper border of the rostrum and from Io to 14 (usually 12 to. 14) on the lower border. Nine specimens yield the following measurements (to the nearest mm.) :-— i Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 203 (1915). 256 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. o ' ; | a, SECOND PERAEOPOD : LENGTH OF | s | 3 A ee LOCALITY. 2 = 3 ~ F F = aq sep fer is ; wn A= 3 tw | S|] 3 3 pe B é io) 5 ae js o F a Fe | op) Ss) Hy er Oak 4 | = i's) Ay A Lampam 3 T74 i 42 jigyy || 2) 25 29 28 25 9 o 168 | 46 140 | 23 2 29 32 29 Pe 8 ua ah 3 156 | 39 Lis | ar 22 26 24 20 Singgora.. He en ees: 173| -46.. | ose) 228. IC 44 48 48 37 ' ae i 1990,| 53 | 7606) 220: | 330" y=] 285 ane 0 2 T1751) AZ mele visio meas 23 30 22 16 a Q 148 34 88 18 18 23 16 I2 9 g 139" “32 80 | 16 15 20 14 yea » ern? 128 | 29 92 | 4 | 4 | 20 12 | 10 There are also in the collection two very small individuals, 43 and 46 mm. in total length, that I consider to be young examples of this species. They were obtained in the Patani river, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States. In the Indian Museum collections I have not been able to find any specimens of P. carcinus as small as these; the youngest, which are from Garia, near Calcutta, being 65 and 69 mm. in total length. In the larger of the Patani river specimens the rostrum extends beyond the antennal scale by about one-quarter its length, and bears 12 teeth above and 10 below. In the smaller individual the rostrum reaches beyond the scale by about one third of its length, and bears 14 teeth above and 11 below. In the young specimens from Garia the rostrum is fully as long as in the smaller Patani individual, and bears 13 or 14 teeth above and 12 or 14 below. The second legs in both Patani specimens reach beyond the end of the scale by the length of the chela—in those from Garia by the chela and fully one-third of the carpus. The segments yield the following measure- ments (in mm.) :— SECOND PERAEOPOD : LENGTH OF | LOCALITY. raeopod. Length of carapace. Length of 2nd pe- Dactylus. | Total length. | Sex.! | er | Qy [op Ne) lo | aN aa) uw Ne) Sy oe) oO lanl H lanl ° fo) Un aN lp) | | Garia, nr. Calcutta | | v o>) Or 10) 37| 76 | 79 | 108) 58 | 4x | 2? ”? CCTs m2 a am 66 36 | 2°4 NS f=) | Patani river an of: Moca BIO | » e “| ? 43 84 | Toe) ae 43 53 oF 18 | | | 1 In the largest specimen, which is evidently a male, the appendix masculina is represented by a small bud; in the others no trace of it can be detected. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 257 The measurements are closely comparable to those of some adult females, the chief difference being that the dactylus is a little shorter in relation to the palm. De Man ' records a young male specimen of this species, 65 mm. in total length, in which the carpus of the second legs was 9 mm. in length, the palm 44 mm. and the fingers 2$ mm. The telson tip in the Patani individuals differs conspicuously from that of adults, the inner pair of subterminal spinules extending beyond the apex by more than half their length. The specimens from Garia represent an intermediate stage, the spinules just reaching the apex. Lanchester, in his account of the Crustacea of the ‘Skeat Expedition,” ® refers to a specimen, 43 mm. in length, under the name P. carcinus var. lamarret. This in- dividual is doubtless a young P. carcinus, Milne-Kdward’s P. lamarrei being, as de Man has shown,’ quite distinct from the Fabrician species. Palaemon carcinus is evidently an abundant species and has a distribution extend- ing from India to New Guinea and the Philippines. Palaemon lanchesteri, de Man. rgo1. Palaemon paucidens, Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568, pl. xxxiii, fig. 4 (not P. paucidens, Hilgendorf, Sitz-ber. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, Jahrg. 1893, p. 155). 1g11. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Lanchesteri, de Man (nom. nov. for P. paucidens, Lanchester nec Hilgendorf), Notes Levden Mus., XX XIII, p. 264, footnote. Lanchester, when describing this species, noted that notwithstanding the pre- sence of ovigerous females it might eventually prove to be merely the young of P.idae. In my opinion there can be no doubt that the species is valid, its nearest relative being apparently P. /amarrei, Milne-Edwards. In both species the secondary sexual characters seem never to be strongly developed and the second peraeopods differ little, if at all, in their proportions from those of the young. I have little to add to Lanchester’s description. The rostrum in its length and dentition agrees with his account. The posterior tooth of the dorsal series is situated on the carapace, the second being as a rule immediately over the orbit ; the distance between the first and second is generally not greater than that between the second and third. The apex is nearly always bifid. : The second legs are rather shorter than indicated by Lanchester, those of oviger- ous females reaching beyond the scales by scarcely more than the length of the chela, those of males by the chela and not more than one third of the carpus (for measure- ments see table on p.258). The apex of the telson is sharply pointed, the inner pair of subterminal spinules extending beyond the tip by more than half their length. The eggs are large, about 1°05 mm. in length and 0°78 mm. in breadth. Sixteen large specimens and a number of young individuals were obtained by Dr. Annandale at the inner end of the Tale Sap in ponds and ditches of fresh water near Lampam. Lanchester records the species from Singgora, but Dr. Annandale obtained no evidence that it enters the lake at that place. ! De Man, Notes Leyden Mus., I, p. 165 (1879). 2 Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, p. 565. 3 De Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., I1, p. 222, pl. xix, fig. 4 (1908). 258 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. | a |" '| Suconp eeetocon! HeNegeton ] e eee ae It will be noticed that the carpus is decidedly shorter than the propodus in all the larger specimens. In those below 45 mm. in length the proportions are, however, differ- ent, the carpus being almost as long, or even (as in the specimen measured) a shade longer than the palm. In the male 63 mm. in length the carpus is 2:7 mm. in breadth at the distal end, the segment thus being about four times as long as broad. In all the larger specimens the segments bear minute asperities, specially noticeable on the inner and under surfaces of the carpus and propodus where they tend to form longitudinal rows. The fingers bear few hairs ; on their inner margins there is a fine ridge extending from the base to the tip; there is a single small tooth at the base of the fixed finger and two in a similar position on the dactylus. | The telson is produced to a sharp apical point which is, however, exceeded by the innermost of the two pairs of terminal spinules. The specimens collected by Dr. Annandale were found not far from Shanghai, the locality from which von Martens described the species. There is thus little doubt that they represent the true P. asperulus. 1! The rostral formulae in ten specimens are,—8/2, 9/2, 9/3, 9/3, 10/3, 10/3, 10/3, 10/3, 11/3, 11/32. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 261 The female, 45 mm. in length, from South Hu-neh, referred by de Man' to Palaemon (Parapalaemon ?) asperulus, is without doubt different. In none of Dr. Annandale’s specimens can I find any trace of carinae on the first abdominal somite and the peraeopods differ conspicuously from de Man’s account. In the case of the Hu-peh specimen the merus of the second leg is 5°2 mm. in length, the carpus 64 mm., the palm 75 mm. and the fingers 5°5 mm., proportions which differ slightly from those of Shanghai individuals. In the latter specimens, moreover, there is no trace of a longitudinal ridge on the outer side of the merus and carpus. The last three peraeopods are also much stouter in the Hu-peh specimen, the merus of the third pair being only five times, and the propodus seven times as long as broad. In Dr. Annandale’s examples the merus of this limb is six and a half times and the propodus about nine times as long as broad. ; The specimens were deeply pigmented in life, but without any characteristic markings. They were taken from small basket traps set among weeds in and at the mouths of narrow creeks opening into the Tai Hu. They were found along with Palaemon nipponensis and Leander modestus, but were much less abundant than either of those species. Palaemon sundaicus (Heller ?), de Man. 1862. Palaemon sundaicus, Heller, Sitz.-ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XIV, p. 415, pl. il, figs. 38, 39. 1892. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sundaicus, de Man, in Weber's Zool. Ergebn. Reise Niederland. Ost-Ind., TI, p. 437, pl. xxvi, fig. 35. 1897. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sundaicus, de Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., IX, p. 779 and X, pl. xxxvii, fig. 71 (1898). 1914. Palaemon sundaicus, Cowles, Philippine Journ. Sci., Sect. D, TX, p. 355, pl. ui, figs. 3, 3a-f. To this species I refer a number of rather small specimens in which the chelipedes (after nine months’ preservation in alcohol) are deeply mottled with purplish brown. They almost certainly belong to the same species as those with identical colour maykings described by de Man and Cowles (loc. cit. 1897 and 1914). De Man has described two varieties of P. swndaicus from Atjeh and Batavia, distinguishing the latter under the name var. bataviana. Dr. Annandale’s specimens agree most nearly with the typical form. Of the twelve specimens in the collection, ten have 10 or 11 (usually 11) teeth on the upper edge of the rostrum and 5 to 7 (usually 6) on the lower edge. One specimen has 13 dorsal teeth and 6 ventral and one which has clearly suffered injury—the antennal scale on one side being only half its normal size—has 14 teeth above and 11 below. In all cases there are three teeth on the carapace behind the orbital notch. ‘Towards the apex the rostrum is always rather strongly upturned, reaching beyond the antennal scale by a proportion varying from one tenth to one fifth of its length. The carapace is smooth throughout. The second peraeopods are slender andin the larger specimens reach beyond the scale by rather more than the chela and carpus. The merus, carpus and ! De Man, Tvans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2), IX, p. 293, pl. xviii, figs. 2-8 (1904). 262 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. palm are thickly covered with small spinules which are larger on the inner and under sides of the carpus and palm where they tend to form longitudinal rows. These spinules are visible even in the smallest individuals. In the larger males and the oldest female the fingers are thickly clothed with hair. There are two small teeth on the inner margin of the dactylus near its proximal end and one ues tooth which fits between them on the fixed finger. Seven enna yale the following measurements :— ' ™? ' : S & _ | SECOND PERAEOPOD: LENGTH OF | § cs | on oH 3° : ee a. ae at a ne g | — vo +a = wn gy 7 > 4 | 2 | ee/F2) 2) BY ea) se oe se 4 y HI 4 =; O Ay Q es 78} 07:5 77 | 12% |. 15°2)| 230) 15-25) oy, @ | gt} 173) 645 | 20°4'|. 205) 16e)\ ae aes | 53] 123 | 425|080| 8:0) "req eos 64 3 43 g'I | 32°0 6:0 | 6°2 85 4°7 4'8 ? 76. uz Ias 67 | 1274 | 14'0,| 28:64), 25-7 81 | 2 57 || 223 ul eA | 88 | O'2%) Taz | 8-7 6'3 | d 824) 257.) ar on6:S | 23°0 40°5 | 32°0 | 11°6 | It is doubtful if the last of these specimens, which is separately referred to below, is correctly referred to P. sundaicus. The measurements of the remainder tend to show that in the course of growth the palm increases considerably in length in proportion to the merus and fingers. In young males it is much shorter than the merus and little if at all longer than the fingers, whereas in large males it is equal to or a little longer than the merus and almost one and a half times as long as the fingers. In the male 76 mm. in length the carpus is 2°5 mm. in breadth at its distal end and the palm 2:4 mm., the segments being respectively about nine times and six and a third times as long as broad. In the female of the same length these measurements are 2°3 mm. and 2°5 mm., the carpus being eight times and the palm six and two thirds times as long as wide. If the figures tabulated above are analysed and compared with those given in other descriptions, certain small differences are evident; these, however, do not appear to be sufficiently well marked to afford any basis for the foundation of a subspecies. In the males from the Tale Sap, for instance, the merus and carpus seem proportion- ately a trifle longer and the palm and dactylus a littie shorter than in those described by de Man as P. sundaicus var.' and the same features may be detected if the Tale Sap females are compared with de Man’s typical P. swndaicus from the Java Sea.” | De Man, loc. cit., 1897, p. 783. 2 De Man, loc. cit., 1897, p. 782. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 263 The large male, the last of those included in the table of measurements, i referred to P. sundaicus with very considerable doubt, but is perhaps merely an abnormality. Both legs of the second pai®are detached and only one is complete. The rostrum resembles that of the other specimens, extending a little beyond the scale, with an upturned apex and with 10 teeth above and 5 below. The second peraeopod shows very faint traces of mottling, but is proportionately much longer than in the other specimens and exhibits great differences in the relative lengths of the segments. The dactylus is proportionately much shorter and the carpus and palm longer. Cowles (/oc. cit.) has given the measurements of a number of Philippine specimens of P. sundaicus of sizes comparable with this male; but in all of them the fingers are considerably more than half the length of the palm, whereas in Dr. Annandale’s specimen they are little more than one third the length. The specimens in the collection were found in the Tale Sap near Singgora and in pools and ditches in the vicinity; they were obtained in water of specific gravity varying from 1°004 to 1:0085. There are also a few small individuals from the Patani river in the Siamese Malay States. These were found in fresh water, but in a locality subject to tidal influence. Dr. Annandale notes that, in addition to the tortoise-shell-like mottlings on the chelipedes, living specimens showed a small dark spot on each side of each abdominal somite. Specimens which I regard as specifically identical with those obtained by Dr. Annandale are recorded by de Man from Java, Flores and Celebes and by Cowles from the Philippines. Most other records appear somewhat doubtful. Henderson and Matthai' regard P. sundaicus as a synonym of P. idae, but I am not at present prepared to follow them in this view. The specimens I have examined seem to differ conspicuously in the form of the rostrum from any of those which they have recorded from S. India under the latter name. P. sundaicus was described by Heller from a very young Specimen and its true identity is still uncertain. The notes made by Koelbel on the type and published by de Man* have led the latter author ° and Coutiére* to suggest the possibility of its identity with von Martens’ P. dispar and this view seems to have more to recommend it than that adopted by Henderson and Matthai. If proved it will, however, have unfortunate consequences, for P. dispar must then be known as P. sundaicus, while a new name will probably be necessary for the form described above. De Man (loc. cit., 1897) has also suggested that Heller’s P. sundaicus may be specifically identical with Dana’s P. equidens from Singapore. But Dana’s species was described from a mutilated specimen which, apparently, is not now in existence. It is exceedingly improbable that the species will ever be recognised with cer- tainty and it is best that it should be altogether ignored in future work. 1 Henderson and Matthai, Rec. Ind. Mus., V., p. 285 (1910). 2 De Man, loc. cit., 1892, p. 437: 3 De Man, loc. cit., 1897, p. 7816 4 Coutiére, Ann. Sct. nat., Zool. (8), XII, p. 335 (1901). 264 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Palaemon elegans, de Man. 1892. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) elegans, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Niederland — Ost.-Ind., II, p. 440, pl. xxvi, fig. 36. 1903. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) elegans, de Man, Abhandl. Senck. naturf. Ges., Frankfurt, XXV. p. 764. The specimens in the collection are from Patalung in Lower Siam. They agree closely with the original description and also with an adult male from Buitenzorg determined by de Man and preserved in the Indian Museum: there are, however, slight differences in the form of the rostrum. In Javanese specimens the upper edge of the rostrum is usually convex and at the apex is straight or directed a little downwards. In those from Patalung the upper edge is usually a trifle sinuous and the apex is straight, or (more particularly in young males and females) directed a little upwards. The teeth on the upper edge vary in number from 9g to 13,' with 2 or 3 situated on the carapace, thus agreeing exactly with de Man’s account. On the lower edge, however, there are from 4 to 6 teeth (usually 4 or 5),” whereas in Javanese specimens there are only 2 or 3 and rarely 4. The spinules on the carapace of the male, except in the case of the largest speci- men, are restricted to the lateral walls and to the region in the vicinity of the hepatic spine. The identity of the Patalung specimens with P. elegans is proved beyond doubt by the form of the chelae of the adult male which agree in every particular with those of the specimen from Buitenzorg referred to above. The fingers are clothed with hair in their basal two-thirds, with teeth at their proximal end exactly as des- cribed by de Man, while the movable finger bears distally the characteristic double row of tubercles. Seven specimens yield the following measurements :— a ea ; # F | a | SECOND PERAEOPOD : LENGTH OF |S lee/Sf) 2} a1 a] e |B 4 555 See ee Sete Sie ad teks ipa D | Ea) ei a eae = 6) | A, a ye | a Fete eae & ¢ |. br) 265peas | 99 | 16-7 | 23°5 | 18:5 | 156. (| 775 | To4 | 140 | 19°77 | 134 | 140 | of 57 Bee 54 | 8-0 IT"4 | 13°7 | r0°8 | 9°4 s 58. |: Tass Osh, g14-|<13*0 | tom | £35) 04 2 60) 142) 43 | FE VSN TER Soe gee 3 49 | 122.) 379°) 6s | 77 | oR] O78) eae 9 ovig) ~47 | 2081 S50 5 Anes | 52] 434 9 ovig; 40] 97] 245] 47|° 49| 66 | 39 |, 35 | | Of twenty-three specimens two have 9 dorsal teeth, seven have 10, nine have 11, four have 12 and one has 13. 2 Of twenty-three specimens twelve have 4 ventral teeth, ten have 5 and one has 6, Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 205 The eggs are very large, about 1°5 mm. in length and 1:15 mm. in breadth. One specimen is parasitised by a Bopyrid. It appears to me probable that the six larger specimens recorded by Lanchester from the Tale Sap under the name Palaemon nipponensis' are in reality examples of this species. De Man has noted the great resemblance that exists between the two forms and judging from Dr. Annandale’s collection P. nipponensis does not occur in Lower Siam. The rostrum in Lanchester’s larger specimens bears 10 or II teeth above and 4, 5 or 6 below, agreeing with the individuals described above. Lanchester’s smaller examples with 6, 7 or 8 teeth on the upper border of the rostrum and 3, 4 or 5 below, probably belong to some other species ; in young P. elegans that I have examined the rostral formula is the same as in adults. Dr. Annandale’s specimens of P. elegans were obtained at Lampam in Patalung in fresh water. They were found in the Patalung river and in ponds and ditches in the vicinity. In the Tale Sap itself the species was not found. P. elegans is recorded by de Man from Buitenzorg and Sinagar in Java. Palaemon neglectus, de Man. 1888. Palaemon acutirostris, de Man (nec Dana), Journ. Linn. Soc., XXII, p. 280, pl. xviii, fig. 7. 18o1. ae acutirostris (de Man nec Dana), Ortmann, Zool. Jarhb., Syst., V, p. 707. 1892. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) equidens, de Man (nec Dana), in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Ntederland. Ost-Ind., 11, p. 453, pl. xxvi, fig. 37 (not the synonymy). 1906. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) neglectus, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., XXVI p. 201, pl. xv, fig. 6. To this species belong a number of specimens obtained by Dr. Annandale in the Botanical Gardens at Penang. The rostrum is a little shorter than the antennal scales; its upper margin is straight or a little convex near the base and is a trifle upturned at the tip. On the dorsal edge there are from II to 13 teeth (usually r2),” of which the three hindmost are placed on the carapace, the fourth being immediately above the posterior limit of the orbit. On the lower edge there are 4 or 5 teeth (nearly always 4).’ The largest male, a specimen 88 mm. in total length, bears a great number of very small spinules on the carapace ; but these are absent in all the other examples. Six specimens yield the measurements shown on the next page. The proportions of the segments of the second peraeopods are rather variable. In males the carpus is usually shorter than the merus or equal in length with it, whereas in females it is a little longer than the merus. In the larger claw of the largest male the fingers are a little longer than the carpus; in all other cases they are decidedly shorter. In males the chelipedes are always stout; in the larger limb of the male 88 mm. in total length the merus is 4'7 mm. thick at its distal end and the carpus 5‘0 mm.; the palm is very slightly flattened, being 5:4 mm. in breadth and 4:9 mm. in thickness. 1 Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, p. 566. 2 Of fifteen specimens three have 11 dorsal teeth, nine have 12, two have 13 and one abnormal individual has 9. 3 Of fifteen specimens fourteen have 4 ventral teeth and one has 5. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. l us 4 18 & . | SECOND PERAEOPOD: LENGTH OF BS lies iS) : > il = | a) | ee ee é = = na Eats a 2 s 5 # S | | AG | | | | 84 | 20°8.| xO: 4) 3535 Jes 158) | ¢ 88 256" oRihare wite | | | * 72 | Oras) 4 OM) MBS A ety als Leese! | 54| 831 r04| ro-2| 13:2] 95 | ef 72 |19°5 {| | Fae 77. 8-8 8°8 9°6 7-2 | | P | 45°55 5) is 8: LUE 2 : Taba | fe 7 | (| 375°) °66") "7-04 7-7 24) ease | | | . (| 50°5,| 8x] 160} 10:34) 24a 08 3 75! |20°5 2 | | “Ul 43]: 76| 93] 87] 94] 66] | 32:5 56 | 66! at 7°3 51 | g 53) | igara| | | | | 30] 52) 65] 68] 64]- 48 | (| 53) seine | ros | pale nas PAS Bas aera | | | | () 25. 405 | seston Grol taal Cease ee | | | The spinules on the chelipedes agree closely with de Man’s description. On the outer surface of the carpus there is a comparatively broad longitudinal smooth line which separates the closely packed small spinules of the upper surface from the very much larger and more sparsely distributed spinules of the lower surface. In the largest male there are on both chelae five teeth on the fixed finger and four on the dactylus ; in the smaller individuals they are less numerous, two or three on each finger. The anterior tooth on the dactylus is placed a little behind its middle point, the foremost on the fixed finger being posterior to it. These two teeth are larger than any of the others and the margin behind each of them is distinctly concave. The synonymy of P. neglectus has been dealt with by de Man. In the Indian Museum there are two of the specimens which he recorded from Mergui in 1888 under the name P. acutirostris. "These appear to be specifically identical with those described above, but unfortunately all the chelipedes are missing except one, which is small. The specimens obtained by Dr. Annandale were found in a rapid running stream in the Botanical Gardens at Penang. All of them, in life, bore a small black spot on each side of the abdomen at the junction of the 1st and 2nd, 2nd and 3rd, 4th and 5th and 5th and 6th abdominal somites. No spot occurred at the junction of the 3rd and 4th somites. In the smaller individuals there was a dark slanting line near the posterior margin of the carapace and another, similar to it, not far from the anterior ! Both chelipedes detached. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 2607 margin, the two sometimes being joined together to form an N-shaped figure. In the largest male the carapace was olivaceous green, marbled and streaked and without definite markings. Tae chelipedes in this specimen were blackish externally and pale olive internally, the fingers being black with white tips. In smaller individuals the chelipedes were olive, with white fingers and with two scarlet bars on the chela. The first of these was situated at the proximal end of the palm and the second at the base of the fingers. The walking legs bore alternate pale and dark bars. Palaemon neglectus has hitherto been recorded from King I. and Elphinstone I. in the Mergui Archipelago and from Deli on the E. coast of Sumatra. Palaemon pilimanus, de Man. 1891. ° Palaemon piliminus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, p- 735, pl. xlvii, fig. 9. 1892. Palizmon (Wicrobrachium) pilimanus, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Nied Ost-Ind., II, p. 471, pls. xxvii and xxviii, figs. 44, a-t. 1900. Palaemon (Macrobrachium) pilimanus, Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 93. 1991. Palaemon piliminus, Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 567. A large number of specimens collected in Java by the late Dr. W. C. Hossack be- long to this variable species; they agree with de Man’s description and with three Javanese specimens determined by de Man and preserved in the Indian Museum. About sixty specimens, including one ovigerous female, were obtained in the Government Quinine Gardens at Tijnproean, at an altitude of 5600 ft., while two others were found at Garoet at an altitude of about 3000 ft. The ovigerous female is 45 mm. in total length and the largest male 59 mm. The species is known from Java, Sumatra and Borneo and on the continent of Asia from Aring in Kelantan and the Belimbing River. Palaemon lampropus, de Man. 1892. Palaemon (Macrobrachium) lampropus, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Nied. Ost- Ind., II, p. 493, pl. xxix, figs. 49Qa-c. 1go1t. Palaemon lampropus, Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568. 1902. Palaemon lampropus, Schenkel, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel, XIII, p. 511. Fifteen specimens were obtained by Dr. Annandale in the Patani River, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States. The series agrees very well with de Man’s account, but the rostrum is loager than in the large male that he described in detail, reaching to, or even a little beyond the apex of the scale. There are from 15 to 18 teeth on the upper border of the rostrum ' of which 3 or 4 (usually 4) are situated on the carapace behind the orbit. On the lower margin there are 3 or 4 teeth, usually 4. The specimens are small, the largest being only about 45 mm. in length; the chelipedes in several individuals are equal and in no case do they reach beyond the antennal scale by more than the length of the chela. In their form, however, and in the dentition of the fingers they are in precise agreement with de Man’s description. 1 Of fifteen specimens two have 15 dorsal teeth, six have 16, five have 17 and two have 18. 268 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The series includes several ovigerous females, each bearing a great number of very small eggs. Palaemon lampropus is known to occur in Celebes and Timor and has been recorded by Lanchester from Aring in Kelantan. The number of dorsal teeth on the rostrum in Lanchester’s specimens (12 or 13) is considerably lower than in any of those found by Dr. Annandale. Genus Leander, Desmarest. In a recent paper in the Records of the Indian Museum I have revised the section of this genus that comprises Milne-Edward’s Leander styliferus and related forms. This paper contains descriptions and figures of three of the five species obtained by Dr. Annandale in the course of his tour. Leander annandalei, Kemp. 1917. Leander annandalei, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 211, text-figs. 1-4. This remarkable species is based on a single individual dredged in the Whangpoo River, between Shanghai and Woosung, at a depth of 54 to 74 metres. It was found in pure fresh water. Leander annandalei is particularly interesting in that it forms a link between L. tenuipes, Henderson, in which the last three pairs of legs are excessively long and filiform, and more normally constituted species of the genus. Leander modestus, Heller. 1917. Leander modestus, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 221, pl. 1x, fig. 1. From material obtained by Dr. Annandale at Shanghai I have been able to draw up a fresh description of this species, which was hitherto known only from the account given by Heller more than fifty years ago. The species is common at the margins of the Tai Hu Lake and is caught in large numbers in basket traps set among weeds. A few individuals were dredged from a bare muddy bottom in the middle of the lake and others were obtained in the Whangpoo River between Shanghai and Woosung at depths of 54 to 74 metres. Young examples are common in ditches and ponds in the neighbourhood of Shanghai. All the specimens were obtained in pure fresh water. In redescribing this species I unaccountably omitted to notice that Henderson in 1893 recorded Leander modestus from Madras. I have recently obtained from this locality specimens of a form which is without doubt identical with that examined by him. The specimens are, in my opinion, to be referred to L. semmelinki, a species which in many respects bears a close resemblance to L. modestus. Leander semmelinki, de Man. 1881. Leander semmelinkti, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., III, p. 137. 1890. Leander semmelinkit, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, p. 517. 1893. Leander modestus, Henderson (nec Heller), Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2), V, p. 441. 1903. Leander semmelinkii, Nobili, Boll. Mus. Torino, XVIII, no. 455, p. 8. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 269 The specimens agree almost precisely with de Man’s account. The only discrep- ancy that I have noted is that the lower border of the rostrum, described as “ scarcely emarginate at the base,” is, as in most species of the genus, distinctly concave above the eye, being at its narrowest only about two-thirds as deep as in the vicinity of the hindmost inferior tooth. The rostrum bears from 7 to 10 dorsal teeth, usually 8 or 9; the first is remote from the others and is situated on the carapace, the second being as a rule immediately above the hinder limit of the orbit. On the lower border are from 2 to 5 teeth, nearly always 3. The branchiostegal tooth is not very much smaller than the antennal. The outer margin of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle ends in a spine that extends much beyond the produced, setose, antero-external portion of the segment. The two rami of the outer antennular flagellum are fused basally for a distance vary- ing from two-fifths to one half the entire length of the shorter ramus. ‘The antennal scale is about three times as long as wide, narrowed apically and with the distal end of the lamella not extending very far beyond the terminal spine of the outer margin. The mandibular palp is composed of only two segments, the joint between the second and third being suppressed. In this respect the species is comparable to the European L. sguwilla in which precisely the same modification is found. The chela of the second peraeopods is nearly always a trifle longer than the carpus, but is occasionally about equal to it, as noted by Ortmann. In reference to the last three pairs of peraeopods de Man remarks, “end of the terminal joint armed with three small and two longer spines.’ ‘This is doubtless a clerical error, the seg- ment referred to being the propodus. The description, thus amended, applies well enough to the third and fourth pairs; in the fifth the spinules are much more numer- ous towards the distal end. In the third pair the propodus is one and three quarter’ times the length of the carpus and two and a third times as long as the dactylus. In the fifth pair the propodus is longer both relatively and actually ; it is about twice the length of the carpus and three and a quarter times as long as the dactylus. The sixth abdominal somite, measured dorsally, is rather more than half the length of the carapace. The largest specimen in the collection is a female, 40 mm. in total length. The eggs are of medium size, about 0°73 x 0°58 mm. in longer and shorter diameter. The rostrum is proportionately longer in small specimens than in adults. L. semmelinkit, as de Man has remarked, bears a rather close resemblance to Heller's L. modestus; but in the latter species (i) the basal crest of the rostrum is much more elevated, (ii) the interval between the Ist and 2nd dorsal teeth of the rostrum is not greater than that between the 2nd and 3rd, (iii) the two rami composing the outer antennular flagellum are fused for a shorter length, (iv) the antennal scale is parallel-sided, not narrowed distally, (v) the mandibular palp is com- posed of three segments, (vi) the fingers of the first peraeopod are nearly one and a half times as long as the palm, (vii) the fingers of the second peraeopod are conspicuously longer than the palm and (viii) the last three peraeopods are 270 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. more slender, with a proportionately longer dactylus, that of the third pair being three quarters the length of the propodus. The specimens collected by Dr. Annandale were obtained in February, 1914, in brackish water at the mouth of the Prai River opposite Penang; the species was extremely abundant in very shallow water at the edge of mud flats and, when alive, was whitish in colour without definite markings. Other examples in the Indian Museum are from Fisher Bay, Port Owen, Tavoy I., Burma, obtained in November, 1911, by the R.I.M.S. ‘Investigator’ and from Bandra, near Bombay, collected in February 1911 by Mr. J. W. Caunter, from Ennur backwater near Madras, collected by myself in May 1918 in water of specific gravity 1'02625. There are ovigerous specimens from all the localities. Leander semmelinki has been recorded from the roads of Makassar in Celebes (de Man), from Luzon in the Philippines (Ortmann) and from Singapore (Nobili). Leander potamiscus, Kemp. 1917. Leander potamiscus, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 225, text-fig. 7. This species, which has been described from material collected by Dr. Annandale, differs from all known members of the genus with the exception of L. fluminicola, Kemp, in the complete absence of the branchiostegal spine of the carapace. The typ2 sp2cimens were collected by Dr. Annandale in the Patani River, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States and the species was also found at Telok Tikus on Penang I. Other specimens in the collection of the Zoolcgical Survey of India are from Middle I., in the Andaman group and from the Sarguem and Tuari Rivers in Portuguese India. All the specimens were found in fresh water, but in places subject to tidal influence. Leander paucidens (de Haan). 1907. Leander paucidens, de Man, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2), IX, p. 409. 1914. Leander paucidens, Balss, Abhandl. math.-phys. Klasse K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Suppl. Bd. II, Abh. 10, p. 58. Of this species, which is by far the commonest freshwater prawn in Japan, large numbers of specimens were obtained by Dr. Annandale. There are long series from Lake Biwa and from Ogura pond near Kyoto and other less numerous examples from the Yodo R., 1 mile above Osaka, from Kasumi-ga-ura on the Pacific coast and from Sapporo in Hokkaido: the specimens from the last locality were presented by the Otsu laboratory. All were collected in fresh water and a number of the females bear eggs. The species was found in all parts of Lake Biwa, but was most abundant near the shore. Individuals were obtained in nets hauled in deepest part of the lake, at a depth of 320 ft., and as the species appears to live exclusively on the bottom there is every probability that they actually came from the depth indicated. Specimens from over 200 ft. are all small, none exceeding 35 mm. in length; nearer the shore larger examples, up to 48 mm. in length, were obtained. The largest specimens in the collec- Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 271 tion are from Kyoto and Sapporo and reach a length of about 54mm. Miss Rathbun! has remarked that examples from the sea are larger than those from fresh water, attaining a length of 6€4 mm. Dr. Annandale’s specimens from Lake Biwa are, however, considerably larger than any that she examined from that locality. According to an excellent colour sketch, made by Dr. T. Kawamura of the Otsu laboratory, living specimens are closely mottled with dull olive green with a dark posterior border to each abdominal somite. On either side of the carapace are three characteristic dark lines; two of these are on the branchiostegal wall-and are nearly vertical, converging a little as they approach the inferior margin; the third extends obliquely downwards and forwards from the cardiac region, running between the two other lines at its lower end. The articulations of all the leg segments are tinged with yellow ; there are dark patches at the base of the pleopods and at the tip of each uropod there isa large pale spot bordered with purplish brown. Dr. Annandale notes . that specimens from bare ground, either in deep or shallow water, were almost colour- less, though still retaining traces of the characteristic markings on the carapace. Ex- amples with the deepest colouration were found among dense weed at a depth of about ro ft. The species forms one of the most important commercial products of Lake Biwa, being caught near Otsu in very large numbers in small basket traps. De Man has given a list of the localities from which Leander paucidens has been recorded. It is evidently abundant in all parts of Japan and is known from Hokkaido and the Kurile Is. Miss Rathbaa has recordel it from Fusan in Korea. Genus Palaemonetes, Heller. 1g11. Allocaris, Sollaud, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. nat. Paris, p. 50. 1913. Allocaris, synonymous with Palaemonetes, Pesta, Ann. K.-K. Hofmuszums Wien, XXVII, p. 9. 1914. Coutierella, Sollaud, Bull. Soc. zool. France, XX XIX, p. 318. A small Palaemonid, obtained by Dr. Annandale in fresh water in the vicinity of Shanghai, is without doubt identical with that described by Sollaul under the name Allocaris sinensis. ‘The new genus created for this species differs from Palaemonetes only in two points,—the wide separation of the coxal and basal segments of the first maxillipedes and the greater number of plumose setae at the apex of the telson. Sollaud was apparently so impressed with the importance of these characters that he regarded Allocaris sinensis as the representative of an isolated branch which had evolved independently of all other Palaemonidae. His views, however, have been severely criticised by Pesta, who regirds Allocaris as a synonym of Palaemonetes and has even expressed the opinion that .4. s¢menszs is nothing more than a local race of the European P. varians. No two views could possibly be more divergent. In reference to the characters noted above, Pesta has shown that the form of the first maxillipede is very variable in Palaemonetes varians, in some cases bearing an exce2dingly close resemla1ce to thait of Allocaris, whle the number of setae at the 1 Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p 51 (1902). 272 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. apex of the telson is, in the same species, by no means constant. I have checked Pesta’s observations by an examination of Irish specimens of P. vavians and can in a large measure substantiate his statements.' Consideration of the text-figures which Pesta has given, affords convincing proof that Adlocaris is nothing more than a synonym of Palaemonetes and that Sollaud formed a completely erroneous estimate of the value of the characters he discovered. On the other hand Pesta is undoubtedly wrong in suggesting that the Chinese species is merely a local race of P. varians. More recently Sollaud has described another genus, Coutierella, based on a fresh- water Palaemonid from South China, and this also must be relegated to the synonymy of Palaemonetes. Coutierella is distinguished from Palaemonetes only by the form of the second maxilla and first maxillipede, the latter bearing a very close resemblance to the same appendage in Palaemonetes sinensis, while the former appears to differ from that of all Palaemonids in which it has been examined in the absence of the re-entrant angle in the margin below the two distal laciniae and in the presence of setae on this margin. It is clear from Pesta’s work that the characters drawn from the first maxillipede do not form a valid generic distinction, and even in the Palaemonidae, in which genera are separated by such comparatively slight distinctions, the features of the second maxilla cannot by themselves be held to have the importance that Sollaud has ascribed to them. In describing Caridea a study of the mouth-parts is far too often neglected ; it is much to be regretted, therefore, that Sollaud in his discovery of certain most interest- ing points in the structure of these appendages in the Chinese species of Palaemonetes has adopted such extreme views regarding their evolution and classification. Palaemonetes sinensis (Sollaud). 1g11. Allocarts sinensis, Sollaud, Bull. Mus. d’ Hist. nat., p. 50, text-figs. 1, 2. This species is certainly not a local race of P. vavians as suggested by Pesta (loc cit.). It may be distinguished by the following characters :— (i) The teeth on the upper border of the rostrum extend nearer to the apex. In P. varians the distal quarter of the rostrum is usually unarmed, whereas in P. sinensts it bears a tooth. In P. sinensis the foremost tooth of the dorsal series is situated above, or in advance of, the distal tooth on the lower border; in P. varians the foremost inferior tooth is in advance of all those on the upper edge. (1) The two ultimate segments of the antennular peduncle are proportionately shorter and the free portion of the accessory antennular ramus is nearly four times as long as the fused basal part. In P. varians the fused portion is very much longer, the free part of the accessory ramus being only about one third its length. (iii) The antennal scale is a little broader (about two and two third times as long as wide) and is a trifle more broadly rounded distally. ; (iv) The coxa and basis of the first maxillipede are more widely separated. | In a number of Irish specimens the form of the first maxillipede is intermediate between those shown in Pesta’s figs. 9 and 10 and in some it is almost as extreme as in fig. 10. There are as a rule only two setae at the apex of the talson, but in a few examples four were found. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 273 (v) In the second peraeopods the chela is equal in length with the merus and is only about two-thirds as long as the carpus. In P.varians the chela is decidedly longer than the merus and only a little shorter than the carpus. (vi) The dactylus of the last three peraeopods is a little longer; that of the third pair is about half as long as the propodus in P. sinensis, rather less in P. varians. (vii) There are more setae (9 or 10) at the apex of the telson. In other respects the two species appear to be in close agreement. The teeth on the upper border of the rostrum vary in number from 4 to 6,' the hindmost being placed on the carapace behind the level of the orbit. On the lower margin there are from 1 to 3 teeth.” On the ciliated margins of the antennules and buccal appendages there are numerous small cysts of a Protozoan apparently identical with that described by Sollaud. Sixteen specimens of Palaemonetes sinensis were obtained by Dr. Annandale in the vicinity of Shanghai in small ponds and ditches of fresh water. They were found in the month of October in company with Caridina and young Leander modestus: none of the females carry eggs.” Family ALPHEIDAE. Genus Alpheus, Fabricius. Alpheus paludicola, Kemp. 1915. Alpheus paludicola, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 303, pl. xiii, figs. 11-13. The only difference Iam able to detect between specimens collected by Dr. Annan- dale in Lower Siam and those originally described from the Chilka Lake in Orissa is that the rostrum is very slender and rather longer, extending considerably beyond the end of the orbital hoods. In the form of the chelae and in all other particulars there is precise agreement. The eggs are I°3 or I'4 mm. in diameter. According to Dr. Annandale’s notes the specimens differed somewhat in colour from those observed in the Chilka Lake, the transverse bands of pigment on the abdomen being missing. They were translucent, without definite markings, but tinged, owing to the presence of scattered chromatophores, with reddish brown. The eyes were black and the palm and fingers of both chelae were deeply tinged with blue, especially on the dorsal surface. The eggs were pale green. The specimens were obtained in the Tale Sap, in the channel connecting the upper and lower lakes at a depth of 34 to 8 metres. They were found in a shallow layer of dense mud overlying a coarse sandy bottom and occurred in company with Upogebia heterocheiy. ‘The specific gravity of the water in the channel was variable according to the state of the tide, but probably does not rise much above I°004. Alpheus paludicola has hitherto been found only in the Chilka Lake on the Orissa coast of India. 1 Of sixteen specimens five have 4 dorsal teeth, ten have 5 and one has 6. 2 Of sixteen specimens seven have 1 inferior tooth, eight have 2 teeth and one has 3. 3 See Addendum, p. 207. 274 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Family ATYIDAE. Genus Caridina, Milne-Edwards. All the species recorded below possess epipods at the base of the first four peraeopods and a gill-formula which is apparently the same as that given for the genus by Calman and Bouvier.' » Caridina propinqua, de Man. 1908. Caridina propingua, de Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., II, p. 227, pl. xix, figs. 6, 6a-f. £913. Caridina propinqua, Bouvier, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2), XV, p. 463. 1915. Caridina propinqua, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 309. The specimens agree closely with those from the neighbourhood of Calcutta. In young individuals the rostrum extends little, if at all, beyond the end of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle, whereas in adults it almost or quite reaches the end of the second segment. On the upper border there are from 11 to 20 teeth,” of which from 2 to 4 (usually 3 or 4) are situated on the carapace. On the lower border there are from 0 to 4 teeth (usually 2). The carpus of the first peraeopods is from 2°8 to 3°2 times as long as broad. In the third pair the propodus is from 2°7 to 3:2 times the length of the dactylus; the latter segment is slender and is armed with 6 or 7 spines, the terminal claw included. The propodus of the fifth peraeopod is from 2°4 to 2°8 times the length of the dactylus, the latter segment bearing from 43 to 55 spinules. There are from 11 to 16 movable spines on the outer uropod. The eggs are from 0°64 mm. in length by 0°39 mm. in breadth, when freshly ex- truded, to 0°70 mm. in length by 0°44 mm. in breadth, when on the point of hatching. Ovigerous females vary greatly in size, being from 12 to 20 mm. in total length. Dr. Annandale found Caridina propinqua in abundance in the Tale Sap in January and February, 1916. It occurred among weeds in all parts of the lake, both in the inner portion where the water is in all probability fresh throughout the year and in the outer lake near the island of Koh Yaw in water of low salinity. There are also numer- ous specimens in the collection from the Patani River, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States. The water in this locality, though fresh at the time the specimens were obtained, is subject to tidal influence. 1 Bouvier, Aun. Sci. France Belgique, XXXIX, p. 68 (1905). 2 In fifty specimens the numbers of rostral teeth are as follows :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. 2 specimens have 11 teeth. I specimen has no tooth. 3 > 6 specimens have 1 As 2 13. 7 | 30 a5 nj 2 teeth. 7 > » 14 » es © ” Tes) ” 8 + 5s ee ee I specimen has 4 8 x” si LON xs 9 93) Lays | 6 Le 3 19 2 20 Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 275 Caridina propingua has hitherto been recorded only from the vicinity of Calcutta and from the Chilka Lake and the neighbourhood of Puri in Orissa. Caridina nilotica, Roux, subsp. gracilipes, de Man. 1892. Caridina wyckii, var. gracilipes, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Nied. Ost-Ind., II, p. 393, pl. xxiv, figs. 29, a-e. 1902. Caridina wyckti gracilipes, Schenkel, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel, XIII, p. 498, pl. viii, fig. 5 (in part). 1904. Caridina wyckii var. gracilipes, Roux, Rev. Suisse Zool., XII, p. 554. 1905. Caridina nilotica var. gracilipes, Bouvier, Ann. sci. France Belgique, XX XIX, p. 73. 1908. Caridina nilotica var. bengalensis, de Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., Il, p. 265, pl. xx, figs. 6, 6a, 6b. 1908. Caridina nilotica var. gracilipes, de Man, ibid., p. 207, pl. xx, figs. 7, 7a, 7b. 1915. Caridina nilotica var. bengalensis, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 307. I have already drawn attention to the fact that Indian specimens of C. nzlotica subsp. bengalensis show a greater range of variation than is indicated by de Man and that in consequence it becomes almost impossible to separate the Indian race from the subsp. gracilipes, described from Celebes. A short series of specimens obtained by Dr. Annandale at Shanghai still further emphasizes the close relationship that exists between the two races, and I am therefore forced to the conclusion that bengalensis must be regarded merely as a synonym of gracilipes. Ina few points differences may certainly be detected between the forms inhabiting India, Celebes and N. China, but these in my opinion are too trivial to justify nomenclatorial recognition ; in most cases they can only be discerned by taking the average characters of a large number of specimens and they are clearly of far less weight than those employed in the case of other subspecies. _In the Shanghai specimens the rostrum reaches a little beyond the end of the antennal scale and is armed dorsally at its proximal end with from 10 to 20 teeth (usually 12 to 17).' Of these the first 1 or 2 are placed on the carapace behind the orbital notch. At the apex there are from 1 to 3 dorsal teeth (nearly always 1) ; in no ~ case are there any isolated teeth between these and the foremost of those comprising the proximal series. The teeth on the lower border are from 6 to 14 in number, usually 7 to 12.! 1 In thirty-three specimens the numbers of teeth are as follows :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. (Proximal series only.) I specimen has 6 teeth. 1 specimen has 10 teeth. 3 specimenshave 7 _,, I 5 Se Ya 2 ; ; Sans 3 specimens have I2 __,, 8 oe - ey) 4 ay ” 13» 9 ” » 10 ” 6 \s » I4 55 6 a sy, BL ss 3 - ap OS oo Z Pe a es > eee 7 5 » 6 5, I specimen has 13 ,, 4 » Sound HS I s ee Sue 1 specimen has 18 ,, I »” ” 19 » 2 specimenshave 20 _ ,, 276 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The carpus of the first peraeopods is from 2°0 to 2°2 times as long as wide. The propodus of the third peraeopod is from 2°9 to 3°3 times as long as the dactylus. The dactylus bears from 9 to II spines; excluding which it is from 3°8 to 4:2 times as long as broad. In the fifth peraeopods the propodus is from 2°7 to 3'1 times as long as the dactylus; the latter segment is from 4°8 to 5:2 times as long as broad and bears from 42 to 50 spinules. There are 8 or 9 movable spines on the outer uropod. The eggs are from 0°50 to 0°52 mm. in length and from 0°31 to 0°32 mm. in breadth. Dr. Annandale was unable to recognise any difference in colouration between these specimens and those of C. denticulata subsp. sinensis taken with them, though he noted that two species were probably present in the Shanghai ditches. As regards the number of rostral teeth it will be noticed that the average of the dorsal series is I5 in the case of the Shanghai specimens, about 15°8 in de Man’s ex- amples from Celebes and from 16°8 to 22°7 in various samples from the coasts of India and Ceylon (v. Kemp, /.c., 1915, p. 308). In this respect, therefore, the Shanghai specimens are in close agreement with those from Celebes. The teeth on the lower | margin are much less numerous than usual; the average number in the Shanghai ex- amples is 9°8, whereas in those from Celebes it is 14:4 and from 12:0 to 15’6 in those from India and Ceylon. In the length of the eggs (0°50 to 0°52 mm.) the specimens correspond most nearly with Indian specimens, the length in the latter being from 0°41 to 0°49 mm. as compared with 0°33 to 0°40 mm. in the case of those from Celebes. Miss Rathbun, writing in 1902,' refers Hickson’s Atya wycki from Celebes to the synonymy of the Japanese C. leucosticta, Stimpson,’ while de Man in 1908,’ follows other authors in regarding the form described by Hickson as a subspecies of C. nilo- tica. ‘Three specimens of C. leucosticta, obtained in Japan and determined by Balss,* are in the Indian Museum; they almost certainly belong to the same form as those examined by Miss Rathbun and agree well enough with Stimpson’s brief description. The specimens are unfortunately in very poor condition, but it seems fairly certain that they represent merely a race of C. nilotica. The carpi of the first legs are, how- ever, slender—about twice as long as broad—, a fact which precludes the suggestion that they belong to C. nilotica subsp. wycki, while the comparative measurements of the dactyli of the last three legs and the very small eggs indicate affinity with the sub- species gvacilipes. Though the material from Japan is quite insufficient to justify any definite state ment, the probability that a race of C. nilotica inhabits that country should not be forgotten. The Japanese form appears to be closely related to the subspecies gracilipes and may indeed prove to be identical with it, Stimpson’s name in the latter event having priority as a subspecific term. From the comparatively small amount of knowledge that we at present possess it 1 Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, p. 50 (1902). 2 Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 28. 3 De Man, loc. cit., 1908, p. 269. * Balss, Abhandl. math.-phys. Klasse K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Suppl. Bd. II, Abh. to, p. 25. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 277 would appear that there is a discontinuity in the distribution of this form. It occurs in India and Ceylon on the one hand and in Celebes, N. China and possibly Japan on the other hand, but is apparently absent from Java, Sumatra and the Malay Penin- sula. Max Weber’s extensive collections of Atyidae from Java and Sumatra seem to indicate that no form of the wide-spread C. nzlotica occurs in those islands, while, judging from Dr. Annandale’s collection, the species is represented in the Malay Peninsula only by the distinct variety described below. Caridina nilotica (Roux), subsp. macrophora, nov. A subspecies of Caridina nilotica, readily distinguished by the very large size of its eggs from all the Asiatic races hitherto known, was found by Dr. Annandale in the == e™ = << MPEZAZZZ a. Fic. 9.—Caridina nilotica, subsp. macrophora, nov. a. Carapace, rostrum, etc., in lateral view. d. Third peraeopod. b. First peraeopod. e. Dactylus of same further enlarged. c. Second peraeopod. fj. Fifth peraeopod. Tale sap in Peninsular Siam. It occurred only in the inner part of the lake in water that in all probability is permanently fresh. “ The rostrum (text-fig. ga) usually extends a little beyond the apex of the antennal scale. In lateral view it is directed somewhat downwards in its proximal half, while distally itis a little ascendant. The proximal part of the upper margin bears a series 278 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. of 13 to 20 close set teeth,' of which from I to 3 (usually 2) are situated on the carapace behind the orbital notch. The foremost of the series is, asa rule, not situated in front of the middle point of the second segment of the antennular peduncle. There are from 1 to 3 (most commonly 2) subterminal dorsal teeth and between these and the fore- most of the proximal series there is, in a few cases, a single isolated tooth. The lower margin bears from 6 to 12 teeth (usually 6 to 10)' which decrease regularly in size from behind forwards. The lateral process of the antennular peduncle does not reach the end of the seg- ment to which it is attached. The antennal scale is about 34 times as long as broad. In the first peraeopods (text-fig. 9b) the carpus is about 23 times as long as broad ; the chela is one third longer than the carpus with the dactylus about 14 times the length of the palm. The carpus of the second peraeopods (text-fig. gc) is very Slender, from 54 to 7 times as long as broad and about one fifth longer than the chela. The dactylus is 14 times the length of the palm. | The last three pairs of peraeopods possess the usual large spines on the lower margins of the ischium, merus and carpus. In the third pair (text-figs. gd, e) the pro- podus is from 3% to 34 times the length of the dactylus (terminal spine included). Ex- cluding the spines the latter segment is from 44 to nearly 5 times as long as broad: the spines vary in number from 6 to Io. In the fifth peraeopods (text-fig. 9/) the propodus is from 3} to 34 times the total length of the dactylus. Excluding the spinules, which vary in number from 35 to 45, the latter segment is from 44 to 4? times as long as broad. The outer uropod bears 8 or g movable spines. The eggs are very large, from o'9g0 to 0'96 mm. in length and from 0°52 to 0°58 mm. in breadth. Large specimens do not exceed 23 mm. in total length. Classified on the lines adopted by de Man in his excellent paper on the races of Caridina nilotica,’ the form from the Tale Sap would find a place near the subspecies gvacilipes and bengalensis from both of which it is immediately distinguished by the very large size of the eggs. Eggs of more than 0°75 mm. have hitherto been known \In fifty specimens the numbers of rostral teeth are as follows :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. (Not including those at apex.) 5 specimens have 6 teeth. 7 specimens have 13 teeth. 5 pe a, dja 9 ” 5) ee 13 + sh oa Oe LaS II $5 5 ESO Sp II SR righ 9 ” Set RN 5g II es 59 EEO ens 5 22 3) Cee 3 ” »» jf ” 4 ” » 18s, I specimen has 12 ,, 4 ” »» 19 I specimen has 20 ,, Twenty specimens have one subtermiaal dorsal tooth, twenty-eight heve two and two have three. 2 De Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., II, p. 257 (1908). Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 279 only in two races of the species,’ viz. the typical form, which is found in Egypt, and the subspecies: faucipara from Natal. From both these forms the subspecies macrophora is distinguished by the greater proportionate length of the dactylus of the third legs, while from paucipara it also differs in the smaller number of spinules on the dactylus of the last leg. C. . macrophora may also be distinguished from all the other known races by the reduced number of teeth on the rostrum, a feature which is especially marked in the case of those on the lower border. - I have little doubt that the two mutilated specimens recorded by Lanchester * from the River Petwi, Tale Sap, as Cavidina wycki are to be referred to this sub- species. The specimens were all obtained in January, 1916, at the northern end of the Tale Sap in and near the mouth of the Patalung River. The water where they were found was quite fresh, though subject to slight alterations of level according to the state of the tide, and probably remains fresh throughout the year. The types bear the number 9664/ro in the register of the Zoological Survey of India. Caridina brachydactyla, de Man. 1892. Caridina wyckit, de Man (nec Hickson), in Weber’s Zool. Evgebn. Reise Nied. Ost-Ind., It, p. 386,’ pl. xxiv, figs. 29 /, g, 1, 11, k, oc,-dd. 1908. Caridina milotica var. brachydactyla, de Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., II, p. 269. 1913. Caridina brachydactyla, Bouvier, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2), XV, pp. 463, 466. subsp. peninsularis, nov. A number of specimens collected by Dr. Annandale near Patani, in the Siamese Malay States and on Penang I. appear to represent a local race of deMan’s C. nilotica var. brachydactyla. This form, hitherto known only from Celebes, Flores and Saleyer, dif- fers notably from all other varieties of C. nzlotica in the very short dactyli of the last three pairs of legs and Bouvier, whom I follow, has recently given it full specific rank. Minor points of distinction are to be found between individuals from Patani and those from Penang, while the specimens from both these localities in my opinion differ sufficiently from those described by de Man to justify their separation as a distinct subspecies. The rostrum (text-fig. loa) always exceeds the length of the antennular peduncle and in some cases extends a trifle beyond the end of the antennal scale. It is a little upturned distally, more rarely straight, and is armed above with a series of 21 to 37 (usually 25 to 32) teeth of which 3 or 4 (usually 3) are situated on the carapace behind the orbital notch. In most of the specimens examined by de Man a considerable length of the rostrum towards its distal end is unarmed, except for the presence of from 1 to 3 subterminal teeth, in this respect resembling C. nilotica. In the specimens before me the condition is quite different. The teeth, in the great majority of cases, stretch un- 1 The size of the eggs in C. nilotica subsp. wycki, Hickson, a race found in Lake Tondano in Celebes, is at present unknown. No ovigerous females occur among cotypes of the subspecies preserved in the Indian Museum. 2 Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, p. 560. 280 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. interruptedly from the base to the apex, with the result that it is quite impossible to draw any line of separation between the subterminal teeth and those that form the proximal series. The teeth are crowded at the base and the interspaces between them sometimes increase in size as they approach the tip. In a very few cases there is a distinct break in the series and such specimens seem to differ only in a small degree from some from Mbawa in Flores examined by de Man. He notes that in these Fic. 10.—Caridina brachydactyla, subsp. peminsularis, nov. a. Anterior part of carapace, rostrum, etc. e. Dactylus of same further enlarged. b. First peraeopod. f. Fifth peraeopod. c. Second peraeopod. g. Dactylus of same further enlarged. d. ‘Third peraeopod. examples “der distale ungezahnte Theil des oberen Randes ist kurz, nicht selten sehr kurz, zumeist ein wenig aufgebogen; vor der Spitze stehen 1-3 Zanchen, aber nicht selten riicken zwei oder drei Zanchen der proximalen Reihe mehr nach vorn und steh- endann auf dem sonst gewohnlich zahnlosen Theile’’ (de Man, /.c., 1892, p. 393, pl. xxiv, figs. 297, 7). The lower margin of the rostrum bears from 6 to Io teeth in the few specimens from Patani, from 8 to 17 in those from Penang.’ ‘The teeth may ! The numbers of rostral teeth in the few specimens from Patani and in fifty examples from Penang are as follows :— { | Number | NUMBER OF SPECIMENS Number NUMBER OF SPECIMENS of é of dorsal teeth. Penang. Patani R. ventral teeth. | _ Penang. Patani R. 21 I 6 o I 22 7 aA Sc 23 2 I | 8 3 2 24 ae sxe 9 5 5 25 6 oe H 10 10 4 26 2 2 II 5 Fr 27 4 Z 12 5 28 7 4 13 8 29 8 2 14 7 30 7 x 15 | 3 31 2 ove 16 3 32 4 I 17 I 33 2 56 34 2 35 I | 36 I | 37 I Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 281 extend throughout the anterior two-thirds of the lower border, or may cease some little distance behind the apex. The cornea is proportionately larger than in any C. nilotica that I have seen, while the stalk is shorter and broader. In dorsal view the length of the cornea is greater than that of the stalk, whereas in C. nilotica subsp. gracilipes the reverse is the case. The preocular length of the antennular peduncle is at least 0°82 times the post- ocular length of the carapace. The lateral process is short, not reaching the end of the basal segment. The antennal scale is from 3°6 to 3°8 times as long as broad; the second segment of the antennal peduncle is produced distally as a spine immediately below the insertion of the scale. The carpus of the first peraeopods (text-fig. 10b) is about 2:2 times as long as broad in the Patani R. specimens, from 2°4 to 2°6 times in those from Penang. The fingers are about 1°5 times the length of the palm.' In the second peraeopods (text-fig. roc) the carpus is one quarter longer than the chela and is from 4°9 to 5°8 times as long as broad. The fingers are about 1°5 times the length of the palm.' The last three pairs of peraeopods usually bear from 2 to 4 spines on the lower edge of the merus and, occasionally, one near the distal end of the carpus. The pro- podus of the third pair (text-fig. 10d) is from 5°6 to 6°6 times as long as the total length of the dactylus in the Patani R. specimens, from 5°5 to 5°8 (exceptionally 5-1) times in the case of those from Penang. Excluding the spines, which vary in number from 5 to 7, the dactylus (text-fig. 102) is from 2°0 to 2°6 times as long asbroad. In the fifth peraeopods (text-figs. 1o/, g) the propodus is from 48 to 6°8 times the length of the dactylus ; the dactylus is from 2°5 to 2°8 times as long as broad and bears from 29 to 43 (usually 36 to 43) spinules. There are from 3 to 5 pairs of dorsal spines on the telson and from 8 to ro at the apex. On the outer uropod there are from 12 to 14 movable spines. The eggs vary from 0°35 to 0°42 mm. in length and from 0°22 to 0°25 mm. in breadth.; they do not differ in size in specimens from the two localities. Large specimens reach a length of about 28 mm. In examples of 18 to 20 mm. in length the rostrum is not longer than in adults whereas in varieties of C. milotica it is proportionately longest in adolescent individuals. The subspecies feninsularis is based solely on the character of the upper border of the rostrum ; in the subspecies the teeth extend along the whole length of this border, whereas in the typical form there is an untoothed portion close behind the apex. The few Patani specimens were obtained in the river in muddy water which was fresh though subject to tidal influence, while those from Penang came from a stream of clear water in the Botanic Gardens. In the latter locality they occurred in places where the flow of water was not very rapid and where the banks were not overgrown palm and dactylus, the dactylus from its tip to the same point. De Man appears to have measured these segments differently. 282 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. with dense jungle. They were most abundant among the roots of grasses, etc., at the edge. The types of the subspecies, which are from Penang, bear the number 9667/10 in the register of the Zoological Survey of India. Caridina gracilirostris, de Man. 1892. Caridina gracilirostris, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Reise Nied. Ost-Ind. I, p. 399, pl. xxv, fig. 31. 1904. Caridina gracilirostris, Roux, Rev. Suisse Zool., XII, p. 555. 1905. Caridina gractlivostris, Bouvier, Ann. sci. France Belgique, XX XIX, p. 72. 1908. Caridina sp., de Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., II, p. 227. This species, hitherto recorded only from Celebes, Flores and Sumatra, is represented in Dr. Annandale’s collection by a number of specimens from Peninsular Siam. There are also in the Indian Museum numerous examples from four widely separated parts of India. The following is a list of the localities from which specimens have been examined :— - Dhappa, near Calcutta. N. Annandale. Brackish water. Three specimens (much damaged ; recorded by de Man in 1908 as Caridina sp.). Garia, near Calcutta: Dec., 1910, and Jan., 1911. S. Kemp. Brackish water. Seventeen specimens. Sanguem R., Sanvordem, Portuguese India: Sept., 1916. S. Kemp. In water fresh at the time of capture, but subject to tidal influence. Six specimens. Udaiyarpettai Kulam, Tinnevelly, S. India: Sept., 1911. J. R. Hill. Fresh water. Twenty-three specimens. Tambrapani R., Tinnevelly, S. India: Sept., r91z. J. R. Hill. Fresh water. About sixty specimens. Vellaney, Travancore: March and Sept., r91r. S. N. Pillay. Fresh water. About fifty specimens. Patani R., below town of Patani,“Siamese Malay States. N. Annandale. In water fresh at the time of capture, but subject to tidal influence. In addition there are three specimens from Celebes, determined by de Man and received in exchange from Prof. Max Weber. Ovigerous females were found in the months of September, December, January, February and March and occur in samples from all the localities listed above with the exception of Dhappa. | I have made a close comparison of the available material with a view to deter- mining the possible existence of distinct races of the species. Specimens from different localities, however, agree very closely in structure and the few small differ- ences that were observed in the case of one or two samples are of far too trivial a character to justify subspecific recognition. The rostrum varies very considerably in length and is apparently longest in adolescent individuals between 25 and 30 mm. in length. In these it not infre- quently exceeds twice the length of the carapace. In adults, especially in large Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 283 females, it is usually shorter and in rare cases is less than one and a half times the length of the carapace. The dorsal teeth, excluding that at the apex, vary in number from 4 to 10 (usually 5 tog). In the specimens from Tinnevelly the number appears to be decidedly lower than in those from other localities, while de Man has recorded ex- amples with an exceptionally high number from the Bari R. in Flores. There is, almost without exception, a single subapical dorsal tooth: I have seen single speci- mens with 2 and 3 teeth in this position. The ventral teeth of the rostrum vary still more, from 17 to 42, the majority hav- ing from 23 to 32. Here again the specimens from Tinnevelly seem to have, on the average, a lower number than the others, but the material is not sufficiently abundant for accurate determination of the point. The numbers of teeth in specimens from the five principal localities are as follows :— | NUMBER OF SPECIMENS. | NUMBER OF SPECIMENS. Number of ventral teeth. Number of dorsal teeth. Sanvordem. Tinnevelly. Patani. _ Sanvordem. | Garia. | Vellaney. | Vellaney. Patani 23 6 | a | | 19 iS) Oo H oo OO ON OME H ‘a Peele, hate Hi HHWS BWHOHBWUNHWH , WON H HH nr HWNIDH N Nd "WDD HNW AN AWW HDHH | ‘Tinnevelly. The antennal scale is from 32 to 4 times as long as wide. ‘The lateral process of the antennular peduncle is short, not reaching the end of the basal segment. The second segment is about twice as long as broad. In the third maxillipedes the epipod is long and straight; the terminal segment bears from 8 to Io spines. The carpus of the first peraeopods is from 12 to 2 times as long as wide and is 284 ~ ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. moderately excavate anteriorly ; I have not seen any individual with this segment as slender as in de Man’s examples from the Nargi River in Flores (de Man, /.c., 1892, p. 403, pl. xxv, fig. 31d). The fingers are usually a little longer than the palm. In the second peraeopods the carpus is from 14 to 14 times as long as the chela and is from 4 to 44 times as long as its greatest breadth. The usual spines are present on the ischium, merus and carpus of the last three peraeopods. The dactylus of the third pair generally bears from 8 to Io spines, but in specimens from the Patani River the number is higher, from 12 to 15. In the fifth peraeopods the propodus is from 3? (Tinnevelly) to 44 times (Patani R.) the length of the dactylus. The latter segment usually bears from 32 to 39 spinules; but, as in the case of the third pair, the number is higher in specimens from the Patani River, varying from 45 to 55. The outer uropod is provided with from 8 to 11 movable spines. Large specimens reach a total length of about 38 mm. The size of the eggs is somewhat variable. In specimens from Calcutta, Portu- guese India and the Patani River they are from 0°35 to 0°43 mm. in length and from 0°23 to 0:28 mm. in breadth. In those from Travancore and Tinnevelly they are slightly, but noticeably larger, from 0°50 to 0°52 mm. in length and from 0°32 to 0°33 mm. in breadth. The lowest of these determinations agrees with de Man’s description, in which the length is stated to be } mm. Even between the extremes the variation is small, but it is noteworthy that the specimens from Travancore and Tinnevelly that possess the largest eggs were found in fresh water, whereas all the rest, including those from which de Man drew up his description, were obtained in places within the reach of tidal influence. ; Summarizing the foregoing observations it may be stated that material from five distinct regions (four situated in the Indian Peninsula and one in Siam) shows little signs of local variation. Three points only call for emphasis,—(i) in specimens from the Tinnevelly district in S. India the average number of upper rostral teeth is below normal, (ii) in specimens from Lower Siam the number of spines on the dactyli of the last three legs is above normal, and (iii) specimens from water that is brackish or subject to tidal influence have smaller eggs than those obtained in fresh water. The colouration of living specimens is distinctive. The animal as a whole is translucent with the rostrum, the lower surface of the last abdominal somite, the distal two-thirds of the telson and frequently the tips of the uropods deeply pigmented. The carapace is without markings, but there is a short transverse row of chromato- phores on the third abdominal somite and a longitudinal line of similar chromato- phores near the inferior margin of the first five somites. The depth of pigmentation is variable. In extreme cases the whole of the rostrum, the antennules, the inner edge of the antennal scale and the tail-fan are deeply pigmented and there is a broad lateral longitudinal band on either side of the abdomen. In my experience C. gvacilivostris is a scarce form, much less abundant than other species of the same genus with which it is found associated. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 285 The localities from which specimens have been examined have already been enumerated. The range of the species so far as known is Peninsular India, Lower Siam, Sumatra, Flores and Celebes. Caridina gracillima, Lanchester. 1g01. Caridina gractllima, Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 560, pl. XXXIV, fig. 1. 1905. Caridina gracillima, Bouvier, Bull. sci. France Belgique, XX XIX, p. 72. 1913. Caridina gracillima, Bouvier, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2), XV, p. 463. As Lanchester has pointed out this form is very closely related to C. gracilirostris . it may indeed be no more than a well marked local race of that species. The principal distinctions between the two are as follows :— C. gracillima, Lanchester. | C. gracilirostris, de Man. Rostrum shorter, usually not more | Rostrum longer, usually more than 14 than 14 times length of carapace. times length of carapace. Ventral teeth of rostrum less numer- Ventral teeth of rostrum more numer- ous, usually not more than 20. ous, usually more than 20. Outer uropod with 6 to 8 movable Outer uropod with 8 to 1r movable spinules. spinules. Eggs larger, from 0°65 to 0°70 mm. in Eggs smaller, from 0°33 to 0°52 mm. in length. length. Size smaller ; total length not exceed- Size larger ; total length up to 38 mm. ing 25 mm. The differences noted by Lanchester in regard to the proportionate lengths of the first two peraeopods and the spinulation of the telson break down on actual comparison of specimens. In fifty specimens the number of dorsal teeth ' on the proximal part of the rostrum varies from 5 to 10. In forty-nine specimens there is a single subapical dorsal tooth and in one specimen two such teeth. The ventral teeth vary from 13 to 22 (usually 14 to 20). The antennal scale is from 34 to nearly 4 times as long as broad. The peraeopods agree almost precisely with those of the allied species. The dactylus of the third bears from 6 to 9 teeth and that of the fifth from 30 to 47 (52 according to Bouvier). According to Dr. Annandale’s notes living specimens were transparent, with the | The teeth in these specimens are arranged thus :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. 7 specimens have 5 teeth. I specimen has 13 teeth. 6 aS ee EOH ¥ 55 | 4 specimens haver4 _,, 20 s Sy ARs ae | 2 op PN eA 12 % ye aos 15 ” oO ss 3 ” a ars 10 ” a9, LY » 2 Pi RL LOL) 35 9 * sod PeLO Pema Ne AS ani peo eee 2 A Olay 2 as See a oe I specimen has 22 ,, 286 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. rostrum, posterior and lower margins of each abdominal somite, the margins of the telson and a longitudinal streak on each branchial region dark olive green. Suffusions of the same colour were sometimes present on other parts of the body. The eggs were greenish. The numerous specimens in the collection were all obtained in the lower reaches of the Patalung River and in the Tale Sap in Lower Siam. In the inner lake they were common in fresh water, among weeds at the mouth of the Patalung River and at the edges of the lake in the same neighbourhood. In the outer lake they were equally abundant, living among weeds round the island of Koh Yaw in water of specific gravity 1°006. Ovigerous females were obtained in both parts of the lake, but the size of the eggs —o'65 to 0°70 mm. in length and 0°40 to 0°45 mm. in breadth—does not differ in correlation with the different specific gravity of the water. It willbe noticed that the eggs of specimens obtained in slightly brackish water are nearly twice the size of those of C. gracilirostris living in similar situations. This fact, more than any other, has in- duced me to retain C. gracillima as a distinct species. Lanchester was in some little doubt as to the precise locality at which his speci- mens were obtained. They were found by Dr. Annandale and Dr. R. Evans in 1899, when attached to the “Skeat’’ Expedition, and were caught in the inner lake of the Tale Sap, just inside the mouth of the Patalung River. The species has not been recorded from any other locality. Caridina denticulata (de Haan). 1849. Caridina denticulata, de Haan, in Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 186, pl. xlv, fig. 8 (as Hippolyte). 1894. Caridina denticulata, Ortmann, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 406. 1902. Caridina denticulata, Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 49. 1902. Caridina denticulata, Doflein, Abandl. math.-phys. Klasse Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, XXI, p. 632, text-figs. 1905. Caridina denticulata, Bouvier, Bull. sci. France Belgique, XXXIX, p. 74. 1914. Caridina denticulata, Balss, Abhandl. math.-phys. Klasse Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Suppl. Bd. II, Abh. ro, p. 24. This species has been recorded both from China and Japan and good series from each of these countries are in Dr. Annandale’s collection. On comparison certain small but apparently constant differences are to be found between the two sets of specimens and I have, in consequence, given the Chinese form subspecific rank. An important character of C. denticulata is the presence of an acute for- wardly directed tooth on either side of the carapace at the antero-inferior angle. Though clearly shown in Doflein’s figures, and less distinctly inthat of de Haan, its existence is not mentioned in any of the published descriptions. The antero- inferior angle of the carapace! is rounded off in most known species of Atyidae, but 1 Bouvier in his key to certain species of Cavidina (1913) separates some forms by the presence or absence of spines at the points he calls <‘l’angle orbitaire”’ and ‘‘1l’angle sous-antennaire.” By the former term he apparently refers to the angle on the anterior border of the carapace which is frequently called the antennal angle or antennal spine and by Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 287 is produced to form a tooth in C. pasadenae, Kingsley,’ from California and C. davidi, Bouvier® from China. A similar tooth is frequently to be found in Indian specimens of a form closely allied to C. weberi, subsp. swmatrensis ; but it is here vari- able in its development and in some localities at least does not even possess racial significance.’ Classified according to the scheme outlined by Bouvier’ in 1913, C. denticu- lata would find a place alongside the Chinese C. davidi, Bouvier. Balss regards the latter species as synonymous with the former, but in this he is certainly in error. C. david, co-types of which are in the Indian Museum, differs in many respects from C. denticulata and may be distinguished at a glance by the depressed rostrum and by the strong curvature of the propodi of the last three pairs of legs. The Japanese and Chinese races of C. denticulata may be distinguished in the following manner :— Typical form. subsp. sinensis. nov. Japan. China. Rostrum usually with oto 15 teeth above Rostrum usually with 14 to 22 teeth above and with 2 to 5 below® (text-fig. 11a). and with 3 to 8 below.® (text-fig. 1c). Anterior margin of carpus of first peraeo- Anterior margin of carpus of first peraeo- pod slightly excavate (text-fig. 11). pod deeply excavate (text-fig. 11d). the latter to a projection on the infero-external aspect of the second segment of the antennal peduncle (cf, description of C. brevirostvis, p. 452). He makes no mention of a tooth or spine at the antero-inferior angle of the carapace. | Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., XXVII, p. 98, pl. iii, figs. 1-7 (1897). 2 Bouvier, Bull. Sci. France Belgique, XX XIX, p. 83, fig. 7. 3 Vide Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIV, p. 100 (1918). + Bouvier, Tvans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2), XV, p. 462 (1913). 5 In fifty specimens from the neighbourhood of Lake Biwa in Japan the numbers of rostral teeth are as follows :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. 6 specimens have 10 teeth. I specimen has no tooth. 4 5 mw Ih 5, I <0 jie ls 12 a Sete. 3, 7 specimens have 2 teeth. II 3 A a 17 5 i a Pai 8 on i EA 55 16 ts eat Wares ri ” ” 15 ” 8 ” ” 5 ” I specimen has 16 ,, I és ape a ee 6 In fifty specimens from the Tai Hu in China the numbers of teeth are as follows :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. I specimen has 12 teeth. 2 specimens have 2 teeth. 3 specimenshave 13 ,, 5 An Aa Se 2 ” Sy a 13 ” » 4 » ” ” 15 ” 12 9 ” ers ., ye TOmia, 9 i si ewiGhe te, ” » &I7 ” 5 2 ” Le 3s a9 ne 18 29 3 AG ne 8 oF » » Id jy I specimen has 9 ., specimen has 21 specimens have 22 specimen has 23 ~~ e Bh HW AN CO ON ” ” 26 288 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The specimens recorded by Miss Rathbun from Fusan in Korea, with 14 to 18 teeth on the upper margin of the rostrum and 4 to 6 on the lower margin, most pro- bably belong to the subspecies simensis, and this is almost certainly true of Doflein’s specimens from Pekin with 14 to 16 dorsal teeth and 3 to 5 ventral. In the figure given by the latter author the deeply excavate anterior margin of the carpus of the first legs is clearly shown. In both races the rostrum reaches almost to, or a little beyond, the apex of the antennular peduncle. Its upper border is dorsally concave with the distal quarter or third of its length unarmed. Two or three of the posterior dorsal teeth are situated on the carapace behind the level of the orbit. The preorbital length of the antennular peduncle is about seven-tenths the post-orbital length of the carapace. Fic. 11.—Caridina denticulata (de Haan). a,b. Typical form. c, d. Subsp. sinensis, nov. a,c. Anterior part of animal in lateral view. b, d. First peraeopod. The merus of the third peraeopods bears 3, very rarely 4 teeth on its lower border ; the dactylus bears 7 to 10 spines in Japanese specimens, 8 to 13 in those from China. The merus of the last pair of peraeopods also has 3 teeth on its lower edge ; the propo- dus is from 2} to 2} times the length of the dactylus. The latter segment is about 4 times as long as broad; it bears about 40 to 60 teeth in Japanese specimens and about 50 to 70 in those from China. The number of movable spines on the outer uropod varies from Io to 16. Large specimens reach a length of about 28 mm. ; none are ovigerous. According to notes made by Dr. Annandale on Japanese specimens the species in life varies considerably in colour, as a rule it was brownish with mottled and marbled Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 289 sides, with a broad pale bar running from the rostrum to the tip of the telson, and with the edges of the uropods irregularly pale. Occasionally the whole animal was dead black, except for the longitudinal mid-dorsal bar, which was then yellowish, and for the pale edging to the uropods. Chinese individuals were similarly coloured, but were as a rule rather paler. The parasitic Temnocephalid, Caridinicola, was very abundant on the Chinese specimens. : The Japanese specimens were obtained at Hikone on the eastern shores of Lake Biwa and in ditches at the edge of the Seta River at its exit from the lake. The Chinese specimens were found in creeks and irrigation channels at the edge of the Tai Hu lake in Kiangsu province. Caridina laevis, Heller. 1862. Caridina laevis, Heller, Sitzber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLV, p. 411. . 1892. Caridina laevis, de Man, in Weber's Zool. Ergebn. Reise Nied. Ost-Ind., II, p. 376, pl. xxiii, fig. 27. 1905. Caridina laevis, Bouvier, Bull. sci. France Belgique, XXXIX, p. 74. 1913. Caridina laevis, Bouvier, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2), XV, p. 464. A large number of specimens of this species have been presented to the Indian Museum by the late Dr. W. C. Hossack, who obtained them in September 1916, in Lake Situ Bagendit, Garut, Java, at an altitude of about 3000 ft. The series includes a number of ovigerous females and agrees very closely with de Man’s description of specimens from the same locality. Caridina laevis is known only from Java. Caridina serrata, Stimpson. 1860. Caridina serrata, Stimpson (not of Richters),! Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 29 (98 of reprint). 1905. Caridina serrata, Bouvier, Bull. sci. France Belgique, XX XIX, p. 76. The species does not seem to have been found since it was briefly described by Stimpson from Hong Kong more than fifty years ago. The specimens collected by Dr. Annandale are also from Hong Kong and agree fairly well with the original description. The rostrum (text-fig. 12a) is very short but varies somewhat in length. In lateral view it is horizontal or inflected downwards and its apex may fall a little short of, or reach alittle beyond the end of the first segment of the antennular peduncle. In dorsal view it is comparatively very broad at the base and bears above from 5 to 18 (nearly always 9 to 14)’ small forwardly directed teeth, of which from 1 to 3 are usually situated on the carapace behind the orbit. The teeth are largest proximally and the series extends along almost the whole length of the upper border. Stimpson does not make any reference to teeth on the lower border of the rostrum, from which it might well be 1 Cavidina serrata, imperfectly described by Richters as a new species in Mébius’ Meeresfauna M: auritius, p. 163, pl. xvii, figs. 24-27 (1880), is different. Thallwitz in 1892 suggested for it the name C. vichtersti (Abh. Ber. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1890-91, no. 3, p. 27). * In seventeen specimens, in which the rostrum is complete, the numbers of teeth are as follows ;— 290 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. inferred, as has been done by Bouvier, that they were altogether absent. In the comparatively short series of specimens before me the lower margin bears from I to 4 very small teeth in its distal third ; it is therefore not improbable that it is occasionally toothless. GF Fic. 12.--Caridina serrata, Stimpson. a. Carapace, rostrum, etc.. in lateral view. d. Third peraeopod. b. First peraeopod. e. Dactylus of same further enlarged. c. Second peraeopod. f. Fifth peraecpod. ; g. Dactylus of same further enlarged. The preorbital length of the antennular peduncle is only about half the postorbita] length of the carapace. The lateral process of the basal peduncular segment is long, much as in C. serrativostris, de Man, reaching a little beyond the end of the segment to which it is attached. In lateral view the distal end of the second segment of the antennular peduncle is Dorsal teeth. Ventral ‘eeth. I specimen has _ 5 teeth. | 2 specimens have 1 tooth. I “5 As ie He ff “e », 2 teeth. 3 specimens have 9g _,, eo 5 ae re 2 ” ” Io ) | 3 ” » 4 » 5 oH ci ee MS I specimen has 12 2 specimens haveit3 ,, I specimen has 14 I Pe eo ke Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 291 produced to a tooth at its infero-external angle. ‘The antennal scale is nearly three times as long as wide and its outer margin is very slightly concave. The second maxillipedes are remarkable for the possession of a large protruding lobe, quadrate in outline, at the proximal end of the propodite. The third maxilli- pedes reach to the end of the antennal scale, the exopod extending beyond the end of the antepenultimate segment. In the first peraeopods (text-fig. 125) the carpus is equal in length with the palm and its greatest breadth is about two-thirds its extreme length ; anteriorly itis very deeply hollowed to receive the rounded proximal end of the chela. The second peraeopods (text-fig. 12c) are long and slender, reaching a little beyond the end of the scale. The carpus is about one and a third times the length of the chela and is between 54 and 6 times as long as its greatest breadth. The palm is two-thirds the length of the dactylus. Inthe third peraeopods (text-figs. 12d, ec) the merus bears four spines on its lower margin and the carpus one near its distalend. The propodus is provided with a series of spinules on the same margin ; it is about 8 times as long as broad and rather more than 34 times as long as the dactylus (terminal spine included). The dactylus bears in all 5 or 6 spines, the outermost large and strongly curved. The fifth peraeopods (text-figs. 12/, g) bear spines on the merus, carpus and propodus, much as in the case of the third pair. The propodus is from 11 to 13$ times as long as broad and from 4 to 4% times the total length of the dactylus. The latter segment bears from 29 to 34 slender spines ; excluding these its length is a trifle more than three times its breadth. The outer uropod is provided with a series of from 18 to 21 movable spinules. Well-grown specimens reach a length of about 17 mm. The eggs are large and few in number: about 0-96 mm. by 0°70 mm. in longer and shorter diameter. Caridina serrata is allied to C. parvirosinis, de Man, and C. pareparensis, de Man, but differs from both in the much greater proportionate length of the lateral process of the antennular peduncle. In addition it differs from C. farvirostris in the large size of the eggs and from C. pareparensis in the more deeply excavate carpus of the first pair of legs. In Bouvier’s latest scheme of classification (1913) it would come nearest to C. serrativostris, de Man, which it resembles in the length of the lateral process of the antennule. From this species, however, it differs in many respects, notably in the length and dentition of the rostrum and the form of the carpus in the first pair of legs. Dr. Annandale informs me that, in life, the specimens were mottled with brown- ish pigment and were consequently very difficult to detect on the rocks on which they commonly sat. They were found in pools in very small streamlets of clear water, devoid of weeds, on the Peak at Hong Kong, at altitudes of 1200-1500 ft. The specimens were collected in September, three of the females being ovigerous. Two additional specimens from the same locality, collected by Capt. F. H. Stewart, I.M.S., have recently been presented to the Museum. Stimpson gives the habitat of his specimens as ‘‘ad insulam Hong Kong; in rivulis.”’ 292 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Caridina weberi, de Man. subsp. sumatrensis, de Man. 1892. Caridina webert var. sumatrensis, de Man, in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Retse Nied. Ost- Ind., Il, p. 375, pl. xxii, fig. 23 g. 1905. Caridina webert var. sumatrensis, Bouvier, Bull. sci. France Belgique, XXXIX, PP- 75, 83. The principal characters of the specimens that I refer to this subspecies are as follows :— The rostrum reaches nearly to, or a little beyond the end of the second segment of the antennular peduncle and is armed above with from 12 to 21 (usually 15 to 1g) teeth of which from 4 to 6 (usually 4 or 5) are situated on the carapace behind the orbital notch. The lower margin bears from 2 to 9 teeth (usually 3 to 6). The lateral process of the antennular peduncle does not nearly reach the end of the basal segment. The longitudinal carina on the dorsal surface of the antennulary somite is high. The antero-inferior angle of the carapace is rounded. The carpus of the first peraeopods is deeply excavate anteriorly and is from 1°8 toas 20 times as long as its greatest breadth. In the second pair the carpus is very slender, 6°7 or 6°8 times as long as broad. The propodus of the third peraeopods is from 4°3 to 4°7 times the length of the dactylus, the latter segment bearing 7 spines. In the fifth legs the propodus is 5°2 times as long as the dactylus (4°5 times ina very large indivi- dual) ; the spinules on the dactylus vary in number from 36 to 57. The outer uropods bear 18 or 19 movable spines. Fully developed eggs are from 0:46 to 0:47 mm. in length and from 0°28 to 0'29 mm. in breadth. An exceptionally large specimen is about 24 mm. in total length. The specimens are from Penang I. and the lower reaches of the Patani River ; in both localities they were found together with the examples of C. brachydactyla subsp. peninsularis. There are thirty-one specimens from Penang and two from the Patani River. . The subspecies sumatrensis was described from Sumatra and has also been recorded from Bombay. Genus Paratya, Miers. © 1882. Paratya, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), UX, p. 194. 1909. Xiphocaridina, Bouvier, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, p. 1729. 1917. Paratya, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 293. ' In thirty specimens (from Penang) the numbers of teeth as are follows :— Dorsal teeth. Ventral teeth. I specimen has_ 13 teeth. 3 specimens have 2 teeth. 4 specimens have 15 ,, 7 5 343% a5 8 =A 3p of ae 6 os » 4 » 6 »” 17 55 7 ” ” 5 ” 5 5 esa oe 4 ay ye S 3 » ” 19 -;; 2 ” 140 ” 2 » 3320 ears I specimen has 9 ,, I specimen has 21 ,, Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 293 I have recently given some notes on the species and races of this genus and have pointed out that the form inhabiting Australia is not, as was hitherto supposed, conspecific with that found in Japan. The information I have been able to give regarding the two races found in the latter country is, in the main, derived from material obtained by Dr. Annandale. Paratya compressa (de Haan). 1917. Paratya compressa, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 296, text-figs. 1 a-f. The typical form of this species was found in abundance by Dr. Annandale among weeds and dense vegetation at Komatsu and in pools and backwaters round Lake Biwa; in the lake itself it was much scarcer. Other specimens are from Ogura and Yodo ponds near Kyoto. The Temnocephaloid worm Caridimicola was present in the gill-chambers of a large proportion of the individuals examined at Komatsu. subsp. improvisa, Kemp. 1917. Paratya compressa, subsp. tmprovisa, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 299, text- figs. 2 a-f, 3. The race differs from the typical form in certain well-defined rostral characters. Judging from the material examined it is restricted to the north-eastern parts of the main island, while the typical form inhabits the south-western regions. The boundary between the two races appears to be just to the north-east of Lake Biwa. . The specimens I have examined are from the lagoon Kasumi-ga-ura in Hikachi province, collected by Dr. Annandale ; from Tokio, collected by Hilgendorf (Berlin Mus.) ; from Lake Haruna, near Ikao, about 3000 ft., collected by Dr. K. Nakazawa and from Lake Suwa, in the Shinano province, 2660 ft., collected by Dr. T. Kawa- mura. Tribe PENAEIDEA. Family PENAEIDAE. Subfamily PENAEINAE. Penaeus indicus, Milne-Edwards. var. merguiensis, de Man. 1906, Peneus indicus var. merguiensis, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., UI, i, p. 13, pl. ii, : fig. 4. 19g11. Penaeus merguiensis, de Man, Decap. ‘ Siboga’ Exped., Penaeidae, p. 104, and (1913), pl. ix, figs. 33 a-c. Two specimens obtained by Dr. Annandale in Lower Siam are referred with some doubt to this form. The principal distinction between typical indicus and the variety merguiensis rests in the comparative length of the terminal segment of the third maxillipede of the male, and both the specimens in the collection are female. In the larger individual, which is about 120 mm. in length, the rostrum is much elevated at the base, as in Alcock’s figure, and the foremost tooth on the upper 2094 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. border is situated above the middle of the terminal segment of the antennular peduncle. In the smaller example, which is 85 mm. in length, the rostrum agrees precisely with de Man’s fig. 33a. The large specimen was taken from fishermen’s nets opposite Singgora in the outer lake of the Tale Sap ; the smaller individual is from Patani Bay, at the mouth of the Patani river in the Siamese Malay States. Penaeus carinatus, Dana. 1906. Peneus semtsulcatus, Alcock (not of de Haan), Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., III, i, p. 10, pl..a, figs: 1g1t. Penaeus carinatus, de Man, Decap. ‘ Siboga’ Exped., Penaeidae, p. 101. 1g15. Penaeus carinatus, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 317. Two males and one female, varying in length from 176 to 186 mm., are in Dr. An- nandale’s collection. They were obtained from nets and stakes set by fishermen oppo- site Singgora in the outer part of the Tale Sap in Lower Siam. Genus Penaeopsis, Bate. Penaeopsis monoceros (Fabricius). 1906. Metapeneus monoceros, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., III, i, p. 18, pl. iii, figs. 7, a—c. IgIl. end monoceros, de Man, Decap. ‘ Siboga’ Exped., Penaeidae, p. 55 and (1913), pl. vi, figs. 14a-c. Numerous examples of both sexes, the largest 107 mm. in length, were found by Dr. Annandale in the Tale Sap, along with the preceding species. The petasma does not appear to be fully developed in any of the specimens. Penaeopsis affinis (Milne-Edwards). 1906. Metapeneus affinis, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., I11, i, p. 20, pl. iii, figs. 8, 8a—d. Ig1t. Penaeopsis affinis, de Man, Decap. ‘ Siboga’ Exped., Penaeidae, p. 57 and (1913), pl. vi, figs. 15 a, b. é Nine males were found in company with P. monoceros. All are young, the largest being only 78 mm. in length. The fifth legs are not appreciably longer than in P. monoceros of similar size, and in no case reach beyond the end of the second seg- ment of the antennular peduncle. The petasma precisely resembles that figured by de Man and differs conspicuously from that of the larger specimens recorded from the Chilka Lake ' and from Alcock’s figure. The differences, as de Man has noted, are probably due to age. Penaeopsis brevicornis (Milne-Edwards). 1906. Metapeneus brevicornis, Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., III, i, p. 22, pl. iv, figs. 10, 10 a, b. The collection contains two large females from the Tale Sap, found with P. mono- ceyos, and one male and four females from Patani Bay, at the mouth of the Patani ! Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 321 (1915). Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 205 river in the Siamese Malay States. The females are from 76 to 117 mm. in length and the male 73 mm. In both sexes the rostrum is more elevated at the base than in Alcock’s figure ; in the male it reaches only a little beyond the eyes, whereas in the female it is much longer, extending to or a trifle beyond the end of the antennular peduncle. Alcock has not noted any difference between the sexes in the proportionate length of the rostrum, but some of the females determined by him are in close agreement with those in the present collection. The petasma agrees almost exactly with Alcock’s figure. The thelycum varies considerably, more especially as regards the size of the central plate between the bases of the fourth legs. Family SERGESTIDAE. Genus Acetes, Milne-Edwards. The characters of the different species of Acetes have hitherto been very imper- fectly known, and the determination of the three forms in the collection proved in consequence to be a matter of some difficulty. It was only after an examination of the long series of undetermined specimens in the Indian Museum that definite conclu- sions were reached. ‘The results of my examination of this material (with which that collected by Dr. Annandale is included) have been published in the Records of the Indian Museum. In this paper Milne-Edwards’ A. indicus is redescribed and figured along with A. erythraeus, Nobili, A. japonicus, Kishinouye, and a hitherto unknown form from Borneo. In three of the ‘species well marked sexual differences are to be found in the length of the last segment of the antennular peduncle. In the fourth species, A. evythraeus, Nobili, the males appear to be dimorphic in respect of the pro- portionate length of this segment, the specimens on which this interesting observation is based forming part of Dr. Annandale’s collection. Acetes indicus, Milne-Edwards. 1917. Acetes indicus, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 47, text-figs. The specimens in Dr. Annandale’s collection are from the Tale Sap. Eleven examples were obtained in the channel between the inner and outer lakes in the vicinity of Pak Raw and Pak Payun, the specific gravity of the water varying from I°0015 to 100225 (corrected). Four individuals were also found at the mouth of the outer lake near Singgora in company with Acetes japonicus, the specific gravity of the water here varying from 1°004 to 1°0085. Acetes erythraeus, Nobili. 1917. Acetes erythraeus, Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 51, text-figs. This species is represented in the collection by four males from the mouth of the Prai river, opposite Penang and by a few of each sex from the Patani river, below the town of Patani in the Siamese Malay States. In the latter locality the species was found with Acetes japonicus, occurring in water that was quite fresh, though ina situation subject to tidal influence. 206 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. In the paper cited above I have drawn particular attention to the four individuals from the Prai river, for it is on their characters that I have based my statement that the male in this species is dimorphic. In all the four specimens (precisely as in males of A. indicus and A.erythraeus) the ultimate segment of the antennular peduncle is slender and longer than the basal segment. In examples of the same sex from the Patan river, as well as in numerous males from three separate localities on the west coast of the Bay of Bengal, the ultimate peduncular segment is invariably short, closely resembling that of the female': the specific identity of the Prai river specimens is proved beyond doubt by the distinctive form of the petasma. Acetes japonicus, Kishinouye. 1917. Acetes japonicus, Kemp. Rec. Ind. Mus., XIII, p. 56, text-figs. The collection contains numerous specimens obtained in the market at Osaka in Japan, a considerable number from the Tale Sap and a few from the Patani river in the Siamese Malay States. The examples from the Tale Sap were found along witha few A. indicus at the mouth of the outer lake near Singgora in water of specific gravity varying from 1:004 to 1°0085 (corrected). ‘Those from the Patani river were taken in company with A. erythvaeus in water that was fresh at the time of their capture but subject to tidal influence. Genus Lucifer, Thompson. Lucifer hanseni, Nobili. 1906. Lucifer hansent, Nobili, Ann. Sci. nat., Zool. (9), IV, p. 25, pl. ii, fig. 1 and text-fig. 3), P2227; 1915. Lucifer hansent, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 324, text-figs. 37a-d. 1916. Leuctfer hansent, Borradaile, Brit. Antarct. Exped., ‘ Terra Nova,’ Zool., III, p. 83. A number of specimens were obtained in the outer lake of the Tale Sap, between Koh Yaw and the mainland and at the mouth of the lake near Singgora. The speci- fic gravity of the water in which they were found varied from 1°00625 to 1°0085 (corrected). Lucifer hanseni was described by Nobili from the Red Sea and has recently been recorded by Borradaile from Melbourne. STOMATOPODA. Family SQUILLIDAE. Genus Squilla, Fabricius. Four species and one variety of Stomatopoda, all belonging to the genus Squi/la, were found by Dr. Annandale at the mouth of the Tale Sap in Peninsular Siam. They were obtained in fishermen’s nets and all were caught in water of specific gravity 1'0085 (corrected). ! I have recently examined a large male of A. erythvaeus from Silavathurai Lagoon, near Tuticorin, S. India, which agrees exactly with the specimens from the Prai River. This is the first record of the ‘‘ high” dimorphic male from the coasts of British India. We are indebted to Mr. J. Hornell for the specimen, Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. 297 Squilla scorpio, Latreille. 1913. Squilla scorpio, Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., IV, p. 42, pl. ii, fig. 30. Five specimens are in the collection, the largest a male 75 mm. in length. Apart from the fact that the lateral carinae of the fourth abdominal somite occasion- ally terminate in spines, the specimens agree exactly with the description in the paper quoted above. var. immaculata, Kemp. 1913. Squilla scorpio var. immaculata, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 45, pl. ii, fig. 31. Six specimens, the largest a male 73 mm. in length, were obtained in company with typical scorpio. As in the case of the collection from the Chilka Lake,! where both forms also occur, no specimen with intermediate characters is to be found. The variety immaculata has hitherto not been recorded east of the Bay of Bengal. Squilla nepa, Latreille (Bigelow). 1913. Squilla nepa, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 60, pl. iv, fig. 49. Two specimens were obtained, the largest a male 70 mm. in length. S. nepa has not hitherto been reported from brackish water. Squilla interrupta, Kemp. 1913. Squilla interrupta, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 72, pl. v, figs. 60-62. A number of young specimens were obtained, the largest only 46 mm. in length. In very small individuals the tubercles on the upper edge of the carpus are represen- ted only by two obscure lobes. This species also was not previously known to inhabit brackish water. Squilla raphidea, Fabricius. 1913. Squilla raphidea, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 88, pl. vii, fig. 77. Two specimens were obtained, a female 255 mm. in length and a male 200 mm. in length. The latter individual differs from the majority of large examples of the same sex, preserved in the Indian Museum, in the complete absence of the angular projec- tion on the external border of the dactylus of the raptorial claw. In the paper cited above attention is drawn to the existence of the same phenomenon in a male I90 mm. in length. S. vaphidea has not hitherto been recorded from brackish water. ADDENDUM. While this paper was in the press I received from Soochow, through the kindness of Prof. N. Gist Gee, some further specimens of Palaemonetes sinensis (see p. 272). The largest of these indivi- duals is 40 mm. in length, whereas none of those collected by Dr. Annandale exceed 25 mm. Some of the Soochow specimens are ovigerous, bearing eggs about I°2 x 0°94 mm. in longer and shorter dia- meter. | Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 193 (1915). SES Oro er eee Eee eae U es ‘ - a ibe ' b mt) P ‘ F . : Ti ei | 4 1 : rt : ‘ ‘ oe Ss as ‘ ws » * ' - J an i. ‘s = ' « . -. * . + 7 ‘ ty . Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. VI. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. MOLLUSCA OF THE TAI-HU By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. CONTENTS. : Page Introduction. The Mollusca of the Tai-Hu compared with those of Lake Biwa .. is SOE List of the Mollusca of the Tai-Hu _ a a: sk Se. SOE Distribution of the Mollusca into zones of life * ae 2) (902 Smallness of all the species Ss oa ee oe fy 02 Estuarine element in the fauna. . m7 = ae % 3303 Geographical relations of the fauna by ie i Bs Merit Bom Systematic Description of the Collection. Family Limnaeidae an ies sy: ae «se 304 Family Melaniidae ue es sta Sraie ia OK Family Hydrobiidae = ate Ar ate E05 Family Assimineidae ia Fs 3 = i, ue Family Viviparidae ot =r os ae Pets Family Mytilidae = af. ~ Ms 4 See Family Unionidae 3% a ee “fe & 36 Family Cyrenidae ne Se _ "5 3 MAU The supposed occurrence of Avca with freshwater Mollusca in the Yangtse ov Bre Bibliography oe as 3 a es ree sh) ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. THE MOLLUSCA OF THE TAI-HU IN THE KIANGSU PROVINCE OF CHINA. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of India). (Plate X.) INTRODUCTION. The Tai-Hu or Great Lake (see map on p. 4 of this volume) is a large body of fresh water occupying a shallow depression in the alluvium of the Yangtse delta. It is probably nowhere more than 12 feet deep. Its bottom is muddy and its water turbid. The shores are low and shelving and at some places there are beds of small stones at the margin. Outcrops of limestone form islands in the lake. It is said that the water never freezes; but the temperature sinks almost to freezing point in winter, while in summer it is probably high. Except in narrow channels between the islands and in the creeks through which various waterways enter the lake, there are few water-weeds. In these such plants as Potamogeton, Myniophyllum and Vallisnieria are abundant. The lake is perhaps as unlike Lake Biwa in Japan as any lake situated in the same region and in similar latitudes could be. It is not surprising, therefore, that the molluscan fauna differs greatly both in general facies and in composition. From Lake Biwa, the molluscs of which have already been discussed in this volume, we know of 16 species of Gastropoda and of 19 species of Lamellibranchiata, 35 species in all. In the few days at our disposal Dr. Kawamura and I were able to ex- amine only one corner of the Tai-Hu, which covers an area of over 3,000 square miles, but that corner was pretty thoroughly explored so far as the Mollusca were concerned and there is no reason to think that conditions differ greatly in other parts of the lake. Our collection, therefore, may be regarded as characteristic if not exhaustive. Specimens of 11 species of Gastropoda and 6 species of Lamellibranchiata, 17 in all, were obtained. The following is a list of the species. Curiously enough Heude in his works on the Vangtse Mollusca does not refer to the Tai-Hu, and I have been unable to discover any other reference to its fauna. LIST OF THE AQUATIC MOLLUSCA OF THE TAI-HU. GASTROPODA. Family Limnaeidae. Family Melaniidae. Limnaea clessim, Neumayr. Melania cancellata, Benson. Planorbis saigonensis, Crosse Family Hydrobiidae. and Fischer. Bithyma striatula, Benson. 302 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Bithynia longicornts, Benson. Family Assimineidae. Hypsobia minuscula, sp. nov. Assiminea scalaris, Heude. Stenothyra decapitata, sp. nov. Family Viviparidae. Pseudovivipara hypocrites, gen. Vivipara lapillorum (Heude). et sp. nov. Vivipara catayensis (Heude). IL,AMELLIBRANCHIATA. Family Mytilidae. Modiola lacustris, von Martens. Family Unionidae. Anodonta woodiana (Lea). Nodularia dactylina (Heude). Nodularia douglasiae (Griff). It is not possible, except to a very limited extent, to distribute these molluscs into zones of life as was done with the molluscs of Lake Biwa, mainly because conditions are much more uniform throughout the lake. One species (Assiminea scalaris) is quasi-aquatic rather than aquatic, while four (Vivipara lapillorum, Bithynia stvriatula, Bithyma longicornis and Modtola lacustris) are found chiefly near the margin among small stones or on the roots of trees. The two species of Bithynia and the Vivifara are also found in canals in the neighbourhood. Only three species appear to be definitely lacustrine, occurring in large numbers on the bed of the lake. They are Stenothyra decapitata, Hypsobia minuscula and Corbicula sandai. The other species were found chiefly in narrow creeks and channels and all of them probably occur also in canals and waterways. Considered as a whole the Molluscan fauna of the lake possesses two outstanding peculiarities :—(1) the small size of its members and (2) the estuarine element in its composition. Some of the gastropods, if they are not actually peculiar to the Tai-Hu, are probably small wherever they occur, for example the Stenothyra, the Hypsobia and Assiminea scalaris, which has also been found in other localities in the same district. At least five species (Bithynia longicornis, Vivipara lapillorwm, Modiola lacustris, Anodonta woodiana and Corbicula sandat) are smaller in the lake than they are in more favourable localities. There is, moreover, a scarcity in the lake-fauna of the large Viviparidae of the Vivipara chinensis group, which are characteristic of the aquatic fauna of the Yangtse valley as a whole, but perhaps mainly paludine. Still more characteristic of the latter fauna are the gigantic Unionidae (e.g. Cvistaria herculea) not uncommon in some parts of the Yangtse delta. No trace of any such species was found in the lake. It is clear, therefore, that in the Tai-Hu conditions do not favour the attainment of large size among the molluscs, though this character is a feature of the more extended fauna of which that of the lake forms a small section. Our knowledge of the conditions of life in different parts of the Yangtse system is still rudimentary, but among the unfavourable factors present in the Tai-Hu it is probable that we must reckon the muddiness of the water, its shallowness (which prevents the fauna from seeking shelter from extremes of temperature in the depths) Family Cyrenidae. Corbicula sandat, Rein. Sphaerium, sp. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 303 and the scarcity of food due to poverty of vegetation. Another factor that may be considered is that of overcrowding. I have noticed in India that in ponds in which a few species are present in great abundance the individuals of these species are often dwarfed, even when individuals of other species more sparingly represented attain a normal size. It is noteworthy, therefore, that almost’all the Tai-Hu molluscs except the large Vivipara are extremely abundant in the lake. We do not yet know, how- ever, whether overcrowding acts directly on the individual through the products of metabolism, or whether it does not rather imply an intensive reproduction due to other unfavourable circumstances such as scarcity of food or oxygen. It may further be noted here that one species (Pseudovivipara hypocrites) is blind, while another (Hypsobia minuscula) has very small eyes —facts probably cor- related with the muddy water in which they live. | The estuarine element in the Tai-Hu fauna, an element by no means confined to the Mollusca, is represented among the Gastropoda by species of the genera Stenothyra and Assuminea and among the bivalves by a species of Modiola. It is probable that all these species make their way much higher up the river-system, but only the Modiola is known to do so. In India Stenothyra, Assiminea and Modiola are all characteristic of the upper estuaries of the larger rivers, but I do not know of any species that has established itself in permanently fresh water. A. francesiae, Gray, which resembles A. scalaris in its quasi-aquatic habits, has made its way up the Hughli at least as far as tidal limits, that is to say for over a hundred miles from the open sea, and is com- mon not only on the banks of the river but also in flooded fields in the vicinity, but I have never seen any species of either Stenothyra or Modtola, both of which are strictly aquatic, further inland than Calcutta, in the neighbourhood of which there is much brackish water. The Tai-Hu is not so far inland as Calcutta, but it is not connected with any tidal water-way. Its water, moreover, is not liable to admixture of salt, for the fresh water that pours down in such vast quantities through the mouths of the Yangtse has more influence in counteracting the tides than that of any of the Gangetic effluents and brackish water apparently extends inland for a much shorter distance in the Chinese than in the Indian delta; indeed, at the mouth of the Yangste practi- cally fresh water extends for a considerable distance out to sea. We know as yet very little about the estuarine fauna of China, but the occurrence in the Tai-Hu of estuarine species and genera proves at any rate that the well-known estuarine element present in the fluviatile fauna of the Ganges has its parallel in China. The molluscs of the Tai-Hu do not cast much light of a geographical nature on the aquatic fauna of China. The genus Hypsobia has, however, some interest from this point of view. It was hitherto known from two species, H. humida from the Upper Yangtse and H. nosophora from an inland district of the Main Island of Japan, but these species have been placed in separate genera and have peculiar habits, being only quasi-aquatic. “Ihe discovery of a third, completely aquatic species (H. minus- cula) in the Yangtse delta, therefore, provides a record of intermediate locality for the genus. The new Hydrobiid genus Pseudovivipara probably occurs in Hainan as 304 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. well as in the Yangste valley. This genus has a remarkable but perhaps superficial resemblance to certain forms (I’yloboma) from the later Tertiary of eastern Europe and usually assigned to the Viviparidae. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTION OF THE COLLECTION. GASTROPODA. Family LIMNAEIDAE. This family is represented in our collection from the Tai-Hu by two species only, — one of Limnaea and one of Planorbis. The latter belongs to the section Gyraulus. Genus Limnaea, Draparnaud. Limnaea clessini, Neumayr. 1887. Limnaeus clessini, Neumayr, Siissw.-Moll., in Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Béla Széchenyt, II, p. 657, pl. iv, figs. 4-5. Specimens from the Tai-Hu and Soochow agree in every respect with Neumayr’s fig. 5. The species is common among weeds in the Tai-Hu and in canals at Soochow. It was described from the southern limits of the Gobi desert. Genus Planorbis, Guettard. Planorbis saigonensis, Crosse & Fischer. 1863. Planorbis saigonensis, Crosse and Fischer, Journ. Conch., XI, p. 362, pl. xiii, fig. 7. 1866. Planorbis saigonensis, Clessin, Limnaeiden in Chemnitz’s Conch.-Cab., ed. Kiister, p. 191, pl. xxix, fig: 3. 1909. Planorbis satgonensis, Germain, Rec. Ind. Mus., III, p. 117. Shells from the Tai-Hu agree well with Crosse and Fischer’s original description and figures except that they have a yellowish tinge and are translucent. They are not more than 5 mm. in diameter. The original figure seems to have been drawn from a dead shell. We found the species in considerable abundance on the lower surface of stones at the edge of the Tai-Hu and among weeds in a canal at Soochow. It has a very wide geographical range, which extends, according to Germain, not only over a great part of continental Asia but also to Japan and the Malay Archipelago. It is one of our commonest freshwater molluscs in India, while it has been generally known under the name P.compressus. For the synonomy see Germain, op. cit., p. 117. Family MELANIIDAE. Genus Melania, Lamarck. Melania cancellata, Benson. 1842. Melania cancellata, Benson, Ann. Mag. Nat Hist., TX, p. 408. 1856. Melania ningpoensis, Lea, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, VIII, p. 144. 1882. Melania cancellata, Heude, Mem. Hist. Nat. Emp. Chinois, 1, Moll. d’Eau douce, p. 167, pl. xli, fig. 31, pl. xliii, figs. 3, 4. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 305 The body-whorl is relatively larger and the spire tapers less evenly in shells from the Tai-Hu than in topotypes of Benson’s species from Cantor’s collection. In this respect my specimens agree with topotypes of M. ningpoensis, Lea. It is clear, however, from the collection in the Indian Museum that the species is a plastic one. The measurements in millimetres of three normal shells from the neighbourhood of the Tai-Hu are as follows. In all the tip is eroded :— Length. Breadth. Aperture. 22°5 8°5 725 X 3'5 20°5 6°25 Sy eee aasias 16°75 6°25 Ss The first two specimens are from the lake, the last from a canal at Soochow. In the latter locality the shells are smaller and less eroded and have the body-whorl more inflated than those from the Tai-Hu. Heude (of. cit., pl. xliii) has published Rathouis’s figures of the radula and of various points in the anatomy. The species is common in all parts of the lake, both among stones at the margin and on a muddy bottom in 3 metres. According to Heude it and his M. erythrozona, which is perhaps no more than a phase of the widely distributed M. tuberculata (Miller), are the only two real lacustrine Melaniae found in China. M. cancellata occurs in the watersheds of the Yangtse, the Hoangho and the Amur. Family HYDROBIIDAE. This family is represented in the Tai-Hu fauna by five species, two of which (Bithynia striatula and B. longicornis) are common and widely distributed in China. The other three, two of which are minute forms, have not hitherto been described. One of these belongs to the interesting genus Hypsobia, Heude, another to Stenothyra, Benson, and the third to a genus hitherto undescribed. The last is remarkable not only for its large size, but also for the extraordinary resemblance of the shell to that of Vivipara. Genus Bithynia, Gray. Bithynia striatula, Benson. 1842. Paludina (Bithynia) striatula, Benson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IX, p. 488. 1855. Paludina (Bithynia) striatula, id., Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XXIV, p. 131. 1882. Bithynia chinensis and spiralis, Heude, op. cit., pp. 171, 172, pl. xlii, figs. 8, 8a, 9, 9a. 1901. Bithynia striatula, Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, UII, p. 405. Pilsbry (op. cit.) has discussed the synonymy of this species. I have examined specimens from the following localities: Canton, Swatow, Chusan, Soochow, the Tai-Hu and Peking in China, Mukden in Manchuria and Lake Biwain Japan. The specimens from Chusan are from Cantor’s collection and were named by Benson. They may be regarded, therefore, as co-types of the species. Except those from Japan, which be- long to Pilsbry’s race japonica, the shells in this large series are fairly uniform, differing mainly in colour (from pale olivaceous to dark reddish) and size. They vary also in the prominence of the spiral ridges, not altogether in correlation with environment. 306 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. There is, further, a certain difference in shape, some being more elongate than others, but this difference is perhaps sexual and cannot be correlated with locality. The specimens from Mukden are the largest and agree well with Heude’s figures of his B. chinensis. B. striatula is not uncommon among stones at the edge of the Tai-Hu. It also occurs in canals at Soochow. Bythinia longicornis, Benson. 1842. Paludina (Bithynia) longicorms, Benson, op. cit., p. 488. 1855. Paludina (Bithynia) longicornts, id., op. cit., p. 130. 1882. Bithynia longicornis, Heude, of. cit., p. 171, pl. xlii, figs. 4, 4a-b. There are three co-types of Benson’s species in the collection of the Zoological - Survey of India and I have recently examined a number of specimens from Suigen in Corea (T. Kawamura) which agree closely with them. Specimens taken with those of Bithynia striatula in the Tai-Hu and at Soochow differ from the co-types in being considerably smaller (not more than 7 mm. long by 5 mm. broad) and in having their apices eroded, but are otherwise similar. The species is abundant in the Tai-Hu district, and is stated by Heude to be “ banale dans les eaux lacustres de toute le vallee du Yang-tze qu’elle suffirait pour characteriser paleontologiquement, si le sol pouvait la conserver.’’ Genus Hypsobia, Heude. 1882. Hypsobia, Heude, op. cit., p. 173. 1915. Katayama, Robson, Brit. Med. Journ., No. 2822, p. 203. I cannot discover any difference between Heude’s Hypsobia and Robson’s Kata- yama. ‘The structure of these molluscs is unusually well known, for Heude figures the radula and operculum and reproduces certain details of the soft parts, while Rob- son gives sketches of the radula and operculum. Type-species.—Hypsobia humda, Heude and Rathouis. Geographical Distribution. The valley of the Yangtse and parts of the Main Is- land of Japan. Including a new species to be described here, three species are known, namely H. humida found ‘in alto districtu Tchen-k’ cou’’ in the upper Yangtse watershed, H. minuscula, sp. nov. from the Tai-Hu and H. nosophora from the Bingo province of Japan. H. humida and H. nosophora are found in damp places, the latter at the edge of water-channels and other small bodies of water, while my new species was dredged from the bottom of the lake. H. nosophora appears to be the main if not the only carrier of Schistosomiasis! in Japan. It is fortunately very local in distribu- tion. Both it and H. minuscula are markedly gregarious. KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES OF Hypsobia. 1, Shell more than 7 mm. long, of a brownish colour, with the aperture ovoid, not much longer than broad; irregular growth-lines crossing the finely granular surface, a faint microscopic spiral sculpture .. H. nosophora. ! See Katsurada, Annot. Zool. Japon, V, p. 147 (1904) and Leiper Brit. Med. Journ., No. 2822, p. 202 (1915). H. nosophora is known in Japan as Blanfordii nosophora, Pilslong (or Robson). See Journ. Parasitology III, No. 4, Notes (1917). Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 307 2. Shell about 4 mm. long, pale horny, nearly smooth; aperture pyri- form, considerably longer than broad e — .. H. humida. 3. Shell less than 3 mm. long, transparent, colourless, ornamented with minute serrated spiral ridges epee by longitudinal striae; aperture oval, considerably longer than broad . i .. H. minuscula. I have not seen H. humida but have eailushs a series of shells of H. nosophora. Hypsobia minuscula, sp. nov. Shell minute and fragile, colourless, transparent, shining, slightly iridescent, hardly subumbilicate, probaby with seven whorls when complete, but always eroded at the tip. Whorls increasing gradually, somewhat inflated ; body-whorl not mark- edly projecting ; suture impressed, not markedly oblique. Sculpture consisting of numerous minute serrated spiral ridges interrupted at frequent and irregular intervals by oblique longitudinal striae in such a way as to give the surface a reticulate appear- ance under a high power of the microscope. Aperture oval, oblique, relatively large, G. HIG SE: A. Mouth of shell of Hypsobia minuscula, sp. nov. (Highly magnified). B. External view of operculum of same species. (Still more highly magnified). C. Mouth of shell of Hypsobia nosophora (Robson). (Less highly magnified). with its anterior extremity not at all pointed. Outer lip sometimes slightly intro- verted in the middle; columellar lip delicately expanded and rimate. Columella strongly arched. Operculum like that of H. humida and H. nosophora but broader, hyaline, brittle and very thin, with fine transverse, striae running outwards from the suture and interrupted by two parallel spiral grooves on the external surface. In spite of the thinness of the operculum the spirit in which my specimens were preserved has not penetrated it and the soft parts are in rather bad condition. The eyes are very small; the tentacles thin, tapering and short, marked with dark pigment. The snout is narrower than it is shown in Rathouis’s figures of B. humida published by Heude. The penis is blunt, simple and rather short. The ovaries are well developed in female specimens. Greatest length of shell 255 mm. Greatest breadtho'73 mm. Length of aperture 0°85 mm. Breadth of aperture 0°42 mm. Type-specimen. M. 10460/2, Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). 308 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Locality. ‘Tai-Hu (Great Lake), Kiangsu Province, China. The species is closely allied to B. humida, but is distinguished by its smaller size, the colourless shell with well defined microscopic sculpture, the last whorl not projecting and the oval aperture. My specimens were dredged in 3 metres of water from a muddy bottom without weeds but with a certain amount of decayed vegetation. They were taken in large numbers. The exact position was a little N.E. of the island Si Dong Ding. The species was not obtained at other dredging stations. Genus Stenothyra, Benson. The species of this genus, which are probably numerous throughout the coastal districts of southern and eastern Asia, are imperfectly known so far as China is con- cerned. Heude (of. cit., p. 173) figures only one (S. toucheana) from the Vangtse valley. He expresses the opinion, however, that there are a considerable number of species on the coast of China. The genus is usually estuarine, at home in brack- ish water and water of variable salinity. The only species we obtained in the Tai-Hu is well characterized by the strong sculpture of its shell. pind Wy, Fic. 2.—Radular teeth of Stenothyra decapitata, sp. nov. Stenothyra decapitata, sp. nov. Shell small, solid, broadly spindle-shaped, probably blunt at the apex when per- fect, always eroded, with not more than 3} whorls remaining, pale flavous or olivace- ous, sometimes stained dark chocolate-brown, translucent, smooth but not highly polished, ornamented with numerous (about 20 on the body-whorl) spiral rows of minute punctures, with still more minute spiral striae between the rows. Suture im- pressed, whorls somewhat inflated. Body-whorl obesely elongate, more than twice as long as spire, slightly flattened on the ventral surface, subumbilicate. Aperture prominent, surrounded by a well-defined rim, subcircular, relatively large. Operculum thick but horny, brownish or yellowish, polished on the external sur- face, with well-marked spiral striae, with the nuclear region concave and occupying more than a third of the whole. Radula very like that of S. toucheana as figured by Heude and Rathouis (of. cit., pl. xxxii, fig. 13) but with 5 instead of 3 upper denticulations on the central tooth, the lateral teeth narrower and the inner lateral tooth with the denticulations better developed. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 309 Length of shell 3°55 mm. Greatest breadth of shell 2mm. Length of aperture 1 mm. Breadth of aperture 0°75 mm. The species is related to S. monilifera, Benson, but the shell is stouter and prob- ably shorter when complete, its aperture is smaller and relatively broader and its sculpture more distinct. Type-specimen. M. 11305/2. Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). Locality. Bottom of Tai-Hu (Great Lake), Kiangsu Province, China. The species is abundant on a bottom of bare mud in from 2 to 3 metres of water. Genus Pseudovivipara, gen. nov. Shell large, thin, resembling that of Viviparva but more elongate, oblong, conical, umbilicate, with the aperture large and ovate, with the collumellar lip thickened but the outer lip sharp, with the surface ornamented with prominent spiral ridges. Fic. 3.—Mouth of shell and operculum of Pseudovivipara hypocrites, sp. nov. A, mouth of shell; B, external view of operculum ; C, internal view of operculum ; D, operculum in profile. Operculum calcareous, thick, large, concentric, covered with a thick horny epider- mis externally and with concentric striae on the external surface, internally convex with a narrow flattened margin, almost smooth, with obscure vermicular sculpturing. Ammal resembling that of Bithynia, with a stout proboscis and a branched nenis, but with degenerate eyes. Radula with a pair of denticulations at each side of the base of the central tooth and with a lobular process at the outer margin of the marginal teeth. Type-species.—Pseudovivipara hypocrites, sp. nov. Distribution. ‘Tai-Hu, Kiangsu and (?) Hainan. Although I describe Pseudovivipara hypocrites as a new genus and species, I am by no means sure that the shell of another phase has not already been figured by both Heude and Kobelt under the names Paludina boettgert and Vivipara boettgert, Mollendortf. 310 ZOOLOGY OF THE. FAR EAST. The shell of my type-specimen agrees in almost every respect, except that it is smaller and more eroded, with Heude’s figures (of. cit., 1882, pl. xl, fig. 6) ; it agrees equally well with Kobelt’s fig. 7 (op. cit., 1909: pl. 26), which seems to have been drawn from the same shell. Its operculum is, however, quite different from Kobelt’s figures ra, 1b on the same plate, and the animal is that of a Hydrobiid, not a Vivipava. The operculum figured by Kobelt is evidently the operculum of a Vivifara and is presum- ably that of one of the shells figured in figs. 1-6 on the plate. We have, therefore, this unexpected fact, that in certain parts of China two molluscs belonging to different families occur together, or at any rate in the same locality, which are so like that they have deceived even conchologists of the experience of Mollendorf and of Kobelt, for the latter says that his figures are taken from specimens in Mollendorf’s collection. Pseudovivipara is apparently related to the genera Fossarulus and. Prososthenia, Neumayr, both of which were originally described from fossil species from the Tertiary of Dalmatia; it is perhaps still more closely related to 7 ylopoma, Brusina ', from simi- lar beds in Eastern Europe. From Fossarulus it is distinguished by the sharp outer Fic. 4.—Head and adjacent parts of male of Pseudovivipara hypocrites, sp. nov. m. = edge of mouth: p.= penis: s. =snout: t.= tentacle. lip of the shell, from Prososthenia by its calcareous operculum; the operculum of T'ylo- poma is calcareous, but seems to differ in structure. Both Fossarulus' and Prosos- thenia have been recorded living or subfossil from China,* but the synonomy of the genera’ is a little doubtful and the confusion that has apparently occurred about Pseudovivipara hypocrites must render the generic identity of recent and fossil species still more open to question. Pseudovivipara hypocrites, sp. nov. The shell is relatively large and thin. It is of elongate conical form but much eroded at the apex in the specimens examined. ‘he suture is not impressed and the 1 See Brusina, Beitr. Paldont. Osterveich-Ungarns, I, p. 73 (foot-note): 1882; also Neumayr, Abh. K. K. geol. Reich- sanstalt, VII, pl. viii, fig. 20 (1875). 2 Col. Godwin-Austen has shown, in a note to be issued in the Rec. Ind. Mus., that the Indian species assigned pro- visionally to this genus or subgenus by Nevill in his ‘‘ Hand-List ’’ and by Preston in the volume in the ‘‘ Fauna” is in no way related to it. 3 See Gredler, Jahrb. Malak. Geseils., VIII, p. 120 (1881); Fischer, Man. Conch., p. 729 (1887); Neumayr, Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol., II, p. 21 (1883) and ‘* Siissw. Moll.” in Wiss. Evgebn. Reis. Béla Széchenyi, II, pp. 652, 653 (1887). Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. ny whorls increase gradually and regularly. It is clothed with a polished epidermis of a deep chocolate-brown colour, which in the natural state is covered by an earthy depo- sit. Only three complete whorls remain in the specimens, but if they were not eroded at least five would be present. On the body-whorl there are three blunt continuous spiral ridges the lowest of which, lying very near the middle ridge, is almost obsoles- cent. On the other whorls there are two well-developed ridges. The surface is fur- ther ornamented with numerous coarse oblique longitudinal striae set close together. The aperture is ovate, pointed and a little folded anteriorly ; its inner margin is promi- nent and thickened but not very much flattened. The shell is narrowly umbilicate. The inner surface is greyish blue and highly polished. Fic. 5.—Radular teeth of Pseudovivipara hypocrites, sp. nov. Measurements (in millimetres) of three shells. Type. Length of shell .. sit eS 14°5 14 Greatest breadth of shell .. 10°6 10 9°5 Length of aperture AN Magn Gee Ge 75 Breadth of aperture or MeO 5 5 Length of operculum eee Breadth of operculum iy, Me REO The operculum is large and thick, pyriform, almost bilaterally symmetrical, of an opaque white colour and porcelainous in texture but covered externally with a coarse chestnut epidermis, which is somewhat eroded in the central region. This region is deeply concave ; the external sculpturing is obscure, but concentric striae can be de- tected on the epidermis. The convex part of the inner surface is smooth except for obscure vermicular ridges of indefinite arrangement. In most respects the soft parts resemble externally those of Bithynia. Both the tentacles and the snout are relatively stout and broad; the former are somewhat flattened but tapering, the latter is blunt at the tip and only very slightly emarginate. The foot is ovoid in shape, pointed but not produced posteriorly and slightly emargin- 312 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. ate in front. The eyes are degenerate but are apparently represented by swellings at the outer base of each tentacle. The penis has a lateral branch; the whole structure is very large, broad and somewhat flattened, the main trunk tapering, the lateral process, which is well developed, blunt at the tip. ‘The dorsal surface of the head and foot are blackish, the tips of the tentacles black and that of the lateral branch of the penis white. The radula is of the Hydrobiid type, but approaches that of the Rissoidae in some respects. The central tooth is small; it bears on its base, well within the mar- gin on either side, a pair of cylindrical processes ending in short spinelets; the cusp is narrowly triangular, with a triangular process in the centre and two coarse denticula- tions at either side. The internal lateral tooth is broad; its upper margin is armed at the inner edge with three bluntly pointed processes of which the innermost is much the largest; the remainder of this margin is coarsely, bluntly and evenly serrated. The outer lateral tooth is also broad; its denticulations, which are confined to the upper margin, are minute, blunt and even. The marginal tooth is much narrower; its denticulations resemble those of the tooth next to it, but it bears a narrow, bluntly pointed process of considerable relative length at the outer extremity of the upper margin. All the teeth are rather small, delicate and of a pale yellowish colour. The whole radula is small and narrow. Type-specimen. No. M 10415/2, Zool. Survey of India (Ind. Mus.). Locality. Narrow creek at Tong Dong Ding, Tai-Hu, China. Three specimens of P. hypocrites were dredged from a depth of about 3 metres. They were apparently living among weeds on a muddy bottom. The specimen selected as the type-specimen and figured on pl. x is considerably more elongate and larger than the other two. It is an adult male. This specimen was obtained in December, 1915. After remaining dry for some months in Calcutta it was sent to London. It was sent back to Calcutta in January, 1918. When the operculum was removed recently the soft parts were found to be in excellent condition and still damp, after the shell had been dry for more than two years. The stout operculum is probably, therefore, of use to the animal, should the water in which it lives chance to dry up, in enabling it to store up moisture inside the shell for long periods. It is probable that the individual examined had lived out of water for at least two years, through the greater part of a hot weather in Calcutta and part of a winter in England. It must have died only a short time before I ex- amined it, if it were really dead. Ina smaller individual, however, with exactly the same history the body was hard, dry and shrivelled. Family ASSIMINEIDAE. Genus Assiminea, Gray. Assiminea scalaris, Heude. 1882. Assiminea scalaris, Heude, op. cit., p. 83, pl. xxi, figs. 5, 54 50, 5c. As Heude’s work is not always accessible I quote his description of the shell. “A. testa parva, perforata, subsolida, cornea, vix striatula, carenis pluribus Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 333 valde caducis circumcincta; spira acuta, anfractibus 7, planulis, sutura scalari junc- tis; ultimo ad peripheriam confuse angulato; apertura vix obliqua, ovali; peris- tomate acuto margine columellari brevissimo, nec incrassato, nec dilatato, aliquan- tulum sinuoso ; umbilico angusto, bene perforato, in canalem columellarem margine carinatum producto. Altit: 54; latit: 44 millim.” Shells from the Tai-Hu and from the Whangpoo near Shanghai vary greatly in size and shape. The following measurements (in millimetres) are those of specimens from the lake. Length. Breadth. Aperture. a0 4°0 2°75 * 2°0 4°7 S75 2°5 x I'5 5°2 et, ZIM LS The external surface of the shell when not eroded is of a deep horn-colour. The inner surface is polished and of much the same colour, except immediately round the aperture, where it is whitish. When the epidermis is worn away fine longitudinal striae appear on the shell. I can detect no constant difference between specimens from the river and those from the lake. In both localities the species is quasi-aquatic rather than aquatic, adhering in large numbers to damp stones just above the water-line. At the edge of the Whangpoo it is found with A. haematina, Heude, which is, however, much less abundant and apparently not gregarious. A. scalaris was described from ‘‘ partetes”’ near Shanghai. It evidently resembles the Indian A. francesiae, Gray in habits and, like that species, makes its way for a considerable distance inland in estuarine tracts, well beyond the limits of brackish water. Family VIVIPARIDAE. Genus Vivipara, Lamarck. The genus is represented in the Tai-Hu by a large species of the V. chinensis group and also by a dwarfed form of a species belonging to a curious and interesting group the first member of which to be described was V.angulata (Miller). The perhaps more characteristic V.quadvata (Benson) and a number of closely related species or races figured by Heude also belong to the group, which is found widely distributed in the watersheds of the Yangtse and the Canton river. The shell is characterized by the more or less irregular and inconstant spiral ridges and coarse longitudinal striae with which it is ornamented. These peculiarities are, however, much less accentuated than in the western Chinese genus Margarya, Nevill, in which the shell is also much larger and thicker. Vivipara lapillorum (Heude). 1882. Paludina lapillorum, Heude, op. cip., p. 177, pl. xl, figs. 11, ra. 1909. Vivipara lapillorum, Kobelt, Paludina in Chemnitz’s Conch.-Cab. (ed. Kiister), p. 122, pl. xxv, figs. 14-17 (/apillosa). Kobelt regards this species as no more than a variety at most of Benson’s Paludina quadrata, but it differs from all the forms that can be legitimately assigned 314 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. to that species or to V. angulata (Miller) in the rounded and more or less flattened apex of the shell. This feature is concealed to some extent by erosion in all the adult shells I have examined, but is well exemplified in young shells from the Tai-Hu. Specimens from the Tai-Hu and Soochow differ from Heude’s figures in their smaller size and rather greater relative breadth of shell. They vary, however, con- siderably in the latter character. I give measurements (in millimetres) of three speci- mens. Length. Breadth. Aperture. 19’5 I4°0 Oa” Keio 21°5 I4'5 TO;Or Me E7s6 1g'0 135 9°25 x 7°25. The shells also vary in the number of spiral ridges and their relative develop- ment. In some the epidermis covering the ridges is frayed in such a way as to form rows of “cilia’’, and in others these structures assume the appearance of micro- Ge Fic. 6.—Radular teeth of Vivipara lapillorum. scopic spines. In some, however, there is no trace of any such peculiarity. The epidermis is of a pale green colour, with occasional longitudinal blackish streaks. The margin of the aperture is sometimes blackish. The shells have a distorted and dwarfed appearance doubtless due to some peculiarity of their environment. The surface even in quite young individuals is always eroded. The operculum is thin and horny but of a very dark brown colour. It is rather narrowly pyriform and has the posterior extremity bluntly pointed and very slightly retroverted. The outline is almost bilaterally symmetrical. The external surface is concave as a whole and surrounded with several concentric ridges. The internal scar is relatively large. The radular teeth (fig. 5) are large and of a yellowish colour. The denticulation of the lateral teeth is unusually coarse and well-developed. This dwarfed phase of V./lapillorum is common on stones and bricks at the edge of the Tai-Hu and also in canals at Soochow. MHeude’s statement as to the type locality and habitual environment of the species is by no means clear, Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 315 Vivipara catayensis (Heude). 1882. Paludina catayensis, Heude, op. cit., p. 174, pl. xxxix, fig. Io. 1909. Vivipara (chinensis ? subsp.) cathayensis, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 112, pl. xviii, figs. 5, 6. My specimens from the Tai-Hu vary in shape and sculpture and seem to provide a complete transition, so far as these are concerned, between V. catayensis as figured by Heude and by Kobelt and V. ussuriensts as figured by the latter author (op. cit., pl. xviii, fig. 1-4). In shells from Mukden, however, which Dr. T. Kawamura has re- cently sent me and which I believe to represent the true V. ussuriensis, the mouth is narrower and longer and the shell thinner and less opaque; the black margin of the lip is also narrower. It is probable, therefore, that the Tai-Hu form, which must bear the name catayensis, should be regarded as a local race of the northern species V. ussuriensis. This large and handsome Vivipara occurs in considerable abundance among weeds in creeks round the Tai-Hu. It is not found, however, in the open parts of the lake. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Family MY TILIDAE. Two species of true mussels, Mytilus martensi, Neumayr' and Modztola lacusins, v. Martens, have been found in fresh water in the Yangtse system. Only one of these occurs in the Tai-Hu. Genus Modiola, Lamarck. In western countries this genus is exclusively marine and even in the Bay of Bengal a species (M. watsoni, Smith) occurs at depths of over 100 fathoms. At least two Indian species have, however, established themselves in estuarine tracts in brackish water and water of variable salinity, while in Siam and Cambodia allied forms are fluviatile and in China M. lacustris lives in the Tung-Ting Lake hundreds of miles inland. The precise relations of the Far Eastern freshwater forms are still obscure. I have examined co-types of M. lacustris from the Tung-Ting Lake and also what are probably co-types of M.cambodjensis, Morlet from Cambodia, as well as a series of shells from the Hang river in Corea, recently sent me by T. Kawamura. The differ- ences between them do not seem to me any greater, if so great, as those between the different phases of M. striatula® recently discussed by Mr. S. W. Kemp and myself. Indeed, I think it not at all improbable that all are merely races of that species. I have not, however, material for a full discussion of the question. The form I name M. lacustris is, I am convinced, identical specifically with the one described under that name by von Martens, but it is not improbable that his species will finally rest in the synonomy of some other. Modiola lacustris, v. Martens. 1875. Modtola lacustris, v. Martens, Malacoz. Blatt. f. 1874 and 1875, p. 186. ? 1870-1876. Modvtola lacustris, Pfeiffer, Nov. Conch. IV, p. 154, pl. cxxxv, figs. 2, 3. 1881. Modtola lacustris, v. Martens, Conch. Mitth. I, p. 97. = sis = 1 Neumayr, ‘‘ Sussw.-Moll.” in Wiss. Ergebn Béla Sézechenyi II, p. 640 (1887). 2 Annandale and Kemp, Mem. Ind Mus. V, pp. 358-364, pl. xv (1916). 316 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAS‘. The following measurements are those of a number of freshwater specimens of Modiola from China, Corea and Cambodia :— Modiola lacustris. Length. Breadth. ~ Thickness. Tung-Ting Lake, 22°3 9°5 8°5 Hunan (co-types). 17°0 75 6°5 Tai-Hu, Kiangsu. 13°5 6°5 6°0 ‘ I5'0 piso fo) 15°25 75 33 138 7°6 56 13°5 pe 6'0 “TS 6°8 5-2 Hang R., Corea. 31°0 12°5 11°75 30°0 12'0 II‘5 22°5 9°75 8°75 18°5 8°75 70 18°6 8:7 6°4 17°25 8:2 6:0 Modtola cambodjensis. Cambodia (? co-types). 26°25 12°25 96 23°75 II’5 25°20 ris The average length-breadth index of the two co-types of M. lacustris is, therefore, 43°36, that of the Tai-Hu specimens 50°17 and that of the Corean specimens, 45°38, while that of those of M. cambodjensis is 46°41. In each lot there is considerable variation in outline. The Tai-Hu shells are much the smallest. These shells vary considerably in colouration and four colour-forms may be distinguished, though they fade one into another. Some shells are uniform or almost uniform pale greenish yel- - low, in some a dark purple colour predominates, in others the yellow is marked with broad longitudinal streaks of purple, while in a few the upper half of the shell is purple and the lower half yellow. The Corean shells are all of a dark olivaceous brown with a tinge of purple. M. lacustris is common at the edge of the Tai-Hu on small stones and on the roots of willows, on which it often forms large masses. We dredged a few living speci- mens from the middle of the lake. Colonies of the hydroid Cordylophora lacustris and the Ctenostomatous polyzoon Paludicella elongata were found attached to the masses of shells. Family UNIONIDAE. Genus Anodonta, Lamarck. Anodonta woodiana (Lea). 1834. Symplynota woodiana, Lea, Trans. American Phil. Soc., V, p. 42, pl. v, fig. 13. 1876. Anodonta woodiana, Clessin, Anodonta in Chemnitz’s Conch.-Cab. ed. Kiister, p. 146, pl. xlviii, figs. 1, 2. 1900. Anodonta woodiana (in part), Simpson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXII, p. 637. 1916. Anodonta woodiana, Aunandale, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, VI, p. 49, pl. iii, figs. ga, gb. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 317 Specimens from the Tai-Hu agree well with Lea’s original figure. ‘They are con- siderably smaller than some from Shanghai in the collection of the Indian Museum. The measurements of a large shell from the lake are 100 x 65 x 36 mm. The inner margin is pale olivaceous, the epidermis dark olivaceous. A. woodiana is common in creeks with the two species of Nodularia. ‘The Poly- zoa Paludicella elongata and Hislopia cambodgiensis are often found on living shells and the leech Hemiclepsis casmiana, Oka' is parasitic on the animal. Genus Nodularia, Conrad. Nodularia dactylina (Heude). 1895. Unio dactylina, Heude, Conch. Fluv. Nanking, pt. IX, pl. Ixv. 1900. Nodularia douglasiae (in part) Simpson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXII, p. 808. 1910. Nodularia douglasiae, Haas, Unioniden in Chemnitz’s Conch.-Cab., (ed. Kobelt), p. 68 (in part), pl. vi, fig. 5. Haas treats both this and the succeeding species as mere “‘ formae’’ of N. doug- lasiae (Griff. and Pidg.) and Simpson refers to it as possibly worthy of a varietal name, but as the two occur together, are seemingly constant, without intermediate speci- mens, I think it better to regard them as distinct. Specimens from the Tai-Hu agree well with Haas’s figure. Our largest shell is 64 mm. long, 30 mm. deep and 23 mm. thick. N. dactylina is common, with N. douglasiae, in shallow creeks and channels at the edge of the Tai-Hu and between islands in the lake. It is recorded from Ningpo. Nodularia douglasiae (Griff.). 1845. Unio osbecki, Philippi, Zeits. Mal., p. 164. 1910. Nodularia douglesiae, Haas, op. cit., p 68 (in part), pl. vi. figs. 6, 7. Specimens from the Tai-Hu agree well with Haas’s fig. 6, but are larger, the measurements of a well-developed shell being 51 mm. x 25 mm. x 15 mm. The species is as common as N. dactylina. It is said to be found in Central China. The leech Hemiclepsis casmiana, Oka ' was found parasitic upon it also. Family CYRENIDAE. Genus Corbicula, Megerle. Corbicula sandai, Reinhardt. 1878. Corbicula Sandai, Reinhard, Jahrb. Malak. Gesell., V, p. 187, pl. v, fig. 2. 1881. ? Corbicula largillierti, var., A. Heude, op. cit., pl. 1, fig. la. 1907. Corbicula Sandat, Pilsbry, Annot. Zool. Japon., VI, p. 157, pl. vii, figs. 17, 18. 1916. Corbicula sandai, Annandale, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, VI, p. 51, pl. iii, fig. 12. Shells from the Tai-Hu seem to belong to this species, the hinges and teeth being quite characteristic. They exhibit, however, considerable variation in outline and are all small and more or less eroded. ‘The relative lengths of the lateral teeth are somewhat variable. | Oka, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, VI, p. 167 (1917) 318 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The following are the measurements of three specimens :— Length. Depth. Thickness. T4°5 13°5 9°75 I4°0 13°3 Aa 18-2 182 5 tT 17°5 175 8 Tey fe The epidermis varies in colour from pale olivaceous to almost black. The inner surface is tinged with violet. The shells from the Tai-Hu perhaps represent a dwarfed phase of the form figured by Heude under the name C. /argilliertt var. A, which also came from a lake in the Yangtse delta. I have examined a series of small shells from the Tung-Ting lake in Hunan named, apparently by von Martens, ‘Corbicula fluminea, Mill.” These shells are hardly larger than those from the Tai-Hu, from which they differ only in being on an average a little broader in proportiofi, and in having the ridges on the external surface a little more regular. They differ from the normal C. fuminea in their smaller size, thicker shell and stronger teeth, but the eastern species of Corbicula are still in great confusion and so far as those of China are concerned, Pilsbry (of. cit., supra, p. 153) says with justice, “In dealing with the Chinese species Pére Heude has attempted to name every local form, a task I believe to be practically impossible, and if accomplished the result would be absolutely useless to any other — zoologist from the impossibility of again recognising the forms.”’ The species occurs in great abundance on the muddy bed of the Tai-Hu, where it is markedly gregarious. It is widely distributed in the southern part of Japan and has been recorded from Tonquin. Genus Sphaerium, Scopoli. Two small shells (living) of this genus were dredged off the island Si Dong Ding, but as both are broken I do not attempt to name them specifically. NOTE ON THE SUPPOSED OCCURRENCE OF THE GENUS ArcA WITH FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS IN THE YANGSTE. Neumayr! in his account on the freshwater molluscs collected in China by Count Béla Széchenyi describes a true Avca under the name Arca granulosa var. minuta. Apparently granulosa is a slip for gvanosa. He states that a single shell of this form was found, with specimens of Bithynia, Vivipara, Melamia and Corbicula, in a recent deposit 50 miles inland from the mouth of the Yangtse. Avca granosa, Linn. is one of the commonest and most characteristic molluscs of brackish water on the coasts of India and other parts of south-eastern Asia and is always more or less dwarfed when living in water of low salinity. In the sea it attains a large size. There are specimens from the Nicobars in the collection of the Indian Museum over 75 mm. broad. Inthe inner parts of the Chilka Lake on the eastern coast of India, on the other hand, where the water is never more than slightly salt, Mr. Kemp and I found no living shell more than 26 mm. in breadth. We have discussed the living and sub- | Wiss. Evgebn. Reise. Béla Széchenyi I, Sussw.-Moll., p. 641, pl. i, fig. 4 (1887). Mollusca of the Tai-Hu. 319 fossil shells of the species found in that district in a recent paper.' I was, therefore, interested to notice similar shells lying about in the village of Moo-Too between Soo- chow and the Tai-Hu. On inquiry, however, we learnt that they were the shells of molluscs sold in shops as food and not procured locally. On visiting the provision shops in the village we saw large quantities on sale and were informed that they were brought from Ningpo. Those on sale were mixed with shells of Nassa and Potamides that had a distinctly estuarine facies; shells of Balanus were attached to some of them. I figure three shells purchased in a living condition at Moo-Too. They agree with Neumayr’s figures in their approach to bilateral symmetry as well as in being very small, though they vary somewhat in the latter feature. They also agree in these res- pects with living shells from water of low salinity in the Chilka Lake (of. cit., pl. xvi, fig.6). Beside them I figure a shell of a small phase sold in the bazaar at Singapore and said to be obtained from beds in the harbour. In this phase bilateral asymmetry is much more marked. Neumayr’s var. minuta is in all probability, therefore, a dwarfed form that lives in water of low salinity, but there is no real evidence that it lived or still lives so far up the Yangtse as Neumayr thought. Capt. A. F. Cole, R.A.M.C., who was for many years resident at Ningpo, tells me that water of very different salinities is to be found in the immediate neighbourhood of that place. BIBLIOGRAPHY. [Works cited on pp. 72-74 of this volume are not cited here. | Annandale, N. .. .. “The Mollusca of the Lake Biwa, Japan” :—Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, VI, pp. 13-38 (1916). “Mollusca of the Inlé Lake, Southern Shan States”’ :— Rec. Ind. Mus., XIV, pp. 103-182, pls. x—xix (1918). Benson, W.H. .. .. “Mollusca of Chusan” :—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IX, pp. 486-490 (1842). “Chusan Shells” :—Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XXIV, pp. 119-140 (1855). ”) ” Boettger,O. .. .. “Zur Kenntniss der Melanien Chinas und Japans Il” :—Jb. Malak. Ges., XIV, pp. 105-119 (1887). Brusina, S. ¥ .. “Orygoceras, eine neue Gatropoden Gattung”’, etc., Beitra. Paléont. Osterreigh-Urgarns, pp. 33-46, pl. xi (1882). Clessin, S. _. Anodonta in Chemnitz’s Conch.-Cab. (ed. Ktster) IX, abth. 1 (1876). “Stiidien uber die Familie den Paludinen’”’, Malak. Blatt. (new series), II, pp. 161-196. Crosse, H. and Fischer, P. .. ‘‘Note sur la faune malacologique de Cochinchina, comprenant la description des especes nouvelles ou peu connues”’ :—Journ. Conch., XI, pp. 343-379, pls. xiii-xiv (1863). »”) 1 Mem. Ind. Mus., V, pp- 338, 350, pl. xvi, figs. 3-6 (1916). 320 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Dybowski, W. .. .. ‘‘Die Gastropoden-Fauna des Baikal-Sees”’ :—Mém. Ac. Sci. St.-Pétershourg (VII serie), XXII, pp. 1-73, ; pls. i-viii. Fischer, P. bs .. Manuel de Conchyliologie (1887). Germain, L. ee .. ‘Note sur les Planorbes recueillis par le Captaine F. H. Stewart en Tibet” :—Rec. Ind. Mus., III, pp. 117-120 (19090). Gredler, P. Vinz. .. “Zar Conchylien Fauna von China,” pt. III, VIII, pp. 110 - ? (188r). f zy .. “Uebersicht der Binnenschnecken von China” :— Malak. Blatt. (new series), V, pp. 165-193 (1882). Kobelt: We") 55h .. “Baikalia”’ in Rossmassler’s, Icon. Land- u. Sussw. Moll. (new series), XV, pp. 45-62, pls. cccx-ccexiii. Peay I. ht. .. ‘Description of fifteen new species of Exotic Melani- ana’’:-—Proc. Ac. Nat. Sct. Philadelpia, VIII, pp. 144-145 (1856). Martens, FE. von .. “Binnen-Mollusken aus dem mittlern China’ :— Malak. Blatt. f. 1874 and 1875, pp. 185-201 (1875). Conch. Mitth. (Forts. Nov. Conch.), I, p. 97 (1886). Mollendorf, O. von .. “Diagnoses specierum novarum Chinae meridiona- lis’’ :—Jb. Malak. Ges., IX, pp. 179-191 (1882). a = .. “Materialien zur Fauna von China” :—Jb. Malak. Ges., IX, pp. 251-278 and pp. 337-356 (1882). Neumayr, M. .. .. “Beitrage nor Kentniss fossilar Binnenfaunen’”’ :— Jahrb. K. K. Geol. Reichsansalt, XX, pp. 355-382, pls. xi-xiv (1860). ” . .. “Uber einige Siisswasserconchylien aus China”’ :— Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol., I1, pp. 21-26 (1883). ” - .. “Siisswasser-Mollusken”’ :—Wiss. Ergebn. Reise. Béla Széchenyi in Ostasien, pp. 639-662, pl. i-v (1887). » . .. “Die Congerien-und Paludinenschicghten Slavoniens, etc.” :—Abh. K. K. geol. Reichsanstalt, VII, pp. I- 106, pls. i-x (1896). Pfeiffer, L. so .. “Mollusca Extramarina”’ :—-Nov. Conch., series IV (Cassel, 1870-1876). Philippi, R. A. .. .. “Descriptiones testaceorum quorundam novorum, maxime chinensium” :—Zeits. Mal., pp. 161-167 (1845). Reinhard, O._... .. “Uber japanische Corbicula-Arten” :—Jahr. Malak. Gesell., V, pp. 185-194 (1878). Robson, G.C. .. .. “Note on Katayama nosophora” :—Brit. Med. Journ., No. 2822, p. 203 (1915). FON INS PS eee EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. PHOTOGRAPHS OF SHELLS. Stenothyra decapitata, sp. nov. Fic. 1.—Eleven specimens from the Tai-Hu, x 7. Hypsobia minuscula, sp. nov. Fic. 2.—-Eleven specimens from the Tai-Hu, x 7. Pseudovivipara hypocrites, gen. et sp. nov. Fics. 3, 34.—Type-shell, x 2. Vivipara lapillorum (Heude). Fic. 4.—Shell from the Tai-Hu without epidermal cilia, x 2. Fic. 5.—Young shell from the same lake, x 2. Fic. 6.—Shell with epidermal cilia from the same locality, x 2. Modiola lacustris, v. Martens. Fics. 7, 8, 9.—Three shells from the Tai-Hu, all x 2. Corbicula sandai, Reinhardt. . Fic. 10.—Shell from the Tung-Ting Lake, Central China, Nat. size. Identified by (?) von Martens as C. fluminea, Miill. FIGS. II, 12.—Shells from the Tai-Hu. Nat. size. Fic. 13. Internal view of a shell from the Tai-Hu, x 5. Arca granosa, Linn. Fics. 14, 15, 16.—Shells of the var. minuta, Neumayr purchased in a living condi- tion at Moo-Too near Tai-Hu, but said to have been brought from Ningpo. Nat. size. Fic. 17.—Shell of a small phase from Singapore purchased in the market and said to have come from the harbour. Nat. size. Men. As. Soc. BENG. Vor. VI. 1918. Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. VI. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. ECHIUROIDS FROM BRACKISH WATER WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM THE ANDAMANS. By B. Praswap, D.Sc. CONTENTS. Page Introduction ae ee ee 56 te ts B28 Comparative anatomy of Thalassema sabinum, T. dendrorhynchus and T. branchio- rhynchus. External characters ee os ‘ oy is) SSG Proboscis—its structure and function se e Dae Be «7 a3es Integument Ae Be ae ag ag -2n 1335 Alimentary canal .. Me be na Se: i. 23g Nervous system te sis = Ce one =. 9325 Blood-vascular system u a 7 a. -s 332 Segmental organs i uf me ay: is, 338) Anal vesicles = ae “ie es oe oo ee Summary x ae 336 Description of Thalassema kempt, sp. nov. ae 2 ~ As 38 Literature ae a fs + Ee 42 2s Se ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. ECHIUROIDS FROM BRACKISH WATER, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM THE ANDAMANS. By B. PrasHap, D.Sc. [With plate XI.] INTRODUCTION. Dr. Annandale in his tour in the Far East obtained from the Talé Sap a single specimen of the genus Thalassema, Gaertner. ‘This specimen was entrusted to me for — description. The specimen was identified as T. sabinwm, Lanchester (7), the type specimens of which were obtained by the ‘“Skeat Expedition” from the same lake. Lanchester’s description of the species is quite inadequate and I have therefore found it necessary to describe the anatomy of the form in detail. I have also taken this opportunity to describe the comparative anatomy of the two other oriental species which like T. sabinwm have been found in brackish water. In the collection of the Zoological Survey of India' I discovered another interesting specimen of the genus Thalassema. This was collected by Mr. S. W. Kemp, Superintendent, Zoological Survey, inthe Andaman Islands. A description of it is also included here, as it appears to be a new and undescribed form. At the time of the working out of the Echiuroids of the Chilka Lake and the Gangetic Delta (2) the authors had a very limited material of the species T. dendrorhynchus and T. branchiorhynchus, and hence many interesting details of the anatomy were left untouched. Since then, thanks to the untiring energy of the officers of the Survey, a large number of specimens of T. branchiorhynchus has been collected at Chandipore near Balasore in Orissa by Dr. F. H. Gravely. All this valuable material, together with the type specimens of the new species, was placed at my disposal by Dr. Annandale, to whom my best thanks are due for the same and for kindly allowing me to take this valuable material with me to Lahore on the occasion of a recent holiday. Most of the work was completed in the Zoological Laboratory of the Government College, Lahore, and I am deeply indebted to my friend and former professor I,t.-Colonel J. Stephenson, D.Sc., I.M.S., professor of Zoology and Principal, Government College, Lahore, for allowing me the use of his Laboratory and making me comfortable in every way throughout my stay. I am also highly obliged to Mr. T. Southwell, F.Z.S., A.R.C.S., Director of | Unfortunately most of the Echiuroid collection of the Zoological Survey of India is lying interned in Germany owing to the war. 324 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR. EAST. Fisheries, Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, for kindly allowing me to continue my zoological studies in my spare time and for permission to publish this paper. In this paper I have devoted special attention to the structure of the proboscis, the segmental organs and the anal vesicles, structures which seemed to have a special interest in this group of species and required investigation. ORIENTAL ECHIUROIDEA OF BRACKISH WATER. External Characters :—I have nothing to add to the admirable account of the external characters of T. dendrorhynchns and T. branchiorhynchus by Annandale and Kemp (2), but a few remarks about the natural colouration, other external characters and the locality of T. sabinum are given as a supplement to Lanchester’s description (7). Dr. Annandale’s single specimen was collected in the inner end of the outer channel of the Talé Sap on the 30th of January, 1916. ‘The specific gravity of the water corrected to 15°C. was 1I'004. The animal was found living in soft mud containing dead shells. In the living specimen the integument was colourless and hyaline, with minute, round and colourless papillae. Anal vesicles tinged with yellow; intestine full of mud; hooks very slender, silvery, in preserved specimen rather yellowish; nerve cord opaque, seen through the integument; proboscis less hyaline than the body, capable of considerable change of shape but not very extensile, ventral margin not fused. The animal wriggled slowly and contracted itself at various points, and formed a sheath of mud round itself. In the preserved specimen the skin has a creamy colour. The papillae as shown in text fig. 1, are very minute, and collected together on the anterior third of the body. Over the rest of the surface there are nearly regular rows of large papillae alternating with much smaller ones. The preserved specimen measured II mm. in length. Setae -—The setae of T. sabinum are of the normal type. In 7. dendrorhynchus and T.branchiorhynchus in accord- ance with their habitat (which is discussed at length in the account of the proboscis) they are modified; in the latter form more so than in the former. In T. branchiorhynchus the setae (fig. I) are rather long and specially curved at the anterior end; this curved portion is always outside the body while the straight por- Fic. 1.—Thalassema sabinum, tion projects into the body-cavity, and the large radiating Lanchester, as seen from the muscles on the ventral surface of the body-wall anteriorly uaa are attached to its base. The curved outer portion seen in a side view is pointed; viewed from above it has the distal end specially thickened along the outer edge and sharpened along the inner. This inner edge Echiuroids from Brackish Water. 325 acts as a blade when the setae are protruded forwards and is used for holding on and burrowing in the dense mud. In T. dendrorhynchus the development of the blade-like portion is not so far advanced. The transverse striations along the straight shaft and the curved portion of the setae, as shown in the figure, mark the regions of growth. Inaspecimen I found the tip of a new seta lying in the body-cavity; only the tip had been secreted while the rest of the seta had not yet been formed. Proboscis .—This structure in these species has a special interest, in that it shows a regularly ascending evolutionary series in the development of much divided pro- cesses from the edges of the proboscis. T. branchiorhynchus is the most highly evolved, I. dendrorhynchus is in an intermediate grade, while T. sabinum shows only the beginning of the formation of these structures. For the sake of convenience I have in this account referred to these processes as gills, owing to the function which I assign to these structures. Lanchester in his original description of T. sabinwm (7) says “‘ Proboscis is short compared with the body”’ mentioning no gill-like structures or other outgrowths. Annandale and Kemp (8), who re-examined the types, describe the proboscis as having the lateral margins fused, so that the organ is tubular,—‘‘ Comparatively long finger- shaped processes arise from its internal surface and protrude at the opening of the tube.” From these statements it appears. that the form, so far as the proboscis is concerned, is either a highly variable one, or as seems more probable, that the form of the proboscis depends largely on its state of expansion or contraction. In the single well-preserved specimen before me, the proboscis (fig. 2) is a short stumpy structure 1°8 mm. in length, forming one sixth of the whole animal. It has a practi- cally smooth surface. At the base it is a tubular structure and the lateral margins are continuous, and from within these margins small tubular outgrowths project for- wards, springing as they do from the inner surface of the tubular portion. Further forwards the two margins are indented and show as it were the beginnings of the formation of gill-like structures. As seen in fig. 2 the processes are rather small, rounded at the tip and in continuation of the proboscis-wall from which they are only divided off by short indentations; some of the processes show a further subdivision. The inner surface along the upper edge shows a few faint longitudinal markings. The proboscis of T. dendrorhynchus has, so far as the external appearance goes, been described at length by Annandale and Kemp in the paper cited, and but for a few remarks about its dendric outgrowths I have nothing to add to that description. These outgrowths (fig. 3) show a very distinct advance on those of T. sabinum in that they are more numerous and that the outgrowths themselves are further subdivided. A few, however, are simple and undivided and of the same form as those of T. sabr- num; these are to be seen here and there between the much divided ones. But all the outgrowths, as has been mentioned by Annandale and Kemp, are small and in length less than half the width of the proboscis. In the large number of specimens of I. branchiorhynchus it was seen, that the 326 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. gills are not confined to the proximal third of the proboscis only as was the case in the type-specimen, but are often present on more than half of it. Near the base and along the lateral margins up to about half of its length the processes are very large (fig. 4), nearly as long or even longer than the width of the proboscis in some cases. They are much divided structures of a blood red colour in the living specimens, and in the normal situation hang downwards from the margins. Further up, the margins show indentations of the same type as has been described above for T. dendvorhyn- chus. A little beyond the middle of the length of the proboscis the lateral margins are quite smooth and do not show any indentation. The histological structures and the function of these gill-like processes is treated of at length further on. From the above descriptions it would be seen, that in these three forms there is a nearly complete series in the development of gill-like structures from mere indenta- tions on the margins of the proboscis. By further growth and subdivision this process results in the large branched gills of T. branchiorhynchus. The presence of simpler, much less divided protuberances side by side with the highly organized ones is a further proof that the highly evolved structures of T. branchtorhynchus have gradually developed in accordance with the needs of the animal. Another point worth noting as regards the proboscis of all these forms is that, com- pared with that of the common European form T. neptumz, it is much less contractile in comparison with the body, a point probably correlated with the presence of gill- like outgrowths. As Thad only a single specimen of T. sabinwm I did not section its proboscis as a whole, but a part of the ventro-lateral margins was cut in order to compare the structure of the gill-like prolongations in this species with those of the other two. Transverse sections only of the proboscis of a specimen of T. dendrorhynchus were cut, but in the case of 7. branchiorhynchus, more ample material of which was available, I cut transverse, vertical and horizontal longitudinal sections of the proboscis, besides dissecting the proboscis of another specimen to see the relationships of the various parts. In a transverse section the appearance of the proboscis of T. sabinum would be semicircular. In T. dendrorhynchus sections near the base are nearly circular but incomplete ventrally (fig. 5). Near the tip, however, they become semicircular. In T. branchiorhynchus the sections are semilunar, at and near the tip, while in the region of the gills large processes are seen hanging down from the two sides of the semilunar sections (fig. 6.). . In the following account of the histology of the proboscis I have described the structures as they occur in T. branchiorhynchus (figs. 7-9), noting differences from the other forms. The outer dorsal surface of the transverse section is not smooth, but raised up into small papillar areas, which, however, in no way correspond to the papillae on the body-wall. Proceeding from the external surface the following layers are to be seen—cuticle, epidermis, cutis, longitudinal and circular muscles, connective tissue, and then the above layers in a reverse order up to the epidermis, which is ciliated, there being no cuticle on the ventral surface. Kehiuroids from Brackish Water. 327 The cuticle, which is a continuous layer over the surface of the body and the proboscis, is seen to consist of the following strata: (i) a deeply staining and refrac- tile outer structureless layer (c.1.) appearing as a dark border in sections stained with Heidenhain’s iron haematoxylin or Dobell’s iron haematin. (ii) Underlying the outer layer is a much thicker one (c.77.), which is clearer, stains faintly and shows a fine striation of the type mentioned by Jameson (6) in T. neptuni; no alveolar layer can be distinguished under the second layer of the cuticle of the proboscis, but a distinct layer of this type is present in the integument of the body. The epidermis (fig. 7) on the dorsai surface of this region consists of large columnar cells (E.c.) measuring 12” x 8+ with a large nearly circular nucleus 3:5 in diameter, lying about the middle of the cell, the nucleus has a reticular structure and besides a large nucleolus, a few chromatin granules are also seen lying scattered in its substance. The cells are set closely side by side, leaving here and there space for the openings of the gland cells to be described later. In horizontal longitudinal sections the mosaic appearance of these cells is very distinct ; they appear polygonal in outline with the margins of the adjoining cells in close apposition. In transverse sections of the proboscis it is seen that the columnar cells, below the level of the nuclei, are very much smaller than above and end in root-like processes, which are, in places, seen to be connected with those of the adjacent cells. I could not in any case trace a distinct connection between the cell-roots and the nerve or connective tissue-fibres. The protoplasm of the cells is granular, but a fair number of striae can also be seen stretching in a vertical direction. The gland-cells. (G.c) are unicellular, elongated flask-shaped structures with the neck projecting between the epidermal cells and opening to the exterior; the basal part lies as deep as the musculature. The nucleus of these cells (which is circular in outline and resembles that of the ordinary ephithelial cells ex- cept that it stains deeper) lies in the swollen basal part, where it is surrounded by undifferentiated protoplasm. The contents of the gland-cells appear to consist of a large number of small granules in a clear matrix. Sensory or trvigger-cells of the type described by Jameson (6) are present in fair numbers, specially on the lateral mar- gins near the distal end. These sensory cells are found in groups, each consisting of an elongated body with very granular protoplasm, an oval nucleus lying in the basal part, and a small hair projecting out of the cuticle. No direct connection between these cells and the nerve-fibres or nerve-cells could be seen. There is no sharp basal membrane limiting the basal ends of the epidermal cells. There is, however, a distinct layer of cutis (Cu), which consists of a clear ground substance with numerous irregularly branching fibres traversing it; a few elongated cells are to be seen connected with the fibres. It appears as if the fibres were direct continuations of the cells mentioned above. The musculature which underlies the cutis consists of two layers,—(i) an outer longitudinal (L.m) and (ii) an inner circular (C.m.) one. The layer of longitudinal muscles is fairly thick and like the circular one consists of fine muscle-fibres running side by side. The structure of the fine muscle-fibres is the same as in other Echiuroids. Between the muscular layers of the upper and those of the lower surface, the 328 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. space is occupied by the massive connective tissue (C.f) in which we can distinguish structurally an outer and an inner portion. The outer one, which is much the smaller and thinner of the two, consists largely of connective tissue-cells of an irregularly polygonal shape; some, however, are distinctly multipolar. The cells are either fused with one another or connected by short processes. The more deeply situated cells, which may be described as a gradation between the outer cells and the internally situated connective tissue-fibres, have longer processes. The number of cells in this part is fewer and their fibres form a loose connective tissue. Here and there nerve- cells and a few pigment corpuscles are also to be seen in this portion of the connec- tive tissue. The fibres are sinuous, and in the middle have a dorso-ventral course, while outside they run more in a longitudinal direction. Theconnective tissue portion in T. branchiorhynchus has a large number of lacunar spaces in the basal gill-bearing portion of the proboscis, further forwards the tissue is much more compact and very few lacunae are visible. The number of these spaces is far fewer in the proboscis of T. dendrorhynchus, while practically none could be seen in 7. neptunr. Below this deeply situated portion of the connective tissue, the various layers enumerated above appear in a reversed order till we reach the epithelium (C.c.) of the ventral surface, which as has been remarked before consists of ciliated cells. These cells are present only on the ventral surface of the proboscis and on the gills. They are of the same type as the columnar epithelium of the dorsal surface of the proboscis but are more elongated, measuring 14 , by 6, and the nucleus is ovoid. Before describing the histological structure of the gills it is necessary to describe the large number of lacunar spaces (La.) which are present in the proboscis of these forms a little above the ventral surface. These spaces, however, are quite distinct from the spaces in the connective tissue mentioned above, and from the blood-vessels of the proboscis to be described later. At the point of junction of the proboscis with the body they consist of two large spaces in direct continuation of the body cavity. Further on the spaces become divided into a large number of small compartments of a triangular or quadrangular outline, and separated from one another by thin septa: as we reach the tip of the proboscis, the adjacent spaces have begun to unite until at the end only a single space is to be seen. The number of these spaces is much larger in T. branchiorhynchus than in T.dendrorhynchus. he spaces are situated near the ventral margin above the muscular strata and often contain large number of coelomic corpuscles. The outermost of these spaces contain the lateral blood-vessels of the pro- boscis, and their cavity is continuous with the cavity of the gills (fig. 6); the blood vessels which run through these cavities to the anterior end are held in position by a distinct connection of connective tissue. The gills (Gc) of T. branchiorhynchus are hollow filiform outgrowths from the lateral margins of the proboscis and in some cases from the ventral surface near the edge. The filiform processes by further branching and division give rise to the much divided arborescent structures, which are present in this species. The structure of these gills is peculiar. Near the origin they have an outer covering of ciliated epi- thelial cells of the same nature as those on the ventral surface of the proboscis, and Echiuroids from Brackish Water. 329 a fairly thick layer of connective tissue cells and fibres, the latter more abundant, lying internal to the epithelium; a few muscle fibres and nerves can also be seen in the connective tissue portion. Then there is the cavity of the gills which is in continuation with the spaces mentioned above. Further on the connective tissue layer is very much reduced and near the tips of the secondary branches a thin con- nective tissue lining is all that remains (fig. 9). The cavity of these gills contains a large number of coelomic corpuscles, which shows that in the living animal the cavity contains coelomic fluid. The fluid in this portion of the gills would be separated from the surrounding water of the sea by the ciliated epithelium and the thin connec- tive tissue layer only. The structure of the gill-like processes of T. dendrorhynchus and T. sabinum is very like that of T. branchiorhynchus, only they are less highly ~ evolved. Besides the sinuses or spaces described above there are three blood-vessels in the proboscis. The median dorsal (D.v) lies deep in the connective tissue, the two lateral ones (L.v) in the outermost of the sinuses. Each of these vessels has a distinct wall of its own, formed of an outer cubical epithelium, circular muscle-fibres and an internal endothelial lining. A few longitudinal muscle-fibres can also be distinguished lying internal to the circular layer, but they do not form a continuous sheath. The distribution and relations of the blood-vessels are described further on in the account of the blood-vascular system. It may, however, be mentioned that they form a definitely closed system, and there is no connection whatsoever between these blood- vessels and the coelomic spaces in the proboscis as was imagined by Greef (4), but denied by Spengel (13), and could not be seen by Reitsch (9). In transverse sections of the proboscis the lateral nerve (N./) of each side is seen lying outside the lateral sinus. The distribution of the nerves is treated at length in the account of the nervous system. ‘The minute structure of the nerves is the same as inthe other Echiuroids. A few remarks regarding the function of the proboscis and the significance of the gill-like processes of these species may now be made. Greef assigned to the proboscis the function of a lung. The blood in its vessels being separated from the water of the sea by a thin tissue could, according to him, be easily oxygenated ; he also said that the proboscis was of use in the prehension of the food material, which it definitely siezed and rolled into the mouth. Of these func- tions the former one is not possible in the way Greef assumed, as there is no connec- tion between the blood-vascular system and the sinuses of the coelomic fluid, while the blood-vascular system is situated at a much deeper level. There is, however, as will be explained further, a great probability of the coelomic fluid being aerated here. The second function of the prehension of the food material is considered by Spengel to be performed only by the cilia on the ventral surface of the proboscis and not by the structure as a whole. Schmarda assigns to the proboscis of Bonellia viridis the function of respiration. Rolando! remarks “es ist kein Anzeichen da, dass er ihm zum Athem oder als kieme diene.’’ Embleton (3) is doubtful as to whether ! Isis von Oken 1, pl. V, figs. 1-5 (1823). ZOOLOGY (OF TH) FAR ae. so important a function as that of respiration could be assigned to a structure, which on the slightest provocation is thrown off completely in Echiurus pallasii, and is absent in some of the species of the genus Thalassema, as T. vergrande, and in the aberrent genus Saccosoma. From the structure of the proboscis of the three species described above, it would be seen that the large development of the sinuses is correlated with the development and evolution of the gills. A few sinuses of this type are figured by Embleton for E. unicinctus and the two lateral ones are of common occurrence in the various species of Thalassema and other genera of Echiuroids. It has also been shown that these sinuses are 1n open communication with the general body cavity and are continuous with the cavities of the gills; and further that they have no connection with the closed blood-vascular system. ‘The presence of coelomic cor- puscles in their cavity and the red colour in the living animals shows that the coelomic fluid is constantly passing through them. The coelomic fluid would undoubtedly be of great use in making the proboscis firmer, but the chief use of the sinus connections and the development of hollow gill-like outgrowths seems to be the aeration of the coelomic fluid, a function which was assumed by the authors noted above though in a different way. The ciliated cells would also be of use in wafting the food particles to the mouth. It may also be remarked here that no indication that the proboscis can be thrown off was observed in the living specimens of the three species here discussed. The possession of gills by these forms was considered by Annandale and Kemp as being possibly a character of sufficient validity to separate them into a new genus, though this course was not adopted by them. In view of what has been stated above and the close general resemblance of the anatomy of this group to that of the other species of the genus Thalassema I am not disposed to separate them into a new genus, but these brackish water species form a distinct group, of which T. dendrorhyn- chus may be taken as the type. Stephenson (14) in confirmation of Michaelsen’s view considers the gill-like pro- cesses of the freshwater Oligochaeta of little value as characters of generic importance, owing to the great variation exhibited by these structures both as regards situation and even in different specimens of the same species. The learned author in the course of a conversation further remarked that this view may possibly have a more general application in the case of other groups of animals living under similar circumstances, a view with which I am in entire agreement. In considering the meaning of the peculiarities of the proboscis in this group it is important to bear in mind that the three species live in peculiar but similar types of environment. TJ. sabinuwm has been found only in the Talé Sap on the east coast of Peninsular Siam. The Talé Sap is a shallow lagoon the water of which varies in salinity with tide and season and is always muddy. In the outer and intermediate parts of the lake to which the Echiuroid is probably confined, the specific gravity ' 1 All the specific gravities here cited have been corrected to a standard temperature of 15°C. See Annandale and Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 17. (1915). Echiuroids from Brackish Water. Eeul may vary from 1'002 to 1:0085 at the beginning of the dry season. ‘The specimens of T. sabinum obtained by the “‘Skeat Expedition” were dredged from the bottom in which, as Dr. Annandale informs me, the mud is mixed with sand, while the speci- men procured by Dr. Annandale in 1916 was from mud mixed with dead shells. The only specimens of T. dendrorhynchus yet known were collected in the Chilka Lake in dense mud from muddy water varying in specific gravity from 1'006 to r‘00g. The type-specimen of T. branchiorhynchus came from the still denser mud and equally muddy water of a creek in the Gangetic Delta, the water of which had a specific gravity of only 1:006. Other specimens of this species have since been taken in mud-flats at Balasore on the coast of Orissa. This place may be said to be on the open sea, but it must be remembered that the waters of the upper parts of the Bay of Bengal are much less salt than those of most seas. There seem to be three points, therefore, in whieh the natural surroundings of the three species of Thalassema are abnormal, viz. (i) the low salinity of the water, (ii) the fact that it holds a large amount of finely divided mineral matter in suspension, and (iii) the density of the mud in which they burrow. Very little precise informa- tion is as yet available as to the effect of change of salinity on the respiration of aquatic animals, but that it may have a very material effect is probable. In dense mud and very muddy water there must inevitably be increased difficulty in obtaining the necessary amount of oxygen. Integument.—The appearance of the integument has already been referred to in the account of the external characters. Its histological structure exactly resembles .that of the proboscis except for the following differences :—the cuticle is thinner and a distinct alveolar layer is present. In the epidermis the gland-cells are far numerous in the papillae and very few sensory cells can be distinguished. The cutis layer is very well developed and fills up the greater part of the basal portion of the papillae. The muscular layers are well developed and consist of an outer one of longitudinal, a middle one of circular and an innermost of oblique muscle-fibres. The innermost layer of the integument consists of peritoneal cells of the type seen in other species. Alimentary canal.—No differences can be seen in this group from that of the other described species. A short account of it in T. branchiorhynchus is here given and it may be noted that but for the differences in the length of the various divisions it is similar in the three species. The alimentary canal may be divided into three divisions—(i) Fore-gut from the mouth to the pre-intestinal constriction and consisting of pharynx, oesophagus, gizzard and crop. This portion of the alimentary canal is different from the follow- ing second portion in having the longitudinal muscular layer outside the circular and not inside it, as is the case in the second part. (ii) Gut proper or the intestine having the ciliated groove (C.g) ventrally, this in the middle portion of the intestine becomes separate from it and runs along ventral to it as the collateral intestine or siphon (S7). This portion is marked off from the last part by the caecum. (iii) Hind gut or rectum, which opens at the anus and has the anal vesicles opening into it. The mouth opens into the broad pharynx (P) which is 28 mm. long and opens 332 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. into the oesophagus (Oe). The oesophagus runs upwards and backwards forming a loop; then becomes straight to suddenly recurve backwards. . It is 11-12 mm. long and is held in place by the mesenteries, the arrangement of which is the same as in other species of the genus. The gizzard (G), which follows, is 4 mm. long, leads straight back and lies to the right of the nerve-cord; from it the crop (Cv) leads to the pre-intestinal constriction, which is marked off by the vascular ring; the crop is a little more than 3 mm. long. The middle part of the alimentary canal or the gut is very long in all the species. From the pre-intestinal constriction to the origin of the siphon (Sz) or collateral intestine it measures about 13 cm., from the origin of the siphon to its union with the intestine it measures about 9 cm., and from the latter point to the pouch-like caecum (Ca) about 17 cm. The last part of the alimentary canal, the rectum (R), measures 12 mm. The foregut of T. branchiorhynchus is shown in fig. 11, and the whole of the alimentary canal as seen in a dissection of T. sabinum, in fig. Io. I have nothing to add to the remarkably accurate account of the histology of the alimentary canal of T. neptuni given by Jameson. Nervous system.—The nervous system in this group is essentially similar to that of other Echiuroids. The single nerve-cord (Nc) is a conspicuous structureextending from near the mouth to the anus in the mid-ventral line. In living specimens of 7. sabinum and T. branchiorhynchus, and even in the preserved specimens of these species, it is quite easily seen through the skin. In T. dendvorhynchus in the preserved speci- mens only a faint streak is to be distinguished. The nerve-cord is not bound to the body-wall by mesenteries, but lies directly on the musculature. There are no nerve- ganglia. It gives off lateral branches from the lateral margins at irregular intervals on both sides (these branches are not shown in fig. 10), which, after running free for a short distance, penetrate the body-wall, in which they run parallel to the circular muscles. Near the mouth anteriorly at its end the nerve-cord is thickened into a triangular area, from which two branches arise. These branches are continued fora short distance on the sides of the pharynx and then enter the proboscis, where they continue as the lateral nerve (N./) of each side to meet near the tip and forma large ganglionic mass. These lateral nerves give a large number of branches in the probos- cis; some of these branches could be traced up to the ciliated cells but no direct connection was seen. In trying to homologize these structures with those of an annelid like the earth- worm it seems that the proboscis is the very much elongated prostomium and that the supra-oesophageal ganglion of the earthworm has shifted here to a position far for- ward in the proboscis, and that the two lateral nerves are the very much elongated circumoesophageal connectives; whilst the triangular area from which the nerves arise is the suboesophageal ganglion. Regarding descriptions of the histological structure of the nerve-cord I have nothing to add to the descriptions of Spengel, Reitsch and Embleton in other Echiuroids. Blood-vascular system.—There is a closed circulatory system as in the Echiuroidea Echiuroids from Brackish Water. 333 generally. Igive here a description of the system as it is to be Seen in T. branchiorhyn- chus (fig. 11) ; in the other two species it is essentially similar except for the relative lengths of the various vessels. A few variations in the connections of the vessels were also met with in some specimens; but this feature, as was noted by Jameson, is not a character of any great importance. In this description I will begin with an account of the so-called heart and then go on to a description of the other vessels and their relations. ‘The heart (H) is only the partly swollen basal part of the dorsal vessel (D.v) and lies in front of the pre- intestinal constriction ; the structure of this part is in no way different from that of the rest of the vessel. From the heart the dorsal vessel continues forwards; while it receives the two branches of the so-called neuro-intestinal vessel (N.v) which circle round the alimentary canal in the situation of the pre-intestinal constriction to open into the heart at its posterior end. The dorsal vessel continues forwards from the body into the proboscis as the median dorsal vessel of that structure -at the tip of the proboscis it bifurcates and the two branches, bending downwards, continue on either side as the lateral vessels (L.v.) of the proboscis. These lateral vessels unite near the base of the proboscis to form the ventral vessel (V.v). This vessel runs over the ventral nerve-cord, ending blindly at its tip a little distance from the posterior end. Very near its anterior end the vessel gives off either a single branch which bifurcates further on or two branches. These circle round the oesophagus to form the so-called ‘muscle-ring’ (M/.v) of Spengel and then unite to divide once again into two branches, which as already described open into the heart after going round the ali- mentary canal in the region of the pre-intestinal constriction. This vessel with its forkings is known as the neuro-intestinal vessel. : I have nothing to add to the previous descriptions of the histology of the blood- vessels. The course of blood in this system can not definitely be understood with the present state of our knowledge of these forms. The coelomic fluid, which is probably of far greater importance in the physiology of the animal than the blood, fills up the whole of the body cavity and the spaces in the proboscis described above. It contains a large number of coelomic corpuscles of the same nature as have been described for other species. ; Segmental organs.—These organs have been designated by various names— Nephridia, anterior nephridia, brown tubes, genital pouches, segmental organs, ete. Of all these names segmental organ seems to be the most appropriate both from the point of view of structure and homology, and is adopted here. In the group of species under consideration there are two pairs of these struc- tures (S.o) lying on the ventral surface one behind the other, a pair on either side of the nerve-cord opening to the exterior behind the level of the hooks. Each segmental organ (fig. 12) consists of a vesicle (V.), which differs slightly in shape in the three species, but is rather narrow and elongated, tapering to a blunt apex in all. The opening to the exterior is at the base, while the internal opening or that of the funnel (F) lies on the upper surface a little above the point of attachment. 334 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The funnel is often described with a pair of long spirally coiled arms arising from its sides. On comparing the funnel of these species with that of a species like T. neptunit or Bonellia viridis, where it is simple, we find that in species with the spirally coiled arms only the lateral margins of the funnel have become very much elongated and in the preserved specimens lie in a cork-screw spiral. The structure of the arms is exactly like that of the other portions of the funnel and the elongation seems to be an arrangement for providing an increased ciliated surface. In stained and mounted specimens of the segmental organs, the anterior and posterior borders of the funnel lie close together, and the elongated lateral margins lie as the coiled arms. The number of coils varies in different species and even in different speci- mens. Sections near the base of the vesicle (fig. 13) show an internal lining of much elongated columnar cells, outside it are two distinct bands of muscle-fibres, which run in an oblique direction and are in continuation with the muscles of the body-wall; a few connective tissue fibres are also to be seen with the muscle-fibres and there is the outermost layer of peritoneal cells (Pe). Sections taken higher up through the vesicles, show a regular decrease of the muscle-fibres and the connective tissue, uutil near the tip only a thin layer of connective tissue separates the peritoneal from the inner cells. In the inner cells also a regular series from the long columnar to the cubical form can be traced from below upwards. The funnels have a lining of ciliated cells, the cilia of which work inwards. A transverse section of the spirally-wound arms (fig. 14) shows the inner layer of ciliated cells, then a few muscle and connective tissue fibres and the outermost layer of peritoneal cells (Pe). The contents of these organs were a larger number of coelomic corpuscles and a few eggs. They perhaps serve both as nephridia and as the efferent ducts for the reproductive elements. | Anal vesicles.—These structures like the segmental organs have received different names from various authors, some of these are,—anal vesicles, posterior nephridia, anal trees, anal glands, anal gills, etc. The name anal vesicles in the present state of our knowledge of their function seems to be the most suitable, and is the one used in this paper. The structures are very similar in T. dendvorhynchus (fig. 16) and T. branchio- vhynchus, except that they are rather longer in the latter species. I quote here the description of the anal vesicles of T. dendrorhynchus from the description of Annandale and Kemp (2). ‘‘ The anal trees are short and simple, nearly half the length of the body in a contracted specimen. They have a slightly brownish tinge and the walls are very thin ; the distal extremity is narrowly cylindrical, but the apex is blunt, the basal or proximal part is somewhat swollen, but there is no definite vesicle. No funnels are visible with the aid of a hand-lens and there are no muscular strands attaching the organ to the body-wall. Examined under the microscope, each tree is seen to possess two longitudinal rows of ciliated funnels, the mouth of which does not exceed 0°047 mm. in breadth, while the length is not greater than 0'168 mm. The two trees open separately into the intestine close to the anus.”’ Echiuroids from Brackish Water. 335 The vesicles open ventro-laterally. Their histological structure and probable function is treated at length further on. Lanchester in his description of the anal trees of 7. sabinum says that they are short. In the specimen before me they measure 2°2 mm. in length, nearly one fifth of the total length of the animal. In the living specimen they were tinged with yellow, while in the preserved condition they are of a creamy colour. The shape of these is shown in fig.15. The funnels on the vesicles are not restricted to two lines as in the other two species, but their number is very much larger and they are arranged in a number of rows on the distal half or so. The funnels (fig. 15a) are much smaller than those of the other two species, being 0°076 mm. in length and the mouth 0051 mm. in greatest breadth. The wall of the vesicle is formed largely by flattened epithelial cells though a few muscle-fibres can also be distinguished here and there. The boundaries of the cells can not be distinguished in all cases. The protoplasm of the cells is granular and surrounds the rather small circular nucleus. The cells on the margins of the funnels and also on their walls are ciliated. The cilia are directed inwards and from the direction of their insertion it seems that they can work only inwards. Without going into details regarding the histology of the rectal portion of the intestine and the point where the anal vesicles open into it, it may be mentioned that the tissues are of the same nature as mentioned by Embleton (3) and Spengel (13). I could not find any ciliated cells lining the openings of these vesicles into the rectum as are mentioned by Jameson for T. neptuni (6) and by Greef (4). The latter author ° has also described a special system of blood-vessels in the vesicle wall; these vessels are according to Embleton not present in EL. wnicinctus and I have found no trace of them in my preparations; and further there is no part of the blood-vascular system from which these blood-vessels could be given off as the dorsal blood-vessel does not extend so far back and the ventral one is solid in this region. Probably this special arrangement of the blood-vessels and the ciliated openings of these anal gills, as he terms them, led Greef to assign a respiratory function to these structures, which he considered to be analogous with the respiratory trees of the Holothurians. Schmarda'! and Forbes and Goodsir also held the same opinion. The structure of the vesicles, however, as I have interpreted it, does not permit this function to be assigned to these organs. The direction of the cilia in the funnels would not allow any fluid from the vesicles to enter into the body cavity. The contents of the vesicles are, moreover, coelomic corpuscles in various stages of degeneration, and not mud or sand such as would naturally be taken in with the incoming water from the rectum. The question of anal respiration in these forms has not received the attention it deserves and I am unfortunately not in a position at present to clear up the doubtful points. The structure and contents of the vesicles point on the other hand to an ex- cretory function, a function which has also been assigned to them by Huxley, 1 Mem. Acad, Vienna, Vol. II, pls. iv-vii (1852). 336 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Gegenbaur, Claus, Hatschek, Korschelt and Heider, Shipley and others on both mor- phological and embryological grounds. I have nothing special to add regarding the structure of the reproductive organs of these species. SUMMARY. To sum up, therefore, the three species of Echiuroids found up to the present in brackish waters connected with the Indian Ocean agree in general structure with several species of the genus T/alassema, Gaertner, from which I see no reason to separate them generically. They form, however, a very distinct group in the genus and possess certain peculiarities in the structure of the proboscis which are probably correlated with their mode of life. It is impossible to say, with our present knowledge, what factor in their environment is of more importance in reference to their struc- tural modifications, and it may be that life in dense mud and muddy water, and the dan- ger of partial desiccation, as Dr. Annandale has pointed out in dealing with the Hy- drozoa in this volume, are factors of more importance than change of salinity in the water. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MARINE SPECIES OF THALASSEMA. Thalassema kempi, sp. nov. A single specimen of this interesting species was collected by Mr. S. W. Kemp, Superintendent, Zoological Suvey of India, on the reef at the north end of Ross Island near Port Blair in the Andamans, off the 2oth of February, 1915. I have very great pleasure in associating this new species with the name of my friend Mr. Kemp, who has done so much towards increasing our knowledge of the Marine Fauna of the Indian seas. The body as seen in text-figure 2, is : opuaidenase thicker in the middle and gradually tapering to the two ends. It measures 7°7 cm. in length and 2 cm. in maximum breadth in the preserved speci- men. The proboscis is short and stumpy, and shightly truncated at its anterior end; it measures * 17 cm. in length. The colour of the preserved specimen is yellowish. The whole of the proboscis and the body are covered with papillae, which are very minute and just visible on the proboscis. On the body the papillae are small anteriorly, gradually increasing in size to the posterior end, where they are very large; a few large ones are also found scattered in between the smaller ones over the whole surface. Two hooks of a golden yellow colour, are present ventrally behind the mouth in the usual situation. The muscles of the body-wall, specially in the middle region, are broken up into twenty distinct bundles. There are four pairs Fic. 2.—Thalassema kemp1, sp. nov. Ventral view of the type-specimen. Echiuroids from Brackish Water. 337 of segmental organs, the lateral margins of the funnels of which are elongated into spirally-coiled lobes. The segmental organs are situated posterior to the level of the ventral hooks, the first two pairs are rather poorly developed and the fourth pair is the best developed of all. The anal vesicles are of a light yellowish tinge, very much contracted in the specimen and about one third of the length of the animal. Type specimen in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India (Indian Museum) No. W 224. The species differs from all those previously described in having four pairs of segmental organs, in the number of muscle bands and in the general arrangement of the papillae on the surface. LITERATURE. 1. Annandale, N. .. Zoological results of a tour in the Far East. Part 1. Introduction. Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. vi, pt. i, IQI6. 2. Annandale, N., and Fauna of the Chilka Lake—The Echiuroidea of the Lake Kemp S. W. and the Gangetic Delta. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. v, 1915. 3. Embleton, A.L. .. On the structure and affinities of Echiurus unicinctus. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd series Zool., Vol. viii, 1goo. 4. Greef, R. .. Die Echiuren (Gephyrea Armata). Nova acta K. Leop. Carol.-Deutsch. Acad. Naturf., Bd. XWI, pars II, Nr. ' I, 2870. 5. Ikeda, I. .. On three new and remarkable species of Echiuroids. Journ. Coll. Sct. Tokyo, Vol. xxi, 1906-1907. 6. Jameson, lL. H. .. Contributions to the anatomy and histology of Thalassema neptunt, Gaertner. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., Bd. 12, 1899. 7. Lanchester, W.F... On the Sipunculids and Echiurids collected during the “Skeat”’ Expedition to the Malay Peninsula. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905. 8. Lankester, E.R. .. OnThalassema neptum,Gaertner. Zool. Anz., Vol. iv, 1881 g. Rietsch, M. ae Etude sur les Géphyriens Armés ou Echiuriens. Rev. Zool. Suisse, Vol. 3, 1886. 10. Shipley, A. E. .. Ona collection of Echiurids from the Loyalty Islands, etc., with an attempt to revise the Group and to deternine its Geographical Range. Waé/lley’s Zool. Res. New Britain and new Guinea, 1898-1902. tr. Shipley, A. E. .. Gephyrea and Phoronis in Cambridge Nat. Hist. Vol. it, 1896. . T2. Sluiter, C. Ph. .. Beitrage zu der Kenntniss der Gephyreen aus dem Malayis- chen Archipel. Naturk. Tijdschr, Nederland. Indte. Vol. xliii, 1883. 13. Spengel, J. W. .. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gephyreen. II. Die Organisa- tion des Echiurus pallasii. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Vol. xxxiv, 188o. 338 ' ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. 14. Stephenson, J. .. Zoological Results of a tour in the Far Bast. Aquatic Oligochaeta from Japan and China. Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. vi, pt ii, 1917. aoe a eee Oe ae + 7 - = . pe °: : | ¥ So hee, ts | a” : F P 7 ¢ - : : » ee, 25 © aria yok ee i SPol ger jie wes - Jha Void 3 omy Sa ; } : ; > « - 7 ' eit Big APPL ies ie y m4 ; L are Adie)“ sasewoare, ee t se in hea ra pence, WY vi : ” 5 Ml ateper x- gee OFS tame, Tibia post. aA pea 4 ee. 1 La description est faite d’aprés un seul individu immature; la taille des adultes doit étre de 25 millimétres environ, 392 ZOOLOGY: OF THE FAR EAST. Cette espéce est voisine de R. brunnert Kirby, mais en différe par les fémurs postérieurs moins longs que le corps et ses formes en général plus épaisses. Rhaphidophora acutelaminata, Chopard. Pl. XIII, figs. 33-40. Rhaphidophora acutelaminata, Chopard 1916, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr , p. 115. Upper Rotung, 2000 ft., Abor country (M. de Courcy); 28,19. Sukli, E. side of Dawna hills, 2,100 ft. (F. H. Gravely); 13,19. Rotung, 1400 ft., Abor country (S. Kemp); 12. Tous ces individus sont immatures, ayant encore une ou plusieurs mues a subir avant de parvenir 4 l’Age adulte. Espéce de taille moyenne, de formes trés trapues, 4 coloration roux foncé un peu varié de brun sur le corps, les appendices plus clairs; pubescence presque nulle sur le corps, peu abondante sur les pattes. TETE.—Occiput peu bombé, brunatre, luisant ; rostre frontal grand, sillonné sur toute sa longueur mais faiblement échancré 4 l’extrémité qui est arrondie; latérale- ment se trouvent deux grandes taches ocellaires blanc nacré, trés nettes. Face large et glabre; écusson facial un peu bombé, venant finir entre les antennes en un tubercule assez large portant la troisiéme tache ocellaire; clypéus trapézoidal, a cdtés échancrés au desus de milieu ; labre un peu plus long que large. Yeux petits, noirs, aplatis le long de la fossette antennaire, leur bord externe trés convexe, bord interne droit. Ocelles blanc nacré, trés nets. Antennes a I" article assez grand, fortement renflé a la face interne, 4 bord externe concave; 2° article assez gros, renflé, 3° article cylindrique, un peu plus long que les suivants; pubescence trés fine, plus abondante en dessus qu’en dessous. Piéces buccales jaunates, assez courtes; mandibules trés fortes 4 bord interne noir, denté; maxilles a lacinias tridentés 4 l’apex, galeas étroits; palpes gréles a articles I et II courts, III allongé, cylindrique, IV égal a III, trés gréle a la base, un peu renflé dans sa moitié apicale, V d’un tiers plus long que IV, un peu dilaté a lapex; 2° et 3" articles rayés de brun en dessous. Labium court, a lobes arrondis a lapex, palpes a 1" article trés court, 2° assez allongé, 3° égal aux deux précédents réunis. THORAX.—Pronotum A bord antérieur un peu convexe, bord postérieur convexe au milieu, faiblement sinué sur les cétés; lobes latéraux trés élevés, a bord inférieur formant un angle peu saillant vers le tiers postérieur, trés faiblement sinué dans la partie antérieure; angle postérieur obtus, arrondi, angle antérieur nul, le bord’ inférieur largement arrondi en avant; bords antérieur et latéraux finement rebordés. Coloration roux foncé avec les bords antérieur et postérieur peu distinctement marginés de brun ; pubescence rare sur le disque, soyeuse et couchée, blanchatre, sur les lobes latéraux. Mésonotum a bord postérieur assez fortement convexe au milieu, un peu concave latéralement ; bord inférieur des lobes latéraux presque droit, remontant légérement en arriére, arrondi en avant, Métanotum moins fortement convexe en arriére, lobes Orthopteéres cavernicoles. 373 latéraux a bord inférieur droit, remontant assez fortement en arriére, légérement arrondi en avant. Coloration et pubescence comme au pronotum. Dessous du thorax jaunatre, a pubescence rare. Prosternum assez large, arrondi en arriére et sillonné longitudinalement ; mésosternum plus large que le prosternum, trés profondément creusé en gouttiére transversalement ; partie postérieure saillante, triangulaire a l’apex, sillonnée longitudinalement. Métasternum assez large, trés pro- fondément divisé en deux masses presque indépendantes, de forme triangulaire a sommet appliqué sur la plaque mésosternale et un peu prolongé en un-petit tubercule saillant, surtout chez le male. Episternes et épiméres entiérement invisibles au prothorax; au mésothorax, les épisternes sont seuls un peu dégagés ; au métathorax, épisternes et épiméres sont visibles, mais trés courts, le bord inférieur des épisternes droit. Fic. X.—Rhaphidophora acutelaminata, Chop. Téte et thorax. face dorsale et profil, x 6. ABDOMEN.—Tergites réguliers, 4 bord postérieur’ faiblement convexe, chez le male, jusqu’au 6°, les 7°, 8° et 9° un peu sinués postérieurement, 10° court, a bord postérieur concave, bords latéraux obliques; 11° tergite trés allongé, étroit, longue- ment prolongé en pointe a l’apex; valves anales larges, triangulaires, a cétés un peu concaves, apex arrondi, leur face externe aplatie. Sternites trés étroits 4 la base de labdomen, s’élargissant réguliérement et faiblement jusqu’au 9°, celui-ci trés grand, montrant deux parties assez distinctes, de longueur égale, la moitié basale ayant a peu prés la forme d’un sternite ordinaire, la moitié apicale en triangle trés largement arrondi a l’apex; styles assez largement séparés, assez grands, trés l¢gérement aplatis, a bord supérieur droit, bord inférieur un peu convexe, apex subaigu. Pubescence rare sur l’abdomen, fine et abondante en dessous avec quelques longues soies sur le bord postérieur de chaque sternite; styles pubescents; latéralement on voit sur chaque tergite, quelques petits tubercules prés du bord postérieur. 374 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Chez la femelle les tergites sont réguliers presqu’au 9° qui, seul, est légérement sinué au bord postérieur; le 10° tergite est concave au bord postérieur et présente de chaque cété une caréne oblique partant de l’angle du 11° tergite et remontant presqu’a la base, le milieu du tergite se trouvant profondément creusé en gouttiére ; II tergite triangulaire, un peu arrondialapex. Sternites larges et bombés, réguliers jusqu’au 7°; plaque sous génitale petite, arrondie avec une petite pointe médiane un peu saillante.' Pubescence comme chez le male; les tergites ne présentant aucune trace des petits tubercules latéraux signalés chez ce dernier. Cerques assez courts et pais, a pubescence fine et longues soies sensorielles. ORGANE COPULATEUR DU MALE.-—Les piéces génitales du plus agé des males examinés sont bien développées mais entiérement cachées sous la plaque sous- génitale ; leur état montre que l’insecte devait étre presque adulte; elles forment un ensemble de piéces membraneuses serrées les unes contre les autres ot l’on peut distinguer une grande piéce triangulaire supérieure, deux valves latérales bilobées et une piéce médiane inférieure bidentée a l’apex. Le canal éjaculateur débouche au dessus de cette piéce inférieure, son orifice est marqué par deux sillons garnis de poils serrés. OvISCAPTE.—Cet organe ne peut étre décrit d’aprés les femelles examinées, celles- ci ayant au moins deux mues a subir avant d’étre adultes. PATTES.—Pattes antérieures: hanches trés allongées transversalement et peu élevées ; leur face externe concave et armée d’une épine assez forte, face interne formant un talon saillant atteignant presque la ligne médiane; trochanters allongés, velus. Fémurs assez courts et forts, un peu comprimés, leur face inférieure légére- ment arrondie, inerme; apex arméd’une assez longue épine géniculaire interne. Tibias a peine plus longs que les fémurs, épais, cylindriques, armés de deux éperons apicaux inférieurs et de deux épines assez fortes sur chaque bord inférieur. Pubes- cence assez abondante sur les fémurs et les tibias. Tarses courts et pais, comprimés, le métatarse égalant a peine l’ensemble des autres articles, les 2° et 3° articles trés courts, le 4° assez long, gréle; les trois premiers articles sont munis en dessous d’une large sole glabre, d’aspect membraneux. Pattes intermédiaire: hanches assez courtes, inermes, beaucoup moins allongées transversalement que les hanches antérieures, plates a la face externe ; trochanters courts, cylindriques. Fémurs et tibias semblables aux antérieurs, les femurs armés de deux épines apicales mobiles, assez longues, surtout l’interne; tibias armés: en dessus de deux pines internes dont la supérieure, petite, placée vers le quart basal et linférieure, plus forte, au milieu, et d’une épine externe située un peu au-dessous de linférieure interne ; en dessous de deux épines externes placées un peu au dessus du milieu et vers le quart apical; apex armé de 4 éperons subégaux. Tarses semblables aux tarses antérieurs. Pattes postérieures ; hanches courtes, arrondies 4 la face interne et'un peu plus 1 Cette forme n’ est certainement pas celle de l’adulte; chez celui ci, la plaque sous-génitale doit étre triangulaire comme dans les espéces voisines, mais les cotés restent peut-étre légérement convexes ou sinués. Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 375 ‘distantes entre elles que les hanches antérieures. Fémurs. relativement courts et épais, sans partie filiforme, a bords inférieurs mutiques, et armés d’une seule épine geniculaire interne. Tibias un peu plus courts que les fémurs, arrondis et mutiques en dessous, armés en dessus, sur chaque bord, de 20 a 25 épines assez fortes, réguliéres et venant presque jusqu’a la base du tibia, la derni¢re étant tout a fait apicale; éperons forts, crochus al’apex, les inférieurs courbes, “courts, subégaux, l’intermédiaire externe a peine plus long que linférieur, l’interne au moins double de l’inférieur interne, les deux supérieurs trés longs, l’interne dépassant lextremité de la dent apicale du métatarse. Tarses assez courts ; métatarse égal aux autres . articles réunis, trés comprimé, 4 bord supé- Fig aren dee nore ee belagninigia, Choe, ‘ , ; k a Extréemité du tibia postérieur et tarse rieur fortement arqué et arme de 4 a 6 €pines (face interne), x 5. couchées, apex terminé en une trés forte dent atteignant l’extrémité du 2° article ; 2° et 3° articles trés courts, presque égaux, 4° article gréle, allongé, un peu dilaté a l’apex. DIMENSIONS.—Les individus décrits n’ayant pas atteint l’age adulte ont des dimensions un peu inférieures a celles que l’on doit considérer comme normales pour lespéce ; la taille doit étre moyenne et atteindre environ 22 425mm. Les principales proportions sont données ci dessous d’aprés deux individus de Sukli: 3 Q 3 2 Long. du corps ...19. mm. 18°5 mm. Femur ant. yl a fy SOIT: 7 mm. » dupronot. 6 mm. 675 mm. Fémur post. Pa, Si. 6.625; mm. Cerques tie Ay) leaden 5 mm. Tibia post. neon. wed 5: Mt. Cette espéce est remarquable par ses métatarses postérieurs a bord supérieur fortement convexe et par la valve anale supérieure des males longuement prolongée. Ce dernier caractére est moins prononcé chez les jeunes individus. Une jeune femelle, provenant de Sukli, ayant 13 mm. de long et l’oviscapte de 1°5 mm. seulement, montre des appendices styliformes trés nets a l’extrémité des valves supérieures de I’ oviscapte. Gen. Paradiestrammena, nov. Diestrammena, Brunner (partim), Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XX XVIII [1888], p-. 298. Aptére, coloration en général roussatre varié de brun, pubescence peu abondante. Téte allongée; occiput court, vertex prolongé en un rostre sillonné et séparé au som- met en deux petits cénes aigus plus ou moins écartés ; palpes maxillaires trés longs et - gréles, 4 5° article 4 peine dilaté au sommet, égalant presque les deux articles précé- dents réunis; antennes trés longues, rapprochées a la base; yeux petits, allongés ocelles réduits 4 deux taches situées 4 la base du rostre frontal. Pronotum trés arrondi, 4 bord postérieur plus ou moins convexe, lobes latéraux élevés. Abdomen 376 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. ovalaire, A 7° tergite prolongé ou non chez les males, valves anales et plaque sous- génitale de forme variable ; cerques trés longs, atteignant souvent, chez les femelles, la longueur de l’oviscapte. Styles nuls chez les males. Pattes longues et gréles; hanches antérieures armées d’une longue épine dirigée en bas; fémurs antérieurs por- tant deux épines apicales, l’externe longue et mobile, linterne trés courte, fixe; fémurs intermédiaires portant deux épines apicales longues et mobiles; tibias poste- rieurs armés en dessus, sur chaque bord, d’épines presque réguliéres, au nombre de 15 a 35, laissant un espace inerme aux deux extrémités, et présentant une petite épine apicale de chaque cdté; vers le quart apical, une seule épine est plus forte que les autres et présente a sa base un faible sillon. Oviscapte comprimé, a valves inférieures armées vers l’apex d’une douzaine de denticulations larges, plates, 4 angle postérieur prolongé et aigu. La création d'un genre nouveau me parait nécessaire par suite de la mise en synonymie du genre Tachycines d’ Adelung qui résulte de la constatation de l’identité spécifique du Tachycines asynamorus Ad. et de Diestrammena marmorata de Haan. C’est a la suite d’une correspondance échangée avec Mr. Morgan Hebard, de Philadel- phia, que je me décide a adopter les vues de ce savant Orthoptériste; Mr. Hebard et moi-méme avons pu examiner récemment des individus de Diestrammena marmorata du Japon et, les comparant a des Tachycines d’ Europe et d’Amérique, constater leur parfaite identité. Mais comme j’admets, d’autre part, la valeur générique du caractére indiqué par Adelung pour l’armature des tibias postérieurs, il devenait nécessaire de créer un genre dans lequel entreront toutes les espéces 4 tibias postérieurs portant des épines relativement peu nombreuses (15 4 35) et presque réguliéres. Le genre Dies- trammena Br. prend par ailleurs la priorité sur Tachycines ‘Ad. et comprendra les espéces 4 tibias postérieurs pourvus d’épines trés nombreuses (50 a 80) et disposées en séries croissantes trés nettes de 2 a 7 épines. Les espéces cavernicoles de Paradiestrammena étudiées ici forment un petit groupe trés homogéne duquel je n’ai pas voulu détacher P. brevifrons Chop., bien que cette espéce habite une région un peu différente. Le tableau ci-dessous permettra de les déterminer : 1. Fémurs postérieurs mutiques en dessous; 3, plaque sous-génitale grande, arrondie, épiphalle cylindrique, a extrémité libre en forme de crois- sant; 2, plaque sous-génitale triangulaire, oviscapte court a valves supérieures un peu excavées prés de l’apex Ar -- WP. feas-Chop: — Fémurs postérieurs armées presque toujours d’une ou plusieurs petites épines sur le bord inférieur interne ‘ - oe 5 ee . Rostre frontal court, tronqué et faiblement incisé a paper? 3, plaque sous-g nitale grande, tronquée a l’apex, épiphalle assez grand, aplati, trapézoide a angles arrondis; ? plaque sous-génitale arrondie, cerques N plus courts que l’oviscapte as .. P. brevifrons Chop. — Rostre frontal profondément divisé, formant dee Faeroales coniques, aigus - vie 7 ket, Bs 3. Coloration roussatre assez canteen Fae un peu luisant, avec les ter- gites bordés de brun postérieurement; 9 plaque sous-génitale a 5 lobes apicaux, cerques plus courts que l’oviscapte (male inconnue) .. P. annandalet Kirby. Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 377 — Coloration moins uniforme; pronotum marqué de deux grandes taches jaunatres trés nettes, prés du bord antérieur et présentant, ainsi que le mésonotum une bande brune médiane; tergites thoraciques et trois premiers tergites abdominaux trés luisants; 9 plaque sous- génitale trilobée a l’apex, le lobe médian plus ou moins échancré au sommet, cerques aussi longs ou plus longs que l’oviscapte .. P. gravelyt Chop. Paradiestrammena feai, Chopard. Pl. XIV, figs. 41-48. Diestrammena feat, Chopard 1915, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr., p. 278. Diestrammena unicolor, Griffini 1912, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, p. 4.—Annandale, Brown & Gravely 1913, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, no. 10. p. 405, 413.—Griffini 1914, Att: Soc. HarCs. Nab. p.27. Diestrammena unicolor (partim), Brunner 1888, Verh. zool.-bot. ges. Wien, p. 208. Diestrammena annandalei ? (partim), Griffini 1915, Adti Soc. tt. Sc. nat., p. 99. Farm caves, near Moulmein (C. Woglum, 1-i-1911) ; nombreux individus.—Farm caves (T. B. Fletcher, 14-ix-1914), in dark parts, 20, 39 immature.—Farm caves (F. H. Gravely, 17- xi-II, 4-xii-II), nombreux individus.—Dhammethat, Gaying R., Amherst Distr. (F. H. Gravely, 2-xli-II),20,69. Espéce de taille assez faible, a coloration jaune roussadtre avec la fdce et les fémurs postérieurs fasciés de brun, et les tergites thoraciques et abdominaux marginés de brun; pubescence presque nulle sur le corps, rare sur les pattes et les antennes. TETE.—Occiput peu bombé, un peu rembruni; front court, déclive, terminé par un rostre formant deux tubercules coniques, bruns, séparés l’un de l’autre par un espace égal au moins a la moitie de leur propre largeur ; le front et le vertex sont assez fortement ponctués et garnis de poils couchés; il existe un sillon longitudinal, trés fin, naissant entre les tubercules et se prolongeant jusque sur l’occiput. Face allongée, étroite, ornée de deux bandes brunes descendant de l’angle interne des fossettes antennaires et de deux taches sous les yeux; écusson facial assez large, prolongé entre les antennes en un étroit tubercule allongé ; clypéus trapézoidal a bords latéraux rétrécis vers le milieu, les angles supérieurs bruns formant l’extrémité inférieure de la fascie brune de la face. JLabre plus long que large, a bords latéraux faiblement convexes, garnis de longs poils. Yeux trés petits, allongés, étroits, leur bord interne un peu concave, leur bord externe assez fortement convexe, les angles supérieurs et inférieurs assez aigus. Antennes rousses, a I article grand, un peu déprimé, légérement renflé a la face interne, prés de la base; 2° article cylindrique 4 peine moitié aussi long que le I*; 3° article plus long que le 2°, gréle, dilaté a la base; a partir du 4°, les articles sont réguliérement cylindriques, au moins une fois et demie aussi longs que larges ; pubescence dressée, peu abondante, surtout sur les deux premiers articles. Piéces buccales: mandibules triangulaires, brunes a l’apex et au bord interne, bidentées 4 l’apex; leur bord externe trés faiblement concave prés de la base, puis fortement convexe a partir du tiers apical. Hypopharynx n’atteignant pas l’extrémité du labium, incisé au milieu du bord apical, 378 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Maxilles a piéces basilaires anguleuses au bord externe; lacinias armés de deux dents apicales aigués dont la supérieure beaucoup plus longue que l’inférieure et d’une dent antéapicale trés fine, courbe, un peu plus courte que la 2° apicale ; bord externe convexe, glabre, sinué a la base; bord interne presque droit, garni de longues soies ; galeas étroits, arrondis a l’apex. Palpes longs et gréles, a article I court, cylindrique, II un peu plus long, dilaté a l’apex, III long et gréle, IV égal a III, trés gréle sur les deux premiers tiers, brusquement dilaté ensuite, V presque double de IV, trés gréle, un peu incurvé, arrondi et a peine dilaté a l’apex ; pubes- cence presque nulle sur les deux premiers articles, plus abondante sur le 3° et sur- tout sur les deux derniers. Labium assez allongé, 4 plaque basilaire un peu plus longue que large, a cétés droits; mentum environ deux fois aussi large que long a bord antérieur sinué ; palpigére profondement divisé, | presque carré dans son ensemble; lobes externes Fic. XII.—Paradiestrammena feat, Chop. Téte et thorax, face dorsale et profil, x 6. arrondis, presque aussi longs que le labium, lobes internes courts, triangulaires ; pubescence rare sur le labium, assez abondante sur les lobes externes Palpes longs, ar article trés court, dilaté, 2° article assez long, gréle et un peu incurvé, 3° article égal aux deux premiers réunis, un peu dilaté a l’apex; pubescence rare sur les deux premiers articles, assez abondante sur le 3°. THORAX.—Pronotum un peu plus long que large, A bord antérieur faiblement convexe, bord postérieur trés fortement convexe dans la partie médiane, oblique latéralement, lobes latéraux élevés, A bord inférieur assez fortement convexe et un peu sinué prés de l’angle postérieur; angles trés arrondis, obtus; disque tres bombé, testacé roussatre, lisse; bords antérieur et postérieur assez largement et nettement bordés de brun; il existe, en outre, une tache brune triangulaire sur les cétés du bord antérieur et une tache indécise de chaque c6té du milieu du disque; bords latéraux, seuls, finement rebordés. Mésonotum assez long, a bord postérieur trés convexe au milieu, un peu concave Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 379 sur les cdtés, a lobes latéraux arrondis; bordé largement et nettement de brun latéralement et postérieurement. Métanotum plus court que le mésonotum et a bord postérieur moins convexe, bordé de brun comme lui. Dessous du thorax jaundatre, en grande partie membraneux, a pubescence rare. Prosternum large, présentant seulement une plaque chitineuse médiane, transver- sale, et deux brides qui contournent les cavités cotyloides ; en avant de celles-ci, sur le cdtée du cou, se trouvent deux tubercules assez volumineux ; épisternes et épiméres courts, en forme de bourrelets brunatres, séparés par un profond sillon; stigmate grand, en partie caché sous le pronotum. Mésosternum portant une grande plaque chitineuse rectangulaire, profondément sillonnée transversalement et percée de trois invaginations s’enfoncant dans les tissus ; épisternes grands, obliques, a bord antérieur caréné, bord postérieur brun, un peu dilaté en une expansion qui recouvre un peu la hanche ; épiméres formant un bourrelet brunatre en grande partie caché sous les épisternes. Métasternum assez large, presque entiérement membraneux, présentant deux bourrelets obliques, convergents en arriére; épiméres et épisternes a peu prés de méme forme qu’au mésothorax, mais plus courts et le bord inférieur des épisternes non dilaté. ABDOMEN.—Abdomen ovalaire, roussatre avec le bord postérieur des tergites rembruni; chez le male, les tergites sont réguliérement arqués jusqu’au 9° qui est un peu plus fortement convexe, au milieu, que les précédents; le 10° est tronqué, a bord postérieur un peu concave et angles latéraux aigus et saillants; 11° tergite assez grand, un peu allongé, arrondi au sommet; chez la femelle, les tergites sont assez fortement convexes depuis le 7° qui est legérement émarginé a l’apex; le r0° tergite est semblable 4 celui du male mais a angles un peu moins saillants; 11° tergite en triangle allongé, arrondi au sommet et sillonné longitudinalement. Dessous de l’abdomen jaundatre, a pubescence rare et dressée; sternites trés étroits a la base, s’élargissant peu a peu, dans les deux sexes; plaque sous-génitale du male (9° sternite) grande, trés largement arrondie, styles nuls. Chez la femelle, le 7° sternite est beaucoup plus grand que les précédents et la plaque sousgénitale est petite, triangulaire, a cétés un peu convexes, a apex peu aigu. Cerques longs, surtout chez la femelle, a pubescence peu abondante et soies trés fines. | ORGANE COPULATEUR DU MALE.—En dessous des valves anales; on voit un épiphalle assez volumineux, de forme cylindrique, presque entiérement plongé dans le tissus membraneux de la région périgénitale ; l’extrémité supérieure, seule, se trouve un peu dégagée et a la forme d’un large croissant chitineux a bord externe tranchant; en dehors de l’épiphalle, l’ensemble de l’organe copulateur est entiérement membra- neux et présente une masse centrale et, de chaque cété, deux prolongments superposés, recourbés ; toute la surface de l’organe est couverte de petites spinules portées sur un tubercule arrondi; vers le centre, au point ot débouche le canal éjaculateur, ces spinules sont beaucoup plus fines, sans tubercule basal, et extrémement serrées; sur 380 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. la partie non libre de l’épiphalle se trouvent également quelques petites épines, la partie libre porte de nombreux petits tubercules. OVISCAPTE.—Oviscapte relativement court, atteignant environ les deux tiers de la longueur du corps, testacé roux, luisant; face externe assez large, la valve supé- rieure large a la base, puis assez brusquement rétrécie et un peu incurvée, A bords paralléles jusque vers l’apex ; tout prés de l’apex, le bord supérieur s’incurve brusque- ment, formant une pointe aigué, recourbée; valve inférieure a bord inférieur presque droit, apex aigu; vers l’apex ce bord est armé de 11 denticulations plates, larges, munies d’une petite dent peu saillante dans l’angle inférieur. A la face interne, la valve inférieure se montre un peu élargie vers l’extrémité; la valve interne, étroite, atteint presque l’apex de l’oviscapte; toutes deux sont garnies de fines spinules. PATTES.—Pattes antérieures: hanches longues, a face interne glabre, un peu concave dans sa partie postérieure qui recoit le femur; en avant de cette partie con- cave se trouve une aréte saillante qui porte une épine rousse, forte mais peu aigué, un peu au-dessus du milieu; le bord inférieure forme un lobe saillant a la face interne et un autre, plus petit mais plus aigu, dans le prolongement de la caréne externe ; face interne velue et arrondie. Trochanters velus et assez longs en dessous, trés courts en dessus. Fémurs sillonnés en dessous, un peu renflés a la base, a pubescence brune, peu abondante; apex armé, au bord externe, d’une longue épine mobile, insérée sur le lobe géniculaire, au bord interne, d’une petite épine brune fixe. Tibias un peu comprimés, 4 pubescence rare en-dessus, abondante et couchée en dessous, armés au bord inférieur externe de deux épines assez longues, situées a égale distance des deux extrémités et au bord interne d’une seule épine, courte, placée un peu au-dessus de l’inférieure externe; l’apex est armé de deux éperons inférieurs, longs, surtout lexterne, d’un seul éperon supérieur externe, trés court, et d’une petite épine médiane inférieure. Tarses comprimés, gréles, velus; métatarses plus longs que les autres articles réunis, 2° article égal au tiers du métatarse, tous deux garnis en dessous de deux rangées de poils raides, spinuliformes; 3° article court, caréné et glabre en des- sous; 4° article gréle. Pattes intermédiaires: hanches un peu plus courtes que les hanches antérieures, a lobes apicaux moins développés, inermes. Fémurs et tibias ayant la méme forme que les antérieurs, mais les femurs armés de deux longues épines apicales égales, un peu crochues, les tibias armés a4 l’apex comme les antérieurs, mais présentant aux bords inférieurs une seule épine externe et une petite épine interne, toutes deux insérées vers le tiers apical du tibia. Tfarses semblables aux tarses antérieurs. Pattes postérieures: hanches courtes et épaisses, a face externe glabre, bord apical formant seulement un angle saillant 4 la face interne, trochanters courts. Fémurs renflés a la base, peu velus, ornés de quelques taches brunes a la face externe, leurs bords inférieurs inermes; apex armé de deux petites épines brunes au bord supérieur de chaque lobe géniculaire. Tibias un peu plus longs que les fémurs, arrondis et mutiques en dessous, sillonnés en dessus et armés d’épines en nombre trés. variable (15 a 30) et assez irréguliérement espacées; il existe, néanmoins, toujours un espace mutique entre l’épine apicale de chaque bord et la précédente et l’une des Orthopteéres cavernicoles. 381 épines, située vers le quart apical est sensiblement plus forte que toutes les autres ; éperons grands et velus, les 3 internes plus longs que les externes correspondants ; les inférieurs sont assez courts, courbes, les intermédiaires et supérieurs longs, droits et un peu crochus au bout; le supérieur interne atteignant l’extrémité du métatarse. Tarses semblables aux tarses des deux autres paires, mais avec le métatarse armé d'une épine apicale, le 2° article caréné en dessous sur la moitié de sa longueur. DIMENSIONS.—Les dimensions sont peu variables chez les individus bien adultes; les plus grandes variations observées sur le nombre assez considérable d’individus examines n’excédent pas 2 millimétres. es dimensions principales sont les suivants : 3 9 3 9 Beugsducorps ..12 mm. 13 mm. Femur ant. ee 385M Qg mm. Pan promot... 55mm. 5°7 Im. Fémur interm. .. 8 mm. 8°5 mm. Cerques 07. tam: 18: am. Fémur post. eS Mid, ae7" oma. Oviscapte Tee | mt Tibia post. oO. tata 18: am: Hapitat.—lL,habitat de cette espéce est, suivant moi, strictement limité aux cavernes de la basse Birmanie qui sont citées plus haut. Les premiers individus de P. feat rapportés de Moulmein par L. Fea furent décrits par Brunner von Wattenwyl sous le nom de D. unicolor ; mais, dans la description, lauteur réunissait des insectes provenant de Vladivostock et de Pékin et ceux de Moulmein. Il s’agit en réaliteé de deux espéces bien différentes et la description du male peut seule, dans une certaine mesure, s'appliquer aux Paradiestvrammena de Birmanie. Quant ala femelle, malgré la briéveté de la diagnose, il n’est pas douteux qu’elle appartienne a une espéce beaucoup plus grande et a oviscapte rela- tivement plus long. Le nom de D. uni- Fic. X1II.—Paradiestrammena feat, Chop. Ensemble d’une jeune femelle, montrant la pig- mentation, x 6. coloy doit, de*toute facon, étre appliqué a Tespéce de Chine car, dans son tableau des espéces, précédant les diagnoses, Brunner indique uniquement comme répartition géographique de cette espéce ‘‘ Species chinensis.”’ Il est a noter que les jeunes individus montrent une pigmentation beaucoup plus marquée que chez les adultes, leur corps étant parsemé de grandes taches brunes irréguliéres ; cette pigmentation diminue peu 4 peu mais ne disparait complétement qu’a la derniére mue. : Paradiestrammena brevifrons, Chopard. Pl. XIV, figs. 49-55. Diestrammena brevifrons, Chopard 1916, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr., p. 113. Diestrammena annandalei ? (partim), Griffini 1915, Atti Soc. it. Sc. nat., p. 99. Maosmai cave, Cherrapunji. Assam, 4200 ft. (S. W. Kemp, 3-x-14),62,52.- 382 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR, EAST. Espéce de taille moyenne, entiérement jaune roussatre avec le bord postérieur des tergites thoraciques et abdominaux assez étroitement et nettement marginé de brun; pattes concolores, antennes un peu rembrunies. Pubescence assez longue et couchée sur le dos, trés caduque, formée de poils écailleux, plus fine et dressée sous le corps. TETE.—Occiput peu bombé; front court, terminé par un rostre brunatre, court, largement mais peu profondément incisé, formant deux tubercules larges, tronqués a l’apex, a la base desquels se trouve une tache ocelliforme jaunatre. Face large, rousse avec le clypéus et une baude médiane sur l’écusson facial plus clairs et une bande brune trés vague sous chaque oeil, écusson facial lisse, large et peu bombé, venant finir en un tubercule trés étroit entre les fossettes antennaires qui se touchent pres- que; clypéus presque aussi large a son bord inférieur qu’au bord supérieur, tous deux légérement convexes ; bords latéraux rétrécis bien en dessous du milieu prés de l’angle Fic. XIV.—Paradiestrammena brevifrons, Chop. Téte et thorax, face dorsale et profil x 6. inférieur ; disque assez fortement caréné au milieu, transversalement, dans son en- semble moitié moins haut que large. Labre aussi large que long, a bords lateraux convexes garnis de longs poils, apex légérement incisé; face inférieure (¢pipharynx) garnie de deux rangées de longs poils couchés et présentant une petite fossette apicale a pubescence feutrée. Yeux assez petits, bien pigmentés, étroits, situés tout de suite derriére la fossette antennaire; bord externe fortement convexe, bord interne légérement concave; sur- face trés bombée, a facettes assez grosses. Antennes rousses, atteignant environ huit fois la longueur du corps; 1° article grand, assez fortement dilaté 4 l’apex antéro-postérieurement ; vu de dessus, son bord externe est légérement sinué, son bord interne droit depuis l’apex jusqu’au quart basal, puis brusquement incliné en dedans; 2° article moins grand que le 1", un peu étranglé au milieu; 3° article gréle, assez allongé, un peu dilaté a la base, 4° un peu plus long que les suivants qui sont réguliérement cylindriques, environ une fois et Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 383 demie aussi longs que larges. Pubescence dressée, rare, surtout sur les trois premiers articles. Piéces buccales: mandibules fortes, a bord externe fortement convexe dans la moitié apicale, bord interne noiratre a surface masticatrice formée de deux crétes dentées, apex armé de deux dents courtes et fortes. Hypopharynx trés large, plus court que le labium, a bords latéraux trés convexes, apex assez fortement incisé. Maxilles 4 piéces basilaires saillantes, formant un angle arrondi au bord externe ; lacinias armés a l’apex de trois dents longues et aigués, l’inférieure un peu écartée des deux apicales, gréle et courbée; bord interne droit, muni de longs poils raides, peu abondants; galeas étroits, arrondis a l’apex. Palpes longs et assez gréles, a article I court, dilaté a l’apex, II un peu plus long que I et de forme analogue, III long, cylin- drique, assez épais, IV égal a III en longueur, gréle a la base, réguliérement et faible- ment dilaté depuis le milieu, V double de IV, gréle et un peu incurvé, faiblement dilaté vers apex qui est arrondi; pubescence presque nulle sur les deux premiers articles, assez abondante sur les suivants, et comprenant des poils couchés, noiratres, trés caducs, et des poils dressés, trés fins, blonds. Labium a piece basilaire large, a cétés un peu sinués, bord supérieur concave ; mentum large, a bord supérieur fortement sinué; palpigére plus long que large, pro- fondément divise; lobes externes presque moitié plus courts que le mentum, légére- ment tronqués a l’apex, lobes internes triangulaires, trés courts. Palpes assez longs, a article I court, fortement dilaté, II un peu plus long, assez épais, III égal aux deux premiers réunis, un peu dilaté a l’apex et arrondi. Pubescence presque nulle sur les piéces du labium qui sont testacées, luisantes, sauf sur les lobes externes qui portent une pubescence dressée, assez abondante; les palpes sont également pubescents, sur- tout le troisiéme article. THORAX.—Pronotum trés large, a bord antérieur convexe mais légérement incisé au milieu, bord postérieur trés fortement convexe au milieu, un peu sinué latérale- ment; lobes latéraux élevés, a bord inférieur convexe en avant, droit en arriére ; angle antérieur trés obtus, angle postérieur droit mais arrondi; disque testacé roux; bord postérieur assez largement et nettement bordé de brun, bord antérieur rem- bruni surtout sur les lobes lateraux, concolore au milieu. Pubescence assez abon- dante, formée de poils couchés, noiratres, dirigés en avant; bord inférieur des lobes latéraux finement rebordeé. Méson otum assez long, a bord postérieur fortement convexe au milieu, un peu concave sur les cotés; lobes latéraux élevés, a bord inférieur fortement convexe en arriére, oblique en avant.; bord postérieur trés nettement marginé de brun, lobes latéraux brunatres. Métanotum de méme longueur que le mésonotum, comme lui bordé de brun postérieurement, bord postérieur legérement convexe, bord inférieur des lobes latéraux largement arrondi. Dessous du thorax jaunatre, a piéces sclérifiées trés réduites, a pubescence rare. Prosternum large, présentant une grande piéce en U qui contourne la cavité 384 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. cotyloide et vient se relier a l’épisterne de chaque coté; en avant d’elle, de chaque coté du cou, un repli, légérement sclérifié, forme une sorte de tubercule assez volumi- neux. Episternes et épiméres trés courts, presque entiérement cachés sous le lobe latéral prothoracique; stigmate grand, s’ouvrant dans la membrane en arriére de l’épimére, et en partie engagé sous le pronotum. Mésosternum portant une plaque rectangulaire courte, profondément sillonnée longitudinalement et percée de trois invaginations qui donnent naissance aux apodeé- mes; épisternes grands, a bord inférieur dilaté; épiméres étroits en bourrelet ; stig- mate ovale. Métasternum large en avant, assez étroit en arriére, les hanches postérieures étant cependant largement séparées; épisternes et épiméres obliques, assez larges, en bourrelets. ABDOMEN.—Abdomen ovalaire, faiblement caréné longitudinalement dans sa partie apicale; tergites roux testacé, rembrunis au bord postérieur ; chez le male, les tergites sont réguliers, a bord postérieur faiblement convexe, jusqu’au 9° qui est presque anguleux en arriére; 10° tergite large, a bord postérieur tronqué, légérement concave au milieu, angles un peu arrondis; I1° assez grand, triangulaire, 4 bords un peu convexes, apex un peu arrondi et épaissi en un petit bourrelet luisant ; la forme des tergites est tout a fait semblable chez la femelle, mais le ro° est un peu moins large au bord postérieur et a angles plus arrondis. Dessous de l’abdomen jaundatre, a pubescence dressée, rare; chez le male, les sternites sont fortement convexes, en forme de bourrelets, un peu plus larges a l’ex- trémité qu’a la base; les 1“ et 2° sont engagés entre les hanches postérieures, mais sont assez larges, vu l’écartement de celles-ci; 3° a 7° a peu prés réguliers, s’élargis- sant faiblement en arriére, 8° court, moins long et moins convexe que les précédents, g° (plaque sous-génitale) presque aussi long que les deux précédents réunis, un peu renflé latéralement a la base, largement tronqué a l’apex, a angles arrondis. Chez la femelle, les plaques sternales sont trés petites, bombées, jusqu’a la 4°, les 5° et 6° sont plus grandes, trapézoidales, subcarénées transversalement, la 7° est grande, ovalaire, bombée au milieu, luisante; la plaque sous-génitale est assez grande, large, arrondie en demi-cercle. Cerques assez courts dans les deux sexes (plus courts que l’oviscapte chez la femelle), a pubescence rare, fine et assez longue. ORGANE COPULATEUR DU MALE.—Les piéces génitales font grandement saillie au- dela de la plaque sous-génitale ; elles sont entiérement membraneuses sauf 1’ épiphalle ; celui-ci, assez grand, est placé sous les valves anales; il est aplati,en forme d’écusson trapézoide dans son ensemble, mais a angles trés arrondis et a cdtés un peu concaves, la plus large base se trouvant en avant; l'appareil copulateur forme un complexe présentant, de chaque cété, un grand prolongement membraneux incurvé, venant se croiser, en arriére, avec la piéce symétrique; a la face supérieure se trouvent une grande masse centrale triangulaire, arrondie a l’apex, et, entre cette masse et la grande valve incurvée, un petit prolongement arrondi; a la face inférieure, on voit seulement deux petits tubercules prés de la ligne médiane; cet ensemble est presque Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 385 complétement couvert de poils raides portés sur des petits tubercules arrondis, surtout abondants vers le milieu de la face supérieure de la masse triangulaire médiane ; l’épiphalle est lui-méme couvert de petits tubercules piliféres. Le canal éjaculateur débouche dans la partie inférieure de l’ensemble, entre les deux tubercules signalés ; prés de son orifice, il présente quatre replis longitudinaux garnis de longs poils, un peu épais, extrémement serrés et dirigés en arriére. OVISCAPTE.—Oviscapte court, dépassant peu la moitié de la longueur du corps, épais a la base, presque droit; valve supérieure un peu plus courte que |’inférieure trés large a la base, 4 bord supérieur un peu renflé prés de la base, puis presque droit jusqu’a l’apex, bord inférieur faiblement convexe, apex aigu; valve inférieure trés legérement incurvée, a apex peu aigu, son bord inférieur armé, dans la partie apicale, de 12 denticulations larges, aplaties, portant une dent peu aigué et peu saillante a leur angle inférieur. Valve interne trés étroite, atteignant presque l’extrémité de l’ovi- scapte. PATTES.—Pattes antérieures: hanches assez longues, a face externe glabre, con- cave; bord antéro-externe saillant, armé un peu au dessus du milieu d’une petite épine brune; face interne velue, arrondie, présentant au bord apical un lobe trés saillant, anguleux ; un autre petit lobe se trouve dans le prolongement de la caréne antéro-externe. Trochanters assez longs, un peu dilatés a l’apex. Fémurs un peu renflés 4 la base, sillonnés et glabres en dessous, peu velus en dessus; apex armé a la face externe, d’une longue épine mobile, jaune, gréle un peu courbe, a la face interne, d'une trés petite épine fixe, a peine visible. Tibias un peu plus longs que les femurs, legérement comprimés, armés en dessous, au bord externe, de deux épines assez longues, situées a égale distance des extrémités du tibia; apex présentant deux éperons inférieurs assez longs, surtout l’interne, et un petit éperon supérieur externe ; entre les deux éperons inférieurs se trouve une petite épine médiane. Tarses com- primés, gréles; métatarses trés allongés, plus longs que les autres articles réunis, non carénés en-dessous et munis, sur toute leur longueur, d’une rangée de soies spinuli- formes; 2° article égal au tiers du métatarse environ, caréné en dessous; 3° article court, également caréné: 4° article gréle, presque égal aux deux précédents réunis. Pattes intermédiaires: hanches de forme semblable a celle des hanches anteé- rieures, inermes. Fémurs et tibias semblables aux fémurs et tibias antérieurs, mais les femurs présentant deux longues épines apicales mobiles et les tibias étant inermes en dessous a l'exception de la petite épine apicale médiane et des éperons qui sont semblables aux €perons antérieurs mais au nombre de 4. Tarses comme aux pattes antérieures. Pattes postérieures: hanches épaisses, a face externe aplatie, face interne en bourrelet un peu anguleux; trochanters trés courts. Fémurs bien renflés a la base, d’un roux uniforme a la face externe, 4 bords inférieurs inermes; apex armé d’une trés petite épine au bord supérieur du lobe géniculaire interne. Tibias un peu plus longs que les fémurs, gréles, sillonnés en dessus et armés sur chaque bord de 30 épines environ, assez fortes, brunes a l’apex et dont la derniére est séparée de la précédente par un petit espace mutique; l'une des épines (la 7° environ a partir de , 386 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. l’apex) est plus forte que les autres et un peu séparée des suivantes; éperons grands, les internes plus longs que les externes correspondants ; inférieurs courts, courbes et glabres, spiniformes; intermédiaires presque triples des inferieurs, droits, velus, crochu sa l’apex, supérieurs presque doubles des intermédiaires et de méme forme qu’eux; l’éperon supérieur interne est nettement plus court que le métatarse. Tarses longs, semblables aux tarses des autres paires, mais le métatarse armé d’une petite épine apicale. DIMENSIONS.—Les males sont un peu plus petits que les femelles; les dimensions générales s’écartent fort peu de celles indiquées ci-dessous : 3 9 cy 2 Long. ducorps =I1°5 mm. 16mm. Femur ant. co 0: Maen 9.5 mm. sr. DEOMOt. | 545 — tant 5mm. Tibia ant. r. QO ‘iim. 16"5 tae Antennes ue env. 110mm. Femur interm.”.. 7 “mm: 8°5 iam Cerques 2 4) 0:5 alii 8mm. Femur post. .. 15°5 mm. 18° ii Oviscapte i ee gmm. ‘Tibia post. -. I7°5 fim. “20° tite Cette espéce ressemble tin peu a P. feat par sa coloration assez uniforme, ses pattes concolores et ses femurs postérieurs inermes en dessous; elle en différe trés nettement par la forme de l’épiphalle du male, de l’oviscapte et de la plaque sous- génitale de la femelle. Le rostre frontal, tronqué a lapex, léloigne a la fois de P. feai et de P. annandalei et P. gravelyi. L/armature des tibias antérieurs et inter- médiaires est plus faible que dans les trois autres espéces. Paradiestrammena annandalei, Kirby. Pl. XIV, figs. 56-58. Diestrammena annandalei, Kirby 1908, Rec. Ind. Mus., p. 43. Limestone caves in hills near Biserat, Jalor. Siamese Malay States (Annandale and Robinson). Espéce de taille moyenne, a coloration roussatre assez uniforme, les tergites thoraciques et abdominaux marginés de brun; pattes concolores, les fémurs posté- rieurs présentant deux larges bandes brunes assez nettes. Pubescence presque nulle sur le dos, qui est luisant, rare sous le corps et sur les pattes. TETE.—Occiput peu bombé, front trés court et oblique terminé par un rostre assez court, mais profondément et largement incisé, divisé en deux petits tubercules coniques, indépendants jusqu’a la base; a la face externe de chaque tubercule se trouve une tache ocellaire petite, mais trés nette. Face assez étroite, d’un testacé roux uniforme; écusson facial large, présentant une petite impression prés de chaque angle du clypéus; son bord supérieur se terminant, entre les antennes, en un tuber- cule assez large, peu saillant. Clypéus trapézoidal, a bord supérieur un peu convexe, au moins double de la hauteur, bords latéraux sinués. abre un peu allongé, a bords latéraux convexes. Pubescence trés rare sur la face, un peu plus abondante sur les joues, en arriére des yeux. Yeux noirs, un peu plus longs que le diamétre de la fossette antennaire a laquelle ils sont accolés; bord externe assez fortement convexe, bord interne légérement Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 387 concave, angle inférieur arrondi, angle supérieur assez aigu; surface assez fortement bombée et comprimée en avant. Antennes rousses, trés longues; article I grand, a bord externe un peu concave, bord interne faiblement renflé prés de la base; article II moins gros que I, mais court et un peu étranglé au milieu, III allongé, cylindrique, IV et suivants assez gréles, cylindriques, un peu plus courts que la moitié de III; les articles suivants s’allongent insensiblement jusqu’a devenir filiformes, presque impossibles a délimiter. Pubescence trés rare, dressée. Piéces buccales: mandibules fortes, a face externe rousse, bord interne noir, denté. Maxilles 4 lacinias tridentés a l’apex; palpes longs et gréles, a articles I et II assez courts, dilatés au sommet, ITI cylindrique, trés allongé, IV trés gréle, un peu plus long que ITI, faiblement dilaté dans le quart apical, V un peu plus court que les deux précédents réunis, trés peu dilaté 4 l’apex; pubescence fine, peu abondante. Fic. XV.—Paradiestrammena annandalet, Kirby. Téte et thorax, face dorsale et profil, x 6. Labium peu allongé, 4 piéce basilaire aussi longue que large, mentum court; palpigére sillonné au milieu, 4 lobes courts, les externe arrondis au sommet; palpes assez forts, a article I trés court, II double de I mais assez épais, III égal 4 I et II réunis, assez fortement dilaté. THORAX.—Pronotum assez étroit en avant, mais fortement dilaté un peu en arriére du milieu; disque fortement bombé, luisant, finement ponctué et présentant de chaque cété une grande impression triangulaire, brune ; bord antérieur a peine convexe ; bord postérieur fortement convexe au milieu, lé¢gérement sinué sur les cétés ; lobes latéraux élevés, 4 bord inférieur rebordé, faiblement convexe et remontant fortement en avant, l’angle antérieur nul, angle postérieur droit, arrondi. Bord pos- térieur assez étroitement et nettement bordé de brun. Mésonotum a bord postérieur fortement convexe au milieu, concave sur les cétés, ses lobes latéraux trés élevés a bord inférieur trés convexe; bord postérieur marginé de brun comme au pronotum. 388 ZOOLOGY OF THE, PAR EAST. Métanotum a bord postérieur peu convexe, lobes latéraux moins élevés qu’au mésonotum, tr és largement arrondis. Pubescence nulle sur le thorax dont le tégument est luisant et trés finement ponctue. Dessous du thorax blanc jaunatre, a piéces chitinenses assez réduites, pubescence rare et dressée; prosternum trés large, a piéce sclérifiée en U a branches divergentes en avant; mésosternum présentant une grande piéce rectangulaire profondément sillonnée transversalement ; métasternum assez large, un peu rétréci postérieurement. Episternes et €piméres en bourrelets, séparés par un profond sillon; au pro- thorax, ils sont trés courts, presque enti¢érement cachés sous le pronotum; au méso- thorax les épisternes, assez longs, ont leur bord inférieur lamellaire, fortement arrondi; au métathorax, le bord inférieur de l’épisterne présente une assez forte denticulation bifide. Les stigmates, grands, s’ouvrent en arriére des €piméres, dans la membrane d’ union avec le somite suivant. ABDOMEN.—Abdomen légérement caréné en dessus vers l’extrémité, les trois premiers tergites glabres et bordés de brun postérieurement; ro° tergite tronqué et légérement excavé a l’apex, ses bords latéraux trés obliques, ses angles un peu arrondis ; 11° tergite assez allongé, en forme d’ogive, a apex subaigu, lisse et formant un léger bourrelet saillant; valves anales triangulaires arrondies. Dessous de l’'abdomen jaunatre, a pubescence rare, dressée; sternites assez petits, sélargissant progressivement jusqu’au 6°, le r°° étant invisible; 7° sternite beaucoup plus grand que les précédents, lisse, a pubescence trés rare, légérement renflé et ondulé au milieu; plaque sous-génitale assez petite, présentant de chaque cdété de la base un lobe arrondi assez développé, son bord postérieur étant convexe dans l'ensemble, mais divisé par dés incisions peu profondes en 5 lobes dont un médian trés petit, deux submédians larges et peu saillants et deux latéraux un peu plus saillants et venant joindre le lobe basal par leur bord externe trés allonge. Cerques un peu plus courts que l’oviscapte, a pubescence fine et peu abondante. OvISCAPTE.—Oviscapte assez court, presque droit, dépassant legérement les cer- ques. Valves supérieures étroites, un peu dilatées a la base, leur bord supérieur trés légérement concave, leur bord inférieur droit presque jusqu’a l’apex; valves inféri- eures de méme longueur que les supérieures, aigués a l’apex, a bord inférieur trés faiblement convexe dans le tiers apical et armé de 12 denticulations larges et plates. Valves internes étroites et trés longues, atteignant presque l’apex de 1’oviscapte. PATTES.—Pattes antérieures; hanches longues, a face externe concave et bord antéro-externe fortement saillant, armé un peu au-dessous du milieu d’une grande épine dirigée vers le bas, extrémité inférieure de ce bord se dilatant en un lobe trian- gulaire; face interne arrondie, longuement prolongée en un lobe apical aigu, face anté- rieure divisée par une forte suture oblique. Trochanters courts, un peu dilatés a Yapex. Femurs assez fortement renflés a la base, roux uniforme, a pubescence peu abondante ; apex armé d’une longue épine externe et d’une petite épine interne fixe. Tibias un peu plus longs que les fémurs, légérement comprimés, velus, armés au bord inférieur externe de deux épines situées, a4 égale distance des deux extré- Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 389 mités du tibia; apex portant trois éperons, deux inférieurs longs, sourtout l’externe, et un petit supérieur externe ; entre les deux éperons inférieurs sé trouve une trés petite épine médiane. Tarses trés allongés, comprimés; métatarses moitié plus longs que les autres articles réunis, 2° article égalant a peine le quart du métatarse, 3° article trés court, tous trois garnis en dessous de deux rangées de poils spinuliformes; 4° article un peu plus long que le 2‘, legérement dilaté a l’apex; griffes assez courtes, peu aigués. Pattes intermédiaires: hanches inermes, plus courtes que les hanches antérieures, a lobes apicaux peu développés; trochanters courts. Fémurs et tibias semblables aux antérieurs, les femurs armés de deux longues épines apicales mobiles; tibias portant, a la face inférieure, deux épines externes occupant la méme situation qu’aux tibias antérieurs, mais plus faibles ; apex armé de 4 éperons dont les deux supérieurs trés petits et d’une petite épine apicale, entre les deux éperons inférieurs. arses semblables aux tarses antérieurs mais un peu plus courts. Pattes postérieures: hanches courtes, épaisses, séparées par un intervalle presque égal a leur propre largeur; trochanters trés courts. Fémurs assez fortement renflés a leur base, armés de deux bandes brunes obliques, assez larges ; bord inférieur interne armé d’une seule épine, située 4 peu prés au milieu; apex armé d’une épine géni- culaire interne. Tibias sensiblement plus longs que les femurs, comprimés, surtout vers la base et armés de 15 a 20 €pines assez réguli¢rement espacées et laissant un espace mutique a la base et entre l’épine apicale et la précédente; vers le quart apical, une épine sur chaque bord se montre nettement plus forte que les autres et est insérée au dessus d’un petit sillon; éperon supérieur interne plus court que le meétatarse. DIMENSIONS.—Je n’ai examiné qu’un individu femelle de cette espéce (co-type du British Museum) ; ses principales dimensions sont les suivantes : Long. du corps pia, DS: age. Remit ant. 3: Seer Bessa ee es ptonot. aco, ese SEFIOIE Fémur intern. 2. a ine Cerques oe tnt Or, Nati Fémur post... .. 20°5 mm. Oviscapte ... ge TOR ce, Tibia post... .. et 2AGee LHD: Cette espéce différe de P. gravely: Chop. par sa coloration plus uniforme, les cerques plus courts que l’oviscapte et la plaque sous-génitale présentant 5 petits lobes apicaux (en plus des deux grands lobes basaux) au lieu de 3. Nous verrons en étudi- ant l’espéce suivante que ces différences ne sont pas toujours aussi nettes et qu'il semble exister une forme intermédiaire entre les deux espéces. Néanmoins, je consi- dére actuellement que les seuls exemplaires pouvant étre rapportés a P. annandalet sont les types de Kirby si, toutefois, tous les individus sont semblables a celui que Mr. Bruce F. Cummings a eu 1l’obligeance de me communiquer. Paradiestrammena gravelyi, Chopard. Pl. XIV, figs. 59-67. Diestrammena gravely1, Chopard 1916, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr., p. 113, 114. Diestrammena annandalei (partim), Griffini 1915, Atti Soc. it. Sc. nat. p. 99. Diestrammena annandalei, Annandale, Brown and Gravely 1913, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal. Vol. IX, 10, p. 405, 413. 390 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Lenggong caves, Perak (B. A. Buxton, 17-viii-14) ; 4¢ .—Batu caves near Kuala Lumpur (Robin- son, Dec. 1915), nombreux individus.— Batu cave, under stone at entrance to cave (N. An- nandale, 2-1-16); Id. Goah Gloap, Bukit Tapang, Biserat (N. Annandale, 4-11-16); nombreux exemplaires de la forme nigricauda. Minneryia, Ceylon (B. H. Buxton); 1¢ immature de la forme ceylonica. Taille moyenne, coloration roussatre assez foncé avec le bord postérieur des ter- gites thoraciques et des premiers tergites abdominaux étroitement marginé de brun foncé; pronotum et mésonotum présentant une ligne brune médiane, le pronotum marqué, en outre, de deux taches jaunes trés nettes, prés de la ligne médiane, au bord antérieur. Antennes et pattes concolores, ces derniéres peu distinctement annelées de brun. Pubescence rare et dressée, presque nulle sur le dos qui est trés luisant sur le thorax et les trois premiers tergites abdominaux. ; TETE.—Occiput peu bombé; front déclive, trés court ; rostre frontal brun, court, anguleusement mais peu profondément incisé au sommet, formant deux tubercules coniques, peu aigus, séparés par une large échancrure, sur une lougueur ne dépassant pas le tiers de la longueur totale du rostre; a la base de chaque tubercule, du cdté externe, se trouve une tache ocelliforme jaune. Face assez étroite, roussatre avec une bande brune trés large mais peu marquée de chaque cdté de la ligne médiane; écusson facial large, bombé dans la partie médiane, formant un tubercule étroit entre les fossettes antennaires ; clypéus trapézoidal, assez élevé, a bord supérieur un peu convexe, bords latéraux rétrécis un peu au des- sus du milieu, disque subcaréné trans- versalement. I,abre un peu allongé, a bords latéraux trés convexes, apex incisé. Pubescence assez rare et dres- sée sur le crane et sur la face qui sont luisants; bords du labre garnis Fic. XVI.—Paradiestrammena gravelyi, Chop. Téte et thorax, face dorsale et profil, x 6. de longs poils. Yeux assez grands, noirs, beau- coup plus longs que larges, subanguleux aux deux extrémités, situés derriére la fossette antennaire et remontant un peu plus haut qu'elle; leur surface est assez faiblement bombée et surtout vers le bord interne, ce qui fait paraitre l'oeil un peu conique, vu de dessus. . Antennes rousses, trés longue; article I grand, peu rembruni vers l’apex, son ~ bord apical sinué, bord externe faiblement concave, bord interne assez fortement renflé un peu au dessous du milieu; article II court, renflé, III allongé, gréle, un peu dilaté a la base, IV cylindrique, environ trois fois plus long que large, V et suivants cylindriques, un peu plus courts que IV. Pubescence assez abondante sur les deux premiers articles, rare sur les suivants. Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 391 Piéces buccales :' mandibules noiratres au bord interne qui est armé d’une double créte dentée, apex armé d’une forte dent recourbée. Hypopharynx n’atteignant pas l’extrémité du labium, incisé a l’apex. Maxilles a piéces basilaires anguleuses au bord externe, lacinias gréles, a bord externe peu convexe, bord interne armé de deux dents apicales et d’une anté-apicale trés fine, et garni de longs poils raides; galeas trés étroits, arrondis al’apex. Palpes longs et trés gréles, a articles I et II courts, un peu dilatés a l’apex, III cylindrique, gréle, IV un peu plus long que III, trés gréle et un peu dilaté dans le quart apical, la partie dilatée rembrunie, V égal 4 III et IV réunis, un peu incurvé et dilaté a l'apex ; pubescence fine, dressée, peu abondante sauf sur le dernier article. Labium a piéce basilaire presque carrée, A cdtés droits, bord supérieur con- cave; mentum rectangulaire, assez allongé, 4 peine une fois et demie plus large que long; palpigére allongé, profondément sillonné au milieu; lobes externes courts, tronqués a l’apex, lobes internes triangulaires, trés petits. Palpes assez longs, a article I court et dilate au sommet, II presque double de I, assez fortement incurvé, III un peu plus long que II, faiblement dilaté. Pubescence dressée, assez longue mais peu abondante sur les piéces du labium, plus serrée sur les lobes externes et les palpes. THORAX.—Pronotum large, 4 bord antérieur convexe, trés légérement sinué de chaque cdté de la ligne m4diane, bord postérieur trés fortement convexe au milieu, légérement concave sur les cétés; lobes latéraux élevés, a bord inférieur rebordé, oblique antérieurement, un peu convexe dans la moitié postérieure ; angle antérieur trés obtus, angle postérieur arrondi; disque trés bombé, luisant mais trés finement ponctué, coloration roussatre assez foncé surtout sur la ligne médiane et aux bords antérieur et postérieur qui sont étroitement mais nettement bordés de brun; dans la partie antérieure, trés prés de la ligne médiane, se trouvent deux taches jaundatres bien nettes; latéralement on voit deux grandes impressions piriformes, lisses et foncées ; lobes latéraux jaunatres. Mésonotum assez fortement convexe au bord postérieur, a lobes latéraux élevés, a bord inférieur trés convexe, bord postérieur marginé de brun comme au pronotum, ligne médiane roux foncé. Métanotum un peu plus long que le mésonotum, bordé de brun postérieurement, bord postérieur faiblement convexe; lobes latéraux moins élevés qu’au mésonotum a bord inférieur tronqué transversalement. Pubescence presque nulle sur les tergites thoraciques qui sont trés brillants et portent seulement quelques poils dressés surtout sur les bords latéraux. Dessous du thorax blanchatre, en grande partie membraneux, a pubescence pres- que nulle. Prosternum trés large, présentant une grande piéce en U, a branchesdi vergentes, a bord postérieur un peu épaissi en bourrelet et biconvexe; en avant de cette piéce, de chaque cdté du cou se trouve un tubercule assez volumineux, faiblement sclérifié. Episternes et épiméres presque entiérement cachés sous le lobe latéral prothoracique ; stigmate grand, placé en arriére de l’épimere. 392 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Mésosternum présentant une grande plaque rectangulaire, courte, 4 bords relevés et disque profondément sillonné transversalement. Episternes larges, 4 bord inférieur arrondi et un peu dilaté, épiméres trés courts, a peine visibles; stigmate assez grand, a peritréme ovale. Métasternum rétréci en arriére, mais gardant cepandant une largeur presque égale a celle des hanches postérieures. Episternes grands, obliques, 4 bord inférieur faiblement denté; épiméres étroits, en bourrelets. ABDOMEN.—Dessus de l’abdomen roussatre avec les trois premiers tergites bordés de brun; bord postérieur des tergites III et IV trés faiblement concave au milieu; extrémité de l’abdonen faiblement carénée; pubescence dressée, peu abondante. Chez le male, le 10° tergite est trés largement tronqué a l’apex, a bord postérieur faiblement concave, angles un peu arrondis; I1° tergite assez grand, en forme d’ogive; son apex est assez pointu et présente un bord lisse un peu saillant; valves anales présentant un angle externe saillant, arrondi. Chez la femelle, les tergites sont de forme semblable sauf le 10° qui est moins largement tronqué et a angles plus arrondis; les valves anales sont également moins saillantes a langle externe. Dessous de l'abdomen jaunatre, 4 piéces sternales petites et faiblement chitini- sées, A pubescence rare et dressée; chez le male, les sternites sont a peu prés régu- liers jusqu’au 9°, s’élargissant progressivement depuis la base; ce dernier est grand, a bord postérieur largement arrondi; il présente lateralement, a sa base, un repli qui se continue sur le disque par un léger renflement transversal. Chez la femelle, les sternites sont petits jusqu’au 6°; le 7° est trés grand, légérement renflé sur le disque, a bord postérieur droit; la plaque sous-génitale est assez petite, large, trilobée, les deux lobes latéraux grands, arrondis, le lobe médian beaucoup plus petit, triangulaire ; de chaque cété, a la base, se trouve un petit lobe arrondi 4 apex denticule. Cerques trés longs, 4 pubescence trés fine et clairsemée. ORGANE COPULATEUR DU MALE.—Les piéces génitales sont assez saillantes, at- teignant l’apex de la plaque sous-génitale ; sous les valves anales se trouve un bour- relet transversal, en partie sclérifié, formant le ro° sternite ; en dessous est placé lépiphalle, grand, de forme générale rectangulaire, avec le bord antérieur fortement concave et le bord postérieur présentant un lobule médian saillant, sur lequel est inséré un prolongement aigu, assez développé; sous 1|’épiphalle se trouve le complexe copulateur comprenant une grande piéce triangulaire supérieure, médiane, et, de chaque cote, une grande valve incurvée portant a sa base tin petit prolongement arrondi; entre les deux grandes valves, a leur face inférieure, se trouvent deux petits tubercules médians. Le canal éjaculateur débouche au milieu de ces piéces, un peu en avant des tubercules inférieurs; sa partie terminale présente des replis saillant dans la lumiére du canal et couverts de poils trés forts et trés serrés, dirigés vers l’orifice. Les piéces génitales sont en grande partie couvertes de longs poils; la partie plane de l’épiphalle porte en outre des petits tubercules arrondis, generalement piliféres. OviIscaPTE.—Oviscapte court, un peu moins long que les cerques, legérement Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 393 incurvé vers le haut; valve supérieure assez étroite, un peu dilatée a la base, a bords presque paralléles jusque prés de l’apex qui est trés aigu; bord inférieur un peu convexe, bord supérieur concave et assez brusquement incurvé un peu avant l’apex ; valve inférieure aussi longue que la supérieure, assez aigué a l’apex, son bord inférieur faiblement convexe, surtout dans la moitié apicale et armé de 14 denticulations lar- ges et plates, a angle inférieur denté. Valve interne étroite, atteignant presque l’extrémité de l’oviscapte, peu aigué a l’apex. PATTES.—Pattes antérieures: hanches allongées, a face externe glabre, concave ; bord antéro-externe saillant, armé d’une forte épine brune un peu au dessus du milieu ; face interne velue, a lobe apical trés saillant, subaigu au sommet. Trochanters un peu allongés, dilatés a l’apex. Feémurs longs, velus, un peu renflés a la base, ornés de deux anneaux bruns, assez vagues, et rembrunis a l’apex ; face inférieure sillonnée, apex armé d’une longue épine externe mobile et d’une trés petite épine interne. Tibias un peu plus longs que les fémurs, gréles, cylindriques, velus et armés en des- sous de deux paires d’épines assez longues, les internes un peu plus courtes que les externes et situées un peu au dessus d’elles; apex pfésentant deux éperons inférieurs dont l’externe plus long que l’interne et un petit éperon supérieur externe; entre les éperons inférieurs se trouve une trés petite épine médiane. ‘arses trés gréles, un peu comprimés; métatarses moitié plus longs que les autres articles réunis, non carénés en dessous et munis sur toute leur longueur d’une double rangée de fines spinules; 2° article égal au quart du métatarse, également garni en dessous de spinules ; 3° article trés court, caréné en dessous, 4° a peine double du 3°, un peu dilaté a l’apex ; eriffes fines et aigués. Pattes intermédiaires: hanches inermes, a lobe apical interne moins développé qu’aux hanches antérieures. Fémurs et tibias de méme forme que les antérieurs ; fémurs armés de deux épines apicales mobiles; tibias portant, a la face inférieure, deux €pines externes situées un peu au dessous du premier et deuxiéme tiers du tibia et une épine interne placée en face de l'inférieure externe; apex armé de 4 éperons dont les inférieurs beaucoup plus longs que les supérieurs, et d’une petite épine inféri- eure médiane. ‘Tarses semblables aux tarses antérieurs. Pattes postérieures: hanches courtes et épaisses, 4 face externe aplatie, face in- terne formant un angle peu saillant ; trochanters courts, cylindriques. Fémurs bien renflés a la base, ornés, a la face externe, de taches brunes irrégul’éres laissant entre elles deux anneaux clairs au milieu et un peu avant l’apex; bord inférieur interne armé de trois petites épines, peu distantes entre elles, situées un peu avant le milieu du fémur; apex présentant une grande épine géniculaire interne. . Tibias un peu plus longs que les femurs, gréles, sillonnés en dessous, ornés de 6 ou 7 anneaux bruns irréguliers ; leurs bords supérieurs sont mutiques sur une assez grande longueur, prés de la base, puis armés de I5 a 20 épines assez faibles et assez irréguliérement espacées ; vers le quart inférieur du tibia, une d’entre elles est plus forte que les autres et séparée des suivantes par un espace mutique; l’apex porte une épine assez éloignée de la précédente ; éperons grands, velus en dessous, sillonnés en dessus, crochus a l'apex, les internes un peu plus longs que les externes; inférieurs courts, courbés ; 394 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. intermédiaires beaucoup plus longs, droits; supérieurs doubles des intermédiaires, de méme forme qu’eux; le supérieur interne n’atteint pas l’extrémité du métatarse. Tarses trés longs et gréles, un peu comprimés ; métatarses un peu plus longs que les autres articles réunis, armés d’une petite épine apicale; 2° article assez allongé, 3° trés court, tous deux armés a l’apex de deux trés petites épines; dessous des trois premiers articles non caréné, garni de spinules; 4° article presque aussi long que les 2° et 3° réunis. DIMENSIONS.—J’ai mesuré environ une quarantaine d’individus tant de la forme typique que de la forme nigricauda ; ils montrent de trés faibles variations de taille ; les principales dimensions sont: Long. du corp .. 14-16°5 mm. Feém. ant. J.) “EE*5-03 nim » Gt pronote--: . “9-526: =m Fém. interm. .*) YO-11T-54min , deloviscapte 8°5-II mm. Fém. post. .. 1823 mm. , descerques.. 9°5-II mm. Tibia post. “.) 2-24°3 main. D’une maniére générale, les males sont un peu plus petits que le femelles, ne dépassant guére 14 millimétres ; leurs différentes proportions sont d’ailleurs exacte- ment semblables. Les jeunes individus différent fort peu, quant a l’aspect général, des adultes. Lorsque j’ai décrit cette espéce, je n’avais sous les yeux que quelques males de Lenggong caves et une femelle provenant du British Museum, de Selangor. Cette derniére, comparée au co-typfe de P. annandalei qui m’avait été communiqué en méme temps, montrait des différeaces trés nettes que j’ai résumées dans le tableau placé en téte du genre. Depuis, des matériaux abondants m’ont été procurés par Mr. N. Annandale, provenant a la fois des grottes de Jalor et de celles de Selangor. J’ai pu constater alors que la forme de Jalor, bien que trés semblable par sa coloration a la forme typique, se rapproche par bien des caractéres de P. annandalei et établit ainsi . un véritable passage entre les deux espéces. En résumé je suis amené a considérer qu’il existe 4 Jalor deux formes de Pavadiestrammena un peu différentes entre elles et differant également de celle de Selangor. Enfin il faut noter que B. H. Buxton a trouvé a Ceylan une forme, malheureuse- ment immature, mais évidemment trés voisine de P. gravely1, ce qui semble indiquer que cette espéce a une aire de répartition beaucoup plus étendue que les trois espéces voisines. Comme ces derniéres, elle semble en outre strictement cavernicole et je n’ai vu jusqu’a présent que des individus provenant des grottes. Les trois formes de P. gravelyi peuvent étre caractérisées comme suit: Forma typica.—Coloration bien marquée, mais pattes faiblement annelées. Rostre frontal peu profondément incisé au sommet. Oviscapte trés nettement plus court que les cerques (1, 5 4 2 mm.); plaque sous-génitale femelle présentant en outre des deux lobes basaux, trois lobes apicaux dont les deux latéraux trés larges, arrondis, et le médian petit, triangulaire, trés légérement incisé 4 l’apex. Tibias antérieurs por- tant 4 épines inférieures disposées par paires ; tibias intermédiaires présentant 2 épines inférieures externes et I interne seulement; fémurs postérieures a bord inférieur interne armé de 2 ou 3 spinules. Hab. Selangor caves. - Orthoptéres cavernicoles. 395 Forma nigricauda, nova.—Coloration encore plus marquée que dans la forme typique, mais avec les taches claires du pronotum plus foncées et ressortant peu sur la couleur du fond; pattes indistinctement annelées, rembrunies. Rostre frontal un peu plus profondément, et surtout plus largement, échancré a l’apex. Oviscapte égalant ou méme parfois dépassant un peu les cerques ; ceux-ci trés foncés, noiratres ; plaque sous-génitale femelle présentant 3 lobes apicaux subégaux, le médian assez forte- ment échancré a l’apex. ‘Tibias antérieurs et intermédiaires armés seulement de 2 épines externes trés faibles; femurs postérieurs présentant au bord inférieur interne I seule trés petite épine, pouvant méme manquer. Hab. Jalor caves. Forma ceylonica.—Coloration bien marqueé, a taches claires du pronotum peu visibles, de méme que chez migricauda; pattes trés nettement annelées de brun. Rostre frontal étroit, assez profondément et étroitement échancré a l’apex. Cerques plus courts que chez la forme typique. Femurs postérieurs armés d’une seule épine sur le bord inférieur interne. Hab. Ceylan. Ou voit que ces trois formes sont trés voisines mais la forme mgricauda montre dans l’échancrure du rostre, la longueur comparative des cerques et de l’oviscapte et larmature des pattes des caractéres qui la rapprochent nettement de P. annandaler. Il serait donc fort intéressant de retrouver des individus de ce dernier et spécialement des males qui permettraient de séparer plus nettement cette espéce des différentes races, de P. gravelyi; les piéces génitales du male, et en particulier l’épiphalle, mon- trent en effet chez ces derniéres une conformation des plus constantes. BIBLIOGRAPHIE. 1913. ANNANDALE (N.), CoGGIN BROowN (J.) ET GRAVELY (F.H.). The limestone caves of Burma and the Malay Peninsula.—Journ. and Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, Vol. IX, No. Io, pp. 391-424, pl. 18-22. 1897. -BOLIVAR (I.). Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e regioni vicine, LX XVIII. Nouvelle espéce cavernicole de la famille des Blattaires.—Ann. Mus. Genova, XX XVIII, pp. 38-36. 1915. CHOPARD (L.). Diagnoses d’Orthoptéres cavernicoles nouveaux.—Bull. Soc. ent France, pp. 276-279. I9g16a. —— Diagnoses d’Orthoptéres cavernicoles nouveaux.—Bull. Soc. ent. France, pp. 113-116. 5b. —— Tableaux de détermination des formes des genres Diestvrammena Br. et Tachycines Ad.—Bull. Soc. ent France, pp. 154-159. 1912. GRIFFINI (Dott. A.), Description de nouvelles espéces de Gryllacridae et de Stenopelmatidae du Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Paris.— Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, pp. I-1I. 1914. —— Studi sopra alcuni Stenopelmatidi dell’Indian Museum de Calcutta. Con qualche considerazione generale sui Grillacridi-e sugli Stenopel- matidi.—A tt Soc. tt. Sc. nat., L III, pp. 1-31. I9Il5. —— Note sopra una seconda serie de Stenopelmatidi dell’Indian Museum de Calcutta.—Att Soc. it. Sc. nat., LIV, pp. 85-r10T. 396 1903. 1908. 1906. IgIo. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. KirBy (W. F.). Notes on Blattidae etc., with descriptions of new genera and species in the collection of the British Museum, South Kensington.— Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 12, [1903], pp. 373-381. —— Description of a new cavernicolous Phasgonurid from Lower Siam.— Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta [1908], p. 93. SHELFORD (R.). Studies of the Blattidae III. Some new Blattidae from Sarawak, Borneo, in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. —Trans. Ent. Soc. London [1906], pp. 265-278, pl. 16. Genera Insectorum Orthoptera, fam. Blattidae, subfam. Blattinae, Bruxelles in 4°, 27 pp., 2 pl. Se OES eOOeer ee ere - > oF mrs iu Sees vic Oty: s4 “ ay iy: . oh ie: ef b) ; ® oe Seb by i a - ROMER hic eI) Pree irl: ra - = peeps: it CAMA. dial Tae eee ae ‘wir is iy its Peete REL) cor mes: noe f a b Soe ee Meg a ify vd ae ae abate, ~*~ a ~ 7 aT EXPLICATION DE LA PLANCHE XII. 1.—Phyllodromia nigrocincta, n. sp.—Téte, vue de face, x 14. 2— Do. Extrémité abdominale 9 , face dorsale, x 7. 3.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢, face ventrale, x 7. 4.—Periplaneta cavermicola, n. sp.—Téte, vue de face, x 5. 5.-- Do. Extrémité de la maxille gauche, face inférieure, x 28; 0, or- gane de Bugnion. 6.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ , face dorsale, x 4. 7.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢? , face dorsale, x 4. 8.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ , face ventrale, x 4. 9.— Do. Ensemble des piéces génitales du ¢, vues du dessus, x 7. . 10.—-Miroblatta silphoides, n. sp.—Teéte, vue de face, x 7. . II.— Do. Premiers articles de l’antenne droite, face interne, x 19. . I2.— Do. Face inférieure de la base de l’élytre gauche, x 4; mt., mé- tasternum; ep., épisterne métathoracique ; em., épimére. . 13.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ , face supérieure, x 4. .14.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ , face inférieure, x 4. . 15.—Leucophaea striata Kirby.—Téte, vue de face, x 7. . 16.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢, face supérieure, x 6. .17.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢? , face supérieure, x 6. Mem. As, Soc. Beng. Vol. VI, 1919. ORTHOPTERES CAVERNICOLES. Plate XII. ~ ha ; / vr , * * e * \ Songs: 7 ACs: 30:.== Do. Styles du male: a face dorsale; 6, face latérale, x 7. .37.— Do. Extrémité abdominale d’un jeune ¢ , de 6 mm. de long, x 6. . 38.— Do. Extrémité abdominale et oviscapte d’une jeune ?, de 8 mm. de long, = 7. . 39.— Do. Face latérale de la méme, x 7; 4, style. . 40.— Do. Extrémité de la valve supérieure de l’oviscapte de la méme, % AOswS, SbYIE. Mem. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. VI, 1919. ORTHOPTERES CAVERNICOLES. Plate XIII. ? » Ve eae ; aa os Misitiel de’ sro eiygaaies Pelosi or Cou merit sett te Bey oly @ a See Bieter oe rh Sy ate Twi MYST the a Ua a av 7S wl 7 a ee an Fie 2” é yo Beams. CS igsta | ‘8 al sdiberh- nice wii Ot wan “ab —_ #2 ret EXPLICATION DE LA PLANCHE XIV. . 41.—Paradiestrammena feat Chop.—Rostre frontal, face dorsale x Io. . 42.— Do. Extréemité abdominale ¢ , face ventrale, x 6. . 43.-- Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ et oviscapte, face latérale, x 5. . 44.— Do. Extrémité de la valve supérieure de l’oviscapte, x 14. .45.— Do. Extrémité des valves inférieure et interne de l’oviscapte, face interne, x 14. ; . 46.— Do. Ensemble des piéces génitales du ¢, face dorsale, x 14; @, épiphalle. .47.— Do. Téte de l’épiphalle, x 42. . 48.— Do. Extrémité du tibia et tarse postérieurs droits, face interne, x 8. . 49.—Paradiestrammena brevitrons Chop.—Rostre frontal, face dorsale, = 14. . 50.— Do. Rostre frontal et base de l’antenne, face latérale, x Io. . 51.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ , face ventrale, x 4. . 52.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ et oviscapte, face latérale. x 4. . 53. Do. Extrémité de l’oviscapte, face interne, x 7. . 54.— Do. Piéces génitales du ¢, face dorsale, x 6. . 55-— Do. Epiphalle isolé, x Io. . 56.—Paradiestrammena annandalei Kirby.—Rostre frontal, face dorsale, x 14. . 57-— Do. Rostre frontal et base de l’antenne, face latérale, x 14. . 58.— Do. Extrémité abdominale 2? et oviscapte, face latérale, x 4. . 59.—Paradiestrammena gravelyt Chop.—Rostre frontal, face dorsale, x 14. . 60.— Do. Piéces génitales du ¢, vues du dessus, x 14. . 61.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ , face ventrale, x 4. . 62.— Do. Extrémité abdominale ¢ et oviscapte, face latérale, x 4. . 63.— Do. Extrémité du tibia et tarse postérieurs gauches, face interne, > " - ’ a y a ae | oa = - — 3 ‘ OO SS - 2 = = on : ; : - , \ a : - , - - Sa « _ ' ‘ i> . — 7 n : Fa - i: - ~ . - - x . . * Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. VI. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR BEAST. MYSIDACEA, TANAIDACEA AND ISOFPODA. By W. M. Tarrersauy, D.Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. CONTENTS. INTRODUCTION MYSIDACEA. FAMILY MysIDAR. Siriella watasei Nak. Gastrosaccus vulgaris Nak. : Rhopalophthalmus egregius Hansen .. Nanomysis, gen. nov. .. Ag Ae as Nanomysis siamensis, sp. nov. ae Re ae Neomysis nigra Nak. Neomysis awatschensis Brandt. Ae aA a Anisomysis ijimat Nak. .. ae a ae: TANAIDACEA. ; FamiLy APSEUDIDAR. A pseudes sp. IsopoDA. Famity ASELLIDAR. Asellus aquaticus (1,inn.). Caecidothea kawamurai, sp. nov. FAMILY CYMOTHOIDAR. Tachaea chinensis Thiel. in ms Ichthyoxenus japonensis Rich. a Ss SE FAMILY SPHAEROMIDAE. NS. Exosphaeroma oregonensis Dana Exosphaeroma chinensis, sp. nov. FAMILY IDOTEIDAE. Cleantis annandalei, sp. nov. FAMILY LIGIIDAE. Ligia exotica, Roux. fe ae Page 405 A07. 407 408 408 409 410 412 413 415 415 417 419 421 421 423 429 430 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. MYSIDACEA, TANAIDACEA AND ISOPODA. By W. M. TaTrersauy, D.Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. (Fis. EV, SEVIS VIET) Dr. Annandale has kindly entrusted to me for examination the Crustacea belong- ing to the three’ orders Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda (marine or aquatic species only) which he procured during his tour in the Eastern parts of Asia. The collection contains sixteen species, seven Mysids, one Tanaid and eight Isopods and has proved of exceptional interest. I am much indebted to Dr. Annandale for the opportunity of examining it. The collections were made mainly in brackish or freshwater lakes and while the number of species collected is not large, some interesting results were obtained. In lL. Biwa, Dr. Annandale found an Asellus which I am unable to distinguish from the cosmopolitan Asellus aquaticus of Europe and America. This discovery fills a gap in the known distribution of this species and links up its known occurrence over the greater part of Europe and Northern Asia with the records of the same species from America. It is a survival of the time when Japan was connected by land with the rest of the continent of Asia and with North America by the land bridge to Alaska. The most interesting specimens in the collection belong to a species of Caectdo- thea found in a well in Otsu. This genus has hitherto only’ been found in North America. The Japanese species is of further interest in the fact that it possesses distinct eyes and may thus be regarded as a more primitive species than its North American congeners, which are all blind. Otherwise it is a true Caecidothea, afford- ing no characteristics to distinguish it generically. The record is a most interesting one from the point of view of geographical distribution. The remaining species from Japan in the collection were found as follows :— MARINE SPECIES. Siriella wataset, Nak. Gastrosaccus vulgaris, Nak. . Amsomysis yimat, Nak. Rhopalophthalmus egregius, Hansen. BRACKISH WATER. ‘Neomysis awatschensis, Brandt. L,. Kasumi-ga-ura. 406 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. FRESH WATER. Tachaea chinensis, Thiel. Ogura Pond, near Kyoto. Tchthyoxenus japonensis, Richardson. Lake Biwa. Among the Mysidacea Szriella watasei, Gastrosaccus vulgaris and Anisomysis ijumai are so far only known from the seas in the neighbourhood of Japan, while Rhopalophthalmus egregius has a wide distribution in the tropical and sub-tropical parts of the Indian and Pacific Oceans from India to Japan. On the other hand the brackish water species, Neomysis awatschensis, is an immigrant from the North, known hitherto from Kamtschatka. The two Isopods, Tachaea chinensis and Icltthyoxenus japonensis, are representa- tives of genera widely distributed in fresh and brackish water in India, Indo-Malaysia and the islands of the East Indies. From China the following species were obtained, all from fresh water :— Tal-Huv. Tachaea chinensis, Thiel. Exosphaeroma oregonensis, Dana. WHANGPOO RIVER, BELOW SHANGHAI. Neomysis nigra, Nak. Cleantis annandalei, Tattersall. Exosphaeroma oregonensis, Dana. Exosphaeroma chinensis, Tattersall. Of these species, Tachaea chinensis is common to Japan and China and isa representative of a southern and tropical fauna. ‘The other species have probably entered the brackish waters of China from the North and are evidence of a northern element in the fauna. Neomysis nigra is known from Japan and is very closely allied to the northern N. awatschensis. _E. oregonensis is known from brackish water in Alaska and from several places along the western shores of N. America to as far South as California. ‘The brackish water species of these groups of Crustacea found in China and Japan appear to suggest therefore at least two distinct sources of origin for that fauna. The Mysids, Neomysis awatschensis and N. nigra, are distinctly immigrants from the North and there is no suggestion of a southern element in the Mysidacean fauna of the brackish waters of Japan and China. — Both species are of the nature of relict species. Among the Isopods of the same fauna Tachaea chinensis found in both China and Japan is of southern origin, while the two species of Exosphaeroma and Cleantis annandalet probably entered from the North. The purely freshwater species A se//us aquaticus and Caecidothea kawamurai are survivors of a fauna of much earlier times, when Japan was in land connection with both America and the rest of Asia. | . | | | Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 407 The collections from the Talé-Sap are small and include the following species :— MARINE. Rhopalophthalmus egregius, Hansen. FRESH TO BRACKISH WATER. Nanomysts stamensis, gen. and sp. nov. A pseudes sp. Ligia exotica Roux. The Mysid Nanomysis siamensis affords the only real evidence of the affinities of the brackish water fauna of this lake. It is closely related to a species I have described from similar habitats in India (Potamomysis assimilis, W.M.T.) and shows no kind of relationship with the species found in China and Japan. Four species have been described as new to science, Nanomysis siamensis, gen. et sp. nov. Caecidothea kawamurat, sp. nov. Exosphaeroma chinensis, sp. nov. Cleantis annandalei, sp. nov. I desire to express my thanks to my wife for the drawings illustrating this paper. Order MYSIDACEA. Sub-order MYSIDA. Family MYSIDAE. Sub-fam. SIRIELLINAE. Genus Siriella, Dana. Siriella watasei, Nakazawa. S. watasei, Nakazawa, I9gI0, p. 256, pl. viii, figs. 8, 36. Locality :—Tateyama, mouth of Tokyo Bay, Japan, two females (presented by Dr. Nakazawa). In the absence of males, these specimens agree very closely with the description given by Nakazawa. ‘The species is only known as yet from Japanese waters. Sub-fam. GASTROSACCINAE. Genus Gastrosaccus, Norman. 'Gastrosaccus vulgaris, Nakazawa. G. vulgaris, Nakazawa, IgI0, p. 253, pl. viii, figs. 6, 23, 24, 29, 35. G. vulgaris, Zimmer, 1918, p. 15, text figs. 1-4. a Locality :—Osaka Market, Japan, 24. xi, 15, one male. Zimmer has completed the description of this species by an account, with figures of the first two and last two pleopods of the male. He notes that, in the | 408 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. female, the first pair of pleopods are only one-branched instead of two-branched as described by Nakazawa. ‘The species is known, so far, only from Japan and Formosa. “Among large quantities of Acetes japonicus, Kish., on sale in the market, probably from the mouth of the Yeddo River. N. A.” Sub-fam RHOPALOPHTHALMINAE. Genus Rhopalophthalmus, Illig, 1906. Rhopalophthalmus egregius. Hansen. R. egregius, Hansen, 1910, p. 49, pl. vi, figs. 3a-k, pl. vii, figs. la-d. R. egregius, Nakazawa, IgI0, p. 255, pl. vili, figs. 12, 22. R. egregius, Tattersall, 1915, p. 151. R. egregius, Colosi, 1918, p. 6, Locahty :—Coast of Ariak Sea, Japan, several fathoms, twenty specimens of both sexes (presented by Dr. Nakazawa). ; Across the channel from Singgora, Talé Sap, Siam, 44 metres, 24. i. 1916, two males, Io mm. This species is evidently widely distributed in the temperate and tropical parts of the Pacific Ocean and is now known from off Java (Hansen), Japan (Nakazawa), Chilka Lake, Orissa (Tattersall), Torres Straits and Pacific Ocean between New Caledonia and New Zealand (Colosi) and Siam. Sub-fam. MYSINAE. Nanomysis, gen. nov. First, second and fifth pleopods of the male, rudimentary, one-jointed and of the same form as the female. Third pleopod of the male with a single-jointed inner ramus and a three-jointed outer ramus which is nearly three-times as long as the inner ramus, the two terminai joints small, the first joint with three long setae on the distal end of the outer margin, the second joint with a single seta on the outer distal corner, the third joint with a single terminal seta longer than the joint. Fourth pleopod of the male very long, extending to the end of the telson, inner ramus single-jointed, outer ramus four-jointed, the first joint half as long as the whole ramus and almost twice as long as the inner ramus, second joint slightly longer than the third, the terminal joint small and bearing two spiniform setae about four times as long as the joint, third joint with a single long and powerful seta on its outer distal corner twice as long as the third joint and reaching beyond the terminal setae. : Antennal scale narrowly lanceolate and two-jointed, setose all round. Mastica- tory lobes on the second, third and fourth joints of the endopod of the first thoracic limb weli developed. Tarsus of the posterior thoracic limbs four-jointed. Inner uropod without spines on the inner margin. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 409 Telson short, apex convex, not split, armed with a comb of spines between two stronger lateral spines, margins with spines along their entire length. With the aid of Zimmer’s key (1915) to the genera of the tribe Myszm1, it is found that this genus falls into group II D and has its nearest ally in the arctic genus Stilomysis. It is to be distinguished from this genus mainly by the much different form of the telson, the absence of a row of spines on the inner margin of the uropods, the presence of lobes on the internal margin of the third and fourth joints of the endopods of the first thoracic limbs and by its very much smaller size. Superficially and especially in the females, it resembles the genus Potamomysis, as recently redefined by me, and can only be distinguished by a close examination of the shape of the telson. But whereas in Nanomysis, the third pleopod of the male has a well developed outer ramus, in Pofamomysis it is a single-jointed plate as in the female. Nanomysis siamensis, sp. nov. (Pl. XV, figs. 7-10.) Locality :—All the specimens in the collection were captured in the Talé Sap, Siam, in January, 1916, at the following stations :— St. 5. 4mi. E.N.E. of the mouth of the Patalung River, 2 metres, 13. i. 16, many, fragmentary. 22272. (Fresh water.) St. 8. 4 mi. off shore a little south of the mouth of the Patalung River, 2 metres, 14. 1. 16, about fifty specimens. 2328, 2388 (Fresh water.) TYPES. St. 10.. Koh Si Hah, 17. i. 16, eight specimens. °%222. (Fresh water.) St. 25. Narrow aerin opposite Ban Lem Chak, near Singgora, 64 metres, 25. i. 16, one female, 4 mm., 232®. (Sp. grav. 100425.) Description : Dai produced in front only slightly in the form of a rostral projection with a pointed apex; the external ‘portion of the frontal margin of the carapace on each side behind the eyes armed with a series of small spinules, those on the extreme outside the largest, the series gradually decreasing in size towards the centre; pleon with the first and fourth segments shortest and equal in size, second and third slightly longer and equal, fifth segment slightly longer than the fourth, sixth segment I} times as long as the fifth, telson (PI. XV, fig. 8) only ? of the length of the last segment of the pleon, about as long as broad at the base, ‘not cleft, lateral margins armed along their entire length with about ro small spines with an addition- al larger spine at the outside corners of the apex, latter slightly convex, half. as broad as the base of the telson, and armed with a comb of twelve spines between the larger spines at each corner; inner uropod two and a half times’ as long as the telson, without spines on its lower inner margin; outer uropod only slightly longer than the inner, about ,', longer. Second joint ‘of the antennular peduncle very short, first and third joints about equal in size, male appendage well developed and densely hirsute, inner flagellum not much more than one-third, certainly less than one-half of the length of the outer one and much more slender. bol ye ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Antennal scale (Pl. XV, fig. 7) narrowly lanceolate in shape, about seven times as long as broad, two-jointed, distal joint one-seventh of the entire length of the scale, margin of the scale setose all round; the scale extends for 2 of its length beyond its own peduncle and one-third of its length beyond the antennular peduncle; the second joint of the antennular peduncle is longer than the third and there is a pro- minent spine on the outer corner of the basal joint from which the scale springs. Labrum without a spine; masticatory lobes well developed on the second, third and fourth joints of the endopods of the first thoracic limbs; tarsus of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs four-jointed. First, second and fifth pleopods of the male, as in the female, consisting of a single-jointed uniramous plate. Third pleopod of the male, (Pl. XV, fig. 9) biramous, inner ramus a single-jointed plate, outer ramus nearly three times as long as the inner ramus, three-jointed, first joint twice as long as the inner ramus, with three long setae on the outer margin near the distal end, second and third joints together about one-third of the first joint the second joint slightly the longer and having a single seta on its outer distal corner, third joint terminated by a single long seta, longer than the third joint but shorter than the second and third joints combined. Fourth pleopod of the male (Pl. XV, fig. 10) very long, reaching to the posterior end of the telson, biramous, inner branch a single-jointed plate, outer branch four times as long as the inner, four-jointed, the first joint twice as long as the inner ramus, the second joint about half as long as the first, third joint slightly shorter than the second with a single very strong plumose spine on the outer corner, which is nearly twice as long as the joint and, extends well beyond the spines on the terminal joint, latter quite short and terminated by two long spines four times as long as the joint. Length of adult male, 5 mm. This interesting little species is apparently very abundant in the Talé Sap, more abundant in the inner lake than in the outer. In the inner lake the water is quite fresh, whereas in the outer lake the corrected specific gravity of the water at the time these specimens were taken was 1°00425. The species‘is therefore a true lacustrine form. It is readily distinguishable by the spinules on the carapace, the form of the telson and the character of the male pleopods. It is very closely allied to the Indian Potamomysis assimilis which lives in very similar habitats, but differs in the form of the telson, and particularly in having the third pleopod of the male rudimentary and of the same form as in the female. Genus Neomysis, Czerniavsky. Neomysis nigra, Nakazawa. — (Pl. XV, figs. 5-6.) N. nigra, Nakazawa, 1910, p. 248, pl. viii, figs. 3, 17, 30. Locality :—Whangpoo River, 5-10 miles below Shanghai, 53-74 metres, Io. xii. 15, ! Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. ATI nine specimens up toro mm. A note on the label reads ‘‘ Water fresh permanently, but affected strongly by tide. Very muddy. Bottom firm sandy mud’”’ and a further label says that this species was “‘ only caught at or near the bottom.” It is with some doubt that I refer these specimens to Neomysis nigra, Nak. Though the specimens measure up to 10 mm. in length, the males are still immature, to judge by the condition of the fourth pair of pleopods. Nakazawa’s specimens, though measuring only 7-8 mm, were, from his description, fully mature. But otherwise I have failed to find any noteworthy point of difference and I tentatively refer them to this species until more material is available. I may perhaps be allowed to supplement Nakazawa’s description in a few particulars. The segments of the pleon diminish successively in size from the first to the fifth, and the sixth segment is one and a half times as long as the fifth. The telson (Pl. XV, fig. 6) is slightly longer than the last segment of the pleon. It is one and a half times as long as broad at its base. The apex is truncate, one quarter as broad as the base of the telson, and bears two pairs of spines, an inner shorter pair and an outer longer pair, which are about as long as the apex of the telson is wide. The lateral margins bear 18-19 spines extending the whole way down their length. The inner uropod is about one and a half times and the outer uropod nearly twice as long as the telson. I have given a figure of the telson and the eye of one of my specimens for com- parison with the same parts of N. awatschensis, Brandt, a very closely allied species, also occurring in this collection. The two species differ in the following points :— (1) In N. mgra the rostrum is broadly triangular with a pointed apex. In N. awatschensis the rostrum is a broadly rounded plate. (2) N. nigra appears to have a broader and stouter eye than in N. awatschensis. In N. nigra the eye is slightly less than one and a half times as long as broad, with the peduncle half as wide as the eye is long and the pigment occupying the distal half of the eye (Pl. XV; fig. 5). In N. awatschensis, the eye is rather more than one and a half times as long as broad, the peduncle only 2 as wide as the eye is long and the pigment occupying less than half of the eye, (Pl. XV, fig. 2). | (3) In the form of the fourth pleopod of the male. In my most mature male, the fourth pleopod does not extend the whole length of the last segment of the pleon and has the first joint of the outer branch only one and a half times as long as the second, while the terminal setae are only two-thirds the length of the last joint. Nakazawa says that the outer branch of the fourth pleopod of the male reaches to the middle of the telson, that its proximal joint is four times as long as the distal and that the terminal filaments are longer than the distal joint. 412 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. In N. awatschensis, the fourth pleopod of the male reaches to the middle of the telson, the proximal joint of the outer branch is double the length of the distal and the terminal setae are rather more than half as long as the distal joint (Pl. XV,.fig. 4). ; This species is also very closely allied to N. intermedia, Czern., but differs in the form of the rostrum and, to judge from Czerniavsky’s figures, also in the form of the fourth pleopod of the male. N. nigra was found by Nakazawa in the Lake of Hamana, a brackish inlet of the sea, and also in the Gulf of Tokio, both localities in Japan. Its occurrence in practically a similar habitat in China is interesting. Neomysis awatschensis, Brandt. , (Pl. XV, figs. 1-4.) Mysis awatschensis, Brandt, 1851, p. 120. Mysis awatschensis, Czerniavsky, 1882, p. 22, pl. xviii, figs. 13-17. N. awatschensis, Zimmer, 1904. N. awatschensis, Derzhavin, 1913, p. 197. Locality :—lake Kasumi-ga-ura, Japan, 15. x. 15, near bottom, about 30 ft., abundant, up to 10 mm. This species does not appear to have been redescribed since Brandt published his short account of the species in 1851, except for Czerniavsky’s brief diagnosis drawn up from specimens in the Petrograd Museum. ‘This description is based on female examples and it is necessary to supplement it by an account of the pleopods of the male. The rostrum is in the form of a broadly and evenly rounded plate, not pointed at the apex. The first five segments of the pleon are more or less subequal while the sixth segment is one and a half times as long as the fifth. The telson (Pl. XV, fig. 3) is as long as the sixth segment of the pleon, one and three quarter times as long as broad at its base, apex truncate, one quarter of the breadth of the telson at its base. The lateral margins of the telson bear about fifteen spines ranged along the whole of their length and the apex bears two pairs of spines, an inner shorter pair and an - outer longer pair. The inner uropod is one and a half times as long as the telson and the outer uropod twice that length. The eye (Pl. XV, fig. 2) is slightly more than one and a half times as long as broad, the peduncle two-fifths as wide as the length of the eye and the pigmented portion occupying less than one-half of the eye. There is a prominent spine on the labrum. The peduncle of the antennules is about one-half of the length of the antennal scale. The latter projects for two-thirds of its length beyond the antennal peduncle and has two prominent spines on the basal joint from which it springs, one on the outer distal corner and the other on the inner lower corner. The scale (Pl. XV, fig. 1) Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 413 is about eleven times as long as broad, the terminal joint one-fifth of the total length and acutely pointed. The tarsus of the third to the fifth thoracic limbs is seven-jointed, of the sixth and seventh limbs six-jointed and of the last thoracic limb eight-jointed. The flagellum of the exopod is nine-jointed and the basal joint of the latter has a small spine on its outer distal corner. ‘The lobes on the inner margin of the third and fourth joints of the endopod of the first thoracic limbs are well developed. The fourth pleopod of the maie (Pl. XV, fig. 4) is very long, reaching to the middle of the telson. The proximal joint of the outer ramus is twice as long as the distal joint which in its turn is one and a half times as long as the two terminal setiform processes. I have already alluded to the close relationship of this species to N. migra and pointed out that it may be distinguished by the characters of the rostrum, eye and fourth pleopod of the male. . It is, however, even more closely allied to Heteromysis intermedia, Czerniavsky, which is a true Neomysis, and Zimmer has suggested that the two species are probably synonymous. A fuller description of N. intermedia is badly needed. Nakazawa has recorded the latter from Japan but has not offered any detailed description of his specimens. The only serious point in which it differs from N. awatschensis is in the form of the fourth pleopod of the male. Czerniavsky describes this appendage as having four joints in the exopod, the first and second of which are equal in length and each as long as the inner ramus, the third and fourth joints quite minute and sub-equal, and the two terminal setae short but longer than the combined third and fourth joints. His figure bears out this description, but Iam bound to confess that the figure depicts an appendage which does not look to be fully formed and which belongs in reality to an immature male. Until this point is cleared up by an exami- nation of fully adult specimens it is impossible to regard the two species as synonymous. N. awatschensis is recorded from Kamtschatka by Brandt, Czerniavsky and Derzhavin. ‘The latter author records it as abundant in the brackish water of the rivers of the Kamtschatka peninsula which drain the large series of relict lakes found there. Its habitat in Japan is of precisely the same nature. “There is an important fishery for these little Mysids in Kasumi-ga-ura, a lagoon of almost fresh water on the Pacific Coast of the Main Island of Japan. They are caught in a peculiar kind of large trawl, the bag of which is formed of very coarsely woven stuff. N. A.’’ Genus Anisomysis, Hansen, 1gIo. Anisomysis ijimai, Nakazawa. A. wimat, Nakazawa, IgIo, p. 252, pl. viii, figs. 5, 14, 27, 33. A. ima, Zimmer, 1915, p. 171. Locality :—Tateyama, mouth of Tokyo Bay, Japan, numerous specimens (pre- sented by Dr. Nakazawa). 414 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Zimmer has rightly referred Cryptomysis lamellicauda, Hansen, to the genus Antsomysis and called attention to its very close resemblance to the present species. The only striking point of difference is in the number of curious processes on the inner margin of the second joint of the mandibular palp, 7-8 in A. ijimai and 13 in the only known specimens of 4. lamellicauda. At first I was inclined to consider these species as synonymous but I think perhaps it would be well to await the the examination of further specimens from the type locality of A. lamellicauda, especially of male specimens, before deciding this point. Zimmer, whose recent work on the Mysidacea, has added very largely to our knowledge of the group and whose attempt to systematise the species of the tribe Mysini is of the greatest value, refers both the genera Cryptomysis, Hansen, and Kreagromysis, Illig, to the synonymy of Antsomysis, and the latter genus, therefore, now includes the following species :— . laticauda, Hansen ; . yimat, Nakazawa ; . lamellicauda, Hansen ; . mixta, Nakazawa ; . bifurcata, Tattersall (—Kreagromysis megalops, Mlig) ; . australis, Zimmer. m Pw RA DP These species agree fundamentally with one another in the form and characters of the pleopods of the male (the male of A. lamellicauda is unknown, but in view of the very close affinity of this species with A. 14imai there can be little doubt that it also has male pleopods like the other species). In view of this fundamental . agreement among this group of species, Zimmer naturally raises the question of the value of the form of the telson as a character of generic importance. In the group generally, the form of the telson has been very largely used as a generic character in the past, and in the main, rightly so. But, for the present, it looks very much as if Anisomysis was a genus characterised by great variability in the shape of the telson, with a greater degree of constancy in the other characters. As Zimmer points out, if the shape of the telson is a character of generic importance, the above six species will fall into four genera, viz.:— ANISOMYSIS A. laticauda. Cryptomysis A. wyimai, A. lamellicauda. KREAGROMYSIS A. bifurcata. Anew genus A. mixta, A. australis. Future research may demonstrate the existence of groups of species which fall naturally into these genera and justify their separation, but in the present extent of our knowledge Zimmer’s arrangement is the more acceptable. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 415 Order TANAIDACEA. Fam APSEUDIDAE. Genus Apseudes, Leach. Apseudes sp. Locality :—% mi. off shore a little south of the mouth of the Patalung River, 2 metres, Talé Sap, 14. 1. 16, one specimen. This specimen belongs almost certainly to a new species but, in the imperfect state of the specimen owing to the breaking off of the uropods, it is inadvisable to give it a name. It belongs to that group of the genus, of which A pseudes talpa Mont., is the type, which is characterised by the presence of eyes, the absence of a spiniform rostral projection and the presence of a prominent spine on the labrum. In the present specimen, the rostral plate is in the form of a low triangle with an obtusely rounded apex, the height of the triangle less than one-third of the basal distance between the eye lobes. The latter are well developed and the visual elements consist of five scattered groups of about six or seven ocelli each, with intervals between them devoid of ocelli or pigment. There are no ventral spines on the body nor any prominent spine on the antero- lateral corners of the first free thoracic segment. The outstanding feature of the specimen is the slenderness of the chelate leg. The carpus is about four times as long as broad, longer than the propodus, of approximately equal width throughout and without any prominent spines. The hand is long and slender and not swollen, while the finger is about one-half the length of the hand. The limb has no distinctive armature. The third thoracic limb has one stout spine on the merus, two on the carpus and two on the propodus, hidden among the longer setae arming these limbs. The specimen measures 4 mm. in total length. From information sent with the collection, this specimen was collected in absolutely fresh water in the inner lake of the Talé Sap. I donot know of any previous record of this essentially marine genus from practically fresh water. “The water at the point at which this specimen was obtained is, almost certainly, always quite fresh, though it is affected to a slight extent by the tides, at any fate at times. N.A.’’ Order ISOPODA. Sub-order ASELLOTA. Fam. ASELLIDAE. Genus Asellus, St. Hilaire. Asellus aquaticus (Linn.). A. aquaticus, G. O. Sars, 1897, p. 97, pl. XX XIX. A. aquaticus, Racovitza, 191g, p. 37. text figs. 1-6. Asellus, sp., Hilgendort, 1874, p. 39. 416 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. A. hilgendor/11, Bovallius, 1886, p. 13. A. hilgendorfit, Hilgendorf, 1893, p. I. Locality :—Stations 5,6,8,10,14 and 22, Lake Biwa, Japan, abundant, length up to Io mm. . It was a matter of great interest to discover this cosmopolitan species in the collections from Japan. After careful examination, I can find no vital points of difference between these specimens and those I have examined from this country. The Japanese form is perhaps somewhat smaller and slightly narrower and there are fewer setae on the second pleopod of the male, but these differences are very slight. In 1874, Hilgendorf recorded a species of Asellus from Japan in the following words ‘‘In Graben der Stadt Yedo ist von mir eine Stisswasser-Assel aufgefunden worden. Die fragliche Ased/ws-Art is von der Europaeischen (dem A. aquaticus) in mehrfacher Beziehung verschieden : der Lieb ist schmaler, das vierte Beinpaar stark verkurzt und am letzten Segment iste die Spitze einfach gerundet (in der Mitte nicht eingekerbt). Ein Vergleich mit den Nordamerikanischen Arten ist mir nicht moglich.”’ On the strength of this, Bovallius in 1886 named the species found by Hilgen- dorf as A. hilgendorfii without having seen specimens and merely quoting the above passage from Hilgendorf as a diagnosis of the species. In 1893, Hilgendorf published a few notes on this species. He says that his previously published remarks were written after a comparison of. his Japanese specimens with the description and figures given by Bate and Westwood. On comparing his Japanese specimens with actual specimens of A. aquaticus from Europe he found that the differences in the shape of the posterior end of the metasome and in the comparative lengths of the fourth and fifth thoracic limbs, which he had noted as characterising the Japanese form, did not in reality exist. He does note, however, that in A. aguaticus from Europe the fifth thoracic limbs are only 1/8 shorter than the fourth, while in the Japanese specimens, the fifth thoracic limbs are from 1/4-1/3 shorter than the fourth. He notes as further differences that (1) A. hilgendorfit is a more slender form than A. aquaticus, 3 1/3 times longer than broad as against 2 1/2 times in A. aguaticus, (2) the second antenna is only 3/5 of the total length of the body as against 4/5 in the European form and (3) that the uropods in A. /ilgendorfii have a shorter and broader basal joint and shorter branches. He goes on to remark that in the number of ocelli of the eyes, and, what is of great importance, in the form of the pleopods of the male, the Japanese species agrees absolutely with the European one. With regard to the differences named by Hilgendorf I find (1) the European species is about three times as long as broad, certainly over 2 3/4, (2) that there is no appreciable difference in the length of the antenna in Japanese a European speci- mens, (3) that the character of the uropods is not a safe one to rely on, as these appendages are constantly found in a regenerated form after having been broken off, (4) that the difference in the length of the fourth and fifth thoracic limbs in two measured specimens, one of a Japanese specimen and the other of a British are as Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 417 follows:—in the Japanese specimen the fifth thoracic limb was ‘8 of the length of the fourth and in the British specimen ‘85. These differences, therefore, are seen to be very slight and of little importance, and in view of Hilgendorf’s positive statement that the pleopods of the male agree perfectly with those of European specimens, may be ignored. I think, therefore, that there is very little doubt that A. Ailgendorfii should be relegated to the synonyimy of A. aquaticus. This widely distributed species is now known to occur all over the Palaearctic regions of Europe and Asia and is also found in.N. America. “In Lake Biwa this species was taken in depths of from 180 to 260 feet and appeared to belong to the deep-water fauna, with the molluscs Pisidium casertanum (Poli), Valvata biwaénsis and V. annandalei, Preston, the leech Ancyrobdella brwae Oka and the Planarian Bdellocephala annandalei, Wjima and Kaburaki, with which it was taken in great abundance. Curiously enough, however, it was also taken in artificial concrete breeding tanks for fish at Hikone near the east side of the lake and, in very large numbers, in an ornamental stone basin containing only a few cubic feet of water and dead leaves in a temple-grove at the same place. JN. A.” Genus Caecidothea, Packard. Caecidothea kawamurai, sp. nov. (Pl. XV, figs. 11-18.) Locality :—From a well inside a house in the city of Otsu, Japan, 8. i. 1915, collected by Dr. T. Kawamura, three specimens, two males 16-17mm., one female Irmm. The well was a shallow one in which light penetrated to the bottom. Description :—-Body (Pl. XV, fig. 11) narrowly elongate in shape, seven times as long as broad, of even width throughout. Head nearly twice as broad as long, frontal margin slightly concave. Eyes present as a group of three ocelli on each side of the head, about the centre of the lateral margins. Thoracic segments more or less subequal in size, and quadrangular in shape ; each segment has an impressed line running across the segment at the anterior end ; in addition the first segment shows a V-shaped impressed line or groove ; lateral parts of the thoracic segments with a few short and scattered setae. Pleon about one quarter of the whole length of the body, one and three quarter times aslong as broad, posterior margin slightly produced into an obtuse lobe between the bases of the uropods. First antennae short, not extending beyond the distal end of the fourth joint of the peduncle of the second antennae, peduncle equal in length to the first three joints of the peduncle of the second antennae, third joint the longest and narrower than the first two, flagellum composed of thirteen joints. Second antennae more than half as long as the body, first three joints of the peduncle short, fifth joint one and a half times as long as the fourth and somewhat narrower, flagellum composed of nearly one hundred joints. a 418 ZOOLOGY OF THE HAR, BAST. The mouth parts present no special points of distinction. They agree essentially with those of C. stygia, as figured by Packard. I give herewith figures of the maxillipede, second, third and eighth thoracic limbs (Pl. XV, figs. 12-15) of the male, which will serve to denote the details of these appendages. The second thoracic limbs are prehensile with the propodal joint dilated and armed with two spines on the proximal part of the palmar margin. They differ from those of C. stygia, in having the propodus less dilated and without triangular processes. In this character they approach C. richavdsonae, Hay, and C. smiths, Ulrich. There is very little difference between the sexes in the form of the second pair of thoracic limbs, those in the female being of essentially the same form as those in the male but slightly smaller. The first pleopod of the male (Pl. XV, fig. 16) has the sympod armed with four coupling hooks. The ramus consists of a broadly oval plate, twice as long as broad and furnished with setae on the outer and posterior margins, the inner margin being unarmed. The second pleopod of the male (Pl. XV, fig. 17) differs from the same appendage in C. stygia in having a long curved process from the basal joint of the endopod which turns inward along the inner margin of the sympod. The whole appendage is, in fact, curiously like the same appendage in Asellus aquaticus. The third pair of pleopods of the male (PI. XV, fig. 18) consist of a short sympod, an oval uni-jointed endopod and a very large two-jointed exopod having the posterior margin truncate and armed with a few plumose setae. The fourth and fifth pairs of pleopods of the male consist of a short sympod and two rami, the endopod unjointed, the exopod slightly larger than the endopod and two-jointed. The uropods in the male are longer than the pleon, basal joint long and narrow equal to half the length of the appendages, endopod equal in length to the basal joint but narrower and terminated by a tuft of setae, exopod about half the length of the endopod and still narrower, also terminated by a tuft of setae. In the female the uropods are slightly shorter than the pleon and the exopod is about two-thirds of the length of the endopod. I am unable to say whether this apparent sexual difference is constant, because there is only one female in the collection. The uropods of Asellidae are very easily broken off and it is difficult to distinguish regenerated appendages from those which have had a normal growth without injury. This species is distinguished at once from all the other species of the genus by the presence of distinct though very small eyes. In this respect it is the most primitive species of the genus. It may also be distinguished by the relatively shorter antennae, the form of the second thoracic limbs and especially by the form of the first pleopod of the male. The latter is curiously similar to the same appen- dage in Asellus aquaticus, which is considered to be the most primitive of the species of Asellus, and C. kawamurai is, 1 think, the most primitive of the species of Caectdothea. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 419 This new form removes one more of the characters separating the genus Caectdothea from Asellus, the presence of eyes in the latter and their absence in the former. There remains only the general form of the body and the size of the head and pleon to separate the two, and among the known species of A sellus and Caecidothea there are all grades of shape, which would make a continuous series of connecting forms. The validity of the genus Caecidothea is indeed doubtful. This species is a most interesting addition to the fauna of Japan. Its nearest allies are all American species, found in subterranean caves and springs in Kentucky, Tennessee, Texas and so on. Sub-order FLABELLIFERA. Fam. CYMOTHOIDAE. Genus Tachaea, Sch. et Mein. Tachaea chinensis, Thielemann. (Pl. XVI, figs. 16-18.) T. chinensis, Thielemann, rgro, p. 18, text figs., 12-20. Localities :— CHINA. N.E. end of Tai Hu, near Moo Too, China, 1. xii. 15, 2 females, 7 mm. Outskirts of Shanghai, in ditches and ponds, adhering to the carapace of Caridina nilotica subsp. gracilipes and Palaemonetes sinensis, 3 immature, 3-4°5 mm. JAPAN. Ogura Pond, near Kyoto, from Leander paucidens, 6 specimens, 6-g mm. Lake Kasumi-ga-Ura, on the east coast 15. x. 15, from the carapace of Leander paucidens, sixteen, 6-g mm. These specimens, both from China and Japan, differ from the description and figures given by Thielemann in two particulars, (i) there is a distinct lacinia mobilis on the mandible (Pl. XVI, fig. 16), tipped by two or three small setae (ii) the single strong curved spine on the first maxilla (Pl. XVI, fig. 17) is longer than Thielemann shows and more like that figured by Stebbing for T. spongillicola. These small differences bring 7. chinensis much more closely in agreement with T. spongillicola and I am inclined to doubt whether they are really separate species. But I have not seen specimens of Stebbing’s species and the question cannot be decided until specimens are compared from both localities. Hansen (1890) in his monograph on this and allied genera, figures a six-jointed maxillipede for the type species 7. crassifes and states in the diagnosis of the genus that the second and third joints are fused, thus accounting for the reduction in number of the joints of the appendage from seven to six. Stebbing (1907) in describing T. spongillicola, says that the maxillipedes are decidedly only six-jointed and he explains the reduction in this species as due to the 420 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. fusion of the sixth and seventh joints. A careful comparison and measurements of his figure show that in his specimen the second and third joints were not fused and that the explanation of the reduction in the number of joints is really due to the fusion of the sixth and seventh. T. spongillicola therefore is not in agreement ir: the generic diagnosis of Zachaea in this respect. Thielemann describes and figures the maxillipedes of T. chinensis as five-jointed, and it is evident that, in this case, the second and third, and sixth and seventh joints are fused. T. chinensis would then appear to combine the characters of T. crassipes and T. spongillicola as far as the maxillipedes are concerned. But these appendages are very small and delicate and the joints very difficult to make out and the condition which I have noticed in these Chinese and Japanese specimens may possibly explain the apparent differences in the three species. On the elongate second joint there are traces, visible at the sides, of a suture, but it is not continued across the joint. I take it that this represents a partial separation of the second and third joints and a similar incomplete suture is visible on the terminal joint indicating the partial separation of the sixth and seventh joints (Pl. XVI, fig. 18). But in neither case could I trace the suture right across the joints, and I should describe the maxillipedes as five-jointed with partial separation of the second and last joints into two. It looks to me as if Stebbing saw a similar partial suture between the second and third joints, but not between the sixth and seventh joints in his species, while Thielemann does not mention either. My point is that the apparent differences in the descriptions and figures of the maxillipedes of the three species are not nearly so important as they seem at first and may be explained by the delicacy of the appendages and the difficulties of seeing the sutures. There are three species of Tachaea known from fresh water, T. lacustris, Weber, from Sumatra, T. spongillicola from Calcutta, and T. chinensis from China and Japan. These three species are very closely related to one another and structurally there seems very little to distinguish them. But each has a very distinct habit. T. lacustris was found on Cyprinoid fishes, T. spongillicola in the canals of a freshwater sponge and the present specimens of T. chinensis, both from China and Japan, were found clinging to the carapaces of various freshwater Macrura, Caridina, Palaemonetes and Leander. Thielemann’s type specimens were obtained in the market at Shanghai, so the present collection provides the first indication of its habit and mode of life. I could not detect any differences between the Chinese and Japanese specimens. Both are characterised by a profuse development of black arborescent chromatophores on the body and the appendages. “All my specimens were from pure fresh water, and were associated with small “prawns of various genera. The common Indian species (T. spongillicola, Stebbing) is also found adhering to the external surface of the carapace of small freshwater prawns, especially when young, as well as in the canals of Spongilla. In neither species is the association of a permanent nature. WN. A.” Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 421 Genus Ichthyoxenus, Herklots. Ichthyoxenus japonensis, Richardson. I. japonensts, Richardson, 1913, p. 561, text figs. 4-6. Locality:—lake Biwa, Japan, from Achetlognathus sp., February, 1915, six females, five males (presented by Dr. T. Kawamura). Richardson’s type specimens were taken from A chetlognathus cyonostigma (Jordan and Fowler) captured in Lake Biwa, and other specimens were found on various species of Acheilognathus and Gnathopogon from Lake Yago, Funayado, and Lake Biwa. The species is therefore fairly widely distributed in the freshwater systems of Japan. ‘The present specimens are in agreement with Richardson’s description aad figures. Family SPHAKROMIDAE. Genus Exosphaeroma, Stebbing. Exosphaeroma oregonensis, Dana? (Pl. XVI, figs. 1-5.) E. oregonensis, Thielemann, Ig10, p. 51, text figs. 41-47. Locality :—Whangpoo River, about 10 miles below Shanghai, 6-7 metres, Io. xii. 15, on bottom of hard mud, eight specimens up to 6mm. (water fresh but tidal). Si Dong Ding, Tai Hu, China, 24} metres, I. xii. 15, on muddy bottom with Potamogeton and other weeds, two specimens (fresh water). S.E. end of Si Dong Ding, Tai Hu, China, 3. xii. 15, on lower surface of stones, about 50 specimens (fresh water). I think this is the same species as that recorded from Japan by Thielemann (1910), but I'am not so sure that it is Dana’s species. Both this species and the following one have given me considerable trouble in their identification and I think it well to describe the appearance of the pleopods as they looked when dissected from ‘spirit specimens, because it was mainly from this that I detected the presence of two species in this collection and also because the pleopods seem to me to depart from the descriptions of the pleopods of the Hemibranchiata as given by Hansen. Pleopod 3 (P1. XVI, fig? 3). Endopod with an opaque rather fleshy area on the inner proximal portion as indicated by the shading in my drawing. Otherwise both rami are transparent and I was not able to detect with certainty any regular bran- chial plications. Endopod with numerous plumose setae at the apex. Exopod two- jointed, distal joint edged with plumose setae all round, proximal joint without setae on the inner margin, but fringed with short setae on the outer edge. Pleopod 4 (Pl. XVI, fig. 4). Endopod quite opaque and fleshy all over with two or three short plumose setae at the apex. Exopod two-jointed, inner proximal two- thirds, opaque and fleshy, rest transparent, a few short setae on outer edge of proximal joint, distal joint with a few (six or seven) plumose setae on its margins. Pleopod 5 (Pl. XVI, fig. 5). Both rami thick and fleshy and opaque, exopod 422 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. two-jointed, outer margin of proximal joint with a few short setae, distal joint of peculiar shape the pointed apex of the distal protuberance studded with small spines, a pad of similar spinules on the inner proximal margin of the distal joint ; endopod without setae. None of the males which I dissected had an appendix masculina on the second pleopod but as none of my specimens measured more than 6 mm., they may not have been fully grown. I could not detect with certainty any definite branchial plications on any of the pleopods. . The general form of this species is shown on pl. XVI, fig. 1. This figure agrees very closely with Thielemann’s figure and my specimens agree with his description very closely except that pleopod four has fewer plumose setae on each ramus. As Thielemann points out this species differs from Hansen’s description of the pleopods of the hemibrachiate Sphaeromids in having plumose setae on the fourth pleopods. Hansen says that the fourth and fifth pleopods are never furnished with such setae. I have examined six specimens of E. ovegonensis, Dana, sent me by the United States National Museum, from Sitka, Alaska, on the beach. Five of these are males measuring Io mm. and one a female measuring 8 mm. ‘The pleopods agree substant- ially with those I have described above, the fourth pair has plumose setae on each ramus, more numerous than in my specimens but otherwise the same. The males also possess an appendix masculina, from which I have concluded that if my speci- mens belong to the same species, the males are still immature. All the males of these Alaskan specimens have a dense fringe of hairs on the fourth, fifth and sixth joints of the fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic limbs, but these hairs are not present in the single female. Hansen says that the thoracic limbs of the hemibranchiate Sphaeromids never exhibit sexual differences. If the above specimens from Alaska have been correctly interpreted, FE. oregonensis forms an exception to this general statement. None of the Chinese specimens exhibit these hairs, but they are otherwise so closely in agreement with the Alaskan specimens that I have regarded them as immature and not fully grown, the appendix masculina of the second pleopods in the male and the fringe of hairs on the fourth and fifth thoracic limbs being both characters denoting sexual maturity. If all the records ascribed to E. ovegenensis refer to the same species, it has a very wide distribution in the shallow waters of Eastern Asia from China to Kamtschatka and Western America from Alaska to California. It is also capable of living equally well in pure sea-water or in fresh water as in China or Japan and in Alaska as recorded by Richardson. ; It is possible that the specimens recorded by Thielemann from Japan and here from China are brackish water varieties of the type, characterised by their smaller size and the modification of their secondary sexual organs and it is also conceivable that the general appearance of the pleopods and the absence of definite plications in my specimens from China, may be correlated with the special habitat in which they were found. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda.* 42 SS) Exosphaeroma chinensis, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI, figs. 6-15.) Locality :—Edge of Whangpoo River, between Shanghai and Wu Sung, China, on weeds and lower surface of stones, sixteen specimens up to 6 mm., ®%2*. [Types.] Whangpoo River, about to miles below Shanghai, 6-7 metres, Io. xii. 15, on bottom of hard mud, one specimen, °3?%. This species is very closely related to the preceding one and it will be sufficient to point out the differences between the two. In general appearance the two forms are almost exactly alike and the figure which I have given of EF. oregonensis would do equally well for this species. I have also figured the first and second antennae (PI. XVI, figs. 6-7) the maxillipede and the second and eighth thoracic limbs (Pl. XVI, figs. g-11) of EF. chinensis. ‘They present no marked differences from those of EF. ovegonensis, but will be useful for comparison with Thielmann’s figures of the latter species. E. chinensis differs from E. oregonensts in the following points :— (1) The epistome is smaller and its postero-lateral processes much shorter than in E. ovegonensis. Compare my figure (pl. XVI, fig. 8) with that given by Thiele- mann. (2) The exopod of the uropod is much smaller compared with the endopod, than in E. oregonensis. Compare Pl. XVI, fig. 2 with Pl. XVI, fig. 15. (3) In the pleopods. (a) Although EF. chinensis is only 6 mm. in length, the males possess an appendix masculina. (Pl. XVI, fig. 12). (b) Pleopod three has both rami transparent without any opaque or bran- chial area. (c) Pleopod four (Pl. XVI, fig. 13) has the endopod completely opaque and branchial and without plumose setae ; the exopod is completely transparent, without branchial area, two-jointed, distal joint with several plumose setae on its margins. . (d) Pleopod five (Pl. XVI, fig. 14) has both rami opaque and completely branchial, exopod two-jointed, both rami without plumose setae, distal joint of the exopod not of peculiar shape and without the spinulose protuberance seen in my specimens of E. oregonensis. A comparison of the figures I have given of the pleopods of EF. chinensis with those given for E. ovegonensis will bring out these differences. To judge from the specimens in this collection, E. chinensis is common in the tidal waters connecting the Tai Hu with the sea but was not found in the Tai Hu itself, whereas E. oregonensis is most abundant in the Tai Hu and sparingly found in the Whangpoo River. In other words E. oregonensis can tolerate or even prefers a much more purely freshwater habitat than E. chinensis. 424 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Sub-order VALVIFERA. Family IDOTEIDAE. While it is comparatively easy to decide that the species described below is new to science, it isa much more difficult matter to determine to which of the existing genera of the family it should be referred. In my endeavours to arrive at a proper conclusion of this question I have encountered many discrepancies in existing generic definitions and have experienced much of the confusion which still exists in this familv, in spite of the work of recent authors. There is much diversity of opinion and no little inconsistency as to what constitutes a generic character and it is not an infrequent experience to find one character used asa basis for generic separation in one group of species and as cheerfully ignored in another group by the same author. Much of the existing chaos is due to the imperfect descriptions given by earlier authors and as. these early species are retaken and recognised and their diagnoses brought up to date in the light of accummulated knowledge, order is slowly evolving itself out of the confusion. But much still remains to be done, and a thorough revision of the family is needed. ‘ This is not the place to attempt to do this, for the material at my disposal is inadequate. But I may perhaps be allowed to point out some of the discrepancies and inconsistencies which I have encountered in my search through the literature, in the hope that some other worker with more abundant material may eventually elucidate my difficulties. Collinge (1918) in a paper on the oral parts of the Idoteidae has summarised the existing genera of the family in a table, giving the number of spines on the inner lobe of the first maxilla, the number of joints on the palp of the maxillipede and the number of complete segments and sutures in the metasome. Excluding the Glyptonotinae and Mesidoteinae and the anomalous genera Symmius, Richardson and Chiriscus, Richardson, we find that the remaining genera in Collinge’s table may be grouped into three divisions according to the number of joints in the palp of the maxillipede, as follows :— PALP OF THE MAXILLIPEDE FIVE-JOINTED. Zenobiana, Stebbing ; Pentidotea, Richardson; Engidotza, Barnafd ; Cleantiella, Richardson ; Paridotea, Stebbing; Glyptidotea, Stebbing ; Pentias, Richardson ; Crabyzos, Spence Bate. PALP OF THE MAXILLIPEDE FOUR-JOINTED. Idotea, Fabricius; Ewuidotea, Collinge; Colidotea, Richardson; Eurymmerus, Richardson ; Evichsonella, Benedict ; Synisoma, Collinge. PALP OF THE MAXILLIPEDE THREE-JOINTED. Edotia, Guér.-Mén. ; Synidotea, Harger. Our species falls into the first of these three groups in having the palp of the maxillipedes five-jointed. The genera in this group are separated from one another mainly on the characters of the segmentation of the metasome. I reproduce here that part of Collinge’s table which deals with this character. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 425 METASOME. Number of Segments. Sutures. Zenobiana = 3-5 (1) Pentidotea 3 I Engidotea 2 2 Cleantiella 2 (2) Paridotea I 3 Glyptidotea I 3 Pentias i 3 Crabyzos a I 2 We may complete the table by adding that the type species of Zenobiana has one suture on the metasome and, according to Miers’ figure of Cleantis isopus, the type of the genus Cleantiella, this genus has two sutures on the metasome. It will be seen that the genera Paridotea, Glypidotea and Pentias are identical in the characters so far noticed and it is difficult to see on what grounds they are separated. Cleantiella and Engidotea, which agree in the form of the maxillipedes and in the segmentation of the metasome, are distinguished readily by the flagellum of the second antenna which in the former is uni-articulate and in the latter, multiarti- culate. In attempting to place our species in one of the genera of this group we meet with our first difficulty. It has four segments in the metasome, and one suture, and is therefore apparently referrable to the genus Zenobiana. But this conclusion is open to a good many objections which it is necessary to inquire into. Collinge’s table of genera of the Idoteidae does not include the genus Cleantis, Dana. He presumably considers this genus as a synonym of Zenobiana, an opinion I have myself expressed previously. Cleantis was instituted by Dana in 1849 for the type species, C. linearis, Dana, captured off N. Patagonia. The genus and species were described and figured more fully in Dana’s great work on the Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition. From that work, I have transcribed the following generic definition :—Outer antennae much the longer, not geniculate, five to six-jointed, without a flagellum. Feet of the fourth pair very much shorter than the third; last four pairs gradually increase in length. Outer abdominal plates or opercula having a small lamina attached inside at the articulation. We may remark at once, that if Dana’s type species really had uropods of the kind he describes (and his description is borne out. by his figure, pl. 46, fig. 9k) none of the species subsequently added to the genus Cleantis have been correctly referred. No notice of this remarkable character of the genus Cleantis seems to have been taken by subsequent writers and I can find no reference to the form of the uropods in species referred to this genus except in the case of C. stvassemi, in which Thielemann figures a uropod of the type more normally met with in Idoteidae, a flattened plate, divided by a suture near the distal end into a large proximal joint, the 426 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. protopodite, and a small distal joint, the endopodite, with a strong plumose seta at its base on the outer corner of the basipodite. The form depicted by Dana, in which both endopodite and exopodite are present, is confined to the genera Glyptonotus, Chiridotea, Macrochiridothea, and Mesidotea. It seems almost certain that Dana was in error on this point, but the matter is one that wants clearing up before the status of the genus Cleantis can be satisfactorily settled. . Further with regard to the maxillipede, Dana only figures three joints in the palp. Here again Dana is probably in error, but it is most important to know how many joints there are in the palp of the type species, for this character is of first value for the classification of the species into genera. Two other characters in Dana’s definition of the genus deserve special mention. The flagellum of the antennae is uni-articulate and the fifth pair of thoracic limbs is conspicuously shorter than the remainder. It will be recognised, therefore, that for two important characters, the palp of the maxillipedes and the form of the uropods, our information with respect to the type species of Cleantis is deficient or of doubtful accuracy. It is clear that if Dana’s description is borne out by subsequent examination of the type species, none of the species referred to the genus by later authors can remain within its limits. If Dana was in error on the two characters named, what is the extent of his error ? It is now necessary to consider the species referred to the genera Cleantis and Zenobiana. The genus Zenobia was instituted by Risso in 1826 for two species, Zenobia prismatica and Zenobia mediterranea both of Risso. ‘These two species have since been shown to be synonymous. Miers, (1881) in his revision of the family treats Zenobia as a subgenus of the genus /dotea, characterised as follows :——‘‘ Post-abdomen composed of four or five distinct segments, visible in a dorsal view, (species small, or minute, with a few-jointed antennal flagellum). Zenobia?’”’ To this sub-genus, as thus defined, Miers refers both species of Risso and two new ones, [dotea (Zenobia) whympert, Miers, and I. (Z.) danai, Miers. Dollfuss (1895) restored Risso’s name to full generic rank and in the same year Stebbing pointed out that the name was preoccupied and changed it to Zenobiana. No other species of the genus have been described as such, but Issel (1913) definitely regards the genus Cleantis of Dana asa synonym and refers to all the species of Cleantis as species of Zenobiana. Bate and Westwood expressed very much the same opinion and in 1911 I pointed out that if this opinion was accepted, Dana’s name had priority. The following species of the genus Cleantis have been described subsequent to the type species, C. linearis, Dana :-— C. planicauda, Benedict. C. heathi, Richardson. C. tubicola, G. M. Thomson. C. occidentalis, Richardson. C. granulosa Heller. C. strassem, Thielemann. C. isopus, Miers. C. japonica, Richardson. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 427 In addition, Miers, 1881, referred three species to the genus, which have since been placed in the genus Fvichsonella, Benedict (—Erichsonia, Dana) and do not concern us here. Of the above eight species of Cleantis, C. isopus, Miers has since been made the type of anew genus Cleantiella, Richardson, by reason of the ‘‘ differences in the shape of the body, which is broader and more flattened, and in the character of the legs, and to the fact that the abdomen is composed of but two segments.” ‘It will be useful to set out in tabular form the characters of the species of Cleantis, Cleantiella and Zenobiana, as regards the palp of the maxillipedes, the segmentation of the metasome and the flagellum of the antennae. Joints in | Metasome. x / ag. 0 alp o |p Ae A p a j Antennae. Maxillipede.| Seoments. Sutures. | ZENOBIANA :— A ogee eer eae = vyismatica, Risso .. ae £548 p 5 4 I : 19 whympert, Miers 4 ) if danai, Miers 5 > 2 CYEANTIS :— linearis, Dana oh BP 3 I I planicauda, Benedict =i 5 4 I of japonica, Richardson 5 4 I t occidentalis, Richardson bs 4 4 I I heathii, Richardson 6 4 3 I 3 granulosa, Heller 4 5 ? I strassent, Thieleman 4 zi a 5 tubicola, Thomson. . CLEANTIELLA :— isopus, Miers 5 2 oa I Apart from the uncertainty about the number of joints in the maxillipede palp in Cleantis linearis, Dana, we see that the remaining species in the above table have either four or five joints in this appendage. This difference has been used as a generic character in other members of the family. The segmentation of the metasome and the number of sutures representing incomplete segments show the greatest diversity and, if this character is also to be used to separate genera, only two in the above list of species could be referred to the same genus, Cleantis plamicauda and C. japonica and a new genus would be required for each of the other species ! 428 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR. BAS® The species in the above list show a great resemblance to one another in external form. They are all small, parallel-sided, linear species, the majority tubicolous in habit. The only marked exception is Cleantiella 1sopus, which has a quite different shape from the rest, and has, for this among other reasons, been made the type of a separate genus. Most of the species agree in having the fifth thoracic limbs shorter than the remainder, without a dactylus and with peculiar spines on the inner surface. C. isopus again forms an exception, to judge from Miers’ figure, and Richardson says definitely that in C. heath there is no perceptible difference in the length of the legs. Further, while the majority of the species have the flagellum of the second antennae composed of a single joint, C. heath and C. strasseni have three and five joints in this flagellum. Moreover, in Zenobiana prismatica, the sexes differ in this respect according to Collinge, the male having 1-4 joints in the flagellum of the second antenna and the female only one with occasionally traces of a second. Issel has noted marked variation in this species in this respect. The species, C. stvassent appears to be quite an anomalous form. In the segmentation of the metasome it approaches the genus Evichsonella, but the second antenne have a multi-articulate — flagellum which is not characteristic of either Evichsonella or Cleantis according to the original generic definitions. Enough has been said to indicate the great confusion which exists in the classification of this small group of species on lines similar to that employed for other members of the family. More precise and detailedsinformation is required about the existing species, with special attention paid to the maxillipedes, segmentation of the metasome and antennal flagellum. We require a detailed study of the variation of the segments and sutures of the metasome and of the joints in the antennal flagellum in any one species or group of species in order to arrive at a conclusion as to their value for classificatory purposes. It is not possible to attempt a revision of the above group of species here, for I have no material at my command, but it has seemed to me well to call attention to the discrepancies and anomalies which at present exist, in the hope that some worker with the material at his command will take the question up and elucidate it. It will be seen, too, that it is almost impossible to be certain of the generic position of the new species described below. Ido not feel it would be right to burden literature with a new generic name when investigation may remove the difficulties mentioned above, and I therefore refer the species for the moment to the genus Cleantis, Dana, emphasising that the species has five joints in the palp of the maxillipedes, four segments and one additional pair of sutures in the metasome, a two-jointed flagellum to the second antennae in both sexes, the fifth pair of thoracic limbs markedly shorter than the rest, and the uropoda without exopodite and with a plumose seta. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 429 Cleantis annandalei, sp. nov. Pl. XVII, Figs. 1-11. Locahty.—Whangpoo River, China, about to miles below Shanghai, 5-7 metres, Io. xii. 15, one female, 13 mm., two males, 12 and 1omm., 9338 Tn fresh water. . Description .—Body (fig. 1) linear in shape, not parallel-sided but somewhat broader in the centre than either at the anterior or posterior ends, about 34 times as long as broad; head somewhat vaulted, the front margin sinuate with a median depression, a deeply impressed groove, rather curved, running across the posterior part, eyes small, dorsally placed, rather in front of the middle of the lateral margins of the head ; second thoracic segment without coxal plates, the lateral parts produced forward ; third to eighth thoracic segments with distinct coxal plates visible in the dorsal view, those of the third to fifth segments small, not occupying the whole of the lateral margins of the segmerits; those of the sixth to eighth segments extending the whole width of the segments; metasome not quite half as long as the body, composed of four segments, that is three complete segments and the telsonic segment, with an additional pair of sutures on the anterior part of the latter, posterior margin of the telsonic segment terminating in two acute processes between which the apex is emarginate. Antennules (fig. 2) small, extending to the distal end of the second joint of the peduncle of the antennae, the three joints of the peduncle successively narrower than the preceding joint, first and third joints equal in length and longer than the second, flagellum consisting of one minute joint tipped by a few short setae. Antennae (fig. 3) reaching somewhat posterior to the hinder margin of the third thoracic somite, first three joints of the peduncle short, fourth and fifth long and about equal in length to each other, flagellum about one and a half times as long as the fifth joint of the peduncle and consisting of one very long joint and a very small terminal joint, the whole flagellum with a clothing of fine hairs on each margin, among which a few stronger setae can be detected. First maxilla (fig. 4) with about eleven or twelve terminal spines, some of which are denticulate, on the outer lobe, and three plumose spines on the inner lobe. Maxillipede (fig. 5) with the coxopodite in two portions, basipodite narrower than the epipodite, and a little shorter, inner lobe with two coupling hooks and an armature of strong plumose spines at the apex, palp of five joints, the first joint small, the second and third cup-shaped, the fourth joint the longest and oval in shape, the fifth joint small but distinctly marked off. Second thoracic limb (fig. 6) rather stout, outer distal corner of the merus some- what produced, with a group of long setae at the apex of the process, carpus small, propodus longer than the merus and carpus combined and somewhat expanded, dactylus long and narrow, not quite as long as the propodus and with a joint near the distal end ; the merus, carpusand propodus bear groups of piniform setae on their inner margins, while the dactylus has two or three small spinules near its tip and a pencil of setae on the outer edge just where the terminal portion is marked off. 430 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The third and fourth thoracic limbs (fig. 7) are of essentially the same form as the second, somewhat longer, with the carpus longer and more developed and the propodus not so much expanded. Fifth thoracic limb (fig. 8) quite short, not much more than 2/3 of the length of either the fourth or sixth thoracic limbs, without a dactylus, with a clothing of fine hairs on the outer margins of all the joints, and groups of strong spines on the merus, carpus and propodus. Sixth to eighth thoracic limbs (fig. 9) increasing successively in length and of the form shown in the figure. In the eighth thoracic limb the carpus is about equal to the propodus, not quite twice as long as the dactylus. All the joints bear a fringe of fine hairs on the outer margins and the propodus and carpus several groups of strong setae. . The distal part of the uropod is shown in fig. 10. The endopodite alone is present and on the outer distal corner of the basal joint there is a strong and long plumose spine. Second pleopods of the male (fig. 11) with an appendix masculina about equal in length to the branches, suddenly narrowing near the tip to an acute apex. Length of an adult female, 13 mm. of an adult male, 12 mm., and of an imma- ture male, 10 mm. This interesting species, which I have great pleasure in associating with its discoverer, may be distinguished at once by the shape of the posterior end of the metasome. No other species assigned to the genera Zenobiana, Cleantis or Cleantiella is at all like it in this respect. It is also unlike the majority of species of these genera in not having the body of equal width throughout. It agrees with Cleantis japonica and C. planicauda in the maxillipedes and in the segmentation of the pleon, but both these species have parallel-sided bodies and evenly rounded extremities to the metasome. The short fifth thoracic limbs suggest a similarity in habit to the tubicolous forms of the above three genera, but the shape of the body is hardly that of a tubicolous species. The minute terminal second joint of the peduncle of the second antenna is a feature which is probably common to other species though not so far noticed. Sub-order ONISCOIDFA. Family LIGIIDAE. Genus Ligia, Fabricius. Ligia exotica, Roux. L. exotica, Chilton, 1916, p. 462, text-figs. 1-22. Locality :—Station 22, Talé Sap, on shore of channel between Koh Yaw and mainland, two males, ¥8 mm. Chilton in the memoir cited above has redescribed and figured this species very completely and I have nothing to add to what he has written. Bovallius, C., 1886 Brandt, F., 1851 Chilton, C., 1916 Collinge, W. E., 1918 Colosi, G., 1918 Czerniavsky, V., 1882 Dana, J. D., 1849 Dana, J. D., 1852 Derzhavin, A., 1913 Dollfuss, A., 1895 Hansen, H. J., 1890 BS), = 1905 +) 1905 Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 431 LIST OF REFERENCES. “Notes on the Family Asellidae.” Bth. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. 11. No. 15, pp. I-54. Stockholm. ‘““Krebse”’ in Middendorff (A.T. von) ‘‘ Reise in den atis- sersten Norden und Osten Sibiriens.’’ Bd. II, theil I, pp. 79-148, tab. 5-6. St. Petersburg. “Fauna of the Chilka Lake. Some terrestrial Isopoda from the shore of the lake.’’ Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. V, No. 5, pp. 459-482, 36 text- figs. Calcutta. “On the oral appendages of certain species of Marine Isopoda.”’ Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), Vol. XXXIV, No. 225, pp. 65-93, pls. 7-9. “Nota preliminare sui Misidacei raccolti dalla R.N. Liguria nel 1903-1905.” Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., ann. xlix, pp. 1-11. Gennaio. “Monographia Mysidarum imprimis Imperii Rossici,”’ fase, 2; tab. 17-32. “Conspectus Crustaceorum.’’ Amer. Jour. Sct. Arts, ser, 2, Vol. VIII, pp. 424-428. New Haven. “Crustacea”? in United States Exploring Expedition pe ae under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. XIII, pp. 696-805, Atlas, pls. xlvi-liii. Philadel- phia. [ka.”’ ““Neue Mysiden von der Kuste der Halbinsel Kamtschat- Zool. Anz., Bd. xliii, No. 5, pp. 197-204. “Les Idoteidae des Cotes de France.” Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalistes, iii Ser., 25e Ann., Nos. 289-292, 25 text-figs. Paris. “Cirolanidae et familiae nonnullae propinquae Musei Hauniensis.”’ Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 6 Raekke, naturvidensk. og mathem. , Afd. V. 3, pp. 239-406, 10 plates. Copenhagen. “On the Morphology and classification of the Asellota— Group of Crustaceans, with descriptions of the genus Stenetrium, Hasw. and its species.”’ [ x1x-Xx1. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, pp. 302-331, pls. “On the propagation, structure, and classification of the Family Sphaeromidae.”’ OF .M_S:, Vok. 49, N.S:,. pp. 69-135; pl. 7. q i . 432 Hansen, H. J., 1910 Igi2 ” Hilgendorf, F. M., 1874 ¥ 1893 .. lllig, & 1913 Issel, R., 1913 Miers; EF: Ji., 1881 Nakazawa, K., IgIo Racovitza, E.G., 1919 Richardson, H., 1905 » 1913 Risso, A., 1826 Sars G1 1@s 1807 Stebbing, T. R. R., 1907 .. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. “The Schizopoda of the Siboga Expedition.” Siboga Expeditie, XX XVII, pp. 123, 16 plates, 3 text- figs. Leyden. “The Schizopoda.” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, Vol. XXXV, No. 4, pp. 175-296, 12 plates. Cambridge. Mitt. d. deutschen Ges. Natur- u. Vélkerk. Ost-Asiens, I, No. 5, p- 39- “Bemerkungen uber zwei Isopoden, gie Japanische Siisswasser-Assel und eine neue Munna—Art.”’ Sitz.-Ber. Gesells. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, Jahr. 1893, pp. 1-3. “Fin weiterer bericht ttber die Schizopoden der Deut- schen Tiefsee-Expedition 1898-1899.” Zool. Anz., Bd. mii; No: 6, pp, 271-272 “Nota sulla Zenobiana prismatica (Risso) (Idotea chel- ipes Costa) e sulla identita del gen. Zenobiana Risso col. gen. Cleantis Dana.’ Ann. Mus. Zool. Napolt, Vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 1-8, 9 text- figs. Naples. “Revision of the Jdoteidae, a family of sessile-eyed Crustacea.” Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), Vol. XVI, pp, 1-88, pls. 1-3. a? “Notes on Japanese Schizopoda.”’ Annot. Zool. Jap., Vol. VII, pp. 247-261, pl. viii. Tokio. “Notes sur les Isopodes. 1. Asellus aquaticus auct. est une erreur taxonomique. 2. Asellus aquaticus L. et A. meridianus n. sp.” Arch. Zool. Exp., Paris, t. 58, Notes et Revue, pp. 31- 43, figs. I-12. , “A monograph on the Isopods of North America.” Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, pp. liti+-727, 740 text- figs. “The Isopod genus Ichthyoxenus Herklots, with des- cription of a new species from Japan.” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 45, pp. 559-562, 6 text-figs. “Histoire Naturelle des principaux productions de Il Europe Meridionale,” t. V. An account of the Crustacea of Norway, Vol. II, Isopoda. Bergen. ‘“A freshwater Isopod from Calcutta.” Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), Vol. XXX, pp. 39-42. pl. 6. Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. 433 Tattersall, W. M., 1908 .. “’T'wo new Mysidae from Brackish water in the Ganges delta.” ' Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. II, pp. 233-239, pls. xxi-xxil. i Igti .. ‘‘ Die Nordischen Isopoden.”’ Nordisches Plankton, Bd. vi, pp. 181-314, 340 text- figs. Kiel. x 1913 .. ‘‘On the Mysidacea and Euphausiacea collected in the ‘Indian Ocean during 1905.”’ Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2., Zool., Vol. XV, pp. 119-136, pl. 7. 2 1914... “Further records of Indian Brackish Water Mysidae with descriptions of a new genus and species.” Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. X, pp. 75-80, pls. xii-xiii. = Tors... “ihe MWysidacea” in “Fauna of the Chilka Lake.’ Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. V, No. 2, pp. 147-151, text-fig. I. Thielemann, M., 1910 .. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Isopodenfauna Ostasiens. . Abhand. Math.-phys. Klass. K. Bayer Akad. Wiss., II. Supp.-Bd., 3 Abhand., pp. 1-108, 2 taf., 87 text- figs. Munich. Zimmer, C., 1904 .. “Die arktischen schizopoden.” In Romer and Schau- dinn’s Fauna Arctica, III (3), pp. 415-492, 172 text- figs. - IQI5 .. “Die Systematik der Tribus Mysini, H. J. Hansen.” Zool. Anz., Bd. xlvi, No 7, pp. 202-216, 19 text-figs. 4 1918 .. “Neue und wenig bekannte Mysidaceen des Berliner Zoologischen Museums.” Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Bd. 9, Hit. 1, pp..13-26, 44 text-figs. gi ay Slathie pi ey i Cin Hilret es - si « = as « 2 a ea 7 “~ 4 7 a? AY - - Briar eps (yl rhe ~ ha . * 7 a Ripe. gt fam Per Plas (el , ’ . aa @ iA, wv ‘ . fod hes t : , eS js oe inn) i r mi La Oo iene is BiG: EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plagie N- 1.—Neomysis awatschensis, Brandt. i) ” ” ” »” ” +) +) ”) .—Neomysts nigra, Nak. mb Ww N . ) +) ” x) ” ”) 2 WI D ” ” ) Or ”) ”) ) 11.—-Caecidothea kawamurat, n. sp. Te +B) be) ”) .—Nanomysis siamensis, gen. et. sp. nov. Antennal scale x 50. . Eye x 33. Telson x 50. : 4th pleopod of male, x 50. Hye xX 33. Telson x 65. Antennal scale x 100. Telson x I00. 3rd pleopod of male x 100. Ath yy. Nise oe ee Adult male x 7. Maxillipede x 33. ©: ie , >= soeiae: 5. p Ps ft Fifth iki eras 6. Mg chinensts, n. sp. Antennule x 65. The é. ‘e ey Antenna x 45. 8. ae 3 > Epistome x 65. Q. 3 s i Maxillipede x 65. 10. he # Second thoracic limb x 45. Tie * M4 Eighth Pe Pee ec £2, ‘, x + Second pleopod of male x 33. 13. es rs is Fourth pleopod of male x 33. TA - ag 3 Fifth pleopod of male x 33. T5. *) 55 3% Uropod x 33. 16.—YLachaea chinensis, Thielemann. Mandible x 65. V7. - > F First maxilla x 65. 18. : d) +) DEE | Maxillipede x 65. — Memoirs As.Soc. Beng, Vol. V1. 1921 Plate ».V ——==S= SS = =S —— eS) iT. del. / A.Chowdh ary lith. S.C.Mondul Lith. ie 1 , <>} ~ At Oe SR ; Plate XVII. Cleantis annandalet n. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of adult male x 33. » 2.—Antennule x 33. ' 3.—Antenna x 33. 4.—First maxilla x 2o. 5-—Maxillipede x 33. 6.—Second thoracic limb x 20. 7.—Third thoracic limb x 20. 8.—Fifth Bs Par 2s 9.—Eighth __,, 5 em 10.—-Distal joint of uropod xX 20. I1.—Second pleopod of male X 20. BS = = we - _ Memoirs As. Soc. Beng., Vol. VI, 1921. Plate XVII. | | A Chowdhary lth. ¥ " Pugs J P int } b - 3 * A ry ee le 9. 4,) 7 A D pled = cy ae a Li = , bY . = 7 ¢ a>) a ud 4 ¥ Z : ~ es NT. 23 Ack * OF ISOPODA. By W. M. TarrersatL, D.Sc. ; r a Gitar Oe.) A ibs a v. 1 er se in 7 ee ¢ hee ors a ag eae a ii um he awe | ; RY Mines, — CONTENTS. Introduction. an SO Isopoda. Family Anthuridae. Cyathura carinata (Kroyer) } Amphipoda. Family Oedicerotidae. Monoculodes limnophilus, n. sp. Family Pontogeneiidae. Atyloides japonica, u.sp. Family Gammaridae. Gammarus annandalet, n. sp. Gammarus pulex (Linn.) Family Talitridae Talorchestia japonica, n. sp. .. Talorchestia malayensis, n. sp. Family Aoridae Grandidierella megnae (Giles) ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. AMPHIPODA WITH NOTES ON AN ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF ISOPODA. By W. M. Tatrersau., D.Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. [Plates XVIII-XXI.] This report completes the account of the Crustacea from Dr. Annandale’s tour in the Far East, submitted to me for examination. It includes notes and descrip- tions of the Amphipoda collected in China and Japan, some terrestrial Amphipoda from the Botanical Gardens at Singapore, and an additional Isopod which I dis- covered in one of the tubes of Amphipoda. The list of species dealt with is as follows :— ISOPODA. Cyathura carinata (Kroyer). China. AMPHIPODA. Monoculodes limnophilus, n. sp. China. Atyloides japonica, nu. sp. Japan. Gammarus annandalet, n. sp. China, Japan. Gammarus pulex (Linn). Japan. Talorches 1a japonica, n. sp. Japan. Talorchestia malayensis, n. sp. Singapore. Grandidierella megnae (Giles). China. The collection dealt with here supports in the main the conclusions drawn from the study of the Mysidacea and Isopoda. The Tai-Hu, though a freshwater lake, has a very marked marine element in its fauna. This marine element has been derived from two sources: an immigration from the south, and one from the north. The southern element is representated among the Amphipoda by Grandidierella megnae, a species found also in the Ganges Delta, I. Chilka and Madagascar. The genus is known only from Madagascar, India, and now China, and the fact that the same species is found to inhabit the Ganges Delta and the Tai-Hu is almost if not completely paralleled among the Isopoda, for Tachaea spongillicola from the Ganges is remarkably close to, if not identical with Tachaea chinensis from China. The northern element in the marine fauna of the Tai-hu is much more marked 438 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. This element may be regarded as a relict fauna and among the Amphipoda is represented by Monoculodes limnophilus, a representative of an almost exclusively Arctic genus, and one hitherte known from only strictly marine localities. The marine element in the fauna of the Tai-Hu suggests a comparatively recent geological origin for this water-system. The freshwater systems of Japan are of more remote origin and the crustacean fauna provides evidence of affinities with that of the Palaearctic region of Europe and Asia, with America and with Australasia, that is, with the older and more remote, both in time and space, freshwater faunas of the globe. Among the Isopoda I have already called attention to the occurrence of Asellus aquaticus in I,. Biwa, a Palaearctic species of wide distribution, and of Caecidothea kawamurat, a new species from a well in Otsu near Kyoto, whose nearest allies are found in caves and freshwater wells in America. Among the Amphipoda there are corresponding relationships. In one of the inland mountain streams of Japan was discovered Gammarus pulex, a Palaearctic - species with a distribution corresponding to that of Asellus aquaticus. ‘This species was, however, absent from I. Biwa, its place being taken by a new species, Gamma- vus annandalei, allied to the freshwater species of the great inland waters of the Palaearctic region (such as the Caspian Sea and !.ake Baikal), of America (especially to the species G. rvamellus) and of Australia. In one of the other mountain streams of Japan Dr. Annandale discovered a species of Atyloides which is very closely allied to two freshwater species of the genus found by Sayce in Victoria, Australia. This discovery provides among the Amphipoda, a precisely parallel case to that already known among the Macrura in the genus Paratya (= Xiphocarnidina). The results obtained by Dr. Annandale from the point of view of geographical distribution are thus of exceptional interest. I desire to thank Dr. Annandale for giving me the opportunity of examining and reporting upon this interesting collection, and my wife for the drawings illustrat- ing this report. ISOPODA. Tribe FLABELLIFERA. Family ANTHURIDAE. Genus Cyathura, Norm. and Stebb. Cyathura carinata (Kroyer) ? (Pl. XVIII, figs. 1-9.] Locality.—Tai-Hu, a little N.E. of Si Dong Ding, China, 2-xii-15, 3 metres, on a bottom of mud with a little decayed vegetation, one female, 10 mm. Remarks.—The element of doubt in the identification of this specimen is due to the appearance of the telson. This is very short, not much more than half the length of the uropods and very much shorter than in any other member of the family known Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 439 tome. But though the telson in this specimen is almost symmetrical, it is devoid of setae and has every appearance of having been injured at some period, and I regard it in this light. Otherwise the specimen is in very close agreement with the published descriptions and figures of C. cavinata. In support of my identification I have given figures of some of the appendages of my specimen. They will be found to agree very closely with the figures given by Norman and Stebbing (1886) and Richardson (1905). The flagellum of the first antenna (pl. XVIII, fig. 3) is composed of two joints with possibly a minute third. Norman and Stebbing give four joints, while Richardson on the other hand figures only one. The flagellum of the second antenna (pl. XVIII, fig. 4) is composed of a single joint and this agrees with the figures and statements of both the authors named above. The thoracic legs agree absolutely with the des- cription of Norman and Stebbing even to the pectinated spine at the distal extremity of the palm. The powerful second thoracic legs (pl. XVIII, fig. 5) as well as the remainder of these limbs bear a small secondary nail on the inner margin of the finger. I have been unable to find any satisfactory account of the pleopods in the species of this family. They would appear to form an admirable basis for classifica- tion. In the present specimen the inner branch of all the pleopods is branchial in structure and not natatory and is devoid of plumose or simple setae of any kind. It is in all cases opaque and narrower than the outer branchand in the case of the first pair (pl. XVIII, fig. 9) much smaller. Both inner and outer rami in all the pleopods are composed of a single joint. Norman and Stebbing do not describe or figure the pleopods of this species. Harger (1880), however, figures the first and second pleopods and they agree with my own observations. His description is as follows :— “The first pair of pleopods are composed on each side of a short, quadrate basal segment supporting two rami, of which the outer is, like the basal segment, of firm texture, and acts as an operculum; in shape it is semi-oval, with the inner margin nearly straight, and is ciliated distally, and along the outer margin. The inner ramus is much smaller than the outer, and of delicate texture, and in the natural position is covered and concealed by the outer ramus; it is slender, with nearly parallel sides, rounded at the tip, and not ciliated.’’ I have quoted this description in full because it agrees so well with what I have myself observed and because it represents the only account of the pleopods of this species which I have seen. Other writers have said very little about the structure of the pleopods in this family. Sars (Crustacea of Norway, Vol. II, Isopoda) figures the first pleopod of Calathura norvegica as composed of single-jointed rami, the inner setose distally ; while his figure of pleopod two shows the rami to be each two-jointed, the inner setose distally. The pleopods of Leptanthura tenuis appear to be of substantially the same form. In Ptilanthura tenuis the first pair of pleopods have the rami single-jointed, the inner setose distally, while in the second pair Harger describes the outer ramus as imperfectly articulated near the middle. In Anthelura vemipes Barnard describes the second pair of pleopods in the female as having the rami obscurely two-jointed and the same would appear to be the case in Leptanthura faurei, Barnard. 440 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR FAST. It is evident that more observation is required on the form and structure of the pleopods in this family but as far as present information goes the genus Oyathura would appear to be distinguished by having both rami of all the pleopods single-jointed_, the inner ramus in all cases branchial and without setae on its margins. The occurrence of this species in the fresh waters of the Tai-Hu is of remarkable interest. It was originally described from Greenland and is quite a common form in the shallow waters on the East Coast of the United States. It is also of frequent occurrence in the brackish waters of the Baltic Sea. Gurney has recently recorded it from the rivers of East Norfolk, and notes that “it seems to be capable of living in water either fresh or brackish. At Oulton Broad, at the time of capture, the water was very salt, but on the three other occasions on which it has been met with the water in which it was living was practically fresh.’ In the Tai-Hu, the water ac- cording te Annandale, is quite fresh. AMPHIPODA. Family OEDICEROTIDAE. Genus Monoculodes, Stimpson. Monoculodes limnophilus, n. sp. (Pl. XVIII, figs. 1o-20.] Localities.—China. 1. Whangpoo River, between Shanghai and Wusung, 5-7 metres, I0-xii-15, abundant. From Walker Island, up Hsi Kon Bay, Tai-Hu, 2-3 metres, 5-xii-15, abundant on a bottom of hard mud with shells in patches: no weeds. . Walker Island, Tai-Hu, close in shore, 5-xii-15, three specimens on mud with small stones and some weed. 4. Tai-Hu, a little N.E. of Si Dong Ding, 3 metres, 2-xii-15, thirty-three specimens. . Off Mouth of Moo Too Creek, Tai-Hu, 3 metres, 2-xii-I5, one specimen. . Tai-Hu, a little N.E. of Si Dong Ding, 3 metres, 2-xii-15, abundant. (TYPES. ) NO Oo Oy) U1 Description.—Body smooth and not carinated ; ornamented by a series of black chromatophores scattered over the back and sides, and on the posterior segments of the thorax and the anterior segments of the pleon, arranged in a transverse band across the posterior part of the somites. Head (pl. XVIII, fig. 10) produced into a moderately long, acute and curved rostrum which extends to the distal end of the first joint of the peduncle of the first antenna. The head is not sarrowly produced behind the eyes as in M. hansen, M. kroyert and M. longirostris. Eyes moderately large, contiguous, pigment black, a large mass of ramose black chromotophores situated dorsally over the eyes and almost masking them in dorsal view. Baked « Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 441 Side-plates of the thorax presenting no special features but much as in the re- maining species of the genus; the first side-plate somewhat expanded; side-plates 1-4 fringed with setae on their lower margins and with a specially strong spiniform seta on the posterior margin where the second joint of the limb comes off. The first three segments of the pleon have the lower hinder corners rounded and are without spines or setae. First antenna (pl. XVIII, fig. 11) about equal to or slightly longer than the peduncle of the second antenna, first joint of the peduncle about as long as the second but considerably stouter, third joint shorter than the second, flagellum shorter than the peduncle, composed of 9-10 joints. In the male the second and third joints of the peduncle are shorter and stouter than in the female and the flagellum is composed of about 12 joints but there is no special development of sensory hairs. Second antenna (pl. XVIII, fig. 12) in the female about one and a half times as long as the first, last joint of the peduncle elongate and slender about one and a half times as long as the preceding joint, flagellum longer than the last joint of the peduncle and composed of about 11-12 joints. In the male the flagellum is composed of about 20 joints. Mouth parts and first thoracic limbs (maxillipedes) as for the genus. Second thoracic limbs (first gnathopods) (pl. XVIII, fig. 13) rather slender and elongate, second joint long and narrow, very nearly as long as the rest of the limb, third and fourth joints short, fifth joint with the carpal process very iong and narrow extend- ing to the margin of the palm of the hand, sixth joint long and oval in shape, at least three times as long as broad, palmar margin longer than the hind margin of the joint, from which ‘it is defined by a slight angle armed with a small spine, palmar margin furnished with long setae. Third thoracic limbs (second guathopods) (pl. XVIII, fig. 14) longer and somewhat more slender than the second, second joint longer than the rest of the limb, carpal pro- cess of the fifth joint very long and narrow, reaching to the margin of the palm of the hand, sixth joint smaller than the corresponding joint on the second thoracic limbs, long and almost linear in form, about three times as long as broad, palm about as long as the hind margin of the joint, defined by a slight angle furnished with a spine, and armed with long setae. Pl. XVIII, fig. 15 shows the form of the fifth pair of thoracic limbs. The fourth to the seventh pairs resemble this figure in general structure. In all the carpus is about equal to the propodus and the nail long and well developed and only slightly shorter than the propodus. In the sixth and seventh pairs the second joint is furnished with long plumose setae. Eighth thoracic limbs (pl. XVIII, fig. 16) very elongate, second joint somewhat pyriform in shape, posterior margin fringed with short setae and having the lower distal corner produced into a lobe as long as the third joint, which is quite short ; fourth to the seventh joints long and successively narrower, the propodus slightly longer than the merus, carpus and dactylus, which are subequal in length, 442 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Telson (pl. XVIII, fig. 17) entire, quadrangular in shape, almost parallel-sided, distal margin truncate or perhaps faintly emarginate and armed with two feeble spiniform setae. Uropods (pl. XVIII, figs. 18-20) having the outer ramus shorter than the inner in the first two pairs and equal to the inner in the third pair. The peduncles succes- sively shorter in each pair and furnished with a few spines. The rami each with two or three spines. Length of the largest specimens, 6 mm. Nineteen species of the genus Monoculodes are at present known. ‘The present species is distinguished from them all by the structure of the second and third thoracic limbs. The second thoracic limb especially forms a good distinguishing character. The sixth joint is longer and more oval in shape, and the carpal process of the fifth joint much longer and narrower than in any other species of the genus. The second thoracic limb, moreover, approaches the form of the third thoracic limb more closely in this species than in any other known to me. The occurrence of this typically arctic genus in fresh water in China is a matter of great surprise and interest. It is, moreover, the first record of any member of the family from waters other than strictly marine. Of the known species of the genus, one is known from the Gulf of Naples, one from deep water in the North Atlantic (Lat. 46° N.) and one from the American coast. The remaining species are distributed widely in the Arctic Ocean, some few extending to Norway and the Kattegat and to the British Isles. [This is the common aquatic amphipod of the Tai-Hu system, taken in shallow water (3-7 metres) on a muddy bottom both in the lake and in the river, N. A.] Family PONTOGENETIDAE. Genus Atyloides, Stebbing. The new species described below is certainly congeneric with Atylotdes gabrelt, Sayce, and A. fontana, Sayce, and for that reasonI retain the generic name Atylozdes. But I must confess that the validity of the genus is somewhat doubtful and I am not sure that a new genus ought not to be formed for the three freshwater species, leav- ing the marine forms to be distributed among one or other of the recognised genera in this family. The genus was originally established by Stebbing in his report on the Challenger Amphipoda. No definite type species is indicated but the definition of the genus is immediately followed by descriptions of A. australis (Miers), A. asstmilis, Stebbing, and A. serraticauda, Stebbing, in that order. In 1906, Stebbing cancelled the first two species as synonyms of Pavamoera aust- vina (Bate). It seems to me that Atyloides thus becomes a direct synonym of Para- moevra. In 1901 and 1902 Sayce described two freshwater species from Victoria, Austra- lia, A. gabrieli, and A. fontana and in 1906 these species with A. serraticauda, Stebbing, remained the only three species in the genus. Of these, the last named has been refer- red by Vanhoffen to the genus Leptamphopus in quite a separate family ! Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 443 Since 1906 the following new species have been attributed to the genus: A. brevicor- nis, Chevreux, A. longicornis, Chevreux, A. calceolata, Chilton, and A. aucklandicus, Walker, while a fifth species, originally described by Stebbing as Atylopsis magellanica and transferred later by him to the genus Pontogeneia, was also referred to Atylotdes by Chilton. Barnard (1916) has, however, shown that A. magellanica is the same species as Pontogeneia capensis (Dana) and is in reality a species of Paramoera. The genus Atyloides therefore at the moment contains seven species. According to Stebbing (1906) the genus is distinguished from Paramoera only by having the first antenna longer than the second instead of shorter and both genera are distinguished from all the others in the family by having a small one-jointed accessory flagellum to the first antenna. Of the seven species still retained in Atyloides, A. brevicormis and A. longicorms have no accessory flagellum and in both species the second antenna is longer than the first. It is impossible from the published descriptions to define the condition in respect to these characters in A.calceolata and A. aucklandicus. So that only three species, A. gabrieli, A. fontana and A. serraticauda conform to the original generic definition. Apart from the question as to whether Atylozdes is not in reality a synonym of Paramoera, it will be seen that a good deal of confusion and uncertainty exists among the genera and species of this family. We may endorse Chilton’s remarks that “in this family of Amphipods particularly there has been an unnecessary multiplication of genera, and consequently some characters have been introduced into the generic descriptions which are subject to individual variation.” Into this confusion it does not seem opportune to introduce new generic names. I have therefore referred the new species described below to the genus Atyloides because it seems to me to be clearly congeneric with A. gabrieli and A. fontana and possibly with A. aucklandicus, Chilton, 1909, which is doubtfully the same as 4. aucklandicus, Walker. Atyloides japonica, n. sp. [Pl. XIX, figs. 13-10. ] Locality.—Small torrent in hills behind Komatsu on Lake Biwa, 28-x-15, two specimens, 7 mm. Description.—Body smooth, without ridges, carinae or spines but with a few very short, scattered setae on the dorsal surface. First four coxal plates deeper than their respective segments, with a few short setae on their lower margins, first two not expanded distally, fourth not quite as broad as deep, excavated posteriorly. Third segment of the pleon having the posterior margin with 6-7 slight crenulations, a seta in each notch, lower posterior angle only very slightly produced, lower margin with three setae. Eyes large, at least half as deep as the head, reniform in shape, pigment black. First antenna (pl. XIX, fig. 13) about half as long as the body, first joint of the peduncle slightly longer and stouter than the second, third joint about two-thirds of the length of the second, flagellum composed of about 40 joints, accessory flagellum 444 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. minute, about one-fourh of the length of the first joint of the main flagellum and tipped by three setae. Second antenna (pl. XIX, fig. 14) shorter than the first, with its peduncle equal in length to that of the first, fifth joint slightly shorter than fourth, both with two or three fascicles of short setae on the lower margin, flagellum of about 30 joints. Mouth parts agreeing very closely with those of A. fontana, Sayce, except that there are only two triangular teeth on the distal margin of the inner plate of the maxillipedes. A. japonica agrees with A. fontana as against A. gabrieli, Sayce, in the less expanded form of the mandible palp and in having the inner lobe of the first maxilla furnished with ro plumose setae. Second and third thoracic limbs (first and second gnathopods) (pl. XIX, figs. 15-16) subequal in size and very similar in form, second joint with a few very long setae on its margin, carpus shorter than the propodus, hardly if at all lobed, with a few fascicles of setae on the inner edge, propodus oblong, subquadrate, nearly twice as long as broad, palm slightly oblique with a fringe of short setae and four or five spines on the outer corner, inner margin of the propodus with four or five bunches of setae, outer margin with a bunch of setae at the distal end and two or three other fascicles, finger equal to the palm. Second joint of the last thoracic limbs (pl. XIX, fig. 18) broadly oval, front margin with a few spines, hind margin regularly and finely serrate and produced beyond the third joint. First uropods with the peduncles longer than the subequal rami. Peduncle with one spine on each of the upper distal corners. Inner ramus with two spines on the upper margin and two small and one large spine at the tip. Outer ramus with one spine on the upper margin and three at the tip. Second uropods extending back to the level of the first uropods, peduncle longer than the rami, with one spine on the upper margin and one at each upper distal corner. Inner ramus slightly longer than the outer, both with two spines on the upper margin and three at the apex. Third uropods (pl. XIX, fig. 19) outreaching the first and second by about half the length of their branches, peduncle shorter than the rami, with one spine on the inner margin and one at each upper distal corner. Rami equal in length, lanceolate, with 5-6 spines on their inner margins and 3-4 spines on their outer margins, a plumose seta accompanying each spine. Telson (pl. XIX, fig. 19) at least as. long as the peduncle of the third uropods, cleft almost to the base, each lobe furnished with four long setae in a row at the apex and a single long seta anterior and lateral to the terminal setae. Length of both specimens, 7 mm. Remarks.—This species is, I think, without doubt, congeneric with A. gabrieli and A. fontana, Sayce. It agrees specially closely with the latter species and is dis- tinguished by the larger eyes of reniform shape, the relatively longer third uropods, the very many fewer spines on the first and second uropods, the armature of the telson, the form of the posterior margin of the third somite of the pleon, the less lobed form of the carpus of the gnathopods and the presence of only two triangular Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 445 teeth, instead of three, on the distal margin of the inner lobe of the maxillipedes. It differs from A. gabvieli in these points and in addition in the number of setae on the inner lobe of the first maxilla and in the less expanded form of the second joint ot the palp of the mandible. All three species are freshwater and found in mountainous streams at good altitudes, Sayce’s species in Victoria, Australia, the present species in Japan. It is a matter of great interest to note the curious distribution of these three species, which, however, finds its parallel among Crustacea in the genus Paratya among the Macrura. Whether the three species of Atyloides here dealt with are congeneric with the marine species' referred to that genus is a point which I am unable to decide. On the sternum of certain of the thoracic somites of both specimens I found a number of finger-like processes. As far as I can make out these processes are present on the third to the seventh somites and there may be one or two pairs, symmetrically arranged, on each somite. Iam quite unable to suggest what these processes are or what their function may be, but they suggest the similar processes found by Sars in Gammarus pulex and Pontoporeia affinis, by Smith in Pontoporera hoyt and by Shoemaker (1920) in Synurella johansent. It is probable, too, that the processes found by Chilton in Gammarus barrington- - ensis are of the same nature. ‘They are quite distinct from the accessory branchial vesicles which I have described below in G. annandalet, which are definitely addi- tional processes on the outside of the branchial lamellae themselves. Family GAMMARIDAE. Genus Gammarus, Fabricius. Gammarus annandalei, n. sp. [Pl. XX, figs. 1-18.] Localities.—CHINA. I. Off Si Dong Ding, Tai-Hu, Io-xi1-15, ten specimens, 5-7 mm. 2. Outskirts of Shanghai, in ditches and small ponds, 17-ix-15, five specimens, 4-5 min. JAPAN. Lake Biwa. I. Station 5, off Komatsu, on west side of lake, 74 metres, firm mud, I-x-15, twenty-one specimens. Station 6, off Komatsu, nearer the shore than station 5, 53 metres, soft mud mixed with shells and small pebbles, 1-x-15, ten specimens. 3. Station 8, in the centre of the lake near White Rocks, 77 metres, mud with fragments of shell, about fifty specimens. (TYPES.) 4. Station 12, two specimens from a depth of 190-200 feet in Lake Biwa. 5. Station 13, shore at Chikubushima, on lower surface of stones, four young, 2-x-15. N 446 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. 6. Station 14, off Suga, on west side of lake, 52 metres, fine grey mud, 2-x-15, eight specimens. 7. Station 15, West Coast of Oura Bay, at north end of lake, 17-31 metres, sand mixed with mud, 2-x-15, ten specimens. 8. Station 22, Hikone Fishery Station near the east side of the lake, in irriga- tion channels among weeds, about fifty specimens. g. Off Komatsu, 30 feet, fine gravel, seven specimens. 10. Off Komatsu, in the interior of Spongilla clementis, five young specimens. I1. Zézé, on lower surface of stones on shore, 3-x-15, about forty specimens. Northern Japan. 12. Sapporo, Hokkaido (Yezo), April 1915, e. coll. Akatsuka, about forty speci- mens. (Presented by Dr. T. Kawamura.) Description.—First three somites of the pleon with a fringe of 10-12 short fine hairs on the median dorsal portion of the posterior margin, their lower margins with three or four spiniform setae and a few hairs on the anterior portion, postero-lateral corner acute and slightly produced. Pl. XX, fig. 14 shows the lower margin of the third pleon somite in one of the specimens and gives the essential structure of these somites in this species. ‘The fourth to the sixth pleon somites (pl. XX, fig. 18) are armed with spines on the dorsal surface. On the fourth and fifth somites there are two pairs of dorsal spines and a few short setae, on the sixth pleon somite there is only one pair of spines, one on each side. There is considerable variation in the number of spines on these somites and the figure I give showing their arrange- ment must be taken as the average typical armature. Head not rostrate, antero-lateral angles rounded. Eyes moderate in size, broadly oval, almost circular in outline, pigment black. Side-plate 4 (pl. XX, fig. 11) with the posterior angle distinct but obtuse and the margin above slightly concave. First antenna (pl. XX, fig. 1) not half the length of the body, second joint of the peduncie as long as the first but narrower, third joint of the peduncle rather more than half as long as the second, primary flagellum with about 20 joints, accessory flagellum with 5 joints, the terminal joint minute. The whole appendage is but sparingly provided with setae. Second antenna (pl. XX, fig. 2) about 3-3 of the length of the first, the peduncle reaching beyond the level of the peduncle of the first antenna. There is variation in this character. In some specimens the peduncle of the second antenna outreaches that of the first by half the last peduncular joint and in other specimens the differ- ence is much less. The last joint of the peduncle is shorter than the fourth and the flagellum is composed of about 12 joints. The males have a few calceoli on the flagel- lum joints. Mouth paris are normal for the genus Gammarus. The first maxilla has the inner lobe moderately broad with about 18 plumose setae on the inner margin and 6 or 7 simple setae on the distal part of the outer margin. The second thoracic limbs (first gnathopods) of the female (pl. XX, fig. 6) with the propodus rather larger than the carpus, somewhat dilated, palmar margin oblique Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 447 and armed with a few simple spines. In the male (pl. XX, fig. 3) these appendages have the propodus larger and more robust than in the female, more quadrangular in shape, palmar margin more transverse and armed with a number of stout peculiarly striated blunt spines (pl. XX, fig.5). Third thoracic limbs (second gnathopods) in the female (pl. XX, fig. 7) longer than the first, propodus as long as the carpus, rectangular in shape, twice as long as broad, armed with numerous tufts of setae, palmar margin almost transverse. In the male (pl. XX, fig. 4) these appendages have the propedus rather stouter than in the female, the palmar margin armed with stout blunt spines similar to those on the first gnathoped of the female. The form of the remaining thoracic limbs may be seen from pl. XX, figs. 8-0, representing the fourth and eighth thoracic limbs. The last three pairs of thoracic limbs are characterized by the rather narrow pyriform shape of the second joint, which, in the eighth pair, is nearly twice as long as broad. The branchial lamellae of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs have accessory , branchiae in the form of long cylindrical finger-like processes arising at the base of the main lamella on the outside of the peduncle. These accessory branchial processes are shorter on the last thoracic somite than on the others and may be two in number on some of the gills (pl. XX, fig. 10). Third uropods of similar form in both sexes, but in the male (pl. XX, fig. 17) considerably larger than in the female and extending well behind the first and second pairs. In the female the third uropods only extend slightly beyond the first and second pairs. In the male the peduncle is short, about 4 of the length of the outer branch. Inner branch slightly shorter than the peduncle and % of the length of the outer branch. Latter two-jointed with the second joint } of the length of the first, with groups of spines along both margins but only a few setae. Lelson (pl. XX, fig. 18) cleft almost to the base, lobes dehiscent with their apices rounded and armed with one spine and one or two setae. Lateral margins with one or two (in one case three) spines. Length of males and females, 15 mm. The description given above applies to those specimens captured in the deeper part of L. Biwa, from 20-77 metres, i.e. Stations 5, 6, 8, 12, 14 and 15 in the above list, and I have selected these as the types of the species. I have referred all the Gammarids captured inl. Biwa to the same species but a few notes on variation may be useful. The specimens from Sapporo differed from those in L. Biwa in having more numerous spinules on the pleon somites and in having more setae on the telson and a development of setae on the inner margin of the outer ramus of the third uropods. An adult male from Sapporo, quite as large as any from L. Biwa, had one pair of spinules on the second pieon segment, two pairs on the third segment, three pairs on the fourth and fifth segments and five spinules on the sixth segment. Each lobe oi the telson had two prominent spines and five or six setae while the inner margin of the outer ramus of the third uropods bore about fifteen long plumose setae. The 448 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. remaining specimens from this locaiity had the pleon segments similarly armed with spinules but occasionally the pair on the second pleon segment and one of the pairs on the third pleon segment were absent. The setae on the uropods were only found on adult males. In other characters the specimens were in substantial agreement with the specimens from I. Biwa. All had accessory branchial vesicles on the bran- chial lamellae. The specimens from St. 13 are quite small and immature. The pleon segments have the following arrangements of spinules commencing with somite: I, o prs, 2 prs, 4prs, 3 prs, 3prs,2prs. There are thus many more spinules on the pleon than in the typical form. Moreover, there is a greater development of setae on the antennules and antennae. But both these characters appear to become less pronounced with age. The setae on the antennules and antennae become fewer and the spinules on the pleon reduced in number. The specimens from Komatsu, from the interior of Spongilla clementis, are also young specimens. The number of pairs of spinules on the pleon segments is 0, I, I, 2, 2,1. These specimens are therefore less spinulose than those from St. 13, but in having spinules on the second and third segments of the pleon they show a divergence from type. The specimens obtained in 30 feet of water off Komatsu are seven in number and include a typical male of G annandalei, tr mm. in length and agreeing with the type in the spinulation of the pleon. The smaller specimens from 4-8 mm. in length have more spinules cn the pleon and in four of them there are spinules on the second and third segments. It will be seen therefore that there is considerable variation in the specimens in two characters :— (1) The number and arrangements of spinules on the segments of the pleon. (2) The development of setae on the antennules, antennae, telson and uropods. This variation is of two kinds :— (a) Variation with age. In the L,. Biwa specimens there is definite evidence that young specimens have more spinules on the segments of the pleon and a greater evelopment of setae on the antennae and antennules. (b) Variation of specimens of approximately equal age from different localities. The Sapporo specimens have a greater number of spinules on the segments of the pleon, more setae on the telson and, in adult males, a development of setae on the inner margin of the outer branch of the third uropods. But similar types and degrees of variation are known in Gammarus pulex and there seems no reason to regard it as of specific importance in the present cases. In his synopsis of the Amphipoda Gammaridea, Stebbing (1906) gives a key to thirty species of the genus Gammarus and an additional species (G. twnitanus, Simon) is regarded as doubtful. In the appendix to this valuable work a further seven species of the genus are listed, and, since its publication, as far as [can make out, S1X- teen new species have been referred to the genus which now comprises fifty-four species. Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 449 It is as well, perhaps, to indicate the relationship of the new species here described by reference to Stebbing’s key and for that purpose I give below a list of all the species of Gammayvus not included in that key with an indication of their approximate position as far as can be judged from the published description. AAD DAANMNANAAN AD Species. . caecus, Weckel, 1907. . haasei, Sayce, 1902. . tetrachantus, Garbini, 1902. . capensis, Barnard, 1916. . migroculus, Barnard, 1916. . crassicornis, Barnard, 1g16. . auricularis, Barnard, 1916. . barvingtonensis, Chilton, 1916 . australis, Sayce, 190T. . ramellus, Weckel, 1907. . sowinsku, Behning, 1914. G. chevreuxt, Sexton, 1913. ED) . imnaeus, S. I. Smith, 1874. . zaddacm, Sexton, 1912. pribilofensis, Pearse, 1913. Position in Stebbing’s Key. Distinguished at once from all other species , by the absence of eyes. Distinguished from all the other species by having the last thoracic and first three abdominal somites produced dorsally into a median process. I should very much doubt if it is correctly referred to Gamma- rus. \ Excluded in Stebbing’s key under heading | 7 and therefore allied to G. obesus, Sars. Excluded in Stebbing's key under heading 13 and therefore allied to G. wetdemannt, G. O. Sars, and G. maeoticus, Sowinsky. Excluded in Stebbing’s key under heading 22 and therefore allied to G. pungens, M.—Ed. Excluded in Stebbing’s key under heading 24 and therefore allied to G. duebenit, Lilly. Excluded in Stebbing’s key under heading 26 and therefore allied to G. pulex, Linn. Excluded in Stebbing’s key under heading 29 and therefore allied to G. locusta, Linn. Owing to deficiencies in the published descriptions and figures I am unable to place the following species in their proper place in Stebbing’s key :— G. sarsu, Sowinsky, 1898 G. ripensis, G. Smith, 1900. G. antipodeus, G. Smith, G. brewert, Kunkel, 1910. T9Q09Q. G. purpurascens, W. P. Hay, 1902. G. propinquus, W. P. Hay, 1902. Of these six species, the first three have the inner ramus of the third uropods yery short and are comparable in this respect to G. annandalei. But the descrip- 450 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. tions and figures are wanting in respect to the armature of the last three segments of the pleon. The only specimen of G. brewert as yet collected had lost the third uropod and the published description gives no information as to the armature of the pleon. In G. purpurascens and G. propinquus the inner branch of the third uropod is at least half as long as the outer and thus both species are very distinct fromjG. annan- dalet. I have not been able to consult the descriptions of G. polymorphus, Helfer, 1914, and G. argaeus, Vavta, 1906. With this brief review of the known species of the genus it is possible to state shortly the affinities of G. annandalei. With the aid of Stebbing’s key it is excluded under heading 22, and is thus related to G. pungens, M—Ed., G. vamellus, Weckel and G. sowinskiz, Behning. From these three species it is distin- guished by the shorter first and second antennae, by the form of the second and third thoracic limbs in both sexes and by the third uropods which have the inner ramus comparatively longer than any of the above three species. It is, however, as well to point out that G. vamellus has the palm of the second and third thoracic limbs armed with the same type of peculiar spine as in G. annandalet. But G. annandalei differs from all the species of the genus, in the possession of accessory vesicles on tie bran- chial lamellae. Chilton (1916) in describing G. barrvingtonensis notes that “on some of the segments of the peraeon”’ there are finger-like appendages which appear to be of the same nature as the ‘single accessory branchiae’ described in Hyalella jelskin, Wrzesn., and H. dybowskiz, Wrzesn.”. Chilton further says that these appendages appear to arise from the sternum of the segment internal to the branchiae, but he was unable to determine their exact occurrence. The processes seen by Chilton must be, I think, of the same nature as those I have noted above in Atyloides japonica and those seen by other authors in species of Gammarus, Pontoporeia, and S\nu- vella. They are quite distinct from the accessory branchial processes of G. annandalet which are attached distinctly to the outside of the branchial lamellae. In no other species of Gammarus have I been able to find any mention of accessory branchial vesicles though they are found in the genus Hyalella and in some of the Lysianas- sidae. It is to be regretted that Smith’s inadequate descriptions of G. v1pensis and G. antipodeus do not permit of a closer comparison of these species with G. annandalet. They agree with the latter in the short inner ramus to the third uropods but Smith makes no mention of the armature of the pleon or of the structure of the branchial lamellae and it is not possible to say how nearly allied to G. annandalei they really are. This is unfortunate because Smith regards these two species as in a measure intermediate in structure between the genera Gammarus and Neoniphargus and he suggests that the latter genus has been derived from the former in the Southern hemisphere and is not genetically related to the genus Niphargus of the Northern hemisphere, the resemblance between Nifhargus and Neoniphargus being regarded as a remarkable case of convergence. G. annandalei is a true Gammarus in all the characters that are supposed to dis- Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. A5I tinguish that genus from Neoniphargus. The first maxillae are of the true Gammarus type and not of the intermediate form found in Smith’s two species. It would be interesting to be able to define more accurately the relationship of G. annandalei to the Australian and Tasmanian species in view of the occurrence of the genus AZylordes in Japan and Australia and the parallel case of Paratya among the Macrura. [This is the common aquatic Amphipod of Lake Biwa. It is abundant on a muddy bottom in from 50 to 77 metres and occurs more sparingly in shallower water. It is also found, both in China aud Japan, in ditches and similar situations. The young apparently conceal themselves more carefully than the adults and their occurrence in the patent exhalent channels of a sponge (Sfongilla clementis) is noteworthy. JN. A.] Gammarus pulex (Linn.). [Pl. XX, figs. 19-27. ] Locahty.—Hills above Otsu, L. Biwa, among moss and gravel in small streamlet in wood, forty specimens, up to Ir mm. in length. Remarks.—I cannot find any characters of specific importance in which these specimens differ from typical Gammarus pulex. Chevreux (1907) has noted the most important points in which specimens of this species from different localities vary and it will be as well to describe the charac- ters of the Japanese specimens in these respects. 1. The form of the lower posterior angle of the third pleon segment.—PI. XOX fig. 25 shows the form of this plate in my specimens. The lower posterior angle is slightly produced and bluntly pointed. There are three or four short setae on the posterior border and one stronger seta on the lower border. 2. The spinulation of the last three segments of the pleon.—On the fourth and fifth somites of the pleon there is a pair of dorsal spines, with a pair of fine short setae between them and a pair of setae to the outside of each spine. There do not appear to be any lateral spines on these segments. On the sixth somite of the pleon there is a lateral spine (sometimes two), on each side of which there is a pair of setae. There is no dorsal pair of spines but the dorsal pair of setae is present. 3. The accessory flagellum of the first antenna.—The specimens show considerable variation in the number of joints in this accessory appendage, from three joints of more or less equal size to five joints, four of which are subequal and the termina] joint very small. 4. Armature of the telson.—P1. XX, fig. 27 depicts the telson of a male specimen, II1mm. Each lobe has two spines and four or five setae at the apex and a few setae on the lateral margins. 5. The proportions of the rami of the third uropods (pl. XX, fig. 26).—The inter- nal ramus is about three-quarters of the length of the first joint of the outer ramus. I figure in addition the second and third thoracic limbs (first and second gnathopods) of both male (pl. XX, figs. 21-22) and female (pl. XX, figs. 19-20), the last tho- racic limb of the male (pl. XX, fig. 23) and the fourth coxal plate (pl. XX, fig. 24). I 452 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. was not able to detect any calceoli on the first antenna of the male. The branchial lamellae are simple, without accessory vesicles. Distribution.—This is the first record of the species from Japan but its occurrence there is not unexpected. Its distribution can now be traced right across the Palae- arctic region from the British Isles to Japan. Family TALITRIDAE. Genus Talorchestia, Dana. Talorchestia japonica, n. sp. | Pl. X XI, figs. 1-10. ] Locality.—Among damp weeds on the shore of Lake Biwa at Zézé, 3-x-15, thirty specimens up to 9 mm. in length. Description.—Body smooth without ridges or carinae, or armature of spinules er setae; preserved specimens show extensive traces of a rose-coloured pigment on the thoracic and abdominal somites in bands across the dorsal surface, most pro- nounced on the last three thoracic and first three abdominal somites ; first and second antennae also tinged rose colour. Eyes moderately large, separated dorsally by a distance less than their greatest diameter, pigment black. Side-plates one to four with a few small setae on their lower margins, second to fourth with a prominent lobe on the hind margin about the centre ; third segment of the pleon (pl. X XI, fig. 6) with its lower posterior corner slightly produced and its hind margin with four or five minute serrations, each serration armed with a small spinule. First aniznna equal in length to the first four joints of the peduncle of the second pair ; three joints of the peduncle subequal in length, each furnished with a single spine on its upper distal corner, the second and third joints with one or two spines at their lower distal corners; flagellum of 4-5 joints. Second antenna with the fifth joint of the peduncle equal in length to the pre- ceding four joints but narrower; third joint with a group of seven spines on the lower distal corner, two on the upper distal corner and two or three scattered over the surface ; fourth joint with three groups of two spines on the lower border, one spine at the upper distal corner, one onthe outer margin and five or six scattered over the surface; fifth joint with g-ro spines on the upper margin and three or four on the distal part of the lower margin; flagellum slightly longer than the pe- duncle and composed of I1I—14 joints. Second thoracic limbs of the male (pl. XXI, fig. 3) with the side-plate widening slightly distally, its lower margin provided with four or five setae; no pellucid lobe on the merus; carpus about equal to the propodus with a prominent rounded pellucid lobe on the hind margin towards the distal end; propodus widening distally to the usual lobe on its hinder margin, a row of setae marking the junction of the lobe with the joint proper; dactylus shorter than the palm formed by the wider end of the propodus; setae on the limb few and short. | Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 453 Third thoracic mb of the male (pl. XXI, fig. 4) with the side-plate furnished with about a dozen small setae on its lower margin and a prominent lobe on its hinder margin; propodus broadly oval, the anterior margin convex and without setae except for two smail ones at the base of the finger, posterior margin very convex, about half of it occupied by the palm which consists of a shallow groove flanked on each side by a row of 17-18 spinules and ending in a small pocket ito which the nail fits; nail long and curved with a number of minute setae on its inner margin; setae on the limb very small and few. Second thoracic limb of the female (pl. XXI, fig. 1) of the usual form, propodus slightly shorter than the carpus, its inner margin furnished with strong spiniform setae and with just a sugzestion of a palm at its distal end. Third thoracic limb of the female (pl. XXI, fig. 2) with the second joint wider proximally than distally, merus with a small pellucid lobe, carpus slightly longer than the propodus, each of these joints with the usual rounded lobes, that on the propo- dus extending well beyond the short oblique palm; setae on the limb few and small. Sixth to eighth thoracic limbs (pl. XXI, fig. 5) having the front margins of the second joints armed with 8—10 spinules and the hind margins of the same joints with about 12 small serrulations, spinules between the teeth. First uropods (pl. XXI, fig. 7) with the peduncle longer than the rami; peduncle with four or five spines on each of the upper and outer margins; inner branch with four spines on the upper margin and two large and two small spines at the apex; outer branch with no spines on its margins and two large spines at its apex. Second uropods (pl. X XI, fig. 8) peduncle about equal to the branches; peduncle with two or three spines on each of the upper and outer margins; inner branch with two spines on the upper margin and three at the apex; outer branch with two spines on the upper margin and two strong spines and a small spinule at the apex. Third uropods (pl. XXI, fig. 9) with the proximal joint bigger and broader than the distal joint, with two spines on the upper distal corner ; distal joint with two small spines on the upper margin and one large and two or three small spines at the apex. Telson (pl. XXI, fig. 10) slightly notched with three or four spines of various sizes at the apex of each lobe and two strong spines on each lateral margin. Length of adult males and females, 9 mm. Remarks.—Four of the specimens have the pigment of the eyes imperfectly developed and irregularly arranged. Chilton has called attention to similar speci- mens of Talorchestia parvispinosa. . Talorchestia malayensis, n. sp. [Pl. XXI, figs. 11-20. | Locality.—Botanical Gardens, Singapore, among dead leaves on ground in the shade of trees, on damp walls of drain and on damp earth under logs, 26—-30-xii-15 3 males, 11 females. Description.—This species is very closely allied to T. japonica and is best de- 454 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. scribed by reference to the figures given herewith and by pointing out the differences between the two forms. T. malayensis differs from T. japonica in the following points :— (1) absence of serrulations on the hind margin of the third segment of the pleon (pl. XOG fiz. 16); (2) there are only three joints in the flagellum of the first antenna; (3) the second thoracic limb of the female (pl. XXI, fig. 11) has no trace of a palm and is therefore strictly simple in type; (4) the presence of a distinct lobe on the merus of the second thoracic limbs of the male and the more pronounced lobe on the carpus of the same limb (pl. XXI, fig. 13) ; (5) the shorter and broader hand of the third thoracic limb of the male ; (6) the hind margin of the second joint of the last thoracic limb (pl. XXI, fig. 15) is minutely serrated throughout, the serrations much more numerous than in 7. japonica. Small differences in the proportions and armature of the limbs, telson and uro- pods can be detected by a comparison of the figures given for the two species [pl. XXI, figs. 11-20]. Length of the largest male, 7 mm., of the largest female,g mm. [This is the most completely terrestrial Amphipod with which I am acquainted. It is found in damp places at considerable distances from water. JN. 4A.| Remarks.—Stebbing (1906) refers nineteen accepted and two doubtful species to the genus Talorchestia. Since that date I have described one new species, T. kem- pit, and referred Orchestia parvispinosa, Weber, to this genus and Barnard (1916) has described three new species from South Africa, T. quadrispinosa, T. ancherdos and T. australis and transferred Orchestia capensis to the genus Talorchestia. ‘The latter, therefore, now includes twenty-five accepted and two doubtful species. By the use of the key to the species provided by Stebbing we find a group of very closely allied forms at the end of the key grouped under the headings 17 and 18. These species are T. brito, Stebb., T. novachollandiae, Stebb., T. mariensi, Weber, T. kempu, W.M.T., T. parvispinosa, Weber, T. ancherdos, Barnard, and T. australis, Barnard, to which must now be added the two species described above. These nine species are very closely related to one another but may be separated, partially at any rate, in the following manner :— I. Side-plates 2-4 without a well-marked lobe or tooth on the hinder posterior border we oe ae T. ancheidos, Barn. II. Side-plates 2-4 with a well-marked lobe or tooth on the hinder posterior bodez. (a) Second thoracic limb (first gnathopod ) of the male withoui a meral lobe. (1) Hind margin of the third pleon segment with a few small serrations ae -f TQT3 Smith, 8. L., 1874 Smith, G. W., 1909 Sowinsky, B., 1898 > ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. The Amphipoda of Bermuda. Trans. Connect. Acad. Arts. Sci., Voi. XVI, pp. I-116. On the Crustacea Isopoda of the “Lightning,” “Porcupine,” and “ Valorous”’ expeditions. Lvans. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. XII, pt. 4, pp. 77- 141, pls. xvi-xxvii. Notes on a small collection of Amphipods from the Pribilof Islands, with descriptions of new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 45, Pp. 571-573, 2 text-figs. A monograph on the Isopods of North America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 54. An account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. I. Amphipoda. An account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. 2. Isopoda. Description of some new Victorian Freshwater Amphi- poda. Proc. R. Soc. Vict., Vol. XIII (N.S.), pt. 2, pp. 225— 232, pls. xxxv-xl. Description of some new Victorian Freshwater Amphipoda, No. 2. Proc. R. Soc. Vict., Vol, XV (N.S), pt. I, pp. 47— 58, pls. iv—vil. Some Brackish-water Amphipoda from the mouths of the Weser and the Elbe, and from the Baltic. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, pp. 056-665, pls. Ixxili-lxxiv. Description of a new species of brackish-water Gam- marus (G. chevreuxt, n. sp). Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. 9, pp. 542-545, 5 text-figs. Crustacea of the Fresh waters of the United States. Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish Fisheries, 1872-73, pt. 2, pp. 637-665. The Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania with remarks on their geographical distribution. Trans. Linn. Soc. London., 2nd. Ser., Zool., Vol. XI, pt. 4, pp. 61-92, pls. 12-18 and map. Scientific results of the expedition of the “ Atmanaya.” Crustacea Malacostraca of the Sea of Azov. Bull. Ac. St. Peters., t. viii, pp. 359-398, 4 pls. = id Amphipoda with notes on a species of Isopoda. 459 Stebbing, T. R. R., 1906 Tattersall, W. M., 1914 Vavra, V., 1906 Weckel, A., 1907 Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Trerreich, Lief. 21. Zoological Results of the Abor Expedition, 1911-12. Crustacea Amphipoda. Kee, Ind: Mus., Vol, VIII, pt. v;' No. 35, pp. 449-453, pl. xxvii. Ergebnisse einer naturwissenschaftlichen Reise zum Erdschias—Dagh (Kleinasien). I. Zoologischer Tiel.—Rotatorien und Crusta- ceen. Ann. Nat. Hist. Hofmus. Wien, Bd. 20, pp. 106- 112, taf III. The Freshwater Amphipoda of North America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 32, pp. 25-58, 15 text-figs. —— EEE EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XVIII. Cyathura carinata (Kroyer). Fic. 1.—First maxilla. x 34-3. +” 2.—Maxillipods. x 34°3. 3.—Fitst antenna, 22,7. 4.—Second ,, x22 78 5.—Second thoracic leg. x 22 7. 6.—Third pS Smee 7 7.—Highth _,, in, ON 227 8.—Telson and uropods. xX 22°7. g.—First pleopod. x 22°7. Monoculodes limnophilus, n. sp. . 10.—Head and rostrum. xX 24. 11.—First antenna. x 44:6. 12.—Second _,, < SA 13.—Second thoracic leg. x 44°6. 14.-—-Third * XAG: 15.—-Fifth * * xX 44°6. 16.—Eighth ,, 3 < 227: 17.—Telson. xX 68-7. 18.—First uropod. xX 44:6. 19.—Second _,, xX 44°6. 20.—Third % xX 44°6. MEM. AS. SOC. BENG., VOL. VI, 1921. PLATE XVIII. Figs.1—9. Cyathura carinata (Kroyer). Figs. 10—20 Monoculodes limnophilus, sp. nov. +5 : : + Wah = a * ies ‘ ’ ; ; ’ lin et y - . . : 2 — : ' i : . led ad . : . « ann bs . i 2 hart ° ‘ : ad ‘ 7 ¢ a , ¥ - e c , ve - , ie ‘ F . / ‘ 7 ¥ 7 i 3 , ’ : % 3 —, ie ‘ " v : 7 ea : . x te i € an Bi eck ; i . as : a , <3 : . ‘ pen « ‘ ; 4 y : uns ‘ “ ; pa ‘ ‘ . . ' ® nk . “ ‘ : . : é . N . ‘ 5 A £ 7 PLATE XIX. Grandidierella megnae (Giles). Fic. 1.—First antenna of male. xX 22-7. 5 2.—Second * Risen Ken: 5» 3-——Second thoracic leg of female. x 22:7. » 4.—Third * ie se 2255 » 5.-—Second se i eel axel zags , 6.—Third 44 via _ M227. » 7.—Fifth mi Rees ea | » 8.—Sixth * ne! jl Orem » 9.—Eighth Sane = 22-7 Fic. Io.—First uropod. xX 44°6. »» I1.—Second _e,, x 44°6. 12.—Third uropod and telson. x 446. Atyloides japonica, n. sp. Fic. 13.—Peduncle of first antenna and accessory appendage. X 22°7. 14.—Peduncle of second antenna. X 22°7. 15.—sSecond thoracic leg. xX 22°7. ,, 16.—Third ha ee 22 ». 17.-—Fiithithoracie leg. x 22°7. ,, 16=-biehth a <1 2227. 19.—Third uropods and telson. x 22°7. PLATE XIX. MEM. AS, SOC. BENG., VOL. VI, 1921. 73. Figs. 1—12. Grandidierella megnae (Giles) . Figs. 13—19. Atyloides japonica. sp. nov. PLATE exe Gammarus annandalei, n. sp. Fic. 1.—First antenna. xX I5’I. », 2—Second ,, KTTSRL: 5» 3---Second thoracic limb of male. x 15’. oe 4.—Third ” ” y) ” yikes ks 5.—Spines on palm of second and third thoracic legs of male. x 82:4. ,, ©.—Second thoracic limb of female. x I5'I. ” 7.—Third ” a5 o re x 15 “5 fy, , .8—Fourth ,, J hss dalale: pe BaF be 7) 9.—Eighth Se an ar 55 Kea iale 10.—Gill with accessory vesicle. X I5‘I. ,, 11.—Fourth coxal plate of specimen from L. Biwa. xX I5'I. 12) * i Pies es ..) sptkone arse Rec: Ds. oor ae aay See o. Sapporo, xs », 14.—Lower margin of third pleon segments. ,, 15.—First uropods. x 15°I. », 16.—Second ,, Dae Oe 5» 17.—Third a ae ee ,, 18.—Last three segments of the pleon, and telson. X I5'I. Gammarus pulex (Linn.). Frs. 19.—Second thoracic limb of female. x 13°0. » 20.—Third - vt % = x) 1370. ,, 21.—Second ) male ex 70) ., 22.—Third Bs < - re bee 038 23.—EHighth s - es Xi" O: 24.—Fourth coxal plate. x I5'I. ,. 25.—Lower margin of third segment of pleon, X I5'I. , 26.—Third trepedy <1 5 21. 5 27.—Telson.o K 343) PLATE XX. MEM. AS. SOC. BENG., VOL. VI, 1921. Figs. 1—18. Gammarus annandalei, sp. nov. Figs. 19—27. Gammarus pulex (Linn. ) a a - —— RE SE ae ae | = rt PLATE XXI. Talorchestia japonica, n. sp. Fic. 1.—Second thoracic limb of female. Xx 22°7. 2 nana FA ere ae x 22°71 sou Se wecond ~~ .. or!) 3g MES, aa ears 4.---Third ES lube +e Kee oe 99 JEN ‘aay a2 Be el eee x 153s 6.—Lower and hinder margin of third segment of pleon. X 22°7. 7.—itst.uropod: x 44°60. 5 accom RS xX 44:6. 9.—Third , x 44°. 10.--Telson. xX 446. Talorchestia malayensis, n. sp. I1.---Second thoracic limb of female. x 22°7. 12.—Third % mae Le x Bev. 13.—Second os | 57) males Sees 14.—Third = en eae Zs is 15.—Highth _,, roe 5 bOI 16.—Lower hinder margin of third eoaeee of pleon:) TK 22:72 17.—First uropod. xX 22:7. 18.—Second _,, xX 44°6. 19.—Third ,, xX 44:6. 20.—Telson. x 68-7. MEM. AS. SOC. BENG., VOL. VI, 1921. PLATE XXL. O, S Ty del- Figs, 1—10. Talorchestia japonica, sp. nov. Figs. 11—20. Talorchestia malayensis, sp. nov. ee ee Pa are ee SC —_=) eo a (Part I.) By SunpER Lat Hora, D.Sc. ; | | } i 7 | * + wk Ny tet Pv ey ‘ ‘ Ps : — +)? rt Pal 1) 4 ae ‘ ae oi Ae sm sere Ie ihe * 9h . , a — oe a ae nt , bess -— iv iy hay — ap baer 2% Yaa a eee a a —_— _ — —. Ss INTRODUCTORY Note (by Dr. N. Annan- dale) Introduction Cestracion blochi (Cuvier) Scoliodon walbeehmi (Bleeker) Rhinobatus thouini (Lacépéde) Trygon bleekeri Blyth Hypolophus sephen (¥Forskal) Aétobatis narinart (Evphrasen) Rhinoptera javanica Miller and Henle .. Monopterus albus (Zuiew) Macrotrema caligans (Cantor) Muraenesox talabon (Cantor) Pisoodonophis boro (Hamilton Bucha- nan) a Muraena (Gimnothorax) prcta Ahi. Muraena (Gymnothorax) thyrsoidea Richardson ae Clarras batrachus (Linnaeus) Callichrous bimaculatus (Bloch) Plotesus canius (Hamilton Buchanan) .. Plotosus angutllaris (Bloch) Arius maculatus (Thunberg) Arius macronotacanthus (Bleeker) Macrones nigriceps (Cuvier and Valen- ciennes) : ie ~ Macrones nemurus (Cuvier and Valen- clennes) ve Lepidocephalus hasselti (Cuvier and Valenciennes) oF Chela oxvgastroides. (Bleeker) Rasbora argyrotaenia (Bleeker) Rasbora trilineata Steindachner CONTENTS. Page 463 463 404 404 464 464 465 465 465 405 4606 466 466 466 406 467 467 467 — 467 467 408 408 468 408 469 469 469 Rasbora latevistriata var. (Bleeker) sh Rasbora heteromorpha Dunker Osteochilus hasselti (Cuvier and Valen- ciennes) of ate Hampala macrolepidota (Cuvier and Valenciennes) Barbus (Puntius) sumatranus (Bleeker) Barbus (Puntius) javanicus (Bleeker) Barbus (Puntius) bulu (Bleeker) Barbus (Labeobarbus) tambroides (Blee- ker) ee Tylosurus strongylurus (v. Hasselt) Tylosurus leturus (Bleeker). . Tylosurus annulatus (Cuvier and Valen- ciennes) sumatrana Xenentodon cancila (Hamilton Bucha- nan) Dermogenys sp... Hemirhamphus unifasciatus Ranzani Hemirhamphus melanurus (Cuvier and Valenciennes) Microphis annandalei, sp nov. Doryichthys deokhatoides (Bleeker) Mastacembelus armatus (I,acépéde) var. favus, var. nov. be Mastacembelus argus (Gunther) Mastacembelus circumcinctus, sp. nov. . Pseudorhombus arsius (Hamilton Bucha- nan) ei 2 ae Cynoglossus lingua (Hamilton Buchanan) Synaptura orientalis (Bloch and Schneider) Page 469 469 470 470 470 470 470 471 47% 471 471 471 471 472 472 472 474 474 - 475 475 470 476 476 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. FISH OF THE TALE SAP, PENINSULAR SIAM (Parr I). By SUNDER LAL Hora, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. (Communicated with the permission of the Director, Zoological Survey of India.) [ The fish-fauna of the Talé Sap is interesting from several different points of view—geographical, bionomical and practical. Until the whole collection is worked out it will be impossible to discuss these views in detail, but a comparison between the list of species and that of those found in the Chilka Lake! is bound to be of considerable interest, for the twolakes have muchin common. Both are ultimately connected by a narrow opening with a great open bay of the sea. Both are divided into two parts, an outer part directly communicating with the sea and an inner part more remote from it, and in both the water is of extremely variable salinity. There are, however, noteworthy differences, especially in the fact that the two parts of the Talé Sap are more clearly differentiated than those of the Chilka lake and that the connection with the sea is much less restricted. In the Talé Sap, therefore, there is a larger freshwater element in the fauna than in the Chilka Lake, mainly but not entirely con- fined to the inner region ; while on the other hand there is probably much more constant and populous immigration from the sea in the former. This is of great importance from the practical point of view of fisheries, for there can be no doubt that the outer part of the Talé Sap acts as a nursery for the fry of many of the edible fish of the Gulf of Siam. In January, after the conclusion of the rainy season, the water is alive with fish-fry, mostly belonging to marine forms. The local fisheries inside the lake, and especially at its mouth, are of con- siderable value. but the lake itself is thus an asset of wider importance to the fish-eating population of Siam and the neighbouring countries. In the following paper Dr. Sunder Lal Hora has dealt with several distinct orders and families, some mainly fluviatile, others marine and estuarine. He has not adopted any particular taxonomic classifica- tion ia selecting these families, but has discussed those that it was convenient to consider at the time. He hopes to publish a further report or reports on the remaining families later. Those here considered are the families of cartilaginous fish, of the Apodes, the Siluroidea, the Cyprinoidea, the Synentognathi, Solenichthyes, Opisthomi, and Zeorhombi—N. Annandale. | In the above introductory note Dr. N. Annandale has pointed out the scope of this report on the Fish of the Talé Sap. Most of the forms discussed in this paper are fairly widely distributed and the endemic element does not appear to be quite so rich as was found to be in the Chilka Lake, but this element was perhaps most apparent in families not discussed here. Two new species and one new colour variety are described. The two new species belong to the genera Microphis and Mastacembelus while the new variety is of the widely distributed species of the latter genus—M. armatus. The most noteworthy feature of the collec- tion is the presence of very young specimens and it is mainly on this account that I have not been able to identify the species in two instances, namely, those of the genera Acanthopsis and Dermogenys. ! Chaudhuri and Hora, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 405-439, 443-458, 491-507, 711-769 (1916-1923). 464 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. In preparing my report on these fishes I am greatly indebted to Dr. N. Annandale and Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri, who had made a preliminary investigation of the specimens before I examined them and had separated them into their genera and in some cases into their species. To the former I am also indebted for numerous valuable suggestions during the preparation of this report. The types of the new species are preserved in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India. PLAGIOSTOMIA. Family CESTRACIONTIDAE. Cestracion blochi (Cuv.). 1913. Cestracion blochii, Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. XXXVI, p. 156. This hammer-headed shark is represented by two specimens in Dr. Annan- dale’s collection from the Talé Sap. They were obtained in the outer lake at Singgora. Cestracion blochi is quite common in the seas of India and the Malay Archi- pelago. Family CARCHARINIDAE. Scoliodon walbeehmi (Bleek.). 1913 =Scoltodon walbeehmt, Garman, op. cit., p. 112. There are two fairly grown-up specimens of this species in the collection. The largest is about a foot and a half in length. Of the two specimens one was taken near the mouth of the Patelung river in the inner lake in fresh water, while the other was captured in the outer lake at Singgora in brackish water. This species has not so far been known to occur in fresh water. Scoliodon walbeehmi is known from the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago and Japan. Family RHINOBATIDAE: Rhinobatus thouini (Lacépéd.). 1913. Rhinobatus thouint, Garman, op. cit., p. 276. Rhinobatus thouini is represented by a single specimen in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap. It was captured in the outer lake at Singgora and is about 38 cm. in length. It can readily be distinguished from the other Asiatic species of the genus by the character noted down in Dr. Annandale’s' key to the Indian Species of K/inobatus. The snout is spatulate and is constricted some distance behind the tip. This species is found in Red Sea, the seas of India and the Malay Archipelago. Family TRYGONIDAE. Trygon bleekeri Blyth. 1909. Tvrygon bleekevi, Annandale, Mem. Ind. Mus. II, p. 26, pl. ili, fig. g. There is a young male of this species in the collection. . It is about 27 cm. across the disc and was obtained by Dr. Annandale in the outer lake at Singgora. ! Annandale, Mem. Ind. Mus. II, p. 12 (1909). Fish of the Tale Sap. 465 It agrees fairly closely with Annandale’s description of the species, but differs in having a very natrow margin of dark brown colour on the ventral surface which in some places is not quite distinct. Trygon bleekert has so far been obtained off the coasts of Orissa, Bengal, and Burma and its occurrence in Siam is recorded here for the first time. Hypolophus sephen (Forskal). 1909. HAypolophus sephen, Annandale, op. ctt., p. 35. This species is represented by one complete specimen and one jaw in the collection. They were obtained near Singgora in the outer lake. Dr. Annandale tells me that this species also makes its way in the inner part of the lake. Hypolophus sephen is extensively found in the seas of India and the Malay Archipelago and also occurs in the river Ganges up to about 600 miles from the mouth. Family MYLIOBATIDAE. Aetobatis narinari (Euphrasen). 1910. Aétobatis narinari, Annandale, op. cit., III, p. 4, pl. it, fig. 2. There is a skin in spirit of this species in the collection. It was obtained at Singgora in the outer lake. The specimen is conspicuously spotted on the dorsal surface. Most of the spots are situated on the body and there are very few on the head. As a matter of fact there are only three spots in front of the posterior margin of the spiracle. As regards colouration this specimen is intermediate between the colour varities A and B recognised by Annandale. This species occurs in Red Sea, seas of India and the Malay Archipelago. Its range extends to the Atlantic and the South Pacific oceans. Family RHINOPTERIDAE. Rhinoptera javanica Mull. and Henle. 1913. Rhinoptera javanica, Garman, op. cit., p. 446. In Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap, this species is represented by a head in spirit. It was obtained at Singgora. Rhinoptera javanica is found in the seas of India and the Malay Archipelago. SYNBRANCHOIDEA. Family SYNBRANCHIDAE. Monopterus albus (Zuiew). 1916. Monopterus albus, Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel. III, p. 413, figs. 210 and 211. This common and widely distributed species of the Far East is represented by three specimens in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap. All the specimens were obtained at the mouth of the Patelung river. The colour varies greatly in the three specimens before me. In the largest specimen the back is uniformly dark-grey while the under surface is pale white. 4606 ZOOLOGY. OF THE PAR EAST. The other two specimens possess white spots on the sides and on the under surface ; in one the spots are minute and more numerous, while in the other they are much larger and are chiefly restricted to below the lateral line. Macrotrema caligans (Cant.). 1916. Macrotrema caligans, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 415. There are two young specimens of this species in the collection. One was taken near the shore at Singgora, while the other was caught near Pak Payum in the chan- nel between the two parts of the lake. Both were taken from a soft muddy bottom. Macrotrema caligans is know from the seas of Singapore and Penang. APODES. Family CONGRIDAE. Muraenesox talabon (Cant.). 1916. Muraenesox talabon, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 255. Dr. Annandale obtained three half-grown specimens of this species in the outer lake at Singgora. This species occurs in the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family OPHICHTHYVIDAE. Pisoodonophis boro (Ham. Buch.). 1916. Pisoodonophis boro, Weber and Beaufort. op. cit., p. 297. Three young specimens of this species are present in the collection. They were obtained in the outer lake at Singgora. Pisoodonophis boro is found in the seas, estuaries and brackish waters of India, the Malay Archipelago and Formosa. Family MURAENIDAE. Muraena (Gymnothorax) picta Ahl. 1916. Muraena (Gymnothorax) picta, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 363, figs. 175, 180. There are several young specimens of this widely distributed Oriental and partly Ethopian species in the collection. They were captured at Singgora in the outer lake. Muraena (Gymnothorax) thyrsoidea Rich. 1916. Muraena (Gymnothorax) thyrsoidea, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 365. This species is represented by a single specimen taken by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The range of Muraena (Gymnothorax) thyrsoidea extends from the Andamans, Burma, Penang and Indo-Australian Archipelago to Western Australia, China and Pacific Islands. Fish of the Talé Sap. 407 SILUROIDEA. Family CLARITIDAE. Clarias batrachus (Linn.). 1913 Clarias batrachus, Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel. I, p. 190, fig. 74. This common Oriental species is represented in Dr, Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap by eight young and half-grown specimens. They were col- lected at the following localities :—- 4 Small pools and ditches near the edge of the lake at Lampam (16-1-16). 3. Shore of the Talé Sap near Singgora (20-1-16). I Shore of Koh Yaw (29-1-16). Family SILURIDAE. Callichrous bimaculatus (Bloch). 1913. Callichrous bimaculatus, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 209. There are several young and two half-grown specimens of this species in the collection. The young examples were obtained in small pools and ditches near the edge of the lake at Lampam, while the larger specimens were netted near the mouth of the Patelung river. Callichrous bimaculatus is widely distributed in the Oriental Region. Family PLOTOSIDAE. Plotosus canius (Ham. Buch.). 1913. Plotosus canius, Weber aud Beaufort, op. cit., p. 227. Five specimens of this species were collected from the foilowing localities :— 3 Shore of the Talé Sap near Singgora (21-1-16). 1 Across channel from Singgora (24-I-16). I Shore of mainland opposite W. end of Koh Yaw at low tide (29-1-16). Plotosus canius is found in the seas of India, Ceylon, Burma, and the Malay Archipelago. It ascends rivers far above the tidal limit. Plotosus anguillaris (Bloch). 1913. Plotosus anguillaris, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 229. There are four specimens of this widely distributed species in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Tale Sap. They were obtained from near the shore of the lake at Singgora. Family ARIIDAE. Arius maculatus (Thunb.). 1913. Arius maculatus, Weber and Beaufort. op. cit., p. 284. This species is represented by a single specimen in the collection. It was taken near the shore of the lake at Singgora. Aviuws maculatus occurs in seas and estuaries of Siam, Philippines, China, Riu Kiu Islands and the Indo- Australian Archipelago. 408 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Weber and Beaufort point out in a foot-note on p. 284 that they have no inaterial to decide whether Artus arius (H. B.) is identical with A. maculatus or not. In the collection of the Indian Museum there are two specimens of the former species, one is from Burma and was purchased from Day, while the second is from the Chilka Lake recently obtained by the Chilk Survey. Both of these are young and the arrangement of teeth on their palates differs from each other and from those of the specimen I refer to A. maculatus. Chaudhuri' is ot opinion that the two species are quite distinct, but from the material in our museum I am not able to decide this question. Arius macronotacanthus (Blkr.). _Ig13. . ee he CAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. ae FISH OF THE TALE SAP, PENINSULAR SIAM. ; (Parr IL.) By SuNDER Lat, Hora, D.Sc. he ea dl i et CONTENTS. Page Page INTRODUCTION .. os ne 7,0) Datnioides quadrifasciatus (Sevastian.) .. 486 Megalops cyprinoides (Brouss.) = 4975 Lutianus johni (Bloch) . «. | 487 Chirocentrus dorab (Forsk.) .. 1. 488 Therapon jarbua (Forsk.) .. 2 487 Hilsa toli (Cuv. and Val.) .. +, 489 Therapon theraps Cav. and Val. -- 487 Hilsa kanagurta (Bleeker) .. ele oho Gerres filamentosus Cuv. and Val. .. 487 Pellona elongata (Bennet) .. Pg ae Gerres lucidus Cuv. and Val. -» 487 Dussumieria acuta (Cuv. and Val.) a AOE Upeneus sulphureus Cuv. and Val. .. 487 Anodontostoma chacunda (Ham. Buch.).. 481 Sciaena siamensis, sp. nov. .. ; 487 Setipinna melanochir (Bleeker) See hae | Sillago sthama (Forsk.) .- .. 489 Setipinna taty (Cuv. and Val.) ee acs Pristolepis fasciatus (Bleeker) ~t 489 Engraulis mystax (Bloch and Schn) .. 481 Platax vespertilio (Bloch) .. -- 489 Stolephorus heterolobus Riippel aor? RAB Drepane punctata (Linn.) .. i: Cotlia dussumieri Cuv. and Val. at Scatophagus argus (Bloch) .. Poe ek Notopterus notopterus (Pall.) .. 482 Toxotes chatareus (Ham. Buch.) +. | AOE Saurida tumbil (Bloch) 3g 2. 482 | Teuthis java co) Fae aa et Panchax panchax (Ham. Buch.) 2 eee Platycephalus insidiatoy (Forsk.) -4) 405 Ctenops vittatus (Cuv. and Val.) ot Wee: Glvphisodon caelestinus (Soland.) Cuv. Trichopodus trichopterus (Pall.) oS sana and Val a te aS) Anabas testudineus (Bloch) .. -2 483 Carasstops (2) caperata (Cantor) Pe. Mugil dussumieri Cuv. and Val. = beedl Ophiocara (2?) amboinensis (Bleeker) .. 492 Sphyraena jello Cuv. and Val. -. 488 Glossogobius circumspectus (Macleay) .. 493 Trichiurus savala Cuv. and Val. i.) «483 Glossogobius kokius (Cuv. and Val.) .. 493 Stromateus sinensis Kuphrasin ee aoe Ctenogobius alcockt (Annandale; oe — BOE Stromateus cinereus Bloch .. Lee A Ohoan Ctenogobius cylindriceps Hora es: Chorinemus lysan (Forsk.) .. 5 eae Oxyurichthys sp. (prox. microlepis Blkr.) .. 495 Chorinemus tala Cuv. and Val. .. 484 Micrapocryptes sp. Xe aos Alectis gallus (Linn.) by ae | Pertophthalmus koelreuteri (Pall.) .. 495 Copan Caraneus (Etec) ome Seas Taenioides nigrimarginatus, sp. nov. .. 496 Caranx djeddaba (Forsk.) .. ABE: Trypauchen vagina (Bl. and Schn.) “497 Letognathus equulus (Forsk.) ae eA OR Trypauchenichthys typus Bleeker “pa Catia minutal mle & 48s Echenets neucrates Linn. .. :) 4gs Apogon hyalosoma, Bleeker . . ms MERE E TE Triacanthus brevirostris Temm. and Ambassis commersom (Cuy. and Val.) .. 485 Schleg. chs es -. 498 Lates calcarifer (Bloch) m S 486 | Sphoeroides oblongus (Block) -. 4¢e Serranus diacanthus Cuv. and Val. a 486 | Tetracdon palembangensis Bleeker “+ = 3 Serrvanus lanceolatus (Bloch). . n= 486 Tetraodon liuris Bleeker .. -- 500 Serranus salmoides (Lacép.) . . 2 486 Tetraodon fluviatilis Ham. Buch. a 500 Serranus boenack (Bloch) .. ne 486 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. A 500 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. FISH OF THE TALE SAP, PENINSULAR SIAM (Parr II). By SUNDER Lat Hora, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. (Communicated with the permission of the Director, Zoological Survey of India.) INTRODUCTION. The second and concluding part of the report on the fish of the Talé Sap con- tains a systematic treatment of 72 species, which are distributed among 42 families. The number of specimens examined has not been large since each species is repre- sented by a few examples only. In certain cases it has been exceedingly difficult to identify the specimens specifically on account of their immaturity. Moreover, I have not been able to determine some very young forms and, therefore, notes on them have not been included in this report. In the first part no particular taxanomic classification was adopted, but since then Jordan’s useful work entitled the Classification of Fishes' has appeared. For the sake of convenience of reference I have followed Jordan in the arrangement of the species in this paper. Most of the forms discussed here are marine and are fairly widely distributed. The endemic element, as has already been pointed out, is not so rich as was found to be in the Chilka Lake. Two new species are described ; they belong to the genera 7 aentoides and Sciaenea. The types of the new species are preserved in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India. Family MEGALOPIDAE. Megalops cyprinoides (Brouss.). 1913. Megaiops cyprinoides Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel. I1, p. 5. fig. 4. Two specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Annandale at the mouth of the Patalung river. Megalops cyprinovdes is widely distributed in the Oriental Region and its range extends westwards to east coast of Africa and Madagascar and eastwards to Philippines, China and Riu-Kiu-islands. It is common in seas and estuaries and enters fresh water also. ! Jordan, The Classification of Fishes. Stanford University Publications. University series. Biological Sciences III, pt. 2, pp. 79-243 (1923). 480 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR FAst Family CHIROCENTRIDAE. Chirocentrus dorab (Forsk.). 1913. Chirocentrus dorab, Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipe!. 11, p. 18, fig. 11. 1922. Chirocentrus dorab, (Larval and post-larval stages), Delsman, Bijdr. Dierkunde Amsterdam (Max Weber Feest-nummer), XXII, p. 25; Treubia, Buitenzorg III, pp. 38-46. In Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Tale Sap this species is represented by two large specimens and several post-larval forms. The adult specimens were obtained at Singgora, while the young forms were collected both in fresh and brackish water at several places in the lake. The following table shows the exact localities whence the larval forms were obtained in the lake, with their number and measure- ment in millimetres :— No. of specimens. Length in mm. Locality. Date. I ee 14°6 .. Close in shore about 4 mile S. of Patalung river .. 14-1-16. 2 14,195 .. About rmile due N. of South peak of KohSiHah .. 17-1-16. I 22°0 .. E. Channel between Koh Yaw and mainland .. 24-1-16. 5 134-236 .. Pak Raw up channel to B. em ‘Tak. .. 25-1-16. I be 16-0 .- +) olugegora or Bs i 28-1-16. Chirocentrus dovab is a widely distributed species. Its range extends from the east coast of Africa, through Red Sea, India, the Malay Archipelago to China and Japan. It is also found in the Philippines, Queensland and New Brittain. Dr. Annandale,' on Dr. Chaudhuri’s authority, referred the young of this species to the family Salangidae, with which they bear a rather close superficial resemblance. Family CLUPEIDAE. Hilsa toli (C.V.). 1913. Clupea (Alosa) toli, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 64. 1917. Hilsa tolt, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XIX, p. 306. There is a single specimen of this species in the collection, it was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is widely distributed in the seas and estua- ties of India, the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago. Hilsa kanagurta (Bleeker). 1913. Clupea (Alosa) kanagurta, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 67. 1917. Huilsa kanagurta, Regan, op. cit., p. 304. This species is represented in the collection by 9 specimens, of which 4 are quite young, while the remainder are half-grown. All the nine examples were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. I have carefully compared my specimens with Regan’s description of the species and find that they differ in having a less deep body and a comparatively shorter head. The depth of the body is contained more than three times and the length of the head more than 4 times in the total length without the caudal. Probably the differences in proportions are due to the immaturity of the specimens. Hilsa kanagurta is widely distributed and its range extends from Zanzibar to Fish of the Talé Sav. 481 Pellona elongata (Bennet). 1913. Pellona elongata, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. go, fig. 30. Two adult specimens of this species were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is widely distributed in the Oviental Region and its range extends as far east as China, Formosa and Japan. Family DUSSUMIERIIDAE. Dussumieria acuta C.V. 1913. Dussumierta acuta, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 21, fig. 13. Three specimens of this species are present in the collection, they were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is widely distributed in the seas of South Arabia, India, the Indo-Australian Archipelago, Philippines and China. Family DOROSOMIDAE. Anodontostoma chacunda (Ham. Buch.). 1913. Dorosoma chacunda, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 25, fig. 14. 1917. Anodontostoma chacunda, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XIX, p. 3106. Two specimens of this species were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Anodontostoma chacunda is tound in the seas of India and of the Indo-Australian ‘ ateaees,. Archipelago Family ENGRAULIDAE. Setipinna melanochir (Blkr.). 1913. Settpinna melanochiy, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 28, fig. 15. There are five specimens of this species in the collection. Two of these were obtained in the channel between B. Lem Chak and B. Pak Chaw, while the remaingler were netted at Singgora. Setipinna melanochir is found in fresh and brackish waters of Siam, Java, Sumatra, and China. Borneo, Setipinna taty (C.V.). 1913. Setipinna taty, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 30. Dr. Annandale obtained a single specimen of this species at Singgora. The species occurs in the seas and estuaries of India and the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Engraulis mystax (Bl. and Schn.). 1913. Engraulis mystax, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 38. There is a single specimen of this species from Singgora in the collection. The species is known from the seas and estuaries of India, the Indo-Australian Archipe- lago and China. Stolephorus heterolobus Rupp. 1913. Stolephorus heterolobus, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., p. 44. This species is represented by four half-grown specimens in the collection, they were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Stolephorus heterolobus is found in the 482 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR LAST seas of Sumatra, Java, Lombok, Ambon and Australia. It is also known to occur in the Red Sea. Coilia dussumieri C.V. 1913. Coilia dussumiert, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 50. A single specimen of this species was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is commonly found in the seas and estuaries of India and the Malay Archipelago. Family NOTOPTERIDAE. Notopterus notopterus (Pall.). 1913. Notopterus notopterus, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 9. There are two fine examples of this species in Dr. Annandale’s collection. They were collected at the mouth of the Patalung river. Notopterus notopterus is found in fresh waters of India, Burma, Siam, Sumatra and Java. | Family SYNODONTIDAE. Saurida tumbil (Bloch). 1913. Saurida tumbil, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., 142. This widely distributed species is represented by a single specimen in Dr. Annan- dale’s collection. The specimen was netted at Singgora. Saurida tumbil is found in seas and along the coasts. Family CYPRINODONTIDAE. Panchax panchax (Ham. Buch.). 1922. Panchax panchax, Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel. IV, p. 374. figs. 96. 97. There are altogether 15 specimens of this species in the collection. They were collected by Dr. Annandale at three different places in the lake, one was obtained in small pools and ditches at the edge of the lake near ampam, 5 from a small creek at Pak Raw, while the remaining 9 were netted during shore-collecting on Koh Yaw. The species is of great economic importance being known to be of proved utility as mosquito-larvae destroyer. Panchax panchax is fairly widely distributed, its range extends from Orrisa, through the lower province of Bengal, Burma, Siam, the Andaman Islands to the Indo-Australian Archipelago. It is found both in fresh and brackish waters. Family OSPHRONEMIDAE. Ctenops vittatus (C.V.). 1922. Ctenops vittatus, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit.. p. 351, fig. I. This species is represented by several specimens in the collection. They were obtained by Dr. Annandale in fresh and brackish water in small pools and ditches at the edge of the lake and in the main area of the Talé Sap both in the inner as well as in the outer lake. The species occurs in brooks and rivers of Siam, Sumatra, Java, 30rneo and Cochin-China. Fish of the Talé Sap. 493 Trichopodus trichopterus (Pall.). 1g22. Jrichopodus trichopterus, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 366, fig. 93. There are several young and half-grown specimens of this species in the collection. They were found by Dr. Annandale in fresh water near the mouth of the Patalung river and in brackish water at Singgora. The species is widely distributed in the Malay Archipelago. Its range extends from Bengal to Cambodia and Cochin-China. Family ANABANTIDAE. Anabas testudineus (Bloch). 1878. Anabas scandens, Day, Fish. India II, p. 370. 1922. Anabas testudineus, Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipel. 1V, p. 334. tig. 86. Four young specimens of this species were collected by Dr. Annandale in pools and ditches near the edge of the lake at Lampam. Of these 3 specimens have 18 spines in the dorsal fin, while the remaining one has only 17. Anabas testudineus is found in fresh and brackish water of the Oriental Region and its range extends to South China and the Philippines. Family MUGILIDAE. Mugil dussumieri Cuv. and Val. 1922. Mugil dussumiert, Weber and Beaufort, op. cit., IV. p. 235. This species is widely distributed in the Oriental Region, In Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap there are two half-grown and several young specimens of this species. The iarger examples were obtained at Singgora, while the young ones were collected at several places in the outer lake. Family SPHYRAENIDAE. Sphyraena jello Cuv. and Val. 1922. Sphyraena jello, Weber and Beaufort, of. cit., p. 222, fig. 06. A single specimen of this species was collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Sphyraena jello is found in seas and brackish water and its range extends from the coast of Natal through Seychelles, Madagascar, Red Sea, India, Ceylon, Riu-Kiu- Islands to Formosa and Philippines. Family TRICHIURIDAE. Trichiurus savala Cuv. and Val. 1878. Tyrichiurus savala, Day, Fish. India, p. 201, pl. xlvii, fig. 4. Dr. Annandale netted two specimens of this species at Singgora. Trichiurus savala is found in the seas and estuaries of India, the Malay Archipelago and China. 484 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Family STROMATEIDAE. Stromateus sinensis Euphrasin. 1878. Stromateus sinensis, Day, op. cit., p. 246, pl. li. C, fig. 6. Dr. Annandale obtained a young specimen of this species at Singgora. Stvoma- leus sinensis is quite common in the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago and China. Stromateus cinereus Bloch. 1878. Stromateus cinereus, Day, op. cit., p. 247, pl. liii, fig. 3. Stromatets cinereus is represented by a single specimen in the collection. It was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is found in the seas of India and its range extends to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family CARANGIDAE. Chorinemus lysan (Forsk.). 1876. Chorinemus lysan, Day, Fish. Ind. 1, p. 231. 1884. Chorinemus lysan, Klunzinger, Fische Roth. Meer, p. 105. 1913. Chorinemus lysan, Weber, Fische Siboga Exped., p. 390. Two specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. In both of them the dorsal spines are flattened and hardly overlap one another. The species grows to a considerable size and its range extends from Red Sea through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Chorinemus tala C.V. 1876. Chorinemus tala, Day, op. cit., p. 231. 1913. Chorinemus tala, Weber, op. cit., p. 391. This species is represented by a single specimen g3 mm. in total length without the caudal; it was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Chorinemus tala is found in the seas of India and of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Alectis gallus (Linn.). 1876. Caranx gallus, Day, op. cit., p. 224, pl. li, fig. 3. 1913. Alectts gallus, Weber, op. cit., p. 400. There are three good specimens of this species in the collection ; they were found by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Alectis gallus is very widely distributed ; it occurs in the Red Sea, the seas of India and of the Malay Archipelago. Its range extends to the Western Pacific Islands. Caranx carangus (Bloch). 1876. Caranx carangus, Day, op. cit., p. 215, pl. 1, fig. 4. Dr. Annandale collected two specimens of this species at Singgora. Caranx carangus is found in the seas of India and of the Malay Archipelago, its range extends to the Atlantic coasts of tropical America. Fish of the Talé Sap. 485 Caranx djeddaba (Forsk.). 1876. Caranx djeddaba, Day, op. cit., p. 218, pl. xlix, fig. 3. 1884. Caranx (Selar) djeddaba, Kulunzinger, Fische Roth. Meer., p. 97. Two half-grown specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Caranx djeddaba is found in the Red Sea, along the East coast of Africa, in the seas of India and of the Malay Archipelago. Its range extends considerably eastwards. Family LEIOGNATHIDAE. ' Leiognathus equulus (Forsk.). 1876. Equula edentula, Day, op. cit., p. 238, lil, fig. 1. 1884. Equula equula, Klunzinger. Fische Roth. Meer. p. 107. 1923. Letognathus equulus, Chaudhuri, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 730. There are in all seven specimens of this species in the collection. Of these 5 were obtained by Dr. Annandale at the mouth of the Patalung river near Lampam, while the remaining two were netted by him at Singgora. Letognathus equulus is found in the Red Sea, the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago, China and the Philippines. Unfortunately this species has been recorded under two different names in two separate parts of the report on the fish of the Chilka Lake (Mem. Ind. Mus. v, pp. 730, 761). Gazza minuta (Bloch.). 1923. Gazza minuta, Chaudhuri, of. cit., p. 733- Of this species there is a single specimen in the collection found by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species has a very extensive distribution. It is found at Zanzibar, in the Red Sea, the seas of India and of the Malay Archipelago, New Hebrides and the Philippines. Family APOGONIDAE. Apogon hyalosoma, Bleeker. 1878. A pogon hyalosoma. Day, op. cit., p. 64, pl. xvii, fig. 5. There are three full-grown specimens and several young ones in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap. Of the former three, two were netted at Singgora and the third at the mouth of the Patalung river. The young ones were obtained at several places in the outer lake. Apogon hyalosoma is known from the seas of India and the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Its occurrence in fresh water is probably recorded here for the first time. Family AMBASSIDAE. Ambassis commersoni (Cuv. and Val.). 1878. Ambassis commersoni, Day, op. cit., p. 52, pl. xv, fig. 3. There are three young specimens of this species in the collection. They were obtained during shore collecting at Koh Yaw and its immediate neighbourhood. ! Jordan in recognising Leiognathidae as a separate family observes that ‘* the resemblance of Leiognathus to Gerres seems to be superficial, not indicating any special affinity.” See his Classification of Fishes, p. 186 (California: 1923). 486 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Ambassis commersoni is a common species, its range extends from the Red Sea through the seas of India to North Australia. It ascends rivers and estuaries. Family LATIDAE. Lates calcarifer (Bloch). 1878. Lates calcarifer, Day, op. cit., p. 7, pl. i, fig. I. This widely distributed species of the East is represented in Dr. Annandale’s collection by a single specimen obtained at Singgora. Lates calcarifey is found in seas, backwaters and the mouths of the tidal rivers. Family SERRANIDAE. Serranus diacanthus Cuv. and Val. 1878. Serranus diacanthus, Day, op. cit., p. 17, pl. iii, fig. 4. There is a single young specimen of this species obtained by Dr. Annandale on the shore of the mainland opposite west end of Koh Yaw. The species is found in the seas of India and its range extends to the Malay Archipelago. Serranus lanceolatus (Bloch). 1878. Serranus lanceolatus, Day, op. cit., p. 18, pl. iv, fig. I. There are two specimens of this species in the collection, one was obtained at Singgora, while the other, a young one, was netted in the channel near Singgora. The range of Serranus lanceolatus extends from the east coast of Africa through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago. Serranus salmoides (Laceép.). 1878. Serranus salmoides, Day, op. cit., p. 20, pl. iv, fig. 3. A single specimen of this species obtained at Singgora is present in the collection. The species is found in Red Sea, the seas of India and the Malay Archipelago. Serranus boenack (Bloch). 1878. Serranus boenack, Day, op. cit., p. 23, pl. vi, fig. I. This species is represented in the collection by a single specimen from Singgora. Servanus boenack occurs in the seas of India and the Malay Archipelago and its range extends as far east as China. Family LOBOTIDAE. Datnioides quadrifasciatus (Sevastian.). 1878. Datmoides potota, Day, op. cit., p 96, pl. xxiv, fig. 6. 1888. Datnioides quadrifasciatus, Day, Fish. India Supp., p. 786. Three half-grown specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Annandale at the mouth of the Patalung river. The species is found in estuaries and within tidal influence of the Ganges and the rivers of Burma. Its range extends to the Malay Archipelago. Fish of the Talé Sap. 487 Family LUTIANIDAE. Lutianus johni (Bloch). 1878. Lutianus johni, Day, op. cit., p. 42, pl. xiii, fig. r. Dr. Annandale obtained a young specimen of this species at Singgora. Lutianus john: is found in the seas of India and its range extends to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family THERAPONIDAE. Therapon jarbua (Forsk.). 1878. Iherapon jarbua, Day, op. cit., p. 69, pl. xviii, fig. 4. Therapon jarbua is a widely distributed Oriental species and is represented in Dr. Annandale’s collection by two specimens from Singgora. Therapon theraps Cuv. and Val. 1878. Therapon theraps, Day, op. cit., p. 70, pl. xviii, fig. 6. There is a single specimen of this species in the collection obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is found along the east coast of Africa, in the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago and China. Family GERRIDAE. Gerres filamentosus Cuv. and Val. 1878. Gerres filamentosus, Day, op. cit., p. 98, pl. xxv, fig. 3. This species is represented by three specimens in the collection. They were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Gerrus filamentosus is found in the seas of India, and its range extends to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Gerres lucidus Cuv. and Val. 1878. Gerres lucidus, Day, op cit., p. 99, pl. xxv, fig. 5. Gerres lucidus is the commonest Indian species and is represented in the Talé Sap collection by four specimens captured at Singgora. The range of the species extends from the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and China. Family MULLIDAE. Upeneus sulphureus Cuv. and Val. 1878. Upeneoides sulphureus, Day, op. cit., p. 120, pl. xxx, fig. 3. 1913. Upeneus sulphureus, Weber, Fische Siboga-Exped., p. 293. Two specimens of this species were collected by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. One of these is totally devoid of barbels under the chin, but is quite normal in all other respects. The species is found in the seas of India and the Malay Archipelago. Family SCIAENIDAE. Sciaena siamensis, sp. nov. D. g—1/29. P.17. V.1/5. A. 2/9. The description of the new species is based on a single specimen obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is readily distinguished from the others 488 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. in having larger eyes, oblique and wide mouth and short and stout anal spines. The length of the head is contained 3°75 times and the depth of the body 3:9 times in the total length including caudal. The diameter of the eye is contained 5°1 times in the length of the head. The snout is slightly longer than the eye and the inter- orbital width is about one and a half times the diameter of the eye. The maxillaries are considerably longer than half the length of the head. The dorsal commences above the base of the pectoral. The anterior dorsal consists of 9 spines, of which the third is the longest. The third spine is almost as long as the head in front of the posterior border of the eye. The second dorsal contains one spine and 29 flexible rays. The anal possesses two strong spines and 9 branched rays, the second anal spine is one-sixth the length of the head and is considerably shorter than the dia- meter of the eye. The pectorals are long and pointed and are shorter than the head RATS RSS ) AANA mates ‘TEXT-FIG. 4.—Iateral view of Sciaena siamensis, sp. nov.! by a diameter of the eye. The ventrals are thoracic and are separated from the anal by a distance equal to their length. The caudal is well developed and is almost rounded posteriorly. The scales are present all over the body except the lips; they are cycloid on the head, feebly cteroid on the anterior part of the body and markedly so in the poste- rior region. The series are obliquely arranged. The scales along the lateral line are provided with anastomosing canals. There are fifty scales along the lateral line and g series of longitudinal rows of scales between the lateral line and the base of the anterior dorsal fin. The lateral line is continued to the posterior end of the caudal fin. The vertical fins are covered with thin scales. In the upper jaw there is an outer series of sharp, pointed, recurved and widely set canine-like teeth. A series of similar teeth directed inwards and backwards is present on the mandibles aiso. The tongue is strong and muscular and is rounded | Figures 1-3 of this series have already appeared in part I of the report on the fish of the Talé Sap. Fish of the Talé Sap. 489 anteriorly. The operculum presents a weak, flexible point posteriorly, while all the other opercular bones are entire. There is a prominent vertical pore in the middle of the tip of the snout and 4 pores in two rows on the mandible. The colour in spirit is silvery all over except the fins, which are slightly greyish. Measurements in millimetres. Total length including caudal A rs Pa n2Os Length of caudal oti As: a3 “4 35 Length of head hee .m ys se 54 Greatest height of body .. in he &, 51°5 Diameter of eye i: si me fs 10'5 Length of snout Ds Re ee bs 12'0 Interorbital width sr >. = ay 16°5 Length of pectoral a i. “5 fa: 42 Length of ventral a nig oi x? 32 Tength of second anal spine in ve Se 9 Family SILLAGINIDAE. Sillago sihama (Forsk.). 1878. Suillago sthama, Day, op. cit., p. 265, pl. lvii, fig. 3. In Dr. Annandale’s collection there is a half-grown specimen and two young ones of this species. The former was collected at Singgora, while the latter were obtain- ed in the channels between Koh Yaw and the mainland and between B. Pak Raw and B. Pak Cha. ‘The species is known to ascend tidal rivers and its range extends from Red Sea through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family NANDIDAE. Pristolepis fasciatus (Bleeker). 1878. Pristolepis fasciatus, Day, op. cit., p. 131, pl. xxxii, fig. 3. There are altogether six specimens of this species in the collection, three were opvtained at the mouth of the Patalung river, while the remaining were netted in small pools and ditches near Lampam. On account of the great similarity in form and colouration Dr. Annandale ' had erroneously referred the young examples of this species to the genus Etvoplus, the members of which have not hitherto been found east of the Peninsular India. Pristolepis fasciatus is found in fresh-waters of Burma, Siam and the Malay Archipelago. Family PLATACIDAE. Platax vespertilio (Bloch). 1876. Platax vespertilio, Day, op. cit., p. 236, pl. li A, fig. 5. 1884. Platax vespertilio, Klunzinger, Fische Roth. Meer., p. 118. Dr. Annandale found a specimen of this species at Singgora. In the specimen there are faint indications of the anterior two bands but the third, which is usually ! Annandale, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam II, p. 92 (1916). 490 ZOOLOGY “OF THE BAR) EAST. present over the commencement of the free portion of the tail is wanting. Platax vespertilio has a wide distribution ; its range extends from the Red Sea along the east coast of Africa through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family DREPANIDAE. Drepane punctata (Linn.). 1876. Drepane punctata, Day, op. cit. p. 116, pl. xxix, fig. 5. This species is represented by two specimens in the collection. Both of these were collected at Singgora. Dyrepane punctata is found in the Red Sea, along the east coast of Africa, in the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago and Australia. Family SCATOPHAGIDAE. Scatophagus argus (Bloch). 1876. Scatophagus argus, Day, Fish. India I, p. 114, pl. xxix, fig. 3. 1913. Scatophagus argus, Weber, Siboga-Exped. Fische, p. 302. pl. x, figs. 1-5. Of the several specimens of this species collected by Dr. Annandale at different places in the lake, there are only 5 adult or half-grown examples, while all the remaining individuals represent larval or post-larval stages. Four of the larger indivi- duals were obtained at Singgora, while one was netted in fresh water at the mouth of the Patalung river. The larval forms were obtained in the channel between B. Lem Chak and B. Pak Chaw and during shore-collecting at Koh Yaw. Most of the young TEXT-FIG. 5.—TIateral view of a very young specimen (3.2 mm.) of Scatophagus argus (Bloch). ones represent stages 3, 4 and 5 figured by Weber (of. cit., pl. x). There is, however, one very young specimen 3°2 mm. in total length. In it the yolk is still attached to the body and the fins are not definitely localised, the caudal peduncle is long and narrow but the form of the head is very much like that of the other examples except that it is not provided with bony scutes and has two black hands running between the eyes. Unfortunately the next smaller individual is 12 mm. in length and in consequence I am not able to trace the development of the Tholichthys stage from the larval form. I am indebted to Dr. Annandale for the following note on the habit of the young l‘ish of the Talé Sap. 491 of this species: ‘* The young of this species swim close to the shore in small shoals. Their transparent fins are quite invisible in water and the movements of their deeply pigmented bodies, which are often very rapid, have a very mysterious appearance in consequence.” Scatophagus argus is found in the seas of India and of the Indo-Australian § Archipelago ; its range extends to Australia and China. ) o Family TOXOTIDAE. Toxotes chatareus (Ham. Buch.). 1878. Joxoles chatareus, Day, op. cit., p. 117, pl. xxix, fig. 6. There are two specimens of this species in the collection. They were collected at the mouth of the Patalung river. Toxotes chatareus inhabits rivers and estuaries of India, Burma and the Malay Archipelago. Dr. Annandale obtained a young example of this genus at Koh Yaw. The speci- men possesses only four dorsal spines and probably represents the variety jacwlator of this species. Family TEUTHIDAE. Teuthis java (Linn.). 1878. Yeuthis java, Day, op. cit., p. 1605, pl. xxxix, fig. 5. This species is represented by 7 specimens in the collection. All of them were netted at Singgora. The range of Teuwthis java extends from the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family PLATYCEKPHALIDAE. Platycephalus insidiator (Forsk.). 1878. Platycephalus insidiator, Day, op. cit., p. 276. In Dr. Annandale’s collection there are two large specimens from Singgora besides a number of young examples obtained by him in the outer lake. Platyce- phalus insidiator is widely distributed and its range extends from the east coast of Africa, through Red Sea, the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family POMACENTRIDAE. Glyphisodon caelestinus (Soland.) Cuv. and Val. 1878. Glyphidodon caelestinus, Day, op. cit.. p. 386, pl. Ixxxili fig. 2. A single specimen of this species was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The species is known to occur along the east coast of Africa, in the Red Sea, the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago and Polynesia. Family ELEOTRIDAE. Carassiops (?) caperata (Cantor). 1849. Eleotris caperatus, Cantor, Cat. Malayan Fishes in Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 1179. 1861. Eleotris caperata, Giinther. Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. 111. p- EDF: 1876. Sleotris caperata, Day, Fish India I, p- 315- 492 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. There are altogether six young specimens of this species in the collection, the largest is 17°5 mm. in total length without the caudal. Of these five were obtained by Dr. Annandale during shore collecting at Koh Yaw and one at Singgora. Great difficulty has been experienced in referring these young examples to their proper genus. In placing them in the genus Carassiops I have chiefly relied on McCulloch and Ogilby’s ' key to the Australian genera of the sub-family Eleotrinae, though the specimens do not possess the carp-like facies. In my specimens the scales on the upper surface of the head are much smaller than those on the body and the black blotch usually present at the base of the pectoral fin is wanting. In other respects the Siamese’s examples agree with the descriptions of the species as given by Gunther and by Day. Carassiops caperata is found along the coasts of India, the Andamans, the Malay Archipelago and China. Measurements in millimetres. Total length without the caudal ig see Pees 14°9 Length of head .. < Py Se oh 0) 52 Height of head .. Be: ae ieee oat Z°3 Width of head .. Si Le eee SS 2°6 Depth of body .. ae Mi Aes Neco 2°6 Length of snout .. a 2 Fe oh MALE OA) I'5 Diameter of eye .. # 23 ate I'2 I'5 Ophiocara (?) amboinensis (Bleeker). 1861. Eleotris amboinensis, Gunther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. II, p. 117. 1876. Eleotris amboinensis, Day, Fish India I, p. 310. I refer to this species a young specimen 17 mm. in total length without the caudal. It was netted by Dr. Annandale in the channel between Koh Yaw and the mainland. Unfortunately there is no specimen either of this or of the preceding species for TEXT-FIG. 6.—I,ateral view of Ophiocara (?) amboinensis (Bleeker). comparison in the named collection of the Indian Museum and from the characters of the young specimens it 1s not possible for me to definitely assign them to any genus. The young specimen agrees fairly closely with the description of the species as given by the authors referred to above, except in lepidosis. The scales do not ' McCulloch and Ogilby, Rec. Austral. Mus. XII, p. 258 (1919). Fish of the Talé Sap. 493 seem to be properly developed as yet, the cheeks and the inter-orbital space is naked and the scales on the head are not particularly enlarged. The species is found in the seas and estuaries of India and the Malay Archipelago. Family GOBIIDAE. Glossogobius circumspectus (Macleay). 1883. Gobius circumspectus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales VIII, p. 267. 1919. Glossogobtus circumspectus, McCulloch and Ogilby, Rec. Austral. Mus. XII, p. 235. This species has hitherto been known from the fresh water of the Milne Bay, Papua. Dr. Annandale in his tour of the Far East obtained a specimen, which I refer to G. circumspectus, near the mouth of the Patalung River at Lampam. ‘The species is characterized by the possession of an elongated, filamentous second dorsal spine and by the fact that the branched rays of the second dorsal fin increase in length posteriorly. In my specimen the length of the head is contained 3°6 times and the depth of the body 6°3 times in the total length without the caudal. The eyes are situated nearer to the snout than to the end of the operculum and are placed in the second third of the length of the head; they are approximated dorsally and are not visible from below. The diameter of the eye is contained 5:2 times in the length of the head and 1°8 times in the length of the snout. The inter-orbital width is about two- fifths the diameter of the eye. The second dorsal spine is almost as long as the head and the last branched ray of the second dorsal is slightly longer than the longest ray of the anal and is equal to the length of the head without the snout ; it reaches the rudimentary basal rays of the caudal fin. The pectoral is shorter than the head and longer than the ventral. There are 31 scales along the lateral line and 9 complete series of longitudinal scales between the anterior dorsal and the anal rays. The colour of the specimen in spirit is pale olivaceous marked with grey in places on the back and the sides of the body. ‘The dorsal and the caudal are spotted with grey. The anal is greyish in colour. Measurements in millimetres. Total length without caudal a) ps jul KO2Z7O Length of head 3 Me fos al 28°0 Depth of body as rf - oN, 16°0 Length of snout nes bE ie a 95 Diameter of eye aus vr i if 53 Length of pectoral 25°5 Length of ventral m: - - A 2T'0 Glossogobius kokius (C.V.) 1849. Gobius kokius, Cantor, Cat. Malayan Fish. in Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 1162. 1876. Gobius kokius, Day, Fish. India, I, p. 295. There is a single specimen of this species 77.5 mm. in length without the caudal in the collection. It was obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora in the outer lake. 494 ZOOLOGY OF THE Fak BAsT. The species can be readily distinguished from Glossogobius giuris, with which it is often confused, by the possession of smaller eyes and a narrower and more pointed snout. ‘The head is not as broad as in G. giwris and, moreover, the general facies is also different. Glossogobius kokius is an entirely marine form and is found along the coasts of India, the Andamans and the Malay Archipelago. G. giwris has a wider distribution and occurs in fresh and brackish waters as well. Ctenogobius alcocki (Annandale). 1906. Gobius alcocki, Annandale, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal (n. s.) II. p. 201, fig. 1. 1923. Ctenogobius alcocki, Hora, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 744. There are several young and full-grown specimens in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Tale Sap which I refer to this species. Most of the specimens were obtained in fresh water at the mouth of the Patalung River near Lampan, while one individual was netted on the north end of Koh Si Hah during shore collect- ing. I have compared in detail the Tale Sap specimens with the types of the species in the collection of the Indian Museum and find that they agree fairly closely. Two examples from the mouth of the Patalung River are about 21 mm. in total length including the length of the caudal fin; these differ slightly in colouration and proportions from the other smaller specimens. In Indian waters this species has not been recorded larger that 16 mm. in total length including the length of the caudal fin. Ctenogobius alcocki is a fresh and brackish water form. It has hitherto been recorded from the brackish waters near Port Canning and Calcutta and from the Chilka Lake. There are two specimens of this species in the collection of the Indian Museum obtained in a tank at Rajshahi in Eastern Bengal. Recently I have collected 2 specimens of this species in a fresh-water stream at Puri. Ctenogobius cylindriceps Hora. 1923. Ctenogobius cylindriceps, Hora, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 745, figs. 26-28. This species is represented in the collection by five specimens only. They were obtained by Dr. Annandale in the channel between Koh Yaw and the mainland. The specimens are not ina good state of preservation for detailed morphological investigations, but resemble the typical specimens from the Chilka Lake in colouration, dentition and the shape and form of the tongue. In the Siamese examples the scales have been rubbed off and the colour is very much faded. A Talé Sap specimen about 16 mm. in length is full of eggs, which are numerous and are closely packed together. The longest diameter of the egg is about 0°5 mm. Ctenogobius cylindriceps has recently been described from numerous specimens collected in the Chilka Lake, where it is found all over the place both in fresh water and water as saline as that of the Bay of Bengal outside. Fish of the Talé Sap. 495 Oxyurichthys sp. (prox. microlepis Blkr.). Dr. Annandale obtained three young specimens of the genus Oxyurichthys in the channel between Koh Yaw and the mainland which I am not able to identify speci- fically. Working out these examples with Giinther’s catalogue, they appear to re- present Bleeker’s Oxyurichthys microlepis,' which is found in the seas of Pinang, Java and Madura and in the Chinese Sea. Micrapocryptes sp. I refer two specimens 18 and 16°5 mm. in length respectively to the genus Micrapocrvptes; they were collected by Dr. Annandale in the channel between B. Pak Raw and B. Pak Cha. I have compared these examples with the:specimens of the Indian species recently described by me? from the Chilka Lake and the Gan- getic delta and find that they do not agree with them in several important points. In the Siamese examples the body is more slender, the caudal peduncle is longer and narrower, the eyes are smaller and the mouth opening is somewhat larger. TEXT-FIG. 7.—Lateral view of Micrapocryptes sp. In the Indian species the dorsal and the anal fins are somewhat higher and con- tain fewer rays. The only other species of the genus known to me is VW. brachypterus * (Bleeker) found in Grati Iake in Java. Of this species I have neither specimens for comparison nor a detailed up-to-date description with figures. The Siamese exam- ples seem, on the whole, to be nearer to M. brachypterus than to M. fragilis froin India. Both the specimens collected by Dr. Annandale are either young or females, because in both the teeth are very minute and are closely set together. Family PERIOPHTHALMIDAE. Periophthalmus koelreuteri (Pall.). 1876. Periophthalmus koelreuterr, Day, Fish. India I, p. 303, pl. Ixiv., fig. 8. This species is represented by two specimens in the collection, one fairly grown up was obtained at Kaw Deng and the other a very young form was collected in the channel between B. Pak Raw and B. Pak Cha. 1 Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish, III, p. 49 (1861). 2 Hora, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 732, figs. 31-33 (1923). 3 Gunther, Cat. Brit. Mus, Fish. III, p. 84 (1861). 496 ZOOLOGY -OF THE PAR VAST. Periophthalmus koelreutert is found in the seas and along the coasts of India, the Andamans and the Malay Archipelago. It ascends estuaries and tidal rivers. Family TAENIOIDIDAE. Taenioides nigrimarginatus. sp. nov. It is after considerable hesitation that I have proposed a new specific name for the four specimens obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. In general facies and build the new species is very much similar to the other Indo-Australian members of the genus, but differs from all of them in the following combination of characters :— The eyes are very small and hardly distinguishable; there are six large curved teeth in the upper jaw and eight in the lower; the posterior canines are absent in the lower jaw ; small but distinct cycloid scales are present in the posterior third of the tail region and lastly all the vertical fins, which are continuous, in alcohol specimens are black forming a border almost all round the fish. The length of the head is contained 7°5 to 78 times and the depth of the body 13 to 13°5 times in the length of the fish without the caudal. The height of the head near the occiput is slightly greater than half of its length, while the breadth of the head is just about half the length. The eyes are very minute and in some speci- mens are hardly distinguishable; they are situated high up just behind the slits of the posterior nostrils and are placed in the anterior third of the head. The cleft of TEXt?-FIG. 8.—Lateral view of Taenioides nigrimarginatus, sp. nov. the mouth is oblique and extends to just below the orbit. There is an outer row of curved teeth in either jaw, three of each side in the upper jaw and four in the lower jaw. There are several villiform rows of teeth internal to these on either jaw. Ihave not been able to find any posterior canines in the lower jaw. Thereisa pair of small barbels under the symphysis of the lower jaw and a number of still smaller ones slightly behind them. The dorsal and the anal fins are united to the caudal; in theformer there are six spines and about 48 branched rays, while in the latter there are about 43 rays. Both the dorsal and the anal fins have their bases enveloped in a membrane of the skin and it is usually with great difficulty that the rays can be counted. The caudal is pointed in the middle. No scales are present on the greater part of the body, but in the last third of the tail region distinct, minute, cycloid scales are visible. In alcohol specimens the colour of the species is very characteristic. The gene- ral surface of the body is pale olivaceous, but from behind the nape to the base of the caudal fin it is marked with bluish, oblique, transverse bands, which run from the dorsal surface to slightly below the lateral line. These markings become more Fish of the Talé Sap. 497 prominent when a specimen is allowed to dry up a little. ‘The dorsal, the caudal and the greater part of the anal are deep black, while the paired fins are not particu- larly marked. Measurements in millimetres. Total length without caudai 3: ea Oe = SO Length of head .. a ha ban 30s5 22° Height of head near occiput sh Ege an ae Az, r3°2 Breadth of head .. nt ae at SLA II'O Height of body .. es it Te Ao 12°8 Trypauchen vagina (BI. Schn.). 1876. Trvpauchen vagina, Day, Fish. India I, p. 320, pl. Ixviii, fig. 2. There are three specimens of this species in the collection. They were obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. The largest is about 126 mm. in length without the caudal. Trypauchen vagina is found along the coasts and in the lagoons and estuaries of India, the Indo-Australian Archipelago and China. Trypauchenichthys typus Blkr. 1860. Trypauchenichthys typus, Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-Neerl. VIII, p. 63. 1861. Trypauchenichthys typus, Gtinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. III, p. 138. 1874. Trvypauchenichthys typus, Bleeker, Arch. Néer. Sc. Nat. 1X, p. 331. This species is represented by two specimens in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap. Both of them were obtained at Singgora and are 168 and 162 mm. in length without the caudal respectively. The species, so far as I know, has only been known from ‘ Sungi-duri”’ in Borneo and its occurrence in the Siamese waters is recorded here for the first time. In my specimens the length of the head is contained about 6°6 times and the depth of the body 9.4 times in the total length without the caudal. The doisal com- mences above the last portion of the pectoral and contains 6 spines and 56 branched rays; the anal contains I spine and 49 to 50 branched rays. Both the paired fins are quite small and the caudal appears to be pointed in the middle. The scales are cycloid and somewhat deciduous; there are about 55 to 58 series of scales along the lateral line, which is not represented by perforated scales. Small, rudimentary scales are present on the dorsal surface and sides of the head and on the cheeks and on the chin, but are totally absent from the region of the operculum and a portion of the dorsal surface of the body immediately behind the head. The eyes are very small and are represented by two pits only. ‘The mouth is small and oblique and is turned upwards, the lower jaw projecting beyond the upper. There are several rows of small teeth on each jaw, those of the outer row are much larger and possess truncate or bluntly pointed apices which are in most cases coloured dark brown. In habit and general facies the members of this genus are similar to those of the genus Tvypauchen from which they can readily be distinguished by the possession 408 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. of separate ventrals. In Tvypauchen the ventrals are united to form a cup-shaped apparatus as is found in several other genera of the family Gobiidae. Measurements in millimetres. Total length without caudal ag 9) T0809 LOZ Length of head .. ts 7 25°3 24'0 Height of head near occiput. . 4 sii LORY 16'8 Width of head .. Se Re Mer ss) 135 Height of body .. se - : oO 17'5 Length of snout .. < sod eee exe) 6:0 Family ECHENEIDAE. / Echeneis neucrates Linn. 1878. Echeneis neucrates, Day, op. cit., p. 257, pl. lvii, fig. 1. This species is represented in the collection by two specimens from Singgora. Echeneis neucrates is generally found in the tropical and temperate seas and its range is known to extend from the Red Sea through the seas of India to the Malay Archipelago. Family TRIACANTHIDAE. Triacanthus brevirostris Temm. and Schleg. 1878. Tyricanthus brevirostris, Day, op. cit., p. 085, pl. clxxv, fig. I. Dr. Annandale obtained two specimens of this species at Singgora. Tyviacanthus brevirostris is found in the seas of India and its range extends to the Malay Archipelago and beyond. Family TETRAODONTIDAE. Sphoeroides' oblongus (Bloch). 1878. Tetrodon oblongus, Day, Fish. India I, p. 702, pl. elxxxii. fig. 3. There is one adult and several young specimens of this species in the collection. They were netted in the neighbourhood of Singgora and Koh Yaw. The adult speci- men is from Singgora and is 143 mm. in total length including the length of the caudal fin. It agrees almost in every respect with Day’s description and figure of the species. The young examples show considerable difference in colouration and in the arrangement and form of spines. The upper surface of the head and body is greyish, while the under surface is much lighter and is almost white. There isa broad, black band, bordered both anteriorly and posteriorly with whitish lines, just behind the base of the pectoral on the dorsal surface. A similar band also passes through the base of the dorsal fin, colouring the basal portion of its rays dark. On the upper surface of the head a number of white, rounded spots are present. The fins are all ! According to Jordan Sphoeroides of Lacépéde replaces Spheroides Duméril, see his Classification of Fishes, p. 240 (California: 1913). Fish of the Talé Sap. 499 unmaculate. The spines are bristle-like and cover almost the whole of the head and body except the snout and the under surface and sides of the tail. Sphoerordes oblongus is found in the seas of India, the Malay Archipelago, China, Japan and the South Sea. Tetraodon palembangensis Bleeker. 1870. Tetrodon palembangensis, Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. VIII, p. 288. 1923. Letraodon palembangensis, Hora, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam VI, p. 183. There are five young examples of this species in Dr. Annandale’s collection. All of them were obtained in fresh water near Lampam. The youngest specimen is only 8 mm. in length including the length of the caudal fin. b TEXt?-FIG. 9.—Tetraodon palembangensis Bleeker showing variations in colouration with age. a. T,ateral view of a specimen 45 mm. in length, b. T,ateral view of a specimen 50 mm. in length. In a former paper (op. cit., 1923) I have described the changes in colouration undergone by the members of this species during development. In very young examples the body is uniformly pale olivaceous with a few black dots irregularly dis- tributed on the head and the body. Mostly these black dots are concentrated at the bases of the dorsal and the anal fins and at the sides of the mouth just behind the lower jaw. Tetraodon palembangensis is found in the rivers of Sumatra, Borneo and Siam. 500 ZOOLOGY OF THE PAR EAST. Tetraodon liuris Bleeker. 1870. Jelrodon liuris, Gunther, op. cit., p. 288. 1923. Tetraodon liuris, Hora, op. cit., p. 184. Two grown up individuals of this species were obtained by Dr. Annandale at the mouth of the Patalung river near ampam. These specimens are similar to those described by me from Dr. Smith’s collection from Bangkok. TEXT-FIG. 10.—lLateral view of Tetvaodon liuris Bleeker. Tetraodon luris is known from the rivers of Sumatra and Borneo and recently I have recorded it from the fresh waters of Siam. Tetraodon fluviatilis Ham. Buch. 1878. Tetrodon fluviatilis, Day, Fish. India II, p. 707, pl. elxxxiii, fig. 1. This species is represented in the collection by two speciinens. ‘They were | obtained by Dr. Annandale at Singgora. Day points out that “according to Bleeker, examples from the Malay Archipe- lago, have fewer rays than those from India, he gives D. 12-14, A. 11-12.” In my specimens there are 3 undivided and ro divided rays in the dorsal fin, the last ray being divided to the base. The anal fin possesses two simple and g branched : rays. ; The colour of the specimen agrees with Day’s description except there are no colour bands on the dorsal surface and that the under surface is uniformly whitish. Tetraodon fluviatilis is found in the seas and estuaries of India and the Malay Archipelago. Its range probably extends considerably eastwards. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. The fish-fauna of the Talé Sap comprises, so far as we know, I20 species, of which 34 were collected in fresh water in the inner lake, near the mouth and in the deltaic region of the Patalung river. Of the remaining 86 species, 10 (viz., Scoliodon walbee- = Se — ~~ hnu, Hypolophus sephen, Claritas batrachus, Chirocentrus dorab, Panchax panchax, . Clenops vittatus, Trichopodus trichopterus, Leiognathus equulus, Apogon hyalosoma, Scatophagus argus) were taken both in the inner and in the outer lake, while the remaining species were collected only in the outer lake, mostly in the neighbourhood of Singgora. Scolidon walbeehni, Apogon hyalosoma and probably Levognathus equulus are recorded here from fresh water for the first time. Fish of the Talé Sap. 501 Most of the species represented in the collection being marine, are widely distri- buted ; the freshwater forms represent an Indo-Australian element and include certain forms, which are found also in Burma and India. The endemic element consists of 4 species, which are described here as new ; they are distributed, among the families Syngnathidae, Mastacembelidae, Sciaenidae and Taenioididae. The species of the former two families are freshwater forms, while those of the latter are marine. Cer- tain species such as Trygon bleekert and Barbus (Puntius) bulu are recorded from Siam for the first time. In instituting a comparison between the fish-fauna of the Talé Sap and that of the Chilka Lake it has to be borne in mind that in the former lake Dr. Annandale worked alone for about three weeks at the extreme end of the wet and the beginning of a dry season, which is not at all a favourable time for making a collection of Zoological material. The collection from the Chilka Lake is more complete as it was the result of observations made at different seasons and at frequent intervals. Moreover, in the case of the Chilka Lake the fauna was studied from the point of view of varying conditions due to hydrographic and other changes. This is one reason which explains the fact that most of the fishes collected at Singgora are marine and those at the mouth of the Patalung river are freshwater forms. More- over, the inner and the outer parts of the Talé Sap are much better differentiated than those of the Chilka Lake and seasonal variations in salinity, etc., of the former, of which unfortunately we have no data, must be quite different from those of the latter. One fact is clear, that there are more species of fish in the Tale Sap than in the Chilka Lake. Leaving aside the widely distributed marine element in the fauna of the two lakes, in the Talé Sap Indo-Australian forms predominate, while in the Chilka Lake, as is but natural, Indian forms are commonly found. That a very small endemic element is found in the Talé Sap, as compared with that of the Chilka Lake, is probably due to the tact that the collection from the former was less complete. However, in both cases the most interesting forms are to be found among the small gobies. My new genus MJuicrapocryptes from the Chilka Lake and the Gangetic delta is represented by two specimens in the Talé Sap collection which unfortunately are not in good condition for specific identification. Ctenogobius cylindriceps Hora, des- cribed from the Chilka Lake, is also found in the Talé Sap. Ctenogobius alcocki (Annandale) an Indian species and widely distributed in the Chilka Lake, is repre- sented by several specimens in Dr. Annandale’s collection from the Talé Sap. Another observation worth recording is the fact that Talé Sap serves as a nur- sery for a large number of fish species. In Dr. Annandale’s collection at least 15 to 20 % of the species are represented by young individuals, and it may also be taken into consideration that I have not been able to determine several post-larval or very young forms. Among others the following species of economic importance were found to breed in the lake: Claritas batrachus, Callichvous bimaculatus, Chirocentrus dorab, Hilsa kanagurta, Panchax panchax, Mugil dussumieri, Serranus lanceolatus, Sillago sthama, Scatophagus argus, etc., etc. + ' a LOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. - a FISH OF THE TAI-HU, KIANGSU PROVINCE, CHINA. ann : By HENRY W. FOWLER. * a wy a be , Pex vee ie ee 7 A) ee -, Mae : " i qa" - i = = by ee i 7 i” * 3 INTRODUCTORY NoTE (dy N. Annandale) Leucosoma chinense (Osbeck) Fluta alba (Ziuew) ae Anguilla japonica Schlegel .. Parasilurus asotus (Linné) .. Fluvidraco fluvidraco (Richardson) Liocassis longirostris (Giinther) Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor) Carassius auratus (Linné) Parachetlognathus imberbis (Gunther) Acanthorhodeus asmusst (Dybowsksi) Barbus schlegeli (Gtinther) .. Pseudogohio rivularis (Basilewsky ) Pseudorasbora parva (Schlegel) Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (Valencien- nes) CONTENTS. Page 595 506 506 506 507 597 597 508 508 508 599 510 511 511 Hypophthalmichthys nobilts (Richardson) Fusania ensarca Jordan and Starks Georgichthys scaphignathus Nichols Chanodichthys bramula (Valenciennes) .. Cultricwlus knert (Kreyenberg and Pap- penheim) ? Culter hypselonotus Bleeker. Culter brevicauda (Gunther). . Siniperca chuatsi (Basilewsky) Obhiocephalus pekinensis Basilewsky Channa fasciata Steindachner Polyacanthus opercularis (Linné) Spherotdes ocellatus (Osbeck) Eleotris obscura Schlegel Gobius caninus Valenciennes Mastacembelus sinensis (Bleeker) —— la ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. FISH OF THE TAI-HU, KIANGSU PROVINCE, CHINA. By HENRY W. FOWLER of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. INTRODUCTORY NOTE. [Most of the fish described in this report were purchased from fishermen on the Tai Hu and were undoubtedly from the lake. A few, however, were bought in the market at Soochow. Some of these were said to come from Ningpo, but the rest appeared to be of local origin. ‘The only fish I took commonly in my dredge was Leucosoma chinense, half-grown individuals of which were evidently fairly abundant in the lake in December on a soft muddy bottom. Dr. Fowler, in collaboration with Mr. Barton A. Bean, has already described a collection of fishes from Soochow most of which probably exist in the Tai Hu (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. WWII, pp. 307-321 : 1921). This collection included specimens of the following species not represented in my own :— Coilia clupeoides (Lacépéde). Salanx cuviert Cuvier and Valenciennes. Pseudogobio sinensis (Kner). Myloleuciscus atripinnis Garman. Hyporhamphus sinensis (Gunther). Collichthys lucidus (Richardson). Minous monodactylus (Schneider). Trachidermis fasciatus (Heckel). Micropercops dabryt Fowler and Bean. Butis butis (Hamilton Buchanan). Cynoglossus abbreviatus Gray. It is probable that our knowledge of the fish-fauna of this area is still far from complete, but the two collections together give us at any rate some idea of its peculiarities. The occurrence of young fish of the estuarine family Salangidae in ‘the lake is noteworthy, while the existence of such marine genera as Minous and Cynoglossus so far from the sea is also interesting, if these. species were captured actually at Soochow.—N. Annandale. ] The fishes in this collection were all obtained near Soo Chow in 10915. They were forwarded to Philadelphia on the ‘City of Lahore,’’ which left Calcutta, July 6, 1922. Owing to the writer's absence in Hawaii and the neglect of our agent, they were not located until over a year later. It was, therefore, not possible to begin work on them before December 1, 1923, and the present list was not completed until December 27. All were later returned to the Indian Museum to be installed in that institution. Though none of the species are new to science, some are of particular interest for their rarity and locality. Descriptive items have therefore been supplied where desirable, especially with reference to variation. 500 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. I wish to express my great indebtedness to Dr. Nelson Annandale for placing this valued collection in my hands to study and report. SALANGIDAE. Leucosoma chinense (Osbeck). Ice fish. Chinese White Bait. Head 4# to 54; depth 12 to 2} in head; D, m1, 10 tom, 18; A. 1 or 1M, 25 to 29 (23 in young); Pa 22 toe Body greatly compressed, deepest at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth about half its length or 44 to 53 in head. Head strongly depressed, width 2 to 2} in itslength, snout greatly depressed; 3} in head, measured from upper jaw tip. Eye large, partly ventral, less than snout and 2 in interorbi- tal. Maxillary reaches opposite middle of eye ; 2:45 to 24 in head (from tip of upper jaw). Row of short strong teeth along each maxillary edge and large teeth in row along each mandibular edge. Interorbital broad, level, about } of head (from tip of upper jaw). Gill-opening extends forward opposite hind edge of pupil. Gill-rakers 2+13, lanceolate, about as long as gill-filaments or 2? of eye. Dorsal origin midway between gill-opening and caudal base; first branched ray 13 to 2 in total length of head. Anal inserted entirely behind depressed dorsal and little nearer caudal base than ventral origin; first branched ray 13 to 12 in total head. Caudal forked, little shorter (damaged) than head. Pectoral 12 to 24} in head. Ventral inserted much nearer pectoral origin than anal, depressed fin not reaching opposite dorsal origin, Ij to 1? in head. Adipose fin small, above last fourth of anal. Uniform brownish, scarcely paler below. Length to 175 mm. Thirteen examples. Small examples all have a short snout and much fewer dorsal and anal rays. MONOPTERIDAE. Fluta alba (Ziuew). One example 427 mm. Brown above, lower surface paler to whitish. ANGUILLIDAE. Anguilla japonica (Schlegel). Head 7;45 to 82; depth 19} to 214; snout 5 to 52 in head measured from upper jaw tip ; eye 10} to 134; mouth cleft 34 to 4; interorbital 5 to 53; pectoral 2§ to 34. Length of head less than space between dorsal and anal origin. Angle of mouth behind hind edge of eye. Lips thick. Space between dorsal origin and vent 2? to 2% in predorsal space. Predorsal region 3} to 32 in total length. Largely uniform brown, but little paler below. Length 281 to 350 mm. Two examples. Fish of the Tai-Hu. 507 SILURIDAE. Parasilurus asotus (Linné). Head 44; depth 52; D. I, 4; A. 81; snout 3} in head ; eye 82; mouth width 2; interorbital 2,,; caudal 1g; pectoral 1g; ventral 2}; length of dorsal 21; maxillary barbel not quite reaching opposite dorsal origin. I,ength 225 mm. One example. Fluvidraco fluvidraco (Richardson). Head 33; depth 34; D.I,7; A. v, 16; snout 3 in head; eye 42; mouth width 24 ; interorbital 2? ; head width 14; maxiilary not quite reaching eye. Maxillary barbel about reaches hind edge of gill-opening, nasal barbel only extends little behind eye. Outer mental barbel reaches pectoral origin ; inner mental barbel 2 of outer. First dorsal ray 14 in head; spine 12, front edge smooth and 4 weak antrorse serrae on hind edge. Fourteenth anal ray 24 in head; adipose fin 1%; cau- dal 1; pectoral spine 13, front edge finely denticulated, inner edge with 8 antrorse serrae , humeral process 2;'5; least depth of caudal peduncle equals its length or 3 in head. Along back and sides about 4 or 5 obscure dark brownish blotches. Fins more or less darker terminally. Length 90 mm. One example. Liocassis longirostris (Gunther). Pemaee depth 5,5 D. 1, 74k.) reir, 9,1; V.1, 5; snout 22 in head; eye, 13; mouth width 2{; interorbital 33. Body long, compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, where back little elevated, caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 2} its length or 4} in head. Head large, width 14 its length. Snout conic, depressed, length # its width at front of eyes. Hye small, without free lids, hind edge little less than eye-diameter before center in head length; about 5 in snout, 4 in interorbital; mouth broad, transverse, preoral length half its width. Teeth slender, conic, in broad bands, upper little larger. Broad transverse band over front of vomer, much wider than front-band in upper jaw, small slender maxillary barbel, 1} in snout, reaches opposite hind edge of eye. Outer mental barbel same length; inner ? of outer. Very short nasal barbel little shorter than eye. Nostrils small, about level with eye at least 2? in snout length. Interorbital elevated convexly. Median fontanel extends backward about ? in head. Occipitai bridge complete with dorsal buckler, surfaces of all finely striate. Gill-opening forward midway in head. Gill-rakers 4+ 12, lanceolate, small, 14 in gill-filaments, which equal 13 eye diameters. Isthmus wide. Skin smooth. Lateral line distinct, median along side, compiete. Surface of humeral process little roughened, striae rather obsolete. Dorsal origin little nearer snout tip than hind edge of adipose fin ; spine long, compressed, with fine reticulated striae, with 20 strong antrorse denticles along hind edge, spine length 14 in head ; first branched ray 14. Adipose fin rather long, base about half of head and begins slightly nearer dorsal origin than caudal base. 508 ZOOLOGY OF THE: FAR HAST: Anal begins little before origin of adipose fin; first branched ray 2,6 in head. Caudal forked, lobes slender and pointed, upper slightly longer, 14 in head. Pec- toral with very strong compressed spine, with 21 strong antrorse spines along its inver edges, spine length 13 in head; fin reaches beyond front of first dorsal, 12 in head, = of space to ventral. Ventral inserted midway between eye center and cau- dal base, fin reaching anal, 2in head. Vent close before anal. Warm brownish, paler below and on lower sides, belly and under parts whitish. Fins ail pale brownish. Length 449 mm. One exainple, bought in the market at Soo Chow, and said to be from Ningpo. COBITIDIDAE. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor). Head 54 to 52; depth 62 to 71; D.u, 7; A. mI, 5; scales 96 to 118 in median lateral series from above gill-opening to caudal base ; 24 or 25 scales transversely ; about 62 predorsal scales; snout 24 to 22 in head ; eye 6 to 63; interorbital 43 to 43. Rudimentary caudal rays excessively developed in larger example, broad, conspicuous and extend forward to tips of depressed dorsal and anal. In smaller example moderately developed. Wength 127 to 170 mm. Two examples. CYPRINIDAE. CYPRININAE. Carassius auratus (Linné). Head 2% to 37; depth 2%; D. IL, 17, ror 8) 15 A:jE, 6,4) seqlesneg ures in lateral line to caudal base and 2 or 3 more in latter; snout 34 to 32 in head; eye 34 to 5; maxillary 4; interorbital2} to 23. Dorsal and anal with hind edges of spines well serrated, 10 more on former and 17 on latter. Opercle with radiating rugose striae. In young ends of paired finsdusky terminally. Four examples, 57 to 225 mim. RHODINAE. Paracheilognathus imberbis (Giinther). Head 32; depth 3f toi3%;.D. Ip or 1m, Q; A: it or a, 6 Sscaless32 oe lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 scales above lateral line, 3 or 4 below to anal origin ; predorsal 12 to 14 scales; snout 3} in head ; eye 2? to 23; maxillary 34 to 32; interorbital 23 to 3. Body elongately fusiform, well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth 1% to 2 in its length or 24 to 24 in head. Head well compressed, width 2 to 2,5 in its length, snout conic, length #2 its width. Eye large, hind pupil edge midway in head, greater than snout, mouth oblique, lower jaw slightly included within upper. Maxillary reaches nostrils, with short barbel terminally on outer surface. Lips rather fleshy. Nostrils together, at last fourth of snout, hind one much larger. Interorbital slightly convex. Gill- Fish of the Tai-Hu. 509 opening forward opposite hind pupil edge. Gill rakers about 1+7 short points, } of gill-filaments or 13 in eye. Pseudobranchiae equal gill-filaments. Scales in even longitudinal series, all rather narrowly imbricated and largest on middle of sides; 5 to 23 irregularly waved radiating apical striae; circuli moderate. Dorsal origin little nearer snout tip than caudal base ; first branched ray 1 to 1} in head. Anal begins opposite last fourth of dorsal base or midway between pectoral and caudal bases ; first branched ray 12 in head. Caudal well forked, little longer than head. Pectoral not quite reaching ventral ; 1} to 1? in head. Ventral reaches anal, insert- ed trifle before dorsal origin ; 1} to 13 in head. Brownish generally. Jateral median vertebral leaden streak, darker on sides of caudal peduncle. Dusky spot little less than eye about third and fourth scales of lateral line and another, smaller, on front of dorsal just below middle. Iris silvery white. Fins pale. Two examples, 57 and 58 mm. Rhodeus maculatus Fowler,' from the Pei Hoat Tren Tsin, is evidently the young. Acanthorhodeus asmussi (Dybowsksi). fee 2, 10)4 depth 2 to 23; D. I, 12,1 to 17, 1;,A: IL or II, 'to, x to 13, I; scales 32 to 34 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 6 scales above lateral line to dorsal and 5 below to anal; 14 or 15 predorsal scales; snout 34 to 4 in head ; eye 24 to 34; maxillary 3} to 44; interorbital 2} to 22. Body deeply ovoid, strongly compressed, deepest at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1 to 12 its length or 1{ to 2} in head. Head width 14 to 2 in its length. Snout convex, in profile little less than eye; length $ to 3 its width. Eye large, little less than interorbital, hind edge about midway in head length. Mouth small, inferior, lower jaw slightly included in upper, gape short. Maxillary mostly concealed, reaches opposite hind nostril; with short though distinct terminal barbel, at least in largest example. Jaw edges firmly trenchant. Lips thin, narrow. Nostrils together ; front one simple pore near last fourth in snout; hind one greatly larger and exposed in crescent, at least 3 times front one. Interorbital broadly convex; preorbital little over half of eye ; first suborbital narrow, half width of second, which nearly covers cheek ; postor- bital narrow, like first suborbital. Opercle with few obsolete radiating striae. Gill-opening extends forward opposite preopercle ridge. Gill rakers 1+7 short firm points, about } length of gill-filaments. Pseudobranchiae 2 of gill-filaments. Pharyngeal teeth 5-5, compressed, each with moderately narrow grinding surface and lower surface of each tooth with row of short transverse blackish bars. Scales narrowly imbricated, in even longitudinal series, rows of slightly smaller ones along bases of dorsal and anal; 33 to 45 apical radiating striae ; circuli fine. Lateral line straight along side from upper angle of shoulder to middle of caudal base ; each tube simple and extends about over half of each scale exposure. Dorsal origin little nearer snout tip than caudal base, 2 front simple rays ! Proc, Acad. Nat, Sci, Philadelphia, 1910, p. 476, fig. 1. 510 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. osseous ; second branched dorsal ray 1x46 to 1¢ in head. Anal like soft dorsal, smaller, begins about midway between gill-opening and caudal base ; first branched ray If to 14 in head. Caudal well forked, pointed lobes little greater than head. Pectoral low, pointed, reaches # to § to ventral; I to 1} in head, Ventral inserted little before dorsal origin, reaches anal or 14 to 14 in head. Dull brownish generally, paler to whitish below. Dorsal with 2 or 3 longitudinal deeper brownish streaks. Other fins pale. Belly and lower surface pale or whitish. Iris silvery white. Leaden vertebral streak along side from above ventral and most distinct and widest at front of caudal peduncle. Four examples, 62 to 108 mm. BARBINAE. Barbus schlegeli (Gunther). Head 3%; depth 3%; D. Il, 7,1; A. IL 6, ©; Bo 1g) Vito eee lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 7 scales above lateral line and 6 below ; 15 predorsal scales; snout 24 in head; eye 5%; maxillary 31; interorbital 36 Body elongate, slender, well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, edges all convexly rounded. Caudal strongly compressed, least depth 14 in its length or 22 in head. Head compressed, width 13 its length; profiles about evenly inclined ; many mucous cavities around eyes and along preopercle flange. Snout conic, well pro- truded beyond lower jaw; long as wide. Eye with hind pupil edge midway in head length ; 2 in snout, 1? in interorbital. Mouth inferior, rather small, lower jaw shorter ; maxillary reaches opposite hind nostril; with terminal barbel about 2 of eye. Lips coriaceous, rather narrow, firm. Nostrils together, anterior near last third in snout, with flap behind largely covering posterior, which little smaller. Interorbital convex. Bones of head smooth, especially opercle. Gill-opening extends forward about opposite vertical preopercle ridge. Gill rak- ers v-+v, short, low, tuberculate stumps, about 4 of gill-filaments, which equal eye. Pactidobetnehiiae half of gill-filaments. Scales large, little smaller on caudal aidatale and breast ; free pointed axillary ventral scale 24 in fin; apical radiating striae about 33, ae’ circuli fine. Lateral line complete, midway along side; tubes simple and each extends well over scale exposure. Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base ; first branched ray 1g in head ; third simple ray greatly enlarged, osseous. Anal entirely behind depress- ed dorsal or first branched ray 2 in head. Caudal well forked, lobes rounded, but slightly less than head. Pectoral not quite reaching ventral, 1} in head. Ventral inserted little before dorsal origins, 13 to anal, 1? in head. Vent close before anal. Brown, on back base of each scale with dark spot. About 6 rows of dusky small spots on caudal. Dorsal sparsely and irregularly spotted with dusky. Lower surface of body paler than upper. One example, 327 mm, tt ii ee Fish of the Tai-Hu. 511 GOBIONINA Pseudogobio rivularis (Basilewsky). Head 34; depth 44; D. mr, 7,1; A. 1, 5,1; scales 33 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter ; 6 scales above lateral line, 4 below ; 13 predorsal scales; snout 2? in head length; eye 44; maxillary 44; interorbital 32 ; head width 13. Faded uniform brownish generally. Traces of 7 dark median lateral blotches, each about size of eye. Dorsal and caudal each with 6 transversely dusky lines. Small black spot at middle of caudal base less than pupil. One example, 68 mm. Pseudorasbora parva (Schlegel). Head 4+; depth 32; D. m1, 7,1; A. m1, 6,1; scales 33 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter ; 5 scales above lateral line, 4 below ; 14 predorsal scales ; snout 3 in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 32; maxillary 3+; interorbital 24; Head width 1? in its total length. Brownish generally. Edge of each scale in back and sides with vertical streak of darker. Median lateral gray streak from snout to caudal base medianly, broader and most distinct on side of caudal peduncle. Fins brown. One example, 107 mm. HY POPHTHALMICHTHYINAE. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (Valenciennes). Head 22; depth 34; D. m, 7,1; A. mM, 13,1; P.1, 13; V. 1, 8; 90 tubular scales in lateral line to caudal base and 8 more in latter; 26 scales above lateral line, 17 below to anal origin ; 53 predorsal scales ; snout 3{°in head measured from upper e a) jaw tip; eye 62; maxillary 32; interorbital 23. Body strongly compressed, deep, postventral little trenchant, otherwise edges all convexly rounded and greatest depth at ventral origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth 1? its length or 3 in head. Head large, deep, strongly compressed, width 24 its length ; upper profile slightly concave anteriorly and with upper jaw little protruded upward. Snout wide, convex, obtuse, length = its width. Eye subinferior, faces downwards, hind edge at first 2 in head length ; diameter 24 in snout or 3 in interorbital. Mouth large, wide, rather shallow mandible slightly projecting when closed. Maxillary greatly inclined, reaches front nostril, largely covered by preorbital; lower edge about level with lower pupil edge. Upper jaw edge firmly trenchant and mandibular edge broadly obtuse. Tongue free, pointed in front, wide. Nostrils together, superior close before upper front eye edge well above eye; hind one more slit-like and larger. Inter- orbitalconvex. Preorbital about as long as eye ; other suborbitals all narrow. Opercle with many fine radiating striae. Gill-opening extends forward little less than half way in head, not to eye. Gill- rakers annectant, as fine reticulations, about 70+ 288 series ; length ¢ of eye or ? of gill-filaments. No pseudobranchiae. Isthmus narrow, slender, lower surface con- cave. Scales small, greatly crowded on back, breast and belly ; largest along lower 512 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. part of sides; 5 to7 rather weak apical radiating striae ; circuli basally as many as 90 on larger scales. Caudal base scaly. Pectoral and ventral without axillary scales. Dorsal origin midway between front eye edge and caudal base ; third simple ray 1% in head. Anal inserted well behind dorsal base or nearly midway between ventral and caudal base ; first branched ray 23. Caudal well forked, 12 in head. Pectoral very nearly reaches ventral origin or about half way in ventral fins ; length 1} in head. Ventral inserted well before dorsal, not quite reaching vent, length 2 in head. Vent close before anal. Olivaceous-brown above, with dusky cloudings, side and lower surface paler. Fins brownish, paired fins little darker terminally. One example, 288 mm. Distinguished from the next by its larger eye, proportions, etc. Hypophthalmichthys nobilis (Richardson). Head 32; depth 3; D. mm, 7,1; A. WI, 12/4; Pl i, 2659V4 yee scales in lateral line to caudal base; 33 scales above lateral line, 17 below to anal origin ; 58 predorsal scales; snout 34 in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 71; maxillary 43; interorbital 2}. Body strongly compressed, deep; abdominal keel extending from isthmus to vent, scales not passing over ; greatest depth at ventral origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, long as deep or least depth 22 in head. Head moderate, robust, well compressed, width 14% its length; upper profile with upper jaw slightly protruding upward. Snout broadly convex, obtuse, length half width. Eye subinferior, faces downward, hind edge at first third in head; 2? in snout or 3? in interorbital. Mouth with short gape, wide, closed jaws apparently about even. Maxillary little inclined from vertical, not reaching front nostril. largely covered by preorbital, its lower edge about level with eye centre. Edge of upper jaw firmly trenchant and mandible edge broadly obtuse. Tongue free, rounded, broad. Nostrils together, superior close before upper front eye edge well above eye ; hind one slit-like and larger. Interorbital convex. Preorbital nearly long as eye; other suborbitals all narrow. Opercle with many fine radiating striae. Gill-opening extends forward midway in head Gill-rakers annectant, as fine reticulations, about 70+ 280, equal gill-filaments on } of eye. No pseudobranchiae. Isthmus narrow, slender, lower surface level. Scales small, little smaller about edges of body, largest along lower side of trunk ; I to 3 weak apical radiating striae; circuli fine. Caudal base scaly. Pectoral and ventral without axillary scales. Dorsal origin midway between front eye edge and caudal base; third simple ray I} in head; first branched ray 12. Anal inserted well behind dorsal base, or midway between ventral and caudal bases; first branched ray 2 in head. Caudal well forked, 13 in head. Pectoral not quite reaching ventral, 12 in head. Ventral inserted well before dorsal, reaches 2 to anal, 1-45 in head. Vent close before anal. Olivaceous-brown above, sides and below pale to whitish, with silvery tints. Back shows traces of greenish tints. Fins all brownish. One example, 324 mm. Fish of the ‘Tai-Hu. qn | | LEUCISCINAE. Fusania ensarca Jordan and Starks. Peace se depen 37; D. i, 7; A. 1,7; P.1 , 9; V: 1, 6; scales 27 1n median lateral series from gill-opening to middle of caudal base and 3 more in latter; lateral line only as 5 tubes in first 5 scales, evidently well decurved; 9 scales transversely between dorsal and anal; 14 predorsal scales ; snout 3{ in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 3}; maxillary 3; interorbital 3. Body compressed, moderately long, deepest at dorsal origin, edges all convexly rounded, except postventral which has slight median keel. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth 14 its length or 23 in total head length. Head compressed, width half its length. Snout short, less than eye, length about 2 its width. Eye with hind edge little behind middle in head length. Mouth terminal, lower jaw little protruded. Maxillary slender, reaches below front eye edge. No barbels. Nostrils together, close before upper front eye edge, hind one in slight crescent. Interorbital convex. Suborbitals narrow, leave cheek well exposed. Opercle smooth. Gill opening extends forward opposite hind edge of preopercle. Gill-rakers 2+8, lanceolate, slender, little less than gill-filaments. Pharyngeal teeth 1, 3, 5— 4, 3, 0, hooked and apparently with slight grinding surfaces, edges entire. Scales large, in even longitudinal rows, little smaller on breast and caudal base ; with 5 to 7 apical radiating striae; circuli coarse, about 25. Dorsal origin well behind ventral origin or about midway between hind pupil edge and caudal base; first branched ray 1f in head. Anal inserted little behind dorsal base or much nearer ventral origin than caudal base. Caudal well emargin- ated; 14? in head. Pectoral not quite reaching ventral, 13 in head. Ventral not reaching anal, 12 in head. Pale brownish generally. J,eaden longitudinal band concurrent with vertebral column, not ending in dark spot, though much darker in hind part of its course. Peritoneum shows through abdominal wall dull leaden-gray. Iris and sides of head with silvery tints. Fins all pale. One example, 30 mm. The above agrees with the original account in most respects, except that it shows distinctly the presence of 3 rows of pharyngeal teeth. The slight median post- ventral keel is not mentioned by Jordan and Starks. This character suggests that Phoxiscus kikuchit Oshima' is synonymous. Doubtless its more developed lateral line is that of slightly older growth. Phoxiscus therefore becomes a synonym of Fusania. Georgichthys scaphignathus Nichols. Head 41; depth 34; D. 1, 7; A. 1, 6; scales 37 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more in latter; 6 scales above lateral line, 6 below ; 14 predorsal scales; head width 14; snout 17; eye 32; maxillary 3}; interorbital 2. Four deep brown broad blotches 1 Ann, Carnegie Mus. XII, p. 225, 1919. Bokuselsi-kaku, Formosa. 514 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. on trunk, extending well down on sides. Edges of fins all narrowly pale, greater medial portions dusky. One example, IoI mm. Exoglossops geet Fowler and Bean' is a synonym of the present species. Like- wise E-xoglossops falls as a synonym of Georgichthys. ABRAMIDINAE. Chanodichthys bramula (Valenciennes). Head 48; depth 23; D. II, 7,1; Asm, 33, 1; Pot,a0; V. 1,6; Seales 40 umeipere al line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; rz scales above lateral line to dorsal origin, 8 below to anal origin ; 46 predorsal scales; snout 3} in head ; eye 44; maxil- lary 4; interorbital 22. Body greatly compressed, deepest at dorsal origin; edges convexly rounded, except region between ventral base and anal origin, which furnished with median keel over which scales not passing. Caudal peduncle well compressed, length about 3 its least depth, which 2 in head. Head small conic, little compressed sides, but slightly approximated below ; upper profile straight, oblique. Snout broadly conic, length # its width. Eye with hind edge slightly before middle in head length; about equal to snout; 1% in inter- orbital; edge with narrow marginal adipose rim all around. Mouth small, well inclined and closed jaws about even in front. Maxillary small, not reaching eye or only about to front nostril, largely concealed and little expanded behind. No bar- bel. Edges of jaws firmly coriaceous, not trenchant. Nostrils large, together; hind one little larger and exposed as vertical crescent. Interorbital evenly convex. Opercle with fine radiating striae. Suborbitals narrow, infraorbitals only extend about + over cheek. Gill-opening extends forward about opposite hind eye edge. Gill rakers 6412, short weak points, about } of gill-filaments which slightly larger than eye. Pseudo- branchiae little smaller than gill-filaments. Pharyngeal teeth 2, 5, 4-3, 5, 2, com- pressed, pointed, each with well-developed broad grinding-surface. Scales smaller on median predorsal, breast, belly and caudal base ; with 20 to 23 radiating apical striae; circuli fine; ventral axillary scale about } of fin. Lateral line extends from upper edge of gill-opening to middle of caudal base, runs little low along side of caudal peduncle; tubes small, each short and extends over base of scale. Dorsal origin about midway between front of eye and caudal base; first 2 rays spinous, second enlarged, longest 1,45 in head ; first branched ray equals head. Anal origin little nearer caudal base than pectoral origin, below hind base of dorsal; firsv branched ray 2-3; in head, base long, nearly 3 in combined head and trunk. Caudal strongly forked, lobes slender and pointed, lower lobe longer and 33 in combined head and trunk. Pectoral 12 in head, not quite reaching ventral. Ventral inserted well before dorsal, reaches { to anal, 14 in head. Vent close before anal. \- Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. L,VIUII, p. 311, fig. 1 1920, Soo Chow. Fish of the Tai-Hu. 515 Brown, paler below. Edges of scales narrowly darker. Fins all uniform brown- ish. Tower side of head and trunk with silvery reflections. One example, 295 mm. Cultriculus kneri (Kreyenberg and Pappenheim),. ftead 4; depth 44 to 5; D. um, 7,1; A. III, 11,1 or 12,1; scales 47 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter ; 8 scales above lateral line, 2 below; 21 to 23 predorsal scales; snout 3% in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 34 to 4; maxillary 34 to 3%; interorbital 3} to 3}. Body elongately fusiform, compressed, lower profile little more convex than upper. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1? to 1 its length or 23 to 23 in total head length. Head width 24 to 24 inits length. Snout conic, tip level with upper edge of eye; length { to 1 in its width. Eye large, hind edge midway in total head length. Mouth large, lower jaw well protruded. Maxillary reaches opposite hind nostril, largely concealed by preorbital. Premaxillaries protractile. Jaw edges firmly cori- aceous. Nostrils together, at last fourth in snout; hind one slit, twice length of front one. Interorbital broadly convex. Broad preorbital 2 of eye; first suborbital about half width of second which nearly covers cheek ; postorbital narrow, less in width than first suborbital. Opercle smooth. Gill-opening forward not quite opposite hind eye edges. Gill-rackers 4+15, lanceolate, about } of gill-filaments. Pseudobranchiae little less than gill-filaments. Pharyngeal teeth 2, 4, 4-5, 4, 2, hooked and some of larger with well-developed grinding-surfaces. Seales in even longitudinal rows; with 13 to 25 apical radiating striae; circuli fine. Breast convexly rounded ; belly from breast to vent with median keel over which scales do not pass. Lateral line complete, greatly deflected until just before ventral, then low along side of body and ascending midway along side of caudal peduncle ; tubes simple, each extending about half way over scale exposure. Dorsal origin midway between hind eye edge and caudal base, slightly nearer eye in smaller example ; first branched ray 1} to 13 in head. Anal begins entirely behind dorsal base ; first branched ray 24 to 24 in head. Caudal deeply forked, pointed lobes about long as head. Pectoral reaches § to ventral, slightly longer than head. Ventral inserted well before dorsal or midway between snout tip and caudal base ; 2 to 2 to anal; length 14 to 12 in head. Back olivaceous-brown, sides and below silvery-white. Fins uniform brownish. Two examples, 122 to 153 mm. Culter hypselonotus Bleeker. ead 47; dépth 42; D. Il, 7; A. ut, 25, 1% scales 92 im lateral line to caudal base and 4 more on latter ; 20 scales above lateral line, 10 below ; 58 predorsal scales ; snout 32 in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 32; maxillary 3; interorbital 5. Body elongate, strongly compressed, deepest at dorsal origin ; edges all rounded 516 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. convexly except trenchant post-ventral, over which scales not passing. Caudal peduncle strongly compressed, least depth half its length or 34 in total head length. Head width 22 its length. Snout conic, width 1} itslength. Eye with hind pupil edge midway in head length, long as profile of snout, greater than interorbital. Mouth large, terminally superior, mandible projecting, front tip level with upper edge of eye. Maxillary largely concealed by preorbital, vertically irclined, not quite reaching cypcsite front nostril, front edge with slight emargination. Nostrils together, front one at last third in head. Interorbital convex. Preorbital ¢ of eye, other suborbitals all narrow. Bones of head smooth. Gill-opening forward opposite middle of eye. Gill-rakers 7+20, lanceolate, equals gill-filaments or 2 in eye. Pseudobranchiae long as gill-filaments. Pharyn- geal teeth 2, 4, 5-5, 4, 2, with slight terminal hooks and moderate grinding sur- faces. Isthmus narrow. Scales small, cycloid, small along middle of back and breast ; 5 or 6 apical; radiating striae; circuli moderate, rather fine apically. Dorsal inserted about midway between hind maxillary edge and caudal base ; second simple ray strongly osseous and but little less than first branched ray which 1} in head. Anal begins entirely behind dorsal base ; first branched ray 1? in head. Caudal forked, upper lobe equals head. Pectoral almost reaches ventral, 1445 in head. Ventral inserted well before dorsal, 1} to anal or 12 in head. Brownish on back, sides and below silvery-white. Fins all pale brownish. One example, 195 mm. Culter brevicauda (Giinther). Head 4 to 44 ; depth 34 to 32; DD: Il, 7, 1; A: m1 6.2 Of 27, te ee scales in lateral line to caudal base and 3 or 4 more on latter ; 12 or 13 scales above lateral line, 7 or 8 below; 40 to 42 predorsal scales; snout 3% to 44 in head from upper jaw tip; eye 4} to 42; maxillary 32 to 33; interorbital 3% to 4; head width 2} to 22. Snout conic, long as wide. Maxillary equals or slightly longer than snout. Interorbital conic. Scales with 7 to 10 weak apical radiating striae ; 35 to 70 apical circuli. Dorsal inserted about midway between middle or front of eye aud caudal base; first branched ray 14 in total head length; first branched anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle equals its length or 22 to 2? in head; pectoral 14; ventral 12 to 14. Brownish above, sides and below with silvery ee) reflections. ‘Two examples, 177 to 185 mm SHERRANIDAE. Siniperca chuatsi (Basilewsky). Mandarin Fish. Head 23 to 23; depth 22 to 2%; D. XII, 14; A. Til, 9; snout 4 im head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 5} to 64; maxillary 22; interorbital 6} to 8; head width 1} to 2. Least depth of caudal peduncle equals its length or 3} to 32 in total head length ; fifth dorsal spine 2% to 23; eighth dorsal ray 23 to 2%; second Fish of the Tai-Hu. 517 anal spine 2% to 33; second anal ray 24 to 22; pectoral 2}; ventral 2,5 to 2}. Dark streak from snout tip to eye and back along opercle edge above, then sloping up towards base of spinous dorsal. Blackish blotches in dorsals, anals and caudal, paired fins immaculate. Two examples, 153 to 207 mm. OPHICEPHALIDAE. Ophicephalus pekinensis Basilewsky. Head 2¢ to 3; depth 5 to 54; D. 48 or 49; A. 33; scales 63 or 64 in lateral line to caudal base and 4 more in latter; 9 or 10 scales above lateral line, 9 or Io below; 30 to 32 predorsal scales; snout 54 to 52 in head measured from snout tip; eye 7; maxillary 22 to 22; interorbital 54 to 54. Head width 2+}5 to 22 in total head length. Median scales on top of head scarcely larger than those on occiput or sides of head. Least depth of caudal peduncle 3} to 32 in head; tenth dorsal ray 4;'5 to 42; tenth anal ray 3? to 3f; caudal 13; pectoral 2+; ventral 3 to 34. Two examples, 180 to 182 mm. Channa fasciata Steindachner. Head 34; depth 54; D. 47; A. 28; scales 53 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 7 scales above lateral line and 8 below; 17 predorsal scales; snout 44 in head from upper jaw tip; eye 64; maxillary 22; interorbital 31. Head width r= in its total length. Snout broadly convex, length half its width. Maxil- lary extends slightly beyond eye; expansion about 12 in eye. Lower jaw very slightly projects. Rather narrow bands of fine teeth in jaws; same large broad short teeth on palatines and few small ones across vomer. Interorbital broad and slightly convex. Gill-rakers as m1 and vi short low broad tubercles. Gill-filaments short, though much higher than tuberculate rakers or 2 in eye. Scales with 18 basal radiating striae, circuli fine ; scales in top of head medianly much larger than on occiput and cheeks. Dorsal begins slightly behind base of pectoral; forty- sixth ray 2% in head. Anal origin about midway between front eye edge and caudal base; twenty-seventh ray 34 in head. Least depth of caudal peduncle 22 in head ; caudal fin 14; pectoral 13. . Brown, paler to whitish on under surface of head and belly. Seven or eight blackish bars on back and down on sides, above slightly inclined forward. Black ocellus, with narrow pale border at base of upper caudal lobe on caudal peduncle. Sides of head and trunk with scattered bright pale spots, most distinct on lower half of body. Scattered pale spots on dorsal basally, otherwise fin brownish like other fins. Two dark streaks longitudinally in postocular, from hind edge of eye. Both dorsal and anal darker terminally than basally. One example, 133 mm. ANABANTIDAE. Polyacanthus opercularis (Linné). Head 3; depth 22 to 22; D. XIV to XVII, 6; A. XVI to XXI, 11; scales 28 trom shoulder to caudal base medianly ; 14 scales transversely. between dorsal anal 518 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. origins ; 19 or 20 predorsal scales ; snout 4 to 44 in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 3 to 34; maxillary 32 to 4; interorbital 3 to 3444. Head width 13 to 2 in its total length. Largely dull brown. Black opercular blotch distinct. Two examples, 49 and 50 mm. In a note on this species by Fowler and Bean' by slipping a line of type ahead the last line on p. 316 should follow as the second line on p. 317. TETRODONTIDAE. Spheroides ocellatus (Osbeck.) Head 334; depth contracted 33; D. V. 13; A. IV, 13 ; snout 24 m head; eye 72: mouth width 32; interorbital 2; head width 14. One example, 122 mm. GOBIIDAE. Eleotris obscura Schlegel. Head 23 to 2% ; depth 44 to 5; D. VIII-I, 0, 1; A. 3, tor 17, 0 eee 39 in median lateral series to caudal base and 4 to 6 more on latter ; 14 to 16 scales transversely ; 28 to 37 predorsal scales ; snout 34 to 4 in head ; eye 6 to 7 ; maxillary 2? to 24; interorbital 34 to 4. Body elongate, depressed forward and trunk compressed. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 14 to 13 in its length or 34 to 32 in total head length. Head width 12 to 1# its length. Snout broadly depressed, width ? its length. Eye impinging on upper profile, centre at first 2 in total head length. Mouth large, lower jaw slightly protruded. Lips broad. Broad bands of strong, simple, conic teeth iil jaws; none on palate. Tongue truncate, entire and free in front. Maxillary rea- ches opposite eye. Front nostril in short tube about last fourth of snout ; hind one midway between front one and eye. Interorbital depressed, level, orbits little elevated each side. Gill rakers as 2 + 8 broad, short, asperous tubercles, greatly less than gill filaments, which 12 in eye. Cheek with 3 horizontal close-set small bead like papillae, all joining below front edge of eye to give up short preorbital projection and uppermost sending up branch close along hind eye edge, giving line posteriorly towards upper end of gill-opening with another line along inner orbital margin of interorbital forward to groove of upper lip ; cluster of small papillae each side of snout tip, another above nostril each side of premaxillary processes and third about and below front nostril; row of papillae vertically close behind preopercle edge on opercle ; also along preopercle groove another row extended forward over mandible, where another closely parallel follows forward till each side of symphysis ; cluster behind symphysis each side on chin. Scales on body anteriorly small, becoming larger on caudal peduncle ; smali scales on cheek and caudal base ; mandible, snout, lower surface of head, breast and middle of belly naked; basal radiating striae 17 or 18; apical denticles, 41 + 41; circuli moderate. | Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. LVIII, p. 316 (1920), Fish of the Tai-Hu. 519 Fourth dorsal spine 2$ in total length of head ; fourth dorsal ray 2} to 22; fifth anal ray 22 to 24; caudal 1} to 12 ; pectoral 14 to 1 3 ; ventral 1% to 2. Brown above, paler below. Four obscure dark blotches on back, larger than interspaces. Sides of head and maxillary blotched with darker, also dark specks over most of head and chest. Dorsals blotched with dusky and large blotch in middle of spinous fin basally. Caudal with 4 or 5 cross bars, fewer on anal. Paired spotted with dusky. Three examples, 88 to 145 mm. Gobius caninus Valenciennes. Eead 37; depth 5; D. IV-VI, 7; A. 1,7; P. 18; V.1, 5: scales 30 in median lateral series to caudal base ; 9 scales transversely at soft dorsal and anal origins ; 10 predorsal scales ; snout 34 in head ; eye 3 ; maxillary 22 ; interorbital 4 in eye. Body elongately fusiform, compressed, more so posteriorly and deepest at second dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle greatly compressed, least depth 24 its length or 23 in head. Head compressed, little constricted above, width 1? in its length. Snout con- vex, length ? its width. Eye large, slightly impinging on upper profile, advanced, hind pupil edge nearly midway in head length. Mouth large, lower jaw little shorter. Maxillary well inclined, reaches about opposite pupil. Lips rather thick, fleshy. Teeth fine, in narrow band in each jaw. Tongue free, truncate, without median notch on front edge. Nostril as small simple pore midway on side of snout. Inter- orbital level, very narrow. Gill opening forward about midway in postocular region of head. Gill-rakers 2+5 lanceolate points, about } of gill-filaments, which about equal interorbital. Scales in even longitudinal series, crowded little on predorsal forward not quite to eye; largest on caudal peduncle. Head, breast, prepectoral and fins, except cau- dal base, naked. Scales with 15 basal radiating striae ; apical denticles 15 + 19; circuli coarse. Row of close-set bead-like pores all along prepercle flange and poster- iorly another vertical row over front of opercle and subopercle. Spinous dorsal begins well behind pectoral origin; second spine 1% in head. Soft dorsal origin about midway between hind eye-edge and caudal base; first branched ray 1%. Caudal rounded, slightly less than head. Pectoral with upper rays not free or silky; 14 in head. Ventral disk long as pectoral. Dull brown, little paler below. Sides with about 6 obsolete dusky blotches in median row. Fins dull brown. Dorsals and caudal with few faint cross streaks. Dark spot at pectoral axil above. One example, 34 mm. MASTACEMBELIDAE. Mastacembelus sinensis (Bleeker). Head 64 ; depth 104; D. XXXIV, 64; A. III, 56; snout 3? in head; eye 24 in snout; maxillary 3% in head ; interorbital 2} in snout ; pectoral 3? in head. One example, 150 mm. fi, "TS Mie Ta ib be 7 a! ‘ ‘i Yq ‘ ri bag . - ii rere? ¥ sity. ne tps mis ne Th Tia Ll: af cilixam )»770m nA fqrrt eee = + Lo = a Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. V1. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. REVISION OF THE JAPANESE SPECIES OF THE GENUS CORBICULA. By B. PrasHaD, D.Sc. CONTENTS. ‘Introduction AY tis bs Corbicula transversa von Martens Corbicula sandat Reinhardt Corbicula japonica Prime .. Corbicula leana Prime Ey Corbicula leana var. sadoensis (Pilsbry) Corbicula atrata Reinhardt Corbicula straminea Reinhardt Corbicula straminea vat. awajtensis (Pilsbry) Page 523 523 524 520 527 527 528 528 529 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. REVISION OF THE JAPANESE SPECIES OF THE GENUS CORBICULA. By B. PRAsHAD, D.Sc., Officiating Director, Zoological Survey of India. Pilsbry in 1907 published a monograph dealing with the Japanese species of the genus Corbicula, Meg. V. Miihlfeldt, but was not able to deal with a number of species from around Yokohama described by various European authors. His treatment of some of the other species was also questioned by Annandale when describing the molluscs of Lake Biwa. While on study leave in Europe in 1922 I took the oppor- tunity of examining as many of the original series and types of Japanese species of the earlier authors as were available for examination, and the results of this study are here presented. Of the various collections examined, I would specially note the types and other specimens in the British Museum (Natural History) London, the Berlin Museum, where the types of von Martens and most of the specimens named by Reinhardt are preserved, the Struttgart Museum containing the Clessin collection, and the Sencken- berg Museum, Frankfurt-a-Main, containing the collections of the Deutsche Malako- zoologische Gesselschaft, Boettger, Kobelt and Moellendorf. In addition I had the opportunity of studying the large collections in the Hamburg Museum, and the private collections of Dr. O. Reinhardt and H. Rolle of Berlin. For the courtesy shown me and the facilities given for studying the collections under their respective charges my best thanks are due to Dr. J. Thiele, Dr. O. Buchner, Dr. F. Haas, Dr. EK. Degner and Mr. G. C. Robson. In addition I also had for my examination the collection made by the late Dr. N. Annandale in Japan in 1915, and Iam greatly indebted to him for valuable suggestions made by him before his sad death. After the paper was written I received a very valuable lot of paratypes and duplicates of Japanese Corbiculas from Dr. H. A. Pilsbry of Philadelphia, and as a result of their examination I am able to fully confirm the results I had arrived at from my study of Dr. Pilsbry’s descriptions and figures. I have to express here my great indebtedness to Dr. Pilsbry for his generosity in sending me these specimens for the Indian Museum. Corbicula transversa von Martens. 1877. Corbicula transversa, von Martens, Sitzungsber. Ges. Natur. Freunde Berlin, p. 120. 1877. Cyrena Yokohamanensis, Sowerby, Conch. Icon. XX, pl. xii, fig. 55. 1878. Corbicula ovalis, Reinhardt (nec Prime), Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges. V, p. 192 pl. v, fig. 5. 1878. Corbicula transversa, C. Doenitziana, Clessin, Martini and Chemn. Conch.-Cab. Cycladeen, pp- 195, 197, pl. xxxviii, figs. 13, 14 and pl. xxxix, fig.4. 1879. Cyrena transversa, Corbicula Doenttziana, Kobelt, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. XI, pp. 440, 442, pl. xxi, fig. 2: 524 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. As a result of my examination of the type of C. tvansversa von Martens, C. ovalis Reinhardt and C. doenitziana Clessin, I have come to the conclusion that all of them belong to the same species. From the description and figure of C. yokoha- maensis Sowerby, I am of opinion, that this species is also synonymous with von Martens’s species. Unfortunately the type of this latter species, which ought to have been in the British Museum, London, could not, inspite of careful search, be found. C. transversa, as Clessin rightly pointed out, has nothing to do with Prime’s C. ovalis. Reinhardt was led to calling his own specimens, and those of von Martens’s C. transversa, C. ovalis by comparison with a specimen in the Paetel collection labelled as such, and now preserved in the Berlin Museum. This specimen, which I have seen, is not a Japanese shell, and is, like many other specimens in the Paetel collection, wrongly labelled. | Prime’s unique type-shell of C. ovalis of unknown habitat, from the Cuming collection is preserved in the British Museum, London. It is a sub-equi- lateral shell with very fine ribs regularly arranged on the outer surface, and inspite of the eroded shell, it shows a fairly prominent umbo. The Yokohama shells on the other hand are markedly inequilateral with the posterior side drawn out into a beak- shaped area, irregularly ribbed, the ribs rather strong and much fewer in number; the interspaces much broader and the umbones somewhat depressed. Pilsbry ' wrongly attributes this species to Clessin, and, quite ignoring Clessin’s remarks, still considers it as being the same as Prime’s C. ovalts. This species is rather rare, and the only shells I have seen are the type-shells of von Martens and Clessin, and those referred to in Reinhardt’s paper (Joc. cit.). Relationships :—The species is allied to C. leana Prime and C. atrata Reinhardt, but is easily distinguished by its shape, sculpture and the depressed umbones. Corbicula sandai Reinhardt. (Plate XXII, figs. 1-5.) 1878. Corbicula Sandat, Reinhardt, op. cit., p. 187, pl.-v, fig. 2. 1878. Corbicula Sandat, Clessin, op. cit., p. 193, pl. xxxviii, figs. 11, 12. 1879. Cyrena Sanda, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 437, pl. xx, fig. 3. 1907. Corbicula sandat and C. viola, Pilsbry, Annot. Zool. Japon. VI, pp. 157, 158, pl. vii, figs. 17-18, 7-10. 1916. Corbicula sandai and C. viola, Annandale, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, VI, p. 51, pl. iii, figs, I0-12. An examination of Reinhardt’s type-shells and large numbers of shells of this species in various collections mentioned in the introduction and a paratype of C. viola Pilsbry has resulted in my uniting viola with sandai. Pilsbry’s observations regarding the distinguishing characters of C. viola from C. sandai are not correct; his statement “‘ differing from C. japonensis and C. sandai by the development of ribs over the whole median portion of the valves”’ is not bourne out either by Reinhardt’s description or his type-shells. In the Latin diagnosis of the species he says “costis | Pilsbry, Annot, Zool. Japon. VI, p. 154 (1907). Japanese Species of the Genus Corbicula. 525 ” remotis regularibus obtecta”’ and further elaborates in the German description “‘ Die Oberflache der sehr dicken Schale ist mit regelmassigen, weit (iiber 1 mm.) von einander abstehenden, concentrischen, ziemlich stark hervortretenden Rippen bedeckt, (ca. 18), die in der Nahe des Hinterrands sich ziemlich plotzlich wie geknickt nach oben bie- gen.’ ‘This character of the ribbing is quite constant in the large series examined by me, except that in some of the medium-sized shells the ribs become fainter just before bending upwards near the posterior margin; the shells in such examples appear as being nearly smooth in this region, but in no case have I found a specimen with the median portion of the valves smooth. C. sandai is a very variable species. The young shells are nearly symmetrical, but become more and more asymmetrical with age. Young and medium-sized shells correspond in outline to the figures of Reinhardt, Pilsbry’s figures 7 and 8, and Annandale’s rob, 11 and 12, older shells are like Pilsbry’s figures 9, 10, 17 and 18, and the fully-grown shells resemble the one figured by Annandale as toa. The largest shells which I have seen are still more asymmetrical. They are more elongate with a narrow, wing-like, drawn-out posterior margin, which is distinctly truncate. The sculpture on this region is of the type described by Pilsbry for his new species C. viola. The colour of the shells is also very variable. Mostly the young shells are lemon- yellow in colour, but with age this is replaced by brown with only traces of yellow, while full-grown specimens are black. The nacre below the pallial line is shinning violet, and dull whitish grey above it, but in some shells it is of a light salmon colour with only streaks of violet shining through. The shelis also vary to some extent in thickness. Reinhardt’s largest specimen was 24 mm. in length, that of Pilsbry’s was 27 mm.., while those collected by Dr. Annandale were as much as 31mm. long. The largest specimen before me from the Hamburg Museum, presented to the institution by Herr Lenz from collections made by him in 1896 near Sita, Omi, Lake Biwa, is 34 mm. long. The type-series was obtained from near Kyoto, while the very large series examined by me were all collected at different places and times in Jake Biwa in the same district. Relationships :—C. sandai is allied to C. japonica Prime, but is distinguished by the less shining periostracum, the different sculpture and the shape of the shells. Kobelt (op. cit., p. 438) considered it to be allied to the Chinese C. cyreniformis Prime. Fischer and Dautzenberg’s' record of C. sandai from Indo-China does not appear to be correct as the species is true Japanese, being confined to the southern part of Japan proper, and not occurring north of Lake Biwa. | Fischer and Dautzenberg, Mission Pavie Indo-Chine III, p. 442 (1904). 526 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Corbicula japonica Prime. (Plate XXII, figs. 6, 7.) 1864. Corbicula Japonica, Prime, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York. VU, p. 68, fig. 15. 1870. Corbicula Japonica, Prime, Amer. Journ Conch. V, p. 132. 1877. Corbicula biformis, Reinhardt, Sitzungsber. Ges. Nat. Freunde, p. 70. 1877. Corlicula biformis, von Martens, id. p. 119. 1878. Corbicula biformis, Reinhardt, op. cit., p. 189, pl. v, fig. 3. 1878. Corbicula Japonica and C. biformis, Clessin, op. cit., pp. 170, 194, pl. XXX, figs. 7, 8, pl. xxxviil, figs, 15, 16. 1879. Cvyrena biformis and Corbicula Japonica, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 438. 443, pl. xxi fig. 3. 1907. Corbicula Japonica, Pilsbry op. cit., p. 157- 1907. Corbicula nipponensis and var. delicatula, Pilsbry, op. cit., pp. 159, 160, pl. vii figs. 3, 4, B Od Ed 24 In spite of the fact that Prime himself later' considered his C. japonica to be synonymous with Lamarck’s C. orientalis, I have, after examination of Lamarck’s type-specimen of the latter species, decided to consider it as a distinct species. The shape, sculpture and the colour are quite distinctive, and there seems to be no justification for uniting the two species. An examination of a very large series of shells from Osaka, Yeddo, Yokohama, Tokyo, Uweno Lake, and Sandai-gawa, Satsuma, Kiushiti Island has led me to the conclusion that Reinhardt’s species biformis is also based on full-grown shells of C. japonica. The differences in the form and shape of the shells (for example Prime’s description reads “shell is transversely oval, subtrigonal, nearly equilateral’’, while the shells described by Reinhardt are triangular rounded, with unequal sides, the anterior side being smaller than the posterior) disappear when a large series is examined. The sculpture also is very variable. The shining varnished epidermis is a very good diagnostic character of the species ; it varies in colour from brown of various shades to black. The nymphs are broad and nearly smooth while the double laterals of the right valve have the two teeth of the same size. Prime’s description of the species is based on young shells only, and does not correspond in all respects with his poor figures of the species. Reinhardt’s descrip- tion, on the other hand, is based on a large series of shells of all ages, and does not need any amplification. Prime gave “‘ Japonia”’ as the type-locality of the species, while Reinhardt’s specimens probably came from Yedo. Von Martens collected large series of shells from Yokohama, and, as remarked above, the species seems to be widely distributed in Central Japan. Relationships :—The species though allied to C. orientalis (I,am.) is quite distinct. Of the other Japanese species of Corbicila it is allied to C. sandai Reinhardt, but differs in theshape, sculpture, the shining varnishy epidermis, and the hinge of the shells. | Prime, Ann, Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, X p. 188 (1874). Japanese Species of the Genus Corbicula. Ur to NI Corbicula leana Prime. (Plate XXII, figs. 8-11.) 1864. Corbicula Leana, Prime, op. cit., p. 68, fig. 14. 1870. Corbicula Leana, Prime, op. cit., p. 132. 1877. Cyrena (Corbicula) Leana, von Martens (in pt.) of. cit. p. 119. 1878. Corbicula pexata, Reinhardt (nec Prime) op. cit., p. 193, pl. v, fig. 6. 1878. Corbicula Leana, Clessin, op. cit., p. 169 pl. XXX, figs. 5, 6. 1879. Corbicula Leana, and Cyrena pexata, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 443, 440, pl. XX, fig. 2. 1907. Corbicula leana, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 155, pl. vii, figs. 5, 6. 1907. Corbicula orthodonta, td., ibid., p. 156, pl. vii, figs. I, 2. With a paratype of C. orthodonta Pilsbry and a large series of specimens from Yokohama, Yodogawa, Osaka, Hinga, Kiushiu Island and Lake Biwa near Otsu, Omi, I can find no differences between Prime’s C. leana and Pilsbry’s C. orthodonta. Prime’s description was apparently drawn up from medium-sized shells, while Pilsbry described his new species from large, full-grown shells. In the large series before me I have shells which correspond to both, and the shells of intermediate sizes bridge over the gap between them. In Reinhardt’s collection I have also seen shells identified as C. pexata Prime and referred to under this name in his paper cited ; these are also specimens of C. leana. Prime’s and Pilsbry’s descriptions are very detailed, and I have nothing further to add to them. Relationships :—C. leana Prime is closely allied to C. fluminea (Miull.), and is probably an insular form of this Chinese species, but the large size, the truncate posterior side and the sculpture are quite sufficient to distinguish it as distinct. Of the other Japanese species it is allied to C. atrata Reinhardt. Pilsbry’s inclusion of C. reiniana and C. stvaminea in the synonymy of this species is certainly incorrect. var. Sadoensis ( Pilsbry). (Plate XXII, figs. 12-14.) gol. Corbicula sadoensis, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philadelphia, p. 406. 1907. Corbicula sadoensis, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 158, pl. vil, figs. 15, 16. With a paratype and large series of Pilsbry’s sadoensis from Sado Island collected by Messrs. Faber and Voigt, in 1894 and now preserved in the Hamburg Museum, before me I find that this is only an insular variety of C. leana. The external striations on which Pilsbry lays so much stress are very variable, and in shells from the same locality one finds shells having the striae either very densely arranged as in the type of sadoensis, or more widely apart as in leana. The umbones also are, in unworn specimens, similar, and so are the hinge and the nymphs. The shells are slightly smaller, and this along with the somewhat closer striae are the only two distinguishing characters of the variety. The species is somewhat variable in form, shells from the same locality often vary considerably in outline. 528 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR HAST. Corbicula atrata Reinhardt. (Plate XXII, figs. 15, 16.) 1877. Corbicula Leana, von Martens (nec Prime, in Part) of. cit., p. 119. 1878. Corbicula fuscata var. atrata, Reinhardt, op. cit., p. 191, pl, v fig. 4. 1878. Corbicula Martens, C. Reimana, Clessin, op. cit., p.196, pl. XXXVIII, figs. 17, 18, and pl. XX XIX, figs: 8, 9. 1879. Cyrena Martensii and Corbicula Reiniana, Kobelt, op. cit., pp., 441 442, pl. XX, fig. 5. This species was considered by Reinhardt to be a variety of C. /uscata Prime. Clessin rightly considered it to be distinct from the Chinese species, but without reason gave it the new name C. Martensi. He also described another shell of this species under the name C. Reiniana. Reinhardt’s description is fairly complete and accurate except for the sculpture and I, therefore, append the following note The young shells and half-grown individuals have the whole of the outer surface covered by rather fine, regular, concentric ribs, but in older specimens the sculpture becomes coarser and irregular. Normal shells are thick, and have a fairly strong hinge, but in other cases both the hinge and the shell, apparently through corrosion due to the saline nature of the water in which they are found become much thinner. This is well shown in a lot of shells collected by Mr. Fredrick Stearns and bearing the label ‘‘ Yokohama Tide-flats.’’ This series was lent to me for study by Herr H. Rolle of Berlin, and is interesting in that it shows a gradation in the thick and thin nature of the shells and the hinge. As noted above, both of Clessin’s species—-martensi and reiniana—are based on specimens of atrata, and I see no justification for altering the name. Relationships :—The species is nearly allied to C. /eana Prime, but is distinguished by the shells being much smaller and thinner, more equilateral and somewhat rounded- trigonal, with a much weaker and narrower hinge and the ribs on the surface much finer and more closely set. Corbicula straminea, Reinhardt. (Plate XXII, figs. 17, 18.) 1877. Corbicula straminea, Reinhardt, op. cit , p. 70. 1878. Corbicula straminea, Reinhardt, op. cit. p. 186, pl. v, fig. 1. 1878. Corbicula straminea, Clessin, op. cit., p. 193, pl. xxxvili, figs. g, 10. 1879. Cyrena straminea, Kobelt, op. cit., p, 439, pl. xx, fig. 4. Pilsbry included this species doubtfully in the synonymy of C. leana Prime, because from the description and figures he could not find any material differences between it and the young shells of C. leana. I have examined shells of the type- series in the Berlin Museum and Dr. Reinhardt’s collection, and have compared them with the specimen figured by Clessin and now preserved in the Struttgart Museum. I have examined also a large series from Fushimi, Yamashiro, Central Japan collected by Lenz in 1895 and presented to the Hamburg Museum, and find myself unable to agree with Pilsbry’s conclusions. Unfortunately Reinhardt’s figures of the species are Japanese Species of the Genus Corbicula. 529 very poor, and give a very wrong idea of the shape of the species. Kobelt’s figure is only acopy of Reinhardt’s and Clessin’s figures, as is often the case, represent anything but the shells figured. The shells of this species are not, as one would be inclined to believe from an examination of Reinhardt’s figure, trigonal, but are much less higher than long ; Reinhardt’s description of ‘‘langlich rund”’ is much more applicable. This is the smallest of the Japanese Corbiculas, the largest specimen before me being only 14mm. long ; Reinhardt’s largest specimen was 16mm. long. The shell for this group of small-sized Corbiculas is rather stout, and has a fairly strong hinge. The surface is sculptured with strong, regular and concentric striae, which are separated by wide interspaces. I have nothing further to add to the original description of the species by Reinhardt. Relationships .—The species, with its form awajiensis, is quite distinct from any other of the Japanese Corbiculas, and is probably related to some of the smallest forms found on the mainland. var. awajiensis (Pilsbry). (Plate XXII, fig. 19.) 1901. Corbicula awajiensis, Pilsbry, op. cit.. p. 407. 1907. Corbicula awajiensis, Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 159, pl. vii, figs. 13, 14. This form was figured in the second paper cited above, but Pilsbry did not add anything further to his first description. I have seen a paratype kindly sent me by Dr. Pilsbry and two other specimens from Awaji Island—the type-locality—and can ~ see no reason for distinguishing it as specifically distinct from C straminea. The only differences between the two are the slightly more elongate form and the little weaker hinge ; the sculpture in both cases is identical. It is probably a dwarfed or depau- perated form of sévaminea, and until more material is available for study I propose treating it as a distinct variety. glee A “ths (\0Rian eb eels wh ow Jeet Prk: Pal sere 1 " Toy ee ela; perety 6°. bs salad hagas a + Lt ' z * , - pak “ . A: ix? : ou 4. li + ee eed mA eerine at 4 aro f. Pyne : aes a4 te mera rue “ral * rechy ; fi al ty > aren ‘ pe pela vie Sean a va hates veo? 2 ote Page ay “ Wi . ‘° ow MmeaAleuh Loe —_ Ty ey q 3 ’ a (TA dl 1) tcc Tote rg heiilllien ieee sien rd tau if nh Sat bathe th eee 7 > i = ; ae ie ; 7 ae . es fos, Pi . . ps. my a vy ' aie an a hy, 4 F ke ae Me itt, Ae 528 FF | P oO ort riié ] q eT Sets Gt } OS ee > er) ls! tn a, o ae ‘ot : )) ad ae 2; saned ered nny iets #lvekne iy f, oii tare ste Also.) ae i sileda w'h? he e997 cage mae it yi) qth ‘ is eity fal a - ro 4 5 VA ta biel p ATED ats tv ie alteits : ames | the es . ‘ i errand: 7 ba WA hes Tis oe Lae Tanaris sienellawan oe aettitinals slogidace.) hainivl tea Wee tot? pda ni EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2xXir All the figures are from direct photographs of natural size except for figures 17-109, which are enlarged twice natural size. Corbicula sandai Reinhardt. Fic. 1.—Left valve of a young shell from Lake Biwa near Sita, Omi. Fics. 2-5.—Left valve of a series of shells from Lake Biwa near Sita, Omi showing the change in shape and growth. Corbicula japonica Prime. Fics. 6, 7.—Left valves of 2 shells from Osaka, Central Japan. Corbicula leana Prime. Fic. 8.—Left valve of a middle-sized shell from Hinga, Kiushu Island. Fics. 9, 10.—Left valves of two full-grown shells from Lake Biwa, near Otsu. Fic. 11.—Right valve of a medium-sized shell from Lake Biwa, near Otsu. Corbicula leana var. sadoensis (Pilsbry). Fics. 12-14.—-Right valves of 3 shells from Sado Island. Corbicula atrata Reinhardt. Fics. 15, 16.—Right and left valves of two shells from Yokohama. Corbicula straminea Reinhardt. Fics. 17, 18.—Left valves of two shells from Japan (without precise locality). Corbicula straminea var. awajiensis (Pilsbry). Fic. 19.—Left valve of a shell from Awaji Island. M.A.S.B., Vor. VI. po Na A jy, PLATE XXII. CORBICULAS. JAPANESE R.C. Mondul, photo. THE AMPHIPODA OF TALE SAP. _ By Cnas. Carron, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D. CONTENTS. Page Page INTRODUCTORY .. -» 533 Hyale brevipes Chevreux .. oe = 536 Amphilochus brunneus Della Valle rays 533 Grandidierella megnae Giles 2 , 536 Colomastix pusilla Grube .. . 533 Grandidierella gilest Chilton Eris, mo Perioculodes longimanus Bate and Westw. 534 Photis longicaudata Bate and Westw.?.. 537 Quadrivisio bengalensis Stebbing -a. 534 Podoceropsis insignis sp. nov. Pewee si: Niphargus chilkensis Chilton ee nh sey.: Corophium crassicorne Bruz «= 538 Talorchestia gracilis Dana .. os. 535 References oe Pr -7 / 530 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. THE AMPHIPODA OF TALE SAP. By Cuas. Cuiiton, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., etc., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand. The Amphipoda from Talé Sap prove to be few in number, consisting of only eleven species. Of these nine are the same as those from the Chilka Lake. Only one species is described as new. Included in the report are two species from other localities, the first, Gvandidierella gilesi from Patani River a short distance to the south on the same coast as Talé Sap, was taken also at Talé Sap, the second, Colomastix pusilla, from Port Weld on the other coast of the Peninsula was collected from this locality only. The Isopoda which are being dealt with in a separate paper also show close resemblance to those of the Chilka Lake. The representatives of the two groups are thus of considerable importance in extending our knowledge of the geographical distribution of these species in the Far East. I wish to thank Miss E. M. Herriott, M.A., assistant at the Canterbury College, Biological Laboratory, for preparing the drawings for this paper and for other valuable help. Amphilochus brunneus Della Valle. Amphilochus brunneus, Chilton, 1921, p. 524; 1923, p. 82. Locality. Station 23. East Channel between Kaw Yaw and mainland. ‘Two or three specimens, small. I refer these specimens to Amphilochus brunneus because the carpal process of the second gnathopod does not reach to the palm, and both gnathopods agree with the description given by Della Valle. On the other hand, the molar of the mandible is well developed, as it is in the specimens that I have described from Chilka Lake and Port Jackson, New South Wales. I have discussed the relation- ships of some species of Amp/ilochus and Gitanopsis in the second paper mentioned above. Colomastix pusilla Grube. Colomastix pusilla, Stebbing, 1906, p. 207. Locality. Port Weld, Perak, Federated Malay States. From crevices in a sponge, 6-1-16. Several specimens, about 3 mm. in length. Among these specimens there were fortunately males and females, both agreeing well with the description given by Stebbing. Some of the females were ovigerous, but carried only two eggs which appeared very large as compared with the size of the animal. 534 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. This species appears to be distinguished from C. brazievi Haswell of Australia by having the two branches of the third uropods equal in length. Walker has recorded C. pusilla from Ross Sea, in the Antarctic, especially mentioning that the branches of the uropod were of equal length, and that the specimen could not, therefore, be referred to C. brazert. Distribution. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Malay, Antarctic (Ross Sea). Perioculodes longimanus Bate and Westw. Pertoculodes longimanus, Chilton, 1921, p. 527. Locality. Station 25. Ban Lein Chak on connecting Channel, Talé Sap. A few specimens. These specimens appear to be quite the same as those from the Chilka Lake referred to this species. Quadrivisio bengalensis Stebbing. Quadrivisio bengalensis, Chilton, 1921, p. 537, text figure 6. Localities. Station 1. Mouth of Patalung River, Talé Sap. af 11. Koh Si Hah, Talé Sap. iS 32. Shore Collecting, Kaw Deng, Talé Sap. sy 34. Shore Collecting, Kaw Yaw, Tale Sap. » 35. Shore Collecting, on mainland opposite Kaw Yaw, Tale Sap. This species seems to be quite abundant at Talé Sap and was obtained from several different localities, the specimens presenting no appreciable difference from those of the Chilka Lake. Distribution. Talé Sap; Chilka Lake; Zanzibar. Niphargus chilkensis Chilton. Bie. Niphargus chilkensis, Chilton, 1921, p. 531, fig. 4. Localities. Station 35. Shore Collecting on Mainland opposite West end of Kaw . Yaw at low tide, Talé Sap. Station 36. Inner end Singgora Channel, Talé Sap. Only one male specimen of this species was obtained, probably not fully developed, but it appears to be quite the same as the form found in the Chilka Lake. Several specimens were taken which I feel pretty certain must be the female of this species, which had not been recognised before, as the specimens from the Chilka Lake were not numerous and those examined proved to be males. In these specimens the antennae are similar to those of the male, but the tuft of setae at the end of the second joint of the first antennae is wanting, the first gnathopod is slightly more slender than in the male, and does not show the special modification of the meral joint. The second gnathopod differs very considerably from the The Amphipoda of Talé Sap. ISO) male, the carpus triangular, produced on the posterior side into a large rounded lobe partially overlapping the propod; the propod about as broad as the carpus, oval, palm oblique, not well defined. The third uropod has the two branches very unequal the larger one rather broad, only about twice as long as the peduncle, its terminal joint slender, the inner branch small and rather shorter than the peduncle. Fic. 1. Niphargus chilkensis Chilton. a. First gnathopod of female. b. Second gnathopod of female. c. Third uropod of female. Allied forms have been described from the Philippine Islands and from New South Wales in Australia. Distribution. Chilka Lake, Talé Sap. Talorchestia gracilis Dana. Talorchestia gracilis, Dana, 1852-55, p. 861. T. martensii, Chilton, 1921, p. 541. Locahtty. Station 32. Shore Collecting at Kaw Deng inside mouth of Lake, Talé Sap. One specimen, a male with greatly elongated second antennae. Specimens received some time ago from Professor C. F. Baker of Los Banos, Philippine Isiands, show that this species which was described in the Chilka Lake Amphipoda under the name of 7. martensw is undoubtedly the same as Dana’s T. gracilis originally described from Balabac Passage, Philippines. In the fully grown males the second antennae are greatly elongated and very slender; the form figured from the Chilka Lake was perhaps not quite fully developed, and its identity with Dana’s species was therefore not recognised at the time. Distribution. Talé Sap; Chilka Lake; Philippine Islands. 536 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Hyale brevipes Chevreux. Hyale brevipes Chilton, 1921, p. 545. Locality. Station 5. 4 mile E.N.E. of mouth of Patalung R., TaleSap. Two, » 1. Koh Si Hah, Tale Sap. Several. Only a few specimens of this species were in the collection, but they seem undoubtedly to be the same as the forms examined from the Chilka Lake. Distribution. Talé Sap; Indian Ocean. Grandidierella megnae (Giles.) Fig. 2. Grandidierella megnae, Chilton, 1921, p. 548, fig. Io. :- » Tattersall, 1922, p. 455, pl. 19, figs. I-12. ‘Localities. Station 21. Across Channel from Singgora, Talé Sap. 44 metres. 5 29. Shore Collecting at Ban Hua Wang on Koh Yaio, Talé Sap. » 34. Shore Collecting at Kaw Yaw, Talé Sap. », 37. Inner end of Singgora Channel, Tale Sap. This species was obtained from several localities and various stages were collected, but I think they are all referable to this species which is already known to occur in Madagascar and on the coasts of India and China. The second gnathopod Fic. 2. Grandidterella megnae (Giles). First gnathopod of male, with portion more highly magnified. of the male varies very much in appearance at different stages of its development and shows also some actual variation in form, thus the one represented in fig. 2 shows a number of teeth-like projections on the hinder margin of the propod which do not seem to be represented in the forms examined from the Chilka Lake. Distribution. Madagascar, Bay of Bengal, Chilka Lake, Talé Sap. China. The Amphipoda of Talé Sap. 537 Grandidierella gilesi Chilton. Grandidierella gilesi, Chilton, 1921, p. 552. Localities. Patani River, below town, Siamese Malay States. Water fresh, but probably subject to tidal influence. 5-2-16. One specimen. Station 32. Shore collecting at Kaw Deng, just inside mouth of lake, Talé Sap. » 34. Shore collecting at Kaw Yaw, Talé Sap. This species was obtained at two stations, in two case along with the preceding species. Various stages in the growth of the males were noticed, but none of them show any real distinction from the Chilka Lake forms. Distribution. Talé Sap, Chilka Sap. , Photis longicaudata Bate and Westw. ? Photis longicaudata, Chilton, 1921, p. 554- A few small specimens similar to those obtained from the Chilka Lake. Localities. Station 23. East Channel between Kaw Yaw and mainland. 29. Shore Collecting at Ban Hua Wang on Koh Yaio. 34. Shore Collecting at Kaw Yaw. bP) ) Podoceropsis insignis, sp. nov. Fig. 3. Locality. Station 27. Four specimens, length about 4 mm. Male.—First antenna with the second joint of the peduncle longer than either the first or third ; flagellum about as long as peduncle, of about 12 joints; accessory flagellum minute, one-jointed; under surface of the whole antenna densely haired. The second antenna much longer and stouter than the first, the last two joints of the peduncle subequal, the penultimate being slightly the broader; under surface of both densely fringed with long hairs and setules; flagellum about as long as peduncle, 13-jointed. First gnathopod with carpus and propod subequal, oval, palm oblique, slightly convex, not well defined, margin of palm and of the concave surface of the finger very minutely serrate. Second gnathopod with propod very large, as long as the basal joint, broad, palm not defined, but bearing two sharp teeth with a deep depression between them, and a rounded lobe near the base of the finger; finger very large, strongly curved, about as long as the propod with slightly projection on the inner side towards the base. Female.—The female differs from the male in having the second antenna not modified, but only about as stout as the upper. First gnathopod similar to that of the male, but slightly more slender, second gnathopod with the carpus about half the length of the propod, triangular, propod narrow, oval, palm nearly straight, about half the length of the propod, not defined, margin of palm and concave margin of finger minutely serrate as in first gnathopod of male. 538 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Fic. 3. Podoceropsis insignis, sp. nov. a. First Antenna of male. b. Second Antenna of male. . First gnathopod of male. . Second gnathopod of male. . Second gnathopod of female. ex Ro Corophium crassicorne Bruz. Locality. Station 36. Fishing stake at inner end of Singgora Channel 2 metres in dense mud, Talé Sap. Only one specimen was obtained. This may, possibly be the same as C. triaeonyx Stebbing,' but I can find no character of sufficient importance to distinguish it from the specimens found in New Zealand, Europe and elsewhere which I have identified with C. crassicorne Bruz. Since my paper referred to was written, I have also received specimens from Australia which seem to me to be the same. On the other hand Dr. K. Stephensen in a paper recently published distinguishes between the species C. acherusicum Costa, C. bonnellii M-Edw. and C.crassicorne Bruz., saying that the three are very often confused, but that the last is very easily recognisable, “the female with its very broad second antennae, and both sexes with the acute lateral lobes of the head (see Sars, 1895, pl. 220).’’ In the paper Dr. Stephensen describes the male of C. bonnellii M-Edw. which has been previously unknown. ' Chilton, Mem. Indian Museum, V, p. 555 (1923). Chilton, C., 1921 Chilton, C., 1923 Dana, J. D., 1852-1855 .. Stebbing, T. R. R. S., 1906 Stephensen, K., 1924 Tattersall, W. M., 1922 The Amphipoda of Talé Sap. 539 REFERENCES. Fauna of Chilka Lake; Amphipoda. Mem. Indian Museum, vol. V, p. 519. Occasional Notes on Australian Amphipoda. No. 2. Two Australian species of Amphilochus. Records Australian Museum, vol. XIV, p. 82. United States Expl. Exped., vol. XIII, Crustacea. Amphipoda Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, Lieferung 21. On Corophium Bonelli (M. Edw.?) G. O. Sars and other species of the genus. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren, Bd. LXXVIII, p. 73. Zoological Results of a tour in the Far East; Part VIII, Amphipoda. Mem. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. VI, p. 435. 7. hi: ce ‘ ‘een (eee ain ne ott ae elucidate! wee yee me A 5 ait “i ee Lily ; 3 INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES. MEMOIRS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, VoL. VI. [N.B.—An Asterisk (*) preceding a name denotes a new subspecies or variety, a dagger ({) a new species, a double dagger ({) a new genus; synonyms are printed in italics. | 4 Abramidinae, 514. Acanthopsis, 463, 468. Acanthorhodeus asmussi, 509. Acetes, 226, 295. — erythraeus, 225, 295, 296. indicus, 223, 295, 296. Acheilognathus, 421. cyonostigma, 421. Acotylea, Igo. Acromitus, 109. rabanchatu, 104, 105 Actiniaria, 105. Actinobdella, 174. annectens, 174. inequiannulata, 174. Aetheria, 34. Aetobatis narinari, 465. Aglauropsis, I13. Alcyonellea, 20, 22. Alcyonidiidae, 22. Alcyonidium, 20, 22, 35. mytili, 15, 23. polyoum, 23. Alderia modesta, 179. Alectis gallus, 484. Allocaris, 271, 272. sinensis, 271, 272. Alpheidae, 273. Alpheus, 273. — paludicola, 223, 224, 273. Ambassidae, 485. Ambassis commersoni, 485. 480. Amorphinopsis, 195, 196. japonicus, 221, 223, 225, 295, 296, 408. excavans, IgI, 197, 198, Ig9. Amorphinopsis excavans digitifera, 196. = excavans robinsonii, 196, 198. Amphilochus brunneus, 533. Amphipoda, 64, 437, 438, 440. 456, 533- Anabantidae, 483, 517. Anahas scandens, 483. Anabas testudineus, 483. t Ancyrobdella, 174. + —— biwae, 159, 160, 169, 175, 417. Anguilla japonica, 506. Anguillidae, 506. Anisomysis, 413, 414. -—— australis, 414. —— bifurcata, 414. —— ijimai, 405, 406, 413, 414. lamellicauda, 414. laticauda, 414. mixta, 414. Anisops, 82. Annulella, 103, 104, 105, 106, 108, 113. gemmata, 104, 116. Anodonta, 48, 49, 54, 63, 70, 167, 316. calipygos, 42, 49, 55, 59, 95. Anodontostoma chacunda, 481. Anthelura remipes, 439. Anthuridae, 438. Aoridae, 455, 450. Apodes, 463, 460. Apogon hyalosoma, 485, 500. Apogonidae, 485. Apseudes, 407, 415. talpa, 415. Apseudidae, 415. Arachnidiidae, 27, 28. Arachnidium, 27. woodiana, 29, 35, 42, 49. 55,56. 59, 167, 302, 542 ZOOLOGY Arachnidium, irregulJare, 27. Arachnoidea, 27. protecta, 28. tay-lankesteri, 28. Arca, 318. granosa, 318. granulosa minuta, 318, 319. Artidae, 467. Arius arius, 468. macronotacanthius, 468. maculatus, 467, 468. Ascoglossa, 179. Asellidae, 415. Asellota, 415. | Asellus, 405, 415. 416, 418. 419. aquaticus, 405, 406, 415, 416, 417, 418, 438. hilgendorfi, 410, 417. t Asenathia, 104, 105, 106, 109, 113, 114. it piscatoris, 104, I14, II5. Assiminea 303, 312. francesiae, 303, 313. haematina, 313. scalaris, 302, 303, 312, 313. Assimineidae, 302, 312. Atya wycki, 276. Atyidae, 274. Atyloides. 438, 442. 443, 445, 451. assimilis, 442. — aucklandicus, 443. australis, 442. ; —— brevicornis, 443. — calceolata, 443. —— fontana, 442, 443. 444. gabrieli, 442, 443, 444, 445- | japonica, 437, 443, 444, 450. | longicornis, 443. ar serraticauda, 442, 443. Atylopsis magellanica, 443. Aulophorus, 93. Australella lendenfeldi, 111. Axinellidae, 195, 198. B Bagridae, 468. Baikalia, 69. flori, 69. subcylindrica, 69. —— tenuicosta, 69. wrzesniouskil, 69. 249, 319 Barbinae, 509. Balanus. OF THE FAR EAST. Barbus schlegeli, 510. (Labeobarbus) tambroides, 471. —— (Puntius) bulu, 470, 501. —— (Puntius) javanicus, 470. (Puntius) sumatranus, 470. Barentsia, I5. discreta, 15. —— gracilis, 15. (Ascopodaria), 17. Batrachia, 121. Bdellocephala annandalei, 417. Bellia crassicollis, 169. Belone cancila, 471. Belonidae, 471. Belostomatidae, 77, 82. Benedictia, 69. Bimeria, I11, 113. fluminalis, 103, 104, 105, III, 180. Bithinella, 70. Bithynia. 45, 54, 68, 70, 302, 305, 309, 311, 318. chinensis, 305, 300. longicornis, 302, 305, 300. spiralis, 305. striatula, 55, 56, 57, 61, 301, 302, 305, 300. —— striatula japonica, 42, 45, 56, 59, 60, 305. Bithynis nipponensis, 258. Blanfordii nosophora, 306, 307. Blattidae, 343. Blattinae, 347, 353, 357: Bonellia viridis, 329, 334. Bothidae, 476. Bothrioneurum, 87, 93. americanum, 93. Bougainvilliidae, T11. Bowerbankia, Ig, 22, 24, 35. —— caudata, 15, I9, 24, 25, 20, 27, 107. caudata bengalensis, 24, 25. gracillima, 24. imbricata, 26. Branchiodrilus, 93. hortensis, 94. Branchiura, 86, 87, 89, 92, 93. pleurotheca, 92. sowerbyi, 85, 86, 87, 89, 90, 92. 108. Bufo melanostictus, 121, 146, 153. parvus, 153. Butis butis, 505. C Caecidothea, 405, 417. 418, 419. + kawamurai, 406, 407, 417. 418, 438. Index to Scientific Names. Caecidothea, richardsonae, 418. —— smithsii, 418. —— stygia, 418. Calathura norvegica, 439. Callianassidae, 254. Callichrous bimaculatus, 407, 501. Callula pulchra, 146. Calyculina, 52. Calyptoblastea, I11. Campanularia, IIT. serrulata, 103, 104, I05, III, I12. serrulatella, 112. Campanulariidae, rrr. Campanulina, 105, 112. ceylonensis, 103, 104, 105, I12. Campanulinidae, 112. Camptandrium, 229. sexdentatum. 223, 224, 229. Camptoceras, 56. Carangidae, 484. Caranx carangus, 484. djeddaba, 485. gallus, 484. (Selar) djeddaba, 485. Carassius auratus, 508. Carcharinidae, 464. Caridea, 255. 272, Caridina, 273, 274, 282, 286, 420. brachydactyla, 279. - brachydactyla peninsularis, 225, 279, 280, 281, 292. brevirostris, 287. davidi, 287. denticulata, 221, 286, 287, 288. denticulata sinensis, 222, 276, 287, 288. gracilirostris, 225, 282, 284, 285, 286. gracillima, 223, 285, 286. laevis, 289. leucosticta. 270. —— nilotica, 276, 277, 278, 279. 281. nilotica bengalensis, 275, 278. — nilotica gracilipes, 222, 275, 270, 278. 281, 419. F nilotica macrophora, 223, 277, 279. —— unilotica paucipara, 279. nitolicha wycki, 276, 279. pareparensis, 291. parvirostris, 291. pasadenae, 287. propinqua, 223, 224, 225, 274, 275. Caridina, richtersii, 289. serrata, 222, 289, 290, 201. serratirostris, 290, 291. weberi, 292. —— weberi sumatrensis, 225, 287, 292. wyckuw gracilipes, 275, 279. Caridinicola, 289, 293. Carnosa, 20, 22. Cercotmetus, 80. compositus, 77, 80, 81. Cestracion blochi, 464. Cestraciontidae, 464. Chaetogaster, 85, 87. it annandalei, 85, 88. —— limnaei, 85. spongillae, 85. Channa fasctata, 517. Chanodichthys bramula, 514 Charybdis, 250. affinis, 223, 250. callianassa, 223, 250. crucifera, 223, 250. —— (Goniosoma) affinis, 250. —— (Goniosoma) callianassa, 250. (Gontosoma) crucifera, 250. Cheilostomata, 15. Chela oxygastroides, 469. Chelisoches, 342. morio, 342, 343. Chelisochidae, 342. Chiridotea, 426. Chiriscus, 424. Chirocentridae, 480. Chirocentrus dorab, 480, 500. 501. t Chitaspis, 16. iS athleticus, 15, 17, 18. Choanomphalus, 43, 54, 59. 57, 71. japonicus, 42, 44, 55, 59, 60. japonicus perstriatulus, 42, 44, 00. westerlundianus, 69. Chorinemus lysan, 484. tala, 484. Clarias batrachus, 467, 500. 501. Clariidae, 467. Clavidae, 107, IIo. Cleantiella, 424, 425, 427, 430. Cleantiella isopus, 427, 428. Cleantis, 425, 426, 427, 428, 430. t annandalei, 406, 407, 4209: —— granulosa, 4206, 427. 543 544 ZOOLOGY OF Cleautis, heathii, 426, 427, 428. isopus, 425, 426, 427. japonica, 426, 427, 430. linearis, 425, 426, 427. occidentalis, 426, 427. —— planicauda, 426, 427, 430. strasseni, 425, 426, 427, 428. tubicola, 426, 427. Clepsine ornata\rugosa, 167. Clibanarius, 254. ——. longitarsis, 223, 224, 254. padavensis, 225, 254. Clionidae, 196. Clistocoeloma, 241. merguiense, 225, 241. Clupea (Alosa) kanagurta, 480. (Alosa) toli, 480. Clupeidae, 480. Clytia, 112. serrulata, III, I12. Cobitidae, 468. Cobitididae, 508. Coelenterata, 103. Coilia clupeoides, 505. dussumieri, 482. Colidotea, 424. Collichthys lucidus, 505. Colomastix brazieri, 534. pusilla, 533, 534. Congridae, 466. Copidoplana, Iogt. paradoxa, Ig0, IgI, 192. Corbicula, 51, 54, 62, 63, 65, 67, 69, 70, 71, 165, 166, 317, 318, 523, 526. atrata, 524, 527, 528. awajiensis, 529. biformis, 526. cyreniformis, 525. doenitziana, 524. —— fluminea, 318, 527. —— fuscata, 528. —— fuscata atrata, 528. japonica, 525, 526. japonensis, 524. largilhertt, 67, 317, 318. leana, 524, 527, 528. leana sadoensis, 527% martensu, 528. —— nipponensis, 520. —— mpponensts delicatula, 526. THE FAR EAST. Corbicula, orientalis, 5206. orthodonta, 527. ovalis, 523, 524. — pexata, 527. —— reiniana, 527, 528. -—— sadoensis, 527. sandai, 42, 51, 55, 50, 57; 59; 61, 63, 71, 302, 317, 524, 525, 520. —— straminea, 527, 528, 529. straminea awajiensis, 529. tenuistriata, 67, 71. transversa, 523, 524. viola, 41, 42, 46, 51, 52, 55, 59, 61, 63, 64, 65, 524, 525. Cordylophora, 107, I10. lacustris, 29, 103, 105, 107, 110, 310. | whitelegget, 107, L110. . Corixidae, 77, 82. : Corophium acherusicum, 538. ¢ bonnellii, 538. crassicorne, 538 triaeonyx, 538. Cortispongilla, 214. barroisi, 196, 214. Corvospongilla, 213. —— burmanica, 213. — burmanica bombayensis, 213. caunteri, 213. —— ultima, 213. ultima spinosa, 213. Corydiinae, 353, 157. Corynidae, 106. Cotylea, Igi. Coutierella, 271, 272. Crabyzos, 424, 425. Craspedacustes, 107, 108, 10g, I13. kawaii, 108. sowerbyi, 107, 109. | Craspedommata, Igo. Crassiops, 492. caperata, 491, 492. Criodrilinae, 86, 98. Criodrilus, 87, 98. 5 bathybates, 85, 86, 87, 96. -—— Jacuum, 87. Cristaria, 47, 48, 54, 62, 63 herculea, 47, 302. plicata, 42, 48, 55, 56, 59, 62, 63, 64. Cristaria vermana, 48. spatiosa, 42, 48, 55, 59- Crustacea, 221, 437. Cryptomysis, 414. lamellicauda, 414. Cryptozoon, 22. Ctenogobius alcocki, 494, 501. cylindriceps, 494, 501. Ctenophora, 103, 116. Ctenops vittatus, 482, 500. Ctenostomata,/15, 19, 20, 21, 22. Culter brevicauda, 516. hypselonotus, 515. Cultriculus kneri, 515. Cyathura, 438, 440. carinata, 437, 438, 439. Cyclostrematidae, 66. Cydippidea, 116. Cylindroeciidae, 27, 28. Cylindroecium, 27. papuensis, 27. Cymothoidae, 419. Cynoglossidae, 476. Cynoglossus, 505. abbreviatus, 505. lingua, 476. Cyprinidae, 469, 508. Cyprininae, 508. Cyprinodontidae, 482. Cyprinoidea, 463, 468. Cyrena biformis, 520. pexata, 527. sandat, 524. —— stram*nea, 528. — transversa, 523. —— yokohamanensts, 523, 524. (Corbicula) leana, 527. Cyrenidae, 42, 51, 302, 317. D Damonia reevesii, 174. Datnioides potota, 486. Datnioides quadrifasciatus, 486. Decapoda, 221. Natantia, 255. Dermaptera, 342. Dermogenys, 463, 471. Dero, 93. Dicyclocoryne, 104, 105, 100. filamentata, 104, 107. Diestrammena, 375, 379. annandalei, 386, 389. Index to Scientific Names. Diestrammena, brevifrons, 381. feat, 377. —— gravelyi, 389. —— marmorata, 370. unicolor, 377, 381. Diogenes, 254. avarus, 223, 224, 254. Dipsas plicata, 48. plicata japonica, 48. plicatus, 48. Dorichthys deokhatoides, 474. Dorippe, 253. astuta, 223, 253. Dorippidae, 253. Dorosoma chacunda, 481. Dorosomidae, 481. Dosilia, 213. plumosa, 205, 213. Dotilla, 227. -—— fenestrata, 228. —— myctiroides, 228. sulcata, 228. wichmanni, 223, 227, 228. Drepane punctata, 490. Drepanidae, 490. Dussumieria acuta, 481. Dussumieriidae, 481. E Ebalia, 250. diadumena, 251, 252. —— granulata, 252. ¢ Echeneidae, 498. Echeneis neucrates, 498. Echinoplana celerrima, 187. Echiuroidea, 324. Echiuroids 323. Echiurus pallasii, 330. unicinctus, 330, 335. Ectoprocta, 19. Edotia, 424. Edwardsia tinctrix, 104. Eleotridae, 491. Eleotris amboinensis, 492. caperata, 491. caperatus, 491. obscura, 518. Embletonia mariae, 180. Engidotea, 424, 425. Engraulidae, 481. heterochalaza, 223, 250, 251, 252, 253. 545 546 Engraulis mystax, 481. Enhydrina valakadien, 23. Enhydris hardwickii. 24. Enidotea, 424. Entoprocta, 15, 17. Ephydatia, 204, 212. Ephydatia, blembingia, 205, 207, 213. bogorensis, 201, 202, 205, 207, 213. —— fluviatilis, 212. fluviatilis himalayensis, 212. —— fluviatilis intha, 212. —— fluviatilis syriaca, 212. fortis, 212. gorlaevii, 213. —— meyeni, 201, 204, 212. —— mulleri, 199, 200, 212. —— mulleri japonica, 200, 212. —— olchonensis, 213. —— ramsayi, 213. semuspongilla, 202, 211. Equula edentula, 485. equula, 485. Ercolania, 179. Erichsonella, 424, 427, 428. Erichsonia, 427. Friocheir, 229, 231. japonicus, 221, 231, 232. | leptognathus, 222, 232. | rectus, 232. | | | —— sinensis, 222, 231, 232, 242. Enochetrus rectus, 232. sinensis, 231. Eucopidae, 103, I12. i Eunapius, 202, 210, 211. Eurymmerus, 424. Euspongilla, 201, 207, 210. Exoglossops, 514. geet, 514. Exosphaeroma, 406, 421. Ay chinensis, 406, 407, 423. oregonensis, 406, 421, 422, 423. F Farella pedicellata, 24. Flabellifera, 419, 438. Fluminina, 53. Fluta alba, 506. Fluvidraco fluvidraco, 507. Fossarina, 53. Fossarulus, 310. Fusania ensarca, 513. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. G Gammaridae, 445. Gammarus, 445, 446, 448, 449, 450, 451. + annandalei, 437, 438, 445, 448, 449, 450, 451. antipodeus, 449. 450. argaeus, 450. —— auricularis, 449. australis, 449. —— barringtonensis, 445, 449, 450. —— breweri, 449, 450. caecus, 449. —— capensis, 449. —— chevreuxi, 449. —— crassicornis, 449. —— haasei, 449. —— limnaeus, 449. —— nigroculus, 449. polymorphus, 450. pribilofensis, 449. propinquus, 449, 450. + —— pulex, 437, 438, 445, 448, 451. —— pungens, 450. —— purpurascens, 449, 450. ramellus, 438, 449. 450. ripensis, 449, 450. —— sarsii, 449. — sowinskii, 449, 450. tetrachantus, 449. —— tunitanus, 448. —- zaddachi, 449. Gastropoda, 42, 68, 70, 301. 303, 304. Gastrosaccinae, 407. Gastrosaccus, 407. vulgaris, 405, 406, 407. Gazza minuta, 485. Gecarcinucinae, 241, 242, 246, 248. Gelasimus, 227. annulipes, 223, 227. Georgichthys, 514. scaphignathus, 513. Geoscolecidae, 86, 87, 96, 98. Geotelphusa, 242, 245, 248. dehaam, 245. kuhli, 242, 248. Gerres, 485. filamentosus, 487. lucidus, 487. Gerridae, 487. Gerrinae, 79. Index to Scientific Names. Geryonidae, 116. Gitanopsis, 533. Glossiphonia, 168, 172, 173. complanata, 175. ——— lata, 160, 167, 175. marginata, 167. smaragdina, 160, 166, 175. Glossiphonidae, 160, 166, £70), 172, 175; Glossogobius circumspectus, 493. giuris, 494. —— kokius, 493, 494. Glyphidodon caelestinus, 491. Glyphisodon caelestinus, 491. Glyptidotea, 424, 425. Glyptonotinae, 424. Glyptonotus, 426. Gnathopogon, 421. Gobliidae, 493, 518. Gobioninae, 511. Gobius alcocki, 494. caninus, 519. —— circumspectus, 493. Roktus, 493. Gossea, II3. Grandidierella, 455. bonniert, 455, 450. —— gilesi, 456, 533, 537. mahafalensis, 456, 536. megnae, 437, 455, 450, 530. Grapsidae, 229. Grapsinae, 229. Grapsus, 229. strigosus, 223, 229. —— (Enochetr) japonicus, 231. Gymnoblastea, I10. Gymnolaemata, I9. Gyraulus, 304. Gyrostoma glaucum, 104. H Haemopis, 161, 163, 164, 165. (Aulastoma), 161. Halcyonellea, 22. Halianthus limnicola, 104. Halicarcinus lacustris, 226. Halobates, 80. flaviventris, 80. sexualis, 77, 79, 80. Hampala macrolepidota, 470. Haploscleridae, 195, 197. Haplotaxis, 86. Harpedon nehereus, 106. Helice, 241. tridens, 221, 241. Helobdella stagnalis, 175. Hemiclepsis, 159, 169. casmiana, 160, 167, 175, 317. marginata, 160, 167, 169, 171, 175. if Hemiptera, 77. siamensis, 160, 167. Hemirhamphidae, 471. Hemirhamphus giintheri, 472. melanurus, 472. unifasciatus, 472. Hermaea, 180. Hermaeidae, 179, 182. Herpobdella, 165, 166. -—— atomaria, 165. octoculata, 165. octoculata atomaria, 175. —— testacea, 160, 165, 175. Herpobdellidae, 160, 165, 175. t Heterogen, 399. i; turris, 400, 401. Heteromeyenia, 213. kawamurae, 200, 213. Heteromysis intermedia, 413. Hilsa kanagurta, 480, 501. toli, 480. Hirudinea, 64, 159, 164. Hirudinidae, 160, 175. Hirudo, 163. laevis, 160. marginata, 167. nipponia, 175. Hislopia, 15, 20, 22, 27, 33, 34- cambodgiensis, 15, 33, 34, 35, 36, 317- lacustris, 33, 34, 35, 36. malayensis, 15, 33, 34, 35; 37: moniliformis, 33, 34, 36. —— placoides, 33, 34. SUNeNSIS, 34. Hislopiidae, 20, 21, 22, 27, 28, 33. Homoeogamia, 353, 357: Hyale brevipes, 536. Hyalella dybowskii, 450. jelskii, 450. Hydra, 107, 108. -—— oligactis, 107. viridis, 107. + 548 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Hydra, vulgaris, 107. Hydrobiidae, 42, 45, 301, 305. Hvdrometridae, 77. Hydrozoa, 103, I10. Hylorana granulosa, 142. —— leptoglossa. 140. —— macrodactyla, 143. —— nicobariensis, 142. pipiens, 144. tytlert, 141. Hymenicus kreffti, 226. rostrata, 226. Hymenosomatidae, 2206. Hypolophus sephen, 465, 500. Hypophthalmichthyinae, 511. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix, 511. nobilis, 512. Hyporhamphus sinensis, 505. Hypsobia, 302, 303, 305, 3006. humida, 303, 306, 307, 308. + —— minuscula, 302. 303, 306, 307. nosophora, 303, 300. Hyriopsis, 47, 54, 62, 63. —— herculea, 48. schlegeli, 41, 42, 47, 55, 57; 59, 62, 65. I Ichthyobdellidae, 160, 170, 174. Ichthyoxenus, 421. japonensis, 406, 421. Idotea, 424, 426. (Zenobia) danai, 426. (Zenobia) whymperi, 426. Idoteidae, 424. llyodrilus coccineus, 92. lrene ceylonensis, 112. —— palkensis, 112. lsopoda, 64, 405, 415, 437, 438, 533- K Kaloula pulchra, 7, 10, 121, 146, 152, 153. Katayama, 306. +t Kawamuria, 86, 87, 89. i japonica. 85, 89, 92. Kirkaldya, 77. Kobeltococklea, 69. Kreagromysis megalops, 414. L Labeobarbus tambroides, 471 I,accotrephes griseus, 80. I,accotrephes ruber, 80. I.amellibranchiata, 42, 47, 60, 62, 68, 70, 30T, 302, 315. Lanceolaria 49, 54, 63, 65. bilirata, 42, 49, 55, 50. 57, 59. oxyrhyncha, 42, 49. 50, 55, 56. 59. Lates calcarifer, 486. Latidae, 486. Laxosuberites lacustris, 106. Leander, 222, 225, 226, 268, 420. ——- annandalei, 222, 268. —— fluminicola, 270. modestus. 222, 261, 268, 269, 273. —— paucidens, 221, 270, 271, 419. —— potamiscus, 225, 270. semmelinki, 225, 268, 269, 270. —— squilla, 269. ——- styliferus, 106, 226, 268. tenuipes, 100, 222, 268. Lecythoconcha, 4o1. japonica, 401. —— malleata 4o1. sclateri, 401. Leiognathidae, 485. Leiognathus, 485. equulus, 485, 500. Lepidocephalus hasselti, 468. Leptamphopus, 442. Leptanthura faurei, 439. tenuis, 439. Leptobrachium boettgeri, 155. hasseltir, 153.- Leptostoma edentulum, 160. pigrum, 160. Leuciscinae, 513. Leucophaea, 358. striata, 342, 343, 358, 362. Leucosiidae, 250. Leucosiinae, 250. Leucosoma chinense, 505, 500. Ligia, 430. exotica, 407, 430. Ligiidae, 430. Limnaea, 43, 54, 68, 70, 304. clessini, 30I, 304. japonica, 42, 43, 55, 56, 59. pervia, 42, 43, 55, 56, 61. Limnaeidae, 42, 43, 30I, 304. Limnaeus clessin?, 304. —— japonicus, 43. Limnaeus pervia, 43. — pervius, 43. Limnocnida, 107, 108, 109. indica, 103, 108 —— rhodesiae, 108. tanganikae, 108. Limnocodium, 107, I13. Limnodrilus, 93, 94, 95. —— gotoi, 93, 94, 95, 96. — socialis, 85, 89. 93, 94, 95, 906. willeyi, 94, 96. Limnodytes nigrovittatus, 144. Limulus moluccanus, 24. Liocassis longirostris, 507. Liotelphusa. 242, 248. Liriope, 116. rosacea, 103, II2, I13, 1106. Lithotis, 42, 54, 56. Lobotidae, 486. Loxosomatidae, 17. Loxosomatoides, 16, 17, 18, 106. Lucifer, 296. hanseni, 223, 224, 290. Lumbricidae, 87. Lutianidae, 487. Lutianus johni, 487. Lysianassidae, 450. M Macrochiridothea, 426. Macrones nemurus, 468. nigriceps, 468. Macrophthalminae, 229. Macrotrema caligans, 466. Macrura, 438, 445, 451. Maeotias, 106, 108. I13, IT4. Margarya, 313, 401. Mastaceinbelidae, 474, 501, 519. Mastacembelus, 463. argus, 475, 470. armatus, 463, 474, 470. armatus favus, 474. circumeinctus, 475. 7 sinensis, 519. Medusae, 104. Megalophrys, 154, 155. boettgeri, 155. hasseltii, 152. —— khempui, 155. major, 155. japonica, 42, 43, 55, 57; 59, 60, 71. Index to Scientific Names. Megalophrys, montana, 150, 154, 155. parva, 155. robusta. 155. Megalopidae, 479. Megalops cyprinoides, 479 Meixneria, Igo. Melania, 44, 54, 55, 67, 69, 70, 304, 318. furva, IgO, IgI, 192. biwae, 42, 45, 55, 59, 60. cancellata, 301, 304, 305. erythrozona, 305. laponica, 45. Or — libertina, 42, 44, 45, 55, 50, 59, 60, 61, 65, 70. —— multigranosa, 42, 44, 46, 55,59, 62,03, 64 65. ningpoensis, 304, 305. niponica, 42, 44, 45, 55, 59, 00. reiniana hidachiensis, 55. retifera, 44, 61. tuberculata, 70, 305. (Semisulcospira) multigranosa, 44. Melaniae, 305. Melaniidae, 42, 44, 301, 304. Melanopsis, 70. Membranipora bengalensis, 19. hippopus, 19, 24. Memppe (Myomentppe) granulosa, 249. Menippinae, 249. Mesi Mesi dotea, 426. doteinae, 424. Metapeneus affinis, 294. brevicornis, 294. monoceros, 294. Metopograpsus, 230. Metr Metr maculatus, 223, 225, 230. messor, 223, 230. quadridentatus, 225, 230. idiinae, 106. idium schillerianum, 104, 106. Meyenia cratertformis, 211. vamsayt, 213. Micrapocryptes, 495, 501. brachypterus, 495. fragilis, 495. Microdentopus megnae, 450. Microhydra, 107, 108, 113. ryderi, 107, 109. Microhyla, 15T. achatina, I2I, 150, 151. 550 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Microhyla, berdmorei, 151. _ Mysinae, 408. ornata, I2I, 151. | Mysini, 409, 414. Micronecta lucina, 82. | Mysis awatschensis, 412. | Mytilidae, 302, 315. Micropercops dabryi, 505. | Mytilus martensi, 315. | merope, 82. Microphis, 463, 474. t Myxobdella, 165. 7 annandalei, 472, 473, 474. + ——annandalei, 159, 160, 161. boaja, 473. 474. | Microrasbora, 470. | N Microvelia (Kirkaldya), 77. | Naididae, 88. + — (Kirkaldya) sexualis, 77, 78. | Nais, 93. Mimobdella, 159. | Nandidae, 489. japonica, 160, 166, 175. | dNanomysis, 408, 409. Minous monodactylus, 505. Leck siamensis, 407, 409 Miroblatta, 353. | Nassa, 319. petrophila, 357. _ Naucoridae, 77, 81. T silphoides, 342, 353. 357- Naucoris sordidus, 81. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus, 508. vividus, 81. Modiola, 303, 315. Neomysis, 410, 413. cambodjensis, 315, 316. awatschensis, 405, 406, 411, 412, 413. —— lacustris, 29, I10, 302, 315, 316. —— intermedia, 412. 413. striatula, 315. nigra, 406, 410, 411, 412, 413. — watsoni, 315. Neoniphargus, 450, 451. Mollusca, 41, 301, 303. | Nephelts testacea, 165. - Nudibranchiata, 179. vulgaris, 165. Monaxonellida, 195. Nepidae, 77, 80. Monoculodes, 440, 442. Neptunus, 250. — hanseni, 440. pelagicus, 223, 224, 250. kr6yeri, 440. Neritella, 68. + limnophilus, 437, 438, 440. | Neritina, 70. longirostris, 440. : Niphargus, 450 Monopteridae, 506. -— chilkensis, 534. 535- Monopterus albus, 465. Nodularia, 49, 50, 54, 63, 65, 317- Mugil dussumieri, 483, 501. —— bilirata, 71. Mugilidae, 483. —— biwae, 42, 50, 55, 59- Mullidae. 487 — dactylina, 302, 317. Muraena (Gymnothorax) picta, 466. — douglasiae. 50, 167, 302, 317. (Gymnothorax) thyrsoidea, 466. hirasei, 42, 50, 51, 55, 56, 59- Muraenesox talabon, 466. | japanensis, 42, 50, 55, 59 Muraenidae, 466. Myliobatidae, 465. Myloleucisus atripinnis, 505. japanensis yokohamensis, 50. oxyrhynchus, 50. parcedentata, 42, 55, 59. reiniana, 42, 50, 55, 59- Myomenippe, 249. granulosa, 225, 249. | Nolella, 27. Myosoma, 16, 17. | Nolellidae, 27. Myriophyllum, 301. Norodonia, 35. Mvriothelinae, 106. cambodgiensis, 34, 35- Mysida, 407. Notonectidae, 77, 82. Mysidacea, 405, 407, 414, 437. | Notoplana, IgI. Mysidae, 407. evansi, 190, I9I, 192. Index to Scientific Names. Notoplana, mortenseni, 190, 191, 192. Notopteridae, 482. Notopterus notopterus, 482 Nudibranchiata, 179. Nudospongilla, 213. —— asper, 196. —— aster, 214. coggini, 201, 213. —— mappa, 214. —— reversa, 214. sarasinorum, 213. vasta, 214 O Obelia serrulata, r12. Ocypodidae, 227, 229. Ocypodinae, 227. Oedicerotidae, 440. Oligochaeta, 64, 85, 330. Olindiadae, 113. Olindiadidae, 113. Oniscoidea, 430. Ophicephalidae, 517. Ophicephalus pekinensis, 517. Ophichthyidae, 466. Ophiocara amboinensis, 492. Opisthomi, 463, 474. Orchestia capensis. 454. parvispinosa, 454. Orthoptera, 343. Orthopteres, 341. Osphronemidae, 482. Osteochilus hasselti, 470. Oxyglossus laevis, I2I, 145, laevis martensi, 145. —— lima, 121, 145. Oxystomata, 250. Oxyurichthys microlepis, 495. Ozobranchus jautseanus, 100, 174. P Pachydictyum globosum, 214. Paguridae, 254. Paguridea, 254. Pagurinae, 254. Palaemon, 106, 255 Palaemon acutirostris, 205, 2006. asperulus, 222, 259, 260. carcinus lamarrei, 257. dispar, 263. carcinus, 223, 225, 255, 250, 257- Palaemon elegans, 223, 264, 265. equidens, 263. —— idae, 257, 263. lamarrei, 257. lampropus, 225, 267, 268. lanchesteri, 223, 257. longipes, 258. —— malcolmsoni, 255. —— neglectus, 225, 265, 266, 267. —— nipponensis, 221, 222, 258, 261, 265. pilimanus, 267. —— paucidens, 257. tudis, 255. sundaicus, 223, 225, 261, 262, 263. —— sundaicus bataviana, 261. —— (Eupalaemon) carcinus, 255. —— (Eupalaemon) elegans, 204. —— (Eupalaemon) equidens, 205. —— (Eupalaemon) lanchesterr, 257. —— (Eupalaemon) neglectus, 265. —— (Eupalaemon) sundaicus, 201. — (Macrobrachium) lampropus, 267. —— (Macrobrachium) pilimanus, 267. (Parapalaemon) asperulus, 201. Palaemonetes, 271, 272, 420. sinensis, 222, 272, 273, 297, 419. varias, 271, 272, 273. Palaemonidae, 255, 272. Palludicellina, 27. Paludicella, 15, 20, 28, 31, 35, 36, 52. articulata, 28, 29. ehrenbergii, 28, 31. elongata, 15, 29, 31, 110, 316, 317. tT pentagonalis, 15, 30. Paludicellea, 20, 27, 28. Paludicellidae, 20, 21, 27, 28. Paludina boettgeri, 309. catayensis. 315. —— ingallsiana, 46, 399. —— japonica, 46. lapillorum, 313. oxytropis japonica, 46. —— pseudoingallsiana, 46. —— quadrata, 313. stelmaphora, 40. —— (Bithynia) longicornis. 306. (Bithynia) striatula, 305. Panchax panchax, 482, 500, 501. Panchlorinae, 358. Paracheilognathus imberbis, 508. 551 552 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Paracleistostoma, 229. { Paradiestrammena, 341, 364, 375, 376, 381, 394. annandalei, 342, 363, 376, 377, 381, 386, 387, 389, 394, 395- brevifrous, 342, 376, 381, 382. feai, 342, 376, 377; 378, 381, 380: gravelyi, 342, 377, 386, 389, 390, 394. 395. gravelyi ceylonica, 342, 390, 395. gravelyi nigricauda, 342, 395. Paramoera, 442, 443. austrina, 442. Parasilurus. asotus. 507. Paratelphusa, 242, 246, 248. oxygona, 246. —— maculata, 246. 247. —— (Liotelphusa) kuhli, 248. —— (Liotelphusa) levis, 248. —— (Paratelphusa) convexa, 246. —— (Paratelphusa) germaini, 223, 225, 247, 248. —— (Paratelphusa) incerta, 225, 247. (Paratelphusa) tridentata, 246. Paratya, 226, 292, 438, 445, 451. compressa, 221, 222, 293. compressa improvisa, 221, 293. Paridotea, 424, 425. Pectispongilla, 212. aurea, 212. stellifera, 212. subspinosa, 212. Pellona elongata, 481. Pelobates} 154. Pelocoetes, 105. exul, 104. Penaeidae, 293. Pevaeidea, 293. Penaeinae, 293. Penaeopsis, 294. affinis, 223, 224, 294. brevicornis, 223, 294. monoceros, 223, 224, 294. Penaeus carinatus, 223, 224, 294. indicus, 293. indicus merguiensis, 223, 293. —— merguiensts, 293. semisulcatus, 294. Pentias, 424, 425. Pentidotea, 424, 425. Periculodes longimanus, 534. Perigonimus, 104, III. Periophthalmidae, 495. + Periophthalmus koelreuteri, 495, 496. Periplaneta, 343, 347. americana, 348, 352. australasiae, 348. cavernicola, 342, 343, 347, 352- Petasinae. II3. Petasus, II3. Phasgonuridae, 363. Philyra, 252. olivacea, 223, 253. sexangula, 223, 252. Phortis ceylonensis, 104, 112. palkensis, 112. Photis longicaudata, 537. Phoxiscus kikuchii, 513. Phylactolaemata, 15, 22. Phyllodromia, 343. if nigrocincta, 342, 343, 346. Phyllodromiinae, 343. Physa_ 70. Phytocoetes, 105. chilkaeus, 104. gangeticus, I04. Pilumninae, 249. Pilumnus, 249. —— malardi, 249. —— quadridentatus, 223, 249. Pilumnus seminudus, 249. (Parapilumnus) quadridentatus, 249. Piscicola, 170. Pisidium, 52, 54, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71. casertanum, 42, 52, 53, 54, 55, 57, 59, 64, 65, 66, 68, 417. casertanum lacustris, 53. fossarinum, 66. italicum, 66. —-— japonicum, 52. locarnense, 66. —— luganense, 66. maculatum, 53, 66. —— pusillum, 66. trigonoides, 53, 66. (Fluminina) dubium, 53, 60. Pisoodonophis boro, 466. Placida, 180. Placobdella, 159, 168, 169. rugosa, 160, 167, 175. Plagiostomia, 464. Planorbis, 43, 44, 54, 304. compressus, 304. Index to Scientific Names. 55 Planorbis, saigonensis, 301, 304. (Gyraulus) biwaénsis, 42, 44, 55, 59, 60. Platacidae, 480. Platanista, 1006. Platax vespertilio, 489, 4go. Platycephalidae, 491. Platycephalus insidiator, 491. Pletholophus, 48, 54, 70. reiniana, 42, 48, 55, 59. Pleurobrachia, 116. globosa, 103. globosa beugalensis, 103, 117. —— globosa ceylonensis, 116. Pleurobrachidae, 116. Plotosidae, 467. Plotosus canius, 467. anguillaris, 467. Plumularia, 112. + Podoceropsis insignis, 537, 538. Polyacanthus opercularis, 517. Polyclads, 185. Polypodium, 107, 108. Polyzoa, 15, 105. Pomacentridae, 491. Pontobdella, 170. Pontogeneia capensis, 443. Pontogeneliidae, 442. Pontoporeia, 450. affinis, 445. hoyi, 445. Portunidae, 250. Portuninae, 250. Potamides, 319. fluviatilis, 23. Potamogeton, 88, 301, 421. Potamolepis, 209, 210. barroisi, 214. Potamomysis, 409. assimilis, 407, 410. Potamon, 242, 245. —— andersonianum, 243. larnaudi, 243. thagatense, 243. —— (Geotelphusa) dehaani, 221, 242, 245, 248. (Geotelphusa) kuhli, 248. —— (Paratelphusa) convexus, 246. —— (Paratelphasa) germaini, 247. —— (Paralelphusa) incertus, 247. (Paratelphusa) sexpunctatum, 247, 248. —— (Paratelphusa) sinense, 247, 248. iS) Potamon, (Paratelphusa) tridentatus, 240. + —— (Potamon) anacoluthon, 222, 243, 244, 245. —— (Potamon) denticulatum, 222, 242. —— (Potamon) denticulatus, 242. (Potamon) granulatum, 242. 243. (Potamon) granulatus, 242. -—— (Potamon) stoliczkanum, 225, 243. (Potamonautes) dehaanii, 245. Potamonidae, 241. Potamoninae, 241, 242. Potsiella erecta, 31. Pristolepis fasciatus, 480. Prososthenia, 310. Pseudoceros, IgI. litoralis, 190, I9I, 192. Pseudodon, 54, 62, 63. loomisi, 42, 55, 59, 63. Pseudogobio rivularis, 511. sineusis, 505. Pseudorasbora parva, 511. Pseudorhombus arsius, 476. } Pseudovivipara, 303, 309, 310. + —— hypocrites, 302, 303, 309, 310, 311, 312. Ptilanthura tenuis, 439. Pulmonata, 85. Puntius bulu, 470. —— javanicus, 470. sumatranus, 470. Purpura, 23. Pyrgula, 70. barroisi, 70. Pyxidognathus, 233. —— deianira, 225, 233. Q Quadrivisis bengalensis, 534. R Rania E2i. agricola, 132. —— alticola, 140, 141, 144. assamensts, 137. —— blanfordii, 136, 138, 139. —— brevipalmata, 124, 131, 134, 135. burkillt, 126, 127, 130. cancrivora, I2I, 122, 123, 128, 129, 130, 133, 135, 136. —— corrugata, 145, 149. cyanophlyctis, I2I, 145. doriae, 133. 554 Rana erythraea, 140, I41, 143, 144. esculenta, 147 esculenta chinensis, 147. esculenta japonica, 146. gamimuiei, 136, 137, 138. 139. ~ glandulosa, 146. gracilis andamanensts. 133. granulosa, 140, 141, 142. greentt, 134. javanica, 143. —— kuhlii, 145, 147. labialis, 148, 149, 153. —— ridibunda, 147. lateralis, 140, 143. leptoglossa, 140. I41. liebigii, 136, 137, 138. —— limnocharis, 124, 128, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 148. —— limnocharis andamanensis, 131, 133. —— limnocharis greenii, 131,!134. -—— limnocharis nilagirica, 131, 134, 135. —— macrodactyla, 140, 143. — macrodon, 145, 147, 148. namiyei, 145. nicobariensis, 140, 142, 143. nigromaculata, 140, 147. nigrovittata, 140, 144. nilagirica, 134. plancyi, 145. rugulosa, 12%, 122; 123, 125, 126, 127, 126; ¥30, 135, 136: — schlueteri, 128. sternosignata, 136, 138, 139. tugerina, 120. MLE! tigerina schluetert, 128. 122) E23; sL24k25, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 135, 136. —— tigrina angustopalmata, 128. —— tigrina, 121, 126, 127, —— tytleri, 140, 141. vicina, 136, 137, 138, 139. —— vittigera, 128, 129. i wasl, 131, 132, 135, 136. Ranatra filiformis, 80. Rasbora, 470. argyrotaenia, 469. heteromorpha, 469, 470. lateristriata sumatrana, 469. —— maculata. 470. trilineata, 469. Reniera, 195, 196. ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Reniera, implexa, 195, 197, 108. Rhaphidophora, 341, 363. acutelaminata, 372, 373, 375. —— brunneti, 372. cavernicola, 342, 364, 365. gracilis, 364, 369. —— mulmeinensis. 342, 369. Rhaphidophorinae, 363. Rhinobatidae, 464. Rhinobatus thouini, 464. Rhinoptera javanica, 465. Rhinopteridae, 465. Rhodeus maculatus, 509. Rhodinae, 508. Rhopalophthalminae, 408. Rhopalophthalmus, 408. egregius, 405, 406, 407, 408. Rhynchoplax, 222, 226. —— exiguus, 223, 227. —— introversus, 222, 226. Rivularia, 401. S Sagartiidae, 106 Salangidae, 505, 506. Salanx cuvieri, 505. Sarcochitum polyoum, 23 Saurida tumbil, 482. Scaptobdella, 159. blanchardi, 160, 166, 175. Scatophagidae, 490. Scatophagus argus, 490, 491, 500, 50T. Schematommata, IQI. + Sciaena siamensis, 487. 488. Sciaenea, 479. Sciaenidae, 487, 501. Scoliodon walbeehmi, 464, 500. Scopimerinae, 227. Scylla, 250. serrata, 223, 224, 250. Semiscolex variabilis, 165. Sergestidae, 295. Serranidae, 486, 5106. Serranus boenack, 486. diacanthus, 486. lanceolatus, 486, 501. salmoides, 486. Sesarma, 225, 233, 234, 238, 240. andersoni, 225, 234. aranea, 240. —— bidens, 233. Index to Scientific Names. Sesarma, dehaani, 221, 222, 235. dussumieri, 233. —— edwardsi, 225, 234. + —— foxi, 225, 238, 239, 240, 241. haswelli, 223, 233. —— intermedia, 234, 235, 237. —— intermedium, 222, 234, 235. —— lafondi, 237. —— livida, 233, 234. lividum, 233. —— maculata, 238, 241. —— moeschii, 235. —— ocypoda, 240. — onychophora, 234. polita, 241. —— politum, 241. —— quadrata, 233. —— quadratum, 223, 233. —— siamense, 223, 225, 237, 238. —— sinensis, 235. ——- sylvicola, 239, 240. —— taeniolatum, 223, 237. tetragonum. 234, 235. —— thelxinoe, 238. trapezoidea, 238. —— (Chiromantes) haswelli, 233. —— (Chiromantes) stamense, 237. — (Holometepus) dehaant, 235. —— (Holometopus) neglecta, 235. ——— (Parasesarma) andersoni, 234. — (Parasesarma) plicata, 233. (Parasesarma) quadrata, 233. Sesarminae, 233. Setipinna melanochir, 481. taty, 481. Shelfordia, 188, ror. 1 amara, 188, 189, IgI, 192. + annandalei, 185, 186, 190, IgI, 192. — — borneensis, 185, 188. Sillaginidae, 489. Sillago sihama, 489, 501. Siluridae, 467, 507. Siluroidea, 463, 467. Siniperca chuatsi, 516. Siphonochalina mollis, 197. Siriella, 407. watasei, 405, 406, 407. Siriellinae, 407. Soleidae. 476. , Solenichthyes, 463, 472. Spelaeoblatta, 353. gestrol, 341, 342, 353. Sphaerium, 52, 54, 302, 318. heterodon, 42, 52, 55, 50. Sphaerodema rusticum, 82. Sphaeromidae, 421. Spheroides, 408. Sphoeroides, 498. oblongus, 498, 499. ocellatus, 518. Sphyraena jello, 483. Sphyraenidae, 483. Sponges, 195. Spongilla, 201, 207, 210, 420. alba, 197, 201, 207, 2I1T. alba bengalensis, 211. arctica, 211. aspinosa, 200, 20I. —— bombayensis, 212. bombayensis pneumatica, 212. —— burmanica, 213. carteri, 85, 211. cartert cava, 211. — carteri lobosa, 211. cartert mollis, 211. cerebellata, 211. cinerea, 210, 2II. clementis, 52, 212, 446, 448, 451. coggint, 213. contecta, 211. crassissima, 212. crassissima crassior, 212. crateriformis, 211. —— decipiens, 85. fragilis, 211. fragilis calcuttana, 212. fragilis decipiens, 212. friabilis, 211. gemmina, 211. —— hemephydatia, 21T. lacustris, 88. lacustris proliferens, 207, 210. lacustris reticulata, 207, 210. — lordi, 211. meyent, 212. —— microgemmata, 2II. — microsclerifera, 21k, —— moriana, 211. —— nitens, 203, 210. —— ottavaensis, 211. 355 556 ZOOLOGY OF: THE FAR EAST. Spongilla, philippinensis, 211. Stromateus cinereus, 484. plumosa, 213. sinensis, 484. potamolepis, 211. Stylochidae, 188. proliferens, 210. Stylochus, I9T. —— reticulata, 211. hyalinus, 190, 191, 192. orientalis, 1g0, IgI, 192. orientalis splendida, 190, Ig1, 192. —— sarasinorum, 213. sibirica, 211. —— sinensis, 201, 212. Succinea, 42. — stanleyi, 212. Succineidae, 42. —— sumatrana, 212. Symmius, 424. —— sumatrana gravelyi, 212. Symplynota woodiana, 310. — sumatrana indica, 212. Synaptura orientalis, 476. travancorica, 211. Synbranchidae, 465. —— ultima, 213. Synbranchoidea, 465. vasta, 214. Synentognathi, 463, 471. —— yunnanensis, 201, 212. Syngnathidae, 472, 501. —— (Eunapius) conifera, 201, 203. Synidotea, 424. —— (Eunapius) fragilis, 200. Synisoma, 424. + —— (Eunapius) geei, 201, 202, 211. Synodontidae, 482. + —— (Eunapius) potamolepis, 207, 208, 209, 210. Synurella, 450. + —— (Euspongilla) inarmata, 200, 211. johanseni, 445. —— (Euspongilla) lacustris, 200, 201, 207, 210. | —— (Euspongilla) micron, 201, 202, 211. Hi —— (Euspongilla) nana, 207, 208, 211. Tachaea, 419, 420. —— (Euspongilla) semispongilla, 200, 201, 202, chinensis, 406. 419, 420, 437. 2 —— crassipes, 419, 420. —— (Stratospongilla) clementis, 200, 201. —— lacustris, 420. —— (Stratospongilla) sinensis, 201, 203, 204. spongillicola,41g, 420, 437. ——. (Stratospongilla) stanleyi, 201, 204, 206. Tachycines asynamorus, 370. Spongillidae, 207, 210. Taenioides, 479. Squilla, 296. 1 nigrimarginatus, 496. —— interrupta, 223, 297. Taenioididae, 496, 501. —— nepa, 223, 297. Talitridae, 452. raphidea, 223, 297. Talorchestia, 452. 454, 455. —— scorpio, 223, 224, 297. ancheidos, 454. australis, 454, 455. —— scorpio immaculata, 223, 224, 297. sSes= Squillidae, 296. — brito, 454, 455. Stenothyra, 302, 303, 305, 308. —— gracilis, 535. Ap decapitata, 302, 308. 7 japonica, 437, 452, 453, 454, 455- monilifera, 309. kempii, 454, 455- malayensis, 437, 453, 454, 455- Stiliger, 179, 181, 182. “—— martensil, 454, 455, 535- bellulus, 180, 18r. toucheana, 308. ii novaehollandiae, 454, 455. ali tentaculatus, 179. parvispinosa, 453, 454, 455- Stilomysis, 409. quadrispinosa, 454. Stolephorus heterolobus, 481. | Tanaidacea, 405, 415. Stolonifera, 20, 23. Taupodrilus, 92, 93. Stomatopoda, 221, 296. Telphusa stoliczkana, 243. Stratospongilla, 203, 212. Tetilla, 197. Stromateidae, 484. dactyloidea lingua, 196. ef Index to Scientific Names. Tetilla, limicola, 196. Tetraodon fluviatilis, 500. -— liuris, 500. palembangensis, 499. Tetraodontidae, 498. Tetrodon fluviatilis, 500. liuris, 500. — oblongus, 408. palembangensts, 499. Tetrodontidae, 518. Teuthidae, 491. Teuthis java, 401. Thais carinifera, 23. Thalassema, 323, 330, 331, 336- branchiorhynchus, 323, 324, 325, 320, 328 329, 331, 332, 333, 334- Thalassema, dendrorhynchus, 323, 324, 325, 3206, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 334- it kempi, 336. neptuni, 326, 327, 328, 332, 334, 335- sabinum, 323, 324, 325. 326, 329, 330, 331, 332, 335- vergrande, 330. Thalassinidea, 254. Theodoxus, 70. Therapon jarbua, 487. theraps, 487. Theraponidae, 487. Tholichthys, 490. Toxotes chatareus, 491. Toxotidae, 491. Trachidermis fasciatus, 505. Trachymedusae, I13. Trematobdella, 105. Triacanthidae, 498. Triacanthus brevirostris, 498. Trichiuridae, 483. Trichiurus savala. 483. Trichopodus trichopterus, 483, 500. Triticella, 23. boeckii, 23, korenii, 23. pedicellata, 15, 24. Triticellidae, 23. Trochospongilla, 205, 213. latouchiana, 201, 205, 213. pennsylvanica, 213. ——- philottiana, 213. if sol, 201, 205, 206, 213. Troglophilus, 364. on On ~~ Trygon bleekeri, 464, 465, 501. Trygonidae, 464. Trypauchen, 497, 498. vagina, 497. Trypauchenichthys typus, 497. Tubella, 213. pennsylvanica, 213. vesparioides, 213. vesparium, 213. Turbellaria, 64. Tubifex, g2. Tubificidae, 89. Tylopoma, 304, 310. Tylosurus annulatus, 471. leiurus, 471. strongylurus, 471. Tympanomerus, 228. deschampsi, 222, 228. stapletoni, 229. Unio 70. biwae, 50. dactylina, 317. japanensis, 50. osbecki, 317. oxyrhynchus, 50. veiniainus, 50. schlegelt, 47. Unionidae 34, 41, 42, 47, 63, 70, 302, 310. Upenzoides sulphureus, 487. Upeneus sulphureus, 487. Upogebia, 254. (Upogebia) heterocheir, 223, 224, 254, Lage Upogebiinae, 254. Urnatella, 16, 17. gracilis, 30. Urnatellidae, 15, 16. V Vallisnieria, 301. Valvata, 47, 54, 55, 57; 63, 64, 66, 68, 70, 71. annandalei, 42, 47, 53, 55, 59, 64, 65, 417. —— biwa€nsis, 42, 47, 53, 55, 59, 64, 65, 66, 417. japonica, 47, 55, 66. —— microscopica, 606. naticina, 606. piscinalis, 64. sincera, 66. (Cincinna) korotneyi, 64. Valvatidae, 42, 47. Valvifera, 424. 558 ZOOLOGY OF THE FAR EAST. Varuna, 230. Vivipara stelmaphora, 46. litterata, 223, 224, 225, 230. —— ussuriensis, 315. Varuninae, 229, 230. Viviparidae, 34, 42, 46, 302, 313, 399. 401. Veliinae, 77. Viviparus japonicus, 46. Vesiculariidae, 21, 22, 24. —— malleatus, 46. Vesicularina, 22, 24. sclatert, 46. Victorella, 19, 21, 22, 27, 29, 31, 35. bengalensis, 15, 27, 32, 107. Whitmania edentula, 160, 175. continentalis, 32. edentula sinica, 161. pavida, 31, 32. laevis, 160, 175. sibogae. 32. pigra, 160. symbtotica, 32. Woodworthia atlantica, 188. Victorellidae, 20, 21, 22, 27, 28, 31. insignis, 188. Virgularia, 104. Wrightia, II. Vivipara, 46, 54, 67, 68, 302, 303, 305, 309, 310, ¥% 313, 315, 318. Xanthidae, 249. angulata, 313, 314. boettgeri, 309. catayensis, 302, 315. chinensis, 302, 313. Xenentodon cancila, 471. Xtphocaridina, 222, 226, 292, 438. chinensis cathayensts, 315. zZ histricus, 46. Zenobia mediterranea, 426. japonica, 42, 46, 55, 59. prismatica, 426. lapillorum, 204, 302, 313, 314. Zenobiana, 424, 425, 426, 427, 430. lapillosa, 313. danai, 427. malleata, 42, 46, 55, 56, 59- prismatica, 427, 428. —— quadrata, 313. whymperi, 427. sclateri, 42, 46, 55, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, 399. Zeorhombi, 463, 476. — SS —- E ES —eSESEoes a MEMOIRS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 1—74. Z00LOGIOAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR BAST. Epirep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.So., F.A.S.B. PART I. [SIRWILEAMJONES] [MDCCXLVI-MDCCXCM} CALCUTTA : PRINTED AT THE Baptist Mission PRESS, AND PUBLISHED BY Tue Astatio Soorety, 57, Park Street. 1916. Price Rs. 4; or 5s. 4d. 18-12-16. ct sae. sree™ Hy bo 1 Fe 5 6 4 * os aon. wee a YRARBIS ‘ Rn Cap) ead lee a "e EUATAD ih mt , ’ Ms ee : * - 5 Pee | eh. MUSEUMOMAO Ne lh Alene , oh 4. NAVAN VOTAEER: . iin, eee KOLELR JANLITAH wo eat) ! . - ~ * . " rs! 4 ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. “” PART: tsi ¢ | eee aioe CONTENTS. f Introduction .. .. °N. ANNANDALE, D.Se., F.AS.B. I Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata. » ie 5 en The Mollusca of Lake Biwa, Japan .. i, ct x at "aoe - F t — a a ‘ . / a My u ' N ¥ . : : £ * ‘ « foe K | = ‘ . é ret h a | os ’ act ‘ ' “ew at - ~ f - y ? oe. ‘a ee & | aie ad pe ee ? Sy t fale - TL ™ 4 7 \! Ae Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.” Vol. I. I. On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images lately brought from Gyantse—By Pror. Satis CHANDRA VipyAbHosana, M.A,, M.R.A.S.” (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s.°3d.) Il. Sal-Ammoniac: a Study in Primitive Chemistry.—By H. E. Stapieton, B.A., B.Sc. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) (A. H. FRancke. (Price Rs, 2; or 2s. 10d.) Ill. Zhe Similarity of the Tibetan to the Kashgar-Brahmi Alphatet,—By The Rev. IV. Akhemical Equipment in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—Sy H. E. Srapreton and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3.) V. Malaysian Barnacles in the Indian Museum, with a list of the Indian Pedunculata.— By N. Annanpvatt, B.A., D.Sc. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) VI. Ashrafpur Copper-plate Grants of Devakhadga—By Ganca Monan Laskar, M.A. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) VII. Festivals and Folklore of Gilgit—By Guutam Muuammap, (Price Rs. 2 ; or 2s. 10d.) VIII. Notes on the Bhotias of Almova and British Garhwal.—LBy C. A. SHERRING, M.A. . F-R.G:S., I.C.S. (Price Re. 1-5 ; or 2s.) [Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) IX. Religion and Customs of the Uraons.—JBy the late Rev. FatHER Denon, S.J. (Price X. Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India (Herpetology and Entomology).—By N. Annanpa.e, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., with a list of Mammals by R. C. Wroueuton, F.E.S, (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) XI. Amulets as Agents in the Prevention of Disease in Bengal—Compiled in the Office of the Superintendent of Ethnography, Bengal. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) XII. Earth-Eating and the Earth-Eating Habit in India.—By D. Hoover and H. H. . Mann. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6d.) [(Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) XIII. On a Cup-Mark Inscription in the Chumbi Valley —By E. H. C. Watsu, LC.S. XIV. A Descriptive List of the Sea-Snakes (Hydrophiide) i the Indian Museum, Calcutia. —y Captain F. Watt, I.M.S., C.M.Z.S.. (Price Re. 1; or 15. 6d.) XV. Common Saws and Proverbs collected, chiefly from Dervishes, in Southern Persia,.— By _ Lireur.-Cor. D. C. Puittotr. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 62.) XVI. The Common Hydra of Bengal: its Systematic Fosttion and Life History —By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) XVII. Animals im the Inscriptions of Piyadasi—By MonMoHAN CHAKRAVARTI, M.A. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) XVIII. Some current Fersian Tales told by Professional Story-Tellers—By Lirvut.-Cor. D. C. Puittorr. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) “ Rei 1-65 or 2s.) XIX. The Dards at Khdlatse in Western Tibet-—By Rev. A. H. Francxe. (Price Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part I. 1. The Blow-Gun in Southern India 2. Miscellaneous objects from the Rémandd subdivision of the Madura district 3. Indian Weighing-beams.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. (Price Re. 1.) Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part II. 1. Some Malayan Weapons—By N. ANNANDALE. 2. Plan of a Persian Gentleman’s House—By Lirut.-Cout. D. C. Puittotr. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) Vol. II. I. Cirrhipédes operculés de ’ Indian Museum de Calcuttaa—Par M. A. GRuvet, (Price Rs. 2: or 25:-107:) : . Il. The Coinage of Tibet.— By E..H. C. Watsn. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.). Ill. Zhe Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical synthetic Dye-stuffs. Fart I. Dyeing on Cotton —By E.R. Watson. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) IV. Zhe Saorias of the Rajmahal Hills —By R. B. Bainsrivee. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) V. Mundari Poetry, Music and Dances— By Rev. Fr. J. Horrmann, S.J. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) VI. TZarikh-i-Nusratjangit.—Sy HartnatH De. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) VII. Zhe Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical Synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part II. Dyeing on Silk. : —By E. R. Watson. (Price Annas 12; or 1s. 2d.) VIII. Monograph on Sea Snakes—By Major F. Watt, 1.M.S. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) IX. A Polyglot List of Birds in Turki, Manchu and Chinese.—By E, Denison Ross, Pu.D)> (Price Rs. 4.3 .0r 6s.) *' [or 1s. 6a.) X. Notes on some Monuments in Afghanistan—By H. H. Haypen. (Price Re. 1; XI. On the Correlations of Areas of Matured Crops and the Rainfall, and certain allied prob- lems in Agriculture and Meteorology. By S. M. Jacos, I.C.S. (Price Rs. 2-8; p Ota, 10d.) ee ae — 3 Fe 5-7 " en 4 “2 y Sanden, 4 h Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. . Vol. Il. I. Ramacarita by Sandhyakara Nandi.—Edited by MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARA PRASAD SHASTRI, M‘A. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) II. An Alchemical Compilation of the 13th. Century A.D.—By H. E. STAPLETON, 7 B.A., B.Sc., and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6d.) Ti ¢ The f: ournals of Major James Rennell, F.R. Si First Surveyor-General of India. oH i Edited by.T. H. D. LaToucHe. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) IV. Lisuw Tribes of Burma-China Frontier —By A. ROSE and J. ‘Cocem BROWN. - (Price Rs. 3; or 4s.) V. The Vyavahaéra-Matnika of Jimutavahana.—By Tue Hon. Justice Sir AsuTosH 4 MOOKERJEE, SARASWATI, Kv., C.S.I., M.A. DL, D.Sc. ;.F.R.AGS. ERS Ee a (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d. ) VI., Some Current. Pushtu Folk Stories. —By F. H. Mayon, 21st Punjabis. (Price a Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) VII. The Chank Bangle Industry.—By J. ar (Price Rs. 23'0F 2S. 8d) VIL. Catuhsattka by Arya Deva.—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, oe CIE! . (Price Rsnz > on. 2s. 10d3) IX. Father A. Monserrate’s Mongolicae Legationis Commentarius. —By REV. H. a HOSTEN, S:J. (Price Rs. 43 or 5s. 4d.) Vol. EV. (In course of publication concurrently with V .) I. Sanskrit-Tibetan-English Vocabulary: being an edition and translation B the qi Ross, C.1.E., Pu.D., F.A.S.B., and MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA SATIS CHANDRA Mahavyutpatti by ALEXANDER CSOMA DE K6rés.—Edited by E. DENISON VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., Pu.D., F.AS.B. Part I. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) _ a8 Ditto ditto Part II. (Price Rs. 53 or Zs; a / Vol. Vv. L. Srid-pa-ho—a Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination.—By MAHAMAHO- ‘as a PADHYAYA DR. SATIS CHANDRA VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., PH.D., ie A.S:B) am (Price As. 8; or Iod.) II: Fragments of a Buddhist work in the ancient Aryan sameaee: iy Chinese a Turkistan.—Edited by STEN Konow. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Ill. The Palas of Bengal.—By R: D. BANERJI. (Price Rs. 5: OD Zsa) Extra No. Abors and Galongs.—By GEORGE D-S-DuNBAR. (Price Rs. 6; or r 8s. 6d. ) 7 Ditto Part III, ditto ditto (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 8d.) IV. Mirza Zu-l-Qarnain. A Christian Grandee of three Great Moghuls. With ‘Notes on Akbar’s Christian Wife and the Indian Bourbons.—By Wb bin HostTeEn, a S.J. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. 10d.) Vol. VI. (In course of publication concurrently with V.) I. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—P art I.—Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of <4 India). (Price Rs. 4; or 5s. 4d.) . va Tis (ONE Se. GO RE yy i oe eee Oe Ct ee : RBECALY GF Vil MAREE AM Hee rth’ 1 DRYER Wee MEMOLRS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 75—155. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. Eprrep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. & PART. H. yaa \ Ni | IMDCCXLVI-MDCCXCN]}. | it ! 1 { _ CALCUTTA : Printep at tHe Baptist Mission PRESs, aND PUBLISHED BY Tur Asiatic Soomry, 1, Park Str#er. 191-7, Price Rs. 5; or 7s. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. > PART Des CONTENTS. Aquatic Hemiptera from the Talé Sap in Penin- sular Siam a ris ..) CAs Parva (Issued separately March 15th, 1917.) Aquatic Oligochaeta from Japan and China .. J. SrepHEnson, D.Sc., Lt.-Col., 1.M.S. (Issued separately May 15th, 1917.) Hydrozoa and Ctenophora ar .. N. ANNANDALE, D.Se., F .A.S.B. (Issued separately May igth, 1917.) Batrachia .. ne pee 5¢ Boe » (Issued separately May 25th, 1917.) Page 75 83 TOT 119 Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. |. I. On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images lately brought from Gyantse.—-By Pror. Satis CHANDRA ViDyAbHOsaNna, M.A., M.R.A.S. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) II. Sal-Ammontac: a Study in Primitive Chemistry —By H. E. Stapeton, B.A., B.Sc. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) |A. H. FRanckr. (Price Rs, 2, or 2s. 10d.) Ill. The Similarity of the Tibetan to the Kashgar-brahmi Alphatbet.—By Vhe Rev. IV. Akchemical Equipment in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—By H. E. SrapLeton and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3a.) V. Malaysian Barnacles in the Indian Museum, with a Ust of the Lndian Fedunculata.— By N. Annanvatr, B.A., D.Sc. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) VI. Ashrafpur Copper-plaie Grants of Devakhadga—By GGanca Mouan Laskar, M.A. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) VII. Festivals and Folklore of Gilgit—By GHuLam Munamnab. (Price Ks. 2 ; or 2s. Low.) VIII. Notes on the Bhotias of Almora and British Garhwal—By C. A. SHERRING, M.A. Bamatr.5.,1.C.S,. . (Price Re, 1-5 5) or 2s.) - (Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) IX. Religion and Customs of the Uvaons.—y the late Rev. FATHER Denon, S.J. (Price X. Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India (Herpetology and Entomology).—4y N. Annanpax, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., with a list of Mammals by R. C. Wroucuron, F.E.S. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) XI. Amulets as Agents in the Frevention of Disease in Bengai—Compiled in the Office of the Superintendent of Ethnography, Bengal. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) Xl. Harth-Eating and the Earth-Eating Habit in India.—Byv D. Hoover and H. igi Mann. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6¢.) [(Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) - XIII. On a Cup-Mark luscription in the Chumbi Valley—By E. H. C. Waxsn, I.C.S. XIV. A Desersptive List of the Sea-Snakes (Hydrophiide) in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. —By Carrain F, Watt, 1.M.S., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) XV. Common Saws and Proverbs collected, chiefly from Dervishes, in Southern Persia.— by Lizut.-Cot. D. C. Puittory. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) XVI. The Common Aydra of Bengal: its Systematic Fosition and Life History —By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S: (Price Re. 1: or ts. 6d.) . XVII. Animals in the Lnscreptions of Piyadasi—By MonmoHaNn CHaKRAvaRTI, M.A. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) ; ~ XVI. Some current Ferstan Tales told by Professional Story- Tellers. —By Lizut.-Cor, D. C. Puittorr. (Price Re,1; or ts. 6d.) : [Re. 1-6: or 2s.) XIX. The Dards at Khalatse in Western Tibet.— By Rev. A. H. Francxke. (Price Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part I, 1. The Blow-Gun in Southern India 2. Miscellaneous objects from the Rémandéd subdivision of the Madura district 3. Indian Weighing-beams.— By N. ANNanvare, D.Sc. (Price Re. 1.) | Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part II. 1. Some Malayan Weapons—By N. ANNANDALE. 2. Plan of a Persian Gentleman’s House.-—By Lrrur.-Cor. D. C. Puittotr. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) Vol. Il. 1. Cirrhipédes operculés de Indian Museum de Calcuttax—Par M. A. GRUVEL. (Price AL 23 (OF 25104.) >| . ll. The Coinage of Tebet.—By E..H.C. Watsu. (Price Re. 1; or 1s, 6a.). Ili. Zhe Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Lndigenous Dyes of Bengal, and compareson with typical synthetic Dye-stuffs. Fart I. Dyeing on Cotton —By E.R. Watson. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6a.) IV. The Saorias of the Rajmahal Hills —By R. B. Barnpripce. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) V. Mundari Poetry, Music and Dances By Rev. Fr. J. HorrMann, S.J. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) VI. TZarikh-1-Nusvatjangt.—Sy Harinatu Dr. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) VII. The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical Synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part II. Dyeing on Silk. _ —ByE.R. Watson. (Price Annas 12; or 1s. 2d.) , eas VIII. Monograph on Sea Snakes.—By Major F. Watt, 1.M.S. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) IX. A Polyglot List of Birds in Turki, Manchu and Chinese.—Byv E. DENISON Ross, Pu.D. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) ; [or 1s. 6a.) X. Notes on some Monuments in Afghanistan—By H. H. Hayven. (Price Re. 1 : XI. On the Correlations of Areas of Matured Crops and the Rainfall, and certain allied prob- lems in Agriculture and Meteorology—By S. M. Jacos, I.C.S. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. 10d.) Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. —- Vol. Ill. ea FE Ramacarita by Sandhyakara Nandt.—Edited by MAaHAMAHOPADHYAVA Hara PRASAD SHASTRI, M.A. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) Il. An Alchemical Compilation of the 13th. Century A.D.—By H. E. STAPLETON, B.A., B.Sc., and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) q BLL. same J ournals of Major James Rennell, F.R. Sx First Surveyor-General of India.— q Edited by T. H. D. LAToucHE. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) ie IV. Lisu Tribes of Burma-China Frontier.—By A. ROSE and J. CoGGIN BROWN. (Price Rs. 3; or 4S.) V. The Vyavahéra-Mdtriké of Jimutavahana.—By THE HON. JusTIcE SIR AsutosH _ MOOKERJEE, SARASWATI, K7., C.S.I., M.A., D.L., D.Sc., F.R.AS. »F.RS.E. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) q VI. Some Current Pushtu Folk Stortes.—By F. .H. MALyon, 21st Punjabis. (Price q Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) ee VII. The Chank Bangle Industry.—By J. HoRNELL. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 8d.) VIII. Catulsatika by Arya Deva.—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, C.I.E. (Price‘Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) IX.. Father A. Monserrate’ s Mongolicae Legationts Commentarius. —By Rev. H. ' Hosten, $.J. (Price Rs. 4; or 5s. 4d.) 4 Vol. IV. (In course of publication concurrently with V.) ie Sanskrit-Tibetan-English Vocabulary: being an edition and translation of ies Mahavyutpatii by ALEXANDER CsoMA DE Koros.—Edited by E. DENISON Ross, C.I.E., Pu.D., F.A.S.B.,. and MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA SATIS CHANDRA . VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., PED, F.AS.B. Part I. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) TT. Ditto ditto Part Il. (Price Rs. 3. an ges - Vol. V. I. Srid-pa-ho—a Ttbeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination.—By MaHAMAHO- PADHYAYA DR. SATIS CHANDRA VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., Pu.D., F.AS.B. (Price As. 8; or 10d.) 4 II: Fragments of a Buddhist work in-the ancient Aryan language of Chinese a Turkistan.—Edited by STEN Konow. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) III. The Palas of Bengal.—By R. D. BANERJI. (Price Rs. 5: ; Of 7S:): : a Extra No. Abors and Galongs.—By Grorcr D-S-Dunpar. (Price Rs. 6; or 8s. 6d.) a Ditto: --Part Ii], .: ditto ditto . (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. ii iy IV. Mirza Zu-l-Qarnain. A Christian Grandee of three Great Moghuls. With Notes on Akbar’s Christian Wife and the Indian Bourbons.—By Rev. H. Hosten, ae Bini Rs. 2-8; or 3s. rod.) Vol. VI. (In course of publication concurrently with V.) I. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part I.—Polyzoa Enioppoda ni Ctenostomata.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of India). (Price Rs. 4, or 5s. 4d.) II. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part II.—Aquatic Hemiptera from the Talé Sap in Peninsular Siam.—By C. A. Parva. Aquatic Oligochacta from — * Japan and China.—By J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc. Hydrozoa and Cienophora.—_ s: 4 ‘ By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. Batrachia. —By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) “a ae lh’ MEMOIRS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 157—182. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR BAST: Epitrep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. PART III. y » MDCCXLVI-MDCCXCIV CALCUTTA : Printep at THE Baptist Plission PRESS, AND PUBLISHED BY THe Asiatic Soorrty, 1, Park Srreer. 1947: Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d. 20-10-17. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. PART i, CONTENTS. Page - Hirudinea .. Ph Ale “a 2. TDR ASRS aes = Ry a (Issued separately October 19th, 1917.) . Mollusca Nudibranchiata (Ascoglossa) oe om Ce Errot, MAK COM.G,. (CG. B eee (Issued separately October 19th, 1917.) -* Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. I. 1. On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images. lately brought from Gyantse.—By Pror. Satis CHANDRA VibyAsHosana, M.A., M.R.A.S. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3a.) Il. Sal-Ammoniac: a Study in Primitive Chemistry —By H. E. Svapieton, B.A., B.Sc. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 62.) (A. H. FRancke. (Price Rs, 2; or 2s. 10d.) Il. Zhe Similarity of the Tibetan to the Kashgar-Brahmi Alphabet—By The Rev. IV. Akhemical Equipment in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—By H. E. StarLeton and Re Ps Azo, (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 32.) V. Malaysian Barnacles in the Indian Museum, with a list of the Lndian Pedunculata.— Sy N. Annanpvate, B.A., D.Sc. (Price Re. 1-8; of 2s. 3d.) VI. Ashrafpur Copper-plate Grants of Devakhadga.—By Ganca Mouan Laskar, M.A. (Price Annas 8; or 107.) VU. Festivals and Folklore of Gilgit,—By GuuLtam MunHammnap. (Price Rs. 2 ; or 2s. 10d.) VIII. Notes on the Bhotias of Almora and British Garhwal—By C. A. SHERRING, M.A. F.R.G.S., 1.C.S. (Price Re. 1-5; or 2s.) [Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) IX. eligion and Customs of the Uraons.—By the late Rev. FATHER Denon, S.J. (Price X. Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India (Herpetology and Entomology).— By N. Annanpate, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., with a list of Mammals by R. C. Wroueurton, F.E.S. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) . XI. ) | wis Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. | Yok; Vv. I. Srid-pa-ho—a Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA DR. SATIS CHANDRA ‘ ‘ La VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., PHUD., F.A.S.B. (Price As. 8; or 10d.) I. Fragments of a Buddhist work in the ancient Ayvyan language of Chinese Turkistan.—Edited by STEN Konow. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) Il. The Palas of Bengal. —By R. D. BANERJI. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Extra No. Abors and Galongs—Part I.—Notes on certain Hill "Tribes of the Indo-Tibetan Border.—By GEORGE - D-S-DuNBAR.—Part II.—Anthropologicai Section. By J. COGGIN BROWN, M.Sc,, and S. W. ‘Kemp, B.A. (Price Rs. 6; or 8s. 6d.) Ditto Part IlI.—Personal narrative of a visit to Pepiakicheneey GEORGE D-S-DunpBar. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 8d.) - IV. Mirza Zu-l-Qarnain. A Christian Grandce of Three Great Moghuls. With Notes on Akbar’s Christian Wife and the Indian Bourbons.—By REv. H. Boe: S.J. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. tod.) V. Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part Iil. Weighing Apparatus from the Southern Shan States. —By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. 2. The < Bismer” in Russia.—By DR. G. H. MEERWARTH. Note on ie Ele- mentary Mechanics of Balances and Steelyards .—By H. G. GRAVES. (Price Re. 1-4; or Is. 10d.) VI. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Tachydromus.—By G. A. BOULENGER, LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Price Rs. 3; or 4s. 6d.) : Vol. VI. (In course of publication concurrently with IV.) 1 Zoological Results of a Tow in the Fay East.—Pavt I—Polyzoa Entoprocta and Gienonatae —By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sec., F.A.S.B. The Mollusca of Lake Biwa, Japan—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 4; or $s. 4a.) Il. Zoological Resulis of a Tour in the Far East. —Part IT. —Aquatic Hemiptera from the Talé Sap in Peninsular Siam.—Ry C. A. Patva. Aquatic Oligochaecta from Japan and China.—By J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc. Hydrozoa and Ctenophora.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A. S. B. Batrachia.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A:S.B. (Pree Rs. §; or 7s.) WI. Zoological Results of a Touy in the Far East.—Part IIIl.—Hivudinea.—By Dr. ASajtro OKA. Mollusca Nudi- branchiata (Ascoglossa).—By Str CHARLES Extot, M.A., K.C.M.G., C.B. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) IV. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part I V—Brackish. Water Polyclads. —By Dr. T. KABURAKI. Sponges.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 2; or 3s.) V. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East —Part V. — Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda.—By STANLEY Kemp, B.A.,F.AS.B. Mollusca of the Tat-Hu.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs 4; or 6s.) vi. Zoological Results of @ Tour in the Fav East.—Part VI.—Echiuroids from brackish Water, with the Description of anew marine Species from the Andamans.—By DR. B. PrasHap, Les Orthopieves bavernicoles de Birmonte et la Peninsule Malaise.—Par I,. CHOPARD. (In press.) Vol. VII. I. The Ormuyi or Bargista Language, an account of a Little-known Evanian Dialect.—By SiR GEORGE ABRAHAM GRIERSON, K.C.1E., Po.D., D.Litr. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) WI. Révision des Champignons appartenant au Genre Nocardia.—Par le Capitaine de Mello et Dr. J. F. St. ANTONIO FERNANDES. (In press.) MEMOIRS. OF THE _ ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 321—396. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR BAST. Epirep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. PART VI. ahi aa” ‘WSIRWILLAMJONES ———4 i CALCUTTA : PRINTED AT THE Baptist Mission Press, AND PUBLISHED} BY Tue Astatic Society, 1, Park Street. 1919. Price Rs. 23 or 4s. 27-9-19. ; ely Vian. ie i * et ee ‘ Py hi 43 2 Bits YRRROL SO Ce ONO CD A ele avi ac rh Seats WEEE WIRE Aan a MA nN ag ea WIFVARIETAN RGAE LO) | Rah A Fs gy ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. : PART VI. y CONTENTS. | ice Echiuroids from brackish water with the descrip- | tion of a new species from the Andamans .. B, PrasHAD, D.Sc. oe yy (Issued separately June 27th, 1919.) ‘ Les Orthoptéres Cavernicoles de Birmanie et de la p ; Peninsule Malaise a XS. -, 1. Caoparn, Licencté és Sciences oe (Issued separately September 27th, 1919.) ; . * KV. : XVI. XVII XVIII. ae f xIxX. Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. I. On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images lately brought from Gyantse.—By Pror. Satis CHANDRA VIDYA BHUSANA, M.A., M.R.A.S. (Price Re, 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Sal-Ammoniac : a Study in Primitive Chemistry.—By H. E. StaPLETON, B.A., B:Sc. (Price Re.1; or 1s. 6d.) The i iad of the Tibetan to the Kashgar-Brahmi Alphabet.—By The Rev. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Rs. 2 or 2s, 10d. : eee in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—By H. E. StapyEron and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d. : Malaysian Barnacles in the Indian Museum, with a list of the Indian Pedunculata.—By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) ¢ Ashvafpur Copper-plate Grants of Devakhadga.—By GANGA Moan Laskar, M.A. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) Festwals and Folklore of Gilgit.—By GHULAM MUHAMMAD. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) Notes on the Bhotias of Almora and British Garhwal.—By C. A. SHERRING, M.A., F.R.G.S., I.C.S. (Price Re. I-5; or 2s.) Religion and Customs of the Uraons.—By the late REv. FATHER DEHON, S.J. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India (Herpetology and Entomology).—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc.,.C.M.Z.S., with a list of Mammals by R. C. WroucHTon, F.E.S. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. rod.) Amulets as Agents in the Prevention of Disease in Bengal.—Compiled in the Office of the Superintendent of Ethnography, Bengal. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) Earth-Eating and the Earth-Eating Habit in India.—By D. HooPpER and H. H. Mann. (Price Re.1; or ts. 6d.) On a Cup-Mark Inscription in the Chumbi Vailey.— By E. H. C. WaisH, I.C.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) A Descriptive List of the SedzSnakes (Hydrophiide) in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.—By Captain F. WALL, I.M.S., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) Common Saws and Proverbs collected, chiefly from Dervishes. in Southern Persia.—By LrEvut.-Coy. D. C. PHIL- LoTr. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) The Common Hydra of Bengal : its Systematic Position and Life Histovry.—By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) e Animals in the Insoriptions of Piyadasi.—By MONMOHAN CHAKRAVARTI, M.A. (Price Annas 12 ; or Is. 2d } Some current Persian Tales told by Professional Story-Tellers.—By Lrzut.-Cor. D. C. Pamrorr. (Price Re. or Is. 6d.) ' % The Dards at Khalaise in Western Tibet.—By RrEv. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Re. 1-6; or 2s.) Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part I. 1. The Blow-Gun in Southern India. 2. Miscellaneous objects from the Rémandd subdivision of the Madura district. 3. Indian Weighing-beams.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. PartII. 1. Some Malayan Weapons.—By N. ANNANDALE. 2. Plan of @ Persian Gentleman’s House.—By Lreut.-Cor. D.C. Poinyorr. (Price Annas 8; or tod.) I, Vol, Il. Cirvhipédis operculés de ’ Indian Museum de Calcutta.—Par M.A. GRUVEL. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) The Coinage of Tibet.—By E. H.C. Wats. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part I. Dyeing on Cotton.—By E. R. WaTSON. (Price Re. 1; 1s. 6d.) The Saorias of the Rajmahai Hilis—By R. B. BAINBRIDGE. (Price Rs. 2’; or 2s. 10d.) Mundari Poetry, Music and Dances.—By REv. FR. J. HOFFMANN, S.J. (Price Re.I; or Is. 6d.) Tartkh-i-Nusvatjangi.— By HARINATH DE. (Price Ré.1; or Is. 6d.) The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with _ typical Synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part II. Dyeing on Silkx—By E.R. Warson. (Price Annas 12; Is. 2d.) Monograph on Sea Snakes.—By Major F. WALL, I.M.S. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) A Polyglot List of Birds in Turki, Manchu and Chinese.—By E. DENISON Ross, PH.D. (Price Rs.4; or 6s.) Notes on some Monuments in Afghanistan.—By H.H, HAYDEN. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) On the Correlations of Aveas of Matured Crops and the Rainfall, and certain allied problems in Agriculture and Meteorology. By S. M. JAcoB,I.C.S. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. 10d.) Vol. Ill. .. Ramacarita by Sandhyakava Nandi.—Edited by MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, M.A. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) An Alchemical Compilation of the 13th Century A.D.—By H. E. STAPLETON, B.A., B.Sc., and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1 ; or 1s. 6d.) The Journals of Major James Rennell, F.R.S., First Surveyor-General of India.—Edited by T. H. D. LATouUcHE. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) Lisu Tribes of Burma-China Frontiey.—By A. RoSE and J. CocciIn BRown. (Price Rs. 3; or 4s.) The Vyavahdva-Métrikad of Jimutadahana.—By THE Hon. JUSTICE StR AsUTOSH MOOKERJEE, SARASWATI, Kr, 'C.S.I., M.A:, D.L., D.Sc., F.R.A.S., F.R.S.E.. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Some Current Pushtu Folk Stories.—By F. H. MALYON, 21st Punjabis. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d,) The Chank Rangle Industry.—By J. HORNELL. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 8d.) : CatuhsSatika by Avya Deva.—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, C.I.E. (Price Rs.2; or 2s. — Iod. Foner A. Monservate’s Mongolicae Legationtis Co nsinacitintus Bi REv. H. HOostEen, S.J. (Price Rs. 4 or 5s. 4d.) Vol. IV it) . . (In course of publication concurrently with VI.) Sanshrit-Tibetan-English Vocabulary : being an edition and translation of the Mahdvyutpatti by ALEXANDER CsoMa DE K6rés.—Edited by E. DENISON Ross, C.I.E., PH.D., F.A.S.B., and MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA Satis CHANDRA VIDVABHUSANA, M.A., PH.D., F.A.S.B. Part I. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Ditto ditto . Part II. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. “Voll V.. 7 eee I. Srid-pa-ho—a Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination.—By MABAMAHOPADHYAYA DR. SATIS CHANDRA _ VipvaBHusaANA, M.A., PH.D., F.A.S.B. (Price As. 8; or 10d.) Mas Il. Fragments of a Buddhist work in the ancient Aryan language of ee Turkistan. = tog 4 by STEN Konow. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Ill. The Palas of Bengal. —By R. D. BANERJI. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Extra No. Abors and Galongs.—Part I.—Notes on certain Hill Tribes of the Thdo-Tibeton Border —By GEORGE ©} D-S-DunBaRr.—Part II.—Anthropological Section. By J. Coccin Brown, M.Sc., and S. W. Kemp, B. A. (Price Rs. 6; or 8s. 6d.) Ditto Part III.—Personal narrative of a visit to Pemakoichen.—By GEORGE ‘D- S-DUNBAR. (Price 7 2; or 2s. 8a. IV. py Zu-l-Qarnain. A Christian Grandee of Three Great Moghuls. With Nowe on Akbayr’s Givéstias Wife and the Indian Bourbons.—By REv. H. re ih S.J. (Price Rs. 2-8 ; or 3s. tod.) V. Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part III. Weighing Apparatus from the Southern Shan States.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. 2. The * Biome ” in Russia.—By Dr. G. H. MEERWARTH. Note on the Ele mentary Mechanics of Balances and Steelyards .—By H. G. GRAVES. (Price Re. 1-4; or Is. 10d. VI. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Tachydromus.—By G. A. BOULENGER, LL.D., DISG CBIR: (Price Rs. 3; or 4s. 6d.) Vol. VI. (In course of publication concurrently with IV.) I. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part I.—Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Se., F.A.S.B. The Mollusca of Lake Biwa, Japan—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 4; or 5s. 4d.) II. Zoological Resulis of a Tour in the Far East. iba II.—Aquatic Hemiptera trom the Talé Sap in Peninsular ; Siam.—By C. A. Patva. Aquatic Oligochaeta*from Japan and China. “y J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc. eae and Ctenophova.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. Batvachia.—yN. ANNANDALE, D.Se., F.A.S.B (Price Rs. 5 ; or 7s.) ‘III. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Fav East.—Part III.—Hivudinea. —By Dr. ASAJIRO OKA. Mollusca Nudi- branchiata (Ascoglossa).—By Str CHARLES Extor, M.A., K.C.M.G., C.B. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) IV. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Fay East.—Part I V.—Brackish Water Polyclads. —By Dr. T. KABURAKI. Sponges.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 2; or 3s.) Vv. Zpolaieal Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part V.—Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda. —By STANLEY Kemp, B.A.,F.AS.B. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs.4; or 6s.) | VI. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Pdrt VI.—Echiuroids from brackish water, with the descripiion of a new marine species from the Andamans.—By DR. B. PRasHAD. Les Ovthopteres Cavernicoles de Birmanie et de la Peninsule Malaise.—Par , CHOPARD. (Price Rs. 2; or 4s.) Vol. VII. I. The Ormuri or Bargista Language, an account of a Little-known Evanian Dialect—By Str GEORGE ABRAHAM GRIERSON, K.C.I.E., PH.D., D.Lirr. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) Il. Révision des Champignons appartenant au Genre Nocardia.—Par le Capitaine de Mello e¢ DR. J. F. St. ANTONIO FERNANDES. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d): MEMOIRS OY THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 397—433. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. Epirep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. PART VII. SIRWILLAMJONESI| my ¢ CALCUTTA : " Prinrep at tHe Baptist Mission PRESS, AND PUBLISHED BY Tre Astatic Society, 1, Park STREET. 1921. | Price Rs. 2; or 3s. 24-8-21. ae tt @ ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. PART VII. | CONTENTS. Page The Viviparous Water-Snail of Lake Biwa, Japan.. N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoo- logical Survey of India, Calcutta) .. 397 (Issued separately August 22nd, 1921.) Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda .. .. W.M. TatTersAtt, D.Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum x 403 (Issued separately August 22nd, 1921.) XV. XVI. ’ XVII, XVIII. xIX. Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Rémandd subdivision of the Madura district. Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. I. On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images lately brought from Gyantse.—By Pror. SATIS CHANDRA VIDYA~ BHUSANA, M.A., M.R.A.S. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Sal-Ammoniac : a Study in Primitive Chemistvy.—By H. E. StaPLEton, B.A., B.Sc. (Price Re.1; or 1s. 6d.) The Suri of the Tibetan to the Kashgar-Brahmt Alphabet.—By The REv. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Rs. 2 or 2s. 10d. ee een in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—By H. E. StaPpLEron and R. F. Azo. or 2s. 3d. Malaysian Earnacies in the Indian Museum, with a list of the Indian Pedunculata.—By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Ashvrafpur Copper-plate Grants of Devakhadga.—By GANGA MoHan Laskar, M.A. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) Festivals and Folklore of Gilgit By GHULAM MUHAMMAD. . (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) Notes on the Bhotias of Almova and British Garhwal.—By C. A. SHERRING, M.A., F.R.G.S., I.C.S. Re. 1-5; or 2s.) Religion and Cusioms of the Uvraons.—By the late REv. FATHER DEHON, S.J. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India (Herpetology and Entomology).—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., with a list of Mammals by R. C. WRouGHTON, F.E.S. (Price Rs.2; or 2s. 10d.) Amulets as Agents in the Prevention of Disease in Bengal.—Compiled in the Office of the Superintendent of Ethnography, Bengal. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) Earth-Eating and the Earth-Eating Habit in India.—By D, Hooper and H. H. Mann. (Price Re.1; or ts. 6d.) On a Cup-Mark Inscription in the Chumbt Valley.—By E. H. C. Wash, I.C.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) A Descriptive List of the Sea-Snakes (Hydrophiide) in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.—By CapraIn F. WALL, I.M.S., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) - Common Saws and Proverbs collected, chiefly from Dervishes, in Southern Persia.—By Lrrvr.-Coy. D. C. PHIL- torr. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) The Common Hydra of Bengal : its Systematic Position and Life History.—By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) 4 Animals in the Inscriptions of Piyadasi.i—By MONMOHAN CHAKRAVARTI, M.A. Some current Persian Tales told by Professional Story-Tellevs—By Lizut.-CoL. D. C. PHILLoTT. or Is. 6d.) The Dards at Khalatse in Western Tibet.—By REV. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Re. 1-6; or 2s.) ParvtI. 1. The Blow-Gun in Southeyn India. 2. Miscellaneous objects from the 3. Indian Weighing-beams.—By N.. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. (Price (Price Re. 1-8 ; (Price (Price Annas 12 ; or Is. 24.5 (Price Re, I ; Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. ParilII. 1. Some Malayan Weapons.—By N. ANNANDALE. 2. Plan of a Persian Gentleman’s House.—By LiEvutT.-Coy. D.C. Puinyotr. (Price Annas 8; or tod.) it ' Ramacarita by Sandhyakara Nandt.—Edited by MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHAsTRI, M.A. _Lisu Tribes of Burma-China Frontier.—By A. ROSE and J. CoGGIN BROWN. Vol, Ii. Cirrhipédis operculés de ’ Indian Museum de Calcutta.—Pay M.A. GRUVEL. The Coinage of Tibet.—By E. H. C. WAtsH. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6d.) The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical synthetic Dye-stuffs. PaviI. Dyeing on Cotton—By E.R. Watson. (Price Re. 1; 1s. 6d.) The Saorias of the Rajmahal Hills.—By R. B. BAINBRIDGE. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) Mundavi Poetry, Music and Dances.—By REV. Fr. J. HorrmMann, S.J. (Price Re.I; or ts. 6d.) Tartkh-i-Nusvatjangt.—By HARINATH DE. (Price Re.1; or Is. 6d.) The Exact Deteymination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical Synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part II. Dyeing on Silkx—By E. R. Watson. (Price Annas 12; Is. 24.) Monograph on Sea Snakes.—By Major F. WALL, 1.M.S. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) A Polyglot List of Birds in Turki, Manchu and Chinese.—By E. DENISON Ross, PH.D. (Price Rs.4; or 6s.) Notes on some Monuments in Afghanistan.—By H.H. HAYDEN. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) On the Correlations of Areas of Matured Crops and the Rainfall, and certain allied problems in Agriculture and Meteorology.—By S. M. JAcoB, I.C.S. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. tod.) (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) ‘ Vol. Hl. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) ; An Alchemical Compilation of the 13th Century A.D.—By H. E. STAPLETON, B.A., B.Sc., and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1 ; or Is. 6d.) The Journals of Major James Rennell, F.R.S., First Surveyor-General of India.—Edited by T. H. D. LAToucHE. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) (Price Rs. 3; or 4s.) The Vyavahdva-Mdtvikéd of Jimutavahana.—By THE Hon. JUSTICE SIR ASUTOSH MOOKERJEE, SARASWATI, Kr., C.S.1., M.A., D.L’, D.Sc., F.R.A.S., F.R.S.E. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) : Some Current Pushtu Folk Stories.—By F. H. MaLyvon, 21st Punjabis. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) The Chank Rangle Industry. By J. HORNELL. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 8d.) Catuhsatika by Arya Deva—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, C.I.E. rod, : Pally A. Monserrate’s Mongolicae Legationis Commentarius—By REV. H. HOstTEN, S.J. (Price Rs.4 or 5s. 4d.) Vol. IV. (In course of publication concurrently with VI.) Sanskrit-Tibetan-English Vocabulary : being an edition and translation of the Mahdvyutpattt by ALEXANDER CsoMA DE Kérbés.—Edited by E. DENISON Ross, C.I.E., .PH.D., F.A.S.B., and MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA SATIS CHANDRA VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., PH.D., F.A.S.B. Part I. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Ditto ditto Part II. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) (Price Rs. 2 ; or 2s. Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. V. I. Svid-pa-ho—a Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of DivinationBy MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA DR. SATIS CHANDRA VIDVABHUSANA, M.A., PH.D., F.A.S.B. (Price As. 8; or 10d.) II. Fragments of a Buddhist work in the ancient Aryan language of Chinese Turkistan.—Edited by StEN Konow. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) III. The Palas of Bengal. —By R. D. BANERJI. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Exiva No. Abors and Galongs.—Part I.—Notes on certain Hill Tribes of the Indo-Tibetan Bovdey.—By GEORGE D-S-DunBAaR.—Part II.—Anthyvopological Section. By J. COGGIN BROWN, M.Sc., and S. W. Kemp, B.A. (Price Rs. 6; or 8s. 6d.) Ditto Part III.—Personal narrative of a visit to Pemakoichen..By GEORGE D-S-DUNBAR. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 8d.) . IV. Mero Zu-l-Qarnain. A Christian Grandee-of Three Great Moghuls. With Notes on Akbay’s Christian Wife and the Indian Bourbons.—By REV. H. tes al S.J. (Price Rs. 2-8 ; or 3s. 10d.) V. Miscellanea Ethnographica. sig 58 Iii. Weighing Apparatus from the Southern Shan States. —By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. TGS Binks ” in Russia.—By Dr. G. H. MEERWARTH. ° Note on the Elz- mentary Mechanics of Balances ied Steelyards —By H. G. GRavEs. (Price Re. 1-4; or Is. 10d.) VI. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Tachydromus.—By G. A. BOULENGER, LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Price Rs. 3; or 4s. 6d.) Vol. VI. (In course of publication concurrently with IV.) I. Zoological Resulis of a Tour in the Far East.—Part I.—Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. The Mollusca of Lake Biwa, Japan—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 4; or 5s. 4d.) Il. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Fay East.—Part II.—Aquatic Hemiptera trom the Talé Sap in Peninsular Siam.—By C. A. PAtva. Aquatic Oligochaeta from Japan and China.—By J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc. Hydrozoa and Ctenophora.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. Batvachia—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., FASB. (Price Rs. 5 ; or 7s.) III. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part II1I.—Hivudinea.—By DR. ASAJIRO OKA. Mollusca Nudi- branchiata (Ascoglossa).—By StR CHARLES ExtoT, M.A., K.C.M.G., C.B. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) IV. Zoological Results of a Tour im the Far East.—Part I V.—Brackish Water Polyclads.—By Dr. T. KABURAKI. Sponges.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 2; or 3s.) V. Zoological Resulis of a Tour in the Far East.—Part V.—Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda.—By STANLEY Kemp, B.A.,F.AS.B. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) VI. Zoological Results of a Tourin the Far East.—Part VI.—Echiuroids from brackish water, with the description of a new marine species from the Andamans.—By DR. B. PRASHAD. Les Orthoptéres Gavernicoles de Birmante et de la Peninsule Malaise.—Par ,. CHOPARD (Price Rs. 2; or 4s.) VII. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Fay East.—Part VII. —The Viviparous Water-Snail of Lake Bins Japan,— By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zeological Survey of India, Calcutta). Mvysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda.—By W. M. TATTERSALL, D.Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. (Price Rs. 2; or 3s.) Vol. VII. I. The Ovmuyi or Bargista Language, an account of a Litile-known Evanian Dialect.—By Str GEORGE ABRAHAM Grierson, K.C.LE., Pa.D., D.Lirr. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) Il. Révision des Champignons appartenant au Genre Nocardia.—Pay le Capitaine de Mello et Dr. J. F. St. ANTONIO FERNANDES. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d) III. The Ovigins and Ethnological Significance of Indian Boat Designs.—By JAMES HORNELL, Director of Fisheries, Madras Government. (Price Rs. 4; or 8s.) MEMOIRS Or THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 435—459. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE PAR BAST. ’ ~ Epitep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. - PART VIII. SIRWILLAMJONES | ma ii . mn ' | CALCUTTA : -Printep at tHe Baptist Mission PRESs, AND PUBLISHED BY Tue Asiatic Society, 1, Park Srreer. 1922. Price Rs. 2; or 3s. 18=4-22. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR EAST. PART VIII. sae CONTENTS. ; Amphipoda with notes on an Additional Species of Tsopoda era : . W.M. TATTERSALL, D.Sc. (Issued separately April 18th, 1922.) Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. I. I. ‘On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images lately brought from Gyantse.—By PRoF. Sasts CHANDRA V«DYA- BHUSANA, M.A., M.R.A.S. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) II. Sal-Ammontac : a Study in Primitive Chemistry.—By H. E. SrarLeTon, B.A., B.Sc. (Price Re.:; or 1s. 64.) Ill. The ee orga of the Tibetan to the Kashgay-Brahmi Alphabet.—By The REv. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Rs. 2 or 2s, 10d. j Bw: pitied Equipment in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—By H. E. Srap_eron and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1-8 or 2s, 3d.) V. Malaysian Barnacles in the Indian Museum, with a list of the Indian Pedunculata.—By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) VI. Ashrafpur Copper-plate Granis of Devakhadga.—By GANGA Mowan Laskar, M.A. (Price Annas 8; or 10d.) VII. Festivals and Folklore of Gilgit.—By GHULAM MUHAMMAD. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) VIII. Notes on the Bhotias of Almova and British Garhwal.—By C. A. SHERRING, M.A., F.R.G.S., LC.S, (Price Re. 1-5; or 2s.) IX. Religion and Customs of the Uraons.—By the late REv. FATHER DEHON, S.J. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. tod.) X. Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India (Herpetology and Entomology).—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., with a list of Mammals by R. C. WroucatTon, F.E.S. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. rod.) : XI. Amulets as Agents in the Prevention of Disease in Bengal.—Compiled in the Office of the Superintendent of Ethnography, Bengal. (Price Annas 12; or Is. 2d.) XII. Earth-Eating and the Earth-Eating Habit in India.—By D. Hooper and H. H. Mann. (Price Re.1; or ts. 6d.) XIII. On a Cup-Mark Inscription in the Chumbi Valley.—By E. H. C. Wats, I.C.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) XIV. A Descriptive List of the Sea-Snakes (Hydrophiide) in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.—By CapraIn F. WALL, I.M.S., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6d.) XV. Common Saws and Proverbs collected, chiefly from Dervishes, in Southern Persia—By Ligvt.-Coy. D. C. PHIL- LoTY. (Price Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) XVI. The Common Hydra of Bengal : its Systematic Position and Life History.—By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) ) : XVII. Animals in the Inscriptions of Piyadasi.—By MONMOH4N CHAKRAVARTI, M.A. (Price Annas I2 ; or Is. 2d} XVIII. Some cuvvent Persian Tales told by Professional Stovy-Tellevs.—By Lrevur.-Co,, D. C. ParyLoTtT. (Price Re. 1 or Is. 6d.) XIX. The Dards at Khalatse in Western Tibet.—By REV. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Re. 1-6; or 2s.) Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. PavtI. 1. The Blow-Gun in Southern India. 2. Miscellaneous objects from the Raémanéd subdivision of the Madura district. 3. Indian Wetghing-beams.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. (Price Re. 1; or 1s. 6d.) . Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. PartII. 1. Some Malayan Weapons.—By N. ANNANDALE. 2. Plan of a@ Persian Gentleman’s House.—By Litrut.-Cor. D.C. Parmrorr. (Price Annas 8; or tod.) Vol, Il. I. .Civrhipédis operculés del’ Indian Museum de Calcutta.— Par M.A. GRUVEL. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) II. The Coinage of Tibet.—By E. H.C. WarsH. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6d.) Ill. The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the move Common Indigenous Dyes of Benga!, and comparison with typical synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part I. Dyeing on Cotton.—By BE. R. WatSON. (Price Re. 1; 1s. 6d.) IV. The Saovias of the Rajmahai Hilis—By R. B. BAINBRIDGE. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) V. Mundari Poetry, Music and Dances.—By REv. FR. J]. Horrmann, S.J. (Price Re.I; or 1s. 6d.) VE. Tarikh-i-Nusratjangt.—By WaRINaATH DE. (Pricé Re. 1; or Is. 6d.) VII. The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the more Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical Synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part II. Dyeing on Silk.—By EB. R. Watson. (Price Annas 12; Is. 2d.) VIII. Monograph on Sea Snakes.—By Major F. WALL, I-M.S. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) IX. A Polyglot List of Birds in Turki, Manchu and Chinese.—By E. DENISON Ross, PH.D. (Price Rs.4; or 6s.) X. Notes on some Monuments in Afghanistan.—By H.H. HAYDEN. (Price Re. 1; or ts. 6d.) XI. On the Correlations of Areas of Matured Crops and the Rainfail, and certain allied problems in Agriculture and Meteorology.—By S. M. Jacos, I.C.S. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. 10d.) Vol. fl. I. Ramacarita by Sandhyakara Nandi.—Edited by MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, M.A. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. 10d.) a Il. An Alchemical Compilation of the 13th Century 4.D.—By H. E. STAPLETON, B.A., B.Sc., and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1 ; or Is. 6d.) E Ill. The Journals of Major James Rennell, F.R.S., First Surveyor-Geneval of India.—Edited by T. H. D. LATOUCHE. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) IV. Lisu Tribes of Burma-China Frontiey.—By A. ROSE and J. CoccIn Brown. (Price Rs. 3; or 4s.) V. The Vyavahdva-Mdirikad of Jimutavahana.—By Tue Hon. Justice Sir AsuTOSH MOOKERJEE, SARASWATI, Kr., C.S.1., M.A., D.L., D.Sc., F.R.A.S., F.R.S.E. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 34.) VI. Some Current Pushtu Folk Stories.—By F. H. MALYON, 21st Punjabis. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) VII. The Chank Rangle Industry.—By J. HORNELL. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s, 8d.) y VIII. CatubSatika by Arva Deva—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, C.I.E. (Price Rs. 2; or 2s. MH 10d:) IX. Father A. Monsevrate's Mongolicae Legationis Commentarius—By Rev. H. HOSTEN, S.J. (Price Rs. 4 or 55. 4d.) Vol. IV. (In course of publication concurrently with VI.) Sanskru-Tibetan-English Vocabulary : being an edition and tyanslation of the Mahavyutpaitt by ALEXANDER CsoMA DE K6rbs.—Edited by E. DENISON Ross, C.1.E., Pu.D., F.A.S.B., and MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA SATIS CHANDRA VIDYABHUSANA, M.A., PH.D., F.A.S.B. Part I. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) as Ditto ditto Part II. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. V. I. Syrid-pa-ho—a Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination —By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA DR. Saris @HANDRA VmpvaABuHusana, M.A., PH.D., F.A.S.B. (Price As. 8; or tod) Il. Fragments of a Buddhist work in the ancient Aryan language of Chinese Turkistan.—Edited by STEN Konow. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d.) Ill. The Palas of Bengal.—By R. D. BANERJI. (Price Rs. pie or 7S.) Extra No. Abors and Galongs.—Part I.—Notes on certain Hull Tribes of the Indo-Tihetan Border.—By GEORGE — D-S-DunBAR.—Part II.—Anthropological Section. By J. COGGIN BRown, M.Sc., and S. W. Kemp, B.A. (Price Rs. 6; or 8s. 6d.) Ditto Part IJI.—Personal narrative of a visit to Pemakoichen.—By GEORGE D-S-DUNBAR. (Price Rs! '2\7 or 2s. 8d. IV. Fy irza Zu-l-Qarnain. A Chyistian Grandee of Three Great Maghuls. With Notes on Akbar’s Christian Wife and the Indian Bourbons.—By REV. H. apie S.J. (Price Rs. 2-8; or 3s. tod.) V. Miscellanea Ethnographica. sheds ITI, Weighing Apparatus from the Southern Sha States—By N.- ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. The ** pies. ” in Russia.—By Dr. G. H. MEERWARTH. Note on the Ele- mentary Mechanics of Balances sas Steelyards —By H. G. GRAVES. (Price Re. 1-4; or 1s. 10d.) VI. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Tachydromus.—By G. A. BOULENGER, LL.D., D. Sc., F.R.S. (Price Rs. 3; or 4s. 6d.) Vol. VI. (In course of publication concurrently with IV.) I. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Fay East.—Part I.—Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. The Mollusca of Lake Biwa, Japan—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 4; or $s. 4d.) Il. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part II.—Aquatic Hemiptera from the Talé Sap in Peninsular Siam.—By C. A. Patva. Aquatic Oligochaeta from Japan and China.—By J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc. Hydrozoa and Ctenophora.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. Batvachia—-By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 5; or 7s.) III. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part II11.—Hirudinea.—By Dr. ASajIRO OKa. Mollusca Nudi- branchiata (Ascoglossa).— By S1R CHARLES E.ior, M.A., K.C.M.G., C.B. (Price Re. 1-8 ; or 2s. 3d.) IV. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part IV. Brackish Water Polyciads. —By DR. T. KABURAKI. Sponges.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 2; or 3s.) V. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part V. — Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda.—By STANLEY KEMP, B.A.,F.AS.B. Mollusca of the Tai-Hu.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) WI. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Fay East.—Part VI.—Echiuroids from brackish water, with the description of a new marine species from the Andamans.—By DR. B. PRASHAD. Les Orthoptéres Cavernicoles de Birmanie et de la Peninsule ‘Malaise.—Par L. CHOPARD (Price Rs. 25 or 4s.) VII. Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—Part VII. —The Viviparous Watey-Snail of Lake Biwa, Japan.— By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. (Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta). Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda.—By W. M. TATTERSALL,, D:Sc., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. (Price Rs. 2 ;. of 3s.) VIII. Zoological Results of a Tour tn the Far East.—Part VIII.—Amphipoda with notes on an 4 dditional Species of Isopoda.—By W. M. TATTERSALL, D.Sc. Price Rs. 2; or 3s.) Vol. VIL. I. The Ormuyri or Bargisia Language, an account of a Little-known Evanian Dialect.—By SiR GEORGE ABRAHAM Grierson, K.C.I.E., Pu.D., D.Lirr. (Price Rs. 4; or 6s.) F II. Révision des’ Champignons appartenant au Genre Nocardia.—Par le Capitaine de Mello et Dr. J. F. St. ANTONIO FERNANDES. (Price Re. 1-8; or 2s. 3d) III. The Origins and Ethnological Significance of Indian Boat Designs. —By JAMES HORNELL, Director of Fishertes, Madras Government. (Price Rs. 4; or 8s.) IV. Introduction to the Study of the Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake —By N. ANNANDALE, D. Sr F.A.S.B., Zoological Survey of India.- With a List of the Plants. By V, NARAYANASWAMI, M.A., and EES . CARTER, M.B.,. Botanical Survey of India. (Price Rs. 3; or 4s. 6d.) te MEMOTRS ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL VOL. VI, pp. 461—530. ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF A TOUR IN THE FAR BAST. Epirep sy N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., F.R.S. PART IX. (Concluding the Text. Index and Title to complete the Volume.) v HSIRWILLAMJONES 22S == MDCCXLVI-MDCCXCN CALCURTA : . yn PRIntep AT THE Baprist-Mission PRESS, AND PUBLISHED BY “Tur Astatic Society oF BENGAL, 1, ParK STREET. 1924. Price Rs, 3-6. 6 UNITS. 22-90-24. 4 2 a 4 MEMOIRS ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. nF The Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal are published at irregular intervals in separate numbers, which are usually complete in themselves and all of which may be obtained separately. The numbers are combined into volumes, of which two or more may run concurrently according to circumstances., Volumes are as arule completed in a period of from 3 to 5 years. Each volume is calculated to contain an average of 560 pages text and 12 plates, each extra plate counting as an equivalent for 16 pages text. ; Subscriptions for complete volumes are accepted, if paid in advance, at the rate of Rs. 24 per volume, free of postage. Completed volumes are obtainable at a flat rate of Rs. 24, postage extra. } Single numbers are charged for at the rate of 9 annas for each 16 pagesor part of 16 pages text, and for each plate, map, table, etc., not in the text; postage extra. : Members of the Asiatic Society of Bengal receive the current numbers of the ‘* Memoirs” gratuitously, by virtue of — their membership, and if ordering back issues directly from the Society, have a right to a discount of 25 %on their prices. ; ‘ ¢ ‘ NOTICE. . Revised prices loose numbers ‘‘ Memoirs.”’ All previous prices as printed on the issues of back numbers of the ‘“‘ Memoirs” of the Asiatic Society of Bengal have been cancelled from May, 1923. — , ‘ Loose numbers will in future, until further notice, be sold at the fixed rate of nine annas per unit. Units are calculated on the basis of one for each 16 pages or part of 16 pages text, and one for each plate, table, or map not in thé text, contained in any number. ; All old sterling equivalents cancelled. Postage extra. Obtainable from the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. 1, Park Street, Calcutta, or from the Society’s - Agents :— ; 7 Mgssrs. .Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W.Cc. M. Paul GEUTHNER, 13, Rue Jacob, Paris, VI°. BUCHHANDLUNG OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, 14, Querstrasse, Leipzig. N MEssRS. THACKER, SPINK & Co., 3, Esplanade, East, Calcutta. Residents of Europe should ovder from the local Agents. | When ordering direct from the Society the following rules should be observed :— Orders should be addressed to the Asiatic Society of Bengal and not to any Official by name or title. All Cheques, Money Orders, &c., should be made payable to the ‘‘ Treasurer, Asiatic Society of Bengal.” °. Orders for books should be accompanied by a full name and address, legibly written, and should be sent on a separate sheet of paper containing no other communication. In India books are supplied by VeP ee Further Papers accepted for the Memoirs :— The dialectical position ‘of Ormuyi.—By PAUL TEDESCO. N.B.—Numbers marked with an (*) are sold out. 4 Wi, Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. . Progress Statement, September, 1924. i he Vol. 1. I. On certain Tibetan Scrolls and Images lately brought from Gyantse.—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA Satis eieah oe A VIDYABHUSANA, PH.D. (Price Rs. 1/2/-.) Il. Sal-Ammoniac : a Study in Primitive Chemistry.—By H. E. SYarLETON. *(Price Rs. 1/2/-. ) III. The Similarity of the Tibetan to the Kashgar-Brahmi Alphabet. —By The REv. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Rs. 3/6/-. } IV. Alchemical Equipment in the Eleventh Century, A.D.—By H. E. STAPLETON and R. F. Azo. (Price Re. 1/1 1/-.) ' V. Malaysian Barnatles in the Indian Museum, with a list of the Indian Pedunculata. —By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. 9 Cc (Price Rs. 1/2/-.) VI. Ashrvafpur Copper-plate Grants of Devakhadga. —By Ganca Mowan LAsKar, M.A. (Price Rs. 1/2/-.) VII. Festivals end Foikiove of Gilgit.—By GHULAM MUHAMMAD. (Price Rs. 1/11 os ) (Note. Page-numbering mistakenly the same as for No. VIII; namely, 93-128.) ' VIII. Notes on the Bhotias of Almora and British Garhwal. —_By C. A. SHERRING, M.A. (Prite Rs, 1'2/-.) | (NotE. Page-numbering mistakenly the same as for No. VII; namely, 93-120.) ‘ IX. . Religion and Customs of the Uraons.—By the late REV, FATHER DEHON, S.J. (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) X. Notes on the Fauna of a Desert Tract in Southern India {Herpetology and Entomology).—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., with a list of Manimals by R. C. WRoUGHTON.’ (Price Rs. 3/6/-.) XI. Amulets as Agents in the Prevention of Disease in Bengal.—Compiled in the Office of the Superintendent of / Ethnography, Bengal. (Price Rs. 1/2/-.) XIL; Earth-Eating and the Eavth-Eating Habit in India.—By D. Hooper and H. H. Mann. (Price Rs. t/11/-.) XIII. On a Cup-Mark Inscription in the Chumbi Valley.—By E. H. C. WatsH. (Price Rs. 1/2/-.) XIV. A Descripiwe List of the Sea-Snakes (Hydrophiide) in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. hig MAJOR F. WALL, I.M.S. (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) XV. Common Saws and Proverbs collected, chiefly from Dervishes, in Southern Persta,—By Lakvt.-Coy. D. C. Putt- Ne fae Loti. (Price Rs.'1/11/-.) : XVI. The Common Hydra of Bengal: its Systerkatic Position and Life History —By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. ‘ (Price Rs. 1/2 -.) : XVII. Animals in the Inscriptions of Piyadasi—By MONMOHAN CHAKRAVARTI, M.A. (Price Rs. -/9/-.) XVIII. Some curvent Persian Tales told by Professional Story-Tellevs.—By LiEvt.-CoL. D.C,PHILLOTY. (Price Rs. 1/11/-.) XIX. The Dards-at Khalatse.in Western saa Rev. A. H. FRANCKE. (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica.. Part I. 1. The Blow-Gun in Southern India. 2. Miscellaneous objects from the Rdmandd subdivision of the Madura distyich, ‘3. Indian Weighing-beams.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. . (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) 4 - Supplement, Miscellanea Ethnographica. Part II. 1. Some Malayan Weapons.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc.. 2. Plan of a Persian Gentleman’s House.—By LreEut.-CoL. D.C. Paityort. (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) ; Volume Complete (1905-1907). Title and Index issued (dated 1907). | 4 “7” Vol. Il. I. Cirvhipédes operculés de l’ Indian Museum de Calcutta.—Par M.A. GRUVEL. (Price Rs. eh s) Il. The Coinage of Tibet.—By E. H.C. WatsH. (Price Rs. 1/11/-.) Ill. The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the move Common I eemous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical synthetic Dye-stuffs. “Payt I. Dyeing on Cotton.—By E. R. Watson. (Price Rs. -/9/-.) _ IV. The Saorias of the Rajmahal Hills—By R. B. BAINBRIDGE. (Price Rs. 2/13/-.) , ' _ V. Mundari Poetry, Music and Dances.—By, REV. FR. J. HOFFMANN, S.J. (Price Re. 1/11/-.) . VI. Tarikh-i-Nusvatjangi—By HaRtnatH DE. (Price Re. 1/11/-.) ~ : VIL. The Exact Determination of the Fastness of the move Common Indigenous Dyes of Bengal, and comparison with typical Synthetic Dye-stuffs. Part II. Dyeing on Silk.—By E. R. Watson. (Price Rs. -/9/-.) VIII. Monograph on Sea Snakes.—By Major F. Wat, 1.M.S. (Price Rs. 5/10/-.) _ IX. A Polyglot List of Birds in Turki, Manchu and Chinese.—By E. DENISON Ross, PH.D. (Price Rs. 3/15/-.) 5 X. Notes on some Monuments in Afghanistan.—By H. H. HaypEn. (Price Rs. 4/8/- :) XI. On the Correlations of Areas of Matured Crops and the Rainfall, and certain allied problems tn Agriculture and Meteorology.—By S. M. Jacos. (Price Rs. 3/15/-.) If. P Volume Complete (1907-1910). Title and Index issued (dated 1911). Vol. Ll. ® *%I. Ramacarita by Sandhyakara Nandi.—Edited by MAHAMAHOPADHYAVA HARAPRASAD SHAS?RI, M.A. (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) Il. An Aichemnad Compilation of the 13th Century A. D. —By H. E. STAPLETON, and R. F. Azo. ee Rs. 1/11/-.) .% IIT. The Journals of Major James Rennell, F.R. S., First Surveyor-General of I ndia.—Edited by T. H. D. LAToucHe. (Price Rs. 7/5/-.) IV. Lisu Tribes of Burma-China Frontier —By A. RosE and J. Coccin Brown. (Price Rs. 6/3/-.) VY. The Vyavahdva-Miatrikd of Jimutavahana.—By Sir AsvuTosH MOOKERJEE, Kt. (Price Rs. 2/13/-.) VI. Some Current Pushtu Folk Stories.—By F. H. MALYON, 21st Punjabis. (Price Rs.2/4/) , VII. The Chank Bangle Industry —By J. HORNELL. (Price Rs. 3/15/-.) VIII. Catuh3dtika by Arya Deva—By MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA HARAPRASAD SHASTRI, M.A. (Price Rs. 2/13/-.) IX. Father A. Monserrate’s Mongolicae Legationis Commentarius.—By REV. H. HostEN, S.J. (Price Rs. 6/12/-.) Text of Volume Complete (1910-1914). Title and Index not issued: in the Press. Vol. Iv. (Sanskeit- -Tibetan-English Vocabulary: being an edition and translation of the Mahavyutpatti / by Alexander Csoma de Kérés.) Edited by’ E. DENISON Ross, PH.D., and MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA SATIS CHANDRA Vis WxAnUSAWA, PH.D., . ' * Part I. (Price Rs. 4/8/-.) A \ } ’ Part II. (Price Rs. 4/8/-.) In Progress (1910- ). Probably two more numbers to be issued to complete the Volume. Vol. V. ; , re Srid-pa- ho—a Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination.—By* MAHAMAHOPADHYAYA SaTIs CHANDRA VIDYABHUSANA, PH.D. (Price Rs. 1/2 -.) ' II. Fragments of a Buddhist work in the ancient Aryan language of Chinese Turkistan.—Edited by STEN Konow (Price Rs. 2/13/-.) : oa Ill. The Palas of peace —By R. D. BANERJI. (Price Rs.9/9/-.) : ; , IV. Mirza Zwl-Qarnain. A Christian Grandee of Three Great Moghuls. With ots. on Akbay’s Christian Wife and ‘wey the Indian Bourbons.—By REv. H. sate 4 S.J. (Price Rs. 2/13/-.) i% V. Miscellanea Ethnographica. . Part III. 1. Weighing Apparatus, from the Southern Shan States. —By N. yy ANNANDALE, D.Sc. 2. The “« Bismer”’ in Russia.—By Dr. G. H. MEERWARTH. Note on the Elementary : Mechanics of Balances and Steelyards —By H. G. GRAVES. (Price Rs. 2/13/-.)_ ' : | a VI. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Tachydromus.—By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. (Price Rs. 2/4/-.) -.. ee No. Abors and Galongs. % Part I.—Notes on certain Hill Tyibes of the Indo-Tibetan Border. —By GEORGE D-S-DUNBAR. strse II.—Anthropological Section. By J. COGGIN BRown, and S. W. Kemp. (Price Rs. 16/14/-.) Part IlI.—Personal narrative of a visit to Pemakoichen.—By GEORGE D-S-DUNBAR. (Price Rs. 1/11 My , ~ Text of Volume Complete (1913-1917). Title and Index not issued: in the Press. Vol. VI. x (Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.) Edited by N. ANNANDALE. I. Pan I.—Polyzoa Entoprocta and Ctenostomata.—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. The Mollusca of Lake re a Japan—By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc. (Price Rs. 4/8/-.) og Il. Part II.—Aquatic Hemiptera from the Talé Sap in Peninsular Siam.—By C. A. Palva. Aquatic Olicanhatia